Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṛgvidhāna
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Amṛtabindūpaniṣat
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Garbhopaniṣat
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Pāśupatasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Vṛddhayamasmṛti
Yogasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bhallaṭaśataka
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Gaṇakārikā
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Narasiṃhapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Sūryasiddhānta
Sūryaśataka
Tantrākhyāyikā
Trikāṇḍaśeṣa
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Acintyastava
Amaraughaśāsana
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhadrabāhucarita
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Bījanighaṇṭu
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Gṛhastharatnākara
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Madanapālanighaṇṭu
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Nighaṇṭuśeṣa
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
Ratnadīpikā
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
Caurapañcaśikā
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṃsadūta
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaiyadevanighaṇṭu
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Kokilasaṃdeśa
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Rasataraṅgiṇī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 1, 1, 2, 3.0 cirataram iva vā itareṣv ājyeṣv agnim āgacchanty
atheha mukhata evāgnim āgacchanti mukhato 'nnādyam aśnute mukhataḥ pāpmānam apaghnate //
AĀ, 1, 1, 2, 10.0 atho pañcaviṃśaṃ vā etad ahaḥ pañcaviṃśa etasyāhna stomas tat samena samaṃ pratipadyate tasmād dve eva pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 2, 14.0 tā abhisaṃpadyante bṛhatīṃ ca virājaṃ ca chando yaitasyāhnaḥ saṃpat tām
atho anuṣṭubham anuṣṭubāyatanāni hy ājyāni //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 11.0 atho annaṃ vai madhu sarvaṃ vai madhu sarve vai kāmā madhu tad yan mādhuchandasaṃ śaṃsati sarveṣāṃ kāmānām avaruddhyai //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 19.0 atho pañcaviṃśaṃ vā etad ahaḥ pañcaviṃśa etasyāhna stomas tat samena samaṃ pratipadyate tasmād dve eva pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 1, 11.0 atho utsaṃ duhanti stanayantam akṣitam iti stanayad vā indrasya rūpam aindram etad ahar etasyāhno rūpam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 3.0 tad āhur
atha kasmād vāsukreṇaitan marutvatīyaṃ pratipadyata iti na ha vā etad anyo vasukrān marutvatīyam udayacchan na vivyāceti tasmād vāsukreṇaivaitan marutvatīyaṃ pratipadyate //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 19.0 tāḥ parāgvacanena saptanavatir bhavanti sā yā navatis tisras tās triṃśinyo virājo
'tha yāḥ saptātiyanti yaivaiṣā praśaṃsā sāptyasya tasyā eva //
AĀ, 1, 2, 4, 15.0 athānnaṃ vai preṅkhaḥ śrīr āsandy annaṃ caiva tacchriyaṃ cānvadhirohataḥ //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 16.0 atho tanūr eva tanvo astu bheṣajam ity asyai śārīryā iyaṃ chandomayīty eva tad āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 17.0 tasyai yāny aṣṭāv akṣarāṇi sā gāyatrī yāny ekādaśa sā triṣṭub yāni dvādaśa sā jagaty
atha yāni daśa sā virāṭ daśiny eṣu triṣu chandaḥsu pratiṣṭhitā //
AĀ, 1, 3, 5, 9.0 atho pañcaviṃśaṃ vā etad ahaḥ pañcaviṃśa etasyāhna stomas tat samena samaṃ pratipadyate tasmād dve eva pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 3, 8, 6.0 atho pañcaviṃśaṃ vā etad ahaḥ pañcaviṃśa etasyāhna stomas tat samena samaṃ pratipadyate tasmād dve eva pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 5, 1, 3.0 atho ekaviṃśo vai stomānāṃ pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhodaram annādyānām //
AĀ, 1, 5, 1, 6.0 atha sūdadohāḥ prāṇo vai sūdadohāḥ prāṇena parvāṇi saṃdadhāti //
AĀ, 1, 5, 2, 6.0 atha sūkte vane na vā yo ny adhāyi cākan yo jāta eva prathamo manasvān iti tayor asty anne samasya yad asan manīṣā ity annādyasyāvaruddhyai //
AĀ, 1, 5, 2, 7.0 athāvapanam ete antareṇaindrīṇāṃ daśatīnāṃ triṣṭubjagatīnāṃ bṛhatīsampannānāṃ yāvatīr āvapante tāvanty ūrdhvam āyuṣo varṣāṇi jīvanty etena haivāvapanenāyur āpyate //
AĀ, 1, 5, 2, 10.0 ekapadāṃ śaṃsaty ekadhedaṃ sarvam asānīty
atho sarvāṃ chandaskṛtim āpnavānīti //
AĀ, 2, 3, 2, 6.0 athetareṣāṃ paśūnām aśanāpipāse evābhivijñānaṃ na vijñātaṃ vadanti na vijñātaṃ paśyanti na viduḥ śvastanaṃ na lokālokau ta etāvanto bhavanti yathāprajñaṃ hi saṃbhavāḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 3, 3.0 sa eṣa puruṣaḥ pañcavidhas tasya yad uṣṇaṃ taj jyotir yāni khāni sa ākāśo
'tha yal lohitaṃ śleṣmā retas tā āpo yaccharīraṃ sā pṛthivī yaḥ prāṇaḥ sa vāyuḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 8.0 ṛg gāthā kumbyā tan mitaṃ yajur nigado vṛthāvāk tad amitaṃ
sāmātho yaḥ kaś ca geṣṇaḥ saḥ svara o3m iti satyaṃ nety anṛtam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 10.0 athaitan mūlaṃ vāco yad anṛtaṃ tad yathā vṛkṣa āvirmūlaḥ śuṣyati sa udvartata evam evānṛtaṃ vadann āvirmūlam ātmānaṃ karoti sa śuṣyati sa udvartate //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo
'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo
'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 3.0 tad āhur yad anena rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavatī3ṃ
atha kena rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavatī3ṃ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 8, 10.1 anakāmamāro
'tha devarathas tasya vāg uddhiḥ śrotre pakṣasī cakṣuṣī yukte manaḥ saṃgrahītā tad ayaṃ prāṇo 'dhitiṣṭhati //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra āha jyeṣṭho manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty atha vācā vyāharati tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra āha jyeṣṭho manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty
atha vācā vyāharati tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 5, 1, 2, 1.0 upākṛte stotre traidhaṃ
ninayāthātrottare ca mārjālīye śeṣam antarvedīti //
AĀ, 5, 1, 4, 10.0 atha pūrvaṃ phalakaṃ nānā pāṇibhyām abhipadyeta yathāhiḥ srapsyan //
AĀ, 5, 1, 4, 15.0 paścāt svasya dhiṣṇyasya dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ prāñcaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayaty
atha savyaṃ yadetaraḥ śrāmyed athetaraṃ yadetaro 'thetaraṃ //
AĀ, 5, 1, 4, 15.0 paścāt svasya dhiṣṇyasya dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ prāñcaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayaty atha savyaṃ yadetaraḥ śrāmyed
athetaraṃ yadetaro 'thetaraṃ //
AĀ, 5, 1, 4, 15.0 paścāt svasya dhiṣṇyasya dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ prāñcaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayaty atha savyaṃ yadetaraḥ śrāmyed athetaraṃ yadetaro
'thetaraṃ //
AĀ, 5, 2, 4, 7.0 atha hāsya nakiḥ sudāso ratham ity etaṃ pragātham uddhṛtya tvām idā hyo nara ity etaṃ pragāthaṃ pratyavadadhāti //
AĀ, 5, 3, 2, 18.1 athaitaṃ preṅkhaṃ pratyañcam avabadhnanti yathā śaṃsitāraṃ bhakṣayiṣyantaṃ nopahaniṣyasīti //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 2, 5.0 tad āhur yad anyo juhoty
atha yo 'nu cāha yajati ca kasmāt taṃ hotety ācakṣata iti //
AB, 1, 6, 11.0 tasmād ācakṣāṇam āhur adrāg iti sa yady adarśam ity
āhāthāsya śraddadhati yady u vai svayam paśyati na bahūnāṃ canānyeṣāṃ śraddadhāti //
AB, 1, 8, 15.0 cakṣuṣā vai devā yajñam prājānaṃś cakṣuṣā vā etat prajñāyate yad aprajñeyaṃ tasmād api mugdhaś caritvā yadaivānuṣṭhyā cakṣuṣā prajānāty
atha prajānāti //
AB, 1, 13, 5.0 athem ava sya vara ā pṛthivyā iti devayajanaṃ vai varam pṛthivyai devayajana evainaṃ tad avasāyayaty āre śatrūn kṛṇuhi sarvavīra iti dviṣantam evāsmai tatpāpmānam bhrātṛvyam apabādhate 'dharam pādayati //
AB, 1, 14, 1.0 anyataro 'naḍvān yuktaḥ syād anyataro vimukto
'tha rājānam upāvahareyuḥ //
AB, 1, 16, 3.0 tad āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu
vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti //
AB, 1, 16, 6.0 tad āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu
vācāhātha kasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ vā etaṃ jātaṃ devāḥ paryagṛhṇaṃs tābhyām evādyāpi parigṛhītas tasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāha //
AB, 1, 16, 40.0 saiṣā svargyāhutir yad agnyāhutir yadi ha vā apy abrāhmaṇokto yadi duruktokto yajate
'tha haiṣāhutir gacchaty eva devān na pāpmanā saṃsṛjyate //
AB, 1, 29, 4.0 tad āhur yaddhavirdhānābhyām prohyamāṇābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivī vai devānāṃ havirdhāne āstāṃ te u evādyāpi havirdhāne te hīdam antareṇa sarvaṃ havir yadidaṃ kiṃca tasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāha //
AB, 1, 29, 19.0 sa yadaiva havirdhāne saṃpariśrite
manyetātha paridadhyāt //
AB, 1, 29, 22.0 tau yadaivādhvaryuś ca pratiprasthātā cobhayato methyau nihanyātām
atha paridadhyāt //
AB, 1, 30, 3.0 tad āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti savitā vai prasavānām īśe savitṛprasūtā evainau tat praṇayanti tasmāt sāvitrīm anvāha //
AB, 1, 30, 5.0 tad āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmād brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāheti brahma vai bṛhaspatir brahmaivābhyām etat purogavam akaḥ na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyati //
AB, 2, 2, 18.0 yadi ha vā api bahava iva yajante
'tha hāsya devā yajñam aiva gacchanti yatraivaṃ vidvān etām anvāha //
AB, 2, 3, 8.0 atha ye tebhyo 'vara āsaṃs ta etaṃ svarum apaśyan yūpaśakalaṃ taṃ tasmin kāle 'nupraharet tatra sa kāma upāpto yo 'nupraharaṇe tatra sa kāma upāpto yaḥ sthāne //
AB, 2, 5, 8.0 tad āhur yad adhvaryur hotāram upapreṣyaty
atha kasmān maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyata iti //
AB, 2, 7, 4.0 yo vai bhāginam bhāgān nudate cayate vainaṃ sa yadi vainaṃ na cayate
'tha putram atha pautraṃ cayate tv evainam iti //
AB, 2, 7, 4.0 yo vai bhāginam bhāgān nudate cayate vainaṃ sa yadi vainaṃ na cayate 'tha putram
atha pautraṃ cayate tv evainam iti //
AB, 2, 7, 6.0 atha yad uccaiḥ kīrtayed īśvaro hāsya vāco rakṣobhāṣo janitoḥ //
AB, 2, 8, 1.0 puruṣaṃ vai devāḥ paśum ālabhanta tasmād ālabdhān medha udakrāmat so 'śvam prāviśat tasmād aśvo medhyo 'bhavad
athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa kimpuruṣo 'bhavat //
AB, 2, 8, 2.0 te 'śvam ālabhanta so 'śvād ālabdhād udakrāmat sa gām prāviśat tasmād gaur medhyo 'bhavad
athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa gauramṛgo 'bhavat //
AB, 2, 8, 3.0 te gām ālabhanta sa gor ālabdhād udakrāmat so 'vim prāviśat tasmād avir medhyo 'bhavad
athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa gavayo 'bhavat te 'vim ālabhanta so 'ver ālabdhād udakrāmat so 'jam prāviśat tasmād ajo medhyo 'bhavad athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa uṣṭro 'bhavat //
AB, 2, 8, 3.0 te gām ālabhanta sa gor ālabdhād udakrāmat so 'vim prāviśat tasmād avir medhyo 'bhavad athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa gavayo 'bhavat te 'vim ālabhanta so 'ver ālabdhād udakrāmat so 'jam prāviśat tasmād ajo medhyo 'bhavad
athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa uṣṭro 'bhavat //
AB, 2, 8, 5.0 te 'jam ālabhanta so 'jād ālabdhād udakrāmat sa imām prāviśat tasmād iyam medhyābhavad
athainam utkrāntamedham atyārjanta sa śarabho 'bhavat //
AB, 2, 10, 3.0 tad āhur yad anyadevatya uta paśur bhavaty
atha kasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāheti //
AB, 2, 11, 10.0 tad āhur yad eṣa havir eva yat paśur
athāsya bahv apaiti lomāni tvag asṛk kuṣṭhikāḥ śaphā viṣāṇe skandati piśitaṃ kenāsya tad āpūryata iti //
AB, 2, 13, 8.0 atha yad enaṃ tṛtīyasavane śrapayitvā juhvati bhūyasībhir na āhutibhir iṣṭam asat kevalena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asad iti //
AB, 2, 14, 3.0 sā pañcāvattā bhavati yady api caturavattī yajamānaḥ syād
atha pañcāvattaiva vapā //
AB, 2, 18, 6.0 āhutibhāgā vā anyā devatā anyāḥ stomabhāgāś chandobhāgās tā yā agnāv āhutayo hūyante tābhir āhutibhāgāḥ prīṇāty
atha yat stuvanti ca śaṃsanti ca tena stomabhāgāś chandobhāgāḥ //
AB, 2, 20, 18.0 īśvaro ha yady apy anyo
yajetātha hotāraṃ yaśo 'rtos tasmād anubruvataivānuprapattavyam //
AB, 2, 25, 1.0 devā vai somasya rājño 'grapeye na samapādayann aham prathamaḥ pibeyam aham prathamaḥ pibeyam ity evākāmayanta te sampādayanto 'bruvan hantājim āyāma sa yo na ujjeṣyati sa prathamaḥ somasya pāsyatīti tatheti ta ājim āyus teṣām ājiṃ yatām abhisṛṣṭānāṃ vāyur mukham prathamaḥ
pratyapadyatāthendro 'tha mitrāvaruṇāv athāśvinau //
AB, 2, 25, 1.0 devā vai somasya rājño 'grapeye na samapādayann aham prathamaḥ pibeyam aham prathamaḥ pibeyam ity evākāmayanta te sampādayanto 'bruvan hantājim āyāma sa yo na ujjeṣyati sa prathamaḥ somasya pāsyatīti tatheti ta ājim āyus teṣām ājiṃ yatām abhisṛṣṭānāṃ vāyur mukham prathamaḥ pratyapadyatāthendro
'tha mitrāvaruṇāv athāśvinau //
AB, 2, 25, 1.0 devā vai somasya rājño 'grapeye na samapādayann aham prathamaḥ pibeyam aham prathamaḥ pibeyam ity evākāmayanta te sampādayanto 'bruvan hantājim āyāma sa yo na ujjeṣyati sa prathamaḥ somasya pāsyatīti tatheti ta ājim āyus teṣām ājiṃ yatām abhisṛṣṭānāṃ vāyur mukham prathamaḥ pratyapadyatāthendro 'tha mitrāvaruṇāv
athāśvinau //
AB, 2, 25, 2.0 so 'ved indro vāyum ud vai jayatīti tam anuparāpatat saha nāv
athojjayāveti sa nety abravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti tṛtīyam me 'thojjayāveti neti haivābravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti turīyam me 'thojjayāveti tatheti taṃ turīye 'tyārjata tat turīyabhāg indro 'bhavat tribhāg vāyuḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 2.0 so 'ved indro vāyum ud vai jayatīti tam anuparāpatat saha nāv athojjayāveti sa nety abravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti tṛtīyam me
'thojjayāveti neti haivābravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti turīyam me 'thojjayāveti tatheti taṃ turīye 'tyārjata tat turīyabhāg indro 'bhavat tribhāg vāyuḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 2.0 so 'ved indro vāyum ud vai jayatīti tam anuparāpatat saha nāv athojjayāveti sa nety abravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti tṛtīyam me 'thojjayāveti neti haivābravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti turīyam me
'thojjayāveti tatheti taṃ turīye 'tyārjata tat turīyabhāg indro 'bhavat tribhāg vāyuḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 3.0 tau sahaivendravāyū udajayatāṃ saha mitrāvaruṇau sahāśvinau ta eṣām ete yathojjitam bhakṣā indravāyvoḥ prathamo
'tha mitrāvaruṇayor athāśvinoḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 3.0 tau sahaivendravāyū udajayatāṃ saha mitrāvaruṇau sahāśvinau ta eṣām ete yathojjitam bhakṣā indravāyvoḥ prathamo 'tha mitrāvaruṇayor
athāśvinoḥ //
AB, 2, 26, 5.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vyṛddhaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai yatra vai yājyā jyāyasī tat samṛddham
atho yatra same yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 2, 26, 6.0 vāyavyā pūrvā puronuvākyaindravāyavy uttaraivaṃ yājyayoḥ sā yā vāyavyā tayā prāṇaṃ kalpayati vāyurhi prāṇo
'tha yaindravāyavī tasyai yad aindram padaṃ tena vācaṃ kalpayati vāgghyaindry upo taṃ kāmam āpnoti yaḥ prāṇe ca vāci ca na yajñe viṣamaṃ karoti //
AB, 2, 28, 6.0 atho mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate saiva hotur āgūḥ //
AB, 2, 30, 3.0 avāntareᄆām eva pūrvām prāśnīyād
atha hotṛcamasam bhakṣayet //
AB, 2, 30, 4.0 yad vāva dvidevatyān pūrvān bhakṣayati tenāsya somapīthaḥ pūrvo bhakṣito bhavati tasmād avāntareᄆām eva pūrvām prāśnīyād
atha hotṛcamasam bhakṣayet tad ubhayato 'nnādyam parigṛhṇāti somapīthābhyām annādyasya parigṛhītyai //
AB, 2, 33, 1.0 brahma vā āhāvaḥ kṣatraṃ nivid viṭ sūktam āhvayate
'tha nividaṃ dadhāti brahmaṇy eva tat kṣatram anuniyunakti nividaṃ śastvā sūktaṃ śaṃsati kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ kṣatra eva tad viśam anuniyunakti //
AB, 2, 33, 4.0 yam u kāmayeta sarvam evāsya yathāpūrvam ṛju kᄆptaṃ syād ity
āhvayetātha nividaṃ dadhyād atha sūktaṃ śaṃset so sarvasya kᄆptiḥ //
AB, 2, 33, 4.0 yam u kāmayeta sarvam evāsya yathāpūrvam ṛju kᄆptaṃ syād ity āhvayetātha nividaṃ dadhyād
atha sūktaṃ śaṃset so sarvasya kᄆptiḥ //
AB, 2, 34, 6.0 praṇīr yajñānām iti śaṃsati vāyur vai praṇīr yajñānāṃ yadā hi prāṇity
atha yajño 'thāgnihotraṃ vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 6.0 praṇīr yajñānām iti śaṃsati vāyur vai praṇīr yajñānāṃ yadā hi prāṇity atha yajño
'thāgnihotraṃ vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 35, 5.0 pra vo devāyāgnaya ity evānuṣṭubhaḥ prathame pade viharati vajram eva tat parovarīyāṃsaṃ karoti samasyaty evottare pade ārambhaṇato vai
vajrasyāṇimātho daṇḍasyātho paraśor vajram eva tat praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai //
AB, 2, 35, 5.0 pra vo devāyāgnaya ity evānuṣṭubhaḥ prathame pade viharati vajram eva tat parovarīyāṃsaṃ karoti samasyaty evottare pade ārambhaṇato vai vajrasyāṇimātho
daṇḍasyātho paraśor vajram eva tat praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai //
AB, 2, 37, 15.0 tad āhur yathā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyāgneyaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsaty
atha kasmād āgnendryā yajatīti //
AB, 2, 39, 1.0 āhūya tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati retas tat siktam vikaroti siktir vā agre
'tha vikṛtiḥ //
AB, 2, 39, 5.0 tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śastvā purorucaṃ śaṃsati retas tad vikṛtam prajanayati vikṛtir vā agre
'tha jātiḥ //
AB, 2, 39, 10.0 tad āhur yat tṛtīyasavanam eva jātavedasa āyatanam
atha kasmāt prātaḥsavane jātavedasyām purorucaṃ śaṃsatīti //
AB, 3, 2, 8.0 aindraṃ śaṃsati tasmāt kumāraṃ jātaṃ saṃvadante pratidhārayati vai grīvā
atho śira iti yad aindraṃ śaṃsati vīryam evāsya tat saṃskaroti //
AB, 3, 4, 4.0 atha yad dvaidham iva kṛtvā dahati dvau vā indravāyū tad asyaindravāyavaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 5.0 atha yad uc ca hṛṣyati ni ca hṛṣyati tad asya maitrāvaruṇaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 7.0 atha yad enaṃ dvābhyām bāhubhyāṃ dvābhyām araṇībhyāṃ manthanti dvau vā aśvinau tad asyāśvinaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 8.0 atha yad uccairghoṣaḥ stanayan bababākurvann iva dahati yasmād bhūtāni vijante tad asyaindraṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 9.0 atha yad enam ekaṃ santaṃ bahudhā viharanti tad asya vaiśvadevaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 10.0 atha yat sphūrjayan vācam iva vadan dahati tad asya sārasvataṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 5, 3.0 imān evāgnīn upāsata ity āhur dhiṣṇyān
atha kasmāt pūrvasminn eva juhvati pūrvasmin vaṣaṭkurvantīti //
AB, 3, 13, 2.0 athāsya yat svaṃ chanda āsīd anuṣṭup tām udantam abhy udauhad achāvākīyām abhi sainam abravīd anuṣṭup tvaṃ nv eva devānām pāpiṣṭho 'si yasya te 'haṃ svaṃ chando 'smi yāṃ modantam abhy udauhīr achāvākīyām abhīti tad ajānāt sa svaṃ somam āharat sa sve some 'gram mukham abhi paryāharad anuṣṭubhaṃ tasmād v anuṣṭub agriyā mukhyā yujyate sarveṣāṃ savanānām //
AB, 3, 17, 3.0 tau vā etau pragāthāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete tad āhur yan na kiṃcanāstutaṃ sat punarādāyaṃ śasyate
'tha kasmād etau pragāthāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete iti //
AB, 3, 19, 8.0 athābhicarato yaḥ kāmayeta kṣatreṇa viśaṃ hanyām iti tris tarhi nividā sūktaṃ viśaṃset kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ kṣatreṇaiva tad viśaṃ hanti //
AB, 3, 20, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ haniṣyan sarvā devatā abravīd anu mopatiṣṭhadhvam upa mā hvayadhvam iti tatheti taṃ haniṣyanta ādravan so 'ven māṃ vai haniṣyanta ādravanti hantemān bhīṣayā iti tān abhi prāśvasīt tasya śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā adravan maruto hainaṃ nājahuḥ prahara bhagavo jahi vīrayasvety evainam etāṃ vācaṃ vadanta upātiṣṭhanta tad etad ṛṣiḥ paśyann abhyanūvāca vṛtrasya tvā śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā ajahur ye sakhāyaḥ marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astv
athemā viśvāḥ pṛtanā jayāsīti so 'ved ime vai kila me sacivā ime mākāmayanta hantemān asminn uktha ābhajā iti tān etasminn uktha ābhajad atha haite tarhy ubhe eva niṣkevalye ukthe āsatuḥ //
AB, 3, 20, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ haniṣyan sarvā devatā abravīd anu mopatiṣṭhadhvam upa mā hvayadhvam iti tatheti taṃ haniṣyanta ādravan so 'ven māṃ vai haniṣyanta ādravanti hantemān bhīṣayā iti tān abhi prāśvasīt tasya śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā adravan maruto hainaṃ nājahuḥ prahara bhagavo jahi vīrayasvety evainam etāṃ vācaṃ vadanta upātiṣṭhanta tad etad ṛṣiḥ paśyann abhyanūvāca vṛtrasya tvā śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā ajahur ye sakhāyaḥ marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astv athemā viśvāḥ pṛtanā jayāsīti so 'ved ime vai kila me sacivā ime mākāmayanta hantemān asminn uktha ābhajā iti tān etasminn uktha ābhajad
atha haite tarhy ubhe eva niṣkevalye ukthe āsatuḥ //
AB, 3, 21, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ hatvā sarvā vijitīr vijityābravīt prajāpatim aham etad asāni yat tvam aham mahān asānīti sa prajāpatir abravīd
atha ko 'ham iti yad evaitad avoca ity abravīt tato vai ko nāma prajāpatir abhavat ko vai nāma prajāpatir yan mahān indro 'bhavat tan mahendrasya mahendratvam //
AB, 3, 25, 3.0 atha triṣṭub udapatat sā patitvā bhūyo 'rdhād adhvano gatvāśrāmyat sā parāsyaikam akṣaraṃ tryakṣarā bhūtvā dakṣiṇā harantī punar abhyavāpatat tasmān madhyaṃdine dakṣiṇā nīyante triṣṭubho loke triṣṭubbhi tā āharat //
AB, 3, 26, 3.0 tasyā anuvisṛjya kṛśānuḥ somapālaḥ savyasya pado nakham achidat tacchalyako 'bhavat tasmāt sa nakham iva yad vaśam asravat sā vaśābhavat tasmāt sā havir
ivātha yaḥ śalyo yad anīkam āsīt sa sarpo nirdaṃśy abhavat sahasaḥ svajo yāni parṇāni te manthāvalā yāni snāvāni te gaṇḍūpadā yat tejanaṃ so 'ndhāhiḥ so sā tatheṣur abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ
vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ
vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 32, 6.0 taṃ haike pūrvaṃ chandogebhyo haranti tat tathā na kuryād vaṣaṭkartā prathamaḥ sarvabhakṣān bhakṣayatīti ha smāha tenaiva rūpeṇa tasmād vaṣaṭkartaiva pūrvo
'vekṣetāthainaṃ chandogebhyo haranti //
AB, 3, 34, 1.0 tad agninā paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir na prācyāvayat tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat tasya yad retasaḥ prathamam udadīpyata tad asāv ādityo 'bhavad yad dvitīyam āsīt tad bhṛgur abhavat taṃ varuṇo nyagṛhṇīta tasmāt sa bhṛgur vāruṇir
atha yat tṛtīyam adīded iva ta ādityā abhavan ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs te 'ṅgiraso 'bhavan yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta tad bṛhaspatir abhavat //
AB, 3, 34, 2.0 yāni parikṣāṇāny āsaṃs te kṛṣṇāḥ paśavo 'bhavan yā lohinī mṛttikā te rohitā
atha yad bhasmāsīt tat paruṣyaṃ vyasarpad gauro gavaya ṛśya uṣṭro gardabha iti ye caite 'ruṇāḥ paśavas te ca //
AB, 3, 41, 1.0 iti nu purastād
athopariṣṭāt pañcadaśokthyasya stotrāṇi pañcadaśa śastrāṇi sa māso māsadhā saṃvatsaro vihitaḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir vaiśvānaro 'gnir agniṣṭomaḥ saṃvatsaram evānūkthyo 'gniṣṭomam apyety ukthyam apiyantam anu vājapeyo 'pyety ukthyo hi sa bhavati //
AB, 3, 41, 4.0 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ sā yā navatis te daśa trivṛto
'tha yā navatis te daśātha yā daśa tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivṛt pariśiṣyate so 'sāvekaviṃśo 'dhyāhitas tapati viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ daśa vā etasmād arvāñcas trivṛto daśa parāñco madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayato 'dhyāhitas tapati tad yāsau stotriyodeti saitasminn adhyūᄆhā sa yajamānas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam //
AB, 3, 41, 4.0 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ sā yā navatis te daśa trivṛto 'tha yā navatis te
daśātha yā daśa tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivṛt pariśiṣyate so 'sāvekaviṃśo 'dhyāhitas tapati viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ daśa vā etasmād arvāñcas trivṛto daśa parāñco madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayato 'dhyāhitas tapati tad yāsau stotriyodeti saitasminn adhyūᄆhā sa yajamānas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam //
AB, 3, 42, 6.0 atha hainam eṣa etaiḥ sarvaiḥ stomaiḥ stauti yo yajate //
AB, 3, 43, 3.0 atha yad enam ūrdhvaṃ santaṃ jyotir bhūtam astuvaṃs tasmāj jyotistomas taṃ jyotistomaṃ santaṃ jyotiṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 43, 8.0 yo vā ekaviṃśas trivṛd vai so
'tho yad ubhau tṛcau tṛcināv iti brūyāt teneti //
AB, 3, 44, 3.0 yaddha vā idam pūrvayoḥ savanayor asaṃtvaramāṇāś caranti tasmāddhedam prācyo grāmatā bahulāviṣṭā
atha yaddhedaṃ tṛtīyasavane saṃtvaramāṇaś caranti tasmāddhedam pratyañci dīrghāraṇyāni bhavanti tathā ha yajamānaḥ pramāyuko bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 5.0 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta yadā vā eṣa prātar udety
atha mandraṃ tapati tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śaṃsed atha yadābhyety atha balīyas tapati tasmād balīyasyā vācā madhyaṃdine śaṃsed atha yadābhitarām ety atha baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tṛtīyasavane śaṃsed evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta vāgghi śastraṃ yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 5.0 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta yadā vā eṣa prātar udety atha mandraṃ tapati tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śaṃsed
atha yadābhyety atha balīyas tapati tasmād balīyasyā vācā madhyaṃdine śaṃsed atha yadābhitarām ety atha baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tṛtīyasavane śaṃsed evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta vāgghi śastraṃ yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 5.0 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta yadā vā eṣa prātar udety atha mandraṃ tapati tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śaṃsed atha yadābhyety
atha balīyas tapati tasmād balīyasyā vācā madhyaṃdine śaṃsed atha yadābhitarām ety atha baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tṛtīyasavane śaṃsed evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta vāgghi śastraṃ yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 5.0 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta yadā vā eṣa prātar udety atha mandraṃ tapati tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śaṃsed atha yadābhyety atha balīyas tapati tasmād balīyasyā vācā madhyaṃdine śaṃsed
atha yadābhitarām ety atha baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tṛtīyasavane śaṃsed evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta vāgghi śastraṃ yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 5.0 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta yadā vā eṣa prātar udety atha mandraṃ tapati tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śaṃsed atha yadābhyety atha balīyas tapati tasmād balīyasyā vācā madhyaṃdine śaṃsed atha yadābhitarām ety
atha baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tṛtīyasavane śaṃsed evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta vāgghi śastraṃ yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bhavati //
AB, 3, 44, 7.0 taṃ yad astam etīti manyante 'hna eva tad antam
itvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate rātrīm evāvastāt kurute 'haḥ parastāt //
AB, 3, 44, 8.0 atha yad enam prātar udetīti manyante rātrer eva tad antam itvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate 'har evāvastāt kurute rātrīm parastāt //
AB, 3, 44, 8.0 atha yad enam prātar udetīti manyante rātrer eva tad antam
itvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate 'har evāvastāt kurute rātrīm parastāt //
AB, 3, 46, 3.0 atha haitad eva gīrṇaṃ yad bibhyad ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā mā na bādhetota vā me na yajñaveśasaṃ kuryād iti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā gīrṇaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 10.0 api yadi samṛddhā iva ṛtvijaḥ syur iti ha
smāhātha haitaj japed eveti //
AB, 3, 50, 6.0 atha haite potrīyāś ca neṣṭrīyāś ca catvāra ṛtuyājāḥ ṣaᄆ ṛcaḥ sā virāḍ daśinī tad virāji yajñaṃ daśinyām pratiṣṭhāpayanti pratiṣṭhāpayanti //
AB, 4, 3, 1.0 athātaś chandāṃsy eva vyatiṣajaty ā tvā vahantu haraya upo ṣu śṛṇuhī gira iti gāyatrīś ca paṅktīś ca vyatiṣajati gāyatro vai puruṣaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ puruṣam eva tat paśubhir vyatiṣajati paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati yad u gāyatrī ca paṅktiś ca te dve anuṣṭubhau teno vāco rūpād anuṣṭubho rūpād vajrarūpān naiti //
AB, 4, 4, 5.0 sa yo vyāpto gataśrīr iva manyetāvihṛtaṃ ṣoᄆaśinaṃ śaṃsayen nec chandasāṃ kṛcchrād avapadyā ity
atha yaḥ pāpmānam apajighāṃsuḥ syād vihṛtaṃ ṣoᄆaśinaṃ śaṃsayed vyatiṣakta iva vai puruṣaḥ pāpmanā vyatiṣaktam evāsmai tat pāpmānaṃ śamalaṃ hanti //
AB, 4, 4, 10.0 atho idaṃ savanaṃ kevalaṃ ta iti mādhyaṃdinaṃ vai savanaṃ kevalam mādhyaṃdinād evainaṃ tat savanāt saṃnirmimīte //
AB, 4, 8, 6.0 tad āhur yacchasyata āgneyaṃ śasyata uṣasyam śasyata aindram
atha kasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣata ity aśvinau hi tad udajayatām aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ yad aśvinā udajayatām aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ tasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate //
AB, 4, 10, 15.0 citaidham uktham iti ha sma vā etad ācakṣate yad etad āśvinaṃ nirṛtir ha sma pāśiny upāste yadaiva hotā paridhāsyaty
atha pāśān pratimokṣyāmīti tato vā etām bṛhaspatir dvipadām apaśyan na yā roṣāti na grabhad iti tayā nirṛtyāḥ pāśinyā adharācaḥ pāśān apāsyat tad yad etāṃ dvipadāṃ hotā śaṃsati nirṛtyā eva tat pāśinyā adharācaḥ pāśān apāsyati svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 4, 13, 5.0 tad yadi rathaṃtaram avasṛjeyur bṛhataivobhe anavasṛṣṭe
atha yadi bṛhad avasṛjeyū rathaṃtareṇaivobhe anavasṛṣṭe //
AB, 4, 13, 8.0 ye vā ata ūrdhvaṃ saṃvatsaram upayanti guruṃ vai te bhāram abhinidadhate saṃ vai gurur bhāraḥ śṛṇāty
atha ya enam parastāt karmabhir āptvāvastād upaiti sa vai svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute //
AB, 4, 17, 3.0 atha yāḥ samāpayiṣyāmaḥ saṃvatsaram ity āsata tāsām aśraddhayā śṛṅgāṇi prāvartanta tā etās tūparā ūrjaṃ tv asunvaṃs tasmād u tāḥ sarvān ṛtūn prāptvottaram uttiṣṭhanty ūrjaṃ hy asunvan sarvasya vai gāvaḥ premāṇaṃ sarvasya cārutāṃ gatāḥ //
AB, 4, 17, 8.0 sā yathā srutir añjasāyany evam abhiplavaḥ ṣaᄆahaḥ svargasya
lokasyātha yathā mahāpathaḥ paryāṇa evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahaḥ svargasya lokasya tad yad ubhābhyāṃ yanty ubhābhyāṃ vai yan na riṣyaty ubhayoḥ kāmayor upāptyai yaś cābhiplave ṣaᄆahe yaś ca pṛṣṭhye //
AB, 4, 21, 2.0 sa pacchaḥ prathamaṃ rohatīmaṃ tal lokam āpnoty
athārdharcaśo 'ntarikṣaṃ tad āpnoty atha tripadyāmuṃ tallokam āpnoty atha kevalyā tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati ya eṣa tapati //
AB, 4, 21, 2.0 sa pacchaḥ prathamaṃ rohatīmaṃ tal lokam āpnoty athārdharcaśo 'ntarikṣaṃ tad āpnoty
atha tripadyāmuṃ tallokam āpnoty atha kevalyā tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati ya eṣa tapati //
AB, 4, 21, 2.0 sa pacchaḥ prathamaṃ rohatīmaṃ tal lokam āpnoty athārdharcaśo 'ntarikṣaṃ tad āpnoty atha tripadyāmuṃ tallokam āpnoty
atha kevalyā tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati ya eṣa tapati //
AB, 4, 21, 4.0 atha ya ekakāmāḥ syuḥ svargakāmāḥ parāñcam eva teṣāṃ rohet te jayeyur haiva svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 4, 22, 5.0 atha yāny eva daśamāsyāni jāyante yāni sāṃvatsarikāṇi tair bhuñjate tasmāt saṃvatsara evaitad ahaḥ śaṃset //
AB, 4, 24, 8.0 tad āhur yad anyāni chandāṃsi varṣīyāṃsi bhūyo 'kṣaratarāṇy
atha kasmād etām bṛhatīty ācakṣata iti //
AB, 4, 25, 1.0 prajāpatiyajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ prajāpatir vā etenāgre 'yajata dvādaśāhena so 'bravīd ṛtūṃśca māsāṃśca yājayata mā dvādaśāheneti taṃ dīkṣayitvānapakramaṃ gamayitvābruvan dehi nu no
'tha tvā yājayiṣyāma iti tebhya iṣam ūrjam prāyacchat saiṣorg ṛtuṣu ca māseṣu ca nihitā dadataṃ vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmād dadad yājyaḥ pratigṛhṇanto vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmāt pratigṛhṇatā yājyam //
AB, 4, 26, 7.0 tad āhur yad anyeṣu paśuṣu yathaṛṣy āpriyo bhavanty
atha kasmād asmin sarveṣāṃ jāmadagnya eveti //
AB, 4, 26, 10.0 tad āhur yad anyadevatya uta paśur bhavaty
atha kasmād vāyavyaḥ paśupuroᄆāśaḥ kriyata iti //
AB, 5, 3, 5.0 annaṃ vai nyūṅkho yadelavā abhigeṣṇāś caranty
athānnādyam prajāyate tad yaccaturtham ahar nyūṅkhayanty annam eva tat prajanayanty annādyasya prajātyai tasmāccaturtham ahar jātavad bhavati //
AB, 5, 7, 2.0 indro vā etābhir mahān ātmānaṃ niramimīta tasmān mahānāmnyo
'tho ime vai lokā mahānāmnya ime mahāntaḥ //
AB, 5, 10, 3.0 tad āhur yat pañcapadā eva pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ ṣaṭpadāḥ
ṣaṣṭhasyātha kasmāt saptapadāḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hañchasyanta iti //
AB, 5, 14, 4.0 tān upait prati gṛbhṇīta mānavaṃ sumedhasa iti tam abruvan kiṃkāmo vadasītīdam eva vaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ prajñāpayānīty abravīd
atha yad va etat sahasraṃ satrapariveṣaṇaṃ tan me svar yanto datteti tatheti tān ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani aśaṃsayat tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 5, 22, 1.0 pṛṣṭhyaṃ ṣaᄆaham upayanti yathā vai mukham evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaram mukhasya jihvā tālu dantā evaṃ chandomā
atha yenaiva vācaṃ vyākaroti yena svādu cāsvādu ca vijānāti tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 22, 2.0 yathā vai nāsike evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaram nāsikayor evaṃ chandomā
atha yenaiva gandhān vijānāti tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 22, 3.0 yathā vā akṣy evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaram akṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇam evaṃ chandomā
atha yaiva kanīnikā yena paśyati tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 22, 4.0 yathā vai karṇa evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaraṃ karṇasyaivaṃ chandomā
atha yenaiva śṛṇoti tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 23, 6.0 atha caturhotṝn hotā vyācaṣṭe tad eva tat stutam anuśaṃsati //
AB, 5, 24, 10.0 samayāviṣitaḥ sūryaḥ syād
atha vācaṃ visṛjeraṃs tāvantam eva tad dviṣate lokam pariśiṃṣanti //
AB, 5, 24, 11.0 atho khalv astamita eva vācaṃ visṛjeraṃs tamobhājam eva tad dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ kurvanti //
AB, 5, 25, 22.0 atha brahmodyam vadanty agnir gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'sya lokasya gṛhapatir vāyur gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'ntarikṣalokasya gṛhapatir asau vai gṛhapatir yo 'sau tapaty eṣa patir ṛtavo gṛhā yeṣāṃ vai gṛhapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavati rādhnoti sa gṛhapatī rādhnuvanti te yajamānā yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavaty apa sa gṛhapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ ghnate 'dhvaryo arātsmārātsma //
AB, 5, 27, 5.0 athāsyā udapātram ūdhasi ca mukhe copagṛhṇīyād athainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 5, 27, 5.0 athāsyā udapātram ūdhasi ca mukhe copagṛhṇīyād
athainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 5, 27, 10.0 yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād
athānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdhvā tena juhuyād ā tveva śraddhāyai hotavyaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 5, 29, 3.0 etad vā agnihotram anyedyur hūyate yad astamite sāyaṃ juhoty anudite prātar
athaitad agnihotram ubhayedyur hūyate yad astamite sāyaṃ juhoty udite prātaḥ //
AB, 5, 29, 5.0 caturviṃśe ha vai saṃvatsare 'nuditahomī gāyatrīlokam āpnoti dvādaśa uditahomī sa yadā dvau saṃvatsarāv anudite juhoty
atha hāsyaiko huto bhavaty atha ya udite juhoti saṃvatsareṇaiva saṃvatsaram āpnoti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 29, 5.0 caturviṃśe ha vai saṃvatsare 'nuditahomī gāyatrīlokam āpnoti dvādaśa uditahomī sa yadā dvau saṃvatsarāv anudite juhoty atha hāsyaiko huto bhavaty
atha ya udite juhoti saṃvatsareṇaiva saṃvatsaram āpnoti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 30, 1.0 ete ha vai saṃvatsarasya cakre yad ahorātre tābhyām eva tat saṃvatsaram eti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathaikataścakreṇa yāyāt tādṛk tad
atha ya udite juhoti yathobhayataścakreṇa yān kṣipram adhvānaṃ samaśnuvīta tādṛk tat //
AB, 5, 31, 1.0 udyann u khalu vā āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadhāti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tad
atha ya udite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tat tam asmai pratidhīyamānam ubhayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidhīyate 'smāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobhābhyām //
AB, 5, 31, 2.0 sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vāprayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tad
atha ya udite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vā prayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tat tam eṣa etenaiva hastenordhvaṃ hṛtvā svarge loka ādadhāti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 33, 1.0 tad āhur mahāvadāḥ yad ṛcaiva hautraṃ kriyate yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgīthaṃ vyārabdhā trayī vidyā bhavaty
atha kena brahmatvaṃ kriyata iti trayyā vidyayeti brūyāt //
AB, 5, 33, 4.0 tasmād brahmopākṛte prātaranuvāke vācaṃyamaḥ syād opāṃśvantaryāmayor homād upākṛteṣu pavamāneṣv odṛco
'tha yāni stotrāṇi saśastrāṇy ā teṣāṃ vaṣaṭkārād vācaṃyama eva syāt tad yathobhayataḥpāt puruṣo yann ubhayataścakro vā ratho vartamāno na riṣyaty evam eva sa yajño na riṣyati yajñasyāriṣṭim anu yajamāno na riṣyati //
AB, 5, 34, 3.0 atho yad bhūyiṣṭhenaiva brahmaṇā chandasāṃ rasenārtvijyaṃ karoti yad brahmā tasmād brahmārdhabhāggha vā eṣa itareṣām ṛtvijām agra āsa yad brahmārdham eva brahmaṇa āsārdham itareṣām ṛtvijām //
AB, 6, 1, 1.0 devā ha vai sarvacarau satraṃ niṣedus te ha pāpmānaṃ nāpajaghnire tān hovācārbudaḥ kādraveyaḥ sarpaṛṣir mantrakṛd ekā vai vo hotrākṛtā tāṃ vo 'haṃ karavāṇy
atha pāpmānam apahaniṣyadhva iti te ha tathety ūcus teṣāṃ ha sma sa madhyaṃdine madhyaṃdina evopodāsarpan grāvṇo 'bhiṣṭauti //
AB, 6, 2, 6.0 tad āhuḥ katham abhiṣṭuyād ity akṣaraśaḥ caturakṣaraśaḥ pacchaḥ ardharcaśaḥ ṛkśaḥ iti tad yad ṛkśo na tad avakalpate
'tha yat paccho no eva tad avakalpate 'tha yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tathā chandāṃsi lupyeran bahūni tathākṣarāṇi hīyerann ardharcaśa evābhiṣṭuyāt pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 2, 6.0 tad āhuḥ katham abhiṣṭuyād ity akṣaraśaḥ caturakṣaraśaḥ pacchaḥ ardharcaśaḥ ṛkśaḥ iti tad yad ṛkśo na tad avakalpate 'tha yat paccho no eva tad avakalpate
'tha yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tathā chandāṃsi lupyeran bahūni tathākṣarāṇi hīyerann ardharcaśa evābhiṣṭuyāt pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 2, 8.0 tad āhur yan madhyaṃdine madhyaṃdina eva grāvṇo 'bhiṣṭauti katham asyetarayoḥ savanayor abhiṣṭutam bhavatīti yad eva gāyatrībhir abhiṣṭauti gāyatraṃ vai prātaḥsavanaṃ tena prātaḥsavane
'tha yaj jagatībhir abhiṣṭauti jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ tena tṛtīyasavane //
AB, 6, 2, 10.0 tad āhur yad adhvaryur evānyān ṛtvijaḥ saṃpreṣyaty
atha kasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyata iti mano vai grāvastotrīyāsampreṣitaṃ vā idaṃ manas tasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyate //
AB, 6, 3, 4.0 tad āhur
atha kasmād enam pumāṃsaṃ santaṃ strīm ivācakṣata iti vāgghi subrahmaṇyeti brūyāt teneti //
AB, 6, 3, 6.0 tad āhur
atha kasmād utkare tiṣṭhan subrahmaṇyām āhvayatīty ṛṣayo vai satram āsata teṣāṃ yo varṣiṣṭha āsīt tam abruvan subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tvaṃ no nediṣṭhād devān hvayiṣyasīti varṣiṣṭham evainaṃ tat kurvanty atho vedim eva tat sarvām prīṇāti //
AB, 6, 3, 6.0 tad āhur atha kasmād utkare tiṣṭhan subrahmaṇyām āhvayatīty ṛṣayo vai satram āsata teṣāṃ yo varṣiṣṭha āsīt tam abruvan subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tvaṃ no nediṣṭhād devān hvayiṣyasīti varṣiṣṭham evainaṃ tat kurvanty
atho vedim eva tat sarvām prīṇāti //
AB, 6, 5, 2.0 atha tathā na madhyaṃdine śrīr vai pṛṣṭhāni tāni tasmai na tasthānāni yat stotriyaṃ stotriyasyānurūpaṃ kuryuḥ //
AB, 6, 8, 4.0 ubhayībhir brāhmaṇācchaṃsī teno sa ubhau vyanvārabhamāṇa etīmaṃ cāmuṃ ca lokam
atho maitrāvaruṇaṃ cāchāvākaṃ cātho ahīnaṃ caikāham cātho saṃvatsaraṃ cāgniṣṭomaṃ caivam u sa ubhau vyanvārabhamāṇa eti //
AB, 6, 8, 5.0 atha tata aikāhikā eva tṛtīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridhānīyā bhavanti pratiṣṭhā vā ekāhaḥ pratiṣṭhāyām eva tad yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayanti //
AB, 6, 8, 10.0 sūktāntair hotā paridadhad ety
atha samānya eva tṛtīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridhānīyā bhavanty ātmā vai hotāṅgāni hotrakāḥ samānā vā ime 'ṅgānām antās tasmāt samānya eva tṛtīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridhānīyā bhavanti bhavanti //
AB, 6, 9, 9.0 tat tathā na kuryād yajamānasya ha te reto vilumpanty
atho yajamānam eva yajamāno hi sūktam //
AB, 6, 10, 1.0 athāha yad aindro vai yajño 'tha kasmād dvāveva prātaḥsavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrībhyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇācchaṃsī cedaṃ te somyam madhviti hotā yajatīndra tvā vṛṣabhaṃ vayaṃ iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsī nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindryo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 10, 1.0 athāha yad aindro vai yajño
'tha kasmād dvāveva prātaḥsavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrībhyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇācchaṃsī cedaṃ te somyam madhviti hotā yajatīndra tvā vṛṣabhaṃ vayaṃ iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsī nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindryo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 11, 3.0 tad āhur yat tṛtīyasavanasyaiva rūpam madvad
atha kasmān madhyaṃdine madvatīr anu cāha yajanti cābhir iti //
AB, 6, 12, 2.0 tad āhur yan nārbhavīṣu stuvate
'tha kasmād ārbhavaḥ pavamāna ity ācakṣata iti //
AB, 6, 12, 3.0 prajāpatir vai pitarbhūn martyān sato 'martyān kṛtvā tṛtīyasavana ābhajat tasmān nārbhavīṣu stuvate
'thārbhavaḥ pavamāna ity ācakṣate //
AB, 6, 12, 4.0 athāha yad yathāchandasam pūrvayoḥ savanayor anvāha gāyatrīḥ prātaḥsavane triṣṭubho mādhyaṃdine 'tha kasmāj jāgate sati tṛtīyasavane triṣṭubho 'nvāheti //
AB, 6, 12, 4.0 athāha yad yathāchandasam pūrvayoḥ savanayor anvāha gāyatrīḥ prātaḥsavane triṣṭubho mādhyaṃdine
'tha kasmāj jāgate sati tṛtīyasavane triṣṭubho 'nvāheti //
AB, 6, 12, 5.0 dhītarasaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam
athaitad adhītarasaṃ śukriyaṃ chando yat triṣṭup savanasya sarasatāyā iti brūyād atho indraṃ evaitat savane 'nvābhajatīti //
AB, 6, 12, 5.0 dhītarasaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam athaitad adhītarasaṃ śukriyaṃ chando yat triṣṭup savanasya sarasatāyā iti brūyād
atho indraṃ evaitat savane 'nvābhajatīti //
AB, 6, 12, 6.0 athāha yad aindrārbhavaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād eṣa eva tṛtīyasavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrārbhavyā yajatīndra ṛbhubhir vājavadbhiḥ samukṣitam iti hotaiva nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindrārbhavyo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 12, 6.0 athāha yad aindrārbhavaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam
atha kasmād eṣa eva tṛtīyasavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrārbhavyā yajatīndra ṛbhubhir vājavadbhiḥ samukṣitam iti hotaiva nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindrārbhavyo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 13, 1.0 athāha yad ukthinyo 'nyā hotrā anukthā anyāḥ katham asyaitā ukthinyaḥ sarvāḥ samāḥ samṛddhā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 13, 5.0 athāha śaṃsanti prātaḥsavane śaṃsanti mādhyaṃdine hotrakāḥ katham eṣāṃ tṛtīyasavane śastam bhavatīti //
AB, 6, 13, 7.0 athāha yad dvyuktho hotā kathaṃ hotrakā dvyukthā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 14, 1.0 athāha yad etās tisra ukthinyo hotrāḥ katham itarā ukthinyo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 14, 3.0 athāha yad ekapraiṣā anye hotrakā atha kasmād dvipraiṣaḥ potā dvipraiṣo neṣṭeti //
AB, 6, 14, 3.0 athāha yad ekapraiṣā anye hotrakā
atha kasmād dvipraiṣaḥ potā dvipraiṣo neṣṭeti //
AB, 6, 14, 5.0 athāha yaddhotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti maitrāvaruṇo hotre preṣyaty atha kasmād ahotṛbhyaḥ sadbhyo hotrāśaṃsibhyo hotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti preṣyatīti //
AB, 6, 14, 5.0 athāha yaddhotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti maitrāvaruṇo hotre preṣyaty
atha kasmād ahotṛbhyaḥ sadbhyo hotrāśaṃsibhyo hotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti preṣyatīti //
AB, 6, 14, 7.0 athāhāsty udgātṝṇām praiṣaḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evaitat praśāstā japaṃ japitvā studhvam ity āha sa eṣām praiṣaḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 8.0 athāhāsty achāvākasya pravarāḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evainam adhvaryur āhāchāvāka vadasva yat te vādyam ity eṣo 'sya pravaraḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 9.0 athāha yad aindrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇas tṛtīyasavane śaṃsaty atha kasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavata ity agninā vai mukhena devā asurān ukthebhyo nirjaghnus tasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavataḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 9.0 athāha yad aindrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇas tṛtīyasavane śaṃsaty
atha kasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavata ity agninā vai mukhena devā asurān ukthebhyo nirjaghnus tasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavataḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 10.0 athāha yad aindrābārhaspatyam brāhmaṇācchaṃsī tṛtīyasavane śaṃsaty aindrāvaiṣṇavam achāvākaḥ katham enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bhavantītīndro ha sma vā asurān ukthebhyaḥ prajigāya so 'bravīt kaś cāhaṃ cety ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayanti sa yad indraḥ pūrvaḥ prajigāya tasmād enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bhavanti yad v ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayus tasmān nānādevatyāni śaṃsataḥ //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam
atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād
atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 2.0 atha traiṣṭubham achāvāko 'ntataḥ śaṃsati saṃ vāṃ karmaṇeti yad eva panāyyaṃ karma tad etad abhivadati //
AB, 6, 15, 5.0 athāha yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād eṣāṃ triṣṭubhaḥ paridhānīyā bhavantīti vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub vīrya eva tad antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanti //
AB, 6, 15, 5.0 athāha yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam
atha kasmād eṣāṃ triṣṭubhaḥ paridhānīyā bhavantīti vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub vīrya eva tad antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanti //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam
atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame 'tho vedān atho vācaṃ tad āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame
'tho vedān atho vācaṃ tad āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame 'tho vedān
atho vācaṃ tad āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame 'tho vedān atho vācaṃ tad āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā
atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 16, 1.0 athāha yan nārāśaṃsaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād achāvāko 'ntataḥ śilpeṣv anārāśaṃsīḥ śaṃsatīti //
AB, 6, 16, 1.0 athāha yan nārāśaṃsaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam
atha kasmād achāvāko 'ntataḥ śilpeṣv anārāśaṃsīḥ śaṃsatīti //
AB, 6, 16, 2.0 vikṛtir vai nārāśaṃsaṃ kim iva ca vai kim ivaca reto vikriyate tat tadā vikṛtam prajātam bhavaty
athaitan mṛdv iva chandaḥ śithiraṃ yan nārāśaṃsam athaiṣo 'ntyo yad achāvākas tad dṛᄆhatāyai dṛᄆhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma iti //
AB, 6, 16, 2.0 vikṛtir vai nārāśaṃsaṃ kim iva ca vai kim ivaca reto vikriyate tat tadā vikṛtam prajātam bhavaty athaitan mṛdv iva chandaḥ śithiraṃ yan nārāśaṃsam
athaiṣo 'ntyo yad achāvākas tad dṛᄆhatāyai dṛᄆhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma iti //
AB, 6, 19, 10.0 atha yāny ahāni mahāstomāni syuḥ ko adya naryo devakāma iti maitrāvaruṇa āvapeta vane na vā yo ny adhāyi cākann iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsy ā yāhy arvāṅ upa vandhureṣṭhā ity achāvākaḥ //
AB, 6, 21, 12.0 tābhyo na vyāhvayīta samānaṃ hi chando
'tho ned dhāyyāḥ karavāṇīti //
AB, 6, 23, 6.0 tad yac caturviṃśe 'han yujyante sā yuktir
atha yat purastād udayanīyasyātirātrasya vimucyante sa vimuktiḥ //
AB, 6, 23, 7.0 tad yac caturviṃśe 'hann aikāhikābhiḥ paridadhyur atrāhaiva yajñaṃ saṃsthāpayeyur nāhīnakarma kuryur
atha yad ahīnaparidhānīyābhiḥ paridadhyur yathā śrānto 'vimucyamāna utkṛtyetaivaṃ yajamānā utkṛtyerann ubhayībhiḥ paridadhyuḥ //
AB, 6, 24, 7.0 athāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāni teṣāṃ yāvadbhiḥ saṃpadyeta tāvanti śaṃsen netarāṇy ādriyeta //
AB, 6, 24, 8.0 athārdharcaśo viharaṃs tāś caivaikapadāḥ śaṃset tāni caivāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāni //
AB, 6, 24, 9.0 atha ṛkśo viharaṃs tāś caivaikapadāḥ śaṃset tāni caivāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāni //
AB, 6, 26, 5.0 svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād
atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 26, 9.0 aindryo vālakhilyās tāsāṃ dvādaśākṣarāṇi padāni tatra sa kāma upāpto ya aindre jāgate
'thedam aindrāvaruṇaṃ sūktam aindrāvaruṇī paridhānīyā tasmān na saṃśaṃset //
AB, 6, 26, 12.0 tad āhur yathā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyā tisro devatāḥ śasyante 'gnirindro varuṇa ity
athaindrāvaruṇyā yajati katham agnir anantarita iti //
AB, 6, 28, 7.0 ātmā vai bṛhatī prāṇāḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa
ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te prāṇā atha bṛhatīm atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam prāṇaiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 28, 7.0 ātmā vai bṛhatī prāṇāḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te prāṇā
atha bṛhatīm atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam prāṇaiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 28, 7.0 ātmā vai bṛhatī prāṇāḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te prāṇā atha bṛhatīm
atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam prāṇaiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 28, 8.0 yad v evātimarśām ātmā vai bṛhatī paśavaḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa
ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te paśavo 'tha bṛhatīm atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam paśubhiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 28, 8.0 yad v evātimarśām ātmā vai bṛhatī paśavaḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te paśavo
'tha bṛhatīm atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam paśubhiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 28, 8.0 yad v evātimarśām ātmā vai bṛhatī paśavaḥ satobṛhatī sa bṛhatīm aśaṃsīt sa ātmātha satobṛhatīṃ te paśavo 'tha bṛhatīm
atha satobṛhatīṃ tad ātmānam paśubhiḥ paribṛhann eti tasmād atimarśam eva viharet //
AB, 6, 30, 14.0 sa hovācaindram eṣa viṣṇunyaṅgaṃ śaṃsatv
atha tvam etaṃ hotar upariṣṭād raudryai dhāyyāyai purastān mārutasyāpy asyāthā iti //
AB, 6, 31, 1.0 tad āhur yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham atrāśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty
atha maitrāvaruṇo vālakhilyāḥ śaṃsati te prāṇā reto vā agre 'tha prāṇā evam brāhmaṇācchaṃsy aśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha vṛṣākapiṃ śaṃsati sa ātmā reto vā agre 'thātmā katham atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham prāṇā avikᄆptā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 31, 1.0 tad āhur yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham atrāśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha maitrāvaruṇo vālakhilyāḥ śaṃsati te prāṇā reto vā agre
'tha prāṇā evam brāhmaṇācchaṃsy aśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha vṛṣākapiṃ śaṃsati sa ātmā reto vā agre 'thātmā katham atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham prāṇā avikᄆptā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 31, 1.0 tad āhur yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham atrāśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha maitrāvaruṇo vālakhilyāḥ śaṃsati te prāṇā reto vā agre 'tha prāṇā evam brāhmaṇācchaṃsy aśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty
atha vṛṣākapiṃ śaṃsati sa ātmā reto vā agre 'thātmā katham atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham prāṇā avikᄆptā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 31, 1.0 tad āhur yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham atrāśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha maitrāvaruṇo vālakhilyāḥ śaṃsati te prāṇā reto vā agre 'tha prāṇā evam brāhmaṇācchaṃsy aśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha vṛṣākapiṃ śaṃsati sa ātmā reto vā agre
'thātmā katham atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham prāṇā avikᄆptā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 31, 3.0 sarvāṇi cet samāne 'han kriyeran kalpata eva yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātir
athaitaṃ hotaivayāmarutaṃ tṛtīyasavane śaṃsati tad yāsya pratiṣṭhā tasyām evainaṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 6, 32, 25.0 indragāthāḥ śaṃsatīndragāthābhir vai devā asurān
abhigāyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā indragāthābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam abhigāyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 32, 25.0 indragāthāḥ śaṃsatīndragāthābhir vai devā asurān abhigāyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā indragāthābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam
abhigāyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 33, 16.0 pravalhikāḥ śaṃsati pravalhikābhir vai devā asurān
pravalhyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānāḥ pravalhikābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam pravalhyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 33, 16.0 pravalhikāḥ śaṃsati pravalhikābhir vai devā asurān pravalhyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānāḥ pravalhikābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam
pravalhyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 33, 18.0 ājijñāsenyāḥ śaṃsaty ājijñāsenyābhir vai devā asurān
ājñāyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā ājijñāsenyābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam ājñāyāthainam atiyanti tā ardharcaśaḥ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 33, 18.0 ājijñāsenyāḥ śaṃsaty ājijñāsenyābhir vai devā asurān ājñāyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā ājijñāsenyābhir evāpriyam bhrātṛvyam
ājñāyāthainam atiyanti tā ardharcaśaḥ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 33, 19.0 pratirādhaṃ śaṃsati pratirādhena vai devā asurān
pratirādhyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānāḥ pratirādhenaivāpriyam bhrātṛvyam pratirādhyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 33, 19.0 pratirādhaṃ śaṃsati pratirādhena vai devā asurān pratirādhyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānāḥ pratirādhenaivāpriyam bhrātṛvyam
pratirādhyāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 33, 20.0 ativādaṃ śaṃsaty ativādena vai devā asurān
atyudyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā ativādenaivāpriyam bhrātṛvyam atyudyāthainam atiyanti tam ardharcaśaḥ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 33, 20.0 ativādaṃ śaṃsaty ativādena vai devā asurān atyudyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā ativādenaivāpriyam bhrātṛvyam
atyudyāthainam atiyanti tam ardharcaśaḥ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 34, 2.0 ādityāś ca ha vā aṅgirasaś ca svarge loke 'spardhanta vayam pūrva eṣyāmo vayam iti te hāṅgirasaḥ pūrve śvaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya dadṛśus te 'gnim prajighyur aṅgirasāṃ vā eko 'gniḥ parehy ādityebhyaḥ śvaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya prabrūhīti te hādityā agnim eva dṛṣṭvā sadyaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya dadṛśus tān etyābravīc chvaḥsutyāṃ vaḥ svargasya lokasya prabrūma iti te hocur
atha vayaṃ tubhyaṃ sadyaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya prabrūmas tvayaiva vayaṃ hotrā svargaṃ lokam eṣyāma iti sa tathety uktvā pratyuktaḥ punar ājagāma //
AB, 6, 35, 4.0 atha yo 'sau tapatīṁ eṣo 'śvaḥ śveto rūpaṃ kṛtvāśvābhidhānyapihitenātmanā praticakrama imaṃ vo nayāma iti sa eṣa devanītho 'nūcyate //
AB, 6, 36, 2.0 bhūtechadbhir vai devā asurān upāsacantoteva yuddhenoteva māyayā teṣāṃ vai devā asurāṇām bhūtechadbhir eva bhūtaṃ
chādayitvāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā bhūtechadbhir evāpriyasya bhrātṛvyasya bhūtaṃ chādayitvāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 36, 2.0 bhūtechadbhir vai devā asurān upāsacantoteva yuddhenoteva māyayā teṣāṃ vai devā asurāṇām bhūtechadbhir eva bhūtaṃ chādayitvāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā bhūtechadbhir evāpriyasya bhrātṛvyasya bhūtaṃ
chādayitvāthainam atiyanti //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity
atho khalv āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity atho khalv āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād
atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 36, 17.0 aindro vṛṣākapiḥ sarvāṇi chandāṃsy aitaśapralāpas tatra sa kāma upāpto ya aindre jāgate
'thedam aindrābārhaspatyaṃ sūktam aindrābārhaspatyā paridhānīyā tasmān na saṃśaṃsen na saṃśaṃset //
AB, 7, 1, 1.0 athātaḥ paśor vibhaktis tasya vibhāgaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ //
AB, 7, 1, 5.0 atha ye 'to 'nyathā tad yathā selagā vā pāpakṛto vā paśuṃ vimathnīraṃs tādṛk tat //
AB, 7, 2, 6.0 athāpy āhur evam evainān ajasrān ajuhvata indhīrann ā śarīrāṇām āhartor iti //
AB, 7, 2, 7.0 yadi śarīrāṇi na vidyeran parṇaśaraḥ ṣaṣṭiṃ trīṇi ca śatāny āhṛtya teṣām puruṣarūpakam iva kṛtvā tasmiṃs tām āvṛtaṃ kuryur
athaināñcharīrair āhṛtaiḥ saṃsparśyodvāsayeyuḥ //
AB, 7, 3, 2.0 yasmād bhīṣā niṣīdasi tato no abhayaṃ kṛdhi paśūn naḥ sarvān gopāya namo rudrāya mīᄆhuṣa iti tām utthāpayed udasthād devy aditir āyur yajñapatāv adhāt indrāya kṛṇvatī bhāgam mitrāya varuṇāya cety
athāsyā udapātram ūdhasi ca mukhe copagṛhṇīyād athainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 3, 2.0 yasmād bhīṣā niṣīdasi tato no abhayaṃ kṛdhi paśūn naḥ sarvān gopāya namo rudrāya mīᄆhuṣa iti tām utthāpayed udasthād devy aditir āyur yajñapatāv adhāt indrāya kṛṇvatī bhāgam mitrāya varuṇāya cety athāsyā udapātram ūdhasi ca mukhe copagṛhṇīyād
athainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 3, 4.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānā syandeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sā yat tatra skandayet tad abhimṛśya japed yad adya dugdham pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt tena juhuyād yady alaṃ homāya syād yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād
athānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdhvā tena juhuyād ā tv eva śraddhāyai hotavyaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 1.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sarvam evainat srucy abhiparyāsicya prāṅ udetyāhavanīye haitāṃ samidham abhyādadhāty
athottarata āhavanīyasyoṣṇam bhasma nirūhya juhuyān manasā vā prājāpatyayā varcā taddhutaṃ cāhutaṃ ca sa yady ekasmin unnīte yadi dvayor eṣa eva kalpas tac ced vyapanayituṃ śaknuyān niṣṣicyaitad duṣṭam aduṣṭam abhiparyāsicya tasya yathonnītī syāt tathā juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 2.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritaṃ skandati vā viṣyandate vā kā tatra prāyaścittir iti tad adbhir upaninayec chāntyai śāntir vā āpo
'thainad dakṣiṇena pāṇinābhimṛśya japati //
AB, 7, 5, 7.0 tad āhur
atha yadi srug bhidyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir ity anyām srucam āhṛtya juhuyād athaitāṃ srucam bhinnām āhavanīye 'bhyādadhyāt prāgdaṇḍām pratyakpuṣkarāṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 7.0 tad āhur atha yadi srug bhidyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir ity anyām srucam āhṛtya juhuyād
athaitāṃ srucam bhinnām āhavanīye 'bhyādadhyāt prāgdaṇḍām pratyakpuṣkarāṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 8.0 tad āhur yasyāhavanīye hāgnir
vidyetātha gārhapatya upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sa yadi prāñcam uddharet prāyatanāc cyaveta yat pratyañcam asuravad yajñaṃ tanvīta yan manthed bhrātṛvyaṃ yajamānasya janayed yad anugamayet prāṇo yajamānaṃ jahyāt sarvam evainaṃ sahabhasmānam samopya gārhapatyāyatane nidhāyātha prāñcam āhavanīyam uddharet sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 8.0 tad āhur yasyāhavanīye hāgnir vidyetātha gārhapatya upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sa yadi prāñcam uddharet prāyatanāc cyaveta yat pratyañcam asuravad yajñaṃ tanvīta yan manthed bhrātṛvyaṃ yajamānasya janayed yad anugamayet prāṇo yajamānaṃ jahyāt sarvam evainaṃ sahabhasmānam samopya gārhapatyāyatane
nidhāyātha prāñcam āhavanīyam uddharet sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 12, 8.0 tad āhuḥ katham agnīn pravatsyann upatiṣṭheta proṣya vā pratyetyāhar ahar veti tūṣṇīm ity āhus tūṣṇīṃ vai śreyasa ākāṅkṣante
'thāpy āhur ahar ahar vā ete yajamānasyāśraddhayodvāsanāt praplāvanād bibhyati tān upatiṣṭhetaivābhayaṃ vo 'bhayam me 'stv ity abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavaty abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavati //
AB, 7, 14, 1.0 athainam uvāca varuṇaṃ rājānam upadhāva putro me jāyatāṃ tena tvā yajā iti //
AB, 7, 14, 3.0 taṃ hovācājani vai te putro yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśur nirdaśo bhavaty
atha sa medhyo bhavati nirdaśo nv astv atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 3.0 taṃ hovācājani vai te putro yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśur nirdaśo bhavaty atha sa medhyo bhavati nirdaśo nv astv
atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 4.0 sa ha nirdaśa āsa tam hovāca nirdaśo nv abhūd yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantā jāyante
'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya jāyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 4.0 sa ha nirdaśa āsa tam hovāca nirdaśo nv abhūd yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantā jāyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya jāyantām
atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 5.0 tasya ha dantā jajñire taṃ hovācājñata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ padyante
'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya padyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 5.0 tasya ha dantā jajñire taṃ hovācājñata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ padyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya padyantām
atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 6.0 tasya ha dantāḥ pedire taṃ hovācāpatsata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ punar jāyante
'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya punar jāyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 6.0 tasya ha dantāḥ pedire taṃ hovācāpatsata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ punar jāyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya punar jāyantām
atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 7.0 tasya ha dantāḥ punar jajñire taṃ hovācājñata vā asya punar dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai kṣatriyaḥ sāṃnāhuko bhavaty
atha sa medhyo bhavati saṃnāhaṃ nu prāpnotv atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 7.0 tasya ha dantāḥ punar jajñire taṃ hovācājñata vā asya punar dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai kṣatriyaḥ sāṃnāhuko bhavaty atha sa medhyo bhavati saṃnāhaṃ nu prāpnotv
atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 15, 1.0 atha haikṣvākaṃ varuṇo jagrāha tasya hodaraṃ jajñe tad u ha rohitaḥ śuśrāva so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca nānā śrāntāya śrīr astīti rohita śuśruma pāpo nṛṣadvaro jana indra iccarataḥ sakhā caraiveti //
AB, 7, 16, 3.0 atha ha śunaḥśepa īkṣāṃcakre 'mānuṣam iva vai mā viśasiṣyanti hantāhaṃ devatā upadhāvānīti sa prajāpatim eva prathamaṃ devatānām upasasāra kasya nūnaṃ katamasyāmṛtānām ity etayarcā //
AB, 7, 16, 7.0 taṃ varuṇa uvācāgnir vai devānām mukhaṃ suhṛdayatamas taṃ nu stuhy
atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti so 'gniṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarābhir dvāviṃśatyā //
AB, 7, 16, 8.0 tam agnir uvāca viśvān nu devān stuhy
atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa viśvān devāṃs tuṣṭāva namo mahadbhyo namo arbhakebhya ity etayarcā //
AB, 7, 16, 9.0 taṃ viśve devā ūcur indro vai devānām ojiṣṭho baliṣṭhaḥ sahiṣṭhaḥ sattamaḥ pārayiṣṇutamas taṃ nu stuhy
atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa indraṃ tuṣṭāva yacciddhi satya somapā iti caitena sūktenottarasya ca pañcadaśabhiḥ //
AB, 7, 16, 11.0 tam indra uvācāśvinau no stuhy
atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti so 'śvinau tuṣṭāvāta uttareṇa tṛcena //
AB, 7, 16, 12.0 tam aśvinā ūcatur uṣasaṃ nu stuhy
atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa uṣasaṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarena tṛcena //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety
atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity
athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety
etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir
juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām
athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 2.0 atha ha śunaḥśepo viśvāmitrasyāṅkam āsasāda sa hovācājīgartaḥ sauyavasir ṛṣe punar me putraṃ dehīti neti hovāca viśvāmitro devā vā imam mahyam arāsateti sa ha devarāto vaiśvāmitra āsa tasyaite kāpileyabābhravāḥ //
AB, 7, 17, 7.0 sa hovāca śunaḥśepaḥ saṃjānāneṣu vai brūyāḥ sauhardyāya me śriyai yathāham bharataṛṣabhopeyāṃ tava putratām ity
atha ha viśvāmitraḥ putrān āmantrayāmāsa madhuchandāḥ śṛṇotana ṛṣabho reṇur aṣṭakaḥ ye keca bhrātaraḥ sthanāsmai jyaiṣṭhyāya kalpadhvam iti //
AB, 7, 19, 1.0 prajāpatir yajñam asṛjata yajñaṃ sṛṣṭam anu brahmakṣatre asṛjyetām brahmakṣatre anu dvayyaḥ prajā asṛjyanta hutādaś cāhutādaś ca brahmaivānu hutādaḥ kṣatram anv ahutāda etā vai prajā hutādo yad brāhmaṇā
athaitā ahutādo yad rājanyo vaiśyaḥ śūdraḥ //
AB, 7, 19, 2.0 tābhyo yajña udakrāmat tam brahmakṣatre anvaitāṃ yāny eva brahmaṇa āyudhāni tair brahmānvaid yāni kṣatrasya taiḥ kṣatram etāni vai brahmaṇa āyudhāni yad yajñāyudhāny
athaitāni kṣatrasyāyudhāni yadaśvarathaḥ kavaca iṣudhanva //
AB, 7, 19, 3.0 taṃ kṣatram ananvāpya nyavartatāyudhebhyo ha smāsya vijamānaḥ parāṅ evaity
athainam brahmānvait tam āpnot tam āptvā parastān nirudhyātiṣṭhat sa āptaḥ parastān niruddhas tiṣṭhañ jñātvā svāny āyudhāni brahmopāvartata tasmāddhāpy etarhi yajño brahmaṇy eva brāhmaṇeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
AB, 7, 19, 4.0 athainat kṣatram anvāgacchat tad abravīd upa māsmin yajñe hvayasveti tat tathety abravīt tad vai nidhāya svāny āyudhāni brahmaṇa evāyudhair brahmaṇo rūpeṇa brahma bhūtvā yajñam upāvartasveti tatheti tat kṣatraṃ nidhāya svāny āyudhāni brahmaṇa evāyudhair brahmaṇo rūpeṇa brahma bhūtvā yajñam upāvartata tasmāddhāpyetarhi kṣatriyo yajamāno nidhāyaiva svāny āyudhāni brahmaṇa evāyudhair brahmaṇo rūpeṇa brahma bhūtvā yajñam upāvartate //
AB, 7, 20, 1.0 athāto devayajanasyaiva yācñyas tad āhur yad brāhmaṇo rājanyo vaiśyo dīkṣiṣyamāṇaṃ kṣatriyaṃ devayajanaṃ yācati kaṃ kṣatriyo yāced iti //
AB, 7, 21, 1.0 athāta iṣṭāpūrtasyāparijyāniḥ kṣatriyasya yajamānasya sa purastād dīkṣāyā āhutiṃ juhuyāc caturgṛhītam ājyam āhavanīya iṣṭāpūrtasyāparijyānyai //
AB, 7, 21, 3.0 athānūbandhyāyai samiṣṭayajuṣām upariṣṭāt punar no agnir jātavedā dadātu kṣatram punar iṣṭam pūrtaṃ dāt svāheti //
AB, 7, 23, 1.0 athaindro vai devatayā kṣatriyo bhavati traiṣṭubhaś chandasā pañcadaśaḥ stomena somo rājyena rājanyo bandhunā sa ha dīkṣamāṇa eva brāhmaṇatām abhyupaiti yat kṛṣṇājinam adhyūhati yad dīkṣitavrataṃ carati yad enam brāhmaṇā abhisaṃgacchante tasya ha dīkṣamāṇasyendra evendriyam ādatte triṣṭub vīryam pañcadaśaḥ stoma āyuḥ somo rājyam pitaro yaśas kīrtim anyo vā ayam asmad bhavati brahma vā ayam bhavati brahma vā ayam upāvartata iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 7, 24, 1.0 athāgneyo vai devatayā kṣatriyo dīkṣito bhavati gāyatraś chandasā trivṛt stomena brāhmaṇo bandhunā sa hodavasyann eva kṣatriyatām abhyupaiti tasya hodavasyato 'gnir eva teja ādatte gāyatrī vīryaṃ trivṛt stoma āyur brāhmaṇā brahma yaśas kīrtim anyo vā ayam asmad bhavati kṣatraṃ vā ayam bhavati kṣatraṃ vā ayam upāvartata iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 7, 25, 1.0 athāto dīkṣāyā āvedanasyaiva tad āhur yad brāhmaṇasya dīkṣitasya brāhmaṇo 'dīkṣiṣṭeti dīkṣām āvedayanti kathaṃ kṣatriyasyāvedayed iti //
AB, 7, 26, 1.0 athāto yajamānabhāgasyaiva tad āhuḥ prāśnīyāt kṣatriyo yajamānabhāgā3m na prāśnīyā3t iti //
AB, 7, 29, 3.0 atha yadi dadhi vaiśyānāṃ sa bhakṣo vaiśyāṃs tena bhakṣeṇa jinviṣyasi vaiśyakalpas te prajāyām ājaniṣyate 'nyasya balikṛd anyasyādyo yathākāmajyeyo yadā vai kṣatriyāya pāpam bhavati vaiśyakalpo 'sya prajāyām ājāyata īśvaro hāsmād dvitīyo vā tṛtīyo vā vaiśyatām abhyupaitoḥ sa vaiśyatayā jijyūṣitaḥ //
AB, 7, 29, 4.0 atha yady apaḥ śūdrāṇāṃ sa bhakṣaḥ śūdrāṃs tena bhakṣeṇa jinviṣyasi śūdrakalpas te prajāyām ājaniṣyate 'nyasya preṣyaḥ kāmotthāpyo yathākāmavadhyo yadā vai kṣatriyāya pāpam bhavati śūdrakalpo 'sya prajāyām ājāyata īśvaro hāsmād dvitīyo vā tṛtīyo vā śūdratām abhyupaitoḥ sa śūdratayā jijyūṣitaḥ //
AB, 7, 30, 2.0 athāsyaiṣa svo bhakṣo nyagrodhasyāvarodhāś ca phalāni caudumbarāṇy āśvatthāni plākṣāṇy abhiṣuṇuyāt tāni bhakṣayet so 'sya svo bhakṣaḥ //
AB, 7, 31, 1.0 teṣāṃ yaś camasānāṃ raso 'vāṅ ait te 'varodhā abhavann
atha ya ūrdhvas tāni phalāni //
AB, 7, 32, 1.0 atha yad audumbarāṇy ūrjo vā eṣo 'nnādyād vanaspatir ajāyata yad udumbaro bhaujyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnām ūrjam evāsmiṃs tad annādyaṃ ca bhaujyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 7, 32, 2.0 atha yad āśvatthāni tejaso vā eṣa vanaspatir ajāyata yad aśvatthaḥ sāmrājyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnām teja evāsmiṃs tat sāmrājyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 7, 32, 3.0 atha yat plākṣāṇi yaśaso vā eṣa vanaspatir ajāyata yat plakṣaḥ svārājyaṃ ca ha vā etad vairājyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ yaśa evāsmiṃs tat svārājyavairājye ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 7, 32, 4.0 etāny asya purastād upakᄆptāni bhavanty
atha somaṃ rājānaṃ krīṇanti te rājña evāvṛtopavasathāt prativeśaiś caranty athaupavasathyam ahar etāny adhvaryuḥ purastād upakalpayetādhiṣavaṇaṃ carmādhiṣavaṇe phalake droṇakalaśaṃ daśāpavitram adrīn pūtabhṛtaṃ cādhavanīyaṃ ca sthālīm udañcanaṃ camasaṃ ca tad yad etad rājānam prātar abhiṣuṇvanti tad enāni dvedhā vigṛhṇīyād abhy anyāni sunuyān mādhyaṃdināyānyāni pariśiṃṣyāt //
AB, 7, 32, 4.0 etāny asya purastād upakᄆptāni bhavanty atha somaṃ rājānaṃ krīṇanti te rājña evāvṛtopavasathāt prativeśaiś caranty
athaupavasathyam ahar etāny adhvaryuḥ purastād upakalpayetādhiṣavaṇaṃ carmādhiṣavaṇe phalake droṇakalaśaṃ daśāpavitram adrīn pūtabhṛtaṃ cādhavanīyaṃ ca sthālīm udañcanaṃ camasaṃ ca tad yad etad rājānam prātar abhiṣuṇvanti tad enāni dvedhā vigṛhṇīyād abhy anyāni sunuyān mādhyaṃdināyānyāni pariśiṃṣyāt //
AB, 7, 33, 2.0 tad yatraitāṃś camasān āhareyus tad etaṃ yajamānacamasam āharet tān yatrodgṛhṇīyus tad enam upodgṛhṇīyāt tad yadeᄆāṃ hotopahvayeta yadā camasam bhakṣayed
athainam etayā bhakṣayet //
AB, 7, 34, 1.0 tad yatraitāṃś camasān sādayeyus tad etaṃ yajamānacamasaṃ sādayet tān yatra prakampayeyus tad enam anuprakampayed
athainam āhṛtam bhakṣayen narāśaṃsapītasya deva soma te mativida ūmaiḥ pitṛbhir bhakṣitasya bhakṣayāmīti prātaḥsavane nārāśaṃso bhakṣa ūrvair iti mādhyaṃdine kāvyair iti tṛtīyasavane //
AB, 8, 1, 5.0 atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatraṃ bṛhad brahma khalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam brahmapurastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyathyam asad ity athānnaṃ vai rathaṃtaram annam evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayaty atheyaṃ vai pṛthivī rathaṃtaram iyaṃ khalu vai pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhām evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayati //
AB, 8, 1, 5.0 atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatraṃ bṛhad brahma khalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam brahmapurastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyathyam asad ity
athānnaṃ vai rathaṃtaram annam evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayaty atheyaṃ vai pṛthivī rathaṃtaram iyaṃ khalu vai pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhām evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayati //
AB, 8, 1, 5.0 atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatraṃ bṛhad brahma khalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam brahmapurastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyathyam asad ity athānnaṃ vai rathaṃtaram annam evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayaty
atheyaṃ vai pṛthivī rathaṃtaram iyaṃ khalu vai pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhām evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayati //
AB, 8, 2, 2.0 tvām iddhi havāmaha iti bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaiva tat kṣatraṃ samardhayaty
atho kṣatraṃ vai bṛhad ātmā yajamānasya niṣkevalyaṃ tad yad bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty atho jyaiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhaj jyaiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty atho śraiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhac chraiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayati //
AB, 8, 2, 2.0 tvām iddhi havāmaha iti bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaiva tat kṣatraṃ samardhayaty atho kṣatraṃ vai bṛhad ātmā yajamānasya niṣkevalyaṃ tad yad bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty
atho jyaiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhaj jyaiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty atho śraiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhac chraiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayati //
AB, 8, 2, 2.0 tvām iddhi havāmaha iti bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaiva tat kṣatraṃ samardhayaty atho kṣatraṃ vai bṛhad ātmā yajamānasya niṣkevalyaṃ tad yad bṛhatpṛṣṭham bhavati kṣatraṃ vai bṛhat kṣatreṇaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty atho jyaiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhaj jyaiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayaty
atho śraiṣṭhyaṃ vai bṛhac chraiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardhayati //
AB, 8, 2, 3.0 abhi tvā śūra nonuma iti rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ayaṃ vai loko rathaṃtaram asau loko bṛhad asya vai lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo 'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas tad yad rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ubhāv eva tallokau yajamānāya sambhoginau kurvanty
atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatram bṛhad brahmaṇi khalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ kṣatre brahmātho sāmna eva sayonitāyai //
AB, 8, 2, 3.0 abhi tvā śūra nonuma iti rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ayaṃ vai loko rathaṃtaram asau loko bṛhad asya vai lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo 'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas tad yad rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ubhāv eva tallokau yajamānāya sambhoginau kurvanty atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatram bṛhad brahmaṇi khalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ kṣatre
brahmātho sāmna eva sayonitāyai //
AB, 8, 4, 5.0 brahma vai stomānāṃ trivṛt kṣatram pañcadaśo brahma khalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvaṃ brahma purastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyathyam asad iti viśaḥ saptadaśaḥ śaudro varṇa ekaviṃśo viśaṃ caivāsmai tac chaudraṃ ca varṇam anuvartmānau kurvanty
atho tejo vai stomānāṃ trivṛd vīryam pañcadaśaḥ prajātiḥ saptadaśaḥ pratiṣṭhaikaviṃśas tad enaṃ tejasā vīryeṇa prajātyā pratiṣṭhayāntataḥ samardhayati tasmāj jyotiṣṭomaḥ syāt //
AB, 8, 5, 2.0 sūyate ha vā asya kṣatraṃ yo dīkṣate kṣatriyaḥ san sa yadāvabhṛthād udetyānūbandhyayeṣṭvodavasyaty
athainam udavasānīyāyāṃ saṃsthitāyām punar abhiṣiñcanti //
AB, 8, 5, 4.0 tad yaiṣā dakṣiṇā sphyavartanir veder bhavati tatraitām prācīm āsandīm pratiṣṭhāpayati tasyā antarvedi dvau pādau bhavato bahirvedi dvāv iyaṃ vai śrīs tasyā etat parimitaṃ rūpaṃ yad antarvedy
athaiṣa bhūmāparimito yo bahirvedi tad yad asyā antarvedi dvau pādau bhavato bahirvedi dvā ubhayoḥ kāmayor upāptyai yaś cāntarvedi yaś ca bahirvedi //
AB, 8, 6, 4.0 ity etām āsandīm ārohed dakṣiṇenāgre
jānunātha savyena //
AB, 8, 7, 6.0 bhūr iti ya icched imam eva praty annam adyād ity
atha ya icched dvipuruṣam bhūr bhuva ity atha ya icchet tripuruṣaṃ vāpratimaṃ vā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti //
AB, 8, 7, 6.0 bhūr iti ya icched imam eva praty annam adyād ity atha ya icched dvipuruṣam bhūr bhuva ity
atha ya icchet tripuruṣaṃ vāpratimaṃ vā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti //
AB, 8, 7, 10.0 athaitāni ha vai kṣatriyād ījānād vyutkrāntāni bhavanti brahmakṣatre ūrg annādyam apām oṣadhīnāṃ raso brahmavarcasam irā puṣṭiḥ prajātiḥ kṣatrarūpaṃ tad atho annasya rasa oṣadhīnāṃ kṣatram pratiṣṭhā tad yad evāmū purastād āhutī juhoti tad asmin brahmakṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 8, 7, 10.0 athaitāni ha vai kṣatriyād ījānād vyutkrāntāni bhavanti brahmakṣatre ūrg annādyam apām oṣadhīnāṃ raso brahmavarcasam irā puṣṭiḥ prajātiḥ kṣatrarūpaṃ tad
atho annasya rasa oṣadhīnāṃ kṣatram pratiṣṭhā tad yad evāmū purastād āhutī juhoti tad asmin brahmakṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 8, 8, 1.0 atha yad audumbary āsandī bhavaty audumbaraś camasa udumbaraśākhorg vā annādyam udumbara ūrjam evāsmiṃs tad annādyaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 8, 8, 2.0 atha yad dadhi madhu ghṛtam bhavaty apāṃ sa oṣadhīnāṃ raso 'pām evāsmiṃs tad oṣadhīnāṃ rasaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 8, 8, 3.0 atha yad ātapavarṣyā āpo bhavanti tejaś ca ha vai brahmavarcasaṃ cātapavarṣyā āpas teja evāsmiṃs tad brahmavarcasaṃ ca dadhāti //
AB, 8, 8, 4.0 atha yacchaṣpāṇi ca tokmāni ca bhavantīrāyai tat puṣṭyai rūpam atho prajātyā irām evāsmiṃs tat puṣṭiṃ dadhāty atho prajātim //
AB, 8, 8, 4.0 atha yacchaṣpāṇi ca tokmāni ca bhavantīrāyai tat puṣṭyai rūpam
atho prajātyā irām evāsmiṃs tat puṣṭiṃ dadhāty atho prajātim //
AB, 8, 8, 4.0 atha yacchaṣpāṇi ca tokmāni ca bhavantīrāyai tat puṣṭyai rūpam atho prajātyā irām evāsmiṃs tat puṣṭiṃ dadhāty
atho prajātim //
AB, 8, 8, 5.0 atha yat surā bhavati kṣatrarūpaṃ tad atho annasya rasaḥ kṣatrarūpam evāsmiṃs tad dadhāty atho annasya rasam //
AB, 8, 8, 5.0 atha yat surā bhavati kṣatrarūpaṃ tad
atho annasya rasaḥ kṣatrarūpam evāsmiṃs tad dadhāty atho annasya rasam //
AB, 8, 8, 5.0 atha yat surā bhavati kṣatrarūpaṃ tad atho annasya rasaḥ kṣatrarūpam evāsmiṃs tad dadhāty
atho annasya rasam //
AB, 8, 8, 6.0 atha yad dūrvā bhavati kṣatraṃ vā etad oṣadhīnāṃ yad dūrvā kṣatraṃ rājanyo nitata iva hīha kṣatriyo rāṣṭre vasan bhavati pratiṣṭhita iva nitateva dūrvāvarodhair bhūmyām pratiṣṭhiteva tad yad dūrvā bhavaty oṣadhīnām evāsmiṃs tat kṣatraṃ dadhāty atho pratiṣṭhām //
AB, 8, 8, 6.0 atha yad dūrvā bhavati kṣatraṃ vā etad oṣadhīnāṃ yad dūrvā kṣatraṃ rājanyo nitata iva hīha kṣatriyo rāṣṭre vasan bhavati pratiṣṭhita iva nitateva dūrvāvarodhair bhūmyām pratiṣṭhiteva tad yad dūrvā bhavaty oṣadhīnām evāsmiṃs tat kṣatraṃ dadhāty
atho pratiṣṭhām //
AB, 8, 9, 1.0 athodumbaraśākhām abhi pratyavarohaty ūrg vā annādyam udumbara ūrjam eva tad annādyam abhi pratyavarohati //
AB, 8, 9, 7.0 atha yad varaṃ dadāmi jityā abhijityai vijityai saṃjityā iti vācaṃ visṛjata etad vai vāco jitaṃ yad dadāmīty āha yad eva vāco jitam tan ma idam anu karma saṃtiṣṭhātā iti //
AB, 8, 10, 2.0 taṃ yadi kṣatriya upadhāvet senayoḥ samāyatyos tathā me kuru yathāham imāṃ senāṃ jayānīti sa yadi tatheti brūyād vanaspate vīḍvaṅgo hi bhūyā ity asya rathopastham
abhimṛśyāthainam brūyāt //
AB, 8, 10, 4.0 abhīvartena haviṣety evainam āvartayed
athainam anvīkṣetāpratirathena śāsena sauparṇeneti //
AB, 8, 11, 5.0 athāntataḥ prajātim āśāste gavām aśvānām puruṣāṇām iha gāvaḥ prajāyadhvam ihāśvā iha pūruṣāḥ iho sahasradakṣiṇo vīras trātā niṣīdatv iti //
AB, 8, 11, 8.0 atha ha taṃ vy eva karṣante yathā ha vā idaṃ niṣādā vā selagā vā pāpakṛto vā vittavantam puruṣam araṇye gṛhītvā kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanty evam eva ta ṛtvijo yajamānaṃ kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanti yam anevaṃvido yājayanti //
AB, 8, 14, 1.0 athainam prācyāṃ diśi vasavo devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ sāmrājyāya //
AB, 8, 14, 3.0 athainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir bhaujyāya tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca satvatāṃ rājāno bhaujyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante bhojety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam pratīcyāṃ diśy ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ svārājyāya tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ svārājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante svarāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam udīcyāṃ diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa himavantaṃ janapadā uttarakurava uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante virāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya tasmād asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi ye keca kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante rājety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bhavat //
AB, 8, 14, 3.0 athainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir bhaujyāya tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca satvatāṃ rājāno bhaujyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante bhojety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv
athainam pratīcyāṃ diśy ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ svārājyāya tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ svārājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante svarāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam udīcyāṃ diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa himavantaṃ janapadā uttarakurava uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante virāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya tasmād asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi ye keca kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante rājety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bhavat //
AB, 8, 14, 3.0 athainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir bhaujyāya tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca satvatāṃ rājāno bhaujyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante bhojety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam pratīcyāṃ diśy ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ svārājyāya tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ svārājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante svarāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv
athainam udīcyāṃ diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa himavantaṃ janapadā uttarakurava uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante virāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya tasmād asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi ye keca kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante rājety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bhavat //
AB, 8, 14, 3.0 athainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir bhaujyāya tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca satvatāṃ rājāno bhaujyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante bhojety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam pratīcyāṃ diśy ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ svārājyāya tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ svārājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante svarāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam udīcyāṃ diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa himavantaṃ janapadā uttarakurava uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante virāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv
athainam asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya tasmād asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi ye keca kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante rājety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bhavat //
AB, 8, 14, 3.0 athainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir bhaujyāya tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca satvatāṃ rājāno bhaujyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante bhojety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam pratīcyāṃ diśy ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ svārājyāya tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ svārājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante svarāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam udīcyāṃ diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa himavantaṃ janapadā uttarakurava uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante virāᄆ ity enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv athainam asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya tasmād asyāṃ dhruvāyām madhyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi ye keca kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bhiṣicyante rājety enān abhiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv
athainam ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhyaṣiñcann etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bhavat //
AB, 8, 16, 1.0 atha tato brūyāc catuṣṭayāni vānaspatyāni saṃbharata naiyagrodhāny audumbarāṇy āśvatthāni plākṣāṇīti //
AB, 8, 16, 3.0 atha tato brūyāc catuṣṭayāny auṣadhāni saṃbharata tokmakṛtāni vrīhīṇām mahāvrīhīṇām priyaṃgūnāṃ yavānām iti //
AB, 8, 17, 1.0 athāsmā audumbarīm āsandīṃ saṃbharanti tasyā uktam brāhmaṇam audumbaraś camaso vā pātrī vodumbaraśākhā tān etān sambhārān saṃbhṛtyaudumbaryām pātryāṃ vā camase vā samāvapeyus teṣu samopteṣu dadhi madhu sarpir ātapavarṣyā āpo 'bhyānīya pratiṣṭhāpyaitām āsandīm abhimantrayeta //
AB, 8, 20, 2.0 so 'bhiṣikto 'bhiṣektre brāhmaṇāya hiraṇyaṃ dadyāt sahasraṃ dadyāt kṣetraṃ catuṣpād dadyād
athāpy āhur asaṃkhyātam evāparimitaṃ dadyād aparimito vai kṣatriyo 'parimitasyāvaruddhyā iti //
AB, 8, 20, 3.0 athāsmai surākaṃsaṃ hasta ādadhāti svādiṣṭhayā madiṣṭhayā pavasva soma dhārayā indrāya pātave suta iti //
AB, 8, 23, 10.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo 'jaiṣīr vai samantaṃ sarvataḥ pṛthivīm mahan mā gamayeti sa hovācātyarātir jānaṃtapir yadā brāhmaṇottarakurūñ jayeyam
atha tvam u haiva pṛthivyai rājā syāḥ senāpatir eva te 'haṃ syām iti sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo devakṣetraṃ vai tan na vai tan martyo jetum arhaty adrukṣo vai ma āta idaṃ dada iti tato hātyarātiṃ jānaṃtapim āttavīryaṃ niḥśukram amitratapanaḥ śuṣmiṇaḥ śaibyo rājā jaghāna //
AB, 8, 24, 4.0 tasya purohita evāhavanīyo bhavati jāyā gārhapatyaḥ putro 'nvāhāryapacanaḥ sa yat purohitāya karoty āhavanīya eva taj juhoty
atha yaj jāyāyai karoti gārhapatya eva taj juhoty atha yat putrāya karoty anvāhāryapacana eva taj juhoti ta enaṃ śāntatanavo 'bhihutā abhiprītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti kṣatraṃ ca balaṃ ca rāṣṭraṃ ca viśaṃ ca //
AB, 8, 24, 4.0 tasya purohita evāhavanīyo bhavati jāyā gārhapatyaḥ putro 'nvāhāryapacanaḥ sa yat purohitāya karoty āhavanīya eva taj juhoty atha yaj jāyāyai karoti gārhapatya eva taj juhoty
atha yat putrāya karoty anvāhāryapacana eva taj juhoti ta enaṃ śāntatanavo 'bhihutā abhiprītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti kṣatraṃ ca balaṃ ca rāṣṭraṃ ca viśaṃ ca //
AB, 8, 24, 6.0 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas tasya vācy evaikā menir bhavati pādayor ekā tvacy ekā hṛdaya ekopastha ekā tābhir jvalantībhir dīpyamānābhir upodeti rājānaṃ sa yad āha kva bhagavo 'vātsīs tṛṇāny asmā āharateti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bhavaty
atha yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bhavaty atha yad enam alaṃkurvanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bhavaty atha yad enaṃ tarpayanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hṛdaye menir bhavaty atha yad asyānāruddho veśmasu vasati tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopasthe menir bhavati //
AB, 8, 24, 6.0 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas tasya vācy evaikā menir bhavati pādayor ekā tvacy ekā hṛdaya ekopastha ekā tābhir jvalantībhir dīpyamānābhir upodeti rājānaṃ sa yad āha kva bhagavo 'vātsīs tṛṇāny asmā āharateti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bhavaty atha yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bhavaty
atha yad enam alaṃkurvanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bhavaty atha yad enaṃ tarpayanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hṛdaye menir bhavaty atha yad asyānāruddho veśmasu vasati tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopasthe menir bhavati //
AB, 8, 24, 6.0 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas tasya vācy evaikā menir bhavati pādayor ekā tvacy ekā hṛdaya ekopastha ekā tābhir jvalantībhir dīpyamānābhir upodeti rājānaṃ sa yad āha kva bhagavo 'vātsīs tṛṇāny asmā āharateti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bhavaty atha yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bhavaty atha yad enam alaṃkurvanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bhavaty
atha yad enaṃ tarpayanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hṛdaye menir bhavaty atha yad asyānāruddho veśmasu vasati tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopasthe menir bhavati //
AB, 8, 24, 6.0 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas tasya vācy evaikā menir bhavati pādayor ekā tvacy ekā hṛdaya ekopastha ekā tābhir jvalantībhir dīpyamānābhir upodeti rājānaṃ sa yad āha kva bhagavo 'vātsīs tṛṇāny asmā āharateti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bhavaty atha yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bhavaty atha yad enam alaṃkurvanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bhavaty atha yad enaṃ tarpayanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hṛdaye menir bhavaty
atha yad asyānāruddho veśmasu vasati tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopasthe menir bhavati //
AB, 8, 27, 1.0 yo ha vai trīn purohitāṃs trīn purodhātṝn veda sa brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ sa vadeta purodhāyā agnir vāva purohitaḥ pṛthivī purodhātā vāyur vāva purohito 'ntarikṣam purodhātādityo vāva purohito dyauḥ purodhātaiṣa ha vai purohito ya evaṃ
vedātha sa tirohito ya evaṃ na veda //
AB, 8, 28, 1.0 athāto brahmanaḥ parimaro yo ha vai brahmaṇaḥ parimaraṃ veda pary enaṃ dviṣanto bhrātṛvyāḥ pari sapatnā mriyante //
AB, 8, 28, 4.0 yadā vai mriyate
'thāntardhīyate 'thaināṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 4.0 yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate
'thaināṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 7.0 vṛṣṭir vai vṛṣṭvā candramasam anupraviśati sāntardhīyate tāṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate
'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād vṛṣṭer maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 7.0 vṛṣṭir vai vṛṣṭvā candramasam anupraviśati sāntardhīyate tāṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate
'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād vṛṣṭer maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 8.0 candramā vā amāvāsyāyām ādityam anupraviśati so'ntardhīyatāṃ taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate
'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyāc candramaso maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 8.0 candramā vā amāvāsyāyām ādityam anupraviśati so'ntardhīyatāṃ taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate
'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyāc candramaso maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 9.0 ādityo vā astaṃ yann agnim anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate
'thāntardhīyate 'thainam na nirjānanti sa brūyād ādityasya maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 9.0 ādityo vā astaṃ yann agnim anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate
'thainam na nirjānanti sa brūyād ādityasya maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 10.0 agnir vā udvān vāyum anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate
'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād agner maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 10.0 agnir vā udvān vāyum anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate
'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād agner maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
Aitareyopaniṣad
AU, 1, 3, 11.3 sa īkṣata yadi vācābhivyāhṛtaṃ yadi prāṇenābhiprāṇitaṃ yadi cakṣuṣā dṛṣṭaṃ yadi śrotreṇa śrutaṃ yadi tvacā spṛṣṭaṃ yadi manasā dhyātaṃ yady apānenābhyapānitaṃ yadi śiśnena visṛṣṭam
atha ko 'ham iti //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 1, 1, 2.0 athāto yājñe karmaṇi prāyaścittāni vyākhyāsyāmo vidhyaparādhe //
AVPr, 1, 2, 11.0 atha yasyāhavanīyam abhyuddhṛtam ādityo 'bhyastam iyāt kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 2, 14.0 atha yasyāhavanīyam abhyuddhṛtam ādityo 'bhyudiyāt kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 2, 17.0 atha yasya sāyam ahutam agnihotraṃ prātar ādityo 'bhyudiyāt kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 2, 20.0 atha yasya prātar akṛtam agnihotraṃ sāyam ādityo 'bhyastamiyāt kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 2, 23.0 atha yasya prātar ahutam agnihotram ādityo 'bhyudiyāt kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 3, 1.0 atha yo 'gnihotreṇodeti svargaṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ yajamānam abhivahati //
AVPr, 1, 3, 4.0 atha yasyāgnihotraṃ hūyamānaṃ skandet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 3, 7.0 atha yatraivāvaskannaṃ bhavati taṃ deśam abhivimṛjya vimṛgvarīṃ pṛthivīm āvadāmīti prāṅmukhopaviśyāgnir bhūmyām iti tisṛbhir ālabhyābhimantrayeta //
AVPr, 1, 3, 8.0 atha cet sarvam eva skannaṃ syād yac carusthālyām atiśiṣṭaṃ syāt taj juhuyāt //
AVPr, 1, 3, 16.0 atha cec carusthālyām evāmedhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 3, 17.0 tat tathaiva
hutvāthānyām āhūya dohayitvā śrapayitvā tad asmai tatraivāsīnāyānvāhareyuḥ //
AVPr, 1, 3, 19.0 atha yasyāhavanīyagārhapatyāv antareṇa yāno vā ratho vā nivarteta śvā vānyo vābhidhāvet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 5, 1.0 atha yasyāhavanīyo 'gnir jāgṛyād gārhapatya upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 1, 5, 10.0 athāhavanīya ājyāhutiṃ juhuyād asapatnaṃ purastād ity etayarcā //
AVPr, 1, 5, 11.0 atha yasyāgnihotraṃ śrapyamāṇaṃ viṣyandet tad adbhir upaninayet //
AVPr, 2, 1, 1.0 atha yasya puroḍāśe 'medhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 1, 2.0 ājyenābhighāryāpsv antar iti sakṛd evāpsu
hutvāthāhavanīya ājyāhutī juhuyād asapatnaṃ purastād ity etābhyām ṛgbhyām //
AVPr, 2, 1, 3.0 atha yasya puroḍāśaḥ kṣāmo bhavati kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 1, 8.0 atha yasyāgnihotraṃ tṛtīye nityahomakāle vicchidyeta kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 1, 15.0 atha āhavanīya ājyāhutiṃ juhuyāt trātāram indram ity etayarcā //
AVPr, 2, 1, 18.0 atha cet sarvam eva sāṃnāyyaṃ vyāpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 1, 24.0 atha cet sarvāṇy eva havīṃṣi vyāpadyeran kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 2, 4.0 atha sa yo 'nyo brūyād adarśaṃ cādya purastād iti taṃ tu kim iti brūyāt //
AVPr, 2, 2, 10.0 athānyaddhavir nirvaped agnaye dātre puroḍāśam indrāya pradātre puroḍāśaṃ viṣṇave śipiviṣṭāya puroḍāśam //
AVPr, 2, 3, 3.0 atha sa yo 'nyo brūyād adarśaṃ cādya paścād iti taṃ tu kim iti brūyāt //
AVPr, 2, 3, 21.0 asau ya udayāt puro vasāno nīlalohito
'tha dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭaṃ no duṣkṛtaṃ tat svāheti //
AVPr, 2, 3, 23.0 asau ya udayāt paścād vasāno nīlalohito tya
'tha dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭaṃ no duṣkṛtaṃ karat svāheti //
AVPr, 2, 4, 1.0 atha yo 'hutvā navaṃ prāśnīyād agnau vāgamayet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 4, 7.0 yady anugatam agniṃ śaṅkamānā mantheyur mathite 'gnim adhigaccheyur bhadrād adhi śreyaḥ prehīti vyāhṛtibhiś ca mathitaṃ
samāropyāthetarasmin punas tvā prāṇa iti pañcabhir ājyāhutīr hutvā yathoktaṃ prākṛtā vṛttiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 4, 8.0 atha yasyāgnihotrī gharmadughā duhyamānā vāśyet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 4, 10.0 athāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyād dhātā dadhātu naḥ pūrṇā darva iti dvābhyām ṛgbhyām //
AVPr, 2, 4, 11.0 atha yasyāgnihotrī gharmadughā vā duhyamānopaviśet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 4, 15.1 athainām utthāpayaty uttiṣṭha devy adite devān yajñena bodhaya /
AVPr, 2, 4, 17.0 athāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyān mā no vidan ity etair abhayai raudraiś ca //
AVPr, 2, 5, 1.0 atha yasya vapām āhutiṃ vā gṛhītāṃ śyenaḥ śakuniḥ śvā vānyo vāhared vāto vā vivamet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 5, 2.0 divaṃ pṛthivīm ity
abhimantryāthāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyād vāta ā vātu bheṣajam iti sūktena //
AVPr, 2, 5, 3.0 atha yasya somagraho gṛhīto 'tisravet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 5, 4.0 drapsaś caskandety
abhimantryāthāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyān manase cetase dhiya iti sūktena //
AVPr, 2, 5, 8.0 atha yasyāsamāpte karmaṇi tāntriko 'gnir upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 5, 10.0 atha yasyāsamāpte karmaṇi barhir ādīpyeta tatra tan nirvāpya juhuyād yad agnir barhir adahad vedyā vāso apombhata tvam eva no jātavedo duritāt pāhi tasmāt //
AVPr, 2, 5, 18.0 atha yasya pitrye praṇīto 'gnir upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 6, 1.1 atha yasya yūpo virohed asamāpte karmaṇi tatra juhuyāt yūpo virohañchataśākho adhvaraḥ samāvṛto mohayiṣyan yajamānasya loke /
AVPr, 2, 6, 7.1 atha yasyāsamāpte karmaṇi yūpe dhvāṅkṣo nipatet tatra juhuyāt ā pavasva hiraṇyavad aśvāvat soma vīravat /
AVPr, 2, 7, 1.0 atha yasyāgnayo mithaḥ saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 7, 5.0 atha yasyāgnayo grāmyeṇāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 7, 10.0 atha yasyāgnayaḥ śāvenāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 7, 17.0 atha yasyāgnayo dāvenāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir annādyaṃ vā eṣa yajamānasya saṃvṛjyāvṛta upa to 'raṇyād grāmam adhy abhyupaiti //
AVPr, 2, 7, 22.0 atha yasyāgnayo divyenāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 7, 38.0 sa no rāsva suvīryam iti madhyata
opyātha saṃsrāvabhāgaiḥ saṃsthāpayet //
AVPr, 2, 8, 1.0 atha ya āhitāgnis tantre pravāse mṛtaḥ syāt kathaṃ tatra kuryāt //
AVPr, 2, 8, 7.0 atha yaḥ samāropitāsamāropite mṛtaḥ syāt kathaṃ tatra kuryāt //
AVPr, 2, 8, 10.2 tvam agne saprathā asi yena pathā vaivasvataḥ tvam agne vratapā asīti madhyata
opyātha saṃsrāvabhāgaiḥ saṃsthāpayet //
AVPr, 2, 8, 11.0 atha naṣṭe araṇī syātām anyayor araṇyor vihṛtya taṃ mathitvaitābhir eva hutvāthainaṃ samāpnuyuḥ //
AVPr, 2, 8, 11.0 atha naṣṭe araṇī syātām anyayor araṇyor vihṛtya taṃ mathitvaitābhir eva
hutvāthainaṃ samāpnuyuḥ //
AVPr, 2, 9, 9.0 atha yasyopākṛtaḥ paśuḥ saṃśīryeta kā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 9, 12.0 yo vā eṣa prapatito bhavati tad yad enam adhigaccheyur
atha tena yajeta //
AVPr, 2, 9, 13.0 atha yāv etau śīrṇamṛtau bhavatas tayoḥ prajñātāny avadānāny avadāyetarasya vā paśoḥ saṃpraiṣaṃ kṛtvā brāhmaṇān paricareyur apo vābhyupahareyuḥ spṛtibhiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 9, 20.0 atha yo 'dhiśrite 'gnihotre yajamāno mriyeta kathaṃ tatra kuryāt //
AVPr, 2, 9, 24.0 atha ya aupavasathye 'hani yajamāno mriyeta kathaṃ tatra kuryāt //
AVPr, 2, 9, 28.0 atha yaḥ samāsanneṣu haviḥṣu yajamāno mriyeta kathaṃ tatra kuryāt //
AVPr, 2, 9, 53.0 atha yo hotārddhahuta ucchiṣṭaḥ syāt sahaiva tenācamyāgnir mā pātu vasubhiḥ purastād ity etāṃ japtvā yathārthaṃ kuryād yathārthaṃ kuryāt //
AVPr, 3, 5, 1.1 atha yad avocāmāpattau somaṃ ceti yajamānaṃ ced rājānaṃ stena ha vā prathamaś cāhareyuś cittavyāpatyur vā bhavet /
AVPr, 3, 6, 1.0 atha ha yaṃ jīvan na śrutipathaṃ gacchet kiyantam asya kālam agnihotraṃ juhuyuḥ //
AVPr, 3, 6, 2.0 yady eva hitam āyus tasyāśeṣaṃ prasaṃkhyāya tāvantaṃ kālaṃ tad asyāgnihotraṃ
hutvāthāsya prāyaṇīyena pracareyuḥ //
AVPr, 3, 7, 1.1 atha ya āhitāgnir vipravasann agnibhiḥ pramīyeta kathaṃ tatra pātraviniyogaṃ pratīyāt /
AVPr, 3, 8, 1.0 atha yady enam anāhitāgnim iva vṛthāgninā daheyur evam asyaiṣa mṛtpātraviniyoga iti patnya bhavatīty āhāśmarathyaḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 4.0 atha katham asyām āpattau yathaiva śarīrādarśane vā samāmnātānām āpadāṃ kathaṃ tatra pātraviniyogaṃ pratīyād ity āhāśmarathyaḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 8.0 śarīrādarśane pālāśatsarūṇy
āhṛtyāthaitāni puruṣākṛtīni kṛtvā ghṛtenābhyajya māṃsatvagasthy asya ghṛtaṃ ca bhavatīti ha vijñāyate //
AVPr, 3, 8, 11.0 tasmād yugapad eva sarvāṃt
sādayitvātha yady enam anvālabheta punar dahet //
AVPr, 3, 10, 5.0 atha yasya paurṇamāsyaṃ vā vyāpadyeta kāmaṃ tatra prākṛtīḥ kuryāt //
AVPr, 4, 1, 8.0 athānyām adoṣām iṣṭiṃ tanvītām apo duṣṭam abhyavahareyuḥ //
AVPr, 4, 1, 14.0 tathotpūtam utpūyamānaṃ ced ghṛtaṃ dadyād
athotpūtam utpūyamānaṃ ced ghṛtaṃ prāṇaṃ dadyād devatāntare ced ghṛtam //
AVPr, 5, 5, 1.0 atha saṃnipatiteṣu prāyaścitteṣu vaivicīṃ prathamāṃ kuryāt //
AVPr, 5, 6, 1.0 atha yasyāhargaṇe 'visamāpte yūpo virohet pravṛhya yūpavirūḍhāny avalopya tapo hy agne antarām amitrāṃ tapa śaṃsam araruṣaḥ parasya tapo vaso cikitāno acittān vi te tiṣṭhantām ajarā ayāsaḥ //
AVPr, 6, 4, 10.0 yadi na pūtīkān arjunāny
atha yā eva kāś cauṣadhīr āhṛtyābhiṣuṇuyuḥ //
AVPr, 6, 6, 1.0 atha ceddhutāhutau somau pītāpītau vā saṃsṛjyeyātāṃ yajñasya hi stha ṛtvijā gavīndrāgnī kalpatā yuvaṃ hutāhutasya cāsyā yasyendrāgnī vītaṃ pibata ghṛtam imāṃ ghṛtam iti dvābhyāṃ juhuyāt //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 30, 5.2 tan naḥ sarvaṃ sam ṛdhyatām
athaitasya haviṣo vīhi svāhā //
AVP, 1, 66, 3.2 yena viśvāḥ pṛtanāḥ saṃjayāny
atho dyumat samitim ā vadāni //
AVP, 4, 23, 3.2 tasminn indraḥ pary adatta cakṣuḥ prāṇam
atho balam astṛtas tvābhi rakṣatu //
AVP, 5, 15, 9.2 teṣāṃ śirāṃsy asinā chinadmy
athāsāṃ vatsān āyuṣā medasā saṃ sṛjāmi //
AVP, 5, 21, 2.2 atihāya tam
atha no hinassi grāhiḥ kila tvā grahīṣyati kilāsaśīrṣaḥ //
AVP, 10, 1, 9.2 kastūpam asyā
ācchidyāthaināṃ cātayātai paramāṃ cit parāvatam //
AVP, 10, 4, 5.2 āpa iva duḥṣvapnyam apa tat svapadhvam
athānandinaḥ sumanasaḥ sam eta //
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 2, 6, 5.2 viśvā hy agne duritā tara tvam
athāsmabhyaṃ sahavīraṃ rayiṃ dāḥ //
AVŚ, 3, 8, 1.2 athāsmabhyam varuṇo vāyur agnir bṛhad rāṣṭraṃ saṃveśyam dadhātu //
AVŚ, 3, 12, 5.2 tṛṇaṃ vasānā sumanā asas tvam
athāsmabhyaṃ sahavīraṃ rayiṃ dāḥ //
AVŚ, 4, 1, 5.2 ahar yacchukraṃ jyotiṣo
janiṣṭātha dyumanto vi vasantu viprāḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 50, 1.2 yavān ned adān api nahyataṃ mukham
athābhayaṃ kṛṇutaṃ dhānyāya //
AVŚ, 6, 116, 1.2 vaivasvate rājani taj juhomy
atha yajñiyaṃ madhumad astu no 'nnam //
AVŚ, 6, 119, 2.2 sa etān pāśān vicṛtam veda sarvān
atha pakvena saha saṃ bhavema //
AVŚ, 6, 133, 4.2 sā no mekhale matim ā dhehi medhām
atho no dhehi tapa indriyaṃ ca //
AVŚ, 7, 8, 1.2 athemam asyā vara ā pṛthivyā āreśatruṃ kṛṇuhi sarvavīram //
AVŚ, 7, 14, 3.2 athāsmabhyaṃ savitar vāryāṇi divodiva ā suvā bhūri paśvaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 83, 4.2 duṣvapnyaṃ duritaṃ niṣvāsmad
atha gacchema sukṛtasya lokam //
AVŚ, 8, 1, 6.2 ā hi rohemam amṛtaṃ sukhaṃ ratham
atha jivrir vidatham ā vadāsi //
AVŚ, 8, 7, 5.2 tenemam asmād yakṣmāt puruṣaṃ muñcatauṣadhīr
atho kṛṇomi bheṣajam //
AVŚ, 8, 7, 10.2 atho balāsanāśanīḥ kṛtyādūṣaṇīś ca yās tā ihā yantv oṣadhīḥ //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 24.2 athātarpayac caturaś caturdhā devān manuṣyāṁ asurān uta ṛṣīn //
AVŚ, 9, 4, 4.1 pitā vatsānāṃ patir aghnyānāṃ
atho pitā mahatāṃ gargarāṇām /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 12.2 atheme anya upare vicakṣaṇe saptacakre ṣaḍara āhur arpitam //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 28.1 indraṃ mitraṃ varuṇam agnim āhur
atho divyaḥ sa suparṇo garutmān /
AVŚ, 11, 1, 29.2 etaṃ śuśruma gṛharājasya bhāgam
atho vidma nirṛter bhāgadheyam //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 55.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 56.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 57.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 58.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 59.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 60.3 diṣṭaṃ no atra jarase nineṣaj jarā mṛtyave pari ṇo dadātv
atha pakvena saha sambhavema //
AVŚ, 15, 13, 6.1 atha yasyāvrātyo vrātyabruvo nāmabibhraty atithir gṛhān āgacchet //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 4.2 śṛtaṃ yadā karasi jātavedo
'themam enaṃ pra hiṇutāt pitṝṃr upa //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 5.1 yadā śṛtaṃ kṛṇavo jātavedo
'themam enaṃ pari dattāt pitṛbhyaḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 5.2 yado gacchāty asunītim etām
atha devānāṃ vaśanīr bhavāti //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 9.2 ajaṃ yantam anu tāḥ sam ṛṇvatām
athetarābhiḥ śivatamābhiḥ śṛtaṃ kṛdhi //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 1, 2, 4.1 athottarata ūrṇāvikrayaḥ sīdhupānam ubhayato dadbhir vyavahāra āyudhīyakaṃ samudrasaṃyānam iti //
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 6.1 dīrghasattraṃ vā eṣa upaiti yo brahmacaryam upaiti sa yāmupayan samidham ādadhāti sā
prāyaṇīyātha yāṃ snāsyansodayanīyātha yā antareṇa sattryā evāsya tāḥ //
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 6.1 dīrghasattraṃ vā eṣa upaiti yo brahmacaryam upaiti sa yāmupayan samidham ādadhāti sā prāyaṇīyātha yāṃ
snāsyansodayanīyātha yā antareṇa sattryā evāsya tāḥ //
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.3 atha yad ātmānaṃ daridrīkṛtyāhrīr bhūtvā bhikṣate brahmacaryaṃ carati ya evāsya mṛtyau pādas tam eva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.4 atha yad ācāryavacaḥ karoti ya evāsyācārye pādas tameva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.5 atha yat svādhyāyam adhīte ya evāsyātmani pādas tameva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.7 sa yad anyāṃ bhikṣitavyāṃ na vindetāpi svāmevācāryajāyāṃ
bhikṣetātho svāṃ mātaram /
BaudhDhS, 2, 2, 18.1 atha patitāḥ samavasāya dharmāṃś careyur itaretarayājakā itaretarādhyāpakā mitho vivahamānāḥ /
BaudhDhS, 2, 4, 23.1 agnyādheyaprabhṛty
athemāny ajasrāṇi bhavanti yathaitad agnyādheyam agnihotraṃ darśapūrṇamāsāv āgrayaṇam udagayanadakṣiṇāyanayoḥ paśuś cāturmāsyāny ṛtumukhe ṣaḍḍhotā vasante jyotiṣṭoma ity evaṃ kṣemaprāpaṇam //
BaudhDhS, 2, 8, 1.1 atha hastau prakṣālya kamaṇḍaluṃ mṛtpiṇḍaṃ ca saṃgṛhya tīrthaṃ gatvā triḥ pādau prakṣālayate trir ātmānaṃ //
BaudhDhS, 2, 17, 20.1 atha sāyaṃ hute 'gnihotra uttareṇa gārhapatyaṃ tṛṇāni saṃstīrya teṣu dvaṃdvaṃ nyañci pātrāṇi sādayitvā dakṣiṇenāhavanīyaṃ brahmāyatane darbhān saṃstīrya teṣu kṛṣṇājinaṃ cāntardhāyaitāṃ rātriṃ jāgarti //
BaudhDhS, 2, 18, 7.1 atha bhaikṣacaryād upāvṛtya śucau deśe nyasya hastapādān prakṣālyādityasyāgre nivedayet /
BaudhDhS, 3, 1, 1.1 atha śālīnayāyāvaracakracaradharmakāṅkṣiṇāṃ navabhir vṛttibhir vartamānānām //
BaudhDhS, 3, 1, 13.1 atha prātar udita āditye yathāsūtram agnīn prajvālya gārhapatya ājyaṃ vilāpyotpūya sruksruvaṃ niṣṭapya saṃmṛjya sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvāhavanīye vāstoṣpatīyaṃ juhoti //
BaudhDhS, 3, 3, 5.1 tatrendrāvasiktā nāma vallīgulmalatāvṛkṣāṇām ānayitvā śrapayitvā sāyamprātaragnihotraṃ hutvā yatyatithivratibhyaś ca
dattvāthetaraccheṣabhakṣāḥ //
BaudhDhS, 3, 3, 6.1 retovasiktā nāma māṃsaṃ vyāghravṛkaśyenādibhir anyatamena vā hatam ānayitvā śrapayitvā sāyamprātaragnihotraṃ hutvā yatyatithivratibhyaś ca
dattvāthetaraccheṣabhakṣāḥ //
BaudhDhS, 3, 3, 7.1 vaituṣikās tuṣadhānyavarjaṃ taṇḍulān ānayitvā śrapayitvā sāyamprātaragnihotraṃ hutvā yatyatithivratibhyaś ca
dattvāthetaraccheṣabhakṣāḥ //
BaudhDhS, 3, 4, 1.1 atha yadi brahmacāry avratyam iva caren māṃsaṃ vāśnīyāt striyaṃ vopeyāt sarvāsv evārtiṣu //
BaudhDhS, 3, 4, 2.1 antarāgāre 'gnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt
kṛtvāthājyāhutīr upajuhoti /
BaudhDhS, 3, 6, 1.1 atha karmabhir ātmakṛtair gurum ivātmānaṃ manyetātmārthe prasṛtiyāvakaṃ śrapayed uditeṣu nakṣatreṣu //
BaudhDhS, 3, 7, 10.1 pūrvāhṇe pākayajñikadharmeṇāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt
kṛtvāthājyāhutīr upajuhoti /
BaudhDhS, 3, 8, 9.1 athāparāḥ samāmananti digbhyaś ca sadaivatābhya uror antarikṣāya sadaivatāya //
BaudhDhS, 3, 8, 10.1 navo navo bhavati jāyamāna iti sauviṣṭakṛtīṃ
hutvāthaitaddhavirucchiṣṭaṃ kaṃse vā camase vā vyuddhṛtya haviṣyair vyañjanair upasicya pañcadaśa piṇḍān prakṛtisthān prāśnāti //
BaudhDhS, 3, 9, 7.1 athāntarā vyāhared athāntarā viramet triḥ prāṇān āyamya vṛttāntād evārabheta //
BaudhDhS, 3, 9, 7.1 athāntarā vyāhared
athāntarā viramet triḥ prāṇān āyamya vṛttāntād evārabheta //
BaudhDhS, 3, 10, 2.1 atha khalv ayaṃ puruṣo yāpyena karmaṇā mithyā vā caraty ayājyaṃ vā yājayaty apratigrāhyasya vā pratigṛhṇāty anāśyānnasya vānnam aśnāty acaraṇīyena vā carati //
BaudhDhS, 4, 2, 10.1 athāvakīrṇy amāvāsyāyāṃ niśy agnim upasamādhāya dārvihomikīṃ pariceṣṭāṃ kṛtvā dve ājyāhutī juhoti /
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 1, 7.1 atha yaddhutvā dattvā cādīyate sa āhutaḥ yathaitad upanayanaṃ samāvartanaṃ ceti //
BaudhGS, 1, 1, 26.1 athainām antareṇa bhrumukhe darbheṇa saṃmārṣṭi idam ahaṃ yā tvayi patighny alakṣmis tāṃ nirdiśāmi iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 25.1 athāpa upaspṛśya mayīndriyaṃ vīryam ity uraḥpratyātmānaṃ pratyabhimṛśate //
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 37.1 athāpa upaspṛśya sarvābhir aṅgulībhiḥ samudāyutya prāśnāti yan madhuno madhavyaṃ paramamannādyaṃ vīryam /
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 49.3 atha yad utsrakṣyan bhavati tām anumantrayate gaur dhenubhavyā mātā rudrāṇāṃ duhitā vasūnāṃ svasādityānām amṛtasya nābhiḥ /
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 1.1 atha śucau same deśe agnyāyatanadeśaṃ śakalena triḥ prācīnam ullikhet trir udīcīnam //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 2.1 athādbhir abhyukṣya śakalaṃ nirasyāpa upaspṛśya yājñikāt kāṣṭhād agniṃ mathitvā śrotriyāgārād vāhṛtya vyāhṛtibhir nirupyopasamādhāyopatiṣṭhate //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 4.1 athainaṃ pradakṣiṇamagniṃ parisamūhya paryṛkṣya paristīrya prāgagrairdarbhair agniṃ paristṛṇāti //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 11.1 atha tiraḥpavitramājyasthālyām ājyaṃ nirupyodīco 'ṅgārānnirūhya vyantān kṛtvā teṣv adhiśrityābhidyotanenābhidyotya dve darbhāgre pracchidya prakṣālya pratyasya punar abhidyotya triḥ paryagnikṛtvā vartma kurvann udagudvāsya pratyūhyāṅgārān barhir āstīrya athainad udīcīnāgrābhyāṃ pavitrābhyāṃ punar āhāraṃ trir utpūya visrasya pavitre 'dbhiḥ saṃspṛśyāgnāv anupraharati //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 11.1 atha tiraḥpavitramājyasthālyām ājyaṃ nirupyodīco 'ṅgārānnirūhya vyantān kṛtvā teṣv adhiśrityābhidyotanenābhidyotya dve darbhāgre pracchidya prakṣālya pratyasya punar abhidyotya triḥ paryagnikṛtvā vartma kurvann udagudvāsya pratyūhyāṅgārān barhir āstīrya
athainad udīcīnāgrābhyāṃ pavitrābhyāṃ punar āhāraṃ trir utpūya visrasya pavitre 'dbhiḥ saṃspṛśyāgnāv anupraharati //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 12.1 atha darvīṃ niṣṭapya darbhaiḥ saṃmṛjyādbhiḥ saṃspṛśya punar niṣṭapya prokṣya nidhāya darbhān adbhiḥ saṃspṛśyāgnāv anupraharati //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 13.1 atha śamyāḥ paridhāti khādirī darvī tejaskāmasyaudumbaryannādyakāmasya pālāśī brahmavarcasakāmasya iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 14.1 atha haikeṣāṃ vijñāyate nirṛtigṛhitā vai darvī yad darvyā juhuyān nirṛtyā 'sya yajñaṃ grāhayet tasmāt sruveṇaiva hotavyam iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 26.1 athedhmam abhyajya pari samidhaṃ śinaṣṭi svāhākāreṇābhyādhāyāghārāv āghārayati //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 1.1 athāsyā upotthāya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇam aṃsaṃ pratibāhum anvavahṛtya hṛdayadeśam abhimṛśati mama hṛdaye hṛdayaṃ te astu mama citte cittam astu te /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 10.1 athāsyai dakṣiṇena nīcā hastena dakṣiṇam uttānaṃ hastaṃ sāṅguṣṭham abhīva lomāni gṛhṇāti gṛbhṇāmi te suprajāstvāya hastaṃ mayā patyā jaradaṣṭir yathāsaḥ /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 11.1 athaināṃ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ paryāṇayati pari tvāgne puraṃ vayaṃ vipraṃ sahasya dhīmahi /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 24.1 athainām utthāpyottareṇāgniṃ dakṣiṇena padāśmānam āsthāpayati ātiṣṭhemam aśmānam aśmeva tvaṃ sthirā bhava /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 27.1 athaināṃ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ paryāṇayati tubhyam agne paryavahan sūryāṃ vahatunā saha /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 29.1 athaināṃ punaḥ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ paryāṇayati punaḥ patnīm agnir adād āyuṣā saha varcasā /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 32.1 atha tathopaviśyānvārabdhāyāṃ jayān abhyātānān rāṣṭrabhṛta iti hutvā athāmātyahomān juhoti //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 32.1 atha tathopaviśyānvārabdhāyāṃ jayān abhyātānān rāṣṭrabhṛta iti hutvā
athāmātyahomān juhoti //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 34.1 atha sauviṣṭakṛtaṃ juhoti yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricaṃ yad vā nyūnam ihākaram /
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 36.1 atha paristarāt samullipyājyasthālyāṃ prastaravat barhir aktvā tṛṇaṃ pracchādyāgnāv anupraharati //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 38.1 atha praṇītādbhyo diśo vyunnīya brahmaṇe varaṃ dadāmīti gāṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 40.1 athāparaḥ parisamūhya paryukṣya paristīryājyaṃ vilāpyotpūya sruksruvaṃ niṣṭapya saṃmṛjya sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā sarvān mantrān samanudrutya sakṛd evāhutiṃ juhoti //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 43.1 athāparaḥ parisamūhya paryukṣya paristīrya prākṛtena haviṣā yāvad āmnātam āhutīr juhoty eṣa hy apūrvaḥ //
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 3.1 athaināṃ pitur aṅkād udvahati guror vā ye vadhvaś candraṃ vahatuṃ yakṣmā yanti janāṁ anu /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 4.1 athaināṃ dakṣiṇe haste gṛhītvā svaratham āropya svān gṛhān ānayati pūṣā tveto nayatu hastagṛhyāśvinau tvā pravahatāṃ rathena /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 7.1 atha jāyām ānīya svān gṛhān prapādayati bhadrān gṛhān sumanasaḥ prapadye 'vīraghnī vīravataḥ suvīrān /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 8.1 athainām ānaḍuhe carmaṇy upaveśayati iha gāvaḥ prajāyadhvam ihāśvā iha pūruṣāḥ /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 11.1 athāhorātrayoḥ sandhim anumantrayate nīlalohite bhavataḥ kṛtyāsaktir vyajyate /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 15.1 atha vivāhasyārundhatyupasthānāt kṛtvā vratam upaiti agne vratapate upayamanaṃ vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tac chakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatām /
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 19.1 athainaṃ vadhvai prayacchati prajayā tvā saṃsṛjāmi māsareṇa surām iva iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 21.1 athainaṃ varāya prayacchati prajayā tvā paśubhiḥ saṃsṛjāmi māsareṇa surām iva iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 26.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛtyāgnikhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti agnir mūrdhā bhuvaḥ iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 31.1 athaināṃ sarvasurabhigandhayā mālayā yunakti saṃ nā manaḥ saṃ hṛdayāni saṃ nābhi saṃ tanutyajaḥ /
BaudhGS, 1, 6, 2.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛtyāpraṇītābhyaḥ kṛtvā pakvam odanaṃ pāyasaṃ vā yācati //
BaudhGS, 1, 6, 7.1 athaitaṃ caruṃ śrapayitvābhighāryodañcam udvāsya pratiṣṭhitamabhighārayati //
BaudhGS, 1, 6, 20.1 athājyaśeṣeṇa hiraṇyamantardhāya mūrdhni saṃsrāvaṃ juhoti bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā suvaḥ svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 6, 21.1 athaināṃ pradakṣiṇamagniṃ paryāṇayati aryamṇo agniṃ pariyantu kṣipraṃ pratīkṣantāṃ śvaśruvo devarāśca iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 6, 22.1 atha śrīmantamagāraṃ saṃmṛṣṭopaliptaṃ gandhavantaṃ puṣpavantaṃ dhūpavantaṃ dīpavantaṃ talpavantaṃ sādhivāsaṃ dikṣu sarpiḥsūtrendhanapradyotitam udakumbhādarśocchirasaṃ prapādya tasminnenāṃ saṃveśya tasyā antike japati //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 9.1 atha yadi kāmayeta śrotriyaṃ janayeyam ity ārundhatyupasthānāt kṛtvā trirātram akṣāralavaṇāśināv adhaḥśāyinau brahmacāriṇāvāsāte //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 22.1 atha yadaiṣā malavadvāsāḥ syānnainayā saha saṃvadeta na sahāsīta nāsyā annamadyād brahmahatyāyai hyoṣā varṇaṃ pratimucyāste 'tho khalvāhur abhyañjanaṃ vāva striyā annamabhyañjanameva na pratigṛhyaṃ kāmamanyat iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 22.1 atha yadaiṣā malavadvāsāḥ syānnainayā saha saṃvadeta na sahāsīta nāsyā annamadyād brahmahatyāyai hyoṣā varṇaṃ pratimucyāste
'tho khalvāhur abhyañjanaṃ vāva striyā annamabhyañjanameva na pratigṛhyaṃ kāmamanyat iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 42.1 athaināṃ pariṣvajaty amūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ reto 'haṃ retobhṛt tvaṃ mano 'hamasmi vāk tvaṃ sāmāhamasmi ṛktvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 8, 8.1 athaitān matsyān udumbaramūle bakānāṃ balimupaharati dīrghāyutvāya varcase iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 8, 10.1 athāvagāhyānyonyasya pṛṣṭhe dhāvayitvodakāntaṃ pratiyauti pratiyuto varuṇasya pāśaḥ pratyasto varuṇasya pāśaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 9, 3.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvājjuhoti prajāpate tanvaṃ me juṣasva tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ sahasāma indra /
BaudhGS, 1, 9, 4.1 athājyāhutīrupajuhoti garbho 'syoṣadhīnāṃ garbho vanaspatīnām iti tisṛbhir anucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 1, 9, 6.1 athāsyā ājyaśeṣamāsye pracyotayatyasme devāso vapuṣe cikitsata iti catasṛbhir anucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 1, 10, 5.1 athājyāhutīr upajuhoti dhātā dadātu no rayiṃ prācīm ity ā antād anuvākasya //
BaudhGS, 1, 10, 7.1 athāsyās treṇyā śalalyā tribhir darbhapuñjīlair udumbaraprasūnair yavaprasūnair iti keśān vibhajan sīmantam unnayati rākām aham yās te rāke iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 1, 10, 8.1 athāsyai yavaprasūnāny ābadhnāti yavo 'si yavayāsmaddveṣo yavayārātīḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 4.0 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛtyāpraṇītābhyaḥ kṛtvā upotthāyāgreṇāgniṃ daivatamāvāhayati oṃ bhūḥ puruṣamāvāhayāmi oṃ bhuvaḥ puruṣamāvāhayāmi oṃ suvaḥ puruṣamāvāhayāmi oṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ puruṣamāvāhayāmi ityāvāhya //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 7.0 athādbhistarpayati keśavaṃ tarpayāmi nārāyaṇaṃ mādhavaṃ govindaṃ viṣṇuṃ madhusūdanaṃ trivikramaṃ vāmanaṃ śrīdharaṃ hṛṣīkeśaṃ padmanābhaṃ dāmodaraṃ tarpayāmi iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 9.0 atha viṣṇava āhutīrjuhoti viṣṇornu kam tad asya priyam pra tad viṣṇuḥ paro mātrayā vicakrame trirdevaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 11.0 atha guḍapāyasaṃ ghṛtamiśramannaṃ nivedayati amuṣmai svāhā namo 'muṣmai svāhā namaḥ iti dvādaśabhiryathāliṅgam //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 3.1 athainaṃ snapayati kṣetriyai tvā nirṛtyai tvā iti ṣaḍbhiranucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 7.1 athainaṃ dadhimadhughṛtamiti samudāyutya hiraṇyena prāśayati prāṇo rakṣati viśvamejat ityetenānuvākena pratyṛcam //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 9.1 athainaṃ māturupastha ādadhāti sīda tvaṃ māturasyā upasthe iti catasṛbhiḥ sahaṃsābhiḥ //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 13.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛtyāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvājjuhoti hariṃ harantamanuyanti devāḥ iti puronuvākyām anūcya mā chido mṛtyo mā vadhīḥ iti yājyayā juhoti //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 16.1 athānoyugaṃ rathayugaṃ vā snāpyācchādyālaṃkṛtya agreṇāgnimuddhṛtya tasyāgreṇāśvatthaparṇeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti nama āvyādhinībhyaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 17.1 athāstamita āditye gaurasarṣapān phalīkaraṇamiśrān añjalinā juhoti kṛṇuṣva pājaḥ prasitiṃ na pṛthvīm ityetenānuvākena pratyṛcam //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 18.1 athaudanam tilasaktubhir ghṛteneti samudāyutya goṣṭhe 'śvatthaparṇeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti aghorāya mahāghorāya namo namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 19.1 athātiśiṣṭaṃ sarvā diśaḥ saṃprakiranti āveśinī vyaśrumukhī kutūhalinyekastanī jṛmbhaṇī stambhanī mohanī ca /
BaudhGS, 2, 2, 3.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛtyāgnimukhāt kṛtvā svastyātreyaṃ juhoti //
BaudhGS, 2, 2, 13.1 athopaniṣkramya bāhyāni citriyāṇyabhyarcya trivṛtānnena brāhmaṇān sampūjyāśiṣo vācayitvā pradakṣiṇīkṛtya svān gṛhānānayati //
BaudhGS, 2, 3, 5.1 athaudanaṃ dadhnā madhunā ghṛtenādbhir iti samudāyutya hiraṇyenauṣadhasya kumāraṃ prāśayati yā jātā oṣadhayaḥ iti ṣaḍbhir anucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 2, 4, 17.1 athainam ekaśikhas triśikhaḥ pañcaśikho vā yathaivaiṣāṃ kuladharmaḥ syāt //
BaudhGS, 2, 4, 19.1 athainaṃ snāpyācchādyālaṃkṛtya trivṛtānnena brāhmaṇān sampūjyāśiṣo vācayati //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 9.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā pālāśīṃ samidham ājyenāktvābhyādhāpayan vācayati āyurdā deva jarasaṃ gṛṇāno ghṛtapratīko ghṛtapṛṣṭho agne /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 10.1 athainamutthāpyottareṇāgniṃ dakṣiṇena padā aśmānam āsthāpayati ātiṣṭhemam aśmānam aśmeva tvaṃ sthiro bhava /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 11.1 athainaṃ tiṣye vāsaḥ sadyaḥ kṛttotaṃ paridhāpayan vācayati yā akṛntannavayan yā atanvata yāśca devīrantānabhito'dadanta /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 13.1 athainaṃ mauñjīṃ mekhalāṃ trivṛtāṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ parivyayan vācayati mauñjīṃ brāhmaṇasya /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 28.1 athainam upanayati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upanaye 'sau iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 30.1 athājyāhutīrupajuhoti kṣetriyai tvā nirṛtyai tvā iti ṣaḍbhiranucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 35.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprārohāḥ prādeśamātrīr apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati yājñikānāṃ vā vṛkṣāṇāṃ anyatamasya //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 45.1 athainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāry asy apośāna karma kuru mā divā suṣupthāḥ samidha ādhehi bhaikṣācaryaṃ cara sadāraṇyāt samidha āharodakumbhaṃ cāharācāryādhīno bhava vedamadhīṣva iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 58.1 athainaṃ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ parisamūhati juṣasva naḥ samidham agne adya śocā bṛhad yajanaṃ dhūmamṛṇvan /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 59.1 athainaṃ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣiñcati adite 'numanyasva iti dakṣiṇataḥ prācīnam /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 62.1 athainam upatiṣṭhate yat te agne tejaḥ iti tisṛbhiḥ mayi medhāṃ mayi prajāmiti tisṛbhiḥ ṣoḍhā vihito vai puruṣaḥ /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 63.1 atha tisṛṣu vyuṣṭāsv etam agnim ādāya tāṃ diśaṃ yanti yatrāsya palāśaḥ spaṣṭo bhavati //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 65.0 tasyāgreṇa uttareṇa vāgnim upasamādhāya
saṃparistīryāthāvratyaprāyaścitte juhoti yan ma ātmano mindābhūt punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 66.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprārohāḥ prādeśamātrīr apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati yājñikānāṃ vā vṛkṣāṇām anyatamasya //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 72.1 athādhonābhy uparijānv ācchādya daṇḍam ajinaṃ mekhalāṃ ca dhārayan śrāddhasūtakamaithunamadhumāṃsāni varjayan bhaikṣāhāro 'dhaḥśāyī cācāryasya gṛhān etīti vijñāyate ācāryo vai brahmeti //
BaudhGS, 2, 6, 7.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā pālāśīṃ samidham ājyenāktvā madhyaṃdine 'bhyādadhāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 6, 9.1 atha keśaśmaśrulomanakhāvāpanenaiva pratipadyate siddham ā chatrādānāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti /
BaudhGS, 2, 6, 16.1 athoditeṣu nakṣatreṣūpaniṣkramya diśa upatiṣṭhata iti siddham ata ūrdhvam //
BaudhGS, 2, 7, 1.1 atha śūlagavaḥ saṃvatsare saṃvatsare mārgaśīrṣyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ kriyeta //
BaudhGS, 2, 7, 17.1 atha sruveṇopastīrṇām abhighāritāṃ vapāṃ juhoti sahasrāṇi sahasraśaḥ iti puronuvākyām anūcya īśānaṃ tvā bhuvanānām abhiśriyam iti yājyayā juhoti //
BaudhGS, 2, 7, 19.1 atha madhye juhoti bhavasya devasya patnyai svāhā śarvasya devasya patnyai svāhā īśānasya devasya patnyai svāhā paśupater devasya patnyai svāhā rudrasya devasya patnyai svāhā ugrasya devasya patnyai svāhā bhīmasya devasya patnyai svāhā mahato devasya patnyai svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 7, 20.1 athāparārdhe juhoti bhavasya devasya sutāya svāhā śarvasya devasya sutāya svāhā īśānasya devasya sutāya svāhā paśupater devasya sutāya svāhā rudrasya devasya sutāya svāhā ugrasya devasya sutāya svāhā bhīmasya devasya sutāya svāhā mahato devasya sutāya svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 7, 22.1 athāgreṇāgnim arkaparṇeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti yo rudro agnau yo apsu ya oṣadhīṣu yo rudro viśvā bhuvanāviveśa tasmai rudrāya namo astu iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 6.1 atha yady etad eva syād uttarato bhasmamiśrān aṅgārān nirūhya teṣu juhuyāt //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 30.1 athopaniṣkramya jyeṣṭhāvakāśe jyeṣṭhābhyāṃ svāhā karaskarāvakāśe karaskarābhyāṃ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 34.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ prācīnāvītī pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ svāhā pitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ svāhā prapitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 36.1 atha dikṣu prācyai diśe svāhā dakṣiṇāyai diśe svāhā pratīcyai diśe svāhā udīcyai diśe svāhā ūrdhvāyai diśe svāhā adharāyai diśe svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 37.1 athāvāntaradikṣu yamāya svāhā nirṛtyai svāhā rakṣobhyaḥ svāhā īśānāya svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 9, 17.1 athāsmā atithir bhavati guroḥ samānavṛttir vaikhānaso vā gṛhastho vānaprasthaḥ /
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 3.0 atha grīṣmādau śukraś ca śuciś ca iti hutvā graiṣmikair alaṃkārair alaṃkṛtya graiṣmikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 4.0 atha varṣādau nabhaś ca nabhasyaś ca iti hutvā vārṣikair alaṅkārair alaṃkṛtya vārṣikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 5.0 atha śaradādau iṣaś corjaś ca iti hutvā śāradikair alaṅkārair alaṃkṛtya śāradikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 6.0 atha hemantādau sahaś ca sahasyaś ca iti hutvā haimantikair alaṅkārair alaṃkṛtya haimantikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 7.0 atha śiśirādau tapaś ca tapasyaś ca iti hutvā śaiśirikair alaṅkārair alaṃkṛtya śaiśirikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 10, 8.0 athādhimāse saṃsarpo 'sy aṃhaspatyāya tvā iti hutvā caitrikair alaṃkārair alaṃkṛtya caitrikāny annāni brāhmaṇebhyo dattvānnaśeṣān sagaṇaḥ prāśnāti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 8.1 athainām adbhiḥ prokṣati pitṛbhyastvā pitāmahebhyastvā prapitāmahebhyastvā juṣṭāṃ prokṣāmi iti /
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 21.1 athaitān tilamiśrā apaḥ pratigrāhayati amuṣmai svadhā namo 'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 23.1 athainān vastragandhapuṣpadhūpadīpamālyair yathopapādaṃ sampūjya pṛcchati uddhriyatām agnau ca kriyatāṃ itītare pratyāhuḥ //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 25.1 athābhyanujñātaḥ paridhānaprabhṛtyāgnimukhāt kṛtvā śṛtāyāṃ vapāyāṃ pañca sruvāhutīr juhoti yāḥ prācīḥ sambhavanty āpa uttarataśca yāḥ /
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 34.1 athāpūpam aṣṭadhā vicchidya trīṇy avadānāni vapāyāḥ kalpena hutvāthetarāṇi brāhmaṇebhyo dattvātraitāny avadānānīḍāsūne praticchādyaudanaṃ māṃsaṃ yūṣam ity ājyena samudāyutyaudumbaryā darvyopaghātaṃ dakṣiṇārdhe juhoti /
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 34.1 athāpūpam aṣṭadhā vicchidya trīṇy avadānāni vapāyāḥ kalpena
hutvāthetarāṇi brāhmaṇebhyo dattvātraitāny avadānānīḍāsūne praticchādyaudanaṃ māṃsaṃ yūṣam ity ājyena samudāyutyaudumbaryā darvyopaghātaṃ dakṣiṇārdhe juhoti /
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 37.1 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya brāhmaṇānām aṅguṣṭhenānakhenānudiśati amuṣmai svadhā namo 'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 43.1 athainān saṃkṣālanena viṣiñcann avakīrya svaditam iti vācayitvā dakṣiṇābhir ārādhayati //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 45.1 athābhyanujñāto dakṣiṇenāgniṃ dakṣiṇāgrān darbhān saṃstīrya teṣv annaśeṣaiḥ piṇḍaṃ dadāti pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ iti caturviṃśatiḥ //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 46.1 athainān saṃkṣālanena trir apasalaiḥ pariṣiñcati ūrjaṃ vahantīr amṛtaṃ ghṛtaṃ madhu payaḥ kalilaṃ parisnutaṃ svadhā stha tarpayata me pitṝn tṛpyata tṛpyata tṛpyata iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 1, 4.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā catasraḥ pradhānāhutīr juhoti /
BaudhGS, 3, 1, 11.1 atha brāhmaṇān tarpayaty apūpair dhānābhiḥ saktubhir odaneneti yady u vaitebhyo bhavati //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 4.1 athemāni brāhmaṇāni sāṃvatsarikair vratair adhyeyāni bhavanti hotāraḥ śukriyāṇy upaniṣado godānaṃ sammitaṃ iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 5.1 hotṛṣu pradhānakāleṣv
atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā yathopadeśaṃ pradhānāhutīr juhoti yājñikībhyo devatābhyo hotṛbhyaḥ svāhā sāṃhitībhyo devatābhyo hotṛbhyaḥ svāhā vāruṇībhyo devatābhyo hotṛbhyaḥ svāhā sarvābhyo devatābhyo hotṛbhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 7.1 atha sadasaspatiṃ juhoti sadasaspatim adbhutaṃ priyam indrasya kāmyam /
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 9.1 atha vedāhutīr juhoti ṛgvedāya svāhā yajurvedāya svāhā sāmavedāya svāhā atharvavedāya svāhā atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ svāhā sarpadevajanebhyaḥ svāhā sarvabhūtebhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 10.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprarohāḥ prādeśamātrā apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 17.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti yan me ātmano mindābhūt punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 17.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt
kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti yan me ātmano mindābhūt punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 22.1 atha vedāhutīr juhoti ṛgvedāya svāhā yajurvedāya svāhā sāmavedāya svāhā atharvavedāya svāhā atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ svāhā sarpadevajanebhyaḥ svāhā sarvabhūtebhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 23.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprarohāḥ pradeśamātrā apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 30.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā yathopadeśaṃ pradhānāhutīr juhoti yājñikībhyo devatābhya upaniṣadbhyaḥ svāhā iti catasraḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 34.1 atha vedāhutīr juhoti ṛgvedāya svāhā yajurvedāya svāhā sāmavedāya svāhā atharvavedāya svāhā atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ svāhā sarpadevajanebhyaḥ svāhā sarvabhūtebhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 35.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprarohāḥ prādeśamātrā apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 42.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti yan ma ātmanaḥ punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 42.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt
kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti yan ma ātmanaḥ punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 43.1 atha yathopadeśaṃ pradhānāhutīr juhoti yājñikībhyo devatābhya upaniṣadbhyaḥ svāhā iti catasraḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 47.1 atha vedāhutīr juhoti ṛgvedāya svāhā yajurvedāya svāhā sāmavedāya svāhā atharvavedāya svāhā atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ svāhā sarpadevajanebhyaḥ svāhā sarvabhūtebhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 2, 48.1 atha pālāśīś catasraḥ samidha ārdrāḥ sapalāśāḥ saprarohāḥ prādeśamātrā apariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 5.1 atha yady abrahmacārī syāt keśaśmaśrulomanakhāni vāpayitvā tīrthaṃ gatvā snātvāpa ācamya surabhimatyābliṅgābhir vāruṇībhir hiraṇyavarṇābhiḥ pāvamānībhir vyāhṛtibhir iti mārjayitvāntarjalagato 'ghamarṣaṇena ṣoḍaśa prāṇāyāmān dhārayitvottīrya vāsaḥ pīḍayitvānyat prayataṃ vāsaḥ paridhāyāpa ācamya devayajanam udānayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 6.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti nāhaṃ karomi kāmaḥ karoti kāmaḥ kartā kāmaḥ kārayitaitat te kāma kāmāya svāhā nāhaṃ karomi manyuḥ karoti manyuḥ kartā manyuḥ kārayitaitat te manyo manyave svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 6.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt
kṛtvāthāvratyaprāyaścittaṃ juhoti nāhaṃ karomi kāmaḥ karoti kāmaḥ kartā kāmaḥ kārayitaitat te kāma kāmāya svāhā nāhaṃ karomi manyuḥ karoti manyuḥ kartā manyuḥ kārayitaitat te manyo manyave svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 7.1 atha yathopadeśaṃ pradhānāhutīr juhoti yājñikībhyo devatābhyaḥ saṃmitībhyaḥ svāhā iti catasraḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 11.1 atha vedāhutīr juhoti ṛgvedāya svāhā yajurvedāya svāhā sāmavedāya svāhā atharvavedāya svāhā atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ svāhā sarpadevajanebhyaḥ svāhā sarvabhūtebhyaḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 12.1 atha catasra audumbarīḥ samidho 'pariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtānvaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 15.1 atha catasra audumbarīḥ samidho 'pariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtābhyaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati pṛthivī samid ity etaiḥ pratimantram //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 16.1 atha devatā upatiṣṭhate agne vratapate śukriyaṃ vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatām /
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 19.1 athāsyāhatena vāsasā triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ samukhaṃ śiro veṣṭayati citaḥ stha paricitaḥ /
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 20.1 pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣicya vyāhṛtibhir vaikaṅkatīḥ samidho 'bhyādhāya madantībhiḥ pravargyadevatābhyas tarpayitvottamenānuvākena śāntiṃ
kṛtvāthāstamita āditye grāmam āyānti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 22.1 atha prātar udita āditye grāmāt prācīṃ vodīcīṃ vā diśam upaniṣkramyākhale 'chadirdarśe 'gnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīrya madantīr adhiśritya prathamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvā darbhaiḥ pravargyadevatābhya āsanāni kalpayitvā vayaḥ suparṇāḥ iti vāso vimucyāthāsya ṣaṭtayam abhinidarśayati agnim apa ādityaṃ gāṃ brāhmaṇaṃ hiraṇyamiti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 22.1 atha prātar udita āditye grāmāt prācīṃ vodīcīṃ vā diśam upaniṣkramyākhale 'chadirdarśe 'gnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīrya madantīr adhiśritya prathamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvā darbhaiḥ pravargyadevatābhya āsanāni kalpayitvā vayaḥ suparṇāḥ iti vāso
vimucyāthāsya ṣaṭtayam abhinidarśayati agnim apa ādityaṃ gāṃ brāhmaṇaṃ hiraṇyamiti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 23.1 trīn ādito darśayitvā yathopapādam itarāṇi darśayitvā pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣicya vyāhṛtibhir vaikaṅkatīḥ samidho 'bhyādhāya madantībhiḥ pravargyadevatābhyas tarpayitvottamenānuvākena śāntiṃ
kṛtvāthāsya vratacaryām upadiśet //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 27.1 atha yady enam abhivarṣati undatīr balaṃ dhatta mā me dīkṣāṃ mā tapo nirvadhiṣṭa ity eva tatra japati //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 30.1 pūrvavad upākṛtya grāmāt prācīṃ vodīcīṃ vā diśam upaniṣkramyākhale 'chadirdarśe 'gnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīrya madantīr adhiśritya prathamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvā darbhaiḥ pravargyadevatābhya āsanāni
kalpayitvāthāvratyaprāyaścitte juhoti yan ma ātmano mindābhūt punar agniś cakṣur adāt iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 32.1 atha devatā upatiṣṭhate āditya vratapate śukriyaṃ vratam acāriṣaṃ tad aśakaṃ tan me rādhi /
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 33.1 pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣicya vyāhṛtibhir vaikaṅkatīḥ samidho
'thābhyādhāya madantībhiḥ pravargyadevatābhyaḥ tarpayitvottamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvāthāsyādhyāye 'nadhyāyān upadiśet /
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 33.1 pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣicya vyāhṛtibhir vaikaṅkatīḥ samidho 'thābhyādhāya madantībhiḥ pravargyadevatābhyaḥ tarpayitvottamenānuvākena śāntiṃ
kṛtvāthāsyādhyāye 'nadhyāyān upadiśet /
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 34.1 atha svādhyāyam adhīyītāpareṇāgniṃ darbheṣv āsīno darbhān dhārayamāṇaḥ parācīnaṃ svādhyāyam adhīyīta punar eva śāntiṃ kṛtvādhīyīta //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 35.1 atha yadi laukikam anuvyāhared yatra kvacid yady aśāntikṛtaṃ paśyet punar eva śāntiṃ kṛtvādhīyīta cottamena pravargyāyopaniṣkramya nāpraviśya kāmam anyad adhīyītānyad adhīyīta //
BaudhGS, 3, 5, 18.1 athāgreṇāgniṃ darbhastambeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti namo rudrāya vāstoṣpataye /
BaudhGS, 3, 6, 1.0 atha yady agāre sthūṇā virohet kapoto vāgāramadhye 'dhipatet vāyaso vā gṛhaṃ praviśet gaur vā gāṃ dhayet gaur ātmānaṃ pratidhayet anaḍvān vā divam ullikhet anagnau vā dhūmo jāyeta anagnau vā dīpyeta madhu vā jāyeta valmīkaṃ vopajāyeta niryāsaṃ vopajāyeta chatrākaṃ vopajāyeta maṇḍūko vābbhriṇe vāśayet śvānaprasūto vā sarpo vā gṛhapatiṃ jāyāṃ vopatapadvindetānyeṣu adbhutotpāteṣu //
BaudhGS, 3, 6, 2.0 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti yata indra bhayāmahe svastidā viśaspatiḥ iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 6, 3.0 athājyāhutīr upajuhoti vāstoṣpate vāstoṣpate śaṃ no devīḥ indrāgnī rocanā kayā naś citra ā bhuvat ko adya yuṅkte bhavataṃ naḥ samanasau iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 6, 5.0 athāpareṇāgniṃ śamīparṇeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti śaṃ no devīr abhiṣṭaye iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 3.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty ā praṇītābhyaḥ kṛtvā vrīhīn nirvapati agnaya āyuṣmate vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi iti /
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 8.1 atha tiraḥ pavitraṃ sthālyām apaḥ payo vānīyādhiśritya tiraḥ pavitraṃ taṇḍulān āvapati //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 9.1 athājyaṃ nirvapaty athājyam adhiśrayaty ubhayaṃ paryagnikṛtvā mekṣaṇaṃ sruvaṃ ca saṃmārṣṭi //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 9.1 athājyaṃ nirvapaty
athājyam adhiśrayaty ubhayaṃ paryagnikṛtvā mekṣaṇaṃ sruvaṃ ca saṃmārṣṭi //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 10.0 athaitaṃ caruṃ śrapayitvābhighāryodañcam udvāsya pratiṣṭhitam abhighārayati //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 13.1 athājyāhutīr upajuhoty athāntareṇāgniṃ cājyasthālīṃ ca sthālīpākaṃ nidhāya tat sahasraṃ sampātābhihutaṃ karoti //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 13.1 athājyāhutīr upajuhoty
athāntareṇāgniṃ cājyasthālīṃ ca sthālīpākaṃ nidhāya tat sahasraṃ sampātābhihutaṃ karoti //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 21.1 vasūn rudrān ādityān maruto
'tha sādhyān ṛbhūn yakṣān gandharvāṃś ca pitṝṃś ca viśvān /
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 21.2 bhṛgūn sarpāṃś cāṅgiraso
'tha sarvān ghṛtaṃ hutvā svāyuṣy āmahayāma śaśvat svāhā //
BaudhGS, 3, 7, 25.1 athāgreṇāgniṃ dūrvāstambeṣu hutaśeṣaṃ nidadhāti mā no mahāntaṃ mā nas toke iti dvābhyām //
BaudhGS, 3, 8, 1.0 athāto 'rdhamāse 'rdhamāse 'ṣṭamyāṃ brāhmaṇā brahmacāriṇastriyaś cāhar upavasanti //
BaudhGS, 3, 8, 2.0 atha pradoṣe rudraṃ virūpākṣaṃ sapatnīkaṃ sasutaṃ sagaṇaṃ sapārṣatkam āvāhayāmi ity āvāhya gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair abhyarcya pratipuruṣaṃ paiṣṭikān dīpān ekātiriktāṃś catasro 'ṣṭau vā devasyāyatane pratidiśaṃ pradyotayati uddīpyasva jātavedaḥ mā no hiṃsīt iti dvābhyām havyavāham abhimātiṣāhaṃ sviṣṭam agne abhi iti dvābhyāṃ ca //
BaudhGS, 3, 8, 3.0 athopasamiddham agniṃ kṛtvā yad aśanīyasya juhoti imā rudrāya sthiradhanvane giraḥ iti ṣaḍbhir anucchandasaṃ mā no mahāntaṃ mā nas toke iti dvābhyāṃ vāstoṣpate vāstoṣpate iti dvābhyāṃ ārdrayā rudraḥ hetī rudrasya iti dvābhyāṃ dvādaśa sampadyante dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsara eva pratitiṣṭhati iti brāhmaṇam //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 5.1 athottarataḥ nivītinaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanāya jātukarṇyāya tarukṣāya tṛṇabindave somaśuṣmiṇe somaśuṣmāyaṇāya vājine vājaśravase bṛhadukthāya varmiṇe vajriṇe varūthāya sanatkumārāya vāmadevāya vājiratnāya vīrajitāya haryaśvāya udameghāya ṛṇaṃjayāya tṛṇaṃjayāya kṛtaṃjayāya dhanañjayāya satyañjayāya babhrave tryaruṇāya trivarṣāya tridhātave aśvajñāya parāśarāya mṛtyave kartre vikartre sukartre tvaṣṭre dhātre vidhātre suśravase sutaśravase satyaśravase savitre sāvitryai chandobhyaḥ ṛgvedāya yajurvedāya sāmavedāya atharvavedāya atharvāṅgirobhyaḥ itihāsapurāṇebhyaḥ sarpadevajanebhyaḥ sarvabhūtebhyaḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 6.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ prācīnāvītino vaiśampāyanāya phaliṅgave tittiraye ukhāyokhyāya ātreyāya padakārāya kauṇḍinyāya vṛttikārāya kaṇvāya bodhāyanāya pravacanakārāyāpastambāya sūtrakārāya satyāṣāḍhāya hiraṇyakeśāya vājasaneyāya yājñavalkyāya bharadvājāyāgniveśyāyācāryebhya ūrdhvaretobhyo vānaprasthebhyaḥ vaṃśasthebhyaḥ ekapatnībhyaḥ kalpayāmīti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 11.1 kāṇḍāt kāṇḍāt prarohantī yā śatena pratanoṣi iti dvābhyām upodake dūrvām āropayante
'thādhīpsante 'nyonyam amuṣmā amuṣmā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 12.1 athāvagāhya samparigṛhyormimantam udadhiṃ kṛtvā trir udyutyā tamitor ājiṃ dhāvanti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 13.1 pratyetya gṛhān
atha brāhmaṇān tarpayanty apūpair dhānābhiḥ saktubhir odaneneti yady u vaitebhyo bhavati //
BaudhGS, 3, 11, 1.1 atheme devate prabādhinyāv udvāhakāle yakṣyatamyau bhavatas tayos tad upakᄆptaṃ bhavati yat sarpabalau //
BaudhGS, 3, 11, 5.1 athaite upasaṃgṛhya pārśve dattvā pravāhya trivṛtānnena brāhmaṇān sampūjyāśiṣo vācayitvā vyākhyāto yakṣībaliḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 12, 2.1 athābhyudayikeṣu pradakṣiṇam upacāro yajñopavītaṃ prāgagrān darbhān yugmān brāhmaṇān yavais tilārthaḥ pṛṣadājyaṃ haviḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 12, 6.1 athaikoddiṣṭeṣu nāgnaukaraṇaṃ nābhiśrāvaṇaṃ na pūrvaṃ nimantraṇaṃ na daivaṃ na dhūpaṃ na dīpaṃ na svadhā na namaskāro nātrāpūpam //
BaudhGS, 3, 13, 1.1 athartusaṃveśanādi janmaprabhṛti vā kumāraḥ kriyābhiluptaḥ syād upanayanaṃ caikaṃ syāt tāsāṃ pṛthak pṛthak kriyāṇāṃ karaṇaṃ na caikahome sarvāṇi karmāṇy upapādayet //
BaudhGS, 4, 1, 5.1 atha yadi praṇītāpātraṃ bhidyeta tad abhimantrayate abhinno gharmo jīradānur yata āttas tad agan punar iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 1, 6.1 athānyad āharati gharmo devān apyetu iti pūrayitvā vyāhṛtibhir upatiṣṭhate //
BaudhGS, 4, 1, 7.1 atha yadi praṇītāḥ praṇīyamānāḥ praṇītā vā parāsicyeraṃs tā abhimantrayate akṣito 'sy akṣityai tvā mā me kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 2, 2.1 atha yadi paristaraṇadāhe agnaye kṣāmavate svāhā iti hutvā paristṛṇāti //
BaudhGS, 4, 2, 4.1 atha yadi paridhidāhe anyaṃ yathāliṅgam upasādya juhoti pari tvāgne puraṃ vayam iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 2, 5.1 atha vastrāṇāṃ prokṣitānāṃ ced dāhopaghāte nāśe vināśe anyat yathāliṅgaṃ kṛtvā yathāliṅgam upasādya juhoti sosāya svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 2, 6.1 atha sicābhighātaḥ syāt tad abhimantrayate sig asi nasi vajro 'si namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīḥ iti daśāsūtram ādāya mukhavātena pradhvaṃsayet //
BaudhGS, 4, 2, 7.1 atha yadi gaur vāśvo vā śvamṛgamahiṣameṣavarāhadaṃṣṭrāvanto vānyat śvāpadam apasavyaṃ gacchet tasya padam abhyukṣya japati tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 3, 2.1 atha śmaśānādivyatikrame tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatu svāhā indro jyeṣṭhānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatu svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 3, 4.1 athainan mithunam abhimantrayate idaṃ mithunam āyuṣmad astv idaṃ mithunaṃ prajāvad astv idaṃ mithunaṃ paśumad astv idaṃ mithunaṃ vīryavad astu iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 1.1 athābhyāghātaḥ syād agniś codvātaḥ syāt sarvaṃ tat apahatāḥ iti prokṣya sthaṇḍilam uddhṛtya tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti ye devā yajñahano yajñamuṣaḥ iti tisṛbhir anucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 3.1 atha yady akṣabhedaḥ syāt tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pradhānāhutīr juhoti iha dhṛtiḥ svāheha vidhṛtiḥ svāheha rantiḥ svāheha ramatiḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 5.1 athānyam akṣam āharati akṣito 'sy akṣityai tvā mā me kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 12.1 atha vidyutstanite saṃtrāsaḥ syāt tam asyaindryāv ṛcau japati yata indra bhayāmahe svastidā viśaspatiḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 6, 1.1 atha garbhādhānapuṃsavanasīmantonnayanaviṣṇubalijātakarmanāmakaraṇopaniṣkramaṇānnaprāśanacoḍopanayanādi kāryaṃ na kārayed iti samānaṃ karma /
BaudhGS, 4, 7, 1.0 atha viparītadarbhāstaraṇapavitrakaraṇapātrasādanaprokṣaṇīsaṃskārabrahmapraṇītāhavirnirvāpaṇājyasaṃskārasruksammārjanaparidhipariṣecanedhmābhyādhānaviparīteṣu prāyaścittaṃ tataṃ ma āpaḥ yat pākatrā manasvatī mindāhutī mahāvyāhṛtīḥ vyāhṛtayaś ca prāyaścittaṃ juhuyād iti bodhāyanaḥ //
BaudhGS, 4, 8, 1.0 atha prāyaścittāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ bhagnanaṣṭaduṣṭaviparītasphuṭitadvijaśvabiḍālakākakharamṛgapaśupakṣisarīsṛpāṇām anyat kīṭo vā ṛtvijo 'gnīn antarā gacchet durgā manasvatī mahāvyāhṛtīs tisras tantumatīr juhuyāt saiva tataḥ prāyaścittiḥ //
BaudhGS, 4, 10, 1.1 atha yadi homakāleṣv agnir udvātaḥ syāt sarvaṃ tat apahatāḥ iti prokṣya sthaṇḍilam uddhṛtyāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīrya prāyaścittaṃ juhoti ayāś cāgne pañcahotā brāhmaṇa ekahotā daśa manasvatīḥ mindāhutī mahāvyāhṛtīḥ vyāhṛtayaś ca prāyaścittaṃ juhuyād iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 10, 2.1 atha yady upanayanāgnir vivāhāgnir jātakāgniḥ smaśānāgnir ā caturthād ā daśāhād ā sañcayanād udvātaḥ syāt apahatā asurāḥ iti prokṣya kṣipraṃ bhasmasamārohaṇam /
BaudhGS, 4, 11, 1.1 atha gṛhamedhino brahmacāriṇaś cānugate 'gnau kālātikrame homayor darśapūrṇamāsayoś cāgrayaṇenāniṣṭvā navānnaprāśanājyaskannāvadhūtahīnamantrādhikakarmaṇaś cākṛtasīmantāyāṃ prasūtāyāṃ bhāryāyāṃ strīṣu goṣu yamalajanane rajasvalābhigamane patitasambhāṣaṇe divāmaithune śūdrābhigamane svapnānte retaḥskandane udake mūtrapurīṣakaraṇe kumārasya jātasyāsaṃskāre 'kṛtāgnisaṃsarge devatāviparyāse mantraviparyāse karmaviparyāse brahmacāriṇaś ca vrataviparyāse mekhalāyajñopavītasyocchedane kṛṣṇājinasyādhāraṇe kamaṇḍalvadhāraṇe daṇḍabhaṅge sandhyālope 'gnikāryalopa udakumbhalope bhikṣācaraṇasvādhyāyalope śuśrūṣālope etaiś cānyaiś cānāmnāteṣu prāyaścittam //
BaudhGS, 4, 12, 1.1 atha gṛhasthasya vidyārthinaḥ striyābhyanujñātasya ṛtusaṃveśanavicchedaprāyaścittaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
BaudhGS, 4, 12, 2.1 vasanto grīṣmo varṣāḥ śaraddhemantaḥ śiśireṇartukālam uktvā brāhmaṇebhyo nivedayitvā
cīrṇavratāntenātha pradoṣe devayajanam udānayati //
BaudhGS, 4, 12, 3.1 atha devayajanollekhanaprabhṛty āgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti yas tvā hṛdā kīriṇā manyamānaḥ iti puronuvākyām anūcya yasmai tvaṃ sukṛte jātavedaḥ iti yājyayā juhoti //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 1, 10.0 athāsya vratopetasya parṇaśākhām ācchaiti prāṅ vodaṅ vā vācaṃyamo yatra vā vetsyan manyate //
BaudhŚS, 1, 1, 13.0 athaiṣāṃ mātṝḥ prerayati devo vaḥ savitā prārpayatu śreṣṭhatamāya karmaṇe āpyāyadhvam aghniyā devabhāgam ūrjasvatīḥ payasvatīḥ prajāvatīr anamīvā mā va stena īśata māghaśaṃso rudrasya hetiḥ pari vo vṛṇaktu iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 1, 15.0 athaitāṃ śākhām agreṇāhavanīyaṃ paryāhṛtya pūrvayā dvārā prapādya jaghanena gārhapatyam agniṣṭhe 'nasyuttarārdhe vāgnyagārasyodgūhati yajamānasya paśūn pāhi iti nu yadi saṃnayati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 2, 1.0 atha jaghanena gārhapatyaṃ tiṣṭhann asidaṃ vāśvaparśuṃ vādatte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 2, 4.0 athāhavanīyam abhipraiti preyam agād dhiṣaṇā barhir accha manunā kṛtā svadhayā vitaṣṭā ta āvahanti kavayaḥ purastāt devebhyo juṣṭam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 2, 30.0 atha tathaiva trir anvāhitaṃ śulbaṃ kṛtvaikaviṃśatidārum idhmaṃ saṃnahyati yat kṛṣṇo rūpaṃ kṛtvā prāviśas tvaṃ vanaspatīn tatas tvām ekaviṃśatidhā saṃbharāmi susaṃbhṛtā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 2.1 athainām adhastāt parivāsya jaghanena gārhapatyaṃ sthavimad upaveṣāya nidadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 3.1 athāsyāḥ prādeśamātraṃ pramāya darbhanāḍīḥ praveṣṭya tat trivṛc chākhāpavitraṃ karoti trivṛt palāśe darbha iyān prādeśasaṃmitaḥ /
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 4.1 atha sāyaṃ hute 'gnihotra uttareṇa gārhapatyaṃ tṛṇāni saṃstīrya teṣu catuṣṭayaṃ saṃsādayati dohanaṃ pavitraṃ sāṃnāyyatapanyau sthālyāv iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 5.1 athaināny adbhiḥ prokṣati śundhadhvaṃ daivyāya karmaṇe devayajyāyā iti triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 6.1 atha jaghanena gārhapatyam upaviśyopaveṣeṇodīco 'ṅgārān nirūhati mātariśvano gharmo 'sīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 10.1 atha gā āyatīḥ pratīkṣata etā ācaranti madhumad duhānāḥ prajāvatīr yaśaso viśvarūpāḥ /
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 26.1 athainat taptvodag udvāsya śītīkṛtvā tiraḥ pavitraṃ dadhnātanakti somena tvā tanacmīndrāya dadhīti mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 29.1 athainad udanvatā kaṃsena vā camasena vāpidadhāti adastam asi viṣṇave tvā yajñāyāpidadhāmy aham /
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 1.1 atha prātarhute 'gnihotre hastau saṃmṛśate karmaṇe vāṃ devebhyaḥ śakeyam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 3.1 yady u vā aparistīrṇā bhavanty āhavanīyam evāgre purastāt paristṛṇāty
atha dakṣiṇato 'tha paścād athottarataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 3.1 yady u vā aparistīrṇā bhavanty āhavanīyam evāgre purastāt paristṛṇāty atha dakṣiṇato
'tha paścād athottarataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 3.1 yady u vā aparistīrṇā bhavanty āhavanīyam evāgre purastāt paristṛṇāty atha dakṣiṇato 'tha paścād
athottarataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 6.1 athāgreṇa gārhapatyaṃ tṛṇāni saṃstīrya teṣu dvandvaṃ nyañci yajñāyudhāni saṃsādayati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 10.1 atha barhiṣaḥ pavitre kurute prādeśamātre same apraticchinnāgre anakhachinne imau prāṇāpānau yajñasyāṅgāni sarvaśaḥ /
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 11.1 athaine adbhir anumārṣṭi pavitre stho vaiṣṇavī stho yajñiye stho vāyupūte stho viṣṇor manasā pūte stho yajñasya pavane stha iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 12.1 athottareṇa gārhapatyam upaviśya kaṃsaṃ vā camasaṃ vā praṇītāpraṇayanam yācati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 1.0 atha viṣṇoḥ kramo 'sīti dakṣiṇam akṣapāliṃ kramitvābhyāruhya prauge śūrpaṃ nidadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 3.0 atha puroḍāśīyān prekṣate mitrasya tvā cakṣuṣā prekṣe mā bher mā saṃvikthā mā tvā hiṃsiṣam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 5.0 athāpa upaspṛśya daśahotāraṃ vyākhyāya havir nirvapsyāmīti yajamānam āmantrya pavitravatyāgnihotrahavaṇyā nirvapati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 7.0 atha pūrvārdhaṃ pātryā abhimṛśati dhūr asi dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāmas tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ vahnitamaṃ devahūtamam ahrutam asi havirdhānam dṛṃhasva mā hvār iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 8.0 atha puroḍāśīyān prekṣate mitrasya tvā cakṣuṣā prekṣe mā bher mā saṃvikthā mā tvā hiṃsiṣam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 10.0 athāpa upaspṛśya daśahotāraṃ vyākhyāya havir nirvapsyāmīti yajamānam āmantrya pavitravatyāgnihotrahavaṇyā nirvapati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 1.0 athaitasyām eva sruci tiraḥ pavitram apa ānīyodīcīnāgrābhyāṃ pavitrābhyāṃ trir utpunāti devo vaḥ savitotpunātv acchidreṇa pavitreṇa vasoḥ sūryasya raśmibhir iti pacchaḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 2.0 athainā unmahayann upottiṣṭhati āpo devīr agrepuvo agreguvo 'gra imaṃ yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatiṃ dhatta yuṣmān indro 'vṛṇīta vṛtratūrye yūyam indram avṛṇīdhvaṃ vṛtratūrya iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 4.0 atha puroḍāśīyān prokṣati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmy agnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā amuṣmā iti yathādevataṃ triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 8.0 athainat purastāt pratīcīnagrīvam uttaralomopastṛṇāti adityās tvag asi prati tvā pṛthivī vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 13.0 uccaiḥ samāhantavā iti
cātha dṛṣadupale vṛṣāraveṇoccaiḥ samāhantīṣam āvadorjam āvada dyumad vadata vayaṃ saṃghātaṃ jeṣmeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 1.0 atha prokteṣu triṣphalīkṛteṣu tathaiva kṛṣṇājinam avadhūnoty ūrdhvagrīvam udaṅṅ āvṛtya avadhūtaṃ rakṣo 'vadhūtā arātaya iti triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 2.0 athainat purastāt pratīcīnagrīvam uttaralomopastṛṇāti adityās tvag asi prati tvā pṛthivī vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 3.0 atha jaghanena gārhapatyam upaviśya dhṛṣṭim ādatte dhṛṣṭir asi brahma yaccheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 9.0 atha pūrvārdhyam upadadhāti dhartram asi antarikṣaṃ dṛṃha prāṇaṃ dṛṃhāpānaṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 10.0 athāparārdhyam upadadhāti dharuṇam asi divaṃ dṛṃha cakṣur dṛṃha śrotraṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 11.0 atha dakṣiṇārdhyam upadadhāti dharmāsi diśo dṛṃha yoniṃ dṛṃha prajāṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 12.0 atha pūrvam upadhim upadadhāti cita stha prajām asmai rayim asmai sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 15.0 athaināny aṅgārair adhivāsayati bhṛgūṇām aṅgirasāṃ tapasā tapyadhvam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 16.0 athaināni yogena yunakti yāni gharme kapālāni upacinvanti vedhasaḥ pūṣṇas tāny api vrate indravāyū yuṅktām iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 1.0 athottareṇa gārhapatyam upaviśya vācaṃyamas tiraḥ pavitraṃ pātryāṃ kṛṣṇājināt piṣṭāni saṃvapati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmy agnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā amuṣmā iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 6.0 athānupariplāvayaty adbhyaḥ pari prajātā stha sam adbhiḥ pṛcyadhvam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 1.0 atha tiraḥ pavitram ājyasthālyām ājyaṃ nirvapati mahīnāṃ payo 'sy oṣadhīnāṃ rasas tasya te 'kṣīyamāṇasya nirvapāmi devayajyāyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 5.0 atha pātryām apa ānīya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasya tvacaṃ grāhayati tvacaṃ gṛhṇīṣva tvacaṃ gṛhṇīṣveti triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 8.0 atha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśaṃ śrapayati devas tvā savitā śrapayatu varṣiṣṭhe adhi nāke agnis te tanuvaṃ māti dhāg iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 11.0 atha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśaṃ bhasmanābhivāsya vedenābhivāsayati saṃ brahmaṇā pṛcyasva saṃ brahmaṇā pṛcyasveti triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 15.0 atha vedam ādatte 'yaṃ vedaḥ pṛthivīm anvavindad guhā satīṃ gahane gahvareṣu sa vindatu yajamānāya lokam acchidraṃ yajñaṃ bhūrikarmā karotviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 1.0 atha jaghanena vedyai tiṣṭhan sphyam ādatte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādada iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 3.0 athainaṃ barhiṣā saṃśyati vāyur asi tigmatejāḥ śatabhṛṣṭir asi vānaspatyo dviṣato vadha iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 4.0 athāntarvedy udīcīnāgraṃ barhir nidadhāti pṛthivyai varmāsi varma yajamānāya bhaveti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 21.0 atha pūrvaṃ parigrāhaṃ parigṛhṇāti vasavas tvā parigṛhṇantu gāyatreṇa chandaseti dakṣiṇato rudrās tvā parigṛhṇantu traiṣṭubhena chandaseti paścād ādityās tvā parigṛhṇantu jāgatena chandasety uttarataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 22.0 atha karaṇaṃ japatīmāṃ narāḥ kṛṇuta vedim etya vasumatīṃ rudravatīm ādityavatīm divo nābhā pṛthivyā yathāyaṃ yajamāno na riṣyed iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 23.0 atha prācīṃ sphyena vedim uddhanti devasya savituḥ save karma kṛṇvanti vedhasa iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 26.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty
atha saṃpraiṣam āha brahmann uttaraṃ parigrāhaṃ parigrahīṣyāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 28.0 atha pratīcīṃ sphyena vediṃ yoyupyate dhā asi svadhā asi urvī cāsi vasvī cāsi purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśin udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīradānur yām airayañcandramasi svadhābhis tāṃ dhīrāso anudṛśya yajanta iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 29.0 athāntarvedi tiryañcaṃ sphyaṃ stabdhvā saṃpraiṣam āha prokṣaṇīr āsādayedhmābarhir upasādaya sruvaṃ ca srucaś ca saṃmṛḍḍhi patnīṃ saṃnahya ājyenodehīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 32.0 athotkare sphyaṃ nihanti yo mā hṛdā manasā yaś ca vācā yo brahmaṇā karmaṇā dveṣṭi devā yaḥ śrutena hṛdayeneṣṇatā ca tasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 1.0 athaitāḥ srucaḥ samādatte dakṣiṇena sruvaṃ juhūpabhṛtau savyena dhruvāṃ prāśitraharaṇaṃ vedaparivāsanānīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 3.0 atha sruvaṃ saṃmārṣṭi goṣṭhaṃ mā nirmṛkṣaṃ vājinaṃ tvā sapatnasāhaṃ saṃmārjmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 5.0 atha juhūṃ saṃmārṣṭi vācaṃ prāṇaṃ mā nirmṛkṣaṃ vājinīṃ tvā sapatnasāhīṃ saṃmārjmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 7.0 athopabhṛtaṃ saṃmārṣṭi cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ mā nirmṛkṣaṃ vājinīṃ tvā sapatnasāhīṃ saṃmārjmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 9.0 atha dhruvāṃ saṃmārṣṭi prajāṃ yoniṃ mā nirmṛkṣaṃ vājinīṃ tvā sapatnasāhīṃ saṃmārjmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 11.0 atha prāśitraharaṇaṃ saṃmārṣṭi rūpaṃ varṇaṃ paśubhyo mā nirmṛkṣaṃ vājinaṃ tvā sapatnasāhaṃ saṃmārjmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 13.0 athaitāni sruksaṃmārjanāny adbhiḥ saṃsparśya gārhapatye 'nupraharati divaḥ śilpam avatataṃ pṛthivyāḥ kakudbhiḥ śritaṃ tena vayaṃ sahasravalśena sapatnaṃ nāśayāmasi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 14.0 athāgreṇotkaraṃ tṛṇāni saṃstīrya teṣu srucaḥ sādayitvā athaitāṃ patnīm antareṇa vedyutkarau prapādya jaghanena dakṣiṇena gārhapatyam udīcīm upaveśya yoktreṇa saṃnahyaty āśāsānā saumanasam prajāṃ saubhāgyaṃ tanūm agner anuvratā bhūtvā saṃnahye sukṛtāya kam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 14.0 athāgreṇotkaraṃ tṛṇāni saṃstīrya teṣu srucaḥ sādayitvā
athaitāṃ patnīm antareṇa vedyutkarau prapādya jaghanena dakṣiṇena gārhapatyam udīcīm upaveśya yoktreṇa saṃnahyaty āśāsānā saumanasam prajāṃ saubhāgyaṃ tanūm agner anuvratā bhūtvā saṃnahye sukṛtāya kam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 16.0 athaināṃ tiraḥ pavitram apa ācāmayati payasvatīr oṣadhayaḥ payasvad vīrudhāṃ payaḥ apāṃ payaso yat payas tena mām indra saṃsṛjeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 17.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 18.0 atha jaghanena gārhapatyam upasīdati suprajasas tvā vayam supatnīr upasedima agne sapatnadambhanam adabdhāso adābhyam indrāṇīvāvidhavā bhūyāsam aditir iva suputrā asthūri tvā gārhapatyopaniṣade suprajāstvāya mama putrāḥ śatruhaṇo 'tho me duhitā virāṭ utāham asmi saṃjayā patyur me śloka uttama iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 18.0 atha jaghanena gārhapatyam upasīdati suprajasas tvā vayam supatnīr upasedima agne sapatnadambhanam adabdhāso adābhyam indrāṇīvāvidhavā bhūyāsam aditir iva suputrā asthūri tvā gārhapatyopaniṣade suprajāstvāya mama putrāḥ śatruhaṇo
'tho me duhitā virāṭ utāham asmi saṃjayā patyur me śloka uttama iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 20.0 athaināṃ gārhapatyam īkṣayaty agne gṛhapata upa mā hvayasva devānāṃ patnīr upa mā hvayadhvaṃ patni patny eṣa te loko namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 21.0 athainām ājyam avekṣayati mahīnāṃ payo 'sy oṣadhīnāṃ rasas tvā cakṣuṣāvekṣe suprajāstvāyeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 26.0 athainad agreṇa prokṣaṇīḥ paryāhṛtya dakṣiṇārdhe vedyai nidhāya yajamānam ājyam avekṣayati nimīlyāvekṣeteti brāhmaṇam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 27.0 athainad yathāhṛtaṃ pratiparyāhṛtyottarārdhe vedyai nidhāyādhvaryur avekṣate 'gner jihvāsi subhūr devānām dhāmne dhāmne devebhyo yajuṣe yajuṣe bhaveti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 28.0 athainad udīcīnāgrābhyāṃ pavitrābhyāṃ punarāhāraṃ trir utpunāti śukram asi jyotir asi tejo 'sīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 29.0 atha prokṣaṇīr utpunāti devo vaḥ savitotpunātv acchidreṇa pavitreṇa vasoḥ sūryasya raśmibhir iti pacchaḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 31.0 athopabhṛti gṛhṇīte jyotis tvā jyotiṣi dhāmne dhāmne devebhyo yajuṣe yajuṣe gṛhṇāmīty etena yajuṣāṣṭagṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā bhūyaso grahān gṛhṇānaḥ kanīya ājyaṃ gṛhṇīte //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 33.0 atha dhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇīte 'rcis tvārciṣi dhāmne dhāmne devebhyo yajuṣe yajuṣe gṛhṇāmīty etena yajuṣā caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvābhipūrya tathaiva saṃmṛśyotprayacchati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 1.0 athaitām ājyasthālīṃ sasruvāṃ jaghanena vedyai nidhāya prokṣaṇīr unmahayann upottiṣṭhaty āpo devīr agrepuvo agreguvo 'gra imaṃ yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatim dhatta yuṣmān indro 'vṛṇīta vṛtratūrye yūyam indram avṛṇīdhvaṃ vṛtratūrya iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 12.0 atha dakṣiṇe vedyante barhirmuṣṭiṃ stṛṇāti devabarhir ūrṇāmradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 14.0 atha prastarapāṇiḥ prāṅ abhisṛpya paridhīn paridadhāti gandharvo 'si viśvāvasur viśvasmād īṣato yajamānasya paridhir iḍa īḍita iti madhyamam indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇo yajamānasya paridhir iḍa īḍita iti dakṣiṇam mitrāvaruṇau tvottarataḥ paridhattāṃ dhruveṇa dharmaṇā yajamānasya paridhir iḍa īḍita ity uttaram //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 15.0 atha sūryeṇa purastāt paridadhāti sūryas tvā purastāt pātu kasyāścid abhiśastyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 22.0 atha srucaḥ sannā abhimṛśaty etā asadant sukṛtasya loke tā viṣṇo pāhi pāhi yajñam pāhi yajñapatim pāhi māṃ yajñaniyam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 23.0 atha viṣṇūni stha vaiṣṇavāni dhāmāni stha prājāpatyānīty ājyāny abhimantrayate //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 3.0 atha dhṛṣṭim ādāya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasyāṅgārān apohatīdam ahaṃ senāyā abhītvaryai mukham apohāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 12.0 atha sāṃnāyye alaṃkaroti yas ta ātmā paśuṣu praviṣṭo devānāṃ viṣṭhām anu yo vitastha ātmanvānt soma ghṛtavān hi bhūtvā devān gaccha suvar yajamānāya mahyam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 16.0 athaināni samparigṛhyāntarvedy āsādayati bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar ity etābhir vyāhṛtībhiḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 18.0 athainaṃ sruvam agreṇa srucaḥ paryāhṛtya dakṣiṇena juhūṃ prastare sādayati syono me sīda suṣadaḥ pṛthivyām prathayi prajayā paśubhiḥ suvarge loke divi sīda pṛthivyām antarikṣe 'ham uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 19.0 athainaṃ yathāhṛtaṃ pratiparyāhṛtya dhruvāyām avadadhāty ṛṣabho 'si śākvaro ghṛtācīnāṃ sūnuḥ priyeṇa nāmnā priye sadasi sīdeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 2.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tatprathamām abhyādadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 4.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti samiddho agna āhuta iti tadantato 'bhyādadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 6.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti ājuhotā duvasyata iti tad etena vedena trir āhavanīyam upavājayati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 9.0 athaiṣa āgnīdhra idhmasaṃnahanāni sphya upasaṃgṛhya paridhīn saṃmārṣṭi trir madhyamaṃ trir dakṣiṇārdhyaṃ trir uttarārdhyaṃ trir āhavanīyam upavājayaty agne vājajid vājaṃ tvāgne sariṣyantaṃ vājaṃ jeṣyantaṃ vājinaṃ vājajitaṃ vājajityāyai saṃmārjmy agnim annādam annādyāyeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 10.0 athāgreṇa juhūpabhṛtau prāñcam añjaliṃ karoti bhuvanam asi viprathasvāgne yaṣṭar idaṃ nama iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 17.0 athāsaṃsparśayan srucāv udaṅṅ atyākrāmañ japati pāhi māgne duścaritāt ā mā sucarite bhajeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 21.0 athāśrāvayaty o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ agnir devo hotā devān yakṣad vidvāṃś cikitvān manuṣvad bharatavad amuvad amuvat brahmaṇvad eha vakṣat brāhmaṇā asya yajñasya prāvitāra iti asau mānuṣa iti hotur nāma gṛhṇāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 1.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti ghṛtavatīm adhvaryo srucam āsyasveti taj juhūpabhṛtāv ādāyātyākramyāśrāvyāha samidho yajeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 4.0 pañca prayājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇānupūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati dhruvām evāgre
'tha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśam atha dhruvām athottaraṃ puroḍāśam atha śṛtam atha dadhy upabhṛtam antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 4.0 pañca prayājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇānupūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati dhruvām evāgre 'tha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśam
atha dhruvām athottaraṃ puroḍāśam atha śṛtam atha dadhy upabhṛtam antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 4.0 pañca prayājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇānupūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati dhruvām evāgre 'tha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśam atha dhruvām
athottaraṃ puroḍāśam atha śṛtam atha dadhy upabhṛtam antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 4.0 pañca prayājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇānupūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati dhruvām evāgre 'tha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśam atha dhruvām athottaraṃ puroḍāśam
atha śṛtam atha dadhy upabhṛtam antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 4.0 pañca prayājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇānupūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati dhruvām evāgre 'tha dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśam atha dhruvām athottaraṃ puroḍāśam atha śṛtam
atha dadhy upabhṛtam antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 11.0 athopastīrya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasya pūrvārdhād avadyann āha agnaye 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 12.0 athainam upatiṣṭhate mā bher mā saṃvikthā mā tvā hiṃsiṣam mā te tejo 'pakramīd iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 13.0 athainam abhimṛśati bharatam uddharem anuṣiñca avadānāni te pratyavadāsyāmi namas te 'stu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 21.0 athopastīryottarasya puroḍāśasyāparārdhād avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyām iti paurṇamāsyām indrāya vaimṛdhāyeti ca indrāgnibhyām ity amāvāsyāyām asaṃnayata indrāyeti saṃnayato mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 8.0 athopastīrya dviḥ puroḍāśasyāvadyann āhendrāyānubrūhīti mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 14.0 athopastīrya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasyottarārdhād avadyann āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 24.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya juhvām apa ānīya saṃkṣālanam antaḥparidhi ninayati vaiśvānare havir idaṃ juhomi sāhasram utsaṃ śatadhāram etaṃ sa naḥ pitaraṃ pitāmahaṃ prapitāmaham suvarge loke gacchatu pinvamānaṃ svadhā nama iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 27.0 atha yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā prāśitram avadyati dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasyottarārdhād yavamātram ajyāyo yavamātrād āvyādhāt kṛtyatām idaṃ mā rūrupāma yajñasya śuddhaṃ sviṣṭam idaṃ havir iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 28.0 athainat sruvadaṇḍenābhighārya jaghanena praṇītāḥ sādayitvādbhiḥ sruvadaṇḍaṃ saṃsparśyāvadadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 4.0 atha dakṣiṇasyaiva puroḍāśasya pūrvārdhāt tryaṅgulaṃ vā caturaṅgulaṃ vājyena susaṃtṛptaṃ saṃtarpyāgreṇa dhruvāṃ yajamānabhāgaṃ nidadhāti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 14.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā upahūtā manuṣyā iti tad dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśaṃ caturdhā kṛtvā barhiṣadaṃ karoti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 15.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāty upahūto 'yaṃ yajamāna iti tarhi yajamāno hotāram īkṣamāṇo vāyuṃ manasā dhyāyed iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 1.0 atha saṃpraiṣam āha brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ samidham ādhāyāgnīd agnīn sakṛtsakṛt saṃmṛḍḍhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 3.0 athaiṣa āgnīdhro 'sphyair evedhmasaṃnahanaiḥ paridhīn saṃmārṣṭi sakṛn madhyaṃ sakṛd dakṣiṇārdhyaṃ sakṛd uttarārdhyam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 5.0 athaitānīdhmasaṃnahanāny adbhiḥ saṃsparśyāhavanīye 'nupraharati yo bhūtānām adhipatī rudras tanticaro vṛṣā paśūn asmākaṃ mā hiṃsīr etad astu hutaṃ tava svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 10.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā vājavatībhyāṃ srucau vyūhati vājasya mā prasavena udgrābheṇodagrabhīditi //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 14.0 athā sapatnān indrāgnī me viṣūcīnān vyasyatām iti pratīcīm upabhṛtaṃ pratyūhati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 16.0 athopabhṛtam adbhiḥ saṃsparśya yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā srukṣu prastaram anakti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 19.0 athāśrāvayaty o śrāvayāstu śrauṣaḍ iṣitā daivyā hotāro bhadravācyāya preṣito mānuṣaḥ sūktavākāya sūktā brūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 32.0 athopotthāyāhavanīyam upatiṣṭhate āyuṣpā agne 'sy āyur me pāhi cakṣuṣpā agne 'si cakṣur me pāhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 38.0 atha pradakṣiṇam āvṛtya pratyaṅṅ ādrutya dhuri srucau vimuñcaty agner vām apannagṛhasya sadasi sādayāmi sumnāya sumninī sumne mā dhattam dhuri dhuryau pātam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 1.0 athādatte dakṣiṇenājyasthālīṃ sasruvāṃ savyena juhūṃ hotre vedaṃ pradāya //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 5.0 athādhvaryur vedam upabhṛtaṃ kṛtvā catura ājyasya gṛhṇāna āha somāyety upāṃśv anubrūhīty uccaiḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 14.0 atha catura evājyasya gṛhṇāna āhāgnaye gṛhapataya ity upāṃśv anubrūhīty uccaiḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 24.0 atha sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvāpasalaiḥ paryāvṛtyānvāhāryapacane prāyaścittaṃ juhoty ulūkhale musale yac ca śūrpe āśiśleṣa dṛṣadi yat kapāle 'vapruṣo vipruṣaḥ saṃyajāmi viśve devā havir idaṃ juṣantām yajñe yā vipruṣaḥ santi bahvīr agnau tāḥ sarvāḥ sviṣṭāḥ sahutā juhomi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 26.0 athaitenaiva yathetam etya vede yajamānaṃ vācayati vedo 'si vittir asīty āntād anuvākasya hotre vedaṃ pradāya patnīṃ viṣyatīmaṃ viṣyāmi varuṇasya pāśam yam abadhnīta savitā suketaḥ dhātuś ca yonau sukṛtasya loke syonaṃ me saha patyā karomīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 27.0 athāsyai yoktram añjalāv ādhāyodapātram ānayati sam āyuṣā saṃ prajayā sam agne varcasā punaḥ saṃ patnī patyāhaṃ gacche sam ātmā tanuvā mamety atha mukhaṃ vimṛṣṭe yad apsu te sarasvati goṣv aśveṣu yan madhu tena me vājinīvati mukham sarasvatīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 27.0 athāsyai yoktram añjalāv ādhāyodapātram ānayati sam āyuṣā saṃ prajayā sam agne varcasā punaḥ saṃ patnī patyāhaṃ gacche sam ātmā tanuvā mamety
atha mukhaṃ vimṛṣṭe yad apsu te sarasvati goṣv aśveṣu yan madhu tena me vājinīvati mukham sarasvatīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 1.0 athaināṃ tathaiva tiraḥ pavitram apa ācāmayati payasvatīr oṣadhayaḥ payasvad vīrudhāṃ payo 'pāṃ payaso yat payas tena mām indra saṃsṛjeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 2.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 4.0 atha prāṅ etya dhruvām āpyāyayaty āpyāyatāṃ dhruvā ghṛtena yajñaṃ yajñaṃ prati devayadbhyaḥ sūryāyā ūdho 'dityā upasthe urudhārā pṛthivī yajñe asmin iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 5.0 athājyasthālyāḥ sruveṇopaghātaṃ prāyaścittāni juhoty āśrāvitam atyāśrāvitam vaṣaṭkṛtam atyanūktaṃ ca yajñe 'tiriktaṃ karmaṇo yac ca hīnaṃ yajñaḥ parvāṇi pratirann eti kalpayan svāhākṛtāhutir etu devānt svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 6.0 atha yajñasamṛddhīr juhotīṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā bheṣajaṃ duriṣṭyai svāhā niṣkṛtyai svāhā daurārddhyai svāhā daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā ṛddhyai svāhā samṛddhyai svāhā sarvasamṛddhyai svāhā bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā suvaḥ svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ svāhā imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi ayā san manasā hito 'yā san havyam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā ayāś cāgne 'sy anabhiśastīś ca satyam it tvam ayā asy ayasā manasā dhṛto ayasā havam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā yad asmin karmaṇy antar agāma mantrataḥ karmato vānayāhutyā tacchamayāmi sarvam tṛpyantu devā āvṛṣantāṃ ghṛtena svāhā yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricam yad vā nyūnam ihākaram agniṣ ṭat sviṣṭakṛd vidvān sarvaṃ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ karotu me 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ kāmānāṃ samardhayitre svāhā prajāpate na tvad etāny anyo viśvā jātāni pari tā babhūva yatkāmās te juhumas tan no astu vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 7.0 atha barhiṣo dhātūnāṃ sampralupya dhruvāyāṃ samanakti samaṅktāṃ barhir haviṣā ghṛtena sam ādityair vasubhiḥ saṃ marudbhiḥ sam indreṇa viśvebhir devebhir aṅktām iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 9.0 athopotthāya dakṣiṇena padā vedim avakramya dhruvayā samiṣṭayajur juhoti devā gātuvido gātuṃ vittvā gātum ita manasaspata imaṃ no deva deveṣu yajñaṃ svāhā vāci svāhā vāte dhāḥ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 16.0 athartvijāṃ prativacanaṃ tat ta ṛdhyatāṃ tat te samṛdhyatāṃ tat te saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 7.0 athainad adbhir avokṣati śaṃ no devīr abhiṣṭaya āpo bhavantu pītaye śaṃ yor abhisravantu na iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 11.0 athāntareṇa vedyutkarāv uddeśenodaṅṅ upaniṣkramya tāṃ diśaṃ yanti yatrāsya saṃbhārā upakᄆptā bhavanti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 25.0 athāsmā araṇī āharaty āśvatthīṃ śamīgarbhīm apy aśamīgarbhīṃ vā caturaṅgulam utsedhāṃ dvādaśāṅgulaṃ vistīrṇāṃ ṣoḍaśāṅgulam āyatām api vā prādeśamātrīṃ sarvataḥ samāṃ caturaṅgulam evotsedhām //
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 28.1 athaine āharati aśvatthāddhavyavāhāddhi jātām agnes tanūṃ yajñiyāṃ saṃbharāmi /
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 3.0 athāmāvāsyena vā haviṣeṣṭvā nakṣatre vā gārhapatya ājyaṃ vilāpyotpūya sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ manasānudrutyāhavanīye juhoty anvārabdhe yajamāne svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 5.0 aparaṃ caturgṛhītaṃ
gṛhītvātha yācaty ājyasthālīṃ sasruvāṃ barhir hiraṇyam udapātram //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 15.0 athāvraścane hiraṇyaṃ nidhāya saṃparistīryābhijuhoti vanaspate śatavalśo viroha svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 7.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty
atha yācati sphyam udapātraṃ barhiḥ śamyām iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 14.0 atha cātvāle barhir nidhāya tasmin sphyena praharati vider agnir nabho nāma agne aṅgiro yo 'syāṃ pṛthivyām asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 27.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty
athādhvaryur uttaravedyai purīṣaṃ saṃprayauti siṃhīr asi mahiṣīr asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 34.0 athaināṃ praticchādyābhrim ādatte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 37.0 athāgnīdhram āha agnīd ehīmaṃ yūpāvaṭaṃ khana uparasaṃmitaṃ prāk purīṣam udvapatāt caturaṅgulenoparam atikhanatāt iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 44.0 atha saṃpraiṣam āha agnaye praṇīyamānāyānubrūhi agnīd ekasphyayānusaṃdhehīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 3, 18.0 athātiśiṣṭān saṃbhārān nivapati gulgulu sugandhitejanaṃ śuklām ūrṇāstukām agner bhasmāsi agneḥ purīṣam asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 3, 20.1 atha pradakṣiṇam āvṛtyedhmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati yajña pratitiṣṭha sumatau suśevā ā tvā vasūni purudhā viśantu /
BaudhŚS, 4, 3, 26.1 athaitā yajamāna eva svayaṃ juhoti agnir annādo 'nnapatir annasyeśe sa me 'nnaṃ dadātu svāhā /
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 19.0 athādatta ājyasthālīṃ sasruvāṃ svaruraśanaṃ maitrāvaruṇadaṇḍam udapātram iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 22.0 atha pravṛhya caṣālaṃ yūpasyāgram anakti devas tvā savitā madhvānaktvity antarataś ca bāhyataś ca //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 31.0 athainaṃ vaiṣṇavībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ kalpayati te te dhāmāni viṣṇoḥ karmāṇi paśyata iti dvābhyām //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 33.0 athainaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ purīṣeṇa paryūhati brahmavaniṃ tvā kṣatravaniṃ suprajāvaniṃ rāyaspoṣavaniṃ paryūhāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 36.0 athaitāṃ triguṇāṃ raśanāṃ triḥ saṃbhujya madhyamena guṇena nābhidaghne parivyayann āha parivīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 41.0 athottareṇāgniṣṭhām aśriṃ madhyame guṇe svarum avagūhati antarikṣasya tvā sānāv avagūhāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 5, 1.0 athaitaṃ paśuṃ palpūlitam antareṇa cātvālotkarau prapādyāgreṇa yūpaṃ purastātpratyaṅmukham upasthāpayati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 5, 8.0 atha prajātīr vācayati gāyatraṃ chando 'nu prajāyasva traiṣṭubhaṃ chando 'nu prajāyasva jāgataṃ chando 'nu prajāyasva iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 5, 14.0 atha raśanām ādatte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādada iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 5, 18.0 athainam adbhiḥ prokṣati adbhyas tvauṣadhībhya indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 13.0 athāśrāvayati o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ mitrāvaruṇau praśāstārau praśāstrāt iti asau mānuṣa iti maitrāvaruṇasya nāma gṛhṇāti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 27.0 athaiṣa āgnīdhra āhavanīyād ulmukam ādāyāntareṇa cātvālotkarāv uttareṇa śāmitradeśam agreṇa paśuṃ jaghanena sruca ity evaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ paryeti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 28.0 athānuparisaraṇam apāvyāni juhoti prajānantaḥ pratigṛhṇanti pūrve yeṣām īśe paśupatiḥ paśūnām ye badhyamānam anu badhyamānā ya āraṇyāḥ paśavo viśvarūpāḥ pramuñcamānā bhuvanasya reta iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 35.0 athaitaṃ paśum antareṇa cātvālotkarāv udañcaṃ nīyamānam anumantrayate nānā prāṇo yajamānasya paśunā revatīr yajñapatiṃ priyadhā viśata iti dvābhyām //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 45.0 athainām antareṇa cātvālotkarāv udaṅṅ upaniṣkramya prācīm udānayan vācayati anarvā prehi ghṛtasya kulyām anu saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇa iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 5.0 athainām antareṇa yūpaṃ cāhavanīyaṃ copātihṛtya tāṃ dakṣiṇata udaṅmukhaḥ pratiprasthātā śrapayati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 10.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya saṃsrāveṇa pṛṣadājyam abhighārya vapām abhighārayati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 11.0 athopastīrya dviḥ sruveṇa vapāṃ samavalumpann āha indrāgnibhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyā medaso 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 19.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā samutkramya cātvāle mārjayante //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 1.0 atha saṃpraiṣam āha agnīt paśupuroḍāśaṃ nirvapa pratiprasthātaḥ paśuṃ viśādhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 3.0 atha pratiprasthātā paśuṃ viśāsti śamitar hṛdayaṃ jihvāṃ vakṣas tāni sārdhaṃ kurutāt tanima matasnau tāni sārdhaṃ savyaṃ dor ekacaraṃ kurutāt nānā pārśve avadhattāt dakṣiṇāṃ śroṇim adhyuddhiṃ kurutāt dakṣiṇaṃ doḥ savyāṃ śroṇim aṇimad gudasya tāni tryaṅgāni kurutāt vaniṣṭhuṃ ca jāghanīṃ cāvadhattāt bahu yūḥ kurutāt triḥ paśuṃ pracyāvayatāt triḥ pracyutasya paśor hṛdayam uttamaṃ kurutāt iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 6.0 atha juhūpabhṛtor upastṛṇāna āha indrāgnibhyāṃ puroḍāśasyāvadīyamānasyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 18.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā prāśitram avadāyeḍām avadyati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 22.0 atha saṃpraiṣam āha agnīd uttarabarhir upasādaya pratiprasthātaḥ paśau saṃvadasva iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 25.0 atha pratiprasthātā pṛṣadājyaṃ vihatya juhvāṃ samānīyāntareṇa cātvālotkarāv udaṅṅ upaniṣkramya pṛcchati śṛtaṃ havī3ḥ śamitar iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 32.0 atha śamitur hṛdayaśūlam ādāya tena hṛdayam upatṛdya taṃ śamitre sampradāya pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati saṃ te manasā manaḥ saṃ prāṇena prāṇo juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtavat svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā
atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso
'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno
'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor
atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo
'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya
pārśvasyātha savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 3.0 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha tanimno 'tha vṛkyayor atha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha dakṣiṇasya pārśvasyātha
savyasyātha dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer adhyuddhyai //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 9.0 sakṛd dakṣiṇasya doṣṇaḥ piśitaṃ pracchidyāvadadhāti sakṛt savyāyai śroṇer aṇimad
gudasyātha vṛkyamedo yūṣann avadhāya tenopabhṛtaṃ prorṇoti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 12.0 atha hṛdayaṃ jihvāṃ vakṣas tanima matasnau vaniṣṭhum iti pātryāṃ samavadhāya yūṣṇopasiñcati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 17.1 atha paśor avadānāni saṃmṛśati aindraḥ prāṇo aṅge aṅge nidedhyat aindro 'pāno aṅge aṅge vibobhuvat deva tvaṣṭar bhūri te saṃ sam etu viṣurūpā yat salakṣmāṇo bhavatha /
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 18.0 atha dakṣiṇena pārśvena vasāhomaṃ prayauti kumbataḥ śrīr asi agnis tvā śrīṇātu āpaḥ sam ariṇan vātasya tvā dhrajyai pūṣṇo raṃhyā apām oṣadhīnāṃ rohiṣyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 27.0 atha pradakṣiṇam āvṛtya pṛṣadājyāt sruveṇopaghnann āha vanaspataye 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 33.0 athodaṅṅ atyākramya yathāyatanaṃ srucau sādayitvā hotra iḍām upodyacchante medasaḥ //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 34.0 upahūtāyām iḍāyām agnīdha ādadhāti ṣaḍavattam ardhavaniṣṭhum
athārdhavaniṣṭhuṃ medasvat //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 2.0 atha saṃpraiṣam āhāgnīd aupayajān aṅgārān āhara upayaṣṭar upasīda brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ samidham ādhāyāgnīd agnīn sakṛtsakṛt saṃmṛḍḍhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 6.0 athādhvaryuḥ pṛṣadājyaṃ vihatya juhvāṃ samānīyātyākramyāśrāvyāha devebhyaḥ preṣyeti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 22.0 atha sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvāpasalaiḥ paryāvṛtyānvāhāryapacane prāyaścittaṃ hutvā na phalīkaraṇahomena carati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 23.0 atha prāṅ etya dhruvām āpyāyya trīṇi samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhoti yajña yajñaṃ gaccha yajñapatiṃ gaccha svāṃ yoniṃ gaccha svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 11, 2.0 athādbhir mārjayante dhāmno dhāmno rājan ito varuṇa no muñca yad āpo aghniyā varuṇeti śapāmahe tato varuṇa no muñceti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 11, 7.1 athaupayajike 'gnau barhir upoṣati yat kusīdam apratīttaṃ mayi yena yamasya balinā carāmi /
BaudhŚS, 4, 11, 8.0 athāñjalinopastīrṇābhighāritān saktūn pradāvye juhoti viśvalopa viśvadāvasya tvāsañ juhomi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 11, 20.0 atha madhyamam agnim upasamādhāya madhyame 'gnau pūrṇāhutiṃ juhoti sapta te agne samidhaḥ sapta jihvā iti //
BaudhŚS, 8, 21, 3.0 athaitāṃ carusthālīṃ sakṣāmakāṣām utkhidya nirṇijya tayodayanīyaṃ śrapayati //
BaudhŚS, 8, 21, 15.0 atha purastāt sviṣṭakṛtaḥ sruvāhutim upajuhoti yās te viśvāḥ samidhaḥ santy agne iti //
BaudhŚS, 8, 21, 24.0 atha yadi vaśāṃ na labhate maitrāvaruṇīm āmikṣāṃ gārhapatye śrapayitvā tayāhavanīye pracarati //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 5.0 athopaniṣkramya saṃpraiṣam āha subrahmaṇya subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tristanavrataṃ prayacchateti //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 11.0 atha mahāvedyā uttarād aṃsīyācchaṅkor vedyantena dvādaśa pratīcaḥ prakramān prakrāmaty udañcaṃ trayodaśam //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 20.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty
athāgreṇa śālāṃ tiṣṭhan saṃpraiṣam āha vedikārā vediṃ kalpayateti //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 22.0 atha kārṣṇājinīr upānaha upamuñcante cite tvety adhvaryur ācite tveti pratiprasthātā manaścite tveti brahmā tapaścite tveti yajamānaś cite tvā cite tvety eva vā sarve //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 23.0 api vā tūṣṇīm
evātha yācati dhanur bāṇavac caturo 'śmana aindrīm iṣṭakāṃ vibhaktim udapātraṃ darbhastambaṃ dūrvām ājyasthālīṃ sasruvām iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 1, 11.1 atha yadi paścād apara āgacchati mathitvaiva gārhapatye 'rdhaṃ nivapaty āhavanīye 'rdhaṃ grāmād vrataśrapaṇam āhṛtyāpyarjati //
BaudhŚS, 16, 1, 14.0 gṛhapatim evādhvaryuḥ prathamaṃ pavayaty
atha hotāram atha brahmāṇam athodgātāram //
BaudhŚS, 16, 1, 14.0 gṛhapatim evādhvaryuḥ prathamaṃ pavayaty atha hotāram
atha brahmāṇam athodgātāram //
BaudhŚS, 16, 1, 14.0 gṛhapatim evādhvaryuḥ prathamaṃ pavayaty atha hotāram atha brahmāṇam
athodgātāram //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte
'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur
athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano
'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo
'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur
atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur
atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur
atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur
atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 3, 35.0 athāparaṃ prātaranuvāke nyūṅkhayanti haviṣkṛty ubhayeṣu prasthiteṣu māhendrasyāśrāvaṇe //
BaudhŚS, 16, 5, 4.0 sa yatrāha adhvaryū yajatam iti tad adhvaryū jaghanena havirdhāne upaviśya svayamṛtuyājaṃ yajato ye3 yajāmahe aśvinādhvaryū ādhvaryavād ṛtunā somaṃ pibatām arvāñcam adya yayyaṃ nṛvāhaṇam rathaṃ yuñjāthām iha vāṃ vimocanaṃ pṛṅktaṃ havīṃṣi madhunā hi kaṃ gatam
athā somaṃ pibataṃ vājinīvasū ṛtunā somaṃ pibatām vau3ṣat iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 7.0 athāpa upaspṛśya barhiṣī ādāya vācaṃyamaḥ pratyaṅ drutvā manasaiva stotram upākaroti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 8, 4.0 yadaiteṣāṃ pāraṃ yanty
athādhvaryur manasaiva prāṅ drutvā manasaiva taṃ graham upodyacchate //
BaudhŚS, 16, 8, 16.0 athānatisarpantāv adhvaryū dhiṣṇiyān barhirbhyām audumbarīṃ samanvārabhete iha dhṛtir iha vidhṛtir iha rantir iha ramatir iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 11, 5.0 atha ye 'naindrāgnān pratipadyante yathā śreyase 'nāhṛtya pāpīyasa āharanti tādṛk tat //
BaudhŚS, 16, 18, 3.0 athāvṛttān gṛhṇāty upayāmagṛhīto 'si prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy upayāmagṛhīto 'si oṣadhībhyas tvā prajābhyo juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy upayāmagṛhīto 'si adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyo juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 18, 5.0 athordhvaṃ vaiṣuvatāt tryaham anvaham āvṛttān eva gṛhṇāti vaiśvakarmaṇādityābhyāṃ viparyāsam //
BaudhŚS, 16, 21, 3.0 athaitau brāhmaṇaś ca śūdraś cāntareṇa sadohavirdhāne tiṣṭhata ārdraṃ carmakartam ādāya //
BaudhŚS, 16, 22, 6.0 athaitau brāhmaṇaś ca śūdraś cārdre carmakarte vyāyacchete ime 'rātsur ime subhūtam akran iti brāhmaṇaḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 22, 11.0 athaitā dāsya udakumbhān adhinidhāya mārjālīyaṃ parinṛtyanty upasthān upahatya dakṣiṇān pado nighnantīr idaṃmadhuṃ gāyantyaḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 26, 1.1 athaitāṃ sahasratamīm uttareṇāgnīdhraṃ paryāṇīyāhavanīyasyānte droṇakalaśam avaghrāpayed ājighra kalaśaṃ mahi urudhārā payasvati ā tvā viśantv indavaḥ samudram iva sindhavaḥ /
BaudhŚS, 16, 26, 10.0 athāsyā upotthāya nāmabhir dakṣiṇaṃ karṇam ājapatīḍe rante 'dite sarasvati priye preyasi mahi viśruti etāni te aghniye nāmāni sukṛtaṃ mā deveṣu brūtād iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 27, 1.0 athaitāṃ sahasratamīm antareṇa cātvālotkarāv udīcīṃ nīyamānām anumantrayate sā mā suvargaṃ lokaṃ gamaya sā mā jyotiṣmantaṃ lokaṃ gamaya sā mā sarvān puṇyān lokān gamaya sā mā pratiṣṭhāṃ gamaya prajayā paśubhiḥ saha punar māviśatād rayir iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 29, 13.0 aharahaḥ śamyānyāse śamyānyāse yajamānā ākrośanto 'jyānim icchamānā yadā daśa śataṃ kurvanty
athaikam utthānam //
BaudhŚS, 16, 30, 4.0 athaitāṃ savaneṣṭiṃ nirvapaty āgneyam aṣṭākapālam aindram ekādaśakapālaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ dvādaśakapālam iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 30, 6.0 aharahaḥ śamyānyāse śamyānyāse yajamāna ākrośann ajyānim icchamāno yadainaṃ pratirādhnuvanti yadā vāsyaitaṃ khārīvivadham ācchindanty
athaikam utthānaṃ plākṣe vā prasravaṇe //
BaudhŚS, 16, 36, 44.0 atirātro navanavatis trivṛto 'gniṣṭomāḥ śataṃ pañcadaśā ukthyāḥ śataṃ saptadaśā ukthyāḥ śatam ekaviṃśā ukthyāḥ śataṃ triṇavā ukthyāḥ śataṃ trayastriṃśā ukthyāḥ śataṃ caturviṃśā ukthyāḥ śataṃ catuścatvāriṃśā ukthyāḥ śatam aṣṭācatvāriṃśā ukthyā navanavatir eva trivṛto 'gniṣṭomā
athātirātraḥ //
BaudhŚS, 18, 6, 8.0 athaitāṃ caturhaviṣam iṣṭiṃ nirvapaty āgneyam aṣṭākapālam aindram ekādaśakapālaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ dvādaśakapālaṃ bārhaspatyaṃ carum iti //
BaudhŚS, 18, 8, 11.0 athānvārabdhe yajamāne juhoti siṃhe vyāghra uta yā pṛdākāv iti catasraḥ sruvāhutīḥ //
BaudhŚS, 18, 9, 5.1 atha yajamāno mukhaṃ vimṛṣṭe tejasvad astu me mukham tejasvacchiro astu me /
BaudhŚS, 18, 9, 33.1 athaitaṃ pravartam adbhiḥ prakṣālya dakṣiṇe karṇa ābadhnīte āyuṣ ṭe viśvato dadhad iti //
BaudhŚS, 18, 9, 34.1 athainam anuparivartayate āyur asi viśvāyur asi sarvāyur asi sarvam āyur asīti //
BaudhŚS, 18, 9, 35.1 athainaṃ tribhir darbhapuñjīlaiḥ pavayati yato vāto manojavā yataḥ kṣaranti sindhavaḥ /
BaudhŚS, 18, 11, 23.0 athaiteṣāṃ paśūnāṃ trayaḥ prathame 'hann aindrāmārutā ukṣāṇaḥ savanīyā ālabhyante //
BaudhŚS, 18, 11, 27.0 athaiteṣāṃ paśūnāṃ yadi naśyati mriyate vā yāśvamedhe prāyaścittis tāṃ kṛtvāthānyaṃ taddaivatyaṃ tadrūpaṃ tajjātīyaṃ paśum ālabhante //
BaudhŚS, 18, 11, 27.0 athaiteṣāṃ paśūnāṃ yadi naśyati mriyate vā yāśvamedhe prāyaścittis tāṃ
kṛtvāthānyaṃ taddaivatyaṃ tadrūpaṃ tajjātīyaṃ paśum ālabhante //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 4.0 atha citrayeti pūrvāgnim anvavasyaty uttapanīyaṃ śālīno 'nvāhāryapacanam āhitāgniḥ //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 5.0 athānvārabdhe yajamāne juhoti vyāghro 'yam agnau carati praviṣṭa iti ṣaṭ sruvāhutīḥ //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 6.1 atha yajamānāyatane śārdūlacarma prācīnagrīvam uttaralomopastṛṇāti yat te śilpaṃ kaśyapa rocanāvat indriyāvat puṣkalaṃ citrabhānu /
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 7.0 atha vaiyāghryāv upānahāv upamuñcate dyaur asīti dakṣiṇe pāde pṛthivy asīty uttare //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 8.1 atha dakṣiṇaṃ jānv ācyābhisarpati vyāghro vaiyāghre 'dhi viśrayasva diśo mahīḥ /
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 4, 1.0 atha pariṣiñcaty adite 'numanyasveti dakṣiṇato 'numate 'numanyasveti paścāt sarasvate 'numanyasvety uttarato deva savitaḥ prasuveti samantam //
BhārGS, 1, 4, 12.0 athānādiṣṭadevate 'gnaye svāhā somāya svāhā prajāpataye svāhā viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ svāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāheti //
BhārGS, 1, 7, 6.1 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastam abhīvāṅguṣṭham abhīva lomāni gṛhṇāti /
BhārGS, 1, 8, 1.1 prāṇāya tvācāryāya paridadāmi kuberāya tvā mahārājāya paridadāmi takṣakāya tvā vaiśāleyāya paridadāmy agnaye tvā paridadāmi vāyave tvā paridadāmi sūryāya tvā paridadāmi prajāpataye tvā paridadāmi prajāpata imaṃ gopāyāmum iti
paridāyāthāsya dakṣiṇam aṃsaṃ prati bāhum anvavahṛtya nābhideśam abhimṛśati /
BhārGS, 1, 8, 2.0 athāsya dakṣiṇaṃ karṇam ājapati bhūstvayi dadhāmi bhuvastvayi dadhāmīty uttaram //
BhārGS, 1, 8, 5.0 athainam aśmānam āsthāpayaty ātiṣṭhemam aśmānam aśmeva tvaṃ sthiro bhava pramṛṇīhi durasyūn sahasva pṛtanyata iti //
BhārGS, 1, 9, 8.0 athāsmai daṇḍaṃ prayacchann āha brahmacāryasi samidha ādhehy apo 'śāna karma kuru mā divā suṣupthā bhikṣācaryaṃ carācāryādhīno vedam adhīṣveti //
BhārGS, 1, 12, 16.0 athāpi vijñāyate tasmānmadhyaṃdine sarvāṇi puṇyāni saṃnipatitāni bhavantīti //
BhārGS, 1, 13, 5.1 athāsyā agreṇa jñātikulam agnim upasamādhāyāghārāv āghāryājyabhāgau juhoty agnaye janivide svāhety uttarārdhapūrvārdhe somāya janivide svāheti dakṣiṇārdhapūrvārdhe //
BhārGS, 1, 15, 7.1 athāsyā dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastam abhīvāṅguṣṭhamabhīva lomāni gṛhṇāti /
BhārGS, 1, 17, 3.1 athāsyā dakṣiṇam aṃsaṃ prati bāhum anvavahṛtya hṛdayadeśam abhimṛśati /
BhārGS, 1, 18, 6.1 athaitasya sthālīpākasyopahatyābhighārya juhotyagnaye svāhāgnaye 'gnivate svāhāgnaye 'nnādāya svāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāheti //
BhārGS, 1, 19, 5.1 athaināṃ dhruvam arundhatīm anyāni ca nakṣatrāṇyabhivīkṣayati namo brahmaṇe dhruvāyācyutāyāstviti etenānuvākena //
BhārGS, 1, 19, 9.1 atha caturthyām apararātre 'ntarāgāre 'gnim upasamādhāya jayābhyātānān rāṣṭrabhṛta iti hutvaitā āhutīr juhoti /
BhārGS, 1, 20, 1.0 athaināṃ tūṣṇīṃ hiṃkṛtya vāgyata upetyāmūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāyeti //
BhārGS, 1, 20, 2.0 athāsyā apavṛttārtho 'pavṛttārthāyai mukhena mukhaṃ saṃnidhāya prāṇity etaṃ prāṇam apānihīti //
BhārGS, 1, 20, 4.0 athāsyā ācāntodakāyai pāṇī prakṣālyābhimṛśati karad dadhacchivena tvā pañcaśākhena hastenāvidviṣāvatā sāhasreṇa yaśasvinābhimṛśāmi suprajāstvāyeti bhasaddeśam //
BhārGS, 1, 20, 5.0 yadā malavadvāsā syād
athaināṃ brāhmaṇapratiṣiddhāni vratāni saṃśāsti yāṃ malavadvāsasam iti //
BhārGS, 1, 22, 4.1 apareṇāgniṃ prācīm uttānāṃ
nipātyāthāsyā dakṣiṇe nāsikāchidre 'ṅguṣṭhenānunayati puṃsavanam asy amuṣyā iti //
BhārGS, 1, 22, 10.1 atha yadyaparā na patet pāṇinodakam ādāya mūrdhanyenām avasiñcet tilade 'vapadyasva na māṃsam asi no dalam avapadyasvāsāviti //
BhārGS, 1, 24, 7.1 athainaṃ dadhi madhu ghṛtamiti saṃsṛjya tribhir darbhapuñjīlair hiraṇyena vā triḥ prāśayaty apāṃ tvauṣadhīnāṃ rasaṃ prāśayāmy āyur varco yaśo medhāṃ tvayi dadhāmi savitrā prasūtas tvaṣṭā vīram adhāt sa me śatāyur edhi bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar iti //
BhārGS, 1, 24, 8.1 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastam abhīvāṅguṣṭham abhīva lomāni gṛhṇāty agnir āyuṣmān ity etair mantraiḥ //
BhārGS, 1, 27, 7.1 athainaṃ mūrdhaṃs trir avajighret paśūnāṃ tvā hiṃkāreṇābhijighrāmi prajāpataye tvā hiṃkāreṇābhijighrāmi prajāpatis ta āyur dadhātu sa me śatāyur edhi bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar iti //
BhārGS, 1, 28, 3.1 athānnaṃ saṃskṛtya brāhmaṇān bhojayitvāśiṣo vācayitvāntarāgāre 'gnim upasamādhāya jayābhyātānān rāṣṭrabhṛta iti hutvaitā āhutīr juhoti pūrṇā paścād imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne 'yāsy anabhiśastīś ca yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricaṃ prajāpata iti //
BhārGS, 1, 28, 9.1 athainaṃ gomayapiṇḍaṃ goṣṭha udakānta udumbaramūle darbhastambe vā nidadhāti //
BhārGS, 2, 5, 10.1 rājānaṃ
mahayitvāthendraṃ devānāṃ mahayati trātāram indram indraṃ viśvā avīvṛdhanniti //
BhārGS, 2, 7, 2.1 śvopaspṛṣṭe tad yajñopavītaṃ kṛtvāpa ācamyānāprītena śarāveṇānusrotasam udakam
āhṛtyātha sabhāyāṃ madhye 'dhidevanam uddhatyāvokṣyākṣān nyupyākṣeṣu hiraṇyaṃ nidhāyopariṣṭāt sabhāyāṃ vyūhya tṛṇāni tena kumāram anvavahṛtyākṣeṣūttānaṃ nipātya dadhnā lavaṇodakamiśreṇābhyukṣya japati //
BhārGS, 2, 9, 7.0 athāparāṇi ghoṣiṇa upaspṛśata ghoṣibhyaḥ svāhā śvāsina upaspṛśata śvāsibhyaḥ svāhā vicinvanta upaspṛśata vicinvadbhyaḥ svāhā pracinvanta upaspṛśata pracinvadbhyaḥ svāhā samaśnanta upaspṛśata samaśnadbhyaḥ svāheti daśa //
BhārGS, 2, 9, 9.0 athāparāṇi yā ākhyātā devasenā yāś cānākhyātāś ca tā upaspṛśata tābhyaḥ svāheti daśaiva //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 1.0 athāparāṇi dvārapopaspṛśa dvārapāya svāhā dvārapy upaspṛśa dvārapyai svāheti catvāri //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 2.0 atha parṇapuṭaṃ kṛtvā tasminn upastīrṇābhighāritam odanapiṇḍaṃ samavadāya parogoṣṭhe vṛkṣa āsajati niṣaṅgiṇa upaspṛśata niṣaṅgibhyaḥ svāheti //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 4.0 apratīkṣam
etyāthānvāsāribhyo juhoty anvāsāriṇa upaspṛśatānvāsāribhyaḥ svāheti dve palāśe //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 5.0 athopatiṣṭhate namas te rudra manyava ity etair ekādaśabhir anuvākaiḥ prathamottamābhyāṃ vā //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 9.0 athātaḥ kṣaitrapatyasya gavāṃ mārge 'nagnau kṣetrasya patiṃ yajate kṣetrasya pataye svāheti caturṣu saptasu vā palāśeṣu //
BhārGS, 2, 10, 14.0 athainaṃ kṣaitrapatyaṃ ye sanābhayo bhavanti te prāśnanti yathā vaiṣāṃ kuladharmo bhavati //
BhārGS, 2, 12, 1.1 athānnasya juhoty agnaye pitṛmate svāhā somāya pitṛmate svāhā yamāyāṅgirasvate pitṛmate svāhā svadhā namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ svāhāgnaye kavyavāhanāya sviṣṭakṛte svadhā namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ svāheti //
BhārGS, 2, 14, 2.2 atha māsi punar āyāta no gṛhān havir attuṃ suprajasaḥ suvīrā iti sarvataḥ samavadāya śeṣasya prāśnātīdam annaṃ pūryatāṃ cāpūryatāṃ ca tan naḥ saha devair amṛtam astu prāṇeṣu tvāmṛtaṃ juhomi svāheti //
BhārGS, 2, 19, 5.1 śmaśrūṇi vāpayitvopapakṣau nivāpayate
'tha keśān yathopapādam aṅgāny evam evāta ūrdhvaṃ vāpayate //
BhārGS, 2, 22, 4.1 athāṅkte yadāñjanaṃ traikakudaṃ jātaṃ himavata upari mayi parvatavarcasam iti //
BhārGS, 2, 24, 8.1 bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar iti trir
ācamyātha rātaye prayacchati svayaṃ vā sarvaṃ prāśnāti //
BhārGS, 2, 26, 3.1 atha saṃvādajayanaṃ saṃvādam eṣyann āttachatraḥ savyena hastena chatraṃ samāvṛtya dakṣiṇena phalīkaraṇamuṣṭiṃ juhoti /
BhārGS, 2, 28, 9.1 yaṃ kāmayeta nāyaṃ punar āgacched iti tam anvīkṣeta sākaṃ yakṣma prapatety
etayāthainam abhimantrayate /
BhārGS, 2, 32, 8.1 athaiva payasi sthālīpākaḥ pautryaḥ paśavyaḥ svargya āyuṣyaḥ svayambhojyas tena yajeta sarveṣu parvasv audumbaram idhmam abhyādhāyaudumbaryā darvyopastīrṇābhighāritaṃ sthālīpākaṃ juhoti /
BhārGS, 3, 4, 7.1 pariṣecanāntaṃ
kṛtvāthainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāryasi samidha ādhehy apo 'śāna karma kuru mā divā suṣupthā bhikṣācaryaṃ carācāryādhīno vedam adhīṣveti //
BhārGS, 3, 5, 8.1 pariṣecanāntaṃ
kṛtvāthainaṃ vratānte 'dhyāpayate śrāvayate vā mahā hotāra upaniṣada iti //
BhārGS, 3, 6, 3.0 atha devatā upatiṣṭhate 'gne vratapate śukriyaṃ vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate śukriyaṃ vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatām iti //
BhārGS, 3, 6, 4.0 athainaṃ sarveṣām anuvākānāṃ prabhṛtīr abhivyāhārayati prathamottamayor vā //
BhārGS, 3, 6, 10.0 śvo bhūte khile 'chadirdarśe 'gnim upasamādhāya
saṃparistīryāthāsya ṣaṭtrayam abhividarśayati saptatayam ity eke 'gnim ādityam udakumbham aśmānaṃ vatsaṃ mahānagnāṃ hiraṇyaṃ saptamam //
BhārGS, 3, 7, 4.0 athainaṃ sarveṣām anuvākānāṃ prabhṛtīr abhivyāhārayati prathamottamayor vā //
BhārGS, 3, 7, 6.0 pariṣecanāntaṃ
kṛtvāthainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāry asītyādy antāvasāyinam ityantam //
BhārGS, 3, 9, 2.7 darbhān anyonyasmai
pradāyāthāsanāni kalpayante brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye bṛhaspataye vāyave sūryāya candramase nakṣatrebhya indrāya rājñe somāya rājñe yamāya rājñe varuṇāya rājñe vaiśravaṇāya rājñe rudrāya skandāya viṣṇave 'śvibhyāṃ dhanvantaraye vasubhyo rudrebhya ādityebhyo viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ sādhyebhya ṛbhubhyo bhṛgubhyo marudbhyo 'tharvabhyo 'ṅgirobhya iti gaṇānām //
BhārGS, 3, 13, 20.0 atha pradakṣiṇaṃ baliṃ ninayati prācyai diśe svāhā dakṣiṇāyai diśe svāhā pratīcyai diśe svāhodīcyai diśe svāhordhvāyai diśe svāhāgneyyai diśe svāhā nairṛtyai diśe svāhā vāyavyai diśe svāhaiśānyai diśe svāhā brahmaṇe svāhā prajāpataye svāheti madhye //
BhārGS, 3, 14, 10.1 atha dakṣiṇataḥ prācīnāvītī juhoti pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ prapitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namo mātāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namo mātuḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namo mātuḥ prapitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā nama iti trīn //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 12.0 atha skanne saṃ tvā siñcāmīti skannam abhimantryonnambhaya pṛthivīm ity apo 'bhyavahṛtya bhūr ity upasthāyāskān dyauḥ pṛthivīm ity āhutiṃ juhoti //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 16.0 atha kṣāme nirṛtyai tveti vidagdham abhimantrya tvaṃ parācī tvam avācī tvaṃ rakṣāṃsi gaccheti dakṣiṇāparam uttarāparaṃ vā diśaṃ taṃ prati nirasyati //
BhārGS, 3, 19, 7.0 atha paristaraṇadāhe 'gnaye kṣāmavate namo namaḥ kṣāmavān mā mā hiṃsīn mā me gṛhaṃ mā me dhanaṃ mā me prajāṃ mā me paśūn ity abhimantryāgnaye kṣāmavate namo nama ity āhutiṃ juhuyāt //
BhārGS, 3, 19, 14.0 atha viparyāse tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi prajāpata iti catasra āhutīr juhuyāt //
BhārGS, 3, 21, 1.0 atha parvaṇy atīte mano jyotir ayāś cāgne yad asminn agne svasti na indra iti catasra ājyāhutīr hutvā sthālīpākaṃ ca kuryāt prāg aṣṭamyāḥ //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 2, 3.0 atha yatra hrasvo mantraḥ syād dīrghaṃ karma karmādau mantraṃ japet //
BhārŚS, 1, 2, 4.0 atha yatra dvābhyāṃ juhoti pañcabhir juhotīti codayet pratimantraṃ tatrāhutīr juhuyāt //
BhārŚS, 1, 4, 3.0 athainat saṃbharati pṛthivyā saṃpṛcaḥ pāhi susaṃbhṛtā tvā saṃbharāmīti //
BhārŚS, 1, 4, 8.0 atha yāni samasyante prasavyaṃ teṣāṃ guṇam āveṣṭya pradakṣiṇam abhisamasyet //
BhārŚS, 1, 5, 7.1 atho khādirā bailvā audumbarā vaikaṅkatā rauhitakā veti vijñāyate //
BhārŚS, 1, 6, 11.1 athāsyā darbhamayaṃ prādeśamātraṃ pavitraṃ karoti trivṛdvalayaṃ vasūnāṃ pavitram asi śatadhāraṃ vasūnāṃ pavitram asi sahasradhāram iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 9, 1.1 atha yadi bandhunāma na viditaṃ svadhā pitṛbhyaḥ pṛthivīṣadbhya iti prathamaṃ piṇḍaṃ dadyāt /
BhārŚS, 1, 9, 11.1 atha pitṝn utthāpayaty uttiṣṭhata pitaraḥ preta śūrā yamasya panthām anuvetā purāṇam /
BhārŚS, 1, 11, 13.1 athainā abhimantrayata āpo devīr agrepuva iti pratipadya prokṣitā sthetyantena //
BhārŚS, 1, 12, 13.1 athaināṃ pradakṣiṇam aṅgāraiḥ paryūhati bhṛgūṇām aṅgirasāṃ tapasā tapasveti //
BhārŚS, 1, 12, 14.1 athāsyāṃ śākhāpavitraṃ prāgagraṃ nidadhāti vasūnāṃ pavitram asi śatadhāraṃ vasūnāṃ pavitram asi sahasradhāram iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 17, 8.1 athaine adbhir anumārṣṭi viṣṇor manasā pūte stho vaiṣṇavī stho vāyupūte stha iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 19, 14.0 atha yadi pātryāṃ nirvaped dakṣiṇataḥ sphyam avadhāya tasyāṃ sarvān śakaṭamantrān japet //
BhārŚS, 1, 24, 9.1 athaināny aṅgārair adhyūhati bhṛgūṇām aṅgirasāṃ tapasā tapyadhvam iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 25, 1.1 athaināni pavitrābhyām utpunāti devo vaḥ savitotpunātv iti paccho gāyatryā //
BhārŚS, 1, 25, 8.1 athābhimṛśaty agnaye tveti dakṣiṇaṃ piṇḍam agniṣomābhyāṃ tvety uttaraṃ paurṇamāsyām indrāgnibhyām ity amāvāsyāyām asaṃnayataḥ //
BhārŚS, 1, 26, 10.1 athāṅguliprakṣālanaṃ pātrīnirṇejanam ity ulmukenābhitapya sphyenāntarvedi tisraḥ prācīr udīcīr vā lekhā likhitvāsaṃsyandayan pratyag apavargaṃ trir ninayati ekatāya svāhety etaiḥ pratimantram //
BhārŚS, 7, 2, 1.0 athainaṃ prāñcaṃ pravāhayaty udañcaṃ vā divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena mā hiṃsīr iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 2, 7.0 tryaratnir vaiva caturaratnir vā pālāśo nirūḍhapaśubandhayūpo
'thetare saumyasyādhvarasyety ekeṣām //
BhārŚS, 7, 4, 2.0 athaināṃ pratidiśaṃ parikrāmaṃ prokṣati indraghoṣas tvā vasubhiḥ purastāt pātv ity etair mantrair yathārūpam //
BhārŚS, 7, 6, 1.2 atha yadi prokṣāntāṃ parivaset tadānīm eva barhirādi karma pratipadyate //
BhārŚS, 7, 9, 7.0 athainaṃ paśuṃ snāpayanty anaṅgahīnam apannadantam ajaṃ lohaṃ tūparaṃ dvirūpaṃ pīvānam //
BhārŚS, 7, 10, 8.0 athainaṃ purastāt pratyañcaṃ yūpe niyunakti dharṣā mānuṣān indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ niyunajmīti //
BhārŚS, 7, 10, 10.0 athainam upariṣṭāt prokṣaty adbhyas tvauṣadhībhya indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmīti //
BhārŚS, 7, 15, 10.0 yadā śṛtā śyenī bhavaty
athaināṃ sāṃnāyyavad abhighārya tathodvāsya barhiṣi plakṣaśākhāyām iti pratiṣṭhāpayati supippalā oṣadhīḥ kṛdhīti //
BhārŚS, 7, 15, 13.1 pratyākramya juhvā dhruvām abhighārayati yadyājyabhāgau kariṣyan bhavaty
atha pṛṣadājyam atha vapām /
BhārŚS, 7, 15, 13.1 pratyākramya juhvā dhruvām abhighārayati yadyājyabhāgau kariṣyan bhavaty atha pṛṣadājyam
atha vapām /
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā
atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso
'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo
'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor
atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno
'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor
atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer atha gudasya //
BhārŚS, 7, 18, 12.2 atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso 'tha savyasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha yakno 'tha vṛkkayor atha dakṣiṇāyāḥ śroṇer
atha gudasya //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 3, 11.1 sā vā eṣā devataitāsāṃ devatānāṃ pāpmānaṃ mṛtyum
apahatyāthainā mṛtyum atyavahat //
BĀU, 1, 3, 18.10 atha ya evaitam anubhavati yo vaitam anu bhāryān bubhūrṣati sa haivālaṃ bhāryebhyo bhavati //
BĀU, 1, 4, 1.5 tasmād apy etarhy āmantrito 'ham ayam ity evāgra
uktvāthānyan nāma prabrūte yad asya bhavati /
BĀU, 1, 4, 6.12 yacchreyaso devān
asṛjatātha yan martyaḥ sann amṛtān asṛjata tasmād atisṛṣṭiḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.12 atha yo 'nyāṃ devatām upāste 'nyo 'sāvanyo 'ham asmīti na sa veda /
BĀU, 1, 4, 15.5 atha yo ha vā asmāl lokāt svaṃ lokam adṛṣṭvā praiti sa enam avidito na bhunakti yathā vedo vānanūkto 'nyad vā karmākṛtam /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.4 atha yat pitṛbhyo nipṛṇāti yat prajām icchate tena pitṝṇām /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.5 atha yan manuṣyān vāsayate yad ebhyo 'śanaṃ dadāti tena manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 1, 4, 17.6 tasmād apy etarhy ekākī kāmayate jāyā me syād
atha prajāyeyātha vittaṃ me syād atha karma kurvīyeti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 17.6 tasmād apy etarhy ekākī kāmayate jāyā me syād atha
prajāyeyātha vittaṃ me syād atha karma kurvīyeti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 17.6 tasmād apy etarhy ekākī kāmayate jāyā me syād atha prajāyeyātha vittaṃ me syād
atha karma kurvīyeti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 17.2 yadā praiṣyan manyate
'tha putram āha tvaṃ brahma tvaṃ yajñas tvaṃ loka iti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 17.11 sa yadaivaṃvid asmāl lokāt praity
athaibhir eva prāṇaiḥ saha putram āviśati /
BĀU, 1, 5, 23.1 athaiṣa śloko bhavati yataś codeti sūryo 'staṃ yatra ca gacchatīti /
BĀU, 3, 1, 2.3 atha ha yājñavalkyaḥ svam eva brahmacāriṇam uvāca etāḥ saumyodaja sāmaśravā3 iti /
BĀU, 3, 3, 1.1 atha hainaṃ bhujyur lāhyāyaniḥ papraccha yājñavalkyeti hovāca madreṣu carakāḥ paryavrajāma /
BĀU, 3, 3, 1.6 taṃ yadā lokānām antān apṛcchāma
athainam abrūma kva pārikṣitā abhavann iti /
BĀU, 3, 5, 1.1 atha hainaṃ kaholaḥ kauṣītakeyaḥ papraccha yājñavalkyeti hovāca /
BĀU, 3, 5, 1.6 etaṃ vai tam ātmānaṃ viditvā brāhmaṇāḥ putraiṣaṇāyāś ca vittaiṣaṇāyāś ca lokaiṣaṇāyāś ca
vyutthāyātha bhikṣācaryaṃ caranti /
BĀU, 3, 6, 1.1 atha hainaṃ gārgī vācaknavī papraccha yājñavalkyeti hovāca /
BĀU, 3, 7, 1.1 athainam uddālaka āruṇiḥ papraccha yājñavalkyeti hovāca /
BĀU, 3, 8, 1.1 atha ha vācaknavy uvāca brāhmaṇā bhagavanto hantāham imaṃ dvau praśnau prakṣyāmi /
BĀU, 3, 8, 10.3 atha ya etad akṣaraṃ gārgi viditvāsmāl lokāt praiti sa brāhmaṇaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 9, 1.1 atha hainaṃ vidagdhaḥ śākalyaḥ papraccha kati devā yājñavalkyeti /
BĀU, 3, 9, 4.3 te yadāsmāccharīrān martyād utkrāmanty
atha rodayanti /
BĀU, 3, 9, 27.1 atha hovāca brāhmaṇā bhagavanto yo vaḥ kāmayate sa mā pṛcchatu /
BĀU, 4, 2, 3.3 athainayor etad annaṃ ya eṣo 'ntar hṛdaye lohitapiṇḍaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 2, 3.4 athainayor etat prāvaraṇaṃ yad etad antar hṛdaye jālakam iva /
BĀU, 4, 2, 3.5 athainayor eṣā sṛtiḥ saṃcaraṇī yaiṣā hṛdayād ūrdhvā nāḍy uccarati /
BĀU, 4, 3, 1.3 atha ha yaj janakaś ca vaideho yājñavalkyaś cāgnihotre samūdāte tasmai ha yājñavalkyo varaṃ dadau /
BĀU, 4, 3, 5.4 tasmād vai samrāḍ api yatra svaḥ pāṇir na vinirjñāyate
'tha yatra vāg uccaraty upaiva tatra nyetīti /
BĀU, 4, 3, 9.4 atha yathākramo 'yaṃ paralokasthāne bhavati tam ākramam ākramyobhayān pāpmana ānandāṃś ca paśyati /
BĀU, 4, 3, 20.2 atha yatrainaṃ ghnantīva jinantīva hastīva vicchāyayati gartam iva patati yad eva jāgrad bhayaṃ paśyati tad atrāvidyayā manyate /
BĀU, 4, 3, 20.3 atha yatra deva iva rājevāham evedaṃ sarvo 'smīti manyate so 'sya paramo lokaḥ //
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.2 atha ye śataṃ manuṣyāṇām ānandāḥ sa ekaḥ pitṝṇāṃ jitalokānām ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.3 atha ye śataṃ pitṝṇāṃ jitalokānām ānandāḥ sa eko gandharvaloka ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.4 atha ye śataṃ gandharvaloka ānandāḥ sa ekaḥ karmadevānām ānando ye karmaṇā devatvam abhisaṃpadyante /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.5 atha ye śataṃ karmadevānām ānandāḥ sa eka ājānadevānām ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.7 atha ye śatam ājānadevānām ānandāḥ sa ekaḥ prajāpatiloka ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.9 atha ye śataṃ prajāpatiloka ānandāḥ sa eko brahmaloka ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 4, 6.6 athākāmayamāno yo 'kāmo niṣkāma āptakāma ātmakāmo na tasya prāṇā utkrāmanti /
BĀU, 4, 4, 14.1 ihaiva santo
'tha vidmas tad vayaṃ na ced avedir mahatī vinaṣṭiḥ /
BĀU, 4, 4, 14.2 ye tad vidur amṛtās te bhavanty
athetare duḥkham evāpiyanti //
BĀU, 4, 5, 1.1 atha ha yājñavalkyasya dve bhārye babhūvatur maitreyī ca kātyāyanī ca /
BĀU, 5, 14, 3.5 athāsyā etad eva turīyaṃ darśataṃ padaṃ parorajā ya eṣa tapati /
BĀU, 5, 14, 6.2 atha yāvatīyaṃ trayī vidyā yas tāvat pratigṛhṇīyāt so 'syā etad dvitīyaṃ padam āpnuyāt /
BĀU, 5, 14, 6.3 atha yāvad idaṃ prāṇi yas tāvat pratigṛhṇīyāt so 'syā etat tṛtīyaṃ padam āpnuyāt /
BĀU, 5, 14, 6.4 athāsyā etad eva turīyaṃ darśataṃ padaṃ parorajā ya eṣa tapati /
BĀU, 6, 1, 13.1 atha ha prāṇa utkramiṣyan yathā mahāsuhayaḥ saindhavaḥ paḍvīśaśaṅkūnt saṃvṛhed evaṃ haivemān prāṇānt saṃvavarha /
BĀU, 6, 2, 16.1 atha ye yajñena dānena tapasā lokāñjayanti te dhūmam abhisaṃbhavanti /
BĀU, 6, 2, 16.9 teṣāṃ yadā tat paryavaity
athemam evākāśam abhiniṣpadyante /
BĀU, 6, 2, 16.16 atha ya etau panthānau na vidus te kīṭāḥ pataṅgā yad idaṃ dandaśūkam //
BĀU, 6, 4, 3.5 atha ya idam avidvān adhopahāsaṃ caraty āsya striyaḥ sukṛtaṃ vṛñjate //
BĀU, 6, 4, 6.1 atha yady udaka ātmānaṃ paśyet tad abhimantrayeta mayi teja indriyaṃ yaśo draviṇaṃ sukṛtam iti /
BĀU, 6, 4, 10.1 atha yām icchen na garbhaṃ dadhīteti tasyām arthaṃ niṣṭhāya mukhena mukhaṃ saṃdhāyābhiprāṇyāpānyāt /
BĀU, 6, 4, 11.1 atha yām icched dadhīteti tasyām arthaṃ niṣṭhāya mukhena mukhaṃ saṃdhāyāpānyābhiprāṇyāt /
BĀU, 6, 4, 12.1 atha yasya jāyāyai jāraḥ syāt taṃ ced dviṣyād āmapātre 'gnim upasamādhāya pratilomaṃ śarabarhiḥ stīrtvā tasminn etāḥ śarabhṛṣṭīḥ pratilomāḥ sarpiṣāktā juhuyāt /
BĀU, 6, 4, 15.1 atha ya icchet putro me kapilaḥ piṅgalo jāyeta dvau vedāvanubruvīta sarvam āyur iyād iti dadhyodanaṃ pācayitvā sarpiṣmantam aśnīyātām /
BĀU, 6, 4, 16.1 atha ya icchet putro me śyāmo lohitākṣo jāyeta trīn vedān anubruvīta sarvam āyur iyād iti udaudanaṃ pācayitvā sarpiṣmantam aśnīyātām /
BĀU, 6, 4, 17.1 atha ya icched duhitā me paṇḍitā jāyeta sarvam āyur iyād iti tilaudanaṃ pācayitvā sarpiṣmantam aśnīyātām /
BĀU, 6, 4, 18.1 atha ya icchet putro me paṇḍito vigītaḥ samitiṃgamaḥ śuśrūṣitāṃ vācaṃ bhāṣitā jāyeta sarvān vedān anubruvīta sarvam āyur iyād iti māṃsaudanaṃ pācayitvā sarpiṣmantam aśnīyātām /
BĀU, 6, 4, 19.1 athābhiprātar eva sthālīpākāvṛtājyaṃ ceṣṭitvā sthālīpākasyopaghātaṃ juhoty agnaye svāhānumataye svāhā devāya savitre satyaprasavāya svāheti /
BĀU, 6, 4, 25.2 atha dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ saṃnīyānantarhitena jātarūpeṇa prāśayati /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 1, 2, 7.1 atha ha ya evāyaṃ mukhyaḥ prāṇas tam udgītham upāsāṃcakrire /
ChU, 1, 5, 1.1 atha khalu ya udgīthaḥ sa praṇavo yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa udgītha iti /
ChU, 1, 5, 5.1 atha khalu ya udgīthaḥ sa praṇavo yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa udgītha iti /
ChU, 1, 6, 6.4 atha ya eṣo 'ntarāditye hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣo dṛśyate hiraṇyaśmaśrur hiraṇyakeśa ā praṇakhāt sarva eva suvarṇaḥ //
ChU, 1, 7, 8.1 athānenaiva ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti manuṣyakāmāṃś ca /
ChU, 2, 9, 6.1 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ madhyaṃdināt prāg aparāhṇāt sa pratihāraḥ /
ChU, 2, 9, 7.1 atha yad ūrdhvam aparāhṇāt prāg astamayāt sa upadravaḥ /
ChU, 3, 2, 1.1 atha ye 'sya dakṣiṇā raśmayas tā evāsya dakṣiṇā madhunāḍyaḥ /
ChU, 3, 3, 1.1 atha ye 'sya pratyañco raśmayas tā evāsya pratīcyo madhunāḍyaḥ /
ChU, 3, 4, 1.1 atha ye 'syodañco raśmayas tā evāsyodīcyo madhunāḍyaḥ /
ChU, 3, 5, 1.1 atha ye 'syordhvā raśmayas tā evāsyordhvā madhunāḍyaḥ /
ChU, 3, 7, 1.1 atha yad dvitīyam amṛtaṃ tad rudrā upajīvantīndreṇa mukhena /
ChU, 3, 8, 1.1 atha yat tṛtīyam amṛtaṃ tad ādityā upajīvanti varuṇena mukhena /
ChU, 3, 9, 1.1 atha yac caturtham amṛtaṃ tan maruta upajīvanti somena mukhena /
ChU, 3, 10, 1.1 atha yat pañcamam amṛtaṃ tat sādhyā upajīvanti brahmaṇā mukhena /
ChU, 3, 11, 1.1 atha tata ūrdhva udetya naivodetā nāstam etaikala eva madhye sthātā /
ChU, 3, 13, 7.1 atha yad ataḥ paro divo jyotir dīpyate viśvataḥpṛṣṭheṣu sarvataḥpṛṣṭheṣv anuttameṣūttameṣu lokeṣv idaṃ vāva tad yad idam asminn antaḥ puruṣe jyotiḥ /
ChU, 3, 14, 1.2 atha khalu kratumayaḥ puruṣo yathākratur asmiṃl loke puruṣo bhavati tathetaḥ pretya bhavati /
ChU, 3, 15, 5.1 atha yad avocaṃ bhuvaḥ prapadya ity agniṃ prapadye vāyuṃ prapadya ādityaṃ prapadya ity eva tad avocam //
ChU, 3, 15, 6.1 atha yad avocaṃ svaḥ prapadya ity ṛgvedaṃ prapadye yajurvedaṃ prapadye sāmavedaṃ prapadya ity eva tad avocam //
ChU, 3, 16, 3.1 atha yāni catuścatvāriṃśadvarṣāṇi tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam /
ChU, 3, 17, 3.1 atha yaddhasati yaj jakṣati yan maithunaṃ carati stutaśastrair eva tad eti //
ChU, 3, 17, 4.1 atha yat tapo dānam ārjavam ahiṃsā satyavacanam iti tā asya dakṣiṇāḥ //
ChU, 4, 3, 5.1 atha ha śaunakaṃ ca kāpeyam abhipratāriṇaṃ ca kākṣaseniṃ pariviṣyamāṇau brahmacārī bibhikṣe /
ChU, 4, 11, 1.1 atha hainaṃ gārhapatyo 'nuśaśāsa pṛthivy agnir annam āditya iti /
ChU, 4, 12, 1.1 atha ha enam anvāhāryapacano 'nuśaśāsa āpo diśo nakṣatrāṇi candramā iti /
ChU, 4, 13, 1.1 atha hainam āhavanīyo 'nuśaśāsa prāṇa ākāśo dyaur vidyud iti /
ChU, 4, 15, 5.1 atha yad u caivāsmiñchavyaṃ kurvanti yadi ca nārciṣam evābhisaṃbhavanti /
ChU, 4, 16, 4.1 atha yatra upākṛte prātaranuvāke na purā paridhānīyāyā brahmā vyavavadaty ubhe eva vartanī saṃskurvanti /
ChU, 4, 17, 5.1 atha yadi yajuṣṭo riṣyed bhuvaḥ svāheti dakṣiṇāgnau juhuyāt /
ChU, 5, 1, 12.1 atha ha prāṇa uccikramiṣan sa yathā suhayaḥ paḍvīśaśaṅkūn saṃkhided evam itarān prāṇān samakhidat /
ChU, 5, 2, 4.1 atha yadi mahaj jigamiṣet amāvāsyāyām dīkṣitvā paurṇamāsyāṃ rātrau sarvauṣadhasya mantham dadhimadhunor upamathya jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāya svāhety agnāv ājyasya hutvā manthe saṃpātam avanayet //
ChU, 5, 9, 1.2 sa ulbāvṛto garbho daśa vā nava vā māsān antaḥ śayitvā yāvad
vātha jāyate //
ChU, 5, 10, 5.1 tasmin yāvatsaṃpātam
uṣitvāthaitam evādhvānaṃ punar nivartante /
ChU, 5, 10, 7.2 atha ya iha kapūyacaraṇā abhyāśo ha yat te kapūyāṃ yonim āpadyerañ śvayonim vā sūkarayoniṃ vā caṇḍālayoniṃ vā //
ChU, 5, 10, 8.1 athaitayoḥ pathor na katareṇa cana tānīmāni kṣudrāṇy asakṛdāvartīni bhūtāni bhavanti jāyasva mriyasveti /
ChU, 5, 10, 10.1 atha ha ya etān evaṃ pañcāgnīn veda na saha tair apy ācaran pāpmanā lipyate /
ChU, 5, 24, 2.1 atha ya etad evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti tasya sarveṣu lokeṣu sarveṣu bhūteṣu sarveṣv ātmasu hutaṃ bhavati //
ChU, 6, 8, 5.1 atha yatraitat puruṣaḥ pipāsati nāma teja eva tat pītaṃ nayate /
ChU, 6, 14, 2.4 tasya tāvad eva ciraṃ yāvan na vimokṣye
'tha sampatsya iti //
ChU, 6, 15, 2.1 atha yadāsya vāṅ manasi sampadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām atha na jānāti //
ChU, 6, 15, 2.1 atha yadāsya vāṅ manasi sampadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām
atha na jānāti //
ChU, 7, 3, 1.3 sa yadā manasā manasyati mantrān adhīyīyety
athādhīte /
ChU, 7, 5, 2.4 atha yady alpavic cittavān bhavati tasmā evota śuśrūṣante /
ChU, 7, 9, 1.5 athānnasyāye draṣṭā bhavati śrotā bhavati mantā bhavati boddhā bhavati kartā bhavati vijñātā bhavati /
ChU, 7, 10, 1.3 atha yadā suvṛṣṭir bhavaty ānandinaḥ prāṇā bhavanty annaṃ bahu bhaviṣyatīti /
ChU, 7, 13, 1.3 yadā vāva te smareyur
atha śṛṇuyur atha manvīrann atha vijānīran /
ChU, 7, 13, 1.3 yadā vāva te smareyur atha śṛṇuyur
atha manvīrann atha vijānīran /
ChU, 7, 13, 1.3 yadā vāva te smareyur atha śṛṇuyur atha manvīrann
atha vijānīran /
ChU, 7, 15, 3.1 atha yady apy enān utkrāntaprāṇāñchūlena samāsaṃ vyatisaṃdahet /
ChU, 7, 24, 1.2 atha yatrānyat paśyaty anyacchṛṇoty anyad vijānāti tad alpam /
ChU, 7, 25, 2.5 atha ye 'nyathāto vidur anyarājānas te kṣayyalokā bhavanti /
ChU, 8, 1, 1.1 atha yad idam asmin brahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminn antarākāśaḥ /
ChU, 8, 1, 6.3 atha ya ihātmānam anuvidya vrajanty etāṃś ca satyān kāmāṃs teṣāṃ sarveṣu lokeṣu kāmacāro bhavati //
ChU, 8, 3, 2.1 atha ye cāsyeha jīvā ye ca pretā yac cānyad icchan na labhate sarvaṃ tad atra gatvā vindate /
ChU, 8, 3, 4.1 atha ya eṣa saṃprasādo 'smāccharīrāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpenābhiniṣpadyata eṣa ātmeti hovāca /
ChU, 8, 4, 1.1 atha ya ātmā sa setur dhṛtir eṣāṃ lokānām asaṃbhedāya /
ChU, 8, 5, 2.1 atha yat sattrāyaṇam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat /
ChU, 8, 5, 3.1 atha yad anāśakāyanam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat /
ChU, 8, 5, 3.3 atha yad araṇyāyanam ity ācakṣate brahmacaryam eva tat /
ChU, 8, 6, 1.1 atha yā etā hṛdayasya nāḍyas tāḥ piṅgalasyāṇimnas tiṣṭhanti śuklasya nīlasya pītasya lohitasyeti /
ChU, 8, 7, 4.3 atha yo 'yaṃ bhagavo 'psu parikhyāyate yaś cāyam ādarśe katama eṣa iti /
ChU, 8, 12, 4.1 atha yatraitad ākāśam anuviṣaṇṇaṃ cakṣuḥ sa cākṣuṣaḥ puruṣo darśanāya cakṣuḥ /
ChU, 8, 12, 4.3 atha yo vededam abhivyāharāṇīti sa ātmā abhivyāhārāya vāk /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 7, 3, 6.0 satrāya dīkṣiṣyamāṇāḥ saṃvaderan saha naḥ sādhukṛtyā nānā pāpakṛtyā yad asmint satre
'tha yat purā cakṛma kartāsmaśca yathopasthitameva nastaditi //
DrāhŚS, 9, 4, 22.0 atha japeyur iha dhṛtir iha svadhṛtir iha rantir iha ramadhvaṃ mayi dhṛtirmayi svadhṛtirmayi ramo mayi ramadhvamiti vobhau vā //
DrāhŚS, 10, 3, 4.4 parāvada dviṣantaṃ ghorāṃ vācaṃ
parāvadāthāsmabhyaṃ sumitryāṃ vācaṃ dundubhe kalyāṇīṃ kīrtim āvadeti /
DrāhŚS, 10, 3, 4.5 parāvada dviṣato vādyaṃ durhārdo yo viṣūkuho
'thāsmabhyaṃ puṣṭiṃ rāddhiṃ śriyam āvada dundubhe ity enam etairmantraiḥ pṛthag āhatya vāladhānena //
DrāhŚS, 10, 4, 10.0 athaitair eva devatā udasya rājyaśabdaṃ cāmunā tvā chandasārohāmīti vairājapañcamair iti gautamaḥ //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 1, 8, 26.1 yasya tu khalu saṃskārāṇāmekadeśo 'py aṣṭāv ātmaguṇā
atha sa brahmaṇaḥ sāyujyaṃ sālokyaṃ ca gacchati //
GautDhS, 2, 3, 4.1 atha hāsya vedam upaśṛṇvatas trapujatubhyāṃ śrotrapratipūraṇam udāharaṇe jihvāchedo dhāraṇe śarīrabhedaḥ //
GautDhS, 3, 1, 2.1 atha khalvayaṃ puruṣo yāpyena karmaṇā lipyate yathaitad ayājyayājanam abhakṣyabhakṣaṇam avadyavadanaṃ śiṣṭasyākriyā pratiṣiddhasevanam iti //
GautDhS, 3, 2, 11.1 athāsmai tatpātram dadyus tat pratigṛhya japecchāntā dyauḥ śāntā pṛthivī śāntaṃ śivam antarikṣaṃ yo rocanas tam iha gṛhṇāmīti //
GautDhS, 3, 8, 36.1 athaitāṃs trīn kṛcchrāṃś caritvā sarveṣu vedeṣu snāto bhavati sarvair devair jñāto bhavati //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 3, 8.0 atha yadi dadhi payo yavāgūṃ vā kaṃsena vā carusthālyā vā sruveṇa vaiva //
GobhGS, 1, 3, 10.0 atha prātaḥ sūryāya svāheti pūrvāṃ tūṣṇīm evottarāṃ madhye caivāparājitāyāṃ caiva diśi //
GobhGS, 1, 4, 3.0 atha haviṣyasyānnasyoddhṛtya haviṣyair vyañjanair upasicyāgnau juhuyāt tūṣṇīṃ pāṇinaiva //
GobhGS, 1, 4, 8.0 sa yat prathamam nidadhāti sa pārthivo balir bhavaty
atha yad dvitīyam sa vāyavyo yat tṛtīyam sa vaiśvadevo yac caturthaṃ sa prājāpatyaḥ //
GobhGS, 1, 4, 9.0 athāparān balīn hared udadhānasya madhyamasya dvārasyābdaivataḥ prathamo balir bhavaty oṣadhivanaspatibhyo dvitīya ākāśāya tṛtīyaḥ //
GobhGS, 1, 4, 10.0 athāparam baliṃ haret śayanam vādhivarcaṃ vā sa kāmāya vā balir bhavati manyave vā //
GobhGS, 1, 4, 12.0 athaitad baliśeṣam adbhir abhyāsicyāvasalavi dakṣiṇā ninayet tat pitṛbhyo bhavati //
GobhGS, 1, 5, 13.0 atha yad ahar upavasatho bhavati tad ahaḥ pūrvāhṇa eva prātarāhutiṃ hutvaitad agneḥ sthaṇḍilam gomayena samantaṃ paryupalimpati //
GobhGS, 1, 5, 26.0 athāparāhṇa evāplutyaupavasathikaṃ dampatī bhuñjīyātāṃ yad enayoḥ kāmyaṃ syāt sarpirmiśram syāt kuśalena //
GobhGS, 1, 6, 13.0 atha pūrvāhṇa eva prātarāhutiṃ hutvāgreṇāgniṃ parikramya dakṣiṇato 'gneḥ prāgagrān darbhān āstīrya //
GobhGS, 1, 6, 21.0 yady u vā ubhayaṃ cikīrṣeddhautraṃ caiva brahmatvaṃ caivaitenaiva kalpena chattraṃ vottarāsaṅgaṃ vodakamaṇḍaluṃ darbhavaṭuṃ vā brahmāsane nidhāya tenaiva
pratyāvrajyāthānyacceṣṭet //
GobhGS, 1, 7, 1.0 atholūkhalamusale prakṣālya śūrpaṃ ca paścād agneḥ prāgagrān darbhān āstīryopasādayati //
GobhGS, 1, 7, 2.0 atha havir nirvapati vrīhīn vā yavān vā kaṃsena vā carusthālyā vā //
GobhGS, 1, 7, 4.0 atha paścāt prāṅmukho 'vahantum upakramate dakṣiṇottarābhyāṃ pāṇibhyām //
GobhGS, 1, 8, 11.0 atha sviṣṭakṛta upastīryāvadyaty uttarārdhapūrvārdhāt sakṛd eva bhūyiṣṭhaṃ dvir abhighārayet //
GobhGS, 1, 8, 28.0 athainam adbhir abhyukṣyāgnāv apyarjayed yaḥ paśūnām adhipatī rudras tanticaro vṛṣā paśūn asmākaṃ mā hiṃsīr etad astu hutaṃ tava svāheti //
GobhGS, 1, 9, 13.0 atha yadi gṛhye 'gnau sāyaṃprātarhomayor vā darśapūrṇamāsayor vā havyaṃ vā hotāraṃ vā nādhigacchet kathaṃ kuryād iti //
GobhGS, 2, 1, 13.0 atha janyānām eko dhruvāṇām apāṃ kalaśaṃ pūrayitvā sahodakumbhaḥ prāvṛto vāgyato 'greṇāgniṃ parikramya dakṣiṇata udaṅmukho 'vatiṣṭhate //
GobhGS, 2, 7, 5.0 atha sīmantam ūrdhvam unnayati bhūr iti darbhapiñjūlībhir eva prathamaṃ bhuvar iti dvitīyaṃ svar iti tṛtīyam //
GobhGS, 2, 7, 17.0 yadāsmai kumāraṃ jātam ācakṣīrann
atha brūyāt kāṅkṣata nābhikṛntanena stanapratidhānena ceti //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 2.0 atha mātā śucinā vasanena kumāram ācchādya dakṣiṇata udañcaṃ pitre prayacchaty udakśirasam //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 4.0 atha japati yat te susīma iti yathāyaṃ na pramīyeta putro janitryā adhīti //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 6.0 atha ye 'ta ūrdhvaṃ jyautsnāḥ prathamoddiṣṭa eva teṣu pitopatiṣṭhate 'pām añjaliṃ pūrayitvābhimukhaś candramasam //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 9.0 atha yas tat kariṣyan bhavati paścād agner udagagreṣu darbheṣu prāṅ upaviśati //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 10.0 atha mātā śucinā vasanena kumāram ācchādya dakṣiṇata udañcaṃ kartre prayacchaty udakśirasam //
GobhGS, 2, 9, 8.0 atha mātā śucinā vasanena kumāram ācchādya paścād agner udagagreṣu darbheṣu prācy upaviśati //
GobhGS, 2, 9, 10.0 atha japaty āyam agāt savitā kṣureṇeti savitāraṃ manasā dhyāyan nāpitaṃ prekṣamāṇaḥ //
GobhGS, 2, 10, 37.0 athainaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ muñjamekhalāṃ pariharan vācayatīyaṃ duruktāt paribādhamānety ṛtasya goptrīti ca //
GobhGS, 3, 2, 39.0 śvo bhūte 'raṇye 'gnim upasamādhāya vyāhṛtibhir
hutvāthainam avekṣayet //
GobhGS, 3, 6, 5.0 puṣṭikāma eva samprajātāsv audumbareṇāsinā vatsamithunayor lakṣaṇaṃ karoti puṃsa evāgre
'tha striyā bhuvanam asi sāhasram iti //
GobhGS, 3, 9, 4.0 atha pūrvāhṇa eva prātarāhutiṃ hutvā darbhān śamīṃ vīraṇāṃ phalavatīm apāmārgaṃ śirīṣam ity etāny āhārayitvā tūṣṇīm akṣatasaktūnām agnau kṛtvā brāhmaṇān svastivācyaitaiḥ sambhāraiḥ pradakṣiṇam agnyāgārāt prabhṛti dhūmaṃ śātayan gṛhān anuparīyāt //
GobhGS, 4, 2, 12.0 athāmuṣmāc ca sakthno māṃsapeśīm avakṛtya navāyāṃ sūnāyām aṇuśaś chedayet //
GobhGS, 4, 4, 22.0 atha pitṛdevatyeṣu paśuṣu vaha vapāṃ jātavedaḥ pitṛbhya iti vapāṃ juhuyāt //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 4, 18.0 tad yad abravīd
athārvāṅ enam etāsv evāpsv anviccheti tad atharvābhavat //
GB, 1, 1, 23, 19.0 yo ha vā etam oṃkāraṃ na vedāvaśī syād ity
atha ya evaṃ veda brahmavaśī syād iti //
GB, 1, 1, 27, 14.0 athāparapakṣīyāṇāṃ kaviḥ pañcālacaṇḍaḥ paripṛcchako babhūvāṃbu pṛthagudgīthadoṣān bhavanto bruvantv iti //
GB, 1, 1, 29, 28.0 sāmavede
'tha khilaśrutir brahmacaryeṇa caitasmād atharvāṅgiraso ha yo veda sa veda sarvam iti brāhmaṇam //
GB, 1, 1, 33, 37.0 etaddha smaitad vidvāṃsam opākārim āsastur brahmacārī te saṃsthita ity
athaita āsastur ācita iva cito babhūva //
GB, 1, 1, 33, 38.0 athotthāya prāvrājīd ity etad vā ahaṃ veda naitāsu yoniṣv ita etebhyo vā mithunebhyaḥ sambhūto brahmacārī mama purāyuṣaḥ preyād iti //
GB, 1, 2, 2, 26.0 athaitad brahmacāriṇaḥ puṇyo gandho ya oṣadhivanaspatīnāṃ tāsāṃ puṇyaṃ gandhaṃ pracchidya nopajighret //
GB, 1, 2, 5, 16.0 atha khalu dantāvalo dhaumro yāvati tāvati kāle pārīkṣitaṃ janamejayam abhyājagāma //
GB, 1, 2, 15, 26.0 atho tisṛṣv atho dvayor atho pūrvedyur ādheyās ta evāgnim ādadhānena //
GB, 1, 2, 15, 26.0 atho tisṛṣv
atho dvayor atho pūrvedyur ādheyās ta evāgnim ādadhānena //
GB, 1, 2, 15, 26.0 atho tisṛṣv atho dvayor
atho pūrvedyur ādheyās ta evāgnim ādadhānena //
GB, 1, 2, 20, 3.0 athāyam īkṣate 'gnir jātavedā brāhmaṇadvitīyo ha vā ayam idam agnir vaiśvānaro jvalati //
GB, 1, 2, 24, 1.1 atha ha prajāpatiḥ somena yakṣyamāṇo vedān uvāca kaṃ vo hotāraṃ vṛṇīya kam adhvaryuṃ kam udgātāraṃ kaṃ brāhmaṇam iti /
GB, 1, 2, 24, 16.2 atha cen naivaṃvidam udgātāraṃ vṛṇuta uttarata evaiṣāṃ yajño ricyate //
GB, 1, 2, 24, 24.2 atha cen naivaṃvidaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vṛṇute dakṣiṇata evaiṣāṃ yajño ricyate dakṣiṇata evaiṣāṃ yajño ricyate //
GB, 1, 3, 8, 1.0 atha yaḥ purastād aṣṭāv ājyabhāgān vidyān madhyataḥ pañca havirbhāgāḥ ṣaṭ prājāpatyā upariṣṭād aṣṭāv ājyabhāgān vidyāt //
GB, 1, 3, 8, 2.0 atha yo gāyatrīṃ hariṇīṃ jyotiṣpakṣāṃ sarvair yajñair yajamānaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhivahantīṃ vidyāt //
GB, 1, 3, 8, 3.0 atha yaḥ apaṅktiṃ pañcapadāṃ saptadaśākṣarāṃ sarvair yajñair yajamānaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhivahantīṃ vidyāt //
GB, 1, 3, 10, 1.0 atha ye purastād aṣṭāv ājyabhāgāḥ pañca prayājā dvāv āghārau dvāv ājyabhāgāv āgneya ājyabhāgānāṃ prathamaḥ saumyo dvitīyo havirbhāgānām //
GB, 1, 3, 10, 5.0 atha ye ṣaṭ prājāpatyā iḍā ca prāśitraṃ ca yac cāgnīdhrāyāvadyati brahmabhāgo yajamānabhāgo 'nvāhārya eva ṣaṣṭhaḥ //
GB, 1, 3, 10, 6.0 atha ya upariṣṭād aṣṭāv ājyabhāgās trayo 'nuyājāś catvāraḥ patnīsaṃyājāḥ samiṣṭayajur aṣṭamam //
GB, 1, 3, 10, 7.0 atha yā gāyatrī hariṇī jyotiṣpakṣā sarvair yajñair yajamānaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhivahati vedir eva sā //
GB, 1, 3, 10, 15.0 atha yā paṅktiḥ pañcapadā saptadaśākṣarā sarvair yajñair yajamānaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhivahati yājyaiva sā //
GB, 1, 3, 11, 1.0 atha ha prācīnayogya ājagāmāgnihotraṃ bhavantaṃ pṛcchāmi gautameti //
GB, 1, 3, 13, 4.0 yasya sāyam agnaya upasamāhitāḥ syuḥ sarve jvalayeyuḥ prakṣālitāni yajñapātrāṇy upasannāni syur
atha ced dakṣiṇāgnir udvāyāt kiṃ vā tato bhayam āgacched iti //
GB, 1, 3, 13, 32.0 atha cen nāgniṃ janayituṃ śaknuyur na kutaścana vāto vāyāt kiṃ vā tato bhayam āgacched iti //
GB, 1, 3, 13, 37.0 atha prātar agniṃ nirmathya yathāsthānam agnīn upasamādhāya yathāpuraṃ juhuyāt //
GB, 1, 3, 18, 38.0 atha yad ato 'nyathāśīliko vā pāpakṛto vā hutādo vānyajanā vā vimathnīrann evam evaiṣāṃ paśur vimathito bhavaty asvargyaḥ //
GB, 1, 3, 19, 27.0 vidyotamāne stanayaty
atho varṣati vāyavyam abhiṣuṇvanti vai devāḥ somaṃ ca bhakṣayanti //
GB, 1, 3, 21, 20.0 atha yasya dīkṣitasya vāg vāyatā syān muṣṭī vā visṛṣṭau sa etāni japet //
GB, 1, 3, 23, 1.0 atha yasya dīkṣitasyartumatī jāyā syāt pratisnāvā pratisnāvā sarūpavatsāyā goḥ payasi sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvābhighāryodvāsyoddhṛtyābhihiṅkṛtya garbhavedanapuṃsavanaiḥ saṃpātavantaṃ kṛtvā taṃ paraiva prāśnīyāt //
GB, 1, 4, 2, 1.0 atha brahmāṇaṃ dīkṣayati candramā vai brahmādhidaivaṃ mano 'dhyātmam //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 1.0 atha yad dīkṣaṇīyayā yajante śraddhām eva tad devīṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 4.0 atha yat prāyaṇīyayā yajante 'ditim eva tad devīṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 7.0 atha yat krayam upayanti somam eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 13.0 atha yat pravargyam upayanty ādityam eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 16.0 atha yad upasadam upayanti svadhām eva tad devīṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 19.0 atha yad aupavasathyam ahar upayanty agnīṣomāv eva tad devau devate yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 22.0 atha yat prātaranuvākam upayanti prātaryāvṇa eva tad devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 25.0 atha yat prātaḥsavanamupayanti vasūn eva tad devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 28.0 atha yan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam upayanti rudrān eva tad devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 31.0 atha yattṛtīyasavanam upayanty ādityān eva tad devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 34.0 atha yad avabhṛtham upayanti varuṇam eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 37.0 atha yad udayanīyayā yajante 'ditim eva tad devīṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 40.0 atha yad anūbandhyayā yajante mitrāvaruṇāv eva tad devau devate yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 43.0 atha yat tvāṣṭreṇa paśunā yajante tvaṣṭāram eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 46.0 atha yad devikāhavirbhiś caranti yā etā upasatsu bhavanty agniḥ somo viṣṇur iti devyo devikā devatā bhavanti //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 48.0 atha yad daśātirātram upayanti kāmam eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 8, 51.0 atha yad udavasānīyayā yajante svargam eva tallokaṃ devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 1.0 atha yat prāyaṇīyam atirātram upayanty ahorātrāv eva tad devau devate yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 4.0 atha yaccaturviṃśam ahar upayanty ardhamāsān eva tad devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 7.0 atha yad abhiplavam upayanti brahmāṇam eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 27.0 atha yad gavāyuṣī upayanti mitrāvaruṇāv eva tad devau devate yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 33.0 atha yad dāśarātrikaṃ pṛṣṭhyaṃ ṣaḍaham upayanti diśa eva tad devīr devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 36.0 atha yac chandomaṃ tryaham upayantīmān eva tallokān devān devatā yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 39.0 atha yad daśamam ahar upayanti saṃvatsaram eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 42.0 atha yan mahāvratam upayanti prajāpatim eva tad devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 10, 45.0 atha yad udayanīyam atirātram upayanti svargam eva tallokaṃ devaṃ devatāṃ yajante //
GB, 1, 4, 14, 1.0 atha yaccaturviṃśam ahar upetyānupetya viṣuvantaṃ mahāvratam upeyāt katham anāgūrtyai bhavatīti //
GB, 1, 4, 15, 1.0 atha yac caturviṃśam ahar upetyānupetya viṣuvantaṃ mahāvratam upeyāt katham anāgūrtyai bhavatīti //
GB, 1, 4, 15, 12.0 atha ha devebhyo mahāvrataṃ na tasthe katham ūrdhvai stomair viṣuvantam upāgātāvṛttair mām iti //
GB, 1, 4, 16, 1.0 atha yaccaturviṃśam ahar upetyānupetya viṣuvantaṃ mahāvratam upeyāt katham anāgūrtyai bhavatīti //
GB, 1, 4, 17, 1.0 atha yaccaturviṃśam ahar upetyānupetya viṣuvantaṃ mahāvratam upeyāt katham anāgūrtyai bhavatīti //
GB, 1, 4, 19, 1.0 tad āhur yad dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaro
'tha haitad ahar avāpnuyāmeti //
GB, 1, 4, 21, 6.0 athaitad ahar avāpnuyāmeti yad vaiṣuvatam apareṣāṃ sviditamahnāṃ pareṣām ity apareṣāṃ caiva pareṣāṃ ceti brūyāt //
GB, 1, 4, 23, 20.0 atha ye vidvāṃsa upayanti tad yathā pravāhāt pravāhaṃ sthalāt sthalaṃ samāt samaṃ sukhāt sukham abhayād abhayam upasaṃkrāmantīty evaṃ haivaite saṃvatsarasyodṛcaṃ samaśnavāmahā iti brāhmaṇam //
GB, 1, 5, 2, 23.0 atha ha smāha śvetaketur āruṇeyaḥ saṃvatsarāya nv ahaṃ dīkṣā iti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 2.0 teṣāṃ pañca śatāni saṃvatsarāṇāṃ paryupetāny āsann
athedaṃ sarvaṃ śaśrāma ye stomā yāni pṛṣṭhāni yāni śastrāṇi //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 6.0 tenāyātayāmnā yā vede vyaṣṭir āsīt tāṃ pañcasv apaśyann ṛci yajuṣi sāmni śānte
'tha ghore //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 13.0 atha yad dvādaśa māsān dīkṣābhir eti dvādaśamāsān upasadbhis tenaitāvagnyarkāvāpnoti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 24.0 atha yad dvādaśāhaṃ dīkṣābhir eti dvādaśāham upasadbhis tenaitāv agnyarkāv āpnoti //
GB, 1, 5, 15, 1.0 atha saṃsthite saṃsthite savane vācayati mayi bhargo mayi maho mayi yaśo mayi sarvam iti //
GB, 1, 5, 22, 11.0 atha yadi yajamānasyopatapet pārśvato 'gnīn ādhāya tāvad āsīta yāvad agadaḥ syāt //
GB, 2, 1, 1, 1.0 atha yad brahmasadanāt tṛṇaṃ nirasyati śodhayaty evainaṃ tat //
GB, 2, 1, 4, 6.0 atho atra vā etarhi yajñaḥ śrito yatra brahmā tatraiva yajñaḥ śritaḥ //
GB, 2, 1, 5, 3.0 iṣṭī vā etena yad yajate
'tho vā etena pūrtī ya eṣa odanaḥ pacyate //
GB, 2, 1, 17, 13.0 athemāv abrūtāṃ na vā ṛta āvābhyām evaitad yūyaṃ prathayata mayi pratiṣṭhitam asau vṛṣṭyā pacati naitadito 'bhyujjeṣyatīti //
GB, 2, 1, 19, 18.0 atha yad virājau saṃyājye annaṃ vai śrīr virāḍ annādyasya śriyo 'varuddhyai //
GB, 2, 1, 19, 19.0 atha yan nava prayājā navānuyājā aṣṭau havīṃṣi vājinaṃ navamaṃ tan nakṣatrīyāṃ virājam āpnoti //
GB, 2, 1, 19, 20.0 atho āhur daśinīṃ virājam iti prayājānuyājā havīṃṣy āghārāv ājyabhāgāv iti //
GB, 2, 1, 20, 1.0 atha yad agnīṣomau prathamaṃ devatānāṃ yajaty agnīṣomau vai devānāṃ mukham //
GB, 2, 1, 20, 23.0 atha yat parastāt paurṇamāsena yajate tathā hāsya pūrvapakṣe vaiśvadeveneṣṭaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 1, 21, 13.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 21, 15.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāv ājyabhāgau virājau saṃyājye teṣām uktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
GB, 2, 1, 22, 1.0 atha yad aindrāgno dvādaśakapālo bhavati balaṃ vai teja indrāgnī //
GB, 2, 1, 22, 17.0 atha yat parastāt paurṇamāsena yajate tathā hāsya pūrvapakṣe varuṇapraghāsair iṣṭaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 4.0 atha yad agnim anīkavantaṃ prathamaṃ devatānāṃ yajaty agnir vai devānāṃ mukham //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 6.0 atha yan madhyaṃdine marutaḥ sāṃtapanān yajatīndro vai marutaḥ sāṃtapanāḥ //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 9.0 atha yat sāyaṃ gṛhamedhīyena caranti puṣṭikarma vai gṛhamedhīyaḥ //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 12.0 atha yacchvo bhūte gṛhamedhīyasya niṣkāśamiśreṇa pūrṇadarveṇa caranti pūrvedyuḥ karmaṇaivaitat prātaḥkarmopasaṃtanvanti //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 15.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 17.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāv ājyabhāgau virājau saṃyājye teṣām uktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 18.0 atha yan nava prayājā navānuyājā aṣṭau havīṃṣi samānāni tv eva ṣaṭsaṃcarāṇi havīṃṣi bhavanty aindrāgnāntāni //
GB, 2, 1, 24, 9.0 atha yat somaṃ pitṛmantaṃ pitṝn vā somavataḥ pitṝn barhiṣadaḥ pitṝn agniṣvāttān ity āvāhayati //
GB, 2, 1, 24, 15.0 atha yat prayājānuyājebhyo barhiṣmantāv uddharati prajā vai barhir net prajāṃ pitṛṣu dadhānīti //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 1.0 atha yaj jīvanavantāv ājyabhāgau bhavato yajamānam eva taj jīvayati //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 2.0 atha yad ekaikasya haviṣas tisrastisro yājyā bhavanti hvayaty evainān prathamayā //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 8.0 atha yad agniṃ kavyavāhanam antato yajaty etat sviṣṭakṛto vai pitaraḥ //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 12.0 atha yat sūktavāke yajamānasyāśiṣo 'nvāha ned yajamānaṃ pravṛṇajānīti //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 16.0 atha yad adhvaryuḥ pitṛbhyo nipṛṇāti jīvān eva tat pitṝn anu manuṣyāḥ pitaro 'nupravahanti //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 23.0 atha yad dakṣiṇāñco 'bhyutkramyāgnīn upatiṣṭhante prītyaiva tad deveṣv antato 'rdhaṃ caranti //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 24.0 atha yad udañco 'bhyutkramya traiyambakair yajante rudram eva tat svasyāṃ diśi prīṇanti //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 30.0 atha yat parastāt paurṇamāsena yajate tathā hāsya pūrvapakṣe sākamedhair iṣṭaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 1, 26, 3.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 26, 15.0 atha yat prāyaścittapratinidhiṃ kurvanti svastyayanam eva tat kurvanti //
GB, 2, 2, 9, 1.0 atha yatrāhādhvaryur agnīd devapatnīr vyācakṣva subrahmaṇya subrahmaṇyām āhvayeti tad apareṇa gārhapatyaṃ prāṅmukhas tiṣṭhann anavānann āgnīdhro devapatnīr vyācaṣṭe //
GB, 2, 2, 14, 23.0 atha yady ahīna ukthyaḥ ṣoḍaśī vājapeyo 'tirātro 'ptoryāmā vā syāt sarvābhiḥ sarvābhir ata ūrdhvaṃ vyāhṛtibhir anujānāti //
GB, 2, 2, 17, 1.0 tad āhur
atha kasmāt saumya evādhvare pravṛtāhutīr juhvati na haviryajña iti //
GB, 2, 2, 19, 22.0 atha yān kāmayeta na sadasyām ārtim ārcheyur iti tebhya etena sarvaṃ sadaḥ paribrūyāt //
GB, 2, 2, 20, 1.0 tad āhur yad aindro yajño
'tha kasmād dvāv eva prātaḥsavane prasthitānāṃ pratyakṣād aindrībhyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇācchaṃsī ca //
GB, 2, 2, 22, 1.0 tad āhur yad aindrārbhavaṃ tṛtīyasavanam
atha kasmād eka eva tṛtīyasavane prasthitānāṃ pratyakṣād aindrārbhavyā yajati //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 3.0 atho yadābhitṛṣyantīr abhisaṃsthaṃ tarpayaty evam eva tad devatās tarpayati yad anuvaṣaṭkaroti //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 6.0 atha kasmāt pūrvasminn evāgnau juhvati pūrvasmin vaṣaṭkaroti //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 8.0 atha saṃsthitān somān bhakṣayantīty āhur yeṣāṃ nānuvaṣaṭkaroti //
GB, 2, 3, 9, 17.0 atha devāś ca ha vā ṛṣayaś ca yad ṛksāme apaśyaṃs te ha smaite apaśyan //
GB, 2, 3, 16, 1.0 atha śaṃsāvom iti stotriyāyānurūpāyokthamukhāya paridhānīyāyā iti catuścatur āhvayante //
GB, 2, 3, 23, 8.0 atha haitaṃ prajāpatir indrāya jyeṣṭhāya putrāyaitat savanaṃ niramimīta yan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam //
GB, 2, 3, 23, 22.0 yad v eva niṣkevalyāni yaded adevīr asahiṣṭa māyā
athābhavat kevalaḥ somo asyety ṛcābhyanūktam //
GB, 2, 4, 4, 1.0 athādhvaryo śaṃsāvom iti stotriyāyānurūpāya pragāthāyokthamukhāya paridhānīyāyā iti pañcakṛtva āhvayante //
GB, 2, 4, 5, 1.0 atha yadaupāsanaṃ tṛtīyasavana upāsyante pitṝn eva tena prīṇāti //
GB, 2, 4, 6, 13.0 yadā vā āpaś cauṣadhayaś ca saṃgacchante
'tha kṛtsnaḥ somaḥ sampadyate //
GB, 2, 4, 6, 17.0 atha yadbhakṣaḥ pratinidhiṃ kurvanti mānuṣenaivainaṃ tad bhakṣeṇa daivaṃ bhakṣam antardadhati //
GB, 2, 4, 7, 3.0 atha yad enaṃ dadhnābhihutyāvabhṛtham upaharanti sarvam evainaṃ sayoniṃ saṃtanute //
GB, 2, 4, 10, 7.0 atha yaddhedaṃ tṛtīyasavane saṃtvaramāṇāś caranti tasmāddhedaṃ pratyañci dīrghāraṇyāni bhavanti //
GB, 2, 4, 10, 22.0 tad yad enaṃ paścād astam ayatīti manyante 'hna eva tad antaṃ
gatvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate //
GB, 2, 4, 10, 25.0 tad yad enaṃ purastād udayatīti manyante rātrer eva tad antaṃ
gatvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate //
GB, 2, 4, 13, 1.0 tad āhur yad dvayor devatayo stuvata indrāgnyor ity
atha kasmād bhūyiṣṭhā devatā ukthe śasyanta iti //
GB, 2, 4, 14, 1.0 atha yad aindrāvāruṇaṃ maitrāvaruṇasyokthaṃ bhavaty aindrābārhaspatyaṃ brāhmaṇācchaṃsina ukthaṃ bhavaty aindrāvaiṣṇavam acchāvākasyokthaṃ bhavati dve saṃśasyaṃsta aindraṃ ca vāruṇaṃ caikam aindrāvāruṇaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 4, 15, 1.0 atha yad aindrāvaruṇaṃ maitrāvaruṇasyokthaṃ bhavatīndrāvaruṇā sutapāv imaṃ sutaṃ somaṃ pibataṃ madyaṃ dhṛtavratāv ity ṛcābhyanūktam //
GB, 2, 4, 16, 1.0 atha yad aindrābārhaspatyaṃ brāhmaṇācchaṃsina ukthaṃ bhavatīndraś ca somaṃ pibataṃ bṛhaspate 'smin yajñe mandasānā vṛṣaṇvasū ity ṛcābhyanūktam //
GB, 2, 4, 17, 1.0 atha yad aindrāvaiṣṇavam acchāvākasyokthaṃ bhavatīndrāviṣṇū madapatī madānām ā somaṃ yātaṃ draviṇo dadhānety ṛcābhyanūktam //
GB, 2, 4, 18, 1.0 athādhvaryo śaṃśaṃsāvom iti stotriyāyānurūpāyokthamukhāya paridhānīyāyā iti catuścaturāhvayante //
GB, 2, 5, 10, 13.0 athaiteṣām evāśvinānāṃ sūktānāṃ dve dve samāhāvam ekaikam aharahaḥ śaṃsati //
GB, 2, 5, 14, 8.0 atho 'hīnaṃ caikāhaṃ cātho saṃvatsaraṃ cāgniṣṭomaṃ cātho maitrāvaruṇaṃ cācchāvākaṃ ca //
GB, 2, 5, 14, 8.0 atho 'hīnaṃ caikāhaṃ
cātho saṃvatsaraṃ cāgniṣṭomaṃ cātho maitrāvaruṇaṃ cācchāvākaṃ ca //
GB, 2, 5, 14, 8.0 atho 'hīnaṃ caikāhaṃ cātho saṃvatsaraṃ cāgniṣṭomaṃ
cātho maitrāvaruṇaṃ cācchāvākaṃ ca //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 29.0 yad eva dvidevatyābhir yajanty
atho yad dvisūktā hotrā iti brūyāt //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 31.0 yad eva dvidevatyābhir yajanty
atho yad dvisūktā hotrā iti brūyāt //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 32.0 tad āhur yad agniṣṭoma eva sati yajñe sarvā devatāḥ sarvāṇi chandāṃsy āpyāyayanty
atha katamena chandasāyātayāmāny ukthāni praṇayanti kayā devatayeti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 4, 2.0 athainam ahataṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati pūrvaṃ nidhāya yā akṛntann avayan yā atanvata yāśca devīr antān abhito 'dadanta tāstvā devīr jarasā saṃvyayantv āyuṣmān idaṃ paridhatsva vāsaḥ paridhatta dhatta vāsasainaṃ śatāyuṣaṃ kṛṇuta dīrgham āyur bṛhaspatiḥ prāyacchad vāsa etat somāya rājñe paridātavā u jarāṃ gacchāsi paridhatsva vāso bhavā kṛṣṭīnām abhiśastipāvā śataṃ ca jīva śaradaḥ suvarcā rāyaśca poṣam upasaṃvyayasveti //
HirGS, 1, 4, 4.0 athainaṃ mekhalayā nābhideśe triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ parivyayati dvirityeke yā duritā paribādhamānā śarmavarūthe punatī na āgāt prāṇāpānābhyāṃ balamāvahantī svasā devānāṃ subhagā mekhaleyam iti //
HirGS, 1, 4, 6.0 athāsmā ajinam uttarīyaṃ karoti mitrasya cakṣurdharuṇaṃ dharīyas tejo yaśasvi sthaviraṃ samiddham anāhanasyaṃ vasanaṃ jariṣṇu parīdaṃ vājyajinaṃ dhatsvāsāv aditiste kakṣāṃ badhnātu vedasyānuvaktavai medhāyai śraddhāyā anūktasyānirākaraṇāya brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāyeti //
HirGS, 1, 4, 8.2 parīmamindra brahmaṇe mahe śrotrāya dadhmasy
athainaṃ jarimā ṇayej jyok śrotre adhijāgarad iti brāhmaṇaṃ /
HirGS, 1, 4, 8.3 parīmamindra brahmaṇe mahe rāṣṭrāya dadhmasy
athainaṃ jarimā ṇayej jyog rāṣṭre adhijāgarad iti rājanyaṃ /
HirGS, 1, 4, 8.4 parīmam indra brahmaṇe mahe poṣāya dadhmasy
athainaṃ jarimā ṇayej jyokpoṣe adhijāgarad iti vaiśyam //
HirGS, 1, 5, 2.0 athainam abhivyāhārayati brahmacaryam āgām upa mā nayasva brahmacārī bhavāni devena savitrā prasūta iti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 8.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇam aṃsam anvārabhya savyena savyaṃ vyāhṛtibhiḥ sāvitryeti dakṣiṇaṃ bāhum abhyātmann upanayate devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upanaye 'sāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 9.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastaṃ sāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhṇāty agniṣ ṭe hastamagrabhīt somaste hastam agrabhīt savitā te hastam agrabhīt sarasvatī te hastam agrabhīt pūṣā te hastam agrabhīd bṛhaspatiste hastam agrabhīn mitraste hastamagrabhīd varuṇas te hastam agrabhīt tvaṣṭā te hastamagrabhīd dhātā te hastamagrabhīd viṣṇuste hastamagrabhīt prajāpatiste hastamagrabhīd iti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 11.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇamaṃsamuparyuparyanvavamṛśya hṛdayadeśamabhimṛśati mama hṛdaye hṛdayaṃ te astu mama cittaṃ cittenānvehi mama vācamekamanā juṣasva bṛhaspatis tvā niyunaktu mahyaṃ mām evānusaṃrabhasva mayi cittāni santu te mayi sāmīcyam astu te mahyaṃ vācaṃ niyacchatād iti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 14.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastaṃ sāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhṇāty agnirāyuṣmān iti pañcabhiḥ paryāyaiḥ //
HirGS, 1, 6, 5.0 athainaṃ paridadāti kaṣakāya tvā paridadāmy antakāya tvā paridadāmy aghorāya tvā paridadāmi gadāya tvā paridadāmi yamāya tvā paridadāmi makhāya tvā paridadāmi vaśinyai tvā paridadāmi pṛthivyai tvā savaiśvānarāyai paridadāmy adbhyastvā paridadāmy oṣadhībhyastvā paridadāmi vanaspatibhyastvā paridadāmi dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ tvā paridadāmi subhūtāya tvā paridadāmi brahmavarcasāya tvā paridadāmi viśvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvābhyas tvā devatābhyaḥ paridadāmīti //
HirGS, 1, 6, 10.0 ādityāyāñjaliṃ kṛtvācāryāyopasaṃgṛhya dakṣiṇataḥ kumāra upaviśyādhīhi bho ity
uktvāthāha sāvitrīṃ bho anubrūhīti //
HirGS, 1, 6, 11.0 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha ityenam
abhimantryāthāsmai paccho 'gre 'nvāhāthārdharcaśo 'tha saṃtatāṃ bhūs tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhuvo bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūr bhuvas tat saviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūrbhuvaḥ suvas tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād iti //
HirGS, 1, 6, 11.0 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha ityenam abhimantryāthāsmai paccho 'gre
'nvāhāthārdharcaśo 'tha saṃtatāṃ bhūs tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhuvo bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūr bhuvas tat saviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūrbhuvaḥ suvas tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād iti //
HirGS, 1, 6, 11.0 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha ityenam abhimantryāthāsmai paccho 'gre 'nvāhāthārdharcaśo
'tha saṃtatāṃ bhūs tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhuvo bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūr bhuvas tat saviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi suvardhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād bhūrbhuvaḥ suvas tat savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayād iti //
HirGS, 1, 7, 1.0 atha sapta pālāśīḥ samidha ārdrā apracchinnāgrāḥ prādeśamātrīr ghṛtānvaktā ābhyādhāpayati //
HirGS, 1, 9, 10.0 ud uttamaṃ varuṇa pāśam asmad ity uttarīyaṃ brahmacārivāso nidhāyānyat paridhāyāvādhamam ityantarīyaṃ vi madhyamam iti mekhalām
athā vayam āditya vrata iti daṇḍaṃ mekhalāṃ daṇḍaṃ kṛṣṇājinaṃ cāpsu praveśyāpareṇāgniṃ prāṅmukha upaviśya kṣuraṃ saṃmṛśati kṣuro nāmāsi svadhitiste pitā namaste astu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
HirGS, 1, 9, 17.0 śmaśrūṇyagre vāpayate
'thopapakṣāvatha keśān atha lomānyatha nakhāni //
HirGS, 1, 9, 17.0 śmaśrūṇyagre vāpayate
'thopapakṣāvatha keśān atha lomānyatha nakhāni //
HirGS, 1, 9, 17.0 śmaśrūṇyagre vāpayate 'thopapakṣāvatha keśān
atha lomānyatha nakhāni //
HirGS, 1, 9, 17.0 śmaśrūṇyagre vāpayate 'thopapakṣāvatha keśān atha
lomānyatha nakhāni //
HirGS, 1, 10, 2.0 athoṣṇaśītābhir adbhiḥ snāpayaty āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuva iti tisṛbhir hiraṇyavarṇāḥ śucayaḥ pāvakā iti catasṛbhiḥ pavamānaḥ suvarjana iti caitenānuvākena //
HirGS, 1, 20, 3.1 tāṃ yathāyatanam
upaveśyāthāsyā añjalāv ājyenopastīrya lājān dvir āvapati /
HirGS, 1, 21, 3.1 athāsyā dakṣiṇena pādena dakṣiṇaṃ pādam avakramya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇam aṃsam upary upary anvavamṛśya hṛdayadeśam abhimṛśati yathā purastāt //
HirGS, 1, 23, 2.1 atra manojñena sambhāṣyāgāraṃ
prāpyāthainām āgneyena sthālīpākena yājayati //
HirGS, 1, 24, 3.1 atraivodapātraṃ nidhāya pradakṣiṇam agniṃ parikramyāpareṇāgniṃ prācīm udīcīṃ vā
saṃveśyāthāsyai yonim abhimṛśati /
HirGS, 1, 26, 9.1 athainam agnim upasamādhāya vyāhṛtiparyantaṃ kṛtvā dve mindāhutī juhoti /
HirGS, 2, 2, 8.2 śirasta udakumbhaṃ nidhāya
pattastūryantīmathāsyā udaramabhimṛśati //
HirGS, 2, 3, 9.1 athāto medhājananaṃ darbheṇa hiraṇyaṃ prabadhya tad antardhāyopariṣṭāt prāñcaṃ kumāraṃ dhāryamāṇaṃ ghṛtaṃ prāśayati /
HirGS, 2, 4, 5.1 nāmayati na rudati yatra vayaṃ vadāmo yatra
vābhimṛśāmasītyubhāvabhimṛśyāthāsyai śirasta udakumbhamapihitaṃ nidadhāti /
HirGS, 2, 5, 2.9 brāhmaṇānannena pariviṣya puṇyāhaṃ svastyayanamṛddhimiti
vācayitvāthainaṃ dadhi madhu ghṛtamiti trivṛtprāśayati /
HirGS, 2, 9, 5.1 atha parṇapuṭaṃ kṛtvā tasminnupastīrṇābhighāritamodanapiṇḍam avadāya paro gavyūtiṃ gatvā vṛkṣa āsajati /
HirGS, 2, 9, 7.1 atha cāndanasurodakākṣatākṣatagomayadūrvāstambodumbarapalāśaśamīvaikaṅkatāśvatthena govāleneti gāḥ prokṣati vṛṣāṇamevāgre /
HirGS, 2, 9, 8.1 athainaṃ kṣaitrapatyaṃ payasi sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvābhighāryodvāsya gavāṃ mārge 'nagnau kṣetrasya patiṃ yajati //
HirGS, 2, 9, 12.0 athaitasya kṣaitrapatyasya ye sanābhayo bhavanti te prāśnanti yathaivaiṣāṃ kuladharmo bhavati //
HirGS, 2, 16, 3.1 athopakalpayate 'kṣatadhānā akṣatalājānsaktūn kiṃśukānyāñjanābhyañjane ājyamiti //
HirGS, 2, 17, 13.1 brāhmaṇānannena pariviṣya puṇyāhaṃ svastyayanamṛddhimiti
vācayitvāthaitāṃ rātriṃ vasanti //
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 1, 1.0 athāto 'gniṃ praṇeṣyan prāgudak pravaṇam abhyukṣya sthaṇḍilaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ kuryānmadhye //
JaimGS, 1, 1, 5.0 athātaḥ pākayajñān vyākhyāsyāmo huto 'hutaḥ prahutaḥ prāśita iti //
JaimGS, 1, 3, 6.1 athedhmam ādāya sruveṇājyaṃ gṛhītvābhighāryāgnāvabhyādadhātyayaṃ ta idhma ātmā jātavedas tena vardhasva cedhyasva cenddhi vardhaya cāsmān prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya svāheti /
JaimGS, 1, 4, 10.0 athāstīrṇān darbhān ānīya praṇītānāṃ ca sruvasya copariṣṭāt kṛtvāpasrāvayañ japati sad asi sanme bhūyāḥ sarvam asi sarvaṃ me bhūyāḥ pūrṇam asi pūrṇaṃ me bhūyā akṣitam asi mā me kṣeṣṭhā iti //
JaimGS, 1, 6, 7.0 atha catuṣṭayam ādāya vrīhiyavapuṣpasarṣapāṇīti saha tair evodakumbham ādāya manaḥ samādhīyatāṃ prasīdantu bhavanta ityuktvā sapraṇavaṃ nāndīmukhāḥ pitaraḥ prīyantām ityevam //
JaimGS, 1, 7, 3.0 athaināṃ paścād agner bhadrapīṭha upaveśyairakāyāṃ vāhatottarāyāṃ tasyai triḥ śuklayā śalalyā prāṇasaṃmitaṃ sīmantaṃ kuryāc chuklenā mūrdhnaḥ prāṇāya tvāpānāya tvā vyānāya tveti //
JaimGS, 1, 7, 4.0 athāsyā dakṣiṇaṃ keśāntaṃ sragbhir alaṃkṛtya tathottaraṃ hiraṇyavatīnām apāṃ kāṃsyaṃ pūrayitvā tatrainām avekṣayan pṛccheddhiṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ kiṃ paśyasīti //
JaimGS, 1, 8, 3.1 athainam abhimantrayate 'ṅgādaṅgāt sambhavasi hṛdayād adhi jāyase /
JaimGS, 1, 8, 4.0 athainaṃ paridadātyahne tvā paridadāmy ahastvā rātryai paridadātu rātris tvāhorātrābhyāṃ paridadātv ahorātrau tvārdhamāsebhyaḥ paridattām ardhamāsāstvā māsebhyaḥ paridadatu māsāstvartubhyaḥ paridadatv ṛtavastvā saṃvatsarāya paridadatu saṃvatsarastvā jarāyai mṛtyave paridadātviti //
JaimGS, 1, 8, 7.0 athāsya mūrdhānam upajighratyaśmā bhava paraśur bhava hiraṇyam astṛtaṃ bhava paśūnāṃ tvā hiṃkāreṇābhijighrāmīti //
JaimGS, 1, 11, 23.0 athāsya mūrdhānam ārabhya japati triyāyuṣaṃ kaśyapasya jamadagnes triyāyuṣaṃ yad devānāṃ triyāyuṣaṃ tat te astu triyāyuṣam iti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 8.0 athainaṃ paścād agneḥ prāṅmukham upaveśya yajñopavītinam ācārya ācāmayati //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 10.0 athainaṃ paścād agneḥ prāṅmukham upaveśyottarata ācāryo 'nvārabdhe juhuyānmahāvyāhṛtibhir hutvā devāhutibhiśca //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 16.0 athainaṃ paścād agneḥ prāṅmukham avasthāpya purastād ācāryaḥ pratyaṅmukhaḥ //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 25.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇaṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇātīndraste hastam agrabhīd dhātā hastam agrabhīt pūṣā hastam agrabhīt savitā hastam agrabhīd aryamā hastam agrabhīnmitrastvam asi dharmaṇāgnir ācāryastaveti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 28.0 athainaṃ paridadātyagnaye tvā paridadāmi vāyave tvā paridadāmi devāya tvā savitre paridadāmyadbhyastvauṣadhībhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmyariṣṭyā iti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 29.0 athainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāryasi samidha ādhehy apo 'śāna karma kuru mā divā svāpsīr iti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 51.0 athainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāryācāryādhīnaḥ praśānto 'dhaḥśāyī daṇḍamekhalājinajaṭādhārī stryanṛtamadhumāṃsagandhamālyavarjī bhaveti trirātram akṣārālavaṇāśī //
JaimGS, 1, 13, 7.0 etayaivāvṛtā prātaḥ prāṅmukhas tiṣṭhann
athādityam upatiṣṭhata ud vayaṃ tamasas parīti //
JaimGS, 1, 19, 89.0 atha ṣaḍ arghyārhā bhavanty ṛtvig ācāryaḥ snātako rājābhiṣiktaḥ priyaḥ sakhā śrotriyaśceti //
JaimGS, 1, 20, 11.1 athāsyai vāsasī prokṣyānumantrya dadāti yā akṛntann avayan yā atanvata yāśca devīr antām abhito 'dadanta /
JaimGS, 1, 21, 7.0 athāsyā nāma gṛhītvāgniṃ parikrameyātām īrtvam asyūrk te mātā nāma sā mām ehi saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇeti //
JaimGS, 1, 24, 10.1 atha prāśnīyād bhadrānnaḥ śreyaḥ samanaiṣṭa devās tvayāvasena samaśīmahi tvā /
JaimGS, 2, 1, 19.0 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya svāṅguṣṭhenānudiśaty amuṣmai svadhāmuṣmai svadheti //
JaimGS, 2, 1, 23.0 akrān samudra ity āśvaṃ gītvā sampannaṃ
pṛṣṭvāthācāmayed yajñopavītī bhūtvā //
JaimGS, 2, 7, 2.1 atha yady agāre sthūṇā virohet kapoto vāgāraṃ gacched gaur vā gāṃ dhayed anaḍvān vā divam ullikhed anagnau vā dhūmo jāyetānagnau vā dīpyeta madhu vā jāyeta valmīkaṃ vopajāyeta maṇḍūko vāmbhṛṇe vāśyecchvāno vā gṛhe paryaṭeyur ity etān anyāṃśca yata indra bhayāmahe /
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 1, 6.1 athaikasyaivākṣarasya rasaṃ nāśaknod ādātum om ity etasyaiva //
JUB, 1, 2, 6.1 tad etad āhur idānīṃ vā ayam ito 'vāsīd
athetthād vātīti /
JUB, 1, 5, 4.1 atha hovācaikṣvāko vā vārṣṇo 'nuvaktā vā sātyakīrta utaiṣā khalā devatāpaseddhum eva dhriyate 'syai diśaḥ //
JUB, 1, 6, 3.1 atha hovācolukyo jānaśruteyo yatra vā eṣa etat tapaty etad evāmṛtam /
JUB, 1, 14, 2.2 atha ya etad evaṃ vedāham eva sāmāsmi mayy etāḥ sarvā devatā ity evaṃ hāsminn etāḥ sarvā devatā bhavanti /
JUB, 1, 16, 5.3 atha yad amṛte devatāsu prātassavanaṃ gāyati tena svargaṃ lokam eti //
JUB, 1, 18, 11.1 evam evaivaṃ vidvān om ity etad evākṣaraṃ samāruhya yad ado 'mṛtaṃ tapati tat prapadya tato mṛtyunā pāpmanā vyāvartate
'tho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 20, 8.1 atha yāni trīṇy āgītāny agnir vāyur asāv āditya etāny āgītāni /
JUB, 1, 21, 4.1 atha yāḥ sapta saṃsthā yā evaitāḥ saptāhorātrāḥ prācīr vaṣaṭkurvanti tā eva tāḥ //
JUB, 1, 22, 3.1 kāmaṃ ha tu yajamāna upagāyed yajamānasya hi tad bhavaty
atho brahmacāry ācāryoktaḥ //
JUB, 1, 24, 4.11 tṛpyati prajayā paśubhir ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 25, 3.2 tad yat samudreṇa parigṛhītaṃ tan mṛtyor āptam
atha yat paraṃ tad amṛtam //
JUB, 1, 25, 5.2 atha yathā nadyāṃ kaṃsāni vā prahīṇāni syuḥ sarāṃsi vaivam asyāyam pārthivaḥ samudraḥ //
JUB, 1, 26, 4.1 atha yaḥ puruṣaḥ sa prāṇas tat sāma tad brahma tad amṛtam /
JUB, 1, 27, 7.2 ā hāsyaite jāyante ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 30, 3.1 atha ya etad evaṃ veda sa evaitat sarvatodvāram aniṣedhaṃ sāma veda //
JUB, 1, 30, 5.3 sa yathendro na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyata evam eva na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyate ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 31, 9.1 atha yad asyāṃ diśi yā devatā ye manuṣyā ye paśavo yad annādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ nidhanenāpnoti //
JUB, 1, 32, 6.2 tad yathaiṣo 'bhrāṇy atimucyamāna ety evam eva sa sarvasmāt pāpmano 'timucyamāna eti ya evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 33, 2.1 tad yad vai brahma sa prāṇo
'tha ya indraḥ sā vāg atha yaḥ prajāpatis tan mano 'nnam eva caturthaḥ pādaḥ //
JUB, 1, 33, 2.1 tad yad vai brahma sa prāṇo 'tha ya indraḥ sā vāg
atha yaḥ prajāpatis tan mano 'nnam eva caturthaḥ pādaḥ //
JUB, 1, 34, 4.1 atha yāv etau candramāś cādityaś ca yāv etāv apsu dṛśyete etāv etayor devau //
JUB, 1, 37, 4.1 atha yāṃ vīṅkhayann iva prathayann iva gāyati sā vaiśvadevī /
JUB, 1, 37, 5.1 atho uccā khalv āhur ekayaivāgayodgeyaṃ yad evāsya madhyaṃ vāca iti /
JUB, 1, 37, 7.1 atha ha caikitāneya ekasyaiva sāmna āgāṃ gāyati gāyatrasyaiva /
JUB, 1, 38, 1.1 atha ha brahmadattaṃ caikitāneyam udgāyantaṃ kurava upodur ujjahihi sāma dālbhyeti //
JUB, 1, 38, 4.1 atha ha rājā jaivalir galūnasam ārkṣākāyaṇaṃ śāmūlaparṇābhyām utthitam papraccharcā gātā śālāvatyā3 sāmnā3 iti //
JUB, 1, 38, 6.1 atha yaddhāvakṣyad ṛcā ca sāmnā cāgāmeti dhītena vai tad yātayāmnāmalākāṇḍenāgāteti haināṃs tad avakṣyat /
JUB, 1, 39, 1.1 atha ha satyādhivākaś caitrarathiḥ satyayajñam pauluṣitam uvāca prācīnayogeti mama ced vai tvaṃ sāma vidvān sāmnārtvijyaṃ kariṣyasi naiva tarhi punar dīkṣām abhidhyātāsīti /
JUB, 1, 45, 6.3 sa yathendro na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyata evam eva na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyate ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 59, 1.1 atha ha brahmadattaś caikitāneyaḥ kuruṃ jagāmābhipratāriṇaṃ kākṣasenim /
JUB, 2, 1, 3.3 sa yad eva vācā vadati tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 1, 6.2 sa yad eva manasā dhyāyati tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 1, 9.2 sa yad eva cakṣuṣā paśyati tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 1, 12.2 sa yad eva śrotreṇa śṛṇoti tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 1, 15.2 sa yad evāpānenāpāniti tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 1, 18.2 sa yad eva prāṇena prāṇiti tad ātmana āgāyad
atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 2, 9.6 atha yat pratiharati reta eva tena sambhūtam pravardhayati /
JUB, 2, 2, 9.7 atha yad upadravati reta eva tena pravṛddhaṃ vikaroti /
JUB, 2, 2, 9.8 atha yan nidhanam upaiti reta eva tena vikṛtam prajanayati /
JUB, 2, 3, 4.2 athaiṣo 'surān bhūtahano 'sṛjataitasya pāpmano 'nanvāgamāya //
JUB, 2, 7, 6.1 atha hovāca bambam ājadviṣam yan me tvam udgāyeḥ kiṃ tatas syād iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 8.1 atha hovācośanasaṃ kāvyaṃ yan me tvam udgāyeḥ kiṃ tatas syād iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 10.1 atha hovācāyāsyam āṅgirasaṃ yan me tvam udgāyeḥ kiṃ tatas syād iti //
JUB, 2, 13, 5.2 yad ihainad api rahasīva kurvan manyate
'tha hainad āvir eva karoti /
JUB, 2, 14, 2.3 atha ya enam asmiṃlloke nādriyate tam eṣo 'muṣmiṃlloke nādriyate /
JUB, 2, 15, 5.1 atha ya ādityaḥ sāma candramāḥ sāmety upāste na haiva tena karoti //
JUB, 3, 3, 5.1 atha ya evam etam ukthasyātmānam ātman pratiṣṭhitaṃ veda sa haivāmuṣmiṃlloke sāṅgaḥ satanuḥ sarvaḥ sambhavati //
JUB, 3, 3, 14.1 tad āhur yad asya prāṇasya puruṣaḥ śarīram
atha kenānye prāṇāḥ śarīravanto bhavantīti //
JUB, 3, 7, 4.1 atha ha sma sudakṣiṇaḥ kṣaimir yad eva yajñasyāñjo yat suviditaṃ taddha smaiva pṛcchati //
JUB, 3, 8, 2.1 atha ha sma vai yaḥ purā brahmavādyaṃ vadaty anyatarām upāgād iti ha smainam manyante /
JUB, 3, 8, 3.1 taṃ ha
saṃgrahītovācātha yad bhagavas te tābhyāṃ na kuśalaṃ kathettham āttheti //
JUB, 3, 9, 6.1 atha ya enam etad asmāllokāt pretaṃ cityām ādadhati tat tṛtīyam mriyate //
JUB, 3, 10, 5.1 atho yad evainam etat pitā yonyāṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati taddha vāva sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati prāṇaṃ ca /
JUB, 3, 10, 5.2 yadā hy eva retaḥ siktam prāṇa āviśaty
atha tat sambhavati //
JUB, 3, 10, 6.1 atho yad evainam etad dīkṣayanty agnir haivainaṃ tad yonyāṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati /
JUB, 3, 10, 7.1 atho yām evaitāṃ vaisarjanīyām āhutim adhvaryur juhoti tām eva sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati chandāṃsi caiva //
JUB, 3, 10, 8.1 atha ya enam etad asmāllokāt pretaṃ cityām ādadhati candramā haivainaṃ tad yonyāṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati /
JUB, 3, 10, 9.1 atho yad evainam etad asmāllokāt pretaṃ cityām ādadhaty atho yā evaitā avokṣaṇīyā āpas tā eva sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati prāṇam v eva /
JUB, 3, 10, 9.1 atho yad evainam etad asmāllokāt pretaṃ cityām ādadhaty
atho yā evaitā avokṣaṇīyā āpas tā eva sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati prāṇam v eva /
JUB, 3, 11, 6.1 atha dvitīyayāvṛtedam evāntarikṣaṃ jayati yad u cāntarikṣe /
JUB, 3, 11, 7.1 atha tṛtīyayāvṛtāmum eva lokam jayati yad u cāmuṣmiṃlloke /
JUB, 3, 13, 9.2 atha yad vai pakṣī vṛkṣāgre yad asidhārāyāṃ yat kṣuradhārāyām āste na vai sa tato 'vapadyate /
JUB, 3, 13, 10.2 sa yathā pakṣy abibhyad āsītaivam eva svarge loke 'bibhyad āste
'thācarati //
JUB, 3, 14, 7.3 sa yad ājāyate
'thāsmai mātā stanam annādyam prayacchati //
JUB, 3, 14, 10.1 atha yasyaitad avidvān udgāyati na haivainaṃ devalokaṃ gamayati no enam annādyena samardhayati //
JUB, 3, 17, 1.4 atha yadi anupasmṛtāt kuta idam ajanīti brahmaṇe prabrūtety evāhuḥ //
JUB, 3, 17, 4.1 tad āhur yad ahauṣīn me grahān me 'grahīd ity adhvaryave dakṣiṇā nayanty aśaṃsīn me vaṣaḍakar ma iti hotra udagāsīn ma ity udgātre
'tha kiṃ cakruṣe brahmaṇe tūṣṇīm āsīnāya samāvatīr evetarair ṛtvigbhir dakṣiṇā nayantīti //
JUB, 3, 29, 5.1 atha yad bhagava āhur iti hovāca ya āvirbhavaty anye 'sya lokam upayantīty atha katham aśako ma āvirbhavitum iti //
JUB, 3, 29, 5.1 atha yad bhagava āhur iti hovāca ya āvirbhavaty anye 'sya lokam upayantīty
atha katham aśako ma āvirbhavitum iti //
JUB, 3, 32, 3.1 tad
atha yadā prāṇa utkrāmati dārv eveva bhūto 'narthyaḥ pariśiṣyate na kiṃcana rūpam //
JUB, 3, 33, 4.1 atha ya enā ubhayīr ekadhā bhavantīr veda sa evānuṣṭhyā sāma veda sa ātmānaṃ veda sa brahma veda //
JUB, 3, 37, 8.3 sa yathendro na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyata evam eva na kaṃcana bhrātṛvyam paśyate ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 3, 42, 2.0 tad etad amṛtaṃ gāyatram
atha yāny anyāni gītāni kāmyāny eva tāni kāmyāny eva tāni //
JUB, 4, 2, 6.2 atha yāni catuścatvāriṃśataṃ varṣāṇi tan mādhyandinaṃ savanam //
JUB, 4, 6, 4.1 atha haiṣāṃ sa bhāga āvavrājoptvā keśaśmaśrūṇi nakhān nikṛtyājyenābhyajya daṇḍopānaham bibhrat //
JUB, 4, 6, 6.1 atha hovāca katamo vas tad veda yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti //
JUB, 4, 6, 7.1 atha hovāca katamo vas tad veda yac chandāṃsi prayujyante yat tāni sarvāṇi saṃstutāny abhisaṃpadyanta iti //
JUB, 4, 6, 8.1 atha hovāca katamo vas tad veda yathā gāyatryā uttame akṣare punar yajñam apigacchata iti //
JUB, 4, 6, 9.1 atha hovāca katamo vas tad veda yathā dakṣiṇāḥ pratigṛhītā na hiṃsantīti //
JUB, 4, 7, 4.1 atha hovāca yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti yo vai manuṣyasya sambhūtiṃ vedeti hovāca tasya sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti prāṇā u ha vāva rājan manuṣyasya sambhūtir eveti //
JUB, 4, 7, 5.1 atha hovāca yac chandāṃsi prayujyante yat tāni sarvāṇi saṃstutāny abhisaṃpadyanta iti gāyatrīm u ha vāva rājan sarvāṇi chandāṃsi saṃstutāny abhisaṃpadyanta iti //
JUB, 4, 7, 6.1 atha hovāca yathā gāyatryā uttame akṣare punar yajñam apigacchata iti vaṣaṭkāreṇo ha vāva rājan gāyatryā uttame akṣare punar yajñam apigacchata iti //
JUB, 4, 7, 7.1 atha hovāca yathā dakṣiṇāḥ pratigṛhītā na hiṃsantīti //
JUB, 4, 8, 9.2 sāṅgo haiva satanur amṛtaḥ sambhavati ya etad evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 4, 9, 1.2 athaita eva mṛtyavo yad agnir vāyur ādityaś candramāḥ //
JUB, 4, 9, 5.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati ya evāsya prāṇe mṛtyupāśas tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 6.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān pratiharati ya evāsya cakṣuṣi mṛtyupāśas tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 7.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān nidhanam upaiti ya evāsya śrotre mṛtyupāśas tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 9.1 tad āhuḥ sa vā udgātā yo yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān
unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛṇātīti //
JUB, 4, 10, 2.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān prastauti ya evāsya tvaci mṛtyupāśas tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 3.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān ādim ādatte ya evāsya māṃseṣu mṛtyupāśas tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 4.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati ya evāsya snāvasu mṛtyupāśas tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 5.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān pratiharati ya evāsyāṅgeṣu mṛtyupāśas tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 6.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān upadravati ya evāsyāsthiṣu mṛtyupāśas tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 7.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān nidhanam upaiti ya evāsya majjasu mṛtyupāśaḥ sa tasmād evainaṃ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 8.0 evaṃ vā evaṃvid udgātā yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān
unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛṇāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 9.0 tad āhuḥ sa vā udgātā yo yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān
unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛtvā svarge loke saptadhā dadhātīti //
JUB, 4, 10, 12.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān prastauti ya evāsyodite svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 13.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān ādim ādatte ya evāsya saṃgavakāle svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 14.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati ya evāsya madhyandine svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 15.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān pratiharati ya evāsyāparāhṇe svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 16.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān upadravati ya evāsyāstaṃ yataḥ svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 17.0 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān nidhanam upaiti ya evāsyāstamite svargo lokas tasminn evainaṃ dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 10, 18.0 evaṃ vā evaṃvid udgātā yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān
unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛtvā svarge loke saptadhā dadhāti //
JUB, 4, 20, 7.1 atha vāyum abruvan vāyav etad vijānīhi kim etad yakṣam iti /
JUB, 4, 20, 11.1 athendram abruvan maghavann etad vijānīhi kim etad yakṣam iti /
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 2, 7.0 athāsyedaṃ śarīram eteṣv evāgniṣv anupravidhyanty asmād vai tvam ajāyathā eṣa tvaj jāyatāṃ svāheti //
JB, 1, 4, 17.0 atha yad ete prātarāhutī juhoty etābhyām evāsyāhutibhyāṃ sarvair etair yajñakratubhir iṣṭaṃ bhavati //
JB, 1, 5, 1.0 atha paśukāmaḥ sāyaṃ paśuṣu sameteṣv agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
JB, 1, 5, 14.0 atha ya udite juhvaty ahar eva te samudraṃ praviśanti //
JB, 1, 6, 4.0 atha ya udite juhvaty ahar eva te śabalaṃ praviśanti //
JB, 1, 6, 11.0 atha yad etat prātaḥ prabhāty etasmin vai dyumne prajāpatiḥ prajāḥ prajanayāṃcakāra //
JB, 1, 7, 6.0 atha yat payo duhanti yena payasā paśūn praviṣṭo bhavati tad evāsmiṃs tat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 7, 7.0 atha yad aṅgārān nirūhati yena tejasāgniṃ praviṣṭo bhavati tad evāsmiṃs tat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 7, 8.0 atha yat tṛṇenāvadyotayati yayorjauṣadhīḥ praviṣṭo bhavati tām evāsmiṃs tat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 7, 9.0 atha yad apaḥ pratyānayati yena rasenāpaḥ praviṣṭo bhavati tam evāsmiṃs tat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 7, 10.0 atha yat samidham abhyādadhāti yayā svadhayā vanaspatīn praviṣṭo bhavati tām evāsmiṃstat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 8, 9.0 atho hekṣate 'yaṃ vāva mām anuṣṭhyā saṃbharati hantāyaṃ sāṅgaḥ satanur avihruto jarasaṃ gacchatv iti //
JB, 1, 8, 11.0 atho hekṣate 'yaṃ vāva mām anuṣṭhyā veda hantemam evāviśānīti //
JB, 1, 11, 1.0 atha ha smāha nagarī jānaśruteyo 'sau vā ādityo 'staṃ yann agnim eva yoniṃ praviśatīti //
JB, 1, 11, 3.0 atha yad ete prātarāhutī juhoty utthāpayatyevainaṃ tābhyām //
JB, 1, 11, 7.0 atha yad arvācīnam ādityād ahorātre tad upamathnīto yathā reṣmopamathnīyād evam //
JB, 1, 13, 9.0 atha yat somāhutiṃ juhoti yathā jitvā prajayet tādṛk tat //
JB, 1, 14, 3.0 atha srucam abhimṛśati hṛdayaṃ pretir manaḥ saṃtatiś cakṣur ānatiḥ śrotram upanatir vāg āgatiḥ //
JB, 1, 14, 8.0 atho hainam amuṣmin loke na pāpī vāg āgacchati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti //
JB, 1, 16, 6.0 atha yan manasottarāṃ yad eva rātryā pāpaṃ karoti tasmād eva tayā vyāvartate //
JB, 1, 16, 7.0 atha yat prātarāhutyor vācā pūrvām āhutiṃ juhoti yad eva rātryā pāpaṃ karoti tasmād eva tayā vyāvartate //
JB, 1, 16, 8.0 atha yan manasottarāṃ yad evāhnā pāpaṃ karoti tasmād eva tayā vyāvartate //
JB, 1, 17, 10.0 tasya vai sambhaviṣyataḥ prāṇā agre praviśanty
atha retaḥ sicyate //
JB, 1, 19, 23.0 sa hovāca na vā iha tarhi kiṃcanāsīd
athaitad u hūyata iva satyaṃ śraddhāyām iti //
JB, 1, 20, 2.0 yad agnīn
ādhāyāthāpapravasati katham asyānapaproṣitaṃ bhavatīti //
JB, 1, 20, 9.0 yat sa dūraṃ
paretyātha tatra pramādyati kasmin sāsya hutāhutir gṛhe yām asya juhvatīti //
JB, 1, 22, 7.0 atha haiṣāṃ sabhāga āvavrājoptvā keśaśmaśrūṇi nakhān nikṛtyājyābhyajya daṇḍopānahaṃ bibhrat //
JB, 1, 22, 10.0 atha hainān pūrvaḥ papraccha brāhmaṇāḥ kathā bhagavanto yūyam agnihotraṃ juhutheti //
JB, 1, 23, 5.0 atha hāparaṃ papraccha kathā bhagavas tvam agnihotraṃ juhoṣīti //
JB, 1, 23, 10.0 atha hāparaṃ papraccha kathā bhagavas tvam agnihotraṃ juhoṣīti //
JB, 1, 24, 5.0 atha hāparaṃ papraccha kathā bhagavas tvam agnihotraṃ juhoṣīti //
JB, 1, 24, 10.0 atha hāparaṃ papraccha kathā bhagavas tvam agnihotraṃ juhoṣīti //
JB, 1, 25, 10.0 etān eva kāmān avarunddhe ya evaṃ
vedātho yasyaivaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti //
JB, 1, 39, 3.0 athādhiśrayati vaiśvānarasyādhiśritam asy agnis te tejo mā pratidhākṣīt satyāya tveti //
JB, 1, 39, 5.0 athāpaḥ pratyānayati yas te apsu rasaḥ praviṣṭas tena saṃpṛcyasveti //
JB, 1, 39, 8.0 athodvāsayati divaṃ dṛṃhāntarikṣaṃ dṛṃha pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha prajāṃ paśūñ juhvato me dṛṃheti //
JB, 1, 39, 10.0 atha sruvaṃ ca srucaṃ cādāya niṣṭapati pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātaya iti //
JB, 1, 39, 11.0 atha srucaṃ saṃmārṣṭi sajūr devebhyaḥ sāyaṃyāvabhya iti sāyam //
JB, 1, 40, 3.0 atha yaṃ dvitīyaṃ sruvam unnayati tad vai cāturmāsyānāṃ rūpam //
JB, 1, 40, 5.0 atha yaṃ tṛtīyaṃ sruvam unnayati tad vā iṣṭipaśubandhānāṃ rūpam //
JB, 1, 40, 7.0 atha yaṃ caturthaṃ sruvam unnayati tad vai tryambakavājapeyāśvamedhānāṃ rūpam //
JB, 1, 40, 11.0 atha samidham abhyādadhāti svargasya tvā lokasya saṃkramaṇaṃ hiraṇmayaṃ vaṃśaṃ dadhāmi svāheti //
JB, 1, 41, 4.0 atha yad dvitīyam upamārṣṭi tena grahāṃś ca pitṝṃś ca prīṇāti //
JB, 1, 41, 6.0 atha yad dvir aṅgulyā prāśnāti sa yat prathamaṃ prāśnāti tena prāṇāpānau tṛpyataḥ //
JB, 1, 41, 10.0 atha yat srucā prāśnāti tena samānavyānau ca garbhāṃś ca prīṇāti //
JB, 1, 41, 14.0 atha yat srucaḥ saṃkṣālanaṃ ninayati tena vayāṃsi prīṇāti //
JB, 1, 41, 16.0 atha yā etāḥ sruco nirṇijyodīcīr apa utsiñcati tenarṣīn prīṇāti //
JB, 1, 41, 18.0 atha yat sthālīsaṃkṣālanaṃ ninayati tena sarpajanān prīṇāti //
JB, 1, 41, 20.0 atha yat paścād vā purastād vā parikramya dakṣiṇato 'gnīnām āste prajāpatir eva tad bhūtvāste kam aham asmi kaṃ mameti //
JB, 1, 42, 26.0 atha yā ghṛtakulyā tasyai hiraṇmayāḥ puruṣā hiraṇmayaiś camasaiḥ sarvān kāmān udācire //
JB, 1, 44, 4.0 atha yā ghṛtakulyā tasyai hiraṇmayāḥ puruṣā hiraṇmayaiś camasaiḥ sarvān kāmān udacanta iti //
JB, 1, 44, 7.0 atha ya enāṃ kṛṣṇo nagnaḥ puruṣo musaly ajūgupat krodhaḥ sa tasyo tad evānnam iti //
JB, 1, 44, 10.0 atha yā etāṃ srucaṃ nirṇijyodīcīr apa utsiñcati sā sā ghṛtakulyā //
JB, 1, 49, 8.0 athainaṃ carmaṇā prorṇvanti svayā tanvā samṛdhyasveti //
JB, 1, 49, 12.0 atha yathānvāhāryapacanas tad enaṃ pitṛlokaḥ pratyāgacchati //
JB, 1, 49, 13.0 atha yathā gārhapatyas tathāsmin loke prajayā ca paśubhiś ca pratitiṣṭhati //
JB, 1, 53, 4.0 skannaprāyaścittyaivābhimṛśya askann adhita ity
atha yad anyad vindet tena juhuyāt //
JB, 1, 53, 13.0 atho yatraitat skannaṃ tad udapātraṃ vaivodakamaṇḍaluṃ vopaninayed bhūr bhuvaḥ svar ity etābhir vyāhṛtibhiḥ //
JB, 1, 54, 1.0 athaitāni kapālāni saṃcitya yatrāhavanīyasya bhasmoddhṛtaṃ syāt tad upanikiret //
JB, 1, 54, 3.0 atho khalv āhur yat prāca uddrutasya skandet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 54, 18.0 yadā vā etad ayātayāmaṃ bhavaty
athaitasyāpi havirātañcanaṃ kurvanti //
JB, 1, 55, 11.0 atho khalv āhur yad dugdham amedhyam āpadyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 55, 17.0 atho khalv āhur yad adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 56, 12.0 atho khalv āhur yad avavarṣet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 56, 14.0 atho khalv āhur yat pūrvasyām āhutau hutāyām aṅgārā anugaccheyuḥ kvottarāṃ juhuyād iti //
JB, 1, 57, 4.0 atho ha khalv eṣaiva sarveṣāṃ haviryajñānāṃ prāyaścittiḥ //
JB, 1, 57, 5.0 atho khalv āhur yat prācy uddrute yajamāno mriyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 57, 8.0 atho khalvāhur yat pūrvasyām āhutau hutāyāṃ yajamāno mriyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 60, 9.0 atho khalv āhur yad eṣā lohitaṃ duhīta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 61, 8.0 atho khalv āhur yad āhavanīya uddhṛto 'nugacchet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 61, 12.0 atho khalv āhur yad āhavanīya uddhṛte gārhapatyo 'nugacchet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 61, 29.0 araṇyor eva samārohayeta ayaṃ te yonir ṛtviyo yato jāto arocathās taṃ jānann agna
ārohāthā no vardhayā rayim athā no vardhayā gira iti vā //
JB, 1, 61, 29.0 araṇyor eva samārohayeta ayaṃ te yonir ṛtviyo yato jāto arocathās taṃ jānann agna ārohāthā no vardhayā rayim
athā no vardhayā gira iti vā //
JB, 1, 62, 1.0 atho khalv āhur yad āhavanīyam anuddhṛtam abhy astamiyāt kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 63, 11.0 atha haika āhur ete ha vai svargaṃ lokaṃ paśyanto juhvati ya ādityam iti //
JB, 1, 64, 6.0 athaite yājyāpuronuvākye vi te viṣvag vātajūtāso agne bhāmāsaḥ śuce śucayaś caranti tuvimrakṣāso divyā navagvā vanā vananti dhṛṣatā rujanta iti //
JB, 1, 64, 7.0 atha yājyā tvām agne mānuṣīr īḍate viśo hotrāvidaṃ viviciṃ ratnadhātamaṃ guhā santaṃ subhaga viśvadarśataṃ tuviṣmaṇasaṃ suyajaṃ ghṛtaśriyam iti //
JB, 1, 65, 2.0 atha yājyā parasyā adhi saṃvato 'varaṃ abhy ā tara yatrāham asmi taṃ aveti //
JB, 1, 65, 3.0 atho hainayā yad bhrātṛvyasya saṃvivṛkṣeta tatkāmo yajeta //
JB, 1, 65, 5.0 atho khalv āhur yad agnāvagnim abhyuddharet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 65, 8.0 athaite yājyāpuronuvākye agnināgniḥ samidhyate kavir gṛhapatir yuvā havyavāḍ juhvāsya iti //
JB, 1, 65, 9.0 atha yājyā tvaṃ hy agne agninā vipro vipreṇa san satā sakhā sakhyā samidhyasa iti //
JB, 1, 65, 12.0 atho khalv āhur yad āhavanīyagārhapatyau saṃsṛjyeyātāṃ kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 65, 15.0 athaite yājyāpuronuvākye agna ā yāhi vītaye gṛṇāno havyadātaye ni hotā satsi barhiṣīti //
JB, 1, 65, 16.0 atha yājyā yo agniṃ devavītaye haviṣmaṃ āvivāsati tasmai pāvaka mṛḍayeti tasmai pāvaka mṛḍayeti //
JB, 1, 66, 16.0 atha yat stomaḥ stomaṃ savanam abhipraṇayati tasmāj jyotiṣṭoma ity ākhyāyate //
JB, 1, 66, 17.0 atho yad yajñaḥ saṃstuto virājam abhisaṃpadyate jyotir virāṭ tasmāj jyotiṣṭoma ity evākhyāyate //
JB, 1, 72, 15.0 yad udīcīnadevatyā udgātāro
'tha kasmād viparyāvṛtya diśa ārtvijyaṃ kurvantīty āhuḥ //
JB, 1, 81, 5.0 atha yaṃ kāmayeta nārvāṅ na paraḥ syād iti dhūmram asya pavitre 'pyasyen naivārvāṅ na paro bhavati //
JB, 1, 81, 6.0 atha yaṃ kāmayeta śreyān syād rucam aśnuvīteti phalgunam asya pavitraṃ kuryācchreyān eva bhavati rucam aśnute //
JB, 1, 82, 7.0 tāṃ prajāpatir abravīd bhāgadheyaṃ te karomy
atha sarpeti //
JB, 1, 82, 10.0 atha yat svāhā sarasvatyā iti juhoti vācaṃ tad uttarāṃ svāhākārād dadhāti //
JB, 1, 83, 3.0 atha dvitīyāṃ juhoti sūryo mā devo divyebhyo rakṣobhyaḥ pātu vāta āntarikṣebhyo 'gniḥ pārthivebhyaḥ svāheti //
JB, 1, 87, 17.0 sa yadaiva sarvābhiḥ stuyur
athottamām agre brūyād athāvarām athāvarām //
JB, 1, 87, 17.0 sa yadaiva sarvābhiḥ stuyur athottamām agre brūyād
athāvarām athāvarām //
JB, 1, 87, 17.0 sa yadaiva sarvābhiḥ stuyur athottamām agre brūyād athāvarām
athāvarām //
JB, 1, 89, 9.0 tena
samupahūyāthānumantrayeta yo devānām iha somapītho 'smin yajñe barhiṣi vedyāṃ tasyedaṃ bhakṣayāmasīti //
JB, 1, 89, 10.0 yadi ca ha pradhāvayati yadi ca
nātha hāsya bhakṣita eva devasomo bhavati //
JB, 1, 93, 22.0 asya pratnām anu dyutam iti pratipadaṃ kurvīta yasya pitā vā pitāmaho vā śreyān syād
athātmanā pāpīyān iva manyeta //
JB, 1, 96, 23.0 atha ha vai sa eva devaḥ so 'martyo yasya vīrasya sato vīro vīryavān ājāyate //
JB, 1, 98, 7.0 atho ha tam eva dhīpsanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃsaṃ dhīpsatīti //
JB, 1, 106, 2.0 teṣām agniḥ prathama udajayad
atha mitrāvaruṇāv athendraḥ //
JB, 1, 106, 2.0 teṣām agniḥ prathama udajayad atha mitrāvaruṇāv
athendraḥ //
JB, 1, 107, 13.0 atho yasminn evaṃvid grāme bhavati sa u haiva taṃ grāmaṃ jayati //
JB, 1, 124, 19.0 atho ha so 'kᄆpta eva pavamāno yasmin nādhi triṇidhanaṃ bhavati //
JB, 1, 128, 4.0 atha yan mano 'gre bṛhad apaśyat tasmād u bṛhadrathantare ity ākhyāyete //
JB, 1, 129, 11.0 athānumantrayeta prāṇair amuṣya prāṇān vṛṅkṣva takṣaṇena tekṣṇīyasāyur asya prāṇān vṛṅkṣva kruddha enaṃ manyunā daṇḍena jahi dhanur enam ātatyeṣvā vidhyeti //
JB, 1, 133, 9.0 atha yac chānam indreti pratiharati neśāno yajamānasya paśūn abhimanyate śāntāḥ prajā edhante //
JB, 1, 133, 15.0 atha yan nasthuṣa ity āha nāsya śrīs tiṣṭhati bahavo 'sya svāyātena yānti //
JB, 1, 140, 16.0 atha ha vā etad bharadvājaḥ pṛśnistotraṃ dadarśa paśukāmaḥ kayā naś citra ā bhuvad revatīr naḥ sadhamāde 'bhī ṣu ṇaḥ sakhīnām iti //
JB, 1, 144, 18.0 atho āhur yāvad eva goḥ sūtāyā ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 19.0 atho āhur yāvad eva śakṛty ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 154, 20.0 atha ha kalayo gandharvā antaḥsthāṃ cerur netarān netarān ādriyamāṇāḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 25.0 atha vai vo manasānvāsiṣmahīty abruvann anv eva na ābhajateti //
JB, 1, 158, 1.0 atho haitad avacchinnam ivaiva mādhyaṃdināt savanāt tṛtīyasavanam //
JB, 1, 163, 8.0 tasyāṃ ha yadārthaṃ cakre
'tha haināṃ tad evābhisaṃjagrāha //
JB, 1, 167, 3.0 sa yadoṣṇam udgṛhṇāty
atha hedam upary uṣṇo bhavaty adha u ha tadā śīto bhavati //
JB, 1, 167, 6.0 atha yadā śītam udgṛhṇāty atha hedam upari śīto bhavaty adha u ha tadoṣṇo bhavati //
JB, 1, 167, 6.0 atha yadā śītam udgṛhṇāty
atha hedam upari śīto bhavaty adha u ha tadoṣṇo bhavati //
JB, 1, 171, 6.0 atha hainam āsasrur yajamānasya vai ta udgātuḥ putrau putram amīmaratām antakadhṛtiṃ sauvratiṃ nakiraś ca śakapūtaś ceti //
JB, 1, 175, 9.0 atha yad o yirā yirā cā dākṣāsā ity āha annaṃ vā irā annādyam eva tad agner vaiśvānarasya mukhato 'pidadhāti //
JB, 1, 176, 10.0 atha yad dāyivam ity āha divaṃ saṃstuto yajño gamayitavya ity āhur divam evaitat saṃstutaṃ yajñaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 176, 13.0 atha yat priyaṃ mitraṃ nu śaṃsiṣam ity āha priyam eva mitraṃ śaṃsate //
JB, 1, 177, 3.0 atha yad āyumety āhāyur evaitad udgātātmaṃś ca yajamāne ca dadhāti //
JB, 1, 177, 11.0 atha yad bahūnām ity āha bahūnām evainam etat trātāraṃ karoti //
JB, 1, 184, 6.0 tau yadāpibatām atṛpyatām
atha hainaṃ tad eva rathacakreṇāpidhāya gobhiḥ praitām //
JB, 1, 189, 7.0 atha ha vā etena sāmnā devā vaṃśam ivodyatyāsurān abhyatyakrāman //
JB, 1, 205, 7.0 athaitās tryakṣarā ekapadā bhavanti viṣṇoś chando bhurijaḥ śakvarya iti //
JB, 1, 225, 8.0 tad āhur yad ājyena divā caranty
atha kenaiṣāṃ rātrir ājyavatī bhavatīti //
JB, 1, 229, 8.0 atha yaḥ kāmayeta prajā macchreyasī syād iti rathantaram eva prathame tṛce kuryād vāmadevyam uttarayoḥ //
JB, 1, 229, 44.0 athaitasya sarveṣu chandassu sarveṣu kāmeṣu stutaṃ bhavati yo bṛhatīṣu stute //
JB, 1, 230, 1.0 tad āhur yat trivṛd eva stomānāṃ laghiṣṭho rathantaraṃ sāmnām āśvinam u vai śastrāṇāṃ gariṣṭham
atha kasmāt trivṛd eva stomānāṃ rathantaraṃ sāmnām āśvinasya śastraṃ pratyudyantum arhata iti //
JB, 1, 231, 1.0 tad āhur yat pavamānavanto 'nye yajñakratavo
'tha kenaiṣāṃ rātriḥ pavamānavatī bhavatīti //
JB, 1, 231, 12.0 atho haiṣām eka eva paryāya āyatanavān syād anāyatanau dvau syātāṃ yat sakṛddhiṃkṛtaiḥ stuvīran //
JB, 1, 232, 1.0 tad āhur yad ekaviṃśam anu sarve yajñakratavaḥ saṃtiṣṭhante 'ty u vā ekaviṃśāny ukthāni rātrir ety
atha kenaiṣām ekaviṃśam anu rātriḥ saṃtiṣṭhata iti //
JB, 1, 232, 3.0 atha ha smāha bhāllabeyaḥ ka u svid adyobhayatojyotiṣā yajñakratunā yakṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 234, 6.0 atha ha hṛtsvāśayā āllakeyo māhāvṛṣo rājā putraṃ dīkṣayāṃcakāra //
JB, 1, 235, 4.0 atha yad ata ūrdhvaṃ viṃśatiś śataṃ sahasram ity aṅgāny evāsyā etāni parvāṇi //
JB, 1, 238, 8.0 atho yathā pātre 'ṅgārā optāḥ syur evam evaiṣu lokeṣu dṛśe 'nanta āsa //
JB, 1, 241, 11.0 atho hāsyaite eva devate eṣu lokeṣu sarvapāpmānam apaghnatyau tiṣṭhataḥ //
JB, 1, 242, 4.0 atha catvāri chandāṃsi mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ gāyatrī bṛhatī kakup triṣṭup //
JB, 1, 242, 10.0 atha ṣaṭ chandāṃsi tṛtīyasavanaṃ gāyatry uṣṇikkakubhāv anuṣṭub jagatī bṛhatī //
JB, 1, 242, 20.0 atha yāni ṣoḍaśātiricyante tāni yajñāyajñīyasya bṛhatyām upadadhāti //
JB, 1, 243, 11.0 atha yā gāyatrī pariśiṣyate tām ada ekānnasaptatyāṃ prātassavanasya stotriyāsu pratyupadadhāti //
JB, 1, 244, 10.0 athaitad dvau mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ sampādayata udgātā ca hotā ca //
JB, 1, 244, 18.0 atha yasmād yathaiva purā tṛtīyasavanaṃ tathā tṛtīyasavanaṃ tasmād u brāhmaṇāc ca rājanyāc ca vaiśyo lokītaraḥ //
JB, 1, 247, 4.0 atha ha vā etāni mṛtyor mukhāni bṛhaty eva prativibhavitum arhati nānyac chandaḥ //
JB, 1, 248, 15.0 atha ha smāhāruṇiḥ kiṃ so 'bhicaret kiṃ vābhicāryamāṇa ādriyeta ya etaṃ trivṛtaṃ vajraṃ tribhṛṣṭim acchidram acchambaṭkāriṇam ahar ahar imān lokān anuvartamānaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 249, 11.0 atha ha smāha śvetaketur āruṇeyo yathāśvasya śvetasya kṛṣṇakarṇasyetthādānītasya rūpaṃ syād evam evāham etasya stomasya rūpaṃ veda tāvaddṛśenyaṃ tāvadvapuṣeṇyam //
JB, 1, 259, 3.0 atha yad yajñāj jāyate tad amuṣmai lokāya jāyate gandharvalokāya jāyate devalokāya jāyate svargāya lokāya jāyate //
JB, 1, 261, 21.0 atha yaś cakṣus triṣṭub iti vidvān udgāyaty ahrītamukhī paśyo draṣṭāsmād ājāyate darśanīyaḥ //
JB, 1, 261, 22.0 atha yaś śrotraṃ jagatīti vidvān udgāyati śuśrūṣuś śrotriyo 'smād ājāyate śravaṇīyaḥ //
JB, 1, 261, 23.0 atha yo vāg anuṣṭub iti vidvān udgāyati śaṃstodgātā vācorādhy asmād ājāyate //
JB, 1, 262, 4.0 atha yarhy etad udantāḥ purā nāvediṣus tasmād udanteṣu purā sarvair vīraiḥ saha vīro nājani //
JB, 1, 262, 5.0 atha yata idam udantān evaṃvidaś ca sacanta evaṃvidaś cainān yājayanti tato hārvācīnam udanteṣu sarvair vīraiḥ saha vīra ājāyate //
JB, 1, 263, 5.0 atha yat triṣṭubhaṃ gāyati kṣatraṃ vai triṣṭub etāni vai kṣatre śilpāni hastī niṣko 'śvatarīratho 'śvaratho rukmaḥ kaṃsas tāny eva tad āhṛtya brahmaṇy anakti //
JB, 1, 263, 6.0 atha yaj jagatīṃ gāyati viḍ vai jagaty etāni vai viśi śilpāni goaśvaṃ hastihiraṇyam ajāvikaṃ vrīhiyavās tilamāṣāḥ sarpiḥ kṣīraṃ rayiḥ puṣṭis tāny eva tad āhṛtya brahmaṇy anakti //
JB, 1, 263, 8.0 atha yad anuṣṭubhaṃ gāyaty ānuṣṭubho vai śūdraś śūdrād eva tad āhṛtya brahmaṇy anakti //
JB, 1, 264, 6.0 atha yata idam etā vigīyante tato haitāni śilpāni brāhmaṇeṣv adhigamyante //
JB, 1, 264, 14.0 atha yad enān pāpī kīrtir anūttiṣṭhati vyagāsiṣur iti yau vai yudhyete yāv ṛtīyete tāv āhur vyagāsiṣṭām iti //
JB, 1, 265, 7.0 atha yat triṣṭubhaṃ gāyati kṣatraṃ vai triṣṭup kṣatriyam eva tad brāhmaṇasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 265, 11.0 atha yaj jagatīṃ gāyati viḍ vai jagatī vaiśyam eva tad brāhmaṇasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 265, 16.0 atha yad anuṣṭubhaṃ gāyaty ānuṣṭubho vai śūdraś śūdram eva tad brāhmaṇasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 266, 5.0 atha yat traiṣṭubhaṃ san mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ gāyatreṇaivānupratipadyate brāhmaṇam eva tat kṣatriyasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 266, 9.0 atha yaj jāgataṃ sat tṛtīyasavanaṃ gāyatreṇaivānupratipadyate brāhmaṇam eva tad vaiśyasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 266, 14.0 atha yad anuṣṭubhaṃ gāyaty ānuṣṭubho vai śūdro brāhmaṇam eva tac chūdrasya sve 'nvābhajati //
JB, 1, 271, 1.0 athaiteṣāṃ mahatāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ samuditam āruṇer jīvalasya kārīrāder aṣāḍhasya sāvayasasyendradyumnasya bhāllabeyasyeti //
JB, 1, 271, 4.0 sa hovācāṣāḍha ām āruṇe yat sahaiva brahmacaryam acarāva sahānvabravīvahy
atha kenedaṃ tvam asmān atyanūciṣe //
JB, 1, 271, 12.0 atha hocur jīvalaṃ kārīrādiṃ yad idaṃ tvam eva tasyārdhasya śreṣṭho 'si yasminn asy api tvā rājāno 'dhastād upāsate kena tvam idaṃ prāpitheti //
JB, 1, 271, 19.0 atha hocur aṣāḍhaṃ sāvayasaṃ yad idaṃ tvaṃ śārkarākṣāṇāṃ vāva grāmaṇy evāsi kena tvam idaṃ prāpitheti //
JB, 1, 271, 26.0 atha hocur indradyumnaṃ bhāllabeyaṃ yad idaṃ tavoparyupary anyān kīrtiś carati vivacanam evāsi kena tvam idaṃ prāpitheti //
JB, 1, 272, 8.0 atha hovāca jīvalaḥ kārīrādis triṣṭubham evāhaṃ śriyam upāsa iti //
JB, 1, 272, 12.0 atha hovācāṣāḍhaḥ sāvayaso jagatīm evāhaṃ bhūmānaṃ prajātim upāsa iti //
JB, 1, 272, 15.0 atha hovācendradyumno bhāllabeyo 'nuṣṭubham evāhaṃ yaśa upāsa iti //
JB, 1, 273, 2.0 atha ya evam etāni sarvāṇy ekadhā vedaivaṃ haitāni sarvāṇy ekadhā bhavanty ekadhaiva śreṣṭhaḥ svānāṃ bhavati //
JB, 1, 275, 4.0 atha ya etair asaṃsiddhair aśaknuvann anupahanyamāna udgāyed yathāyantaṃ pratimīved yathā yad yācet tan na dadyāt tādṛg u tat //
JB, 1, 275, 10.0 tad āhur yad anyāni stotrāṇi stotriyapratipado
'tha kasmāt pavamānā astotriyapratipada iti //
JB, 1, 276, 19.0 atha yasmāt pṛṣṭhokthaiḥ parācīnaiś cārvācīnaiś ca stuvate tasmād u parācīś cārvācīś ca prajāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 11.0 tad yat pavamānasāmāni parāñcy eva bhavanty
atheyam ṛg anuniveṣṭate tena devā manuṣyeṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 12.0 atha yad abhyāvartiṣv ṛcaṃ niveṣṭamānāṃ sāmānuniveṣṭate teno manuṣyā deveṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 278, 5.0 atha yasmāt pṛṣṭhokthair nānārūpāsu nānādevatyāsu stuvate tasmād u prajā nānārūpāś śveto rohitaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ //
JB, 1, 278, 19.0 atha yat tato 'dhvaryuḥ sampraiṣān vadati prajāpataya eva tad yajñasya rasaṃ pradāya tam āpyāyayati //
JB, 1, 280, 3.0 tad yat tatrānyad anyac chandaḥ kriyate
'tha tad gāyatram ity ākhyāyate //
JB, 1, 280, 5.0 tad yat tatrānyad anyac chandaḥ kriyate
'tha tat traiṣṭubham ity ākhyāyate //
JB, 1, 280, 7.0 tad yat tatrānyad anyac chandaḥ kriyate
'tha taj jāgatam ity ākhyāyate //
JB, 1, 282, 2.0 yadi ca bhakṣayiṣyanto bhavanti yadi ca
nātha haiva gacchanti //
JB, 1, 284, 12.0 atha horjo jānāyanaḥ kapivanaṃ bhauvāyanaṃ papraccha yad gāyatraṃ prātassavanaṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ jāgataṃ tṛtīyasavanam atha keyam anuṣṭub ayātayāmnī savanamukhāny upāpataty āntād yajñaṃ vahatīti //
JB, 1, 284, 12.0 atha horjo jānāyanaḥ kapivanaṃ bhauvāyanaṃ papraccha yad gāyatraṃ prātassavanaṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ jāgataṃ tṛtīyasavanam
atha keyam anuṣṭub ayātayāmnī savanamukhāny upāpataty āntād yajñaṃ vahatīti //
JB, 1, 285, 1.0 atha hāhīnasam āśvatthiṃ keśī dārbhyaḥ keśinā sātyakāminā purodhāyā aparurodha //
JB, 1, 285, 30.0 atha ha saṃgamanaḥ kṣaimiḥ satyayajñaṃ pauluṣiṃ papracchācāryeṇa prahita āruṇinā satyayajña pauluṣe yat stutā gāyatrī bhavati stūyate triṣṭub astutā jagatī kathaṃ tāḥ sarvāḥ sampadya mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam udyacchantīti //
JB, 1, 285, 33.0 sa yat pratyavakṣyad yasmād brāhmaṇaś ca vaiśyaś ca kṣatriyam adhastād upāsāte
atho yad asyādyāv abhavatām atho yad evaitad dvādaśākṣaraṃ padam iti //
JB, 1, 285, 33.0 sa yat pratyavakṣyad yasmād brāhmaṇaś ca vaiśyaś ca kṣatriyam adhastād upāsāte atho yad asyādyāv abhavatām
atho yad evaitad dvādaśākṣaraṃ padam iti //
JB, 1, 286, 28.0 atho yaj jagatī na sarvam ivātmānaṃ prāyacchat tasmād u kṣatrād viḍ apakrāmam iva carati //
JB, 1, 289, 9.0 atha yad uṣṇikkakubhor dve aṣṭākṣare pade tena te apyaitām //
JB, 1, 290, 9.0 atha haupāvir āruṇiṃ papracchāruṇa āruṇe kasmai kam anuṣṭub yajñam udyacchatīti //
JB, 1, 292, 22.0 atho hāsyaitāny eva pañca jyotīṃṣīddhāny eṣu lokeṣu dīpyante 'gniḥ pṛthivyāṃ vāyur antarikṣa ādityo divi candramā nakṣatreṣu vidyud apsu //
JB, 1, 296, 14.0 atha yasmād bṛhataḥ stobhena pariṣṭubhyau ho ity arvāṅ prastauti tasmād asāv arvāṅ loko 'rvāṅ asāv ādityas tapaty arvāṅ candramā arvāñci nakṣatrāṇy arvācī vṛṣṭir eti sarvam evārvāk //
JB, 1, 297, 8.0 atha yasmād bṛhataḥ stobhena pariṣṭubhya prastauti tasmād bārhatāḥ paśavo māṃsapratiṣṭhānā attāraḥ //
JB, 1, 297, 19.0 atha yā etā apaḥ patny upapravartayati yā eva tatra vaster bhidyamānasyāpo yanti tā eva tāḥ //
JB, 1, 298, 25.0 atha yat pareṇa divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa pṛthivīm āpas teno bahirnidhane iti //
JB, 1, 298, 32.0 atha yat pareṇa divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa pṛthivīm āpas teno vāmadevye bṛhadrathantare iti //
JB, 1, 303, 1.0 athaitebhyas tribhyo rūpebhyo madhyaṃdinān neyād andhasvato marutvataḥ pratnavataḥ //
JB, 1, 304, 22.0 atho hāsyaita eva vajrā eṣu lokeṣu sarvaṃ pāpmānam apasedhantas tiṣṭhanti //
JB, 1, 305, 33.0 atha yan nidhanena bṛhatīṃ paricakṣate yuvāna ivaitarhi paśavo bhavanty ajīrṇā iva //
JB, 1, 307, 12.0 tāny u ha vai yo 'jāmi yathāpūrvaṃ kalpayed aiḍam eva prathamaṃ kuryād
atha svāram atha nidhanavat //
JB, 1, 307, 12.0 tāny u ha vai yo 'jāmi yathāpūrvaṃ kalpayed aiḍam eva prathamaṃ kuryād atha svāram
atha nidhanavat //
JB, 1, 308, 2.0 atha yeṣu samapādayetāṃ tāni rāthantarabārhatāni cābhavan bārhatarāthantarāṇi ca //
JB, 1, 308, 5.0 atha yad ṛcāprastāvaṃ bahirnidhanaṃ tad rāthantarabārhatam //
JB, 1, 308, 6.0 atha yat purastātstobham antarnidhanaṃ tad bārhatarāthantaram //
JB, 1, 308, 10.0 tāny u ha vai yo 'jāmi yathāpūrvaṃ kalpayed rāthantaram eva prathamaṃ kuryād
atha bārhatam atha rāthantarabārhatam atha bārhatarāthantaram //
JB, 1, 308, 10.0 tāny u ha vai yo 'jāmi yathāpūrvaṃ kalpayed rāthantaram eva prathamaṃ kuryād atha bārhatam
atha rāthantarabārhatam atha bārhatarāthantaram //
JB, 1, 308, 10.0 tāny u ha vai yo 'jāmi yathāpūrvaṃ kalpayed rāthantaram eva prathamaṃ kuryād atha bārhatam atha rāthantarabārhatam
atha bārhatarāthantaram //
JB, 1, 311, 5.0 atha yathetarāṇy aṅgāni sthitāny evam anyāni stotrāṇi sthitāny eva //
JB, 1, 311, 18.0 atha yā kanīyasī gavyūtiḥ kanīyasy ṛddhis tām ekarcenardhnoti //
JB, 1, 311, 24.0 atho yad eva prastāvaḥ pratihāro nidhanaṃ teno eva tṛcebhyo naiti //
JB, 1, 319, 12.0 atha ya enāḥ prātassavane gītvā mādhyaṃdine ca savane tṛtīyasavane ca gāyati tasya haiva yathāyatanaṃ gītā bhavanti //
JB, 1, 319, 13.0 idaṃ vā enā eṣa tad āyatanāc cyāvayati ya enā mādhyaṃdināyatanāś ca satīs tṛtīyasavanāyatanāś
cātha prātassavana eva gāyati //
JB, 1, 319, 14.0 atha ya evaināḥ prātassavane gītvā mādhyaṃdine ca savane tṛtīyasavane ca gāyati sa evainā āyataneṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati //
JB, 1, 321, 5.0 atho hāsyaitābhyām eva dhūrbhyāṃ sarvā dhura upāptā bhavanti //
JB, 1, 323, 26.0 atho hāsyaita eva vajrā eṣu lokeṣu sarvaṃ pāpmānam apahatyom ity eva svargaṃ lokam ārohati //
JB, 1, 327, 2.0 atha mahimnaḥ saṃbharati yas te agnau mahimā yas te apsu rathe yas te mahimā stanayitnau ya u te vāte yas te mahimā tena saṃbhava rathantara draviṇasvan na edhīti //
JB, 1, 327, 3.0 atha vāmadevyaṃ purastāc chāntim abhivyāharati prajāpatir asi vāmadevya brahmaṇaś śaraṇa tan mā pāhīti //
JB, 1, 327, 4.0 athaitā amṛtavyāhṛtīr abhivyāharati bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ ka idam udgāsyati sa idam udgāsyatīti //
JB, 1, 327, 13.0 atha ye 'śānte bṛhadrathantare gāyanti te haite yuvānaś śrotriyāḥ pramīyante svayam upariṣṭād vāmadevyam //
JB, 1, 329, 3.0 atha yo 'kṣareṣu stobdhi sva eva tad āyatane pratitiṣṭhati //
JB, 1, 332, 6.0 atha yo 'kṣareṣu stobdhy annam u vai stobhas stobhena stobhenaiva mṛtyor āsyam apidhāyaitaṃ mṛtyum atitarati //
JB, 1, 332, 8.0 atha yo 'nyatrākṣarebhyaḥ stobdhi sa evaitaṃ samudraṃ praviśati //
JB, 1, 332, 9.0 atha yo 'kṣareṣu stobdhi yathā nāvā vā plavena vā dvīpād dvīpaṃ saṃkrāmed evam evaitaṃ samudram atitarati //
JB, 1, 335, 9.0 atha haike rathantarasāmnaś caiva bṛhatsāmnaś cordhvām eveḍām upayanty anavadhmātaiṣeḍā svargyeti //
JB, 1, 341, 4.0 atha yad rātriṃ channāṃ satīṃ tām āvir gāyati tasmād u hedaṃ naktaṃ kiṃ ca nirjñāyate //
JB, 1, 341, 12.0 tad yad etāni sāmāni saṃvatsare kriyante
'thāto 'gniṣṭomasāmnām eva gānam //
JB, 1, 347, 8.0 atho khalv āhur yatraivetare 'vabhṛtham abhyaveyus tad asthāny avahareyuḥ //
JB, 1, 348, 6.0 atho khalv āhur ya evāyaṃ vaiśvānaraḥ prāyaṇīyo 'tirātras tenaiva yajerann iti //
JB, 1, 352, 22.0 tad udīcīnadaśaṃ pavitraṃ vitatya śalkam
asyātha rājānam ānayet //
JB, 1, 353, 17.0 yadi paryunnayeran punaḥ samavanayadhvam iti brūyād
atha tam evānūnnayeran //
JB, 1, 358, 14.0 atha yadīṣṭipaśubandheṣu vā darśapūrṇamāsayor vā bhuvaḥ svāhety anvāhāryapacane juhavātha //
JB, 1, 358, 16.0 atha yady anupasmṛtāt kuta idam ajanīti bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ svāhety āhavanīye juhavātha //
JB, 1, 358, 19.0 atha yasyaitad avidvān prāyaścittiṃ karoti yathā śīrṇena śīrṇaṃ saṃdadhyācchīrṇe vā garam adhyādadhyāt tādṛk tat //
JB, 1, 358, 21.0 tad āhur yad ṛcā hotṛtvaṃ kriyate yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgītho
'tha kena brahmatvaṃ kriyata iti //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā
atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 360, 1.0 atha ha smāha bhāllabeya imaṃ ha vai lokaṃ devā aparapakṣe vardhayantīmam āpyāyayantīmaṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 360, 2.0 tasmāt pra pūrvāḥ prajāḥ paśava oṣadhayo vanaspatayo daghyante
'thāparāḥ kalyāṇītarāḥ kalyāṇītarāḥ pratidhīyanta iti //
JB, 1, 360, 4.0 tad āhur yad rathāhnyaṃ vā nadīṃ vā giribhidam asaṃsavaṃ manyante
'tha sattriṇaḥ sāmānyāṃ śālāyāṃ bahavaḥ sunvanta āsate yadi vai te manyante nānedaṃ yajāmahā iti saṃ tarhi sunvanti //
JB, 1, 361, 3.0 atho yad evaiṣā samānā satī devatā nānā prajāsu pratiṣṭhitā teno asaṃsutam iti //
JB, 1, 363, 1.0 atha ha vai naimiśīyā iti sattriṇo 'yasthūṇagṛhapatayaḥ sattraṃ niṣeduḥ //
JB, 2, 23, 3.0 tasmād dīkṣitān sata āhur āsata iti yady api te śayīrann
athottiṣṭheyuḥ //
JB, 2, 23, 6.0 tasmād utthitān sata āhur udasthur iti yady api ta āsīrann
atho śayīran //
JB, 2, 41, 1.0 atha ha vai trayaḥ pūrve 'gnaya āsur bhūpatir bhuvanapatir bhūtānāṃ patiḥ //
JB, 2, 41, 8.0 atha ha vai trayaḥ pūrva ṛṣaya āsuḥ śūrpaṃyavam adhvānā antarvān kṛṣiḥ solvālāḥ //
JB, 2, 64, 23.0 sa yadā dīkṣaṇīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭheta yadainam adhvaryur abhyañjayed yadā saṃpavayed
athaitam ādityam upatiṣṭheta tvaṃ devatā dīkṣitāsi //
JB, 2, 129, 15.0 atha yā ekādaśa mādhyaṃdine savana ekādaśa rudrā rudrāṇām eva tena purodhām āśnuta //
JB, 2, 129, 16.0 atha yā dvādaśa tṛtīyasavane dvādaśādityā ādityānām eva tena purodhām āśnuta //
JB, 2, 129, 17.0 atha yām anūbaṃdhyāyām ekāṃ mitrāvaruṇayor eva tena purodhām āśnuta //
JB, 2, 129, 18.0 atha yām udavasānīyāyām ekāṃ karma karma me dakṣiṇāvad asad iti //
JB, 2, 129, 19.0 atha yam anusavanam aśvaṃ tṛtīyaśaḥ prajāpater eva tena purodhām āśnuta //
JB, 2, 155, 21.0 atha hābhiyugvāno nāmāṣṭau devānāṃ sahacarā āsur aṣṭau pitṝṇām aṣṭau manuṣyāṇām aṣṭāv asurāṇām //
JB, 2, 155, 23.0 tasmād u hainam indra eva jaghāna yad indraśatrur vardhasva svāheti pravartayāṃcakāra
atha yaddha prāvartayiṣyad indrasya śatrur vardhasva svāheti //
JB, 2, 251, 5.0 atho yāvat sahasraṃ prāṇaiḥ saṃ prāṇantīty atho yāvat sahasram āśvīnānīty atho yāvat sahasraṃ yojanānīty atho yāvat sahasram ahnyānīti //
JB, 2, 251, 5.0 atho yāvat sahasraṃ prāṇaiḥ saṃ prāṇantīty
atho yāvat sahasram āśvīnānīty atho yāvat sahasraṃ yojanānīty atho yāvat sahasram ahnyānīti //
JB, 2, 251, 5.0 atho yāvat sahasraṃ prāṇaiḥ saṃ prāṇantīty atho yāvat sahasram āśvīnānīty
atho yāvat sahasraṃ yojanānīty atho yāvat sahasram ahnyānīti //
JB, 2, 251, 5.0 atho yāvat sahasraṃ prāṇaiḥ saṃ prāṇantīty atho yāvat sahasram āśvīnānīty atho yāvat sahasraṃ yojanānīty
atho yāvat sahasram ahnyānīti //
JB, 3, 122, 14.0 te hocur mantrayitvā ekaṃ vai dve trīṇi paramam anayā dhanāni labhemahy
athainayeha sarvam eva lapsyāmahe //
JB, 3, 123, 3.0 atha hāśvinau darvihomiṇau bhiṣajyantāv idaṃ ceratur anapisomau //
JB, 3, 146, 17.0 te devā vatsair uttarato 'tiṣṭhann
athāsurā mātṛbhir dakṣiṇataḥ //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 2, 6.0 tat pratigṛhṇāti mayi varco
atho bhagam atho yajñasya yat payaḥ parameṣṭhī prajāpatir divi dyām iva dṛṃhatv iti //
JaimŚS, 2, 6.0 tat pratigṛhṇāti mayi varco atho bhagam
atho yajñasya yat payaḥ parameṣṭhī prajāpatir divi dyām iva dṛṃhatv iti //
JaimŚS, 2, 18.0 athainaṃ devayajanaṃ yācati udgātar devayajanaṃ me dehīti //
JaimŚS, 2, 23.0 atha yadi gām utsṛjet tām etenaivotsṛjed gaur dhenur havyā mātā rudrāṇāṃ duhitā vasūnāṃ svasādityānām amṛtasya nābhiḥ //
JaimŚS, 4, 1.0 atha yady agniṃ cinvīta pañca svarṇajyotirnidhanāni sāmāni gāyet //
JaimŚS, 5, 14.0 yadā dvitīyam apaḥ pariṣiñcaty
athainam āha prastotaḥ sāma gāyeti //
JaimŚS, 6, 1.0 yadā dhiṣṇyān nivapanty
athājyasthālīṃ sasruvām ādāyottareṇāgnīdhraṃ ca sadaś ca parītyāparayā dvārā sadaḥ prapadyaudumbarīm anvārabhate //
JaimŚS, 6, 8.0 dyutānas tvā māruto minotu mitrāvaruṇayor dhruveṇa dharmaṇeti
athainām ājyenābhijuhoti //
JaimŚS, 8, 14.0 athāha namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pūrvasadbhyo namaḥ sākaṃ niṣadbhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 9, 17.0 athodgātaikarcaṃ gāyatraṃ gāyaty uccā te jātam andhaseti //
JaimŚS, 10, 2.0 adhvaryuprathamaḥ sarpaty
atha prastotāthodgātā yajamāno brahmā ṣaṣṭhaḥ sarpati //
JaimŚS, 10, 2.0 adhvaryuprathamaḥ sarpaty atha
prastotāthodgātā yajamāno brahmā ṣaṣṭhaḥ sarpati //
JaimŚS, 11, 18.0 atha stuvānaḥ pavamāneṣu madhyamām adhvaryave prāhottamām āvartiṣu hotre //
JaimŚS, 11, 19.0 athaitad udapātraṃ cātvāle 'vanayati samudraṃ vaḥ prahiṇomy akṣitā svāṃ yonim apigacchatāriṣṭā asmākaṃ vīrāḥ santu mā parāseci na svam iti //
JaimŚS, 12, 1.0 yadā savanīyasya vapayā caritaṃ bhavaty
athodgātāraś cātvāle mārjayanta āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuvas tā na ūrje dadhātana /
JaimŚS, 14, 10.0 atha camasam avekṣata udgātā śyeno nṛcakṣā asy agnes tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīti //
JaimŚS, 14, 12.0 athopahavam icchate hotar upahvayasva prastotar upahvayasva pratihartar upahvayasva subrahmaṇyopahvayasveti udgātaiva hotary upahavam icchate //
JaimŚS, 15, 5.0 athātmānaṃ pratyabhimṛśaty ūrdhvaḥ saptarṣīn upatiṣṭhasvendrapīto vācaspate saptartvijo 'bhyucchrayasva juṣasva lokaṃ mā māvagāḥ soma rārandhi no hṛdi pitā no 'si bhagavo namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JaimŚS, 16, 13.0 atha yadi harivatīṣu ṣoḍaśī syād indraś ca samrāḍ varuṇaśca rājā tau te bhakṣaṃ cakratur agra etat //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty
atha hotre 'thādhvaryave 'thodgātre 'tha sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo 'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty atha hotre
'thādhvaryave 'thodgātre 'tha sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo 'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty atha hotre 'thādhvaryave
'thodgātre 'tha sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo 'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty atha hotre 'thādhvaryave 'thodgātre
'tha sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo 'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty atha hotre 'thādhvaryave 'thodgātre 'tha
sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo 'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 17, 8.0 ātreyāya prathamāṃ gāṃ dattvā brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nayanty atha hotre 'thādhvaryave 'thodgātre 'tha sadasyāyātha hotrakebhyo
'tha prasarpakebhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 18, 10.0 atha mahimnaḥ saṃbharati yas te agnau mahimā yas te apsu rathe yas te mahimā stanayitnau ya u te vāte yas te mahimā tena saṃbhava rathaṃtara draviṇasvan na edhīti //
JaimŚS, 18, 11.0 atha vāmadevyaṃ purastācchāntim abhivyāharati prajāpatir asi vāmadevyaṃ brahmaṇaḥ śaraṇaṃ tanmā pāhīti //
JaimŚS, 19, 1.0 atha tṛtīyasavane prapadanasyāvṛtā prapadya vedyākramaṇena vedim ākramyādityam upatiṣṭhate 'dhvanām adhvapata ity etenaiva //
JaimŚS, 19, 2.0 athaindrīm āvṛtam anvāvarta iti dakṣiṇaṃ bāhum anu paryāvṛtyottareṇāgnīdhraṃ ca sadaś ca parītya paścāt sadasa īkṣamāṇaḥ samastān dhiṣṇyān upatiṣṭhate 'gnayaḥ sagarā ity etenaiva //
JaimŚS, 19, 3.0 atha sadaḥ prapadyaitayaivāvṛtopaviśya dakṣiṇena hotur dhiṣṇyaṃ pūrvayā dvārā sadaso 'dhi niṣkramya pūrvayā dvārā havirdhānaṃ prapadyottarasmin havirdhāne pūtabhṛtaṃ pavayati vasavas tvā punantv ity etenaiva //
JaimŚS, 20, 12.0 atho saumyasyopahatyākṣṇor ādadhīta yena hy ājim ajayan nṛcakṣā yena śyenaṃ śakunaṃ suparṇaṃ yad āhuś cakṣur aditāv anantaṃ somo nṛcakṣā mayi taddadhātv iti //
JaimŚS, 22, 21.0 athaitaj japati śaṃ ca ma upa ca ma āyuśca me bhūyaś ca me yajña śivo me saṃtiṣṭhasva yajña sviṣṭo me saṃtiṣṭhasva yajñāriṣṭo me saṃtiṣṭhasveti //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 3, 3.0 athodakam āsiñcati iheta devīr amṛtaṃ vasānā hiraṇyavarṇā anavadyarūpāḥ āpaḥ samudro varuṇaś ca rājā saṃpātabhāgān haviṣo juṣantām indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahantu indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā divas pṛthivyā śriyam ud vahantu iti //
KauśS, 1, 6, 33.0 athāpi ślokau bhavataḥ ājyabhāgāntaṃ prāktantram ūrdhvaṃ sviṣṭakṛtā saha havīṃṣi yajña āvāpo yathā tantrasya tantavaḥ pākayajñān samāsādyaikājyān ekabarhiṣaḥ ekasviṣṭakṛtaḥ kuryānnānāpi sati daivata iti //
KauśS, 4, 12, 18.0 athāsyai bhagam utkhanati yaṃ te bhagaṃ nicakhnus triśile yaṃ catuḥśile idaṃ tam utkhanāmi prajayā ca dhanena ceti //
KauśS, 7, 5, 1.0 atha nāpitaṃ samādiśatyakṣaṇvan vapa keśaśmaśrur oma parivapa nakhāni kurviti //
KauśS, 7, 5, 7.0 athainam ahatena vasanena paridhāpayati paridhatteti dvābhyām //
KauśS, 7, 5, 10.0 athainam apareṇāhatena vasanenācchādayaty ayaṃ vaste garbhaṃ pṛthivyā iti pañcabhiḥ //
KauśS, 7, 6, 18.0 athāpi paritvaramāṇa āyātu mitra ity api khalv etāvataivopanīto bhavati //
KauśS, 7, 7, 12.1 athainaṃ saṃśāsty agneś cāsi brahmacārin mama cāpo 'śāna karma kurūrdhvas tiṣṭhan mā divā svāpsīḥ samidha ādhehi //
KauśS, 7, 7, 13.1 athainaṃ bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāty agnaye tvā paridadāmi brahmaṇe tvā paridadāmy udaṅkyāya tvā śūlvāṇāya paridadāmi śatruṃjayāya tvā kṣātrāṇāya paridadāmi mārtyuṃjayāya tvā mārtyavāya paridadāmy aghorāya tvā paridadāmi takṣakāya tvā vaiśāleyāya paridadāmi hāhāhūhūbhyāṃ tvā gandharvābhyāṃ paridadāmi yogakṣemābhyāṃ tvā paridadāmi bhayāya ca tvābhayāya ca paridadāmi viśvebhyas tvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyas tvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi viśvebhyas tvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyas tvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmi saprajāpatikebhyaḥ //
KauśS, 8, 6, 12.1 athāmuṣyaudanasyāvadānānāṃ ca madhyāt pūrvārdhācca dvir avadāyopariṣṭād udakenābhighārya juhoti somena pūto jaṭhare sīda brahmaṇām ārṣeyeṣu ni dadha odana tveti //
KauśS, 8, 9, 7.1 yadyavasiñcen mayi varco
atho yaśa iti brahmā yajamānaṃ vācayati //
KauśS, 9, 4, 43.1 atha prātar utthāyāgniṃ nirmathya yathāsthānaṃ praṇīya yathāpuram agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
KauśS, 9, 5, 1.2 samatīte saṃdhivarṇe
'tha hāvayet susamiddhe pāvaka āhutīṣahiḥ //
KauśS, 11, 1, 23.0 atha videśe pretasyā rohata janitrīṃ jātavedasa iti pṛthag araṇīṣvagnīn samāropayanti //
KauśS, 11, 1, 42.0 athobhayor apeta dadāmīti śāntyudakaṃ kṛtvā saṃprokṣaṇībhyāṃ kāmpīlaśākhāyā dahanaṃ samprokṣya //
KauśS, 11, 1, 56.0 athāsya saptasu prāṇeṣu sapta hiraṇyaśakalāny avāsyaty amṛtam asy amṛtatvāyāmṛtam asmin dhehīti //
KauśS, 11, 2, 20.0 athobhayor apaśyaṃ yuvatiṃ prajānaty aghnya iti jaghanyāṃ gāṃ prasavyaṃ pariṇīyamānām anumantrayate //
KauśS, 11, 5, 14.1 athāvasāyeti paścāt pūrvakṛtebhyaḥ pūrvāṇi pūrvebhyo 'parāṇi yavīyasām //
KauśS, 11, 10, 9.1 atha yasya bhāryā dāsī vā pradrāviṇī bhavati ye 'mī taṇḍulāḥ prasavyaṃ parikīrṇā bhavanti tāṃs tasyai prayacchati //
KauśS, 12, 1, 6.1 atha ha sṛjaty atisṛṣṭo dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
KauśS, 13, 2, 1.1 atha yatraitāni varṣāṇi varṣanti ghṛtaṃ māṃsaṃ madhu ca yaddhiraṇyaṃ yāni cāpyanyāni ghorāṇi varṣāṇi varṣanti tat parābhavati kulaṃ vā grāmo vā janapado vā //
KauśS, 13, 3, 1.1 atha yatraitāni yakṣāṇi dṛśyante tad yathaitanmarkaṭaḥ śvāpado vāyasaḥ puruṣarūpam iti tad evam āśaṅkyam eva bhavati //
KauśS, 13, 4, 1.1 atha ha gomāyū nāma maṇḍūkau yatra vadatas tad yanmanyante māṃ prati vadato māṃ prati vadata iti tad evam āśaṅkyam eva bhavati //
KauśS, 13, 5, 1.1 atha yatraitat kulaṃ kalahi bhavati tan nirṛtigṛhītam ity ācakṣate //
KauśS, 13, 13, 1.1 atha yatraitad daivatāni nṛtyanti cyotanti hasanti gāyanti vānyāni vā rūpāṇi kurvanti ya āsurā manuṣyā mā no vidan namo devavadhebhya iti abhayair juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 15, 1.1 atha yatraitat sṛjantyor vā kṛtantyor vā nānā tantū saṃsṛjato manāyai tantuṃ prathamam ity etena sūktena juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 16, 1.1 atha yatraitad agnināgniḥ saṃsṛjyate bhavataṃ naḥ samanasau samokasāvityetena sūktena juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 17, 1.0 atha yatraitad ayamasūr yamau janayati tāṃ śāntyudakenābhyukṣya dohayitvā //
KauśS, 13, 18, 1.0 atha ced vaḍavā vā gardabhī vā syād evam eva prāñcam idhmam upasamādhāya //
KauśS, 13, 20, 1.0 atha yatraitad dhenavo lohitaṃ duhate yaḥ pauruṣeyeṇa kraviṣā samaṅkta ity etābhiś catasṛbhir juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 23, 1.1 atha yatraitad gaur vāśvo vāśvataro vā puruṣo vākāśaphenam avagandhayati tatra juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 26, 1.0 atha yatraitanmadhumakṣikā anācārarūpā dṛśyante madhu vātā ṛtāyata ity etena sūktena juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 28, 1.0 atha yatraitad grāme vāvasāne vāgniśaraṇe samajyāyāṃ vāvadīryeta catasro dhenava upakᄆptā bhavanti śvetā kṛṣṇā rohiṇī surūpā caturthī //
KauśS, 13, 31, 1.0 atha yatraitad vapāṃ vā havīṃṣi vā vayāṃsi dvipadacatuṣpadaṃ vābhimṛśyāvagaccheyur ye agnayo namo devavadhebhya ity etābhyāṃ sūktābhyāṃ juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 32, 1.1 atha yatraitat kumārasya kumāryā vā dvāvāvartau mūrdhanyau bhavataḥ savyāvṛd eko deśāvartas tatra juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 34, 1.0 atha yatraitad divolkā patati tad ayogakṣemāśaṅkaṃ bhavatyavṛṣṭyāśaṅkaṃ vā //
KauśS, 13, 34, 4.0 sa khalu pūrvaṃ navarātram āraṇyaśākamūlaphalabhakṣaś
cāthottaraṃ trirātraṃ nānyad udakāt //
KauśS, 13, 34, 9.0 athāmuṃ navanītaṃ sauvarṇe pātre vilāpya sauvarṇena sruveṇa rakṣoghnaiś ca sūktair yām āhus tārakaiṣā vikeśītyetena sūktenājyaṃ juhvan //
KauśS, 13, 35, 1.1 atha yatraitad dhūmaketuḥ saptarṣīn upadhūpayati tad ayogakṣemāśaṅkam ity uktam //
KauśS, 13, 40, 1.0 atha yatraitat sarpir vā tailaṃ vā madhu vā viṣyandati yad yāmaṃ cakrur nikhananta ity etena sūktena juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 41, 1.1 atha yatraitad grāmyo 'gniḥ śālāṃ dahaty apamityam apratīttaṃ ity etais tribhiḥ sūktair maiśradhānyasya pūrṇāñjaliṃ hutvā //
KauśS, 13, 43, 1.1 atha yatraitad vaṃśa sphoṭati kapāle 'ṅgārā bhavantyudapātraṃ barhir ājyaṃ tad ādāya //
KauśS, 13, 44, 1.1 atha yatraitat kumbhodadhānaḥ saktudhānī vokhā vāniṅgitā vikasati tatra juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 44, 4.1 atha ced odanasyānnam asy annaṃ me dehy annaṃ mā mā hiṃsīr iti triḥ prāśya //
KauśS, 13, 44, 6.1 atha ced udadhānaḥ syāt samudraṃ vaḥ prahiṇomīty etābhyām abhimantrya //
KauśS, 14, 5, 30.1 atha śiṣyaṃ sahādhyāyinam apradhānaguruṃ copasannam ahorātraṃ varjayet //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra, 4, 1, 1.0 athātaḥ śāntiṃ kariṣyan rogārto vā bhayārto vā ayājyaṃ vā yājayitvā apratigrāhyaṃ vā pratigṛhya trirātram upoṣyāhorātraṃ vā sāvitrīṃ cābhyāvartayitvā yāvacchaknuyād gaurasarṣapakalkaiḥ snātvā śuklam ahataṃ vā vāsaḥ paridhāya sravantībhir adbhir udakumbhaṃ navaṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ iti pūrayitvetarābhir vā gaurasarṣapadūrvāvrīhiyavān avanīya gandhamālyānāṃ ca yathopapādam agnaye sthālīpākasya hutvā sāvitryā sahasrād ūrdhvam ā dvādaśāt sahasrāt svaśaktitaḥ saṃpātam abhijuhoti //
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 3, 8, 6.0 atha yad asaṃnayan puroḍāśāvantareṇopāṃśvājyasya yajaty ajāmitāyai //
KauṣB, 3, 8, 7.0 atha yat saṃnayant sāṃnāyyasyāntareṇopāṃśvājyasya yajati tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 3, 8, 19.0 atha yat pradeśinyām iḍāyāḥ pūrvam añjanam adharauṣṭhe nilimpate //
KauṣB, 3, 12, 12.0 atha yad ilām upahvayate yan mārjayate yat śamyorvākam āha tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 4, 1, 6.0 atho āmāvāsyam evaitat pratyāharati yat paurṇamāsyām indraṃ yajati //
KauṣB, 4, 4, 5.0 atho dakṣo ha vai pārvatir etena yajñena iṣṭvā sarvān kāmān āpa //
KauṣB, 4, 4, 14.0 atha yad upavasathe agnīṣomīyam ekādaśakapālaṃ puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati //
KauṣB, 4, 4, 20.0 atha yad amāvāsyāyā upavasatha aindrāgnaṃ dvādaśakapālaṃ puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati //
KauṣB, 5, 1, 19.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāvājyabhāgau virājau saṃyājye tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 5, 2, 23.0 atha yat purastād vopariṣṭād vā śamyorvākasyānāvāhitān vājino yajati //
KauṣB, 5, 4, 5.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāvājyabhāgau virājau samyājye tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 5, 7, 8.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāvājyabhāgau virājau samyājye tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 5, 7, 9.0 atha yan nava prayājā navānuyājā aṣṭau havīṃṣi sviṣṭakṛn navamaḥ //
KauṣB, 5, 8, 4.0 tad āhur yad aparapakṣabhājaḥ pitaro
'tha kasmād etān pūrvapakṣe yajantīti //
KauṣB, 5, 8, 17.0 atha yat somaṃ pitṛmantaṃ pitṝn vā somavataḥ pitṝn barhiṣadaḥ pitṝn agniṣvāttān ity āvāhayati //
KauṣB, 5, 10, 10.0 atha yat saptadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sadvantāvājyabhāgau virājau samyājye tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 6, 9, 7.0 athainat pratigṛhṇāti devasya tvā savituḥ prasave aśvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pratigṛhṇāmīti //
KauṣB, 8, 5, 21.0 atho yān evādhvaryuḥ prādeśān abhimimīte tān evaitābhir anuvadati //
KauṣB, 8, 6, 5.0 atho yāvevādhvaryuḥ suvarṇarajatau hiraṇyaśakalau karoti tāvevaitābhyām anuvadati //
KauṣB, 10, 5, 3.0 ātmaniṣkrayaṇo haivāsyaiṣa tenātmānaṃ niṣkrīyānṛṇo
bhūtvātha yajate //
KauṣB, 10, 9, 6.0 tad āhur yan nānādevatāḥ paśava ālabhyante
'tha kasmād āgneyam evānvāheti //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 1.0 atha vai paṅkteḥ pañca padāni kathaṃ sārdharcaśo 'nuktā bhavatīti //
KauṣB, 11, 3, 1.0 atha sarvā ha vai devatā hotāraṃ prātaranuvākam anuvakṣyantam āśaṃsamānāḥ pratyupatiṣṭhante mayā pratipatsyate mayā pratipatsyata iti //
KauṣB, 11, 3, 2.0 sa ya ekāṃ devatām ādiśya
pratipadyetāthetarābhyo devatābhyo vṛścyeta //
KauṣB, 11, 5, 9.0 pratiṣṭhā vā avasānaṃ pratiṣṭhityā
evātho ubhayoḥ kāmayor āptyai //
KauṣB, 11, 7, 8.0 tad āhur yad imā haviryajñasya vā paśor vā sāmidhenyo
'tha kāḥ saumyasyādhvarasyeti //
KauṣB, 11, 8, 10.0 tad āhur yat sadasy ukthāni śasyante
atha kasmāddhavirdhānayoḥ prātaranuvākam anvāheti //
KauṣB, 11, 9, 10.0 taddhaike kaś chandasāṃ yogam ā veda dhīra iti
japitvātha āpo revatīḥ kṣayathā hi vasva iti pratipadyante //
KauṣB, 12, 4, 1.0 atha yat saha patnībhir yanti gandharvā ha vā indrasya somam apsu pratyāhitā gopāyanti //
KauṣB, 12, 5, 15.0 atha yasya etā ubhā udite juhvaty ubhau vānudite udakayājī sa na somayājī //
KauṣB, 12, 7, 11.0 atha yad enena tṛtīyasavane pracaranti tena tṛtīyasavanaṃ tīvrīkṛtam //
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
KU, 1, 2.6 atha ya enam na pratyāha tam iha vṛṣṭirbhūtvā varṣati /
KU, 1, 6.11 atha yad devāśca prāṇāśca tat tyaṃ tad ekayā vācābhivyāhriyate sattyam iti /
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 14.2 anantalokāptim
atho pratiṣṭhāṃ viddhi tvam etaṃ nihitaṃ guhāyām //
KaṭhUp, 1, 15.2 sa cāpi tat pratyavadad yathoktam
athāsya mṛtyuḥ punar āha tuṣṭaḥ //
KaṭhUp, 4, 2.2 atha dhīrā amṛtatvaṃ viditvā dhruvam adhruveṣv iha na prārthayante //
KaṭhUp, 6, 18.1 mṛtyuproktāṃ naciketo
'tha labdhvā vidyām etāṃ yogavidhiṃ ca kṛtsnam /
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
KhādGS, 1, 1, 27.0 hautrabrahmatve svayaṃ kurvan brahmāsanam upaviśya chattram uttarāsaṅgaṃ kamaṇḍaluṃ vā tatra
kṛtvāthānyatkuryāt //
KhādGS, 2, 2, 20.0 athāparaṃ nyagrodhaśuṅgām ubhayataḥphalām asrāmām akrimiparisṛptāṃ triḥsaptair yavaiḥ parikrīyotthāpayenmāṣairvā sarvatrauṣadhayaḥ sumanaso bhūtvā 'syāṃ vīryaṃ samādhatteyaṃ karma kariṣyatīti //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 12, 1.1 amīvahā vāstoṣpata iti catasṛbhir vāstoṣpatīyasya
sthālīpākasyeṣṭvātha vāstv āviśet /
KāṭhGS, 25, 11.1 atha juhoty agnaye janivide svāhā somāya janivide svāhā gandharvāya janivide svāhā //
KāṭhGS, 25, 29.1 ājyasyāñjalāv upastīryedaṃ havir ity
abhimṛśyāthāsyai śamīlājān āvapati bhrātā brahmacārī vā //
KāṭhGS, 25, 45.2 saubhāgyam asyai
dattvāyāthāstaṃ viparetaneti vīkṣitān anumantrayate //
KāṭhGS, 31, 4.1 athāsyāḥ pṛthak keśapakṣau saṃnahyati nīlalohitena sūtreṇa nīlalohitaṃ bhavati kṛtyāsaktir vyajyate /
KāṭhGS, 43, 6.0 atha vratahomāṃś caturgṛhītaiś caturhotṛbhir ājyena tejaskāmo yāvakena paśukāmo 'nnādyena vīryakāmaḥ payasi sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvā brahmavarcasakāmaḥ //
KāṭhGS, 45, 12.1 udapātre 'śmānaṃ hiraṇyaṃ
cāvadhāyāthainān abhimarśayante 'śmanvatīr iti /
KāṭhGS, 69, 1.0 athetarasya māsi māsi śrāddhasyāṣṭakayā dharmo vyākhyātaḥ //
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 6, 4, 6.0 atha saṃmitam atha saṃmitam atha saṃmitatamam uttamam //
KS, 6, 4, 6.0 atha saṃmitam
atha saṃmitam atha saṃmitatamam uttamam //
KS, 6, 4, 6.0 atha saṃmitam atha saṃmitam
atha saṃmitatamam uttamam //
KS, 6, 4, 9.0 atha bhūyo 'tha bhūyo 'tha pūrṇam uttamaṃ bhūyaḥ //
KS, 6, 4, 9.0 atha bhūyo
'tha bhūyo 'tha pūrṇam uttamaṃ bhūyaḥ //
KS, 6, 4, 9.0 atha bhūyo 'tha bhūyo
'tha pūrṇam uttamaṃ bhūyaḥ //
KS, 6, 6, 42.0 yadā vā agnis saṃtapyate
'tha jāyata oṣadhayaḥ pāvakāḥ //
KS, 8, 4, 63.0 atha tat sarvaṃ na satyaṃ yad vācā śapate yat prāśūr bhavati //
KS, 10, 10, 53.0 indrāya rājñe prathamam
athendrāya svarāje 'thendrāyādhirājāya //
KS, 10, 10, 53.0 indrāya rājñe prathamam athendrāya svarāje
'thendrāyādhirājāya //
KS, 11, 10, 5.0 yadā hy eṣa āpyāyayati yadā samīrayati yadā pradāpayaty
atha varṣati //
KS, 11, 10, 71.0 athaitā mārutīś catasraḥ pitryās tāsāṃ tisṛbhiḥ pracaranti ny ekāṃ dadhaty ṛco 'nuvākyā yajūṃṣi yājyāḥ //
KS, 11, 10, 84.0 saṃvatsaraṃ karīrāṇāṃ nāśnīyād ya etayā
yajetātho yo 'nubruvīta //
KS, 12, 3, 43.0 ṛco vāvāsmai tad agre prāyacchad
atha sāmāny atha yajūṃṣi //
KS, 12, 3, 43.0 ṛco vāvāsmai tad agre prāyacchad atha sāmāny
atha yajūṃṣi //
KS, 12, 4, 14.0 vrīhimayaḥ prathamo bhavaty
atho yavamayo 'tha vrīhimayaḥ //
KS, 12, 4, 14.0 vrīhimayaḥ prathamo bhavaty atho yavamayo
'tha vrīhimayaḥ //
KS, 12, 8, 46.0 saṃvatsaram evāsmai madhyataḥ
kalpayitvāthainam etasmān mithunāt punaḥ prajanayati //
KS, 12, 10, 65.0 atho yainam asau vāg aślīlam abhivadati sainaṃ punaḥ kalyāṇam abhivadati //
KS, 13, 3, 23.0 yadā sahasraṃ paśūn prāpnuyād
atha vaiṣṇavaṃ vāmanam ālabheta //
KS, 13, 4, 37.0 tena vai sa tān agninā pāpmano bhogān
apidahyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātmann adhatta //
KS, 13, 4, 43.0 agninaiva pāpmano bhogān
apidahyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
KS, 13, 5, 1.0 āgneyam ajam ālabheta saumyam ṛṣabhaṃ yasya pitā pitāmahaḥ puṇyas syād
atha tan na prāpnuyāt //
KS, 13, 5, 4.0 indriyeṇa vā eṣa somapīthena vyṛdhyate yasya pitā pitāmahaḥ puṇyo bhavaty
atha tan na prāpnoti //
KS, 13, 5, 23.0 aindrāgnam etam anusṛṣṭam ālabheta yasya pitā pitāmahas somaṃ na pibed
atha sa pipāset //
KS, 13, 5, 69.0 sa nirṛtim eva pūrvāṃ
niravadāyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātmann adhatta //
KS, 13, 5, 75.0 nirṛtim eva pūrvāṃ
niravadāyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
KS, 15, 5, 9.0 sa yadā śṛto bhavaty
atha tat pātram āśvattham apidhāya pavitravatyājyam ānayati //
KS, 15, 10, 9.0 athaiṣa dvirātro vyuṣṭis tasya yāvanti saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatīs stotrīyāḥ //
KS, 21, 4, 2.0 atha triṣṭubbhir atha jagatībhir athānuṣṭubbhir atha paṅktibhir atha yat kiñcāgneyaṃ chandaḥ //
KS, 21, 4, 2.0 atha triṣṭubbhir
atha jagatībhir athānuṣṭubbhir atha paṅktibhir atha yat kiñcāgneyaṃ chandaḥ //
KS, 21, 4, 2.0 atha triṣṭubbhir atha jagatībhir
athānuṣṭubbhir atha paṅktibhir atha yat kiñcāgneyaṃ chandaḥ //
KS, 21, 4, 2.0 atha triṣṭubbhir atha jagatībhir athānuṣṭubbhir
atha paṅktibhir atha yat kiñcāgneyaṃ chandaḥ //
KS, 21, 4, 2.0 atha triṣṭubbhir atha jagatībhir athānuṣṭubbhir atha paṅktibhir
atha yat kiñcāgneyaṃ chandaḥ //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 4, 6, 8.0 atha yaddhavir nirvapsyan yajamānāya prāha yajñapater evādhi yajñaṃ nirmimīte //
MS, 1, 4, 8, 6.0 yad vedena puroḍāśaṃ saṃmārṣṭi yajñasya
sarvatvāyātho medhyatvāya //
MS, 1, 4, 12, 40.0 atha yaṃ kāmayeta na vasīyānt syān na pāpīyān iti tasya samānatra tiṣṭhan juhuyāt //
MS, 1, 4, 13, 10.0 yadā taddhaviḥ
saṃtiṣṭhetātha catuḥśarāvam odanaṃ paktvā brāhmaṇebhyo jīvataṇḍulam ivopaharet //
MS, 1, 4, 13, 24.0 yadā taddhaviḥ
saṃtiṣṭhetāthāgnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālaṃ nirvapet //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 13.0 atha yad upavat padam āha yā eva prajā ābhaviṣyantīs tā eva stomam upayunakti //
MS, 1, 5, 11, 33.0 atha yena spardhate yena vā vyabhicarate sa etā eva devatā ṛtvā pūrvaḥ parābhavati //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 33.0 tam
anidhāyaivātha jānudaghnam udgṛhṇīyād atha nābhidaghnam athāṃsadaghnam //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 33.0 tam anidhāyaivātha jānudaghnam udgṛhṇīyād
atha nābhidaghnam athāṃsadaghnam //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 33.0 tam anidhāyaivātha jānudaghnam udgṛhṇīyād atha nābhidaghnam
athāṃsadaghnam //
MS, 1, 6, 8, 11.0 atha yaṃ kāmayeta na vasīyānt syān na pāpīyān iti tasya sarvāṇi sākaṃ havīṃṣi nirvapet //
MS, 1, 6, 8, 14.0 atha yaṃ kāmayed uttaraṃ vasīyāñ śreyānt syād iti tasyāgnaye pavamānāya nirupyātha pāvakāya ca śucaye cottare haviṣī samānabarhiṣi nirvapet //
MS, 1, 6, 8, 14.0 atha yaṃ kāmayed uttaraṃ vasīyāñ śreyānt syād iti tasyāgnaye pavamānāya
nirupyātha pāvakāya ca śucaye cottare haviṣī samānabarhiṣi nirvapet //
MS, 1, 6, 8, 17.0 atha yasya triṣṭubhau vānuṣṭubhau vā jagatī vā saṃyājye syātām ati gāyatraṃ krāmet //
MS, 1, 6, 9, 10.0 yady anyasminn ṛtā ādadhīta yadi vā asmai sa eka ṛtuḥ śivaḥ syād
athāsmā itare 'śivā duryoṇā bhaveyuḥ //
MS, 1, 6, 9, 54.0 atha yaḥ kāmayeta dānakāmā me prajāḥ syur iti sa uttarāsu phalgunīṣv agnim ādadhīta //
MS, 1, 6, 10, 33.0 te 'bruvan yad eva tvaṃ kiṃca karavo yaddhanā yaj jinā yad vindāsai tat te 'gnihotraṃ kurmo
'thehīti //
MS, 1, 6, 11, 4.0 atha yaṃ kāmayetānnādaḥ syād iti tasya bhraṣṭrād dakṣiṇāgnim āhareyuḥ //
MS, 1, 7, 1, 9.2 athā poṣasya poṣeṇa punar no naṣṭam ākṛdhi punar no rayim ākṛdhi //
MS, 1, 7, 4, 10.0 atha kasmād ājyabhāgā ijyete iti cakṣuṣī vā ete yajñasya yad ājyabhāgau //
MS, 1, 8, 4, 26.0 yaṃ kāmayetānujyeṣṭhaṃ prajayā ṛdhnuyād iti tasya pūrṇam agrā unnayed
atha kanīyo 'tha kanīyaḥ //
MS, 1, 8, 4, 26.0 yaṃ kāmayetānujyeṣṭhaṃ prajayā ṛdhnuyād iti tasya pūrṇam agrā unnayed atha kanīyo
'tha kanīyaḥ //
MS, 1, 8, 5, 68.0 atha yat pūrvām āhutiṃ hutvottarāṃ hoṣyan pratīkṣate tenaivainaṃ śamayati //
MS, 1, 8, 5, 71.0 atha yat pūrvām āhutiṃ hutvottarāṃ hoṣyan pratīkṣate tenaivainaṃ śamayati //
MS, 1, 8, 5, 74.0 atha yad evāsya gṛha upahriyate yad enam agnim abhitā āsīnā yācanti tenaivainaṃ śamayati //
MS, 1, 8, 6, 42.0 atha yo bahu dadivān bahv ījāno 'gnihotraṃ juhoti darśapūrṇamāsau yajate cāturmāsyair yajate bahūni satrāṇy upaiti tasya vā etad akṣayyam aparimitam //
MS, 1, 8, 7, 56.0 tad āhur yadā vai jīyate yadā pramīyate yadārtim ārchaty
athāgnihotraṃ saṃtiṣṭhatā iti //
MS, 1, 9, 7, 1.0 brahmavādino vadanti yad eko yajñaś
caturhotātha kasmāt sarve caturhotāra ucyantā iti //
MS, 1, 9, 7, 9.0 atha yam anūcānaṃ santaṃ nopanamet so 'raṇyaṃ paretya brāhmaṇam upadraṣṭāraṃ kṛtvā caturhotṝn vyācakṣīta //
MS, 1, 9, 7, 14.0 atha yau viśapeyātām ahaṃ bhūyo vedāhaṃ bhūyo veda ity eṣa vāva bhūyo veda yaś caturhotṝn veda //
MS, 1, 10, 4, 6.0 atho asmabhyaṃ bheṣajaṃ subheṣajaṃ yathāsati sugaṃ meṣāya meṣyai //
MS, 1, 10, 6, 2.0 atha yat saṃsṛṣṭam āṇḍam iva mastv iva parīva dadṛśe garbha eva sa //
MS, 1, 10, 8, 28.0 atha yas trayodaśaṃ māsaṃ sampādayati trayodaśaṃ māsam abhiyajate sa cāturmāsyayājī //
MS, 1, 10, 11, 21.0 atha yan meṣaś ca meṣī ca ya eva catuṣpādaḥ paśavo mithunās teṣām etad upariṣṭād aṃho 'vayajataḥ //
MS, 2, 1, 2, 28.0 sa yadānannam adyād
athāgnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālaṃ nirvapet //
MS, 2, 1, 2, 43.0 sa yadā saṃgrāmaṃ jayed
athāgnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālaṃ nirvapet //
MS, 2, 1, 3, 44.0 sa yadā saṃgrāmaṃ jayen nṛjyāyaṃ vā jinīyād
athāgneyam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvaped aindrāgnam ekādaśakapālaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ dvikapālam //
MS, 2, 1, 8, 6.0 yadā havīṃṣy āsādayeyur
atha dakṣiṇāyāṃ śroṇyāṃ kumbham āsādyodakena pūrayeyuḥ //
MS, 2, 2, 1, 26.0 sa yadāvagacched
athādityebhyo dhārayadvadbhyo ghṛte caruṃ nirvapet //
MS, 2, 2, 1, 41.0 atha yebhyo 'dhi vicinuyāt tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām udrujya juhuyāt //
MS, 2, 3, 3, 17.0 atha yaḥ punaḥ pratigrahīṣyant syāt tasya vāruṇā nemāḥ syuḥ sauryavāruṇā nemāḥ //
MS, 2, 5, 2, 14.0 atho āhur yaḥ prathamas tamasy apahate sūryasya raśmir yūpasya caṣāle 'vātanot sāvir vaśābhavad iti //
MS, 2, 5, 3, 27.0 sa vā agninaiva vṛtrasya bhogān
apidahyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātmann adhatta //
MS, 2, 5, 3, 30.0 agninaiva pāpmano bhogān
apidahyāthaindreṇendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
MS, 2, 5, 3, 35.0 atho āhur imaṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ paśyann abhyudait sa samaiṣat sa eṣa samīṣitaḥ kubhra iti //
MS, 2, 5, 3, 41.0 sa yadā sahasraṃ paśūn gacched
athaitaṃ vāmanaṃ vaiṣṇavam ālabheta //
MS, 2, 5, 4, 30.0 atho āhur etad eva sakṛd indriyaṃ vīryaṃ tejo janayitvā nāparaṃ sūtā āśaṃsata //
MS, 2, 5, 4, 35.0 atha yas taṃ vinded yaṃ sūtvā sūtavaśā bhavati tam aindram ālabheta tejaskāmaḥ //
MS, 2, 5, 5, 51.0 atho āhur etam evāgre sṛṣṭaṃ tvaṣṭre ca patnībhyaś ca napuṃsakam ālabhata //
MS, 2, 5, 9, 13.0 atha yo 'parasyām ekāṣṭakāyāṃ jāyeta tam evam evotsṛjyāthendrāya vṛtraturā ālabheta //
MS, 2, 5, 9, 13.0 atha yo 'parasyām ekāṣṭakāyāṃ jāyeta tam evam
evotsṛjyāthendrāya vṛtraturā ālabheta //
MS, 2, 6, 1, 10.0 atha ya udañcaḥ śamyām atiśīyante tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām udrujya juhuyāt //
MS, 3, 7, 4, 1.3 atha yasya tādṛśy anustaraṇī bhavati tājag eṣām aparaḥ pramīyate /
MS, 3, 7, 4, 1.6 atha yasya tādṛśy anustaraṇī bhavaty ṛtumad eṣām aparaḥ pramīyate /
MS, 4, 4, 1, 4.0 atha yat tasya gṛhṇāti yo 'nvīpam īrayati māhiṣaṃ tena tokaṃ prajanayati //
MS, 4, 4, 1, 8.0 atha yat parivāhiṇīnāṃ pārevasyantyās tena tokaṃ prajanayati //
MS, 4, 4, 2, 1.31 atha yad enam etebhyaḥ procyābhiṣiñcanti tathā hainam anaparodhukā bhavanti /
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 3, 1.4 atho yatheme dhiṣṇyāso agnayo yathāsthānaṃ kalpayantām ihaivety abhyuditaḥ //
MānGS, 1, 11, 18.1 athaināṃ prācīṃ saptapadāni prakramayaty ekam iṣe dve ūrje trīṇi prajābhyaś catvāri rāyaspoṣāya pañca bhavāya ṣaḍ ṛtubhyaḥ sakhā saptapadī bhava sumṛḍīkā sarasvatī /
MānGS, 1, 13, 2.1 yuñjanti bradhnam iti dvābhyāṃ yujyamānam anumantrayate dakṣiṇam
athottaram //
MānGS, 1, 14, 9.1 athāsya tilataṇḍulānāṃ phalamiśrāṇām añjaliṃ pūrayitvotthāpyāthāsyai dhruvam arundhatīṃ jīvantīṃ sapta ṛṣīniti darśayet //
MānGS, 1, 14, 9.1 athāsya tilataṇḍulānāṃ phalamiśrāṇām añjaliṃ
pūrayitvotthāpyāthāsyai dhruvam arundhatīṃ jīvantīṃ sapta ṛṣīniti darśayet //
MānGS, 1, 22, 20.1 atha bhaikṣaṃ carate mātaram evāgre yāś cānyāḥ suhṛdo yāvatyo vā saṃnihitāḥ syuḥ //
MānGS, 2, 2, 14.0 athājyabhāgau juhotyāgneyamuttarārdhe saumyaṃ dakṣiṇārdhe samāvanakṣṇau //
MānGS, 2, 12, 3.0 atha baliṃ haraty agnaye namaḥ somāya dhanvantaraye viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ prajāpataye agnaye sviṣṭakṛta ity agnyāgāra uttarām uttarām //
MānGS, 2, 13, 6.1 astamita āditye payasi sthālīpākaṃ
śrapayitvāthaitair nāmadheyair juhoti /
MānGS, 2, 14, 29.1 atha devānām āvāhanaṃ vimukhaḥ śyeno bako yakṣaḥ kalaho bhīrur vināyakaḥ kūṣmāṇḍarājaputro yajñāvikṣepī kulaṅgāpamārī yūpakeśī sūparakroḍī haimavato jambhako virūpākṣo lohitākṣo vaiśravaṇo mahāseno mahādevo mahārāja iti /
Nirukta
N, 1, 4, 17.0 kathaṃ nu kariṣyatītyanupṛṣṭe nanvetad akārṣīd iti
cāthāpyupamārthe bhavati //
N, 1, 4, 22.0 atha yasyāgamād arthapṛthaktvam aha vijñāyate na tvauddeśikam iva vigraheṇa pṛthaktvāt sa karmopasaṃgrahaḥ //
N, 1, 5, 13.0 athāpi na nanu ityetābhyāṃ samprayujyate anupṛṣṭe //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 5, 18.0 yan me yamaṃ vaivasvataṃ mano jagāma dūragās tan ma āvartayā punar jīvātave na martave
'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
PB, 4, 2, 11.0 atho khalvāhur agniṣṭomameva kāryam eṣa vai yajñaḥ svargyo yad agniṣṭoma ūrdhvo hi hotāram anusaṃtiṣṭhate //
PB, 4, 2, 17.0 atho khalvāhuḥ pavasva vāco agriya ity eva kāryā mukhaṃ vā etat saṃvvatsarasya yad vāco 'graṃ mukhata eva tat saṃvvatsaram ārabhante //
PB, 4, 5, 19.0 tad āhur vivīvadham iva vā etad yad agniṣṭomo viṣuvān agniṣṭomau
viśvajidabhijitāvathetara ukthāḥ syur iti //
PB, 4, 7, 8.0 atho khalv āhur indra kratuṃ na ābharety eva kāryaṃ samṛddhyai //
PB, 4, 8, 7.0 pṛṣṭhāni bhavanti vīryaṃ vai pṛṣṭhāni vīrya eva pratitiṣṭhanti chandomā bhavanti paśavo vai chandomāḥ paśuṣv eva pratitiṣṭhanty
athaitad daśamam ahar āptastomam āptacchanda āptavibhaktikam aniruktaṃ prājāpatyam //
PB, 4, 9, 23.0 atho gavām evānurūpā bhavanti sarvasyānnādyasyāvaruddhyai //
PB, 5, 1, 14.0 atho khalv āhur uttarata eva kāryaṃ brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'rdhāt traiṣṭubhaṃ vai bṛhat traiṣṭubho vai brāhmaṇācchaṃsī traiṣṭubhaḥ pañcadaśastomaḥ //
PB, 5, 1, 19.0 atho khalv āhur atiśayaṃ vai dvipadāṃ yajñāyajñīyaṃ bhadram kāryaṃ samṛddhyai //
PB, 5, 5, 21.0 saṃnaddhāḥ kavacinaḥ pariyantīndriyasyaiva tad rūpaṃ kriyate
'tho mahāvratam eva mahayanti //
PB, 5, 6, 4.0 tisṛbhir udgātātmana
udgīyātha yā śirasaḥ stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yā dakṣiṇasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yottarasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt tisṛbhir vaikayā vā stutaṃ syād atha yā pucchasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt //
PB, 5, 6, 4.0 tisṛbhir udgātātmana udgīyātha yā śirasaḥ stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir
udgīyātha yā dakṣiṇasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yottarasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt tisṛbhir vaikayā vā stutaṃ syād atha yā pucchasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt //
PB, 5, 6, 4.0 tisṛbhir udgātātmana udgīyātha yā śirasaḥ stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yā dakṣiṇasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir
udgīyātha yottarasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt tisṛbhir vaikayā vā stutaṃ syād atha yā pucchasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt //
PB, 5, 6, 4.0 tisṛbhir udgātātmana udgīyātha yā śirasaḥ stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yā dakṣiṇasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyād aparābhis tisṛbhir udgīyātha yottarasya pakṣasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt tisṛbhir vaikayā vā stutaṃ syād
atha yā pucchasya stotrīyā tāṃ dadhyāt //
PB, 5, 6, 6.0 atho khalv āhuḥ katham adhvaryur bahvṛcaḥ sāma gāyed ity udgātaiva sarveṇodgāyet tad eva samṛddhaṃ samṛddhāv eva pratitiṣṭhanti //
PB, 5, 10, 6.0 atho khalv āhur ekatrikaṃ kāryaṃ tad eva sākṣād utsṛṣṭam abhyutṣuṇvanti //
PB, 6, 6, 4.0 atho tad ubhayam anādṛtyedam ahaṃ māṃ tejasi brahmavarcase 'dhyūhāmīty adhyūhet tejasy eva brahmavarcasa ātmānam adhyūhati //
PB, 6, 7, 14.0 yady udgātāvacchidyate yajñena yajamāno vyṛdhyate 'dakṣiṇaḥ sa yajñakratuḥ saṃsthāpyo
'thānya āhṛtyas tasmin deyaṃ yāvad dāsyan syāt //
PB, 7, 1, 7.0 mandram ivāgra
ādadītātha tārataram atha tāratamaṃ tad ebhyo lokebhyo 'gāsīt //
PB, 7, 1, 7.0 mandram ivāgra ādadītātha tārataram
atha tāratamaṃ tad ebhyo lokebhyo 'gāsīt //
PB, 7, 2, 2.0 sa indro 'ved agnir vā idam agra ujjeṣyatīti so 'bravīd yataro nāv idam agra ujjayāt tan nau saheti so 'gnir agra udajayad
atha mitrāvaruṇāv athendro 'thaiṣaikā hotrānujjitāsīt sa indro 'gnim abravīd yat sahāvocāvahīyaṃ nau tad iti saiṣaindrāgny adhyardham agne stotram adhyardham indrasya //
PB, 7, 2, 2.0 sa indro 'ved agnir vā idam agra ujjeṣyatīti so 'bravīd yataro nāv idam agra ujjayāt tan nau saheti so 'gnir agra udajayad atha mitrāvaruṇāv
athendro 'thaiṣaikā hotrānujjitāsīt sa indro 'gnim abravīd yat sahāvocāvahīyaṃ nau tad iti saiṣaindrāgny adhyardham agne stotram adhyardham indrasya //
PB, 7, 2, 2.0 sa indro 'ved agnir vā idam agra ujjeṣyatīti so 'bravīd yataro nāv idam agra ujjayāt tan nau saheti so 'gnir agra udajayad atha mitrāvaruṇāv athendro
'thaiṣaikā hotrānujjitāsīt sa indro 'gnim abravīd yat sahāvocāvahīyaṃ nau tad iti saiṣaindrāgny adhyardham agne stotram adhyardham indrasya //
PB, 7, 5, 12.0 athendro yaudhājayaṃ prābṛhata tad vai sa vajraṃ prābṛhata vajro vai yaudhājayam //
PB, 8, 5, 6.0 tāsu saphaṃ vipham iva vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ tṛtīyasavanasya
saphatvāyāthaitat pauṣkalam etena vai prajāpatiḥ puṣkalān paśūn asṛjata teṣu rūpam adadhād yad etat sāma bhavati paśuṣv eva rūpaṃ dadhāti //
PB, 8, 5, 12.0 athaitad āndhīgavam andhīgur vā etat paśukāmaḥ sāmāpaśyat tena sahasraṃ paśūn asṛjata yad etat sāma bhavati paśūnāṃ puṣṭyai madhye nidhanam aiḍaṃ bhavaty etena vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ pratiṣṭhitaṃ yan madhye nidhanam aiḍaṃ na syād apratiṣṭhitaṃ tṛtīyasavanaṃ syāt //
PB, 8, 8, 25.0 kakup
prathamāthoṣṇig atha purauṣṇig anuṣṭup tenānuṣṭubho na yanty acchāvākasāmnaḥ //
PB, 8, 8, 25.0 kakup prathamāthoṣṇig
atha purauṣṇig anuṣṭup tenānuṣṭubho na yanty acchāvākasāmnaḥ //
PB, 9, 3, 1.0 yadi sattrāya dīkṣerann
atha sāmy uttiṣṭhet somam apabhajya viśvajitātirātreṇa yajeta sarvavedasena sarvasmā eva dīkṣate sarvam āpnoti //
PB, 9, 4, 4.0 atho khalv āhuḥ savanamukhe savanamukhe kāryā savanamukhāt savanamukhād evaiṣām indraṃ vṛṅkte //
PB, 9, 4, 16.0 atho khalv āhur duṣprāpa iva vai paraḥ panthā yam evāgre yajñakratum ārabheta tasmān neyād iti //
PB, 9, 9, 3.0 atho khalv āhur antarhitam iva vā etad yat payo hiraṇyam evāpo 'bhyavanayeddhiraṇyam abhyunnayed iti //
PB, 9, 9, 15.0 yadi somam abhidahed grahān adhvaryuḥ spāśayeta stotrāṇy udgātā śastrāṇi
hotātha yathāpūrvaṃ yajñena careyuḥ pañca dakṣiṇā deyāḥ pāṅkto yajño yāvān yajñas tam ārabhate 'vabhṛthād udetya punar dīkṣate tatra tad dadyād yad dāsyaṃ syāt purā dvādaśyā dīkṣeta yad dvādaśīm atinayed antardhīyeta //
PB, 10, 12, 2.0 yasya padena prastauty
atha svāram abhi vāva tena devāḥ paśūn apaśyan yat purastāt stobhaṃ atha svāram ud eva tenāsṛjanta yad ubhayataḥ stobham atha svāram ebhya eva tena lokebhyo devāḥ paśubhyo 'nnādyaṃ prāyacchan yad anutunnam atha svāram upaiva tenāśikṣan yasya madhye nidhanam atha svāraṃ garbhāṃs tenādadhata tān ihavatā svāreṇa prājanayan //
PB, 10, 12, 2.0 yasya padena prastauty atha svāram abhi vāva tena devāḥ paśūn apaśyan yat purastāt stobhaṃ
atha svāram ud eva tenāsṛjanta yad ubhayataḥ stobham atha svāram ebhya eva tena lokebhyo devāḥ paśubhyo 'nnādyaṃ prāyacchan yad anutunnam atha svāram upaiva tenāśikṣan yasya madhye nidhanam atha svāraṃ garbhāṃs tenādadhata tān ihavatā svāreṇa prājanayan //
PB, 10, 12, 2.0 yasya padena prastauty atha svāram abhi vāva tena devāḥ paśūn apaśyan yat purastāt stobhaṃ atha svāram ud eva tenāsṛjanta yad ubhayataḥ stobham
atha svāram ebhya eva tena lokebhyo devāḥ paśubhyo 'nnādyaṃ prāyacchan yad anutunnam atha svāram upaiva tenāśikṣan yasya madhye nidhanam atha svāraṃ garbhāṃs tenādadhata tān ihavatā svāreṇa prājanayan //
PB, 10, 12, 2.0 yasya padena prastauty atha svāram abhi vāva tena devāḥ paśūn apaśyan yat purastāt stobhaṃ atha svāram ud eva tenāsṛjanta yad ubhayataḥ stobham atha svāram ebhya eva tena lokebhyo devāḥ paśubhyo 'nnādyaṃ prāyacchan yad anutunnam
atha svāram upaiva tenāśikṣan yasya madhye nidhanam atha svāraṃ garbhāṃs tenādadhata tān ihavatā svāreṇa prājanayan //
PB, 10, 12, 2.0 yasya padena prastauty atha svāram abhi vāva tena devāḥ paśūn apaśyan yat purastāt stobhaṃ atha svāram ud eva tenāsṛjanta yad ubhayataḥ stobham atha svāram ebhya eva tena lokebhyo devāḥ paśubhyo 'nnādyaṃ prāyacchan yad anutunnam atha svāram upaiva tenāśikṣan yasya madhye nidhanam
atha svāraṃ garbhāṃs tenādadhata tān ihavatā svāreṇa prājanayan //
PB, 10, 12, 3.0 imaṃ vāva devā lokaṃ padanidhanenābhyajayann amuṃ bahirṇidhanenāntarikṣaṃ diṅnidhanenāmṛtatvam īnidhanenāgacchan brahmavarcasam
athanidhanenāvārundhatāsminn eva loka ihanidhanena pratyatiṣṭhan //
PB, 10, 12, 8.0 dve dve akṣare vibhajanti dvau dvau hi māsāv ṛtur
atho māsānām eva tad rūpaṃ kriyate //
PB, 10, 12, 9.0 ṣaḍ ahāni vibhajanti ṣaḍ ṛtava ṛtūnāṃ dhṛtyā ṛtūnāṃ pratiṣṭhityā
atho ṛtūnām eva tad rūpaṃ kriyate ṣaḍ u puruṣā yān agnir anuvihriyate //
PB, 12, 9, 12.0 ekaṃ vā anyena niruktena nidhanena kāmaṃ sanoty
athaitan nidhanakāmaṃ sarveṣāṃ kāmānām avaruddhyai //
PB, 12, 11, 10.0 aṅgiraso vai sattram āsata teṣām āptaḥ spṛtaḥ svargo loka āsīt panthānaṃ tu devayānaṃ na prājānaṃs teṣāṃ kalyāṇa āṅgiraso dhyāyam udavrajat sa ūrṇāyuṃ gandharvam apsarasāṃ madhye preṅkhayamāṇam upait sa iyām iti yāṃ yām abhyadiśat sainam akāmayata tam abhyavadat kalyāṇā3 ity āpto vai vaḥ spṛtaḥ svargo lokaḥ panthānaṃ tu devayānaṃ na prajānīthedaṃ sāma svargyaṃ tena stutvā svargaṃ lokam eṣy
atha mā tu voco 'ham adarśam iti //
PB, 12, 13, 22.0 atha vā etā ekapadās tryakṣarā viṣṇoś chando bhurijaḥ śakvaryaḥ //
PB, 13, 6, 9.0 dīrghajihvī vā idaṃ rakṣo yajñahā yajñiyān avalihaty acarat tām indraḥ kayācana māyayā hantuṃ
nāśaṃsatātha ha sumitraḥ kutsaḥ kalyāṇa āsa tam abravīd imām acchābrūṣveti tām acchābrūta sainam abravīn nāhaitanna śuśruva priyam iva tu me hṛdayasyeti tām ajñapayat tāṃ saṃskṛte 'hatāṃ tad vāva tau tarhy akāmayetāṃ kāmasani sāma saumitraṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 13, 9, 13.0 annaṃ vai vājo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai yadā hi vā annam
atha gaur athāśvo 'tha puruṣo vājī //
PB, 13, 9, 13.0 annaṃ vai vājo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai yadā hi vā annam atha gaur
athāśvo 'tha puruṣo vājī //
PB, 13, 9, 13.0 annaṃ vai vājo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai yadā hi vā annam atha gaur athāśvo
'tha puruṣo vājī //
PB, 13, 9, 16.0 āpo vai revatyas tā yat pṛṣṭhaṃ kuryur apaśur yajamānaḥ syāt paśūn asya nirdaheyur yatra vā āpo vivartante tad oṣadhayo jāyante
'tha yatrāvatiṣṭhante nirmṛtukās tatra bhavanti tasmāt pavamāne kurvanti parācā hi pavamānena stuvate //
PB, 13, 10, 15.0 brahmavādino vadanti yad bṛhadāyatanāni pṛṣṭhāny
athaite dve gāyatryau dve jagatyau kva tarhi bṛhatyo bhavantīti //
PB, 14, 5, 7.0 atho etaddhyevaitarhi chando 'yātayāma yad akṣarapaṅktis tena chandomā ayātayāmānaḥ kriyante //
PB, 14, 11, 5.0 pavasva soma mahān samudra ity akṣarapaṅktiḥ stomānāṃ prabhūtir
atho etaddhyevaitarhi chando 'yātayāma yad akṣarapaṅktis tena chandomā ayātayāmānaḥ kriyante brahmavādino vadanti yat ṣaḍahe stomāśchandāṃsyāpyante kiṃchandasaś chandomā ity etacchandaso yad etā akṣarapaṅktaya iti brūyāt //
PB, 15, 5, 5.0 pavasva soma mahe dakṣāyetyakṣarapaṅktiḥ stomānāṃ prabhūtir
atho etaddhyevaitarhi chando 'yātayāma yad akṣarapaṅktis tena chandomā ayātayāmāḥ kriyante brahmavādino vadanti yat ṣaḍahe stomāś chandāṃsy āpyante kiṃchandasaś chandomā ity etacchandaso yad etā akṣarapaṅktaya iti brūyāt //
PB, 15, 5, 9.0 agniṃ vai pūrvair aharbhir ājuhoty
athaitad ādityadevatyam ahaḥ śukra āhuta ity asau vā ādityaḥ śukras tam evaitenājuhoti //
PB, 15, 5, 16.0 parācībhir vā anyābhir iḍābhī reto dadhadety
athaitat pratīcīneḍaṃ kāśītaṃ prajātyai tasmāt parāñco garbhāḥ sambhavanti pratyañcaḥ prajāyante tasmād u te 'vācīnabilebhyo nāvapadyanta etena hy eva te dhṛtāḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 24.0 ṛṣayo vā indraṃ pratyakṣaṃ nāpaśyan sa vasiṣṭho 'kāmayata katham indraṃ pratyakṣaṃ paśyeyam iti sa etaṃ nihavam apaśyat tato vai sa indraṃ pratyakṣam apaśyat sa enam abravīd brāhmaṇaṃ te vakṣyāmi yathā tvatpurohitā bharatāḥ prajaniṣyante
'tha mānyebhya ṛṣibhyo mā pravoca iti tasmā etān stomabhāgān abravīt tato vai vasiṣṭhapurohitā bharatāḥ prājāyanta sendraṃ vā etat sāma yad etat sāma bhavati sendratvāya //
PB, 15, 6, 1.0 āgneyīṣu pūrveṣām ahnām ukthāni
praṇayantyathaitasyāhna āgneyyaindryāṃ praṇayantyubhayor eva rūpayoḥ pratitiṣṭhati //
PB, 15, 7, 1.0 gāyatraṃ vai saptamam ahas traiṣṭubham aṣṭamaṃ jāgataṃ navamam
athaitad ānuṣṭubham ahar yad daśamam //
PB, 15, 9, 15.0 atho parokṣam anuṣṭubhaṃ sampadyate 'har eṣā vai pratyakṣam anuṣṭup yad yajñāyajñīyaṃ tad yat tṛtīyasavane kuryuḥ pratyakṣam anuṣṭubham ṛccheyus tasmān mādhyandine kurvanti tena parokṣam anuṣṭubham upayanti //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 3, 28.0 atha yady utsisṛkṣen mama cāmuṣya ca pāpmā hata omutsṛjata tṛṇānyattviti brūyāt //
PārGS, 1, 4, 12.1 athaināṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati jarāṃ gaccha paridhatsva vāso bhavā kṛṣṭīnām abhiśastipāvā /
PārGS, 1, 6, 3.1 athāsyai dakṣiṇaṃ hastam gṛhṇāti sāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛbhṇāmi te saubhagatvāya hastaṃ mayā patyā jaradaṣṭir yathāsaḥ /
PārGS, 1, 7, 1.1 athainām aśmānam ārohayaty uttarato 'gner dakṣiṇapādena ārohemam aśmānam aśmeva tvaṃ sthirā bhava /
PārGS, 1, 7, 3.1 atha parikrāmataḥ tubhyam agre paryavahan sūryāṃ vahatunā saha /
PārGS, 1, 8, 1.1 athainām udīcīṃ saptapadāni prakrāmayati ekam iṣe dve ūrje trīṇi rāyaspoṣāya catvāri māyobhavāya pañca paśubhyaḥ ṣaḍ ṛtubhyaḥ sakhe saptapadā bhava sā mām anuvratā bhava //
PārGS, 1, 8, 8.1 athāsyai dakṣiṇāṃsam adhi hṛdayam ālabhate mama vrate te hṛdayaṃ dadhāmi mama cittam anu cittaṃ te astu mama vācam ekamanā juṣasva prajāpatiṣ ṭvā niyunaktu mahyam iti //
PārGS, 1, 8, 9.1 athainām abhimantrayate sumaṅgalīr iyam vadhūr imāṃ sameta paśyata saubhāgyam asyai dattvāyāthāstaṃ viparetaneti //
PārGS, 1, 8, 9.1 athainām abhimantrayate sumaṅgalīr iyam vadhūr imāṃ sameta paśyata saubhāgyam asyai
dattvāyāthāstaṃ viparetaneti //
PārGS, 1, 11, 5.1 athaināṃ sthālīpākaṃ prāśayati prāṇais te prāṇānt saṃdadhāmy asthibhir asthīni māṃsair māṃsāni tvacā tvacam iti //
PārGS, 1, 16, 19.1 athāsya mātaram abhimantrayata iḍāsi maitrāvaruṇī vīre vīramajījanathāḥ /
PārGS, 1, 19, 5.0 prāśanānte sarvān rasānt sarvam annamekata
uddhṛtyāthainaṃ prāśayet //
PārGS, 2, 2, 7.0 athainaṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati yenendrāya bṛhaspatirvāsaḥ paryadadhād amṛtaṃ tena tvā paridadhāmyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya balāya varcasa iti //
PārGS, 2, 2, 11.3 yajñopavītam asi yajñasya tvā
yajñopavītenopanahyāmītyathājinaṃ prayacchati mitrasya cakṣur dharuṇaṃ balīyas tejo yaśasvi sthaviraṃ samiddhaṃ anāhanasyaṃ vasanaṃ jariṣṇuḥ parīdaṃ vājyajinaṃ dadhe 'hamiti daṇḍaṃ prayacchati //
PārGS, 2, 2, 21.0 athainaṃ bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāti prajāpataye tvā paridadāmi devāya tvā savitre paridadāmy adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ paridadāmi dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ tvā paridadāmi viśvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmyariṣṭyā iti //
PārGS, 2, 3, 2.0 anvārabdha ājyāhutīrhutvā prāśanānte
'thainaṃ saṃśāsti brahmacāry asy apo 'śāna karma kuru mā divā suṣupthā vācaṃ yaccha samidham ādhehy apo 'śāneti //
PārGS, 2, 3, 3.0 athāsmai sāvitrīm anvāhottarato 'gneḥ pratyaṅmukhāyopaviṣṭāyopasannāya samīkṣamāṇāya samīkṣitāya //
PārGS, 3, 4, 15.0 atha dakṣiṇato gopāyamānaṃ ca mā rakṣamāṇā ca dakṣiṇato gopāyetām ity aharvai gopāyamānaṃ rātrī rakṣamāṇā te prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu te mā dakṣiṇato gopāyetāmiti //
PārGS, 3, 4, 16.0 atha paścād dīdiviśca bhā jāgṛviśca paścād gopāyetām ity annaṃ vai dīdiviḥ prāṇo jāgṛvis tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā paścādgopāyetāmiti //
PārGS, 3, 4, 17.0 athottarato 'svapnaśca mānavadrāṇaś cottarato gopāyetāmiti candramā vā asvapno vāyur anavadrāṇas tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mottarato gopāyetāmiti //
PārGS, 3, 13, 3.1 atha praviśati sabhā ca mā samitiścobhe prajāpaterduhitarau sacetasau /
PārGS, 3, 13, 6.0 atha yadi manyeta drugdho 'yam iti tam abhimantrayate tāṃ te vācamāsya ādatte hṛdaya ādadhe yatra yatra nihitā vāktāṃ tatastata ādade yadahaṃ bravīmi tat satyam adharo mattāṃdyasveti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 21.2 atha yady odanaṃ labheta tatpratigṛhya dyaus tveti tasya dviḥ prāśnāti brahmā tvāśnātu brahmā tvā prāśnātviti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 22.0 atha yadi manthaṃ labheta taṃ pratigṛhya dyaustveti tasya triḥ prāśnāti brahmā tvāśnātu brahmā tvā prāśnātu brahmā tvā pibatviti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 23.1 athāto 'dhītyādhītyānirākaraṇaṃ pratīkaṃ me vicakṣaṇaṃ jihvā me madhu yadvacaḥ /
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 2, 2, 1.1 atha yasyā jātāni pramīyeran nyagrodhaśuṅgāṃ śaramūlaṃ cotthāpya tadahas trivṛtaṃ kārayen maṇim agniṃ pratiṣṭhāpyāvṛtā hutvā maṇiṃ nidhāyābodhy agnir ity etenābhijuhuyāt /
SVidhB, 2, 2, 2.1 atha yo rakṣasā gṛhītaḥ syād aśanihatasya vṛkṣasyedhmaḥ śuklāyā goḥ sarūpavatsāyā anyasyā vājyaṃ bailvaṃ maṇim utthāpya tadahas trivṛtaṃ kārayen maṇim /
SVidhB, 2, 3, 1.1 atha yad asya rujec chaṃ no devī rahasyena ghṛtam abhigīyābhyañjyācchāmyati ha //
SVidhB, 2, 5, 5.0 atha yaḥ kāmayetāvartayeyam ity ekarātraṃ kṣurasaṃyuktas tiṣṭhet sutāso madhumattamā iti varga eteṣām ekam anekaṃ vā sarvāṇi vā prayuñjāna ekarātreṇa kuṭumbinam āvartayati //
SVidhB, 2, 6, 8.1 atha yāsya na guṇī syāt tāṃ brūyād ācāmetīndro viśvasya rājatīty etābhyām ācāmet //
SVidhB, 2, 6, 13.2 yadā parṇāni saṃhared
athainam utthāpya caturaṅgulam ubhayataḥ paricchidya madhyam uddharet /
SVidhB, 2, 6, 17.1 athāto yaśasyānāṃ tvam indrayaśā asi pavate haryato harir ity eteṣām ekam anekaṃ vā sarvāṇi vā prayuñjāno yaśasvī bhavati //
SVidhB, 3, 7, 1.1 atha yaḥ kāmayetāmuhyant sarvāṇy ā janitrāṇi parikrāmeyam iti mahe no adya bodhayety etat sadā prayuñjītāntavelāyāṃ caitat smared amuhyant sarvāṇy ā janitrāṇi parikrāmati //
SVidhB, 3, 7, 2.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta sarvatrāgnir me jvaled iti saṃvatsaraṃ śirasāgniṃ dhārayed agna āyāhi vītaya iti prathamenopatiṣṭhed dvitīyena pariharet tṛtīyena paricaret /
SVidhB, 3, 7, 3.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta piśācān guṇībhūtān paśyeyam iti saṃvatsaram caturthe kāle bhuñjānaḥ kapālena bhaikṣaṃ caran prāṇāḥ śiśur ityantyaṃ sadā sahasrakṛtvaḥ āvartayan paśyati //
SVidhB, 3, 9, 6.1 atha yāny anādiṣṭakāmakalpāni teṣāṃ yathāśruti smṛtiliṅgaiḥ kāmāḥ kṣurasaṃyuktāḥ //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 5, 9, 45.1 manuṣyāyen nvai yo 'harahar
āhṛtyāthainaṃ yācati sa in nvai tam upārcchati //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 14.1 atha vai tām upāhva iti hovāca yā prajāḥ prabhavantīḥ pratyābhavatīti //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 19.1 atha vai tām upāhva iti hovāca yā prajāḥ parābhavantīr anugṛhṇāti pratyābhavantīr gṛhṇātīti //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 25.1 atha vai tām upāhva iti hovāca yasyai nikramaṇe ghṛtam prajāḥ saṃjīvantīḥ pibantīti //
TS, 2, 1, 4, 7.6 athaiṣa jyog aparuddho dyāvāpṛthivī eva svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati /
TS, 2, 1, 5, 2.4 yadā sahasram paśūn prāpnuyād
atha vaiṣṇavaṃ vāmanam ālabheta /
TS, 2, 1, 8, 4.5 athaiṣa pumānt san vaḍabaḥ sākṣād eva prajām paśūn avarunddhe /
TS, 2, 2, 5, 4.4 saṃvatsaro vā agnir vaiśvānaraḥ saṃvatsaram eva prīṇāty
atho saṃvatsaram evāsmā upadadhāti suvargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
TS, 2, 2, 6, 4.7 yadā khalu vai saṃvatsaraṃ janatāyāṃ caraty
atha sa dhanārgho bhavati /
TS, 2, 2, 8, 3.4 athaiṣa hatamanāḥ svayampāpa indram eva manyumantam manasvantaṃ svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati /
TS, 2, 3, 9, 3.4 atho etad eva sarvaṃ sajāteṣv adhibhavati yasyaivaṃ viduṣa ete paridhayaḥ paridhīyante /
TS, 5, 3, 2, 15.1 svayamātṛṇṇā bhavati prāṇānām utsṛṣṭyā
atho suvargasya lokasyānukhyātyai //
TS, 5, 3, 9, 5.0 atho yathā puruṣaḥ snāvabhiḥ saṃtata evam evaitābhir agniḥ saṃtataḥ //
TS, 5, 4, 1, 32.0 atho anūkāśam evaitāni jyotīṃṣi kurute suvargasya lokasyānukhyātyai //
TS, 6, 1, 3, 3.3 krīte some 'porṇute jāyata eva tad
atho yathā vasīyāṃsam pratyaporṇute tādṛg eva tat /
TS, 6, 1, 6, 56.0 atho ya evaṃ vidvān api janyeṣu bhavati tebhya eva dadaty uta yad bahutayā bhavanti //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 1.0 teṣām asurāṇāṃ tisraḥ pura āsann ayasmayy
avamātha rajatātha hariṇī //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 1.0 teṣām asurāṇāṃ tisraḥ pura āsann ayasmayy avamātha
rajatātha hariṇī //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 39.0 ekam agre
'tha dvāv atha trīn atha catura eṣā vā ārāgrāvāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 39.0 ekam agre 'tha dvāv
atha trīn atha catura eṣā vā ārāgrāvāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 39.0 ekam agre 'tha dvāv atha trīn
atha catura eṣā vā ārāgrāvāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 42.0 caturo 'gre
'tha trīn atha dvāv athaikam eṣā vai parovarīyasy avāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 42.0 caturo 'gre 'tha trīn
atha dvāv athaikam eṣā vai parovarīyasy avāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 42.0 caturo 'gre 'tha trīn atha dvāv
athaikam eṣā vai parovarīyasy avāntaradīkṣā //
TS, 6, 2, 5, 7.0 athaikaṃ stanaṃ vratam upaity atha dvāv atha trīn atha caturaḥ //
TS, 6, 2, 5, 7.0 athaikaṃ stanaṃ vratam upaity
atha dvāv atha trīn atha caturaḥ //
TS, 6, 2, 5, 7.0 athaikaṃ stanaṃ vratam upaity atha dvāv
atha trīn atha caturaḥ //
TS, 6, 2, 5, 7.0 athaikaṃ stanaṃ vratam upaity atha dvāv atha trīn
atha caturaḥ //
TS, 6, 2, 8, 52.0 atho khalv āhur ete vāvainaṃ te bhrātaraḥ pariśere yat pautudravāḥ paridhaya iti //
TS, 6, 3, 1, 6.3 nāsaṃsthite some 'dhvaryuḥ pratyaṅk sado 'tīyād
atha kathā dākṣiṇāni hotum eti yāmo hi sa teṣāṃ kasmā aha devā yāmaṃ vāyāmaṃ vānujñāsyantīti /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 2.3 paridhīnt saṃmārṣṭi punāty evainān tristriḥ saṃmārṣṭi tryāvṛddhi yajño
'tho rakṣasām apahatyai dvādaśa sampadyante dvādaśa //
TS, 6, 3, 7, 3.1 māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaram eva prīṇāty
atho saṃvatsaram evāsmā upadadhāti suvargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai /
TS, 6, 3, 8, 1.1 paryagnikaroti sarvahutam evainaṃ karoty askandāyāskannaṃ hi tad yaddhutasya skandati triḥ paryagnikaroti tryāvṛddhi yajño
'tho rakṣasām apahatyai /
TS, 6, 3, 8, 1.3 anvārabhyaḥ paśū3r nānvārabhyā3 iti mṛtyave vā eṣa nīyate yat paśus tam yad anvārabheta pramāyuko yajamānaḥ syād
atho khalv āhuḥ /
TS, 6, 3, 8, 3.1 upāsyaty askandāyāskannaṃ hi tad yad barhiṣi skandaty
atho barhiṣadam evainaṃ karoti /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 4.4 agninā purastād eti rakṣasām apahatyā
atho devatā eva havyena //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 5.4 agraṃ vā etat paśūnāṃ yad vapāgram oṣadhīnām barhir agreṇaivāgraṃ samardhayaty
atho oṣadhīṣv eva paśūn pratiṣṭhāpayati /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 1.2 vapayā pracarya puroḍāśena pracaraty ūrg vai puroḍāśa ūrjam eva paśūnām madhyato dadhāty
atho paśor eva chidram apidadhāti /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 4.2 hṛdayasyāgre 'vadyaty
atha jihvāyā atha vakṣaso yad vai hṛdayenābhigacchati taj jihvayā vadati yaj jihvayā vadati tad uraso 'dhi nirvadati /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 4.2 hṛdayasyāgre 'vadyaty atha jihvāyā
atha vakṣaso yad vai hṛdayenābhigacchati taj jihvayā vadati yaj jihvayā vadati tad uraso 'dhi nirvadati /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 3.2 ardharce vasāhomaṃ juhoty asau vā ardharca iyam ardharca ime eva rasenānakti diśo juhoti diśa eva rasenānakty
atho digbhya evorjaṃ rasam avarunddhe /
TS, 6, 5, 8, 59.0 yadā hi nagna ūrur bhavaty
atha mithunībhavato 'tha retaḥ sicyate 'tha prajāḥ prajāyante //
TS, 6, 5, 8, 59.0 yadā hi nagna ūrur bhavaty atha mithunībhavato
'tha retaḥ sicyate 'tha prajāḥ prajāyante //
TS, 6, 5, 8, 59.0 yadā hi nagna ūrur bhavaty atha mithunībhavato 'tha retaḥ sicyate
'tha prajāḥ prajāyante //
TS, 6, 5, 9, 18.0 atho khalv āhur etā vā indrasya pṛśnayaḥ kāmadughā yaddhāriyojanīr iti //
TS, 6, 5, 10, 8.0 yat trir upāṃśuṃ hastena vigṛhṇāti tasmād dvau trīn ajā janayaty
athāvayo bhūyasīḥ //
TS, 6, 6, 4, 13.0 yaṃ kāmayeta pramāyukaḥ syād iti gartamitaṃ tasya minuyād uttarārdhyaṃ varṣiṣṭham
atha hrasīyāṃsam //
TS, 6, 6, 6, 2.1 bhavati aniṣṭaṃ
vaśayātha pātnīvatena pracarati tīrtha eva pracaraty atho etarhy evāsya yāmaḥ /
TS, 6, 6, 6, 2.1 bhavati aniṣṭaṃ vaśayātha pātnīvatena pracarati tīrtha eva pracaraty
atho etarhy evāsya yāmaḥ /
TS, 6, 6, 7, 2.2 ya ātmānaṃ na paripaśyed itāsuḥ syād abhidadiṃ kṛtvāvekṣeta tasmin hy ātmānam paripaśyaty
atho ātmānam eva pavayate /
TS, 6, 6, 7, 4.3 yātayāmāni vā etasya chandāṃsi ya ījānaś chandasām eṣa raso yad vaśā yan maitrāvaruṇīṃ vaśām ālabhate chandāṃsy eva punar āprīṇāty
ayātayāmatvāyātho chandaḥsv eva rasaṃ dadhāti //
TS, 7, 5, 3, 1.3 yāṃ vai trir ekasyāhna upasīdanti dahraṃ vai sāparābhyāṃ dohābhyāṃ duhe
'tha kutaḥ sā dhokṣyate yāṃ dvādaśa kṛtva upasīdantīti /
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 11, 3.9 atha yadi te karmavicikitsā vā vṛttavicikitsā vā syāt //
TU, 2, 7, 1.7 yadā hyevaiṣa etasminnadṛśye 'nātmye 'nirukte 'nilayane 'bhayaṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ vindate
atha so 'bhayaṃ gato bhavati /
TU, 2, 7, 1.8 yadā hyevaiṣa etasminnudaramantaraṃ kurute
atha tasya bhayaṃ bhavati /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 11, 8.0 atha sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ trir anvāha paccho 'rdharcaśo 'navānaṃ savitā śriyaḥ prasavitā śriyam evāpnoty atho prajñātayaiva pratipadā chandāṃsi pratipadyate //
TĀ, 2, 11, 8.0 atha sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ trir anvāha paccho 'rdharcaśo 'navānaṃ savitā śriyaḥ prasavitā śriyam evāpnoty
atho prajñātayaiva pratipadā chandāṃsi pratipadyate //
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 1, 3, 1.0 athāpo namaskṛtyāvagāhya yāvad amanaḥśaṅkam adbhir mṛdā ca gātraśuddhiṃ kṛtvā vastram ā daśāt sūditam iti nenekti gāyatryā prāgagrikam udagagrikaṃ vāstṛṇāti //
VaikhGS, 1, 4, 1.0 athācamya kaurukṣetram iti jalaṃ namaskṛtya mahāvyāhṛtyā jalam abhimantrya hastena talatīrthakrameṇa kūpyābhyaḥ svāhetyādibhistarpayati bhūpatiṃ tarpayāmi bhuvanapatiṃ tarpayāmi bhūtānāṃ patiṃ tarpayāmi prajāpatiṃ tarpayāmi brahmāṇaṃ tarpayāmi nārāyaṇaṃ tarpayāmi mahādevaṃ tarpayāmi skandaṃ tarpayāmi vināyakaṃ tarpayāmi //
VaikhGS, 1, 4, 8.0 atha nivītī bhaumāṃstarpayāmi bhaumadivyāṃstarpayāmi nāgāṃstarpayāmi nāgadivyāṃstarpayāmi yāvanto jalārthinastāvantaḥ pratigṛhṇantvity apo visṛjyācamya brahmayajñaṃ karoti //
VaikhGS, 2, 1, 4.0 pūrvedyureva pūrvāhṇe yugmān brāhmaṇān suprakṣālitapāṇipādāñchrotriyān annena
pariveṣyātheḍāmabhyukṣyāthāvanīdamiti maṇḍalānyupalipyāstvāsanamityāsanāni sadarbhayavāni nidhāya teṣvāsīnān puṣpādyair yathopapādam alaṃkaroti //
VaikhGS, 2, 1, 4.0 pūrvedyureva pūrvāhṇe yugmān brāhmaṇān suprakṣālitapāṇipādāñchrotriyān annena
pariveṣyātheḍāmabhyukṣyāthāvanīdamiti maṇḍalānyupalipyāstvāsanamityāsanāni sadarbhayavāni nidhāya teṣvāsīnān puṣpādyair yathopapādam alaṃkaroti //
VaikhGS, 2, 3, 1.0 atha garbhādhānādivarṣe pañcame brahmavarcasakāmamāyuṣkāmamaṣṭame navame śrīkāmaṃ vasante brāhmaṇam upanayītaikādaśe grīṣme rājanyaṃ dvādaśe śaradi vaiśyam ā ṣoḍaśādbrāhmaṇam ā dvāviṃśāt kṣatriyam ā caturviṃśādvaiśyamiti vā //
VaikhGS, 2, 5, 2.0 athājyenāghāraṃ hutvācāntaṃ maṅgalayuktaṃ kumāram āsayitvāgner nairṛtyāṃ mastake darbhau prāguttarāgrau vinyasya saromāṇaṃ darbham indra śastramiti caturbhiḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ caturdiśaṃ chittvā yenāvapadyatkṣureṇeti sarvato vapati nādho jatroḥ //
VaikhGS, 2, 5, 6.0 atha paristīryāyurdā agna āyurdā deveti pradhānaṃ pañca vāruṇaṃ vyāhṛtiparyantaṃ juhoti //
VaikhGS, 2, 6, 9.0 śatam in nv ityādityaṃ namaskṛtyāgantrā samaganmahīti pradakṣiṇaṃ kārayitvā śakāya tvety uttamāṅgam abhimṛśyādhīhi bho iti tena prārthito
gururathāha sāvitrīṃ bho iti śiṣyam anuśāsti //
VaikhGS, 2, 12, 5.0 atha prāṅmukham udaṅmukhaṃ vā brahmāñjaliṃ kārayitvā dakṣiṇam adhyāsīnaṃ vedānvedau vedaṃ vā sūtrasahitam adhyāpayati //
VaikhGS, 2, 12, 11.0 atha śrāvaṇe paurṇamāsyāmagniṃ paristīrya śiṣyaṃ vāpayitvā snātaṃ puṇyāhaṃ vācayitvā pūrvavad vratabandhaṃ dhātādi pañca vāruṇaṃ mūlahomaṃ sviṣṭākāraṃ ca juhoti //
VaikhGS, 2, 13, 3.0 imaṃ stomaṃ tryāyuṣaṃ jamadagneriti pradhānaṃ pañca vāruṇaṃ mūlahomāntaṃ hutvodvayaṃ tamasa ud u tyam ity etābhyām ādityam upasthāyod uttamam ityuttarīyam
athā vayamiti sūtradaṇḍādīny apsu visṛjya śivo nāmāsīti kṣuramupalena karṣayitvā sākṣatair ādhāvaiḥ śivā na iti śiro 'ñjayitvā godānam apa undantvoṣadhe trāyasva yatkṣureṇeti caturdiśaṃ yenāvapaditi sarvato nakhāntaṃ vapati //
VaikhGS, 3, 7, 3.0 atha gṛhadevatābhyo yathādiśaṃ baliharaṇaṃ brahmaṇe namo brahmapuruṣebhyo namo vāstoṣpataye nama iti gṛhamadhye //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 2, 11, 1.0 atha sagṛhaḥ pravatsyan yatra pañca nava daśa rātrīḥ saṃhitā vasati yatra vā navarātraṃ vāstu kutaś cit kāraṇāt punar abhyety ekām uṣitvā pravatsyan vāstoṣpatīyaṃ juhuyāt //
VaikhŚS, 2, 11, 3.0 agniṣṭhasya dakṣiṇo yukto bhavati savyo 'yukto
'tha vāstoṣpata ity anudrutyottarayā gārhapatye juhoti //
VaikhŚS, 10, 17, 2.0 athādhvaryur agnīt paśupuroḍāśam nirvapa pratiprasthātaḥ paśuṃ viśādhīti saṃpreṣyati //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 1, 17.1 atha brahmāṇaṃ vṛṇīte bhūpate bhuvanapate bhuvāṃ pate mahato bhūtasya pate brahmāṇaṃ tvā vṛṇīmaha iti //
VaitS, 3, 7, 12.1 athādhvaryur āhāgnīd agnīn vihara barhi stṛṇīhi paroḍāśān alaṃkurv iti //
VaitS, 6, 4, 21.1 atha jyotiṣṭomenāgniṣṭomenātmaniṣkrayaṇena sahasradakṣiṇena pṛṣṭhaśamanīyena tvareta //
VaitS, 7, 3, 1.1 atha bhaiṣajyāya yajamānam akṣībhyāṃ te muñcāmi tvota devā yasyās te 'peta etu vāta ā vātv iti /
VaitS, 8, 5, 47.1 athāpy udāharanti yathā yaṣṭus tathādhyetur eṣā brāhmī pratiśrutir eṣā brāhmī pratiśrutir iti //
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 4, 9.1 athāpi brāhmaṇāya vā rājanyāya vābhyāgatāya mahokṣāṇaṃ vā mahājaṃ vā paced evam asmā ātithyaṃ kurvantīti //
VasDhS, 13, 1.1 athātaḥ svādhyāyopākarma śrāvaṇyām paurṇamāsyāṃ prauṣṭhapadyāṃ vā //
VasDhS, 20, 8.1 atha parivividānaḥ kṛcchrātikṛcchrau caritvā tasmai dattvā punar niviśeta tāṃ caivopayacchet //
VasDhS, 22, 1.1 atha khalv ayaṃ puruṣo mithyā vyākaroty ayājyaṃ vā yājayaty apratigrāhyaṃ vā pratigṛhṇāty anannaṃ vāśnāty anācaraṇīyam evācarati //
VasDhS, 23, 23.1 athāpy ācamed agniś ca mā manyuś ceti prātarmanasā pāpaṃ dhyātvoṃpūrvāḥ satyāntā vyāhṛtīr japed aghamarṣaṇaṃ vā paṭhet //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 7, 25.4 athā na indra id viśo 'sapatnāḥ samanasas karat //
VSM, 7, 37.2 jahi śatrūṃr apa mṛdho
nudasvāthābhayaṃ kṛṇuhi viśvato naḥ /
VSM, 12, 12.2 athā vayam āditya vrate tavānāgaso aditaye syāma //
VSM, 12, 65.2 taṃ te viṣyāmy āyuṣo na madhyād
athaitaṃ pitum addhi prasūtaḥ /
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 4, 3.1 athainam abhimantrayate hiraṇyavarṇāḥ śucaya iti catasṛbhiḥ /
VārGS, 7, 4.0 athāgnivratāśvamedhikī dīkṣā saṃvatsaraṃ dvādaśarātraṃ vā //
VārGS, 8, 4.5 udyujyamānāya svāheti jayaprabhṛtibhiś cājyasya purastāt sviṣṭakṛto 'ntevāsināṃ yogam icchann
atha japati /
VārGS, 8, 7.1 ardhapañcamān māsān adhītya pañcārdhaṣaṣṭhān vā dakṣiṇāyanaṃ
vādhītyāthotsṛjanty etena dharmeṇa ṛtam avādiṣaṃ satyam avādiṣaṃ brahmāvādiṣaṃ tan mām āvīt tadvaktāram āvīd āvīn mām āvīd vaktāram /
VārGS, 12, 1.0 athālaṃkaraṇam alaṃkaraṇam asi sarvasmā alaṃ bhūyāsam //
VārGS, 13, 1.0 atha pravadane kanyāmupavasitāṃ snātāṃ saśiraskām ahatenācchinnadaśena vāsasā saṃvītāṃ saṃstīrṇasya purastād vihitāni vāditrāṇi vidhivadupakalpya purastāt sviṣṭakṛto vāce pathyāyai pūṣṇe pṛthivyā agnaye senāyai dhenāyai gāyatryai triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe paṅktaye virāje rākāyai sinīvālyai kuhvai tvaṣṭra āśāyai sampattyai bhūtyai nirṛtyā anumatyai parjanyāyāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte ca juhuyāt //
VārGS, 14, 2.1 athaināṃ darbhaśulvena saṃnahyati saṃ tvā nahyāmi payasā pṛthivyāḥ saṃ tvā nahyāmy adbhir oṣadhībhiḥ /
VārGS, 14, 13.1 uttarato 'gner darbheṣu prācīṃ kanyām avasthāpya purastāt pratyaṅmukha upayantā devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy aham asāv ity
athāsyā upanayanavaddhastaṃ gṛhṇāti nīcāriktam ariktena /
VārGS, 15, 19.0 athāsyā brahmacāriṇaṃ jīvapitṛkaṃ jīvamātṛkam utsaṅgamupaveśayet //
VārGS, 15, 26.0 athāsyāḥ savye 'ṃse pūṣā te granthiṃ grathnātv iti vāsaso granthiṃ kriyamāṇam anumantrayate //
VārGS, 16, 5.1 athāsyāstṛtīye garbhamāse puṃsā nakṣatreṇa yad ahaścandramā na dṛśyeta tadahar vopoṣyāplāvyāhataṃ vāsa ācchādya nyagrodhāvarohaśuṅgāny udapeṣaṃ piṣṭvā dakṣiṇasmin nāsikāchidra āsiñcet /
VārGS, 16, 7.1 athāsyāḥ pañcame ṣaṣṭhe saptame vā garbhamāse maṅgalyaiḥ snāpayitvā prājāpatyena sthālīpākeneṣṭvā jayaprabhṛtibhiścājyasya purastātsviṣṭakṛtaḥ /
VārGS, 16, 11.0 athāsyāḥ patir dvedhā keśān badhnāti nīlalohitena sūtreṇa jīvorṇayā vā //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 3, 4, 11.1 athāghāram āghārayati ūrdhvo adhvara iti prāgudañcaṃ saṃtatam ūrdhvaṃ svargakāmasya nyañcaṃ dveṣyasya //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 7, 19.1 prathamaṃ daśavargaṃ purastād upadadhāty
atha dvitīyaṃ paścāt tṛtīyaṃ dakṣiṇataś caturtham uttarato madhye pañcamam //
VārŚS, 2, 2, 1, 21.1 catvāriṃśatam evaś chanda iti prathamaṃ daśavargaṃ purastād upadadhāty
atha dvitīyaṃ paścāt tṛtīyaṃ dakṣiṇataś caturtham uttarataḥ //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 40.3 atha dve āgrāyaṇāgre athaindravāyavāgram atha dve śukrāgre athāgrāyaṇam atha dve aindravāyavāgre //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 40.3 atha dve āgrāyaṇāgre
athaindravāyavāgram atha dve śukrāgre athāgrāyaṇam atha dve aindravāyavāgre //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 40.3 atha dve āgrāyaṇāgre athaindravāyavāgram
atha dve śukrāgre athāgrāyaṇam atha dve aindravāyavāgre //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 40.3 atha dve āgrāyaṇāgre athaindravāyavāgram atha dve śukrāgre
athāgrāyaṇam atha dve aindravāyavāgre //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 40.3 atha dve āgrāyaṇāgre athaindravāyavāgram atha dve śukrāgre athāgrāyaṇam
atha dve aindravāyavāgre //
VārŚS, 3, 3, 1, 11.0 atha ya udañcaḥ śamyām atiśīyante tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām udrujya śuktyābhijuhoty idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaja iti //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 1, 32.0 atha yasya pitā pitāmaha iti anupetau syātāṃ te brahmahasaṃstutāḥ //
ĀpDhS, 1, 2, 5.0 atha yasya prapitāmahādi nānusmaryata upanayanaṃ te śmaśānasaṃstutāḥ //
ĀpDhS, 1, 2, 6.0 teṣām abhyāgamanaṃ bhojanaṃ vivāham iti ca varjayet teṣām icchatāṃ prāyaścittaṃ dvādaśavarṣāṇi traividyakaṃ brahmacaryaṃ cared
athopanayanaṃ tataḥ udakopasparśanaṃ pāvamānyādibhiḥ //
ĀpDhS, 1, 5, 8.0 atho yat kiṃca manasā vācā cakṣuṣā vā saṃkalpaṃ dhyāyaty āhābhivipaśyati vā tathaiva tad bhavatīty upadiśanti //
ĀpDhS, 1, 10, 8.0 athāpi brāhmaṇaṃ rikto vā eṣo 'napihito yan muṇḍas tasyaitad apidhānaṃ yacchikheti //
ĀpDhS, 1, 12, 5.1 atha yadi vāto vā vāyāt stanayed vā vidyoteta vāvasphūrjed vaikāṃ varcam ekaṃ vā yajur ekaṃ vā sāmābhivyāhared bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ satyaṃ tapaḥ śraddhāyāṃ juhomīti vaitat /
ĀpDhS, 1, 19, 6.0 yadi ha rajaḥ sthāvaraṃ puruṣe bhoktavyam
atha ceccalaṃ dānena nirdoṣo bhavati //
ĀpDhS, 1, 28, 21.0 atha bhrūṇahā śvājinaṃ kharājinaṃ vā bahirloma paridhāya puruṣaśiraḥ pratīpānārtham ādāya //
ĀpDhS, 1, 29, 8.0 athābhiśastāḥ samavasāya careyur dhārmyam iti sāṃśityetaretarayājakā itaretarādhyāpakā mitho vivahamānāḥ //
ĀpDhS, 2, 14, 12.0 athāpi tasmājjyeṣṭhaṃ putraṃ dhanena niravasāyayantīty ekavacchrūyate //
ĀpDhS, 2, 14, 13.0 athāpi nityānuvādam avidhim āhur nyāyavido yathā tasmād ajāvayaḥ paśūnāṃ saha carantīti tasmāt snātakasya mukhaṃ rebhāyatīva tasmād bastaś ca śrotriyaś ca strīkāmatamāv iti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 24, 2.0 athāpi sa evāyaṃ virūḍhaḥ pṛthak pratyakṣeṇopalabhyate dṛśyate cāpi sārūpyaṃ dehatvam evānyat //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 2, 6.1 athājyabhāgau juhoty agnaye svāhety uttarārdhapūrvārdhe somāya svāheti dakṣiṇārdhapūrvārdhe samaṃ pūrveṇa //
ĀpGS, 4, 9.1 athainām uttarayā dakṣiṇe haste gṛhītvāgnim abhyānīyāpareṇāgnim udagagraṃ kaṭam āstīrya tasminn upaviśata uttaro varaḥ //
ĀpGS, 4, 10.1 agner upasamādhānādyājyabhāgānte
'thainām ādito dvābhyām abhimantrayeta //
ĀpGS, 4, 11.1 athāsyai dakṣiṇena nīcā hastena dakṣiṇam uttānaṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇīyāt //
ĀpGS, 4, 15.1 athainām uttareṇāgniṃ dakṣiṇena padā prācīm udīcīṃ vā diśam abhi prakramayaty ekam iṣa iti //
ĀpGS, 5, 2.1 athainām uttareṇāgniṃ dakṣiṇena padāśmānam āsthāpayaty ātiṣṭheti //
ĀpGS, 5, 3.1 athāsyā añjalāv upastīrya dvir lājān opyābhighārayati //
ĀpGS, 6, 11.1 athāsyāḥ puṃsvor jīvaputrāyāḥ putram aṅka uttarayopaveśya tasmai phalāny uttareṇa yajuṣā pradāyottare japitvā vācaṃ yacchata ā nakṣatrebhyaḥ //
ĀpGS, 8, 12.1 yadā malavadvāsāḥ syād
athaināṃ brāhmaṇapratiṣiddhāni karmāṇi saṃśāsti yāṃ malavadvāsasam ity etāni //
ĀpGS, 13, 1.1 athaitad aparaṃ tūṣṇīm eva tīrthe snātvā tūṣṇīṃ samidham ādadhāti //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 1, 3.1 athainaṃ bodhayaty udbudhyasvāgne prati jāgṛhy enam iṣṭāpūrte saṃsṛjethām ayaṃ ca /
ĀpŚS, 6, 3, 9.1 atha vedideśam abhimṛśatīyam asi tasyās te 'gnir vatsaḥ sā me svargaṃ ca lokam amṛtaṃ ca dhukṣveti //
ĀpŚS, 6, 5, 4.3 āhavanīyam agre
'tha gārhapatyam atha dakṣiṇāgnim api vā gārhapatyam āhavanīyaṃ dakṣiṇāgniṃ yathā vāhitāḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 5, 4.3 āhavanīyam agre 'tha gārhapatyam
atha dakṣiṇāgnim api vā gārhapatyam āhavanīyaṃ dakṣiṇāgniṃ yathā vāhitāḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 6, 4.1 apratiṣekyaṃ syāt tejaskāmasya brahmavarcasakāmasya pāpmānaṃ
tustūrṣamāṇasyātho sarvebhyaḥ kāmebhyo 'tho yaḥ kāmayeta vīro ma ājāyeteti //
ĀpŚS, 6, 6, 4.1 apratiṣekyaṃ syāt tejaskāmasya brahmavarcasakāmasya pāpmānaṃ tustūrṣamāṇasyātho sarvebhyaḥ kāmebhyo
'tho yaḥ kāmayeta vīro ma ājāyeteti //
ĀpŚS, 6, 11, 4.2 athāṅgulyāpādāya pūṣāsīti lepaṃ prāśnāty aśabdaṃ kurvann atihāya dataḥ //
ĀpŚS, 7, 2, 2.0 athainam upaspṛśati taṃ tvā juṣe vaiṣṇavaṃ devayajyāyā iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 5, 1.1 athāsyā madhye prādeśamātrīṃ gopadamātrīm aśvaśaphamātrīṃ vottaranābhiṃ catuḥsraktiṃ kṛtvā catuḥśikhaṇḍe yuvatī kanīne ghṛtapratīke bhuvanasya madhye /
ĀpŚS, 7, 6, 7.4 dīrgham āyur yajamānāya kṛṇvann
athāmṛtena jaritāram aṅgdhīha yajñaḥ pratyaṣṭhād iti saṃbhāreṣu pratiṣṭhāpya //
ĀpŚS, 7, 9, 9.2 āpas tat sarvaṃ jīvalāḥ śundhantu śucayaḥ śucim iti yūpaṃ
prakṣālyāthainaṃ yavamatībhiḥ prokṣati /
ĀpŚS, 7, 12, 3.0 athaikeṣāṃ vaiṣṇavīm āgnāvaiṣṇavīṃ sārasvatīṃ bārhaspatyām iti ca hutvā prayojayet //
ĀpŚS, 7, 18, 14.1 atha madhyaṃ yata āchyati tad ubhayato lohitenāṅktvā rakṣasāṃ bhāgo 'sīty uttaram aparam avāntaradeśaṃ nirasyāthainat savyena padābhitiṣṭhatīdam ahaṃ rakṣo 'vabādha idam ahaṃ rakṣo 'dhamaṃ tamo nayāmīti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 18, 14.1 atha madhyaṃ yata āchyati tad ubhayato lohitenāṅktvā rakṣasāṃ bhāgo 'sīty uttaram aparam avāntaradeśaṃ
nirasyāthainat savyena padābhitiṣṭhatīdam ahaṃ rakṣo 'vabādha idam ahaṃ rakṣo 'dhamaṃ tamo nayāmīti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 20, 5.1 vaṣaṭkṛte hutvā pratyākramya śeṣeṇa dhruvām abhighārya pṛṣadājyam abhighārayaty
atha vapām /
ĀpŚS, 7, 21, 6.7 nir mā yamasya paḍbīśāt sarvasmād devakilbiṣād
atho manuṣyakilbiṣād iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 25, 6.0 atha yan na śīrṣṇo 'vadyati nāṃsayor nāṇūkasya nāparasakthyor anavadānīyāni //
ĀpŚS, 16, 26, 3.2 atho indrāya pātave sunu somam ulūkhaleti sarvauṣadhasya pūrayitvāvahaty edaṃ viṣṇur vicakrama iti madhye 'gner upadadhāti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 4, 1.1 atha yadi rājanyo vaiśyo vā nādriyeta dakṣiṇam agniṃ praṇayitum //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 3.1 athāntarasyāṃ pañcadaśa pūrvapakṣasya rātrīr upadadhāti darśā dṛṣṭeti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 5.1 athāntarasyāṃ pañcadaśāparapakṣasyāhāny upadadhāti prastutaṃ viṣṭutam iti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 7.1 athāntarasyāṃ pañcadaśāparapakṣasya rātrīr upadadhāti sutā sunvatīti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 9.1 athāntarasyāṃ dvādaśa pūrvapakṣān upadadhāti pavitraṃ pavayiṣyann iti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 14.1 athāntarasyāṃ ṣaḍ yajñakratūṃs trīṇi caturnāmāny upadadhāty agniṣṭoma ukthyo agnir ṛtur iti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 15.1 atha nābhyāṃ catvāri saṃvatsaranāmāny upadadhāti prajāpatiḥ saṃvatsaro mahān ka iti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 13, 9.1 athaikaviṃśatim āhutīr juhoty asave svāhā vasave svāhety anuvākena pratimantram //
ĀpŚS, 19, 14, 14.1 atha yadīcched bhūyiṣṭhaṃ me śraddadhīran bhūyiṣṭhā dakṣiṇā nayeyur iti dakṣiṇāsu nīyamānāsu prācy ehi prācy ehīti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 20, 6.1 athāparudhyamāno 'dite 'numanyasvety aparoddhuḥ padam ādāya gacchet //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 3, 1.1 atha khalu yatra kva ca hoṣyantsyād iṣumātrāvaraṃ sarvataḥ sthaṇḍilam upalipyollikhya ṣaṭ lekhā udagāyatāṃ paścātprāgāyate nānāntayostisro madhye tadabhyukṣyāgniṃ pratiṣṭhāpyānvādhāya parisamuhya paristīrya purastāddakṣiṇataḥ paścād uttarata ityudaksaṃsthaṃ tūṣṇīṃ paryukṣaṇam //
ĀśvGS, 1, 7, 1.1 atha khalūccāvacā janapadadharmā grāmadharmāś ca tān vivāhe pratīyāt //
ĀśvGS, 1, 7, 19.1 athainām aparājitāyāṃ diśi sapta padāny abhyutkrāmayatīṣa ekapady ūrje dvipadī rāyaspoṣāya tripadī māyobhavyāya catuṣpadī prajābhyaḥ pañcapady ṛtubhyaḥ ṣaṭpadī sakhā saptapadī bhava sā mām anuvratā bhava /
ĀśvGS, 1, 13, 5.0 athāsyai maṇḍalāgāracchāyāyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ nāsikāyām ajītām oṣadhīṃ nastaḥ karoti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 14, 3.1 athāgnim upasamādhāya paścād asyānaḍuhaṃ carma āstīrya prāggrīvam uttaraloma tasminn upaviṣṭāyāṃ samanvārabdhāyām dhātā dadātu dāśuṣa iti dvābhyām rākām aham iti dvābhyām nejameṣa prajāpate na tvad etāny anya iti ca //
ĀśvGS, 1, 14, 4.1 athāsyai yugmena śalāṭugrapsena treṇyā ca śalalyā tribhiś ca kuśapiñjūlair ūrdhvaṃ sīmantaṃ vyūhati bhūr bhuvaḥ svar om iti triḥ //
ĀśvGS, 1, 23, 3.1 brahmāṇam eva prathamaṃ vṛṇīte
'tha hotāram athādhvaryum athodgātāram //
ĀśvGS, 1, 23, 3.1 brahmāṇam eva prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotāram
athādhvaryum athodgātāram //
ĀśvGS, 1, 23, 3.1 brahmāṇam eva prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotāram athādhvaryum
athodgātāram //
ĀśvGS, 1, 24, 13.1 prakṣālitapādo 'rghyam añjalinā
pratigṛhyāthācamanīyena ācāmaty amṛtopastaraṇam asīti //
ĀśvGS, 2, 8, 16.1 athainām ucchrīyamāṇām anumantrayeta ihaiva tiṣṭha nimitā tilvalāstām irāvatīm /
ĀśvGS, 2, 9, 5.1 athāsminn apa āsecayed aitu rājā varuṇo revatībhir asmint sthāne tiṣṭhatu modamānaḥ /
ĀśvGS, 3, 3, 1.1 atha svādhyāyam adhīyītarco yajūṃṣi sāmāny atharvāṅgiraso brāhmaṇāni kalpān gāthā nārāśaṃsīr itihāsapurāṇānīti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 4, 2.0 atharṣayaḥ śatarcino mādhyamā gṛtsamado viśvāmitro vāmadevo 'trir bhāradvājo vasiṣṭhaḥ pragāthāḥ pāvamānyaḥ kṣudrasūktā mahāsūktā iti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 4, 6.0 athāpi vijñāyate sa yadi tiṣṭhan vrajann āsīnaḥ śayāno vā yaṃ yaṃ kratum adhīte tena tena hāsya kratuneṣṭaṃ bhavati //
ĀśvGS, 3, 8, 1.0 athaitānyupakalpayīta samāvartamāno maṇiṃ kuṇḍale vastrayugaṃ chatram upānadyugaṃ daṇḍaṃ srajam unmardanam anulepanam āñjanam uṣṇīṣam ity ātmane cācāryāya ca //
ĀśvGS, 3, 11, 5.1 athāparājitāyāṃ diśyavasthāya svastyātreyaṃ japati yata indra bhayāmaha iti ca sūktaśeṣam //
ĀśvGS, 3, 12, 12.0 athainaṃ sārayamāṇam upāruhyābhīvartaṃ vācayati pra yo vāṃ mitrāvaruṇeti ca dve //
ĀśvGS, 4, 5, 10.0 ut te stabhnāmīti
kapālenāpidhāyāthānavekṣaṃ pratyāvrajyāpa upaspṛśya śrāddham asmai dadyuḥ //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 4.0 athānavekṣaṃ pratyāvrajyāpa upaspṛśya keśaśmaśrulomanakhāni vāpayitvopakalpayīran navān maṇikān kumbhān ācamanīyāṃśca śamīsumanomālinaḥ śamīmayam idhmaṃ śamīmayyāvaraṇī paridhīṃś cānaḍuhaṃ gomayaṃ carma ca navanītam aśmānaṃ ca yāvatyo yuvatayas tāvanti kuśapiñjūlāni //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 8.0 athāgnim upasamādhāya paścād asyānaḍuhaṃ carmāstīrya prāggrīvam uttaraloma tasminn amātyān ārohayed ārohatāyur jarasaṃ vṛṇānā iti //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 14.0 athāparājitāyāṃ diśyavasthāyāgninānaḍuhena gomayena cāvicchinnayā codakadhārayāpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuva iti tṛcena parīme gāmaneṣateti parikrāmatsu japet //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 16.0 athopaviśanti yatrābhiraṃsyamānā bhavanty ahatena vāsasā pracchādya //
ĀśvGS, 4, 8, 28.0 athodaṅāvṛtya śvāsinīr ghoṣiṇīr vicinvatīḥ samaśnuvatīḥ sarpā yad vo 'tra taddharadhvam iti sarpebhyo yat tatra asṛg ūvadhyaṃ vāvasrutaṃ bhavati taddharanti sarpāḥ //
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 4, 10, 1.2 athāsmabhyaṃ savitaḥ sarvatātā dive diva āsu vā bhūripaśva ity āsīnaḥ //
ĀśvŚS, 4, 13, 1.1 athaitasyā rātrer vivāsakāle prāgvayasāṃ pravādāt prātaranuvākāyāmantrito vāgyatas tīrthena prapadyāgnīdhrīye jānv ācyāhutiṃ juhuyāt /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 2.1 atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'bhrātṛvyo anā tvaṃ mā te amājuro yathā evā hy asi vīrayur evā hy asya sūnṛtā taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasi tam v abhi pragāyata vayam u tvām apūrvya /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 3.1 athācchāvākasyendraṃ viśvā avīvṛdhann uktham indrāya śaṃsyaṃ śrudhī havaṃ tiraścyā āśrutkarṇa śrudhī havam asāvi soma indra ta imam indra sutaṃ piba yad indra citra mehanā yas te sādhiṣṭho avase purāṃ bhindur yuvā kavir vṛṣā hy asi rādhase gāyanti tvā gāyatriṇa ā tvā giro rathīr iveti //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 9, 8.1 yadi tv adhvaryava ājiṃ jāpayeyur
atha brahmā tīrthadeśe mayūkhe cakraṃ pratimuktaṃ tad āruhya pradakṣiṇam āvartyamāne vājināṃ sāma gāyād āvir maryā ā vājaṃ vājino agman /
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 8.2 yo manuṣyeṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyād
atha kimu yo deveṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt tasmād u naivāśnīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 22.2 dvandvam pātrāṇyudāharati śūrpaṃ cāgnihotrahavaṇīṃ ca sphyaṃ ca kapālāni ca śamyāṃ ca kṛṣṇājinaṃ colūkhalamusale dṛṣadupale taddaśa daśākṣarā vai virāḍ virāḍvai yajñas tadvirājamevaitad yajñam abhisaṃpādayaty
atha yaddvandvaṃ dvandvaṃ vai vīryaṃ yadā vai dvau saṃrabhete atha tadvīryam bhavati dvandvaṃ vai mithunam prajananam mithunamevaitatprajananaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 22.2 dvandvam pātrāṇyudāharati śūrpaṃ cāgnihotrahavaṇīṃ ca sphyaṃ ca kapālāni ca śamyāṃ ca kṛṣṇājinaṃ colūkhalamusale dṛṣadupale taddaśa daśākṣarā vai virāḍ virāḍvai yajñas tadvirājamevaitad yajñam abhisaṃpādayaty atha yaddvandvaṃ dvandvaṃ vai vīryaṃ yadā vai dvau saṃrabhete
atha tadvīryam bhavati dvandvaṃ vai mithunam prajananam mithunamevaitatprajananaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 2.2 vāgvai yajño 'vikṣubdho yajñaṃ tanavā ity
atha pratapati pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātayo niṣṭaptaṃ rakṣo niṣṭaptā arātaya iti vā //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 9.2 agnireva dhūr agnirhi vai dhūr
atha ya enadvahantyagnidagdhamivaiṣāṃ vaham bhavaty atha yajjaghanena kastambhīm praugaṃ vedirevāsya sā nīḍa eva havirdhānam //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 9.2 agnireva dhūr agnirhi vai dhūr atha ya enadvahantyagnidagdhamivaiṣāṃ vaham bhavaty
atha yajjaghanena kastambhīm praugaṃ vedirevāsya sā nīḍa eva havirdhānam //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 13.2 viṣṇustvā kramatāmiti yajño vai viṣṇuḥ sa devebhya imāṃ vikrāntiṃ vicakrame yaiṣāmiyaṃ vikrāntir idameva prathamena padena
paspārāthedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyena divamuttamenaitām v evaiṣa etasmai viṣṇuryajño vikrāntiṃ vikramate //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity
atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 5.2 sa hataḥ pūtiḥ sarvata evāpo 'bhiprasusrāva sarvata iva hyayaṃ samudras tasmād u haikā āpo bībhatsāṃcakrire tā uparyupary atipupruvire 'ta ime darbhās tā haitā anāpūyitā āpo 'sti vā itarāsu saṃsṛṣṭam iva yad enā vṛtraḥ pūtir abhiprāsravat tad evāsām etābhyām pavitrābhyām apahanty
atha medhyābhir evādbhiḥ prokṣati tasmād vā etābhyām utpunāti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 10.2 tadetābhyo nihnute
'tha haviḥ prokṣatyeko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhurmedhyamevaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 21.2 parāpūtaṃ rakṣaḥ parāpūtā arātaya ity
atha tuṣānprahanty apahataṃ rakṣa iti tannāṣṭrā evaitadrakṣāṃsyato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 23.2 devo vaḥ savitā hiraṇyapāṇiḥ pratigṛbhṇātvachidreṇa pāṇinā supratigṛhītā asannity
atha triḥ phalīkaroti trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 24.1 taddhaike devebhyaḥ śundhadhvaṃ devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti phalīkurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ādiṣṭaṃ vā etaddevatāyai havirbhavaty
athaitad vaiśvadevaṃ karoti yadāha devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti tatsamadaṃ karoti tasmād u tūṣṇīmeva phalīkuryāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 3.2 sa upaveṣamādatte dhṛṣṭirasīti sa yadenenāgniṃ dhṛṣṇvivopacarati tena dhṛṣṭir
atha yadenena yajña upālabhata upeva vā enenaitad veṣṭi tasmādupaveṣo nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 4.2 apāgne agnim āmādaṃ jahi niṣkravyādaṃ sedhety ayaṃ vā āmād yenedam manuṣyāḥ paktvāśnanty
atha yena puruṣaṃ dahanti sa kravyād etāvevaitadubhāvato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 20.2 jīvaṃ vai devānāṃ havir amṛtam amṛtānām
athaitad ulūkhalamusalābhyāṃ dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ haviryajñaṃ ghnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 2.2 athaika upasarjanībhiraiti tā ānayati tāḥ pavitrābhyām pratigṛhṇāti sam āpa oṣadhībhiriti saṃ hyetad āpa oṣadhībhiretābhiḥ piṣṭābhiḥ saṃgacchante samoṣadhayo raseneti saṃ hyetad oṣadhayo rasenaitāḥ piṣṭā adbhiḥ saṃgacchanta āpo hyetāsāṃ rasaḥ saṃ revatīrjagatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti revatya āpo jagatya oṣadhayas tā u hyetad ubhayyaḥ saṃpṛcyante saṃ madhumatīr madhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti saṃ rasavantyo rasavatībhiḥ pṛcyantām ityevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 1.2 sa yamagre 'gniṃ hotrāya prāvṛṇata sa prādhanvad yaṃ dvitīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad yaṃ tṛtīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad
atha yo 'yametarhyagniṃ sa bhīṣā nililye so 'paḥ praviveśa taṃ devā anuvidya sahasaivādbhya āninyuḥ so 'po 'bhitiṣṭhevāvaṣṭhyūtā stha yā aprapadanaṃ stha yābhyo vo mām akāmaṃ nayantīti tata āptyāḥ saṃbabhūvustrito dvita ekataḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa
ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā
saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto
'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati
dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 1.2 sa prahṛtaścaturdhā 'bhavat tasya sphyastṛtīyaṃ vā yāvadvā yūpas tṛtīyaṃ vā yāvad vā rathastṛtīyaṃ vā
yāvadvātha yatra prāharat tacchakalo 'śīryata sa patitvā śaro 'bhavat tasmāccharo nāma yad aśīryataivam u sa caturdhā vajro 'bhavat //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 11.2 ahamuttarataḥ paryeṣyāmy
atha yūyamita upasaṃrotsyatha tānt saṃrudhyaibhiśca lokairabhinidhāsyāmo yad u cemāṃllokānati caturthaṃ tataḥ punarna saṃhāsyanta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 12.2 athema ita upasamarundhaṃs tānt saṃrudhyaibhiśca lokair abhinyadadhur yad u cemāṃllokān ati caturthaṃ tataḥ punar na samajihata tad etannidānena yat stambayajuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 1.2 ubhaye prājāpatyāḥ paspṛdhire tato devā anuvyam ivāsur
atha hāsurā menire 'smākam evedaṃ khalu bhuvanamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 17.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dig
atho udakpravaṇodīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhaty eṣā vai dikpitṝṇāṃ sā yaddakṣiṇāpravaṇā syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyogjīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhati purīṣavatīṃ kurvīta paśavo vai purīṣam paśumatīm evainām etat kurute //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu
dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty
atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 20.2 vajro vai sphyo brāhmaṇaścemam purā yajñam abhyajūgupatāṃ vajro vā āpas tad vajram evaitad abhiguptyā āsādayati sa vā uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchaty atha yannihita eva sphye prokṣaṇīr āsādayed vajrau ha samṛccheyātāṃ tatho ha vajrau na samṛcchete tasmād uparyuparyeva prokṣaṇīṣu
dhāryamāṇāsvatha sphyam udyacchati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 24.2 te ha smāvamarśaṃ yajante te pāpīyāṃsa āsur
atha ye nejire te śreyāṃsa āsus tato 'śraddhā manuṣyānviveda ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti tata ito devān havirna jagāmetaḥ pradānāddhi devā upajīvanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 26.2 bṛhaspatirāṅgiraso yadvai śuśruma devānām pariṣūtaṃ tadeṣa yajño bhavati yacchṛtāni havīṃṣi kᄆptā vedis tenāvamarśam acāriṣṭa tasmātpāpīyāṃso 'bhūta tenānavamarśaṃ yajadhvaṃ tathā śreyāṃso bhaviṣyathety ā kiyata ity ā barhiṣa staraṇāditi barhiṣā ha vai khalveṣā śāmyati sa yadi purā barhiṣa staraṇāt kiṃcid āpadyeta barhir eva tatstṛṇannapāsyed
atha yadā barhi stṛṇantyapi padābhitiṣṭhanti sa yo haivaṃ vidvān anavamarśaṃ yajate śreyān ha vai bhavati tasmād anavamarśam eva yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 9.2 athetarāḥ sruco yoṣā vai srug vṛṣā sruvas tasmādyadyapi bahvya iva striyaḥ sārdhaṃ yanti ya eva tāsvapi kumāraka iva pumānbhavati sa eva tatra prathama ety anūcya itarās tasmātsruvamevāgre saṃmārṣṭy athetarāḥ srucaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 9.2 athetarāḥ sruco yoṣā vai srug vṛṣā sruvas tasmādyadyapi bahvya iva striyaḥ sārdhaṃ yanti ya eva tāsvapi kumāraka iva pumānbhavati sa eva tatra prathama ety anūcya itarās tasmātsruvamevāgre saṃmārṣṭy
athetarāḥ srucaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 13.2 yoktreṇa hi yogyaṃ yuñjanty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher
athaitadājyam avekṣiṣyamāṇā bhavati tadevāsyā etadyoktreṇāntardadhātyatha medhyenaivottarārdhenājyam avekṣate tasmātpatnīṃ saṃnahyati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 13.2 yoktreṇa hi yogyaṃ yuñjanty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher athaitadājyam avekṣiṣyamāṇā bhavati tadevāsyā
etadyoktreṇāntardadhātyatha medhyenaivottarārdhenājyam avekṣate tasmātpatnīṃ saṃnahyati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau
juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.2 tadāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanti sarvo me yajña āhavanīye śṛto 'sad ity
atha yadamutrāgre 'dhiśrayati patnīṃ hyavakāśayiṣyan bhavati na hi tadavakalpate yat sāmi pratyaggharet patnīm avakāśayiṣyāmīty atha yat patnīṃ nāvakāśayed antariyāddha yajñāt patnīṃ tatho ha yajñāt patnīṃ nāntareti tasmād u sārdham eva vilāpya prāg udāharaty avakāśya patnīṃ yasyo patnī na bhavaty agra eva tasyāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati tat tata ādatte tad antarvedyāsādayati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.2 tadāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanti sarvo me yajña āhavanīye śṛto 'sad ity atha yadamutrāgre 'dhiśrayati patnīṃ hyavakāśayiṣyan bhavati na hi tadavakalpate yat sāmi pratyaggharet patnīm avakāśayiṣyāmīty
atha yat patnīṃ nāvakāśayed antariyāddha yajñāt patnīṃ tatho ha yajñāt patnīṃ nāntareti tasmād u sārdham eva vilāpya prāg udāharaty avakāśya patnīṃ yasyo patnī na bhavaty agra eva tasyāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati tat tata ādatte tad antarvedyāsādayati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 25.2 prokṣaṇīr utpunāti tad apsu payo dadhāti tad idam apsu payo hitam idaṃ hi yadā varṣaty
athauṣadhayo jāyanta oṣadhīr jagdhvāpaḥ pītvā tata eṣa rasaḥ sambhavati tasmād u rasasyo caiva sarvatvāya //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 4.2 athedam antarikṣam upabhṛd iyam eva dhruvā tad vā asyā eveme sarve lokāḥ prabhavanti tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 12.2 attāram evaitat parimitataraṃ kanīyāṃsaṃ karoty
atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāty ādyam evaitad aparimitataram bhūyāṃsaṃ karoti taddhi samṛddhaṃ yatrāttā kanīyānādyo bhūyān //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 14.2 bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty attāram evaitat parimitataraṃ kanīyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs tasmin vīryam balaṃ dadhāty
atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇankanīya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty ādyam evaitad aparimitataram bhūyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs tam avīryam abalīyāṃsaṃ karoti tasmāduta rājāpārāṃ viśam prāvasāyāpy ekaveśmanaiva jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa yaj juhvāṃ bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāti sa yaj juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti yad upabhṛti gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād
atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante
'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate
'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 16.2 chandobhya ājyāni gṛhyante sa yac catur juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti gāyatryai tad gṛhṇāty
atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāti triṣṭubjagatībhyāṃ tad gṛhṇāty atha yaccatur dhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāty anuṣṭubhe tad gṛhṇāti vāgvā anuṣṭub vāco vā idaṃ sarvam prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavatīyam vā anuṣṭub asyai vā idaṃ sarvaṃ prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 16.2 chandobhya ājyāni gṛhyante sa yac catur juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti gāyatryai tad gṛhṇāty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇāti triṣṭubjagatībhyāṃ tad gṛhṇāty
atha yaccatur dhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāty anuṣṭubhe tad gṛhṇāti vāgvā anuṣṭub vāco vā idaṃ sarvam prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavatīyam vā anuṣṭub asyai vā idaṃ sarvaṃ prabhavati tasmād u dhruvāyā eva sarvo yajñaḥ prabhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 7.2 ayaṃ vai stupaḥ prastaro
'tha yānyavāñci lomāni tānyevāsya yaditaram barhis tānyevāsminn etad dadhāti tasmād barhi stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 10.2 yatra vā asyai bahulatamā oṣadhayas tad asyā upajīvanīyatamaṃ tasmād bahulaṃ stṛṇīyād iti tad vai tadāhartaryevādhi trivṛt stṛṇāti trivṛddhi yajño
'tho api pravarhaṃ stṛṇīyāt stṛṇanti barhir ānuṣagiti tvṛṣiṇābhyanūktam adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāty adharamūlā iva hīmā asyām pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 13.2 tad yat paridhīn paridadhāti yatra vai devā agre 'gniṃ hotrāya prāvṛṇata taddhovāca na vā ahamidamutsahe yad vo hotā syāṃ yadvo havyaṃ vaheyaṃ trīn pūrvān prāvṛḍhvaṃ te prādhanviṣus tān nu me
'vakalpayatātha vā aham etad utsākṣye yadvo hotā syāṃ yadvo havyaṃ vaheyamiti tatheti tān asmā etān avākalpayaṃs ta ete paridhayaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam
atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty
atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty
atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded
atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded
atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur
atho khādirā atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 20.2 atho api vaikaṅkatā syur yadi vaikaṅkatān na vinded atho api kārṣmaryamayāḥ syur yadi kārṣmaryamayān na vinded atho api bailvāḥ syur atho khādirā
atho audumbarā ete hi vṛkṣā yajñiyās tasmād eteṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇām bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 5.2 sa madhyamamevāgre paridhim upaspṛśati tenaitānagre samindhe
'thāgnāv abhyādadhāti teno agnim pratyakṣaṃ samindhe //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 8.2 sūryastvā purastāt pātu kasyāścid abhiśastyā iti guptyai vā abhitaḥ paridhayo bhavanty
athaitat sūryameva purastādgoptāraṃ karoti net purastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsy abhyavacarāniti sūryo hi nāṣṭrāṇāṃ rakṣasām apahantā //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 10.2 sa dve tṛṇe ādāya tiraścī nidadhāti savitur bāhū stha ity ayaṃ vai stupaḥ prastaro
'thāsyaite bhruvāveva tiraścī nidadhāti tasmād ime tiraścyau bhruvau kṣatraṃ vai prastaro viśa itaram barhiḥ kṣatrasya caiva viśaśca vidhṛtyai tasmāt tiraścī nidadhāti tasmād v eva vidhṛtī nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 3.2 agnaye samidhyamānāya hotaranubrūhīti tad u tathā na brūyād ahotā vā eṣa purā bhavati yadaivainam pravṛṇīte
'tha hotā tasmād u brūyād agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhītyeva //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 15.2 apy ekaikām evānavānann anubrūyāt tad ekaikayaivemāṃl lokāṃt saṃtanotyekaikayemāṃl lokāṃt spṛṇute
'tha yatprāṇaṃ dadhāti gāyatrī vai prāṇaḥ sa yatkṛtsnāṃ gāyatrīmanvāha tatkṛtsnaṃ prāṇaṃ dadhāti tasmād ekaikām evānavānann anubrūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 3.2 atha yad uccair hiṃkuryād anyatarad eva kuryād vācameva tasmād upāṃśu hiṃkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad
athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām pṛthivīm prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 4.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitaṃ nihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre
'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 4.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitaṃ nihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro
'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 10.2 ya evāyamavāṅprāṇa etamevaitayā saminddha ā juhotā duvasyateti sarvamātmānaṃ saminddha ā nakhebhyo
'tho lomabhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 2.2 tanmano devebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty
atha yadvācā niruktaṃ kriyate tadvāgdevebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty etad vā idaṃ dvayaṃ kriyate tadete evaitat saṃtarpayati tṛpte prīte devebhyo yajñaṃ vahāta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 15.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ tvā vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti yajñaṃ tvā vakṣyantaṃ yajñiyaṃ saṃmārjmīty evaitad
āhāthopariṣṭāt tūṣṇīṃ tris tad yathā yuktvā prājet prehi vahety evam evaitat kaśayopakṣipati prehi devebhyo yajñaṃ vaheti tasmād upariṣṭāttūṣṇīṃ tris tad yad etadantareṇa karma kriyate tasmād idam manaśca vākca samānam eva sannāneva //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 1.2 tad yat pravarāyāśrāvayati yajño vā āśrāvaṇaṃ yajñam
abhivyāhṛtyātha hotāram pravṛṇā iti tasmāt pravarāyāśrāvayati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 4.2 ya eva devānāṃ hotā tamevāgre pravṛṇīte 'gnimeva tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnim pravṛṇīte tadagnaye nihnute
'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagre pravṛṇīte tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute
'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 10.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitannihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre
'tha putro 'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 10.2 parastāddhyarvācyaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante jyāyasaspataya u caivaitannihnuta idaṃ hi pitaivāgre 'tha putro
'tha pautras tasmāt parastād arvāk pravṛṇīte //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 15.1 tatra japati etat tvā deva savitarvṛṇata iti tatsavitāram prasavāyopadhāvati sa hi devānām prasavitāgniṃ hotrāyeti tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute
'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 7.2 yajñamevaitadanumantrayata ā naḥ śṛṇūpa na āvartasvety
atha yatpratyāśrāvayati yajña evaitad upāvartate 'stu tatheti tenopāvṛttena retasā bhūtenartvijaḥ sampradāyaṃ caranti yajamānena parokṣaṃ yathā pūrṇapātreṇa sampradāyaṃ careyurevamanenartvijaḥ sampradāyaṃ caranti tad vācaivaitat sampradāyaṃ caranti vāgghi yajño vāg u hi retas tad etenaivaitat saṃpradāyaṃ caranti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 11.2 ā vaṣaṭkārāt taṃ vaṣaṭkāreṇāgnāveva yonau reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty agnirvai yonir yajñasya sa tataḥ prajāyata iti nu haviryajñe
'tha saumye 'dhvare //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 8.2 samidho yajeti tadvasantaṃ saminddhe sa vasantaḥ samiddho 'nyān ṛtūnt saminddha ṛtavaḥ samiddhāḥ prajāśca prajanayantyoṣadhīśca pacanti tad v eva khalu
sarvānṛtūnnirāhātha yaja yajety evottarān āhājāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yat tanūnapātaṃ yajeḍo yajeti brūyāt tasmād yaja yajetyevottarānāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 25.2 yena yajñaṃ samasthāpayaṃstenaiva yathāpūrvaṃ havīṃṣyabhyaghārayan punarevaināni tad āpyāyayann ayātayāmānyakurvann ayātayāma hyājyaṃ tasmāduttamam prayājamiṣṭvā yathāpūrvaṃ havīṃṣy abhighārayati punarevaināni tadāpyāyayatyayātayāmāni karotyayātayāma hyājyaṃ tasmādyasya kasya ca haviṣo 'vadyati punar eva tad abhighārayati sviṣṭakṛta eva tat punar āpyāyaty ayātayāma karoty
atha yadā sviṣṭakṛte 'vadyati na tataḥ punar abhighārayati no hi tataḥ kāṃcana haviṣo 'gnāvāhutiṃ hoṣyan bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 3.2 prajā vā iḍo yadā vai retaḥ siktaṃ prajāyate
'tha tad īḍitam ivānnam icchamānaṃ carati tat praivaitajjanayati tasmādiḍo yajati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 6.2 ubhaye prājāpatyāḥ paspṛdhire te daṇḍair dhanurbhirna vyajayanta te hāvijayamānā ūcur hanta vācyeva brahman vijigīṣāmahai sa yo no vācaṃ vyāhṛtām mithunena nānunikrāmāt sa sarvam parājayātā
atha sarvam itare jayāniti tatheti devā abruvaṃste devā indramabruvan vyāhareti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 7.2 eko mamety
athāsmākam eketītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunam evāvindan mithunaṃ hyekaścaikā ca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 8.2 athāsmākaṃ dve itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunam evāvindan mithunaṃ hi dvau ca dve ca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 9.2 athāsmākaṃ tisra itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunamevāvindan mithunaṃ hi trayaśca tisraśca //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 10.2 athāsmākaṃ catasra itītare 'bruvaṃs tad u tan mithunamevāvindan mithunaṃ hi catvāraśca catasraśca //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 3.2 yāvadvai kṣullakā bhavāmo bahvī vai nastāvannāṣṭrā bhavaty uta matsya eva matsyaṃ gilati kumbhyām māgre bibharāsi sa yadā tāmativardhā
atha karṣūṃ khātvā tasyām mā bibharāsi sa yadā tām ativardhā atha mā samudram abhyavaharāsi tarhi vā atināṣṭro bhavitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 3.2 yāvadvai kṣullakā bhavāmo bahvī vai nastāvannāṣṭrā bhavaty uta matsya eva matsyaṃ gilati kumbhyām māgre bibharāsi sa yadā tāmativardhā atha karṣūṃ khātvā tasyām mā bibharāsi sa yadā tām ativardhā
atha mā samudram abhyavaharāsi tarhi vā atināṣṭro bhavitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 4.2 sa hi jyeṣṭhaṃ vardhate
'thetithīṃ samāṃ tadaugha āgantā tanmā nāvamupakalpyopāsāsai sa augha utthite nāvam āpadyāsai tatastvā pārayitāsmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 6.2 apīparaṃ vai tvā vṛkṣe nāvam pratibadhnīṣva taṃ tu tvā mā girau santam udakam antaśchaitsīd yāvadudakaṃ samavāyāt tāvat tāvad anvavasarpāsīti sa ha tāvattāvad evānvavasasarpa tadapyetaduttarasya girermanoravasarpaṇam ity augho ha tāḥ sarvāḥ prajā
niruvāhātheha manurevaikaḥ pariśiśiṣe //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 16.2 idaṃ vai me taniṣṭhaṃ yajñasya yadiyamiḍā pākayajñiyā yadvai ma iha rakṣāṃsi yajñaṃ na hiṃsyuriti tāmetatpurā rakṣobhyaḥ purā rakṣobhya ityeva prāpayata tatho evaināmeṣa etatpurā rakṣobhyaḥ purā rakṣobhya ityeva prāpayate
'tha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedanupahūtām prāśnāmīty etad evainām prāpayate yad oṣṭhayor nilimpate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 25.2 atha nānevopahvayate 'jāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yad iḍopahūteḍopahūtety evopahvayetopahūteḍeti veḍopahūteti tad arvācīm upahvayata upahūteḍeti tat parācīm upo asmāṁ iḍā hvayatāmiti tad ātmānaṃ caivaitan nāntarety anyatheva ca bhavatīḍopahūteti tatpunararvācīmupahvayate tadarvācīṃ caivainām etatparācīṃ copahvayate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 27.2 yadeva mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ samagacchata sa eva maitrāvaruṇo nyaṅgo brahmā devakṛtopahūteti brahmā hyeṣāṃ devakṛtopahūtopahūtā daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā manuṣyā iti taddaivāṃścaivādhvaryūnupahvayate ye ca mānuṣā vatsā vai daivyā adhvaryavo
'tha ya itare te mānuṣāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 30.2 tadasmā etajjīvātumeva parokṣam āśāste jīvanhi pūrvam
iṣṭvāthāparaṃ yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 31.2 yasya hi prajā bhavatyamuṃ lokamātmanaity
athāsmiṃlloke prajā yajate tasmātprajottarā devayajyā //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 32.1 tadasmā etatpaśūneva parokṣam āśāste yasya hi paśavo bhavanti sa
pūrvamiṣṭvāthāparaṃ yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 33.2 tadasmā etajjīvātumeva parokṣam āśāste jīvan hi
pūrvamiṣṭvātha bhūyobhūya eva haviṣkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 34.1 tadasmā etatprajāmeva parokṣam āśāste yasya hi prajā bhavatyeka ātmanā bhavaty
athota daśadhā prajayā haviṣkriyate tasmātprajā bhūyo haviṣkaraṇam //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 35.2 yasya hi paśavo bhavanti sa
pūrvamiṣṭvātha bhūyobhūya eva haviṣkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 39.2 hotari tvad yajamāne tvad adhvaryau tvad
atha yatpūrvārdham puroḍāśasya praśīrya purastād dhruvāyai nidadhāti yajamāno vai dhruvā tadyajamānasya prāśitam bhavaty atha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedasaṃsthite yajñe prāśnānīty etad evāsya prāśitam bhavati sarve prāśnanti sarveṣu me hutāsaditi pañca prāśnanti paśavo vā iḍā pāṅktā vai paśavas tasmāt pañca prāśnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 39.2 hotari tvad yajamāne tvad adhvaryau tvad atha yatpūrvārdham puroḍāśasya praśīrya purastād dhruvāyai nidadhāti yajamāno vai dhruvā tadyajamānasya prāśitam bhavaty
atha yatpratyakṣaṃ na prāśnāti nedasaṃsthite yajñe prāśnānīty etad evāsya prāśitam bhavati sarve prāśnanti sarveṣu me hutāsaditi pañca prāśnanti paśavo vā iḍā pāṅktā vai paśavas tasmāt pañca prāśnanti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 6.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti sariṣyantamiti vā agra āha sariṣyanniva hi tarhi bhavaty
athātra sasṛvāṃsamiti sasṛveva hyatra bhavati tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 7.2 yā vā etena yajñena devatā hvayati yābhya eṣa yajñastāyate sarvā vai tattā iṣṭā bhavanti tadyattāsu
sarvāsviṣṭāsvathaitat paścevānuyajati tasmādanuyājā nāma //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 8.2 chandāṃsi vā anuyājāḥ paśavo vai devānāṃ chandāṃsi tadyathedaṃ paśavo yuktā manuṣyebhyo vahanty evaṃ chandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñaṃ vahanti tadyatra chandāṃsi devānt samatarpayann
atha chandāṃsi devāḥ samatarpayaṃs tadatas tat prāg abhūd yacchandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñam avākṣur yad enānt samatītṛpan //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 10.2 tadvai kaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate tad u tadvīryeṇaiva yacchyeno bhūtvā divaḥ somamāharat tad ayathāyatham manyante yatkaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate
'thātra yathāyathaṃ devāśchandāṃsyakalpayannanuyājeṣu net pāpavasyasam asad iti //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 4.1 atha yasmān na kṛttikāsv ādadhītarkṣāṇāṃ ha vā etā agre patnya āsuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 3.2 atha yatra dakṣiṇāvartate pitṛṣu tarhi bhavati pitṝṃs tarhy abhigopāyati //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 4.4 atha yatra dakṣiṇāvartate yas tarhy ādhatte 'napahatapāpmānaḥ pitaro na pāpmānam apahate /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 7.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta kṣatraṃ śriyā yaśasā syām iti grīṣme sa ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 8.1 atha yaḥ kāmayeta bahuḥ prajayā paśubhiḥ syām iti varṣāsu sa ādadhīta /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 4.1 atha cātuṣprāśyam odanam pacanti chandāṃsy anena prīṇīma iti yathā yena vāhanena syant syant syāt tat suhitaṃ kartavai brūyād evam etad iti vadantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 10.1 tad āhur yan narcā na sāmnā na yajuṣāgnir ādhīyate
'tha kenādhīyata iti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.1 atha purastāt parītya pūrvārdham ulmukānām abhipadya japati dyaur iva bhūmnā pṛthivīva varimṇeti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 29.1 atha sarparājñyā ṛgbhir upatiṣṭhata āyaṃ gauḥ pṛśnir akramīd asadan mātaram puraḥ pitaraṃ ca prayant svaḥ antaś carati rocanāsya prāṇād apānatī vyakhyan mahiṣo divaṃ triṃśaddhāma virājati vāk pataṅgāya dhīyate prati vastor aha dyubhir iti tat /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 8.6 yadā hy evāsminn etām āhutiṃ juhoty
athāsyaitad vīryaṃ śucy ujjvalati //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.2 atha yad agnaye pāvakāya nirvapati yad evāsyāntarikṣe rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.3 atha yad agnaye śucaye nirvapati yad evāsya divi rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 16.2 ayaṃ vai lokaḥ prathamaṃ havir
athedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyaṃ dyaur eva tṛtīyam /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 13.1 te hocur
athainaṃ vayaṃ ny eva dhāsyāmahe 'tra tṛṇāni dahātra dārūṇi dahātraudanam pacātra māṃsam paceti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 19.5 atha yo 'nṛtaṃ vadati yathāgniṃ samiddhaṃ tam udakenābhiṣiñced evaṃ hainaṃ sa jāsayati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety
atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo
'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino
'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo
'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 9.2 yadaivodety atha vasanto yadā saṃgavo 'tha grīṣmo yadā madhyandino 'tha varṣā yadāparāhṇo 'tha śarad yadaivāstam ety
atha hemantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 20.1 atha svāhāgnim ity āhāgneyam ājyabhāgaṃ svāhāgnim pavamānam iti yadi pavamānāya dhriyerant svāhāgnim indumantam iti yady agnaya indumate dhriyeran /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 22.1 atha yady agnaye pavamānāya dhriyerann agnaye pavamānāyānubrūhīti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 23.1 atha yady agnaya indumate dhriyerann agnaya indumate 'nubrūhīti brūyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 19.2 samārohyāgnā udavasāyeva hyetena yajate na hi tadavakalpate yaduttaravedāvagnihotraṃ juhuyāt tasmādudavasyati gṛhānitvā nirmathyāgnī paurṇamāsena yajata utsannayajña iva vā eṣa
yaccāturmāsyānyathaiṣa kᄆptaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajño yatpaurṇamāsaṃ tat kᄆptenaivaitad yajñenāntataḥ pratitiṣṭhati tasmād udavasyati //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 2.2 samaṃ sadavibhraṃśi syād avibhraṃśi satprākpravaṇaṃ syāt prācī hi devānāṃ dig
atho udakpravaṇam udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syād eṣā vai dik pitṝṇāṃ sa yad dakṣiṇāpravaṇaṃ syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokamiyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyog jīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syāt //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 4.2 dakṣiṇasyaivāgre savyasya vā agre mānuṣe
'thaivaṃ devatrāṅguṣṭhayorevāgre kaniṣṭhikayorvā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 4.2 dakṣiṇasyaivāgre savyasya vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrāṅguṣṭhayorevāgre kaniṣṭhikayorvā agre mānuṣe
'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 7.2 oṣadhe trāyasveti vajro vai kṣuras tatho hainameṣa vajraḥ kṣuro na hinasty
atha kṣureṇābhinidadhāti svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīriti vajro vai kṣuras tatho hainameṣa vajraḥ kṣuro na hinasti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 19.2 ayātayāmatāyai tadvai niṣpeṣṭavai brūyād yad evāsyātrāmedhyā kṛṇatti vā vayati vā tadasya medhyamasaditi yady u ahataṃ syād adbhir abhyukṣen medhyam asadity
atho yadidaṃ snātavasyaṃ nihitam apalpūlanakṛtaṃ bhavati teno hāpi dīkṣeta //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty
athātra dīkṣātapasos tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati yamamumadīkṣito 'thātra bhadraṃ tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasos tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati yamamumadīkṣito
'thātra bhadraṃ tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 8.2 ghṛtaṃ vai devānām phāṇṭam manuṣyāṇām
athaitannāhaiva ghṛtaṃ no phāṇṭaṃ syādeva ghṛtaṃ syāt phāṇṭam ayātayāmatāyai tadenam ayātayāmnaivāyātayāmānaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 16.2 sakṛttūṣṇīmathottaraṃ sakṛdyajuṣānakti dvistūṣṇīṃ taduttaramevaitaduttarāvatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 1.2 udgṛbhṇīte vā eṣo 'smāllokāddevalokamabhi yo dīkṣata etaireva tadyajurbhir udgṛbhṇīte tasmādāhuḥ sarvāṇi dīkṣāyā yajūṃṣyaudgrabhaṇānīti tata etāny avāntarām ācakṣata audgrabhaṇānīty āhutayo hyetā āhutirhi yajñaḥ parokṣaṃ vai
yajurjapatyathaiṣa pratyakṣaṃ yajño yadāhutis tad etena yajñenodgṛbhṇīte 'smāllokād devalokamabhi //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 2.2 tānyādhītayajūṃṣītyācakṣate sampada eva kāmāya caturthaṃ hūyate
'tha yat pañcamaṃ srucā juhoti tadeva pratyakṣamaudgrabhaṇam anuṣṭubhā hi tajjuhoti vāgghyanuṣṭubvāgghi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 3.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro
'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 21.2 etāmevaikāṃ juhuyād yasmai kāmāyetarā hūyanta etayaiva taṃ kāmamāpnotīti tāṃ vai yadyekāṃ juhuyātpūrṇāṃ juhuyāt sarvaṃ vai pūrṇaṃ
sarvamevainayaitadāpnotyatha yatsruvamabhipūrayati srucaṃ tadabhipūrayati tām pūrṇāṃ juhoty anvaivaitad ucyate sarvāstveva hūyante //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 5.1 atha jaghanena kṛṣṇājine paścāt prāṅ jānvākna upaviśati sa yatra śuklānāṃ ca kṛṣṇānāṃ ca saṃdhirbhavati tadevam abhimṛśya japaty ṛksāmayoḥ śilpe stha iti yadvai pratirūpaṃ tacchilpam ṛcāṃ ca sāmnāṃ ca pratirūpe stha ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 9.2 atha yadagra eva madhya upaviśedya enaṃ tatrānuṣṭhyā hared drapsyati vā pra vā patiṣyatīti tathā haiva syāt tasmājjaghanārdha ivaivāgra āsīta //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 15.2 somasya nīvirasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre nīvirbhavaty
athātra dīkṣitasya somasya tasmādāha somasya nīvirasīti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 28.2 tāṃ yajñasya śīrṣanpratyadadhādyajño hi kṛṣṇaḥ sa yaḥ sa yajñas tatkṛṣṇājinaṃ yo sā yoniḥ sā
kṛṣṇaviṣāṇātha yadenāmindra āveṣṭyāchinattasmādāveṣṭiteva sa yathaivāta indro 'jāyata garbho bhūtvaitasmān mithunād evamevaiṣo 'to jāyate garbho bhūtvaitasmānmithunāt //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 29.2 uttāneva vai yonirgarbham
bibhartyatha dakṣiṇām bhruvamuparyupari lalāṭamupaspṛśatīndrasya yonirasītīndrasya hyeṣā yonir ato vā hyenām praviśanpraviśatyato vā jāyamāno jāyate tasmādāhendrasya yonirasīti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 30.2 susasyāḥ kṛṣīs kṛdhīti yajñamevaitajjanayati yadā vai suṣamam
bhavatyathālaṃ yajñāya bhavati yado duḥṣamam bhavati na tarhyātmane canālam bhavati tadyajñamevaitajjanayati //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 38.2 vāgvai yajño yajñam evaitadātman dhatte
'tha yad vācaṃyamo vyāharati tasmād u haiṣa visṛṣṭo yajñaḥ parāṅāvartate tatro vaiṣṇavīmṛcaṃ vā yajurvā japed yajño vai viṣṇus tadyajñam punar ārabhate tasyo haiṣā prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 40.2 anaddheva vā asyātaḥ purā jānam bhavatīdaṃ hyāhū rakṣāṃsi yoṣitam anusacante taduta rakṣāṃsyeva reta ādadhatīty
athātrāddhā jāyate yo brahmaṇo yo yajñājjāyate tasmādapi rājanyaṃ vā vaiśyaṃ vā brāhmaṇa ityeva brūyād brahmaṇo hi jāyate yo yajñājjāyate tasmādāhur na savanakṛtaṃ hanyād enasvī haiva savanakṛteti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 2.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyurviduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro
'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃs tasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 3.2 prāñcam utkaramutkiraty upareṇa saṃmāyāvaṭaṃ khanati tadagreṇa prāñcaṃ yūpaṃ nidadhāty etāvanmātrāṇi barhīṃṣyupariṣṭād adhinidadhāti tad evopariṣṭād yūpaśakalamadhinidadhāti purastāt pārśvataś caṣālam upanidadhāty
atha yavamatyaḥ prokṣaṇyo bhavanti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 4.2 yavo 'si yavayāsmaddveṣo yavayārātīriti nātra tirohitam ivāsty
atha prokṣaty eko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhur medhyam evaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 8.2 tejo ha vā etadvanaspatīnāṃ yad bāhyāśakalas tasmād yadā bāhyāśakalam apatakṣṇuvanty
atha śuṣyanti tejo hyeṣāmetat tad yad yūpaśakalam prāsyati satejasam minavānīti tadyadeṣa eva bhavati nānya eṣa hi yajuṣkṛto medhyas tasmād yūpaśakalam prāsyati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 10.2 avaṭam abhijuhoti nedadhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyupottiṣṭhāniti vajro vā ājyaṃ tadvajreṇaivaitannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyavabādhate tathādhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi nopottiṣṭhanty
atha purastātparītyodaṅṅāsīno yūpamanakti sa āha yūpāyājyamānāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 13.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhā rasa ājyaṃ rasenaivaitadyajamānamanakti tasmād āntam agniṣṭhāmanakty
atha parivyayaṇam pratisamantam parimṛśaty athāhocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 13.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhā rasa ājyaṃ rasenaivaitadyajamānamanakti tasmād āntam agniṣṭhāmanakty atha parivyayaṇam pratisamantam parimṛśaty
athāhocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty
atha paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty atha
paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 16.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhāgnir u vai yajñaḥ sa yadagneragniṣṭhāṃ hvalayeddhvaleddha yajñād yajamānas tasmāt sampratyagnimagniṣṭhām minoty atha paryūhatyatha paryṛṣaty
athāpa upaninayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 22.2 divaḥ sūnurasīti prajā haivāsyaiṣā tasmādyadi yūpaikādaśinī syāt svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsaṃ tasya haiṣāmugdhānuvratā prajā jāyate
'tha yo viparyāsamavagūhati na svaṃ svaṃ tasya haiṣā mugdhānanuvratā prajā jāyate tasmād u svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsam //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty
atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ
jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ
jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 27.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavann
atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma purastādvai prajñā purastānmanojavas tasmātpūrvārdhe minoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 2.2 te 'surarakṣasebhya āsaṅgād bibhayāṃcakrus tad ya eta ucchritā yatheṣurastā tayā vai stṛṇute vā na vā stṛṇute yathā daṇḍaḥ prahṛtastena vai stṛṇute vā na vā stṛṇute
'tha ya eṣa dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati yatheṣur āyatānastā yathodyatam aprahṛtam evameṣa vajra udyato dakṣiṇato nāṣṭrāṇāṃ rakṣasām apahatyai tasmād dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 5.2 tamevāgra ucchrayed
atha dakṣiṇamathottaraṃ dakṣiṇārdhyamuttamaṃ tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 5.2 tamevāgra ucchrayed atha
dakṣiṇamathottaraṃ dakṣiṇārdhyamuttamaṃ tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 6.2 dakṣiṇamevāgre 'gniṣṭhāducchrayed
athottaram atha dakṣiṇam uttarārdhyamuttamaṃ tatho hāsyodageva karmānusaṃtiṣṭhata iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 6.2 dakṣiṇamevāgre 'gniṣṭhāducchrayed athottaram
atha dakṣiṇam uttarārdhyamuttamaṃ tatho hāsyodageva karmānusaṃtiṣṭhata iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 7.2 atha hrasīyānatha hrasīyānuttarārdhyo hrasiṣṭhas tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 7.2 atha
hrasīyānatha hrasīyānuttarārdhyo hrasiṣṭhas tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 13.2 revanto hi paśavas tasmād āha revatī ramadhvamiti bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti brahma vai bṛhaspatiḥ paśavo vasu tānetaddevā atiṣṭhamānān brahmaṇaiva parastāt paryadadhus tan nātyāyaṃs tatho evaināneṣa etad brahmaṇaiva parastāt paridadhāti tan nātiyanti tasmād āha bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti pāśaṃ kṛtvā pratimuñcaty
athāto niyojanasyaiva //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty
athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 3.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ niyunajmīti tad yathaivādo devatāyai havir gṛhṇann ādiśaty evam evaitaddevatābhyām ādiśaty
atha prokṣaty eko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhur medhyam evaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 4.2 adbhyas tvauṣadhībhya iti tad yata eva sambhavati tata evaitan medhyaṃ karotīdaṃ hi yadā varṣaty
athauṣadhayo jāyanta oṣadhīr jagdhvāpaḥ pītvā tata eṣa rasaḥ sambhavati rasād reto retasaḥ paśavas tad yata eva sambhavati yataśca jāyate tata evaitan medhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 6.2 apām perurasīti tad enam antarato medhyaṃ karoty
athādhastād upokṣaty āpo devīḥ svadantu svāttaṃ cit sad devahaviriti tadenaṃ sarvato medhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad āha sādayati
srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 11.2 rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāthām nāpi tanūr ity evaitadāha tau ha yat tanūrapi saṃpṛñcīyātām prāgniryajamānaṃ dahet sa yadagnau juhoti tad eṣo 'gnaye prayacchaty
atha yāmevātrartvijo yajamānāyāśiṣamāśāsate tām asmai sarvām agniḥ samardhayati tad rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāte nāpi tanūs tasmād āha rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 7.2 punar etad ulmukaṃ hared
athātrānyam evāgniṃ nirmathya tasminnenaṃ śrapayeyur āhavanīyo vā eṣa na vā eṣa tasmai yad asminn aśṛtaṃ śrapayeyus tasmai vā eṣa yad asmiñchṛtaṃ juhuyuriti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 9.2 agnimevaitat purastāt karoty agniḥ purastān nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapaghnann ety
athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa paśuṃ nayanti taṃ vapāśrapaṇībhyām pratiprasthātānvārabhate pratiprasthātāram adhvaryur adhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 16.2 tat purā saṃjñapanājjuhoti svāhā devebhya ity
atha yadā prāha saṃjñaptaḥ paśur ity atha juhoti devebhyaḥ svāheti purastātsvāhākṛtayo vā anye devā upariṣṭātsvāhākṛtayo 'nye tān evaitat prīṇāti ta enam ubhaye devāḥ prītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti te vā ete paripaśavya ity āhutī sa yadi kāmayeta juhuyād ete yady u kāmayetāpi nādriyeta //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 16.2 tat purā saṃjñapanājjuhoti svāhā devebhya ity atha yadā prāha saṃjñaptaḥ paśur ity
atha juhoti devebhyaḥ svāheti purastātsvāhākṛtayo vā anye devā upariṣṭātsvāhākṛtayo 'nye tān evaitat prīṇāti ta enam ubhaye devāḥ prītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti te vā ete paripaśavya ity āhutī sa yadi kāmayeta juhuyād ete yady u kāmayetāpi nādriyeta //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 1.2 athādhvaryurāha neṣṭaḥ patnīm udānayety udānayati neṣṭā patnīm pānnejanam bibhratīm //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 4.2 tadyadadbhiḥ prāṇānupaspṛśati jīvaṃ vai devānāṃ havir amṛtam amṛtānām
athaitat paśuṃ ghnanti yatsaṃjñapayanti yad viśāsaty āpo vai prāṇās tad asminn etān prāṇān dadhāti tathaitajjīvameva devānāṃ havirbhavatyamṛtamamṛtānām //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 6.2 vācaṃ te śundhāmīti mukham prāṇaṃ te śundhāmīti nāsike cakṣuste śundhāmītyakṣyau śrotraṃ te śundhāmīti karṇau nābhiṃ te śundhāmīti yo 'yamaniruktaḥ prāṇo meḍhraṃ te śundhāmīti vā pāyuṃ te śundhāmīti yo 'yam paścātprāṇastatprāṇāndadhāti tat samīrayaty
atha saṃhṛtya padaś caritrāṃste śundhāmīti padbhir vai pratitiṣṭhati pratiṣṭhityā eva tad enaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 12.2 sa tṛṇam antardadhāty oṣadhe trāyasveti vajro vā asis tatho hainameṣa vajro 'sir na hinasty
athāsinābhinidadhāti svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīriti vajro vā asis tatho hainameṣa vajro 'sirna hinasti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 13.2 tayābhinidadhāti sā hi yajuṣkṛtā medhyā tad yad agraṃ tṛṇasya tatsavye pāṇau kurute
'tha yadbudhnaṃ taddakṣiṇenādatte //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 24.2 atha pṛṣadājyaṃ tad u ha carakādhvaryavaḥ pṛṣadājyam evāgre 'bhighārayanti prāṇaḥ pṛṣadājyam iti vadantas tad u ha yājñavalkyaṃ carakādhvaryur anuvyājahāraivaṃ kurvantam prāṇaṃ vā ayam antaragād adhvaryuḥ prāṇa enaṃ hāsyatīti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed
atha pṛṣadājyam atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam
atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 25.2 imau palitau bāhū kva svidbrāhmaṇasya vaco babhūveti na tad ādriyetottamo vā eṣa prayājo bhavatīdaṃ vai haviryajña uttame prayāje dhruvāmevāgre 'bhighārayati tasyai hi prathamāvājyabhāgau hoṣyanbhavati vapāṃ vā atra prathamāṃ hoṣyanbhavati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed atha pṛṣadājyam atha yat paśuṃ nābhighārayati ned aśṛtam abhighārayāṇīty etad evāsya sarvaḥ paśur abhighārito bhavati yad vapām abhighārayati tasmād vapām evāgre 'bhighārayed
atha pṛṣadājyam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha
hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty
atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty
athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 7.2 śṛtena pracarāṇīti tad yady aśṛtam bhavati śṛtameva devānāṃ havirbhavati śṛtaṃ yajamānasyānenā adhvaryurbhavati śamitari tadeno bhavati triṣkṛtvaḥ pṛcchati trivṛddhi yajño
'tha yadāha tad devānāmiti taddhi devānāṃ yacchṛtaṃ tasmād āha tad devānāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 13.2 juhvāṃ copabhṛti ca vasāhomahavanyāṃ samavattadhānyām
atha hiraṇyaśakalāvavadadhāti juhvāṃ copabhṛti ca //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 15.2 tadyanmadhyataḥ sato hṛdayasyāgre 'vadyati prāṇo vai hṛdayam ato hyayamūrdhvaḥ prāṇaḥ saṃcarati prāṇo vai paśur yāvaddhyeva prāṇena prāṇiti tāvat paśur
atha yadāsmātprāṇo 'pakrāmati dārveva tarhi bhūto 'narthyaḥ śete //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 16.2 tadasyātmana evāgre 'vadyati tasmād yadi kiṃcid avadānaṃ hīyeta na tadādriyeta sarvasya haivāsya tat paśor avattam bhavati yaddhṛdayasyāgre 'vadyati tasmān madhyataḥ sato hṛdayasyaivāgre 'vadyaty
atha yathāpūrvam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty
atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato
'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo
'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor
atha tanimno 'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 17.2 sā hīyam pūrvārdhāt pratiṣṭhaty atha vakṣasas taddhi tato 'thaikacarasya doṣṇo 'tha pārśvayor atha tanimno
'tha vṛkkayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 18.2 sthavimopayaḍbhyo madhyaṃ juhvāṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyaty aṇima tryaṅgeṣv
athaikacarāyai śroṇer etāvan nu juhvāmavadyati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 19.2 tryaṅgyasya doṣṇo gudaṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyati tryaṅgyāyai śroṇer
atha hiraṇyaśakalāv avadadhāty athopariṣṭād ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 19.2 tryaṅgyasya doṣṇo gudaṃ dvedhā kṛtvāvadyati tryaṅgyāyai śroṇer atha hiraṇyaśakalāv avadadhāty
athopariṣṭād ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 23.2 eṣa vā ūṣmaitasmā u hi gṛhṇāti tasmād āhoṣmaṇo vyathiṣad ity
athopariṣṭād dvirājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 25.2 tat samavattadhānyām ānayati taddhṛdayam prāsyati jihvāṃ vakṣas tanima matasne vaniṣṭhum
athopariṣṭād dvirājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 27.2 savyasya ca doṣṇo dakṣiṇāyāśca ca doṣṇaḥ savyāyāśca śroṇes tasmād ayam paśur akṣṇayā pado haraty
atha yat samyag avadyet samīco haivāyam paśuḥ pado haret tasmād akṣṇayāvadyaty atha yanna śīrṣṇo 'vadyati nāṃsayor nānūkasya nāparasakthayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 27.2 savyasya ca doṣṇo dakṣiṇāyāśca ca doṣṇaḥ savyāyāśca śroṇes tasmād ayam paśur akṣṇayā pado haraty atha yat samyag avadyet samīco haivāyam paśuḥ pado haret tasmād akṣṇayāvadyaty
atha yanna śīrṣṇo 'vadyati nāṃsayor nānūkasya nāparasakthayoḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy
athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed
athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 36.2 etarhi saṃmarśanasya kālo
'tha yatpurā saṃmṛśati ya ima upatiṣṭhante te vimathiṣyanta iti śaṅkamāno yady u vimāthān na śaṅketātraiva saṃmṛśet //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 5.2 ya enam medham upanayed yadi kṛśaḥ syād yad udaryasya medasaḥ pariśiṣyeta tadgude nyṛṣet prāṇo vai gudaḥ so 'yam prāṅ ātatas tam ayam prāṇo 'nusaṃcarati prāṇo vai paśur yāvaddhyeva prāṇena prāṇiti tāvat paśur
atha yadāsmāt prāṇo 'pakrāmati dārveva tarhi bhūto 'narthyaḥ śete //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 10.2 adhvaryave ca yaś caiṣa upayajaty
atha yad yajantam upayajati tasmād upayajo nāmātha yad upayajati praivaitajjanayati paścāddhyupayajati paścāddhi yoṣāyai prajāḥ prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 10.2 adhvaryave ca yaś caiṣa upayajaty atha yad yajantam upayajati tasmād upayajo
nāmātha yad upayajati praivaitajjanayati paścāddhyupayajati paścāddhi yoṣāyai prajāḥ prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 18.2 sa yan nātyupayajed yāvatyo haivāgre prajāḥ sṛṣṭāstāvatyo haiva syur na prajāyerann
atha yad atyupayajati praivaitajjanayati tasmād imāḥ prajāḥ punar abhyāvartam prajāyante //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 8.2 paśor ha vā ālabhyamānasya hṛdayaṃ śuk samabhyavaiti hṛdayāddhṛdayaśūlam
atha yacchṛtasya paritṛndanti tad alaṃjuṣaṃ tasmād u paritṛdyaiva śūlākuryāt tat triḥ pracyute paśau hṛdayam pravṛhyottamam pratyavadadhāti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 14.2 sa prajāpatirgrahaṃ dvedhā cakāra sa hovācedaṃ
vāyorityatha punarardhaṃ dvedhā cakāra sa hovācedaṃ vāyoritīdaṃ tavetīndraṃ turīyameva bhājayāṃcakāra yadvai caturthaṃ tatturīyaṃ tata eṣa aindraturīyo graho 'bhavat //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.2 turīyaṃ turīyaṃ cenmām abībhajus turīyameva tarhi vāṅniruktaṃ vadiṣyatīti tadetatturīyaṃ vāco niruktaṃ yanmanuṣyā
vadantyathaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.2 turīyaṃ turīyaṃ cenmām abībhajus turīyameva tarhi vāṅniruktaṃ vadiṣyatīti tadetatturīyaṃ vāco niruktaṃ yanmanuṣyā vadantyathaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanty
athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.2 turīyaṃ turīyaṃ cenmām abībhajus turīyameva tarhi vāṅniruktaṃ vadiṣyatīti tadetatturīyaṃ vāco niruktaṃ yanmanuṣyā vadantyathaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanty
athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty
atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam
atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram
atha pathyāṃ svastim athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 4.1 so 'gnim eva prathamaṃ yajaty atha somam atha savitāram atha pathyāṃ svastim
athāditim /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 9.3 atha yadā na kaścana rasaḥ paryaśiṣyata tata eṣā maitrāvaruṇī vaśā samabhavat /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 12.1 atho ye dīrghasattram āsīran saṃvatsaraṃ vā bhūyo vā ta enāḥ sarvā ālabheran /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.1 atho caturgṛhītam evājyaṃ gṛhītvā vaiṣṇavyarcā juhoty uru viṣṇo vikramasvoru kṣayāya nas kṛdhi ghṛtaṃ ghṛtayone piba pra pra yajñapatiṃ tira svāheti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.8 atha yad evaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhate 'tha sāyamāhutiṃ juhoti kāla eva prātarāhutim //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 16.8 atha yad evaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhate
'tha sāyamāhutiṃ juhoti kāla eva prātarāhutim //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 4.2 ejatu daśamāsyo garbho jarāyuṇā saheti sa yadāhaijatviti prāṇam evāsminnetad dadhāti daśamāsya iti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho
bhavatyatha daśamāsyas tametadapy adaśamāsyaṃ santam brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā daśamāsyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 7.2 tadevaitam medhaṃ śrapayanty uṣṇīṣeṇāveṣṭya garbham pārśvataḥ paśuśrapaṇasyopanidadhāti yadā śṛto
bhavatyatha samudyāvadānānyevābhijuhoti naitam medham udvāsayanti paśuṃ tadevaitam medhamudvāsayanti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 8.2 dakṣiṇato nidhāya
pratiprasthātāvadyatyatha srucor upastṛṇīte 'tha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āhāvadyanti vaśāyā avadānānāṃ yathaiva teṣāmavadānam //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 8.2 dakṣiṇato nidhāya pratiprasthātāvadyatyatha srucor upastṛṇīte
'tha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āhāvadyanti vaśāyā avadānānāṃ yathaiva teṣāmavadānam //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 9.2 tasyām pratiprasthātā medhāyopastṛṇīte dviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanaktyavadāne
athānuvāca āhāśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 11.2 vanaspatinādhvaryuścaritvā yānyupabhṛtyavadānāni bhavanti tāni samānayamāna āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty atyākrāmati pratiprasthātā sa etaṃ sarvameva medhaṃ gṛhṇīte
'thopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayaty āśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evātiṣṭha vṛtrahan rathaṃ yuktā te brahmaṇā harī arvācīnaṃ su te mano grāvā kṛṇotu vagnunā upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 10.1 anayā vā yukṣvā hi keśinā harī vṛṣaṇā kakṣyaprā
athā na indra somapā girām upaśrutiṃ cara upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evāgne pavasva svapā asme varcaḥ suvīryam dadhad rayim mayi poṣam /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 14.4 yady uttare tryahe grahīṣyant syāt pūrva evaināṃs tryahe
gṛhītvāthottare tryahe gṛhṇīyāt /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 4.1 atha yad etayor ubhayoḥ saha sator upāṃśuṃ pūrvaṃ juhoti tasmād u saha sato 'jāvikasyobhayasyaivājāḥ pūrvā yanty anūcyo 'vayaḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 5.1 atha yad upāṃśuṃ hutvordhvam unmārṣṭi tasmād imā ajā arā ḍītarā ākramamāṇā iva yanti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 6.1 atha yad antaryāmaṃ hutvāvāñcam avamārṣṭi tasmād imā avayo 'vācīnaśīrṣṇyaḥ khanantya iva yanti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 9.1 atha yad ajāḥ kaniṣṭhāni pātrāṇy anu prajāyante tasmād etās triḥ saṃvatsarasya vijāyamānā dvau trīniti janayantyaḥ kaniṣṭhāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 10.1 atha yad gāvo bhūyiṣṭhāni pātrāṇy anu prajāyante tasmād etāḥ sakṛt saṃvatsarasya vijāyamānā ekaikaṃ janayantyo bhūyiṣṭhāḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 2.7 atha śukrāmanthinau cakṣurbhyām me varcodasau varcase pavethām iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.4 athāmbhṛṇau viśvābhyo me prajābhyo varcodasau varcase pavethām iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 6.1 atha yad yajñasya hvalet tat samanvīkṣya juhuyād dīkṣopasatsv āhavanīye prasuta āgnīdhre /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 10.1 atha dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapatīḍe rante havye kāmye candre jyote 'diti sarasvati mahi viśruti etā te aghnye nāmāni devebhyo mā sukṛtam brūtād iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 15.1 atha yadi rathaṃ vā yuktaṃ dāsyant syāt yad vā vaśāyai vā vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ dadyād udavasānīyāyāṃ veṣṭau //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 3.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty
atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 5.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 5.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty
atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 7.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty
atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ sādayati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 9.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 9, 9.7 atha yadā grahān gṛhṇāty
atha yatraivaitasya kālas tad enaṃ hiṃkṛtya sādayati //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 2, 1.3 athaitad eva yajuṣṭaḥ puraścaraṇato yad etaṃ gṛhṇanty eteno evainaṃ gacchanti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 2, 2.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evod u tyaṃ jātavedasaṃ devaṃ vahanti ketavaḥ dṛśe viśvāya sūryam upayāmagṛhīto 'si sūryāya tvā bhrājāyaiṣa te yoniḥ sūryāya tvā bhrājāyeti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 1.3 sa āgneyam prathamaṃ paśum ālabhate
'tha vāruṇam atha punar āgneyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 3, 1.3 sa āgneyam prathamaṃ paśum ālabhate 'tha vāruṇam
atha punar āgneyam /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 5.10 atha yad idaṃ ya eva kaś ca brahmā bhavati kuvit tūṣṇīm āsta iti tasmād ya eva vīryavattamaḥ syāt sa dakṣiṇata āsīta /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 8.1 atha maitrāvaruṇo japati prasūtaṃ devena savitrā juṣṭam mitrāvaruṇābhyām iti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.5 yadaivādhvaryur āhānubrūhi yajety
athaiva te kurvanti ya ṛcā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.6 yadaivādhvaryur āha somaḥ pavata upāvartadhvam ity
athaiva te kurvanti ye sāmnā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 5.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ dīkṣā samaity araṇiṣv evāgnīnt samārohyopasamāyanti yatra dīkṣiṣyamāṇā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 6.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 6.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty
athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 10.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ dīkṣā samaity araṇiṣv evāgnīnt samārohyopasamāyanti yatra dīkṣiṣyamāṇā bhavanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 11.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 11.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty
athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 16.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 16.1 atha yad ahar eṣāṃ krayo bhavati tad ahar gārhapatyāṃ citim upadadhāty
athetarebhya upavasathe dhiṣṇyān /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 18.1 atha yena sattreṇa devāḥ kṣipra eva pāpmānam apāghnatemāṃ jitim ajayan yaiṣām iyaṃ jitis tad ata udyataḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 10.2 te paścāt prāñco havirdhāne samprapadyante purastād vai pratyañcas taṃsyamānā
athaivaṃ satrotthāne //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 20.9 athaiṣām etad evānāptam anavaruddhaṃ bhavati yad vākovākyaṃ brāhmaṇam /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 1, 11.2 yad enena bṛhaspatirayajata brahma hi bṛhaspatirbrahma hi brāhmaṇo
'tho rājanyasya yad enenendro 'yajata kṣatraṃ hīndraḥ kṣatraṃ rājanyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 1.2 sarvatvāyaiva tasmād vā aṃśuṃ gṛhṇāty
athaitān prajñātānevāgniṣṭomikān grahān gṛhṇātyāgrayaṇāt //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty
athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ
gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam
athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty
atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny
athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty
atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 5.2 tato 'rdhānāṃ juhvāmupastīrya dvirdviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanakty avadānāny athopabhṛti sakṛtsakṛdavadyati dvirabhighārayati na pratyanaktyavadānāni tadyadardhānāṃ dvirdviravadyati tathaiṣā kṛtsnā bhavaty atha yadetaiḥ pracarati tena daivīṃ
viśamujjayatyathārdhāni mānuṣyai viśa upaharati teno mānuṣīṃ viśamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv
athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty
atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 7.2 sa dakṣiṇāyugyamevāgre yunakti savyāyugyaṃ vā agre mānuṣe
'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam
ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe
'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 12.1 atha bārhaspatyaṃ carum naivāraṃ saptadaśaśarāvaṃ nirvapati annaṃ vā eṣa ujjayati yo vājapeyena yajate 'nnapeyaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yad vājapeyaṃ tad yad evaitad annam udajaiṣīt tad evāsmā etatkaroti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 1.2 imamevaitena lokamujjayaty
atha yad brahmā rathacakre sāma gāyati nābhidaghna uddhite 'ntarikṣalokam evaitenojjayaty atha yad yūpaṃ rohati devalokam evaitenojjayati tasmād vā etat trayaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 1.2 imamevaitena lokamujjayaty atha yad brahmā rathacakre sāma gāyati nābhidaghna uddhite 'ntarikṣalokam evaitenojjayaty
atha yad yūpaṃ rohati devalokam evaitenojjayati tasmād vā etat trayaṃ kriyate //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 13.2 rājanya udaṅ saptadaśa pravyādhān pravidhyati yāvān vā ekaḥ pravyādhas tāvāṃstiryaṅ prajāpatir
atha yāvat saptadaśa pravyādhās tāvān anvaṅ prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty
athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty
athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty
athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto
'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute
'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 8.2 kauśaṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati kauśaṃ vā caṇḍātakam antaraṃ dīkṣitavasanājjaghanārdho vā eṣa yajñasya yat patnī tām etat prācīṃ yajñam prasādayiṣyan bhavaty asti vai patnyā amedhyaṃ yadavācīnaṃ nābher medhyā vai darbhās tad yad evāsyā amedhyaṃ tad evāsyā etad darbhair medhyaṃ
kṛtvāthainām prācīṃ yajñam prasādayati tasmān neṣṭā patnīm udāneṣyan kauśaṃ vāsaḥ paridhāpayati kauśaṃ vā caṇḍātakam antaraṃ dīkṣitavasanāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 10.2 jāya ehi svo rohāveti rohāvetyāha jāyā tad yaj jāyāmāmantrayate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajjāyā tasmād yāvajjāyāṃ na vindate naiva tāvat prajāyate 'sarvo hi tāvad bhavaty
atha yadaiva jāyāṃ vindate 'tha prajāyate tarhi hi sarvo bhavati sarva etāṃ gatiṃ gacchānīti tasmājjāyāmāmantrayate //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 10.2 jāya ehi svo rohāveti rohāvetyāha jāyā tad yaj jāyāmāmantrayate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajjāyā tasmād yāvajjāyāṃ na vindate naiva tāvat prajāyate 'sarvo hi tāvad bhavaty atha yadaiva jāyāṃ vindate
'tha prajāyate tarhi hi sarvo bhavati sarva etāṃ gatiṃ gacchānīti tasmājjāyāmāmantrayate //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 25.2 iyaṃ te rāḍiti rājyam evāsminn etad dadhāty
athainam āsādayati yantāsi yamana iti yantāramevainam etad yamanamāsām prajānāṃ karoti dhruvo 'si dharuṇa iti dhruvam evainam etad dharuṇam asmiṃlloke karoti kṛṣyai tvā kṣemāya tvā rayyai tvā poṣāya tveti sādhave tvety evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 1.2 tasyāniṣṭa eva sviṣṭakṛd bhavaty
athāsmā annaṃ saṃbharaty annaṃ vā eṣa ujjayati yo vājapeyena yajate 'nnapeyaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yad vājapeyaṃ tad yad evaitad annam udajaiṣīt tad evāsmā etat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 2.2 annaṃ vā ūrg udumbara ūrjo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai tasmād audumbare pātre so 'pa eva prathamāḥ saṃbharaty
atha payo 'tha yathopasmāramannāni //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 2.2 annaṃ vā ūrg udumbara ūrjo 'nnādyasyāvaruddhyai tasmād audumbare pātre so 'pa eva prathamāḥ saṃbharaty atha payo
'tha yathopasmāramannāni //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 20.2 etat
kṛtvāthaitat kurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ātmā vai stotram prajā śastram etasmāddha sa yajamānam praṇāśayati sa jihma eti sa hvalati tasmād etad eva kṛtvāthaitat kuryāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 20.2 etat kṛtvāthaitat kurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ātmā vai stotram prajā śastram etasmāddha sa yajamānam praṇāśayati sa jihma eti sa hvalati tasmād etad eva
kṛtvāthaitat kuryāt //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 3.2 eṣa te nirṛte bhāgas taṃ juṣasva svāhetīyaṃ vai nirṛtiḥ sā yam pāpmanā gṛhṇāti taṃ nirṛtyā gṛhṇāti tad yad evāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāty
atha yat svakṛte veriṇe juhoti śvabhrapradare vaitad u hyasyai nirṛtigṛhītam //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 4.2 athānumatyā aṣṭākapālena puroḍāśena pracaratīyaṃ vā anumatiḥ sa yas tat karma śaknoti kartuṃ yaccikīrṣatīyaṃ hāsmai tad anumanyate tad imām evaitat prīṇāty anayānumatyānumataḥ sūyā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 5.2 aṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī gāyatrī vā iyam pṛthivy
atha yat samānasya haviṣa ubhayatra juhoty eṣā hyevaitad ubhayaṃ tasya vāso dakṣiṇā yad vai savāsā araṇyaṃ nodāśaṃsate nidhāya vai tad vāso 'timucyate tatho hainaṃ sūyamānam āsaṅgo na vindati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 4.2 ubhau rasau parigṛhya sūyā
ityatha pañcavātīyaṃ sa pañcadhāhavanīyaṃ vyuhya sruveṇopaghātaṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ
svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety
atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety
athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 5.2 agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhetyatha dakṣiṇārdhye juhoti yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhety atha paścārdhye juhoti viśvadevanetrebhyo devebhyaḥ paścātsadbhyaḥ svāhety athottarārdhye juhoti mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ
svāhetyatha madhye juhoti somanetrebhyo devebhya uparisadbhyo duvasvadbhyaḥ svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo
'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo
'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo
'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty
atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty
atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam
atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry
atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 5.2 yā svayampraśīrṇāśvatthī śākhā prācī vodīcī vā bhavati tasyai maitram pātraṃ karoti varuṇyā vā eṣā yā
paraśuvṛkṇāthaiṣā maitrī yā svayampraśīrṇā tasmātsvayampraśīrṇāyai śākhāyai maitram pātraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 6.2 vināṭa āsicya rathaṃ yuktvābadhya dedīyitavā āha tad yat svayamuditaṃ navanītaṃ tadājyam bhavati varuṇyaṃ vā
etadyanmathitamathaitanmaitraṃ yatsvayamuditaṃ tasmātsvayamuditamājyam bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 7.2 sa ye 'ṇīyāṃsaḥ paribhinnāste bārhaspatyā
atha ye sthavīyāṃso 'paribhinnās te maitrā na vai mitraḥ kaṃcana hinasti na mitraṃ kaścana hinasti nainaṃ kuśo na kaṇṭako vibhinatti nāsya vraṇaścanāsti sarvasya hyeva mitro mitram //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.2 tam maitreṇa pātreṇāpidadhāti tadājyamānayati tattaṇḍulānāvapati sa eṣa ūṣmaṇaiva śrapyate varuṇyo vā eṣa yo 'gninā śṛto
'thaiṣa maitro ya ūṣmaṇā śṛtastasmādūṣmaṇā śṛto bhavati tayorubhayoravadyannāha mitrābṛhaspatibhyām anubrūhīty āśrāvyāha mitrābṛhaspatī yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 2.2 dvādaśakapālaṃ vāṣṭākapālaṃ vā puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati plāśukānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ savitā vai devānām prasavitā savitṛprasūtaḥ sūyā ity
atha yatplāśukānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ kṣipre mā prasuvāniti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 3.2 aṣṭākapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapatyāśūnāṃ śrīrvai gārhapataṃ yāvato yāvata īṣṭe tadenamagnireva gṛhapatirgārhapatamabhi pariṇayaty
atha yadāśūnāṃ kṣipre mā pariṇayāniti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 4.2 śyāmākaṃ carum nirvapati tadenaṃ soma eva vanaspatiroṣadhibhyaḥ
suvatyatha yacchyāmāko bhavatyete vai somasyauṣadhīnāṃ pratyakṣatamāṃ yacchyāmākās tasmācchyāmāko bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 5.2 naivāraṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam bṛhaspatireva vāce suvaty
atha yannaivāro bhavati brahma vai bṛhaspatir ete vai brahmaṇā pacyante yan nīvārās tasmānnaivāro bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 6.2 hāyanānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenamindra eva jyeṣṭho jyaiṣṭhyamabhi
pariṇayatyatha yaddhāyanānām bhavaty atiṣṭhā vā etā oṣadhayo yaddhāyanā atiṣṭho vā indrastasmāddhāyanānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 7.2 raudraṃ gāvedhukaṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenaṃ rudra eva paśupatiḥ paśubhyaḥ suvaty
atha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmādgāvedhuko bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 8.2 nāmbānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam mitra eva satyo brahmaṇe
suvatyatha yannāmbānām bhavati varuṇyā vā etā oṣadhayo yāḥ kṛṣṭe jāyante 'thaite maitrā yan nāmbās tasmānnāmbānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 8.2 nāmbānāṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenam mitra eva satyo brahmaṇe suvatyatha yannāmbānām bhavati varuṇyā vā etā oṣadhayo yāḥ kṛṣṭe jāyante
'thaite maitrā yan nāmbās tasmānnāmbānām bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 10.2 tasyāniṣṭa eva sviṣṭakṛdbhavaty
athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati yadaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 13.2 tā gṛhṇāti sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati varcasaivainametadabhiṣiñcati sūryavarcasamevainametatkaroti medhyā vā etā āpo bhavanti yā ātapati varṣanty aprāptā hīmām bhavanty
athainā gṛhṇāti medhyamevainametatkarotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 7.2 bṛhaspatisteṣāmuttamo
bhavatyatha yānyupariṣṭādabhiṣekasya juhotīndrasteṣām prathamo bhavati brahma vai bṛhaspatirindriyaṃ vīryamindra etābhyāmevainam etad vīryābhyāmubhayataḥ paribṛṃhati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 18.2 yadā vā
enametābhirabhiṣuṇvantyathāhutirbhavati tasmādāha somasya dātramasīti svāhā rājasva iti tadenāḥ svāhākāreṇaivotpunāti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 25.2 nidadhatyetāni
vāsāṃsyathainam punardīkṣitavasanam paridhāpayanti tad u tathā na kuryād aṅgāni vā asya janūrvāsāṃsyaṅgairhainaṃ sajanvā tanvā vyardhayanti varuṇyaṃ dīkṣitavasanaṃ sa eteṣāmevaikaṃ vāsasām paridadhīta tadenamaṅgairjanvā tanvā samardhayati varuṇyaṃ dīkṣitavasanaṃ tadenaṃ varuṇyād dīkṣitavasanāt pramuñcati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā
nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā
nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 2.2 na vā eṣa strī na pumānyatkeśavaḥ puruṣo yadaha pumāṃstena na strī yad u keśavas teno na pumān naitad ayo na hiraṇyaṃ yallohāyasaṃ naite krimayo nākrimayo yaddandaśūkā
atha yallohāyasam bhavati lohitā iva hi dandaśūkās tasmātkeśavasya puruṣasya //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 10.0 atha ya eṣa saṃsravo 'tirikto bhavati tamāgnīdhrīye juhoty atirikto vā eṣa saṃsravo bhavatyatirikta āgnīdhrīyo gārhapatye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye juhvaty athaiṣo 'tiriktas tad atirikta evaitadatiriktaṃ dadhātyuttarārdhe juhoty eṣa hyetasya devasya dik tasmāduttarārdhe juhoti sa juhoti rudra yatte krivi paraṃ nāma tasmin hutam asyameṣṭam asi svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 10.0 atha ya eṣa saṃsravo 'tirikto bhavati tamāgnīdhrīye juhoty atirikto vā eṣa saṃsravo bhavatyatirikta āgnīdhrīyo gārhapatye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye juhvaty
athaiṣo 'tiriktas tad atirikta evaitadatiriktaṃ dadhātyuttarārdhe juhoty eṣa hyetasya devasya dik tasmāduttarārdhe juhoti sa juhoti rudra yatte krivi paraṃ nāma tasmin hutam asyameṣṭam asi svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 10.2 samindriyeṇetīndriyaṃ vai vīryaṃ gāva indriyamevaitadvīryam ātman dhatte
'thāha jināmīmāḥ kurva imā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 14.3 tiṣṭhā rathamadhi yaṃ vajrahastā raśmīndeva yamase svaśvān ity udyacchaty evaitayābhīśavo vai raśmayastasmādāhā raśmīndeva yamase
svaśvānityatha rathavimocanīyāni juhoti prīto ratho vimucyātā iti tasmādrathavimocanīyāni juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 1.2 tasyā aniṣṭa eva
sviṣṭakṛdbhavatyathāsmā āsandīm āharanty uparisadyaṃ vā eṣa jayati yo jayatyantarikṣasadyaṃ tad enam uparyāsīnam adhastādimāḥ prajā upāsate tasmādasmā āsandīmāharanti saiṣā khādirī vitṛṇṇā bhavati yeyaṃ vardhravyutā bharatānām //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 6.1 athāsmai pañcākṣānpāṇāvāvapati abhibhūrasyetāste pañca diśaḥ kalpantām ity eṣa vā ayān abhibhūr yat kalir eṣa hi sarvān ayān abhibhavati tasmādāhābhibhūrasīty etās te pañca diśaḥ kalpantāmiti pañca vai diśastadasmai sarvā eva diśaḥ kalpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 12.2 tvam brahmāsītītaraḥ pratyāha rudro 'si suśeva iti tadvīryāṇyevāsminn etat pūrvāṇi dadhāty
athainam etacchamayatyeva tasmādeṣa sarvasyeśāno mṛḍayati yadenaṃ śamayati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 13.2 tvam brahmāsītītaro 'niruktam pratyāha parimitaṃ vai niruktaṃ tatparimitam evāsminnetatpūrvaṃ vīryaṃ dadhāty
athātrāniruktam pratyāhāparimitaṃ vā aniruktaṃ tadaparimitamevāsminnetatsarvaṃ vīryaṃ dadhāti tasmādatrāniruktam pratyāha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 21.2 ādyo vai manthī
tadattāramevaitatkṛtvāthāsmā etadādyaṃ janayatastasmānmanthinaḥ purorucā vimitaṃ viminutaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 3.2 tasmātsaṃsṛpo
nāmātha yaddaśame 'hanprasuto bhavati tasmād daśapeyo 'tho yaddaśa daśaikaikaṃ camasamanuprasṛptā bhavanti tasmād v eva daśapeyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 3.2 tasmātsaṃsṛpo nāmātha yaddaśame 'hanprasuto bhavati tasmād daśapeyo
'tho yaddaśa daśaikaikaṃ camasamanuprasṛptā bhavanti tasmād v eva daśapeyaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 5.2 tatho evaiṣa etābhireva devatābhiretasya somapītham aśnute tasmādetā eva devatāḥ saṃkhyāya
prasarpedatha yadaivaiṣodavasānīyeṣṭiḥ saṃtiṣṭhata etasyābhiṣecanīyasya //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.2 dvedhopanahya parivahanti tato 'rdhamāsandyāmāsādya
pracaratyatha ya eṣo 'rdho brahmaṇo gṛhe nihito bhavati tamāsandyāmāsādyātithyena pracarati yadātithyena pracaratyathopasadbhiḥ pracarati yadopasadbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.2 dvedhopanahya parivahanti tato 'rdhamāsandyāmāsādya pracaratyatha ya eṣo 'rdho brahmaṇo gṛhe nihito bhavati tamāsandyāmāsādyātithyena pracarati yadātithyena
pracaratyathopasadbhiḥ pracarati yadopasadbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 18.2 agninaivaitattejasānusaṃsarpaty
atha yatsomaṃ yajati somenaivaitadrājñānusaṃsarpaty atha yadviṣṇuṃ yajati yajño vai viṣṇustadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 18.2 agninaivaitattejasānusaṃsarpaty atha yatsomaṃ yajati somenaivaitadrājñānusaṃsarpaty
atha yadviṣṇuṃ yajati yajño vai viṣṇustadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 2.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya tasmāddvādaśa bhavanti māsi māsi yajetetyāhuḥ ko veda manuṣyasya tasmānna māsi māsi yajeta śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate prāṅ yān
atha punarāvṛttaḥ śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 3, 6.1 sa vai nyeva vartayate keśānna vapate vīryaṃ vā etad apāṃ rasaḥ saṃbhṛto bhavati yenainametadabhiṣiñcati tasyābhiṣiktasya keśān prathamān prāpnoti sa yatkeśānvapetaitāṃ śriyaṃ jihmāṃ vināśayed vyuhyād
atha yan nivartayate tadātmanyevaitāṃ śriyaṃ niyunakti tasmānnyeva vartayate keśānna vapate tasyaiṣaiva vratacaryā bhavati yāvajjīvaṃ nāsyām pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad
atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad
atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann
atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 10.2 tataḥ siṃhaḥ samabhavad atha yat karṇābhyām adravat tato vṛkaḥ samabhavad atha yadavācaḥ prāṇād adravat tataḥ śārdūlajyeṣṭhāḥ śvāpadāḥ samabhavann atha yaduttarātprāṇādadravatsā parisrud
atha trirniraṣṭhīvattataḥ kuvalaṃ karkandhu badaramiti samabhavat sa sarveṇaiva vyārdhyata sarvaṃ hi somaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 17.1 atha yadaindro bhavati indro vai yajñasya devatā tayaivainametadbhiṣajyati tasmādaindro bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 20.2 parisrutaṃ saṃdadhāty aśvibhyām pacyasva sarasvatyai pacyasvendrāya sutrāmṇe pacyasveti sā yadā parisrud bhavaty
athainayā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 21.2 uttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇaṃ net somāhutīśca surāhutīśca saha juhavāmeti tasmād dvāvagnī uddharantyuttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇam
atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaratyathaitayā parisrutā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 21.2 uttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇaṃ net somāhutīśca surāhutīśca saha juhavāmeti tasmād dvāvagnī uddharantyuttaravedāvevottaramuddhate dakṣiṇam atha yadā vapābhiḥ
pracaratyathaitayā parisrutā pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 24.2 kuvidaṅga yavamanto yavaṃ cidyathā dāntyanupūrvaṃ viyūya ihehaiṣāṃ kṛṇuhi bhojanāni ye barhiṣo namauktiṃ yajanti upayāmagṛhīto 'sy aśvibhyāṃ tvā sarasvatyai tvendrāya tvā sutrāmṇa iti yady u trīn gṛhṇīyād etayaiva gṛhṇīyād upayāmais tu tarhi nānā gṛhṇīyād
athāhāśvibhyām sarasvatyā indrāya sutrāmṇe 'nubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv
athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped
atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 33.2 iṣṭā anuyājā bhavanty avyūḍhe srucāv athaitair havirbhiḥ pracarati paścādvai somo 'tipavate paścādevainametena medhenāpidadhāty āśvinam u tarhi dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvaped atha yadā vapābhiḥ pracaraty
athaitenāśvinena dvikapālena puroḍāśena pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 5.1 asti vā idaṃ vīryaṃ tannu te prayacchāni mā tu me prahārṣīr iti tasmai sāmāni prāyacchat tasmād apy etarhy evam evaitairvedair yajñaṃ tanvate yajurbhir evāgre
'thargbhir atha sāmabhir evaṃ hyasmā etat prāyacchat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 5.1 asti vā idaṃ vīryaṃ tannu te prayacchāni mā tu me prahārṣīr iti tasmai sāmāni prāyacchat tasmād apy etarhy evam evaitairvedair yajñaṃ tanvate yajurbhir evāgre 'thargbhir
atha sāmabhir evaṃ hyasmā etat prāyacchat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 9.2 vrīhimayamevāgre piṇḍamadhiśrayati tadyajuṣāṃ rūpam
atha yavamayaṃ tad ṛcāṃ rūpamatha vrīhimayaṃ tatsāmnāṃ rūpaṃ tad etat trayyai vidyāyai rūpaṃ kriyate saiṣā rājasūyayājina udavasānīyeṣṭirbhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 9.2 vrīhimayamevāgre piṇḍamadhiśrayati tadyajuṣāṃ rūpam atha yavamayaṃ tad ṛcāṃ
rūpamatha vrīhimayaṃ tatsāmnāṃ rūpaṃ tad etat trayyai vidyāyai rūpaṃ kriyate saiṣā rājasūyayājina udavasānīyeṣṭirbhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 16.2 tāni brahmaṇe dadāti na vai brahmā pracarati na stute na śaṃsaty
atha sa yaśo na vai hiraṇyena kiṃcana kurvanty atha tad yaśas tasmāttrīṇi śatamānāni brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 16.2 tāni brahmaṇe dadāti na vai brahmā pracarati na stute na śaṃsaty atha sa yaśo na vai hiraṇyena kiṃcana kurvanty
atha tad yaśas tasmāttrīṇi śatamānāni brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro
'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau
'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 6.2 saptapuruṣo hyayam puruṣo yaccatvāra ātmā trayaḥ pakṣapucchāni catvāro hi tasya puruṣasyātmā trayaḥ pakṣapucchāny
atha yadekena puruṣeṇātmānaṃ vardhayati tena vīryeṇāyamātmā pakṣapucchānyudyacchati //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā
atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā
atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad
atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad
atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 12.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhīmām prajanayeyamiti tāṃ saṃkliśyāpsu prāvidhyat tasyai yaḥ parāṅ raso 'tyakṣarat sa kūrmo 'bhavad
atha yad ūrdhvam udaukṣyatedaṃ tad yad idam ūrdhvam adbhyo 'dhi jāyate seyaṃ sarvāpa evānuvyait tadidam ekameva rūpaṃ samadṛśyatāpa eva //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 15.2 tadbhūmirabhavat tām aprathayat sā pṛthivyabhavat seyaṃ sarvā kṛtsnā manyamānāgāyad yad agāyat tasmād iyaṃ gāyatry
atho āhur agnir evāsyai pṛṣṭhe sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyamāno 'gāyad yad agāyat tasmād agnir gāyatra iti tasmād u haitadyaḥ sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyate gāyati vaiva gīte vā ramate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa
vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann
atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 2.2 sa vāyurasṛjyatātha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīttāni vayāṃsyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā marīcayo 'bhavann
atha yatkapālam āsīt tad antarikṣam abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo
'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā
atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann
atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto
'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann
atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann
atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 13.2 tvam mā saṃdhehīti kiṃ me tato bhaviṣyatīti tvayā mācakṣāntai yo vai putrāṇāṃ rādhyate tena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautram ācakṣate tvayā mācakṣāntā
atha mā saṃdhehīti tatheti tamagniḥ samadadhāt tasmād etam prajāpatiṃ santam agnirity ācakṣata ā ha vā enena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautraṃ cakṣate ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 18.2 saṃvatsaraḥ so
'tha yā asyaitāḥ pañca tanvo vyasraṃsantartavas te pañca vā ṛtavaḥ pañcaitāścitayas tad yat pañca citīścinotyṛtubhirevainaṃ taccinoti yaccinoti tasmāccitayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 19.2 ayameva sa vāyuryo 'yam pavate
'tha yā asya tā ṛtavaḥ pañca tanvo vyasraṃsanta diśas tāḥ pañca vai diśaḥ pañcaitāś citayas tad yat pañca citīś cinoti digbhir evainaṃ taccinoti yaccinoti tasmāccitayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 28.2 tayā devatayeti vāgvai sā devatāṅgirasvad iti prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvā sīdeti sthirā sīdety etad
atho pratiṣṭhitā sīdeti vācā caivainam etat prāṇena ca cinoti vāgvā agniḥ prāṇa indra aindrāgno 'gnir yāvānagnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametaccinotīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvaty asya mātrā tāvataivainam etaccinoti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako
'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva
seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā
paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā
hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 30.2 yadevamekeṣṭako 'tha katham pañceṣṭaka itīyaṃ nveva prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakā tad yat kiṃcātra mṛnmayam upadadhāty ekaiva seṣṭakātha yat paśuśīrṣāṇyupadadhāti sā paśviṣṭakātha yad rukmapuruṣā upadadhāti yaddhiraṇyaśakalaiḥ prokṣati sā hiraṇyeṣṭakātha yat srucā upadadhāti yad ulūkhalamusale yāḥ samidha ādadhāti sā
vānaspatyeṣṭakātha yat puṣkaraparṇam upadadhāti yat kūrmaṃ yad dadhi madhu ghṛtaṃ yat kiṃcātrānnam upadadhāti saivānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakaivam u pañceṣṭakaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 8.2 ṛtavaste
'tha yaḥ sa bhūtānām patiḥ saṃvatsaraḥ so 'tha yā soṣāḥ patnyauṣasī sā tānīmāni bhūtāni ca bhūtānāṃ ca patiḥ saṃvatsara uṣasi reto 'siñcant sa saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata so 'rodīt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 8.2 ṛtavaste 'tha yaḥ sa bhūtānām patiḥ saṃvatsaraḥ so
'tha yā soṣāḥ patnyauṣasī sā tānīmāni bhūtāni ca bhūtānāṃ ca patiḥ saṃvatsara uṣasi reto 'siñcant sa saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata so 'rodīt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 12.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod oṣadhayas tad rūpam abhavann oṣadhayo vai paśupatis tasmād yadā paśava oṣadhīrlabhante
'tha patīyanti so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 6.2 nānā vā idaṃ devatābhya ālipse 'gner v ahaṃ rūpāṇi kāmaye hantainān agnibhyaḥ kāmāyālabhā iti tānagnibhyaḥ kāmāyālabhata tadyadagnibhya iti bahūni hyagnirūpāṇyabhyadhyāyad
atha yatkāmāyeti kāmena hyālabhata tān āprītān paryagnikṛtān udīco nītvā samajñapayat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 7.2 yā vai śrīr abhyadhāsiṣam imās tāḥ śīrṣasu hanta śīrṣāṇyevopadadhā iti sa
śīrṣāṇyevotkṛtyopādhattāthetarāṇi kusindhānyapsu prāplāvayad ajena yajñaṃ samasthāpayan nenme yajño vikṛṣṭo 'sad ity ātmā vai yajño nenme 'yamātmā vikṛṣṭo 'sad ity etena paśuneṣṭvā tat prajāpatir apaśyad yathaitasyāgner antaṃ na paryait //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 8.2 yamimamātmānam apsu prāpiplavaṃ tam anvicchānīti tam anvaicchat tad yad eṣām apsu praviddhānām pratyatiṣṭhat tā apaḥ samabharad
atha yadasyāṃ tām mṛdaṃ tadubhayaṃ saṃbhṛtya mṛdaṃ cāpaś ceṣṭakām akarot tasmād etad ubhayam iṣṭakā bhavati mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 10.2 tasmād iṣṭakās tasmād iṣṭvaiva paśuneṣṭakāḥ kuryād aniṣṭakā ha tā bhavanti yāḥ purā paśoḥ kurvanty
atho ha tadanyadeva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 11.2 etāni tāni paśuśīrṣāṇy
atha yāni tāni kusindhāny etās tāḥ pañca citayas tad yat paśuśīrṣāṇy upadhāya citīścinotyetaireva tacchīrṣabhir etāni kusindhāni saṃdadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 13.2 atraivaitaiḥ sarvaiḥ paśubhir yajeta yad vā etair atra sarvaiḥ prajāpatir ayakṣyata tad evāgner antaṃ paryaiṣyat tad yad etairatra sarvairyajeta tadevāgner antam parīyāditi na tathā kuryād devānāṃ tad itādiyād
atho pathas tad iyād atho kiṃ tataḥ saṃbhared etāni vā etatkusindhāny etāścitīḥ saṃbharati tasmāt tathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 13.2 atraivaitaiḥ sarvaiḥ paśubhir yajeta yad vā etair atra sarvaiḥ prajāpatir ayakṣyata tad evāgner antaṃ paryaiṣyat tad yad etairatra sarvairyajeta tadevāgner antam parīyāditi na tathā kuryād devānāṃ tad itādiyād atho pathas tad iyād
atho kiṃ tataḥ saṃbhared etāni vā etatkusindhāny etāścitīḥ saṃbharati tasmāt tathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 17.2 bahavo hyete 'gnayo yadetāścitayo
'tha yatkāmāyeti yathā taṃ kāmamāpnuyādyajamāno yatkāma etatkarma kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām
athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo
'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur
athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 18.2 puruṣo hi prathamaḥ paśūnām athāśvam puruṣaṃ hyanvaśvo 'tha gām aśvaṃ hyanu gaur athāviṃ gāṃ hyanvavir
athājam aviṃ hyanvajas tad enān yathāpūrvaṃ yathāśreṣṭhamālabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 19.2 puruṣasya
varṣiṣṭhātha hrasīyasyatha hrasīyasī tadyathārūpam paśūnāṃ raśanāḥ karoty apāpavasyasāya sarvāstveva samāḥ syuḥ sarvāḥ sadṛśyaḥ sarve hyete samāḥ sarve sadṛśā agnayo hyucyante 'nnaṃ hyucyante tena samāstena sadṛśāḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 19.2 puruṣasya varṣiṣṭhātha
hrasīyasyatha hrasīyasī tadyathārūpam paśūnāṃ raśanāḥ karoty apāpavasyasāya sarvāstveva samāḥ syuḥ sarvāḥ sadṛśyaḥ sarve hyete samāḥ sarve sadṛśā agnayo hyucyante 'nnaṃ hyucyante tena samāstena sadṛśāḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā
mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate
'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate
'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 20.2 kathamasyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavatīti puroḍāśakapāleṣu nvevāpyata iyam prathamā mṛnmayīṣṭakātha yatpaśumālabhate tena paśviṣṭakāpyate 'tha yad vapām abhito hiraṇyaśakalau bhavatas tena hiraṇyeṣṭakāpyate 'tha yadidhmo yūpaḥ paridhayastena vānaspatyeṣṭakāpyate
'tha yadājyam prokṣaṇyaḥ puroḍāśas tenānnaṃ pañcamīṣṭakāpyata evam u hāsyaiṣo 'gniḥ pañceṣṭakaḥ sarvaḥ paśuṣvārabdho bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 34.2 viṣamākṣarā viṣamāṇi hi chandāṃsy
atho yānyasyādhyātmamaṅgāni viṣamāṇi tāny asyaitābhir āprīṇāti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 39.2 utsannā vā ete paśavo yadvai kiṃcotsannamiyaṃ tasya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tadyatraite paśavo gatāstata enānadhi saṃbharāma iti na tathā kuryād yo vā eteṣām āvṛtaṃ ca brāhmaṇaṃ ca na vidyāt tasyaita utsannāḥ syuḥ sa etān eva pañca paśūn ālabheta yāvad asya vaśaḥ syāt tān haitān prajāpatiḥ prathama ālebhe śyāparṇaḥ sāyakāyano 'ntamo
'tha ha smaitān evāntareṇālabhante 'thaitarhīmau dvāvevālabhyete prājāpatyaśca vāyavyaśca tayor ato brāhmaṇam ucyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 39.2 utsannā vā ete paśavo yadvai kiṃcotsannamiyaṃ tasya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tadyatraite paśavo gatāstata enānadhi saṃbharāma iti na tathā kuryād yo vā eteṣām āvṛtaṃ ca brāhmaṇaṃ ca na vidyāt tasyaita utsannāḥ syuḥ sa etān eva pañca paśūn ālabheta yāvad asya vaśaḥ syāt tān haitān prajāpatiḥ prathama ālebhe śyāparṇaḥ sāyakāyano 'ntamo 'tha ha smaitān evāntareṇālabhante
'thaitarhīmau dvāvevālabhyete prājāpatyaśca vāyavyaśca tayor ato brāhmaṇam ucyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 11.2 prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśo 'rdhaṃ ha prajāpater vāyur ardham prajāpatis tad yad ubhau vāyavyau syātām ubhau vā prājāpatyāvardhaṃ haivāsya kṛtaṃ syānnārdham
atha yad vāyavyaḥ paśurbhavati prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśas tena haivaitaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 12.2 prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśaḥ prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatra devāḥ samaskurvant sa yo 'smāt prāṇo madhyata udakrāmat tamasminnetena paśunādadhur
athāsyaitena puroḍāśenātmānaṃ samaskurvant sa yat prājāpatyo bhavati prajāpatir hyātmā dvādaśakapālo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ kadvatyau yājyānuvākye ko hi prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāty
atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāty atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam
ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur
atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 19.2 atha paśumālabheta paurṇamāsena vā indro vṛtram pāpmānaṃ hatvāpahatapāpmaitat karmārabhata tathaivaitad yajamānaḥ paurṇamāsenaiva vṛtram pāpmānaṃ hatvāpahatapāpmaitat karmārabhate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann
atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann
atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 28.2 alokā iṣṭakā upadadhyād iṣṭakā lokānatiricyerann atha yad bhūyaso lokānkṛtveṣṭakā nānūpadadhyāllokā iṣṭakā atiricyerann atha yadamāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tadyāvantameva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīriṣṭakā upadadhāty
athāsyāpūryamāṇapakṣe sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 29.2 yadyāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakāstāvanti kraye 'horātrāṇi sampadyante
'tha yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni kathamasya te lokā anūpahitā bhavantīti yad vā amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tad yāvantam eva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīr iṣṭakā upadadhāty atha yānyūrdhvāni krayādahāni tasminnavakāśe 'dhvaryur agniṃ cinoti kvo hi cinuyān na ca so 'vakāśaḥ syād yāvanti vai saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakā upa ca trayodaśo māsas trayodaśo vā eṣa māso yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni tad yā amūs trayodaśasya māsa iṣṭakās tābhir asya te lokā anūpahitā bhavanti tat samā lokāś ceṣṭakāśca bhavanti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 29.2 yadyāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakāstāvanti kraye 'horātrāṇi sampadyante 'tha yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni kathamasya te lokā anūpahitā bhavantīti yad vā amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tad yāvantam eva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīr iṣṭakā upadadhāty
atha yānyūrdhvāni krayādahāni tasminnavakāśe 'dhvaryur agniṃ cinoti kvo hi cinuyān na ca so 'vakāśaḥ syād yāvanti vai saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakā upa ca trayodaśo māsas trayodaśo vā eṣa māso yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni tad yā amūs trayodaśasya māsa iṣṭakās tābhir asya te lokā anūpahitā bhavanti tat samā lokāś ceṣṭakāśca bhavanti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 30.2 tasyām paśum ālabhate yā prathamāṣṭakā tasyām ukhāṃ saṃbharati yā prathamāmāvāsyā tasyāṃ dīkṣata etadvai yānyeva saṃvatsarasya prathamānyahāni tānyasya tad ārabhate tāni ca tad āpnoty
athātaḥ sampadeva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 35.2 tatṣaṣṭiḥ ṣaṣṭirmāsasyāhorātrāṇi tan māsam āpnoti māsa āpta ṛtum āpnoty ṛtuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ tat saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoti ye ca saṃvatsare kāmā
atha yadato 'nyadyadeva saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tattat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty
atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty
atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 38.2 naitasya paśoḥ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhuyānna hṛdayaśūlenāvabhṛtham abhyaveyād ārambho vā eṣo 'gneḥ paśur vyavasargo devatānāṃ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi saṃsthāvabhṛtho nedārambhe devatā vyavasṛjāni nedyajñaṃ saṃsthāpayānīti sa vai sameva sthāpayed etena paśuneṣṭvā tat prajāpatir apaśyad yathaitasyāgner antaṃ na paryait tasmāt saṃsthāpayed yad v eva saṃsthāpayati prāṇa eṣa paśus tasya yad antariyāt prāṇasya tad antariyād yad u vai prāṇasyāntariyāt tata evaṃ mriyeta tasmāt sameva sthāpayed
athāto vratānām iva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 8.2 upa vayamāyāmeti keneti yadeṣu lokeṣūpeti tatheti tadyadūrdhvam pṛthivyā arvācīnam antarikṣāt tena devā upāyaṃs tad eṣā dvitīyā citir
atha yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divastenarṣaya upāyaṃs tadeṣā caturthī citiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 6.2 savitaiṣo 'gnis tametayāhutyā purastātprīṇāti tamiṣṭvā
prītvāthainaṃ saṃbharati tadyadetayā savitāram prīṇāti tasmāt sāvitrāṇi tasmādvā etāmāhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 9.2 yo vai sa prajāpatir āsīd eṣa sa sruvaḥ prāṇo vai sruvaḥ prāṇaḥ prajāpatir
atha yā sā vāgāsīdeṣā sā srug yoṣā vai vāg yoṣā srug atha yāstā āpa āyan vāco lokād etāstā yām etām āhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 9.2 yo vai sa prajāpatir āsīd eṣa sa sruvaḥ prāṇo vai sruvaḥ prāṇaḥ prajāpatir atha yā sā vāgāsīdeṣā sā srug yoṣā vai vāg yoṣā srug
atha yāstā āpa āyan vāco lokād etāstā yām etām āhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 10.2 saṃtatā hi tā āpa āyann
atha yaḥ sa prajāpatis trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśad eṣa sa yair etad yajurbhir juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā
atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī
vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 11.2 ime te lokā atha yaccaturthaṃ yajus trayī sā vidyā jagatī sā bhavati jagatī sarvāṇi chandāṃsi sarvāṇi chandāṃsi trayī vidyātha yāni catvāryuttamāni diśas tānīme ca vai lokā diśaśca prajāpatir
athaiṣā trayī vidyā //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 20.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yad u vā eṣa yajñiyaṃ karma praṇayati tad anārtaṃ svastyudṛcam aśnute devāvyamiti yo devān avad ity etat sakhividaṃ satrājitaṃ dhanajitaṃ svarjitam iti ya etat sarvaṃ vindād ity etadṛcetyṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya gāyatreṇa rathantaram bṛhadgāyatravartanīti sāmāni svāheti yajūṃṣi saiṣā trayī vidyā prathamaṃ jāyate yathaivādo 'mutrājāyataivam
atha yaḥ so 'gnir asṛjyataiṣa sa yo 'ta ūrdhvam agniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo
'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho
'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo
'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho
'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo 'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 28.2 aśvaḥ prathamo 'tha rāsabho 'thāja evaṃ hyete 'nupūrvaṃ yadvai tadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīd eṣa so 'śvo 'tha yattadarasadivaiṣa rāsabho 'tha yaḥ sa kapāle raso lipta āsīdeṣa so 'jo
'tha yat tat kapālamāsīd eṣā sā mṛd yām etad āhariṣyanto bhavanty etebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainam etajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 34.2 anyatarato hīdaṃ vācaḥ kṣṇutam ubhayataḥkṣṇuttveva bhavaty ubhayato hīdaṃ vācaḥ kṣṇutaṃ yad enayā daivaṃ ca vadati mānuṣaṃ
cātho yatsatyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca tasmād ubhayataḥkṣṇut //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 37.2 tad enam asmāllokāt khanaty
atha yad ūrdhvoccarati tad amuṣmāllokād atha yadantareṇa saṃcarati tad antarikṣalokāt sarvebhya evainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 37.2 tad enam asmāllokāt khanaty atha yad ūrdhvoccarati tad amuṣmāllokād
atha yadantareṇa saṃcarati tad antarikṣalokāt sarvebhya evainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa
chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte
'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 39.2 abhrir hyeṣā tad enaṃ satyenādatte nāryasīti vajro vā abhrir yoṣā nārī na vai yoṣā kaṃcana hinasti śamayatyevainām etad ahiṃsāyai tvayā vayam agniṃ śakema khanituṃ sadhastha etīdaṃ vai sadhasthaṃ tvayā vayam agniṃ śakema khanitum asmint sadhastha ity etajjāgatena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ jāgatena chandasādatte
'tho 'syāṃ jāgataṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte
tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ
devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 40.2 trivṛd agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etad ādatte tribhirādāyāthaināṃ caturthenābhimantrayata etadvā enāṃ devāstribhirādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryam adadhus tathaivainām ayam etat tribhir
ādāyāthāsyāṃ caturthena vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 41.2 haste hyasyāhitā bhavati bibhrad abhrim iti bibharti hyenāṃ hiraṇyayīmiti hiraṇmayī hyeṣā yā chandomayy agner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharaty ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enām ānuṣṭubhena chandasādatte
'tho asyām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti tānyetānyeva chandāṃsyeṣābhrir ārambhāyaiveyaṃ vaiṇavī kriyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 43.2 caturakṣarā vai sarvā vāg vāg ityekam akṣaram akṣaram iti tryakṣaraṃ tad yat tad vāg ity ekam akṣaraṃ yaivaiṣānuṣṭub uttamā sā
sātha yad akṣaramiti tryakṣarametāni tāni pūrvāṇi yajūṃṣi sarvayaivaitad vācāgniṃ khanati sarvayā vācā saṃbharati tasmāccaturbhiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 2.2 pratūrtaṃ vājinnādraveti yadvai kṣipraṃ tat tūrtam
atha yat kṣiprāt kṣepīyas tat pratūrtaṃ variṣṭhām anu saṃvatam itīyaṃ vai variṣṭhā saṃvad imāmanu saṃvatam ityetaddivi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ pṛthivyām adhi yonirid iti tad enametā devatāḥ karoty agniṃ vāyum ādityaṃ tad aśve vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 atha mṛdam accha yantīme vai lokā ete 'gnayas te yadā pradīptā athaita ime lokāḥ puro vā etadebhyo lokebhyo 'gre devāḥ karmānvaicchaṃs tad yad etānagnīnatītya mṛdamāharati tadenam puraibhyo lokebhyo 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 atha mṛdam accha yantīme vai lokā ete 'gnayas te yadā pradīptā
athaita ime lokāḥ puro vā etadebhyo lokebhyo 'gre devāḥ karmānvaicchaṃs tad yad etānagnīnatītya mṛdamāharati tadenam puraibhyo lokebhyo 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 6.2 tad enam uṣaḥsvaicchann anvahāni prathamo jātavedā iti tad enam ahaḥsvaicchann anu sūryasya purutrā ca raśmīniti tadenaṃ sūryasya raśmiṣvaicchann anu dyāvāpṛthivī ātatantheti tadenaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyoraicchaṃs tam avindaṃs tathaivainam ayametad vindati taṃ yadā parāpaśyaty
atha tām avāsyaty āgacchanti mṛdam //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 17.2 mṛdaṃ ca tadapaśca prīṇāti te iṣṭvā
prītvāthaine saṃbharati vyatiṣaktābhyām juhoti mṛdaṃ ca tadapaśca vyatiṣajati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 18.2 vajro vā ājyaṃ vajramevāsmā etadabhigoptāraṃ karoty
atho reto vā ājyaṃ reta evaitatsiñcati sruveṇa vṛṣā vai sruvo vṛṣā vai retaḥ siñcati svāhākāreṇa vṛṣā vai svāhākāro vṛṣā vai retaḥ siñcati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 21.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty āgneyībhyām agnimevaitadreto bhūtaṃ siñcati te yad āgneyyau tenāgnir
atha yattriṣṭubhau tenendra aindrāgno 'gnir yāvān agniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametadreto bhūtaṃ siñcatīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad reto bhūtaṃ siñcati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 26.2 etadvai devā abibhayur yad vai na imamiha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti tasmā imāmevātmānamakurvanguptyā ātmātmānaṃ gopsyatīti sā samambilā syāt tad asyeyamātmā bhavati yad v eva samambilā yonirvā iyaṃ reta idaṃ yadvai retaso yonimatiricyate 'muyā
tadbhavatyatha yannyūnaṃ vyṛddhaṃ tad etadvai retasaḥ samṛddhaṃ yat samaṃbilaṃ catuḥsraktir eṣa kūpo bhavati catasro vai diśaḥ sarvābhya evainam etad digbhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 3.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametatkhanaty
atho dvayaṃ hyevaitadrūpam mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 12.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gniryāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivābhyāmetatsaṃjñāṃ karoty
atho dvayaṃ hyevaitadrūpaṃ kṛṣṇājinaṃ ca puṣkaraparṇaṃ ca //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 9.2 idamevaitadretaḥ siktaṃ saṃsādayati tasmādyonau retaḥ siktaṃ saṃsīdati śocasva devavītama iti dīpyasva devavītama ityetad vi dhūmamagne aruṣam miyedhya sṛja praśasta darśatamiti yadā vā eṣa samidhyate
'thaiṣa dhūmamaruṣaṃ visṛjate darśatamiti dadṛśa iva hyeṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite
athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre
'theti athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti
athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 5.2 yadvā asyai kṣataṃ yadviliṣṭaṃ digbhir vai tat saṃdhīyate digbhirevāsyā etatkṣataṃ viliṣṭaṃ saṃtanoti saṃdadhāti sa imāṃ cemāṃ ca diśau saṃdadhāti tasmādete diśau saṃhite athemāṃ cemāṃ ca tasmād v evaite saṃhite ityagre 'theti
athetyatheti taddakṣiṇāvṛttaddhi devatrānayānayā vai bheṣajaṃ kriyate 'nayaivainām etad bhiṣajyati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito
'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 6.2 tad enam etaiḥ paśubhiḥ saṃbharati nopaspṛśati vajro vai paśavo reta idaṃ nedidaṃ reto vajreṇa hinasānīty
atho agnirayam paśava ime nedayamagnirimānpaśūnhinasaditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama
etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho
'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo
'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama
etyatha rāsabho 'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 12.2 teṣāmajaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho 'thāśvo 'theto yatāmaśvaḥ prathama etyatha rāsabho
'thājaḥ kṣatraṃ vā anvaśvo vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ cānu rāsabho brāhmaṇamajaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty
atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ
paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 13.2 aśvaḥ prathama eti tasmāt kṣatriyam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyanty atha yadamuta āyatāmajaḥ prathama eti tasmādbrāhmaṇam prathamaṃ yantamitare trayo varṇāḥ paścādanuyantyatha yannaiveto yatāṃ nāmuto rāsabhaḥ prathama eti tasmānna kadācana brāhmaṇaśca kṣatriyaśca vaiśyaṃ ca śūdraṃ ca paścād anvitas tasmād evaṃ
yantyapāpavasyasāyātho brahmaṇā caivaitat kṣatreṇa caitau varṇāvabhitaḥ parigṛhṇīte 'napakramiṇau kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 15.2 āgneyo vā ajaḥ svenaivainametadātmanā svayā devatayā saṃbharaty
atho brahma vā ajo brahmaṇaivainametatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 19.2 etadvai devā abibhayuryadvai na imamiha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti tasmā etām puram paryaśrayaṃstathaivāsmā ayametām puram pariśrayaty
atho yonirvā iyaṃ reta idaṃ tira iva vai yonau retaḥ sicyate yonirūpam etat kriyate tasmādapi svayā jāyayā tira ivaiva cicariṣati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 20.2 tad yad evāsyātropanaddhasya saṃśucyati tām evāsmād etacchucam bahirdhā dadhāty
atho etasyā evainametadyoneḥ prajanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 3.2 yadeva tatpheno dvitīyaṃ rūpamasṛjyata tadevaitadrūpaṃ karoty
atha yāmeva tatra mṛdaṃ saṃyauti saiva mṛd yat tat tṛtīyaṃ rūpamasṛjyataitebhyo vā eṣa rūpebhyo 'gre 'sṛjyata tebhya evainametajjanayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 4.2 sthemne nveva yad v evājalomair etadvā enaṃ devāḥ paśubhyo 'dhi samabharaṃstathaivainam ayametatpaśubhyo 'dhi saṃbharati tad yad ajalomair evāje hi sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpam
atha yalloma loma hi rūpam //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 12.2 trivṛd agnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etat prayauti dvābhyāṃ saṃsṛjati tat pañca pañcacitiko 'gniḥ pañcartavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvattadbhavati tribhir apa upasṛjati tadaṣṭāvaṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavaty
atho 'ṣṭākṣarā vā iyam agre 'sṛjyata tad yāvatīyam agre 'sṛjyata tāvatīm evainām etat karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad
atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ
kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 4.2 rudrāstvā kṛṇvantu traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvadityantarikṣaṃ haiṣa uddhistam etad rudrāstraiṣṭubhena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametattraiṣṭubhena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad
atho pratiṣṭhitāsītyantarikṣamasītyantarikṣaṃ hyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad
atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 6.2 viśve tvā devā vaiśvānarāḥ kṛṇvantvānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvaditi diśo haitadyajuretadvai viśve devā vaiśvānarā eṣu lokeṣūkhāyāmetena caturthena yajuṣā diśo 'dadhus tathaivaitad yajamāna eṣu lokeṣūkhāyāmetena caturthena yajuṣā diśo dadhātyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad
atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti diśo 'sīti diśo hyetad yajur dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vai viśve devā vaiśvānarā diśaḥ kṛtvā tāsvetām āśiṣamāśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno diśaḥ kṛtvā tāsvetāmāśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 10.2 ekaprādeśāṃ
kuryādatha yadi pañca paśavaḥ syuḥ pañcaprādeśāṃ kuryādiṣumātrīṃ vā vīryaṃ vā iṣur vīryasaṃmitaiva tadbhavati pañcaprādeśā ha sma tveva pureṣurbhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 15.2 etadvā etā etām astabhnuvaṃs tathaivainām etat stabhnuvanti tadyadata ūrdhvaṃ tadetayā tiraścyā
dṛḍhamatha yadato 'rvāktadetābhiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 19.2 atho aṣṭastanāṃ na tathā kuryādye vai goḥ kanīyastanāḥ paśavo ye bhūyastanā anupajīvanīyatarā vā asyaite 'nupajīvanīyatarāṃ haināṃ te kurvate 'tho ha te na gāṃ kurvate śunīṃ vāviṃ vā vaḍabāṃ vā tasmāttathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 19.2 atho aṣṭastanāṃ na tathā kuryādye vai goḥ kanīyastanāḥ paśavo ye bhūyastanā anupajīvanīyatarā vā asyaite 'nupajīvanīyatarāṃ haināṃ te kurvate
'tho ha te na gāṃ kurvate śunīṃ vāviṃ vā vaḍabāṃ vā tasmāttathā na kuryāt //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto
'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate
'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo
yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ
sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 3.2 imāṃstallokānkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karotyetā devatā agniṃ vāyumādityametā hyeva devatā viśvaṃ jyotis tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyebhyastallokebhya etāndevānnirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛto hyete devā ityadhidevatam //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 4.2 ātmaivokhā vāgaṣāḍhā tām pūrvāṃ karoti purastāddhīyamātmano vāk tāmetasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmano hyeveyaṃ vāṅmahiṣī karoti mahiṣī hi vāktryālikhitā bhavati tredhāvihitā hi vāgṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāny
atho yadidaṃ trayaṃ vāco rūpamupāṃśu vyantarāmuccaiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 5.2 ātmānaṃ
tatkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karoti prajā vai viśvajyotiḥ prajā hyeva viśvaṃ jyotiḥ prajananamevaitatkaroti tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmanastatprajāṃ nirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti yajamānastadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoty anantarhitāḥ karoty anantarhitāṃ tadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karotyuttarāḥ karotyuttarāṃ tad ātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛddhi prajāpatiḥ pitā mātā putro 'tho garbha ulbaṃ jarāyu //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 5.2 ātmānaṃ tatkarotyatha viśvajyotiṣaḥ karoti prajā vai viśvajyotiḥ prajā hyeva viśvaṃ jyotiḥ prajananamevaitatkaroti tā etasyā eva mṛdaḥ karotyātmanastatprajāṃ nirmimīte yajamānaḥ karoti yajamānastadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoty anantarhitāḥ karoty anantarhitāṃ tadātmanaḥ prajāṃ karotyuttarāḥ karotyuttarāṃ tad ātmanaḥ prajāṃ karoti tryālikhitā bhavanti trivṛddhi prajāpatiḥ pitā mātā putro
'tho garbha ulbaṃ jarāyu //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 7.2 ubhayam v etat prajāpatirniruktaś cāniruktaśca parimitaścāparimitaśca tadyā yajuṣkṛtāyai karoti yadevāsya niruktam parimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena
saṃskarotyatha yā ayajuṣkṛtāyai yadevāsyāniruktam aparimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskaroti sa ha vā etaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti ya evaṃ vidvān etad evaṃ karotyathopaśayāyai piṇḍaṃ pariśinaṣṭi prāyaścittibhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 7.2 ubhayam v etat prajāpatirniruktaś cāniruktaśca parimitaścāparimitaśca tadyā yajuṣkṛtāyai karoti yadevāsya niruktam parimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskarotyatha yā ayajuṣkṛtāyai yadevāsyāniruktam aparimitaṃ rūpaṃ tadasya tena saṃskaroti sa ha vā etaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti ya evaṃ vidvān etad evaṃ
karotyathopaśayāyai piṇḍaṃ pariśinaṣṭi prāyaścittibhyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 3, 8.2 sthemne
nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v eva dhūpayati śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇo dhūmaḥ śīrṣaṃstatprāṇaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 3.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatkhanatvavaṭetyavaṭo haiṣa devatrātra sā vaiṇavyabhrirutsīdati catuḥsraktireṣa kūpo bhavati catasro vai diśaḥ sarvābhya evainametaddigbhyaḥ
khanatyatha pacanamavadhāyāṣāḍhāmavadadhāti tūṣṇīmeva tāṃ hi pūrvāṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty
atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm
evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 5.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvadabhīndhatāmukha iti dhiṣaṇā haitām agre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvadabhīdhire tābhirevaināmetadabhīnddhe sā ha sā vāgeva vāg vai dhiṣaṇā vācā hīdaṃ sarvamiddhaṃ vācaivaināmetadabhīnddhe
'thaitāni trīṇi yajūṃṣīkṣamāṇa eva japati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 15.2 sthemne
nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v evācchṛṇatti śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇaḥ payaḥ śīrṣaṃs tat prāṇaṃ dadhāty atho yoṣā vā ukhā yoṣāyāṃ tatpayo dadhāti tasmādyoṣāyām payaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 15.2 sthemne nvevātho karmaṇaḥ prakṛtatāyai yad v evācchṛṇatti śira etadyajñasya yadukhā prāṇaḥ payaḥ śīrṣaṃs tat prāṇaṃ dadhāty
atho yoṣā vā ukhā yoṣāyāṃ tatpayo dadhāti tasmādyoṣāyām payaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 3.2 netare haviṣī adhvarasyaiva dīkṣaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ
syānnāgneratha yad itare eva haviṣī nirvapennāgnāvaiṣṇavamagnereva dīkṣaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ syānnādhvarasya //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 4.2 adhvarasya cāgneścobhayaṃ hyetatkarmādhvarakarma cāgnikarma cādhvarasya
pūrvamathāgner upāyi hyetatkarma yadagnikarma //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 13.2 agnicityāyāṃ yad u cānagnicityāyāṃ tasyokto bandhur ubhayāni bhavanti tasyokto 'dhvarasya pūrvāṇy
athāgnes tasyo evoktaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 1.1 tāṃ tiṣṭhan pravṛṇakti ime vai lokā ukhā tiṣṭhantīva vā ime lokā
atho tiṣṭhan vai vīryavattamaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 6.2 yathaiva yajustathā bandhur āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsīti prāṇo vā asus tasyaiṣā māyā svadhayā kṛtā juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam iti yā evaitasminnagnāvāhutīrhoṣyanbhavati tā etad
āhātho evaiva havyam ariṣṭā tvamudihi yajñe asminniti yathaivāriṣṭānārtaitasmin yajña udiyādevametadāha //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 7.2 dvipād yajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti gāyatryā ca triṣṭubhā ca prāṇo gāyatryātmā triṣṭub etāvān vai paśur yāvān prāṇaś cātmā ca tad yāvān paśus tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakty
atho agnir vai gāyatrīndras triṣṭub aindrāgno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇaktīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti tayoḥ sapta padāni saptacitiko 'gniḥ saptartavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 8.2 athainām arcir ārohati yoṣā vā ukhā vṛṣāgnis tasmād yadā vṛṣā yoṣāṃ saṃtapatyathāsyāṃ reto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 8.2 athainām arcir ārohati yoṣā vā ukhā vṛṣāgnis tasmād yadā vṛṣā yoṣāṃ
saṃtapatyathāsyāṃ reto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 9.2 yadi ciram arcir ārohaty aṅgārān evāvapanty ubhayenaiṣo 'gniriti na tathā kuryād asthanvān vāva paśurjāyate
'tha taṃ nāgra evāsthanvantam iva nyṛṣanti reta ivaiva dadhati reta u etad anasthikaṃ yad arcis tasmād enām arcir evārohet //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 10.2 athāsmint samidham ādadhāti reto vā enām etad āpadyata eṣo 'gnis tasminnetāṃ retasi saṃbhūtiṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 15.2 ud eṣām bāhū atiram ud varco
atho balam kṣiṇomi brahmaṇāmitrānunnayāmi svāṁ ahamiti yathaiva kṣiṇuyād amitrān unnayet svān evametad āhobhe tv evaite ādadhyād ayaṃ vā agnirbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cemamevaitadagnimetābhyāmubhābhyāṃ saminddhe brahmaṇā ca kṣatreṇa ca //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 4.2 atha vrate nyajya samidhamādadhāti na vrate nyañjyād ity u haika āhur āhutiṃ tajjuhuyād anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita āhutiṃ juhuyāditi //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 5.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ sa yanna nyañjyān na haitaṃ daivam ātmānam prīṇīyād
atha yan nyanakti tatho haitaṃ daivam ātmānam prīṇāti sā yat samittena nāhutir yad u vrate nyaktā tenānnam annaṃ hi vratam //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre
'tha manuṣyās tasmāt samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre 'tha manuṣyās tasmāt
samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 11.2 sarvebhyo vā eṣa etaṃ kāmebhya ādhatte tad yad evāsyātra kāmānāṃ vyavacchidyate 'gnāvanugate tadevaitatsaṃtanoti saṃdadhāty ubhe prāyaścittī karoty adhvaraprāyaścittiṃ cāgniprāyaścittiṃ cādhvarasya pūrvām
athāgnes tasyokto bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 12.2 āsīna āhutiṃ juhoti viśvakarmaṇe svāhety
athopotthāya samidham ādadhāti punastvādityā rudrā vasavaḥ samindhatām punarbrahmāṇo vasunītha yajñair ity etāstvā devatāḥ punaḥ samindhatām ity etad ghṛtena tvaṃ tanvaṃ vardhayasva satyāḥ santu yajamānasya kāmā iti ghṛtenāha tvaṃ vardhayasva yebhya u tvāṃ kāmebhyo yajamāna ādhatta te 'sya sarve satyāḥ santvityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 15.2 gārhapatyaṃ vāva sa gacchati gārhapatyāddhi sa āhṛto bhavati gārhapatyād evainam prāñcamuttareṇa sado hṛtvopasamādhāya prāyaścittī karoty
atha yadi gārhapatyo 'nugacchet tasyokto bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 11.2 yad vai prāṇasyāmṛtam ūrdhvaṃ tannābher ūrdhvaiḥ prāṇair uccaraty
atha yan martyam parāk tan nābhim atyeti tad yad eva prāṇasyāmṛtaṃ tad enam etad abhisaṃpādayati tenainam etadbibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 13.2 ūrg vai rasa udumbara ūrjaivainam etad rasena bibharty
atho sarva ete vanaspatayo yad udumbaraḥ sarve vā etaṃ vanaspatayo yantum arhanti sarvair etaṃ vanaspatibhir devā abibharuḥ sarvair evainam etad vanaspatibhir bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 15.2 catuḥsraktīnyanūcyāni catasro vai diśo diśo vā etaṃ yantum arhanti digbhir etaṃ devā abibharur digbhir evainam etad bibharti mauñjībhī rajjubhir vyutā bhavati trivṛdbhis tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhā tasyo evokto
'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 16.2 ime vai lokā eṣo 'gnir diśaḥ śikyaṃ digbhir hīme lokāḥ śaknuvanti sthātuṃ yacchaknuvanti tasmācchikyaṃ digbhir evainam etad bibharti ṣaḍudyāmam bhavati ṣaḍḍhi diśo mauñjaṃ trivṛt tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhaṃ tasyo evokto
'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 26.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir imā u lokāv iṇḍve amum tad ādityam ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhītaḥ parimaṇḍale bhavataḥ parimaṇḍalau hīmau lokau mauñje trivṛtī tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhe tasyo evokto
'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 3.5 atha yat pratyavarohaty asminn evaitalloke rasam upajīvanaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 15.1 sīda tvam mātuḥ asyā upasthe 'ntar agne rucā tvaṃ śivo bhūtvā mahyam agne
atho sīda śivas tvam iti śivaḥ śiva iti śamayaty evainam /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 2.5 atha yaṃ kāmayeta vīryavānt syād iti vikṛtyainaṃ purastād abhimantrayeta /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 10.4 sa yat kanīyo 'rdhāt krameta na haitaṃ svargaṃ lokam abhiprāpnuyād
atha yad bhūyo 'rdhāt parāṅ haitaṃ svargaṃ lokam atipraṇaśyet /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 10.5 atha yad ardhaṃ kramate 'rdham upatiṣṭhate tat samprati svargaṃ lokam āptvā vimuñcate //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 12.1 tad āhuḥ yad ahar viṣṇukramā rātrir vātsapram
athobhe evāhan bhavato na rātryām /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 14.2 atha yadi vātsaprīyaṃ vātsapreṇopasthāya viṣṇukramān krāntvā vātsapram antataḥ kuryāt /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 3.5 athāsyedam mānuṣam prayāṇaṃ yad idam prayāti mānuṣam avasānaṃ yad avasyati //
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 4.4 atha yad vanīvāhyate yad evāsya mānuṣaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tena saṃskaroti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 5.1 sa yad ahaḥ prayāsyant syāt tad ahar uttarato 'gneḥ prāg ana
upasthāpyāthāsmint samidham ādadhāti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 7.1 athainam udyacchaty ud u tvā viśve devā agne bharantu cittibhir iti /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 10.1 sa yadākṣa utsarjet
athaitad yajur japed asuryā vā eṣā vāg yākṣasya tām etacchamayati tām etad devatrā karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 12.2 atha yadā vasatyai vimuñceta prāg ana upasthāpyottarata uddhatyāvokṣati /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 9.1 atha hotā sapta chandāṃsi śaṃsati caturuttarāṇy ekarcāni virāḍaṣṭamāni /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 9.5 atha yāni pañcacatvāriṃśat tato yāni pañcaviṃśatiḥ sa pañcaviṃśa ātmā /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 2.5 atha yad vanīvāhanaṃ ca bhasmanaś cābhyavaharaṇaṃ tau darśapūrṇamāsau /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 5, 3.9 atha yad ūrdhvaṃ sāmabhyaḥ prācīnaṃ vasordhārāyai yad eva tatra hotuḥ purastājjapyaṃ tat tat /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 1, 1.9 tasmād apy etarhi vayāṃsi yadaiva pakṣā upasamūhante yadā patrāṇi visṛjante
'thotpatituṃ śaknuvanti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 16.1 atho āhuḥ prajāpatir evātmānaṃ vidhāya tasya yatra yatra nyūnam āsīt tad etaiḥ samāpūrayata teno evāpi sampanna iti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 7.2 tasmād ekaśatavidhaḥ saptavidham abhisaṃpadyate
'tha vai saptavidha ekaśatavidham abhisaṃpadyate //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 13.1 atha pañcamyai citeḥ asapatnā virājaś ca prathamāham upadadhāti stomabhāgā ekaikām anvaham /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 15.1 atha trīṇy ahāny upātiyanti yad ahaḥ śatarudriyaṃ juhoti yad ahar upavasatho yad ahaḥ prasutaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 8.6 atha ya eva śataṃ varṣāṇi yo vā bhūyāṃsi jīvati sa haivaitad amṛtam āpnoti //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 1, 8.1 atha yo 'yam avāṅ prāṇaḥ eṣa jagatīti tad ya evaitasya prāṇasya mahimā yad vīryaṃ tad etat sahasram /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 9.2 atha ya evaitam anubhavati yo vai tam anu bhāryān bubhūrṣati sa haivālam bhāryebhyo bhavati //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 12.2 te devā etam agnim prajāpatiṃ
saṃskṛtyāthāsmā etat saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ samaskurvan ya eṣa mahāvratīyo grahaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 18.1 atha yac caturviṃśatim ātmano 'kuruta tasmāc caturviṃśatyardhamāsaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 24.1 athetarau vedau vyauhad dvādaśaiva bṛhatīsahasrāṇy aṣṭau yajuṣāṃ catvāri sāmnām /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 27.2 atha yad yajuṣmatīm upādhatta tad ahar upādhatta tad anu pañcadaśa muhūrtān muhūrtān anu pañcadaśāśītīḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 30.2 atha yad yajuṣmatīm upadhatte tad ahar upadhatte tad anu pañcadaśa muhūrtān muhūrtān anu pañcadaśāśītīḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 31.4 sa yadaivaṃvid asmāl lokāt praity
athaitam evātmānam abhisaṃbhavati chandomayaṃ prāṇamayaṃ devatāmayam /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 8.2 adhi ṣaṭtriṃśatam
atha lokampṛṇā daśa ca sahasrāṇy aṣṭau ca śatāny upadhatta /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 9.4 yadaiva tvam etam bhāgaṃ harāsā
atha vyāvṛtya śarīreṇāmṛto 'sad yo 'mṛto 'sad vidyayā vā karmaṇā veti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 20.1 atha yā lokampṛṇāḥ muhūrtalokās tā muhūrtānām eva sāptiḥ kriyate muhūrtānām pratimā /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 22.1 te ye ha tathā kurvanti etāni hāsya te rūpāṇi bahirdhā kurvanty
atho pāpavasyasaṃ kurvanti kṣatrāya viśam pratipratinīm pratyudyāminīm /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 4, 4.5 atha ya evaivaṃ veda yo vaitat karma kurute sa haivaitaṃ sarvaṃ kṛtsnam prājāpatyam agnim āpnoti yam prajāpatir āpnot /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 1, 1.3 atha yan mānuṣyā vācāhetīdaṃ kurutetīdaṃ kuruteti tad u ha tayā cīyate //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 6.6 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣo 'yam eva sa yo 'yaṃ hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 7.3 atha yad etad arcir dīpyate yac caitat puṣkaraparṇam idaṃ tat kṛṣṇam akṣan /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 7.4 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣo yaś caiṣa hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣo 'yam eva sa yo 'yaṃ dakṣiṇe 'kṣan puruṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 18.3 atha ya eṣa etasmin maṇḍale puruṣaḥ so 'ttā sa etasminn anne 'paśrito bhāti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 19.3 atha yo 'yaṃ dakṣiṇe 'kṣan puruṣaḥ so 'ttā sa etasminn anne 'paśrito bhāti //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.8 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmārdhamāsāś ca te māsāś ca caturviṃśatir ardhamāsā dvādaśa māsāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.8 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmā prāṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 14.11 atha yā amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmāyam eva sa yo 'yaṃ hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.2 atha yat pratyañcaṃ kūrmam upadadhāti pratyañci paśuśīrṣāṇi tat pratyaṅ cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.3 atha yan nyañcaṃ kūrmam upadadhāti nyañci paśuśīrṣāṇi nīcīr iṣṭakās tan nyaṅ cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.4 atha yad uttānaṃ puruṣam upadadhāty uttāne srucā uttānam ulūkhalam uttānām ukhāṃ tad uttānaś cīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 7.5 atha yat sarvā anu diśaḥ parisarpam iṣṭakā upadadhāti tat sarvataś cīyate //
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 1.1 atha haite 'ruṇe aupaveśau samājagmuḥ satyayajñaḥ pauluṣir mahāśālo jābālo buḍila āśvatarāśvir indradyumno bhāllaveyo janaḥ śārkarākṣyaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 5.1 atha hovāca satyayajñaṃ pauluṣim prācīnayogya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 6.1 atha hovāca mahāśālaṃ jābālam aupamanyava kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 7.1 atha hovāca buḍilam āśvatarāśviṃ vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 8.1 atha hovācendradyumnam bhāllaveyaṃ vaiyāghrapadya kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 1, 9.1 atha hovāca janaṃ śārkarākṣyaṃ sāyavasa kaṃ tvaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ vettheti /
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 4.2 ārtim ārtor yo brahmaṇe devebhyo 'pratiprocyāśvaṃ badhnāti brahmannaśvam bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhyāsamiti brahmāṇamāmantrayate brahmaṇa evainam pratiprocya badhnāti nārtimārchati taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhnuhīti brahmā prasauti svayaivainaṃ devatayā
samardhayatyatha prokṣatyasāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 9.2 yat prājāpatyo 'śvo
'tha kathāpyanyābhyo devatābhyaḥ prokṣatīti sarvā vai devatā aśvamedhe'nvāyattā yadāha sarvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ prokṣāmīti sarvā evāsmindevatā anvāyātayati tasmādaśvamedhe sarvā devatā anvāyattāḥ pāpmā vā etam bhrātṛvya īpsati yo 'śvamedhena yajeta vajro 'śvaḥ paro martaḥ paraḥ śveti śvānaṃ caturakṣaṃ hatvādhaspadam aśvasyopaplāvayati vajreṇaivainam avakrāmati nainaṃ pāpmā bhrātṛvya āpnoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 3, 6.2 anāhutir vai rūpāṇi naitā hotavyā ity
atho khalvāhuratra vā aśvamedhaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate yadrūpāṇi juhoti hotavyā eveti bahirdhā vā etamāyatanātkaroti bhrātṛvyamasmai janayati yasyānāyatane 'nyatrāgner āhutīrjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ pra vā etad aśvo mīyate yat parāṅeti na hyenam pratyāvartayantīti yat sāyaṃ dhṛtīrjuhoti kṣemo vai dhṛtiḥ kṣemo rātriḥ kṣemeṇaivainaṃ dādhāra tasmāt sāyam manuṣyāśca paśavaśca kṣemyā bhavanty
atha yat prātariṣṭibhir yajata icchatyevainaṃ tat tasmād divā naṣṭaiṣa eti yad v eva sāyaṃ dhṛtīr juhoti prātariṣṭibhir yajate yogakṣemameva tad yajamānaḥ kalpayate tasmād yatraitena yajñena yajante kᄆptaḥ prajānāṃ yogakṣemo bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 5, 4.0 tadāhuḥ yadubhau divā gāyetām prabhraṃśukāsmācchrīḥ syād brahmaṇo vā etadrūpaṃ yad ahar yadā vai rājā kāmayate
'tha brāhmaṇaṃ jināti pāpīyāṃstu bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 6, 3.0 rāṣṭraṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ rāṣṭra ete vyāyacchante ye'śvaṃ rakṣanti teṣāṃ ya udṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭreṇaiva te rāṣṭram bhavanty
atha ye nodṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭrātte vyavacchidyante tasmādrāṣṭryaśvamedhena yajeta parā vā eṣa sicyate yo'balo'śvamedhena yajate yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderan yajño'sya vicchidyeta pāpīyāntsyāc chataṃ kavacino rakṣanti yajñasya saṃtatyā avyavacchedāya na pāpīyān bhavaty athānyam ānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 6, 3.0 rāṣṭraṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ rāṣṭra ete vyāyacchante ye'śvaṃ rakṣanti teṣāṃ ya udṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭreṇaiva te rāṣṭram bhavanty atha ye nodṛcaṃ gacchanti rāṣṭrātte vyavacchidyante tasmādrāṣṭryaśvamedhena yajeta parā vā eṣa sicyate yo'balo'śvamedhena yajate yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderan yajño'sya vicchidyeta pāpīyāntsyāc chataṃ kavacino rakṣanti yajñasya saṃtatyā avyavacchedāya na pāpīyān bhavaty
athānyam ānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 15.0 taddhaike eteṣām paryaṅgyāṇāṃ nānā yājyāpuronuvākyāḥ kurvanti vindāma eteṣāmavittyetareṣāṃ na kurma iti na tathā kuryāt kṣatraṃ vā aśvo viḍitare paśavaḥ pratipratinīṃ ha te pratyudyāminīṃ kṣatrāya viśaṃ kurvanty
atho āyuṣā yajamānaṃ vyardhayanti ye tathā kurvanti tasmātprājāpatya evāśvo devadevatyā itare kṣatrāyaiva tadviśaṃ kṛtānukarāmanuvartmānaṃ karoty atho āyuṣaiva yajamānaṃ samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 15.0 taddhaike eteṣām paryaṅgyāṇāṃ nānā yājyāpuronuvākyāḥ kurvanti vindāma eteṣāmavittyetareṣāṃ na kurma iti na tathā kuryāt kṣatraṃ vā aśvo viḍitare paśavaḥ pratipratinīṃ ha te pratyudyāminīṃ kṣatrāya viśaṃ kurvanty atho āyuṣā yajamānaṃ vyardhayanti ye tathā kurvanti tasmātprājāpatya evāśvo devadevatyā itare kṣatrāyaiva tadviśaṃ kṛtānukarāmanuvartmānaṃ karoty
atho āyuṣaiva yajamānaṃ samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 16.0 hiraṇmayo'śvasya śāso bhavati lohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇāmāyasā itareṣāṃ jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ rāṣṭramaśvamedho jyotireva tadrāṣṭre dadhāty
atho hiraṇyajyotiṣaiva yajamānaḥ svargaṃ lokamety atho anūkāśameva taṃ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 16.0 hiraṇmayo'śvasya śāso bhavati lohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇāmāyasā itareṣāṃ jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ rāṣṭramaśvamedho jyotireva tadrāṣṭre dadhāty atho hiraṇyajyotiṣaiva yajamānaḥ svargaṃ lokamety
atho anūkāśameva taṃ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 17.0 atho kṣatraṃ vā aśvaḥ kṣatrasyaitadrūpaṃ yaddhiraṇyaṃ kṣatrameva tatkṣatreṇa samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 18.0 atha yallohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇām yathā vai rājño rājāno rājakṛtaḥ sūtagrāmaṇya evaṃ vā ete'śvasya yat paryaṅgyā evamu vā etaddhiraṇyasya yallohaṃ svenaivaināṃstadrūpeṇa samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 19.0 atha yadāyasā itareṣām viḍvā itare paśavo viśa etadrūpaṃ yadayo viśameva tadviśā samardhayati vaitasa iṭasūna uttarato'śvasyāvadyanty ānuṣṭubho vā aśva ānuṣṭubhaiṣā dik svāyāmevainaṃ taddiśi dadhāty atha yadvaitasa iṭasūne 'psuyonirvā aśvo 'psujā vetasaḥ svayaivainaṃ yonyā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 19.0 atha yadāyasā itareṣām viḍvā itare paśavo viśa etadrūpaṃ yadayo viśameva tadviśā samardhayati vaitasa iṭasūna uttarato'śvasyāvadyanty ānuṣṭubho vā aśva ānuṣṭubhaiṣā dik svāyāmevainaṃ taddiśi dadhāty
atha yadvaitasa iṭasūne 'psuyonirvā aśvo 'psujā vetasaḥ svayaivainaṃ yonyā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 3, 2.2 yathākṣetrajño 'nyena pathā nayettādṛktad
atha yadudgātāramavarudhyāśvamudgīthāya vṛṇīte yathā kṣetrajño'ñjasā nayedevamevaitad yajamānamaśvaḥ svargaṃ lokamañjasā nayati hiṃkaroti sāmaiva taddhiṃkaroty udgītha eva sa vaḍavā uparundhanti saṃśiñjate yathopagātāra upagāyanti tādṛktaddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko
'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 6.0 paḍbhiścaturbhir ed aganniti
tasmādaśvastribhistiṣṭhaṃstiṣṭhatyatha yuktaḥ sarvaiḥ padbhiḥ samam āyute //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 12.0 na vā u etanmriyase na riṣyasīti praśvāsayatyevainaṃ tad devāṁ ideṣi pathibhiḥ sugebhiriti devayānānevainam patho darśayati yatrāsate sukṛto yatra te yayuriti sukṛdbhirevainaṃ salokaṃ karoti tatra tvā devaḥ savitā dadhātv iti savitaivainaṃ svarge loke dadhāti prajāpataye tvā juṣṭam
prokṣāmītyupāṃśvathopagṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 3.0 ambe ambike'mbālike na mā nayati kaścaneti patnīr udānayaty ahvataivainā etad
atho medhyā evaināḥ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 4.0 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha iti patnyaḥ pariyantyapahnuvata evāsmā etad ato nyevāsmai hnuvate
'tho dhuvata evainaṃ triḥ pariyanti trayo vā ime lokā ebhirevainaṃ lokair dhuvate triḥ punaḥ pariyanti ṣaṭ sampadyante ṣaḍ vā ṛtava ṛtubhirevainaṃ dhuvate //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 9, 3.0 girau bhāraṃ haranniveti śrīrvai rāṣṭrasya bhāraḥ śriyamevāsmai rāṣṭraṃ saṃnahyaty
atho śriyamevāsmin rāṣṭramadhinidadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 9, 4.0 athāsyai madhyamedhatāmiti śrīrvai rāṣṭrasya madhyaṃ śriyameva rāṣṭre madhyato'nnādyaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 1.0 athātaḥ prāyaścittīnām yadyaśvo vaḍavāṃ skandedvāyavyam payo'nunirvaped vāyurvai retasāṃ vikartā prāṇo vai vāyuḥ prāṇo hi retasāṃ vikartā retasaivāsmiṃstadreto dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 2.0 atha yadi srāmo vindet pauṣṇaṃ carumanunirvapet pūṣā vai paśūnāmīṣṭe sa yasyaiva paśavo yaḥ paśūnām īṣṭe tamevaitatprīṇāty agado haiva bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 3.0 atha yadyakṣatāmayo vindet vaiśvānaraṃ dvādaśakapālam bhūmikapālam puroḍāśamanunirvaped iyaṃ vai vaiśvānara imāmevaitatprīṇātyagado haiva bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 4.0 atha yadyakṣyāmayo vindet sauryaṃ carumanunirvapet sūryo vai prajānāṃ cakṣuryadā hyevaiṣa udetyathedaṃ sarvaṃ carati cakṣuṣaivāsmiṃstaccakṣurdadhāti sa yaccarurbhavati cakṣuṣā hyayamātmā carati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 4.0 atha yadyakṣyāmayo vindet sauryaṃ carumanunirvapet sūryo vai prajānāṃ cakṣuryadā hyevaiṣa
udetyathedaṃ sarvaṃ carati cakṣuṣaivāsmiṃstaccakṣurdadhāti sa yaccarurbhavati cakṣuṣā hyayamātmā carati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 5.0 atha yadyudake mriyeta vāruṇaṃ yavamayaṃ carumanunirvaped varuṇo vā etaṃ gṛhṇāti yo 'psu mriyate sā yaivainaṃ devatā gṛhṇāti tāmevaitatprīṇāti sāsmai prītānyam ālambhāyānumanyate tayānumatamālabhate sa yadyavamayo bhavati varuṇyā hi yavāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 6.0 atha yadi naśyet trihaviṣam iṣṭim anunirvaped dyāvāpṛthivyamekakapālam puroḍāśaṃ vāyavyam payaḥ sauryaṃ caruṃ yadvai kiṃca naśyatyantaraiva tad dyāvāpṛthivī naśyati tadvāyurupavātyādityo'bhitapati naitābhyo devatābhya ṛte kiṃ cana naśyati saiṣā pṛthageva naṣṭavedanī sa yadyasyāpyanyannaśyedetayaiva yajetānu haivainadvindatyatha yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderanyadi vā mriyeta yadi vāpsvanyamānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 6.0 atha yadi naśyet trihaviṣam iṣṭim anunirvaped dyāvāpṛthivyamekakapālam puroḍāśaṃ vāyavyam payaḥ sauryaṃ caruṃ yadvai kiṃca naśyatyantaraiva tad dyāvāpṛthivī naśyati tadvāyurupavātyādityo'bhitapati naitābhyo devatābhya ṛte kiṃ cana naśyati saiṣā pṛthageva naṣṭavedanī sa yadyasyāpyanyannaśyedetayaiva yajetānu
haivainadvindatyatha yadyamitrā aśvaṃ vinderanyadi vā mriyeta yadi vāpsvanyamānīya prokṣeyuḥ saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 7.0 athāsmā adhvaryur niṣkam pratimuñcan vācayati tejo'si śukram amṛtamiti tejo vai śukram amṛtaṃ hiraṇyaṃ teja evāsmiñchukram amṛtaṃ dadhāty āyuṣpā āyur me pāhīty āyur evāsmin dadhāty athainam āha vācaṃ yaccheti vāgvai yajño yajñasyaivābhyārambhāya //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 7.0 athāsmā adhvaryur niṣkam pratimuñcan vācayati tejo'si śukram amṛtamiti tejo vai śukram amṛtaṃ hiraṇyaṃ teja evāsmiñchukram amṛtaṃ dadhāty āyuṣpā āyur me pāhīty āyur evāsmin dadhāty
athainam āha vācaṃ yaccheti vāgvai yajño yajñasyaivābhyārambhāya //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 11.0 atha yo'sya niṣkaḥ pratimukto bhavati tam adhvaryave dadāty adhvaryave dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 12.0 athāgneyīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati pathaś ca kāmāya yajñamukhasya cāchambaṭkārāyātho agnimukhā u vai sarvā devatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe mukhataḥ sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 12.0 athāgneyīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati pathaś ca kāmāya yajñamukhasya
cāchambaṭkārāyātho agnimukhā u vai sarvā devatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe mukhataḥ sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 13.0 tasyai pañcadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryaṃ vajro vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamānaḥ purastāt pāpmānam apahate vārtraghnāvājyabhāgau pāpmā vai vṛtraḥ pāpmano 'pahatyā agnir mūrdhā divaḥ kakud bhuvo yajñasya rajasaśca netety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye mūrdhanvaty anyā bhavati sadvatyanyaiṣa vai mūrdhā ya eṣa tapaty etasyaivāvaruddhyā
atha yat sadvatī sadevāvarunddhe virājau saṃyājye sarvadevatyaṃ vā etacchando yad virāṭ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 14.0 atha pauṣṇīṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai pathīnām adhipatir aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty atho iyaṃ vai pūṣemām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti tasya hi nārtir asti na hvalā yam iyam adhvan gopāyatīmām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 14.0 atha pauṣṇīṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai pathīnām adhipatir aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty
atho iyaṃ vai pūṣemām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti tasya hi nārtir asti na hvalā yam iyam adhvan gopāyatīmām evāsmā etad goptrīṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 15.0 tasyai saptadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vṛdhanvantāv ājyabhāgau yajamānasyaiva vṛddhyai pūṣaṃs tava vrate vayam pathas pathaḥ paripatiṃ vacasyety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye vratavatyanyā bhavati pathanvaty anyā vīryaṃ vai vrataṃ vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā
atha yat pathanvaty aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty anuṣṭubhau saṃyājye vāg vā anuṣṭub vāg vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vāsaḥśataṃ dakṣiṇā rūpaṃ vā etat puruṣasya yad vāsas tasmād yam eva kaṃ ca suvāsasam āhuḥ ko nvayam iti rūpasamṛddho hi bhavati rūpeṇaivainaṃ samardhayati śatam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā
atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā
atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā
atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 2.0 tad yat sarvarūpo bhavati sarvaṃ vai rūpaṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yajjavasamṛddho vīryaṃ vai javo vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat sahasrārhaḥ sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pūrvya eṣa vā aparimitaṃ vīryam abhivardhate yat pūrvyo 'parimitasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyā
atha yad dakṣiṇāyāṃ dhury apratidhura eṣa vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati na vā etaṃ kaścana pratipratir etasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad
atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad
atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 6.0 atha sāvitrīm iṣṭiṃ nirvapati savitre prasavitre dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ savitā vai prasavitā savitā ma imaṃ yajñam prasuvād iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 9.0 atha dvitīyāṃ nirvapati savitra āsavitre dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ savitā vā āsavitā savitā ma imaṃ yajñam āsuvād iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 10.0 tasyai saptadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti sadvantāvājyabhāgau sad evāvarunddhe viśvāni deva savitaḥ sa ghā no devaḥ savitā sahāvety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye anuṣṭubhau saṃyājye rajataṃ hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā nānārūpatāyā
atho utkramāyānapakramāya śatamānam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 12.0 atha tṛtīyāṃ nirvapati savitre satyaprasavāya dvādaśakapālam puroḍāśam eṣa ha vai satyaḥ prasavo yaḥ savituḥ satyena me prasavenemaṃ yajñam prasuvāditi //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 15.0 etasyāṃ saṃsthitāyām upotthāyādhvaryuśca yajamānaś cāśvasya dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapato vibhūr mātrā prabhūḥ pitreti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam
athainam udañcam prāñcam prasṛjata eṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ dig yad udīcī prācī svāyāmevainaṃ tad diśi dhatto na vai sva āyatane pratiṣṭhito riṣyaty ariṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā
athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas tam eta ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā
atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ
nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 5.0 sāvitryā eveṣṭeḥ purastād anudrutya sakṛd eva rūpāṇyāhavanīye juhoty
atha sāyaṃ dhṛtiṣu hūyamānāsu rājanyo vīṇāgāthī dakṣiṇata uttaramandrām udāghnaṃs tisraḥ svayaṃsambhṛtā gāthā gāyatīty ayudhyatety amuṃ saṃgrāmam ajayad iti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 6.0 atha śvo bhūte dvitīye 'han evam evaitāsu sāvitrīṣviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur yamo vaivasvato rājety āha tasya pitaro viśas ta ima āsata iti sthavirā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati yajūṃṣi vedaḥ so'yamiti yajuṣāmanuvākaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 7.0 atha tṛtīye 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryurvaruṇa ādityo rājetyāha tasya gandharvā viśas ta ima āsata iti yuvānaḥ śobhanā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty atharvāṇo vedaḥ so 'yam ity atharvaṇām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudravedevamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 8.0 atha caturthe'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ somo vaiṣṇavo rājetyāha tasyāpsaraso viśas tā imā āsata iti yuvatayaḥ śobhanāḥ upasametā bhavanti tā upadiśaty aṅgiraso vedaḥ so 'yam ity aṅgirasām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 9.0 atha pañcame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur arbudaḥ kādraveyo rājetyāha tasya sarpā viśas ta ima āsata iti sarpāśca sarpavidaścopasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati sarpavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti sarpavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 10.0 atha ṣaṣṭhe 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryaviti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ kubero vaiśravaṇo rājety āha tasya rakṣāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti selagāḥ pāpakṛta upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati devajanavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti devajanavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 11.0 atha saptame'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur asito dhānvo rājetyāha tasyāsurā viśas ta ima āsata iti kusīdina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati māyā vedaḥ so'yamiti kāṃcin māyāṃ kuryād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 12.0 athāṣṭame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur matsyaḥ sāmmado rājetyāha tasyodakecarā viśas ta ima āsata iti matsyāśca matsyahanaś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśatītihāso vedaḥ so 'yamiti kaṃcid itihāsam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 13.0 atha navame 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryus tārkṣyo vaipaśyato rājetyāha tasya vayāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti vayāṃsi ca vāyovidyikāś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati purāṇaṃ vedaḥ so'yamiti kiṃcit purāṇam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 14.0 atha daśame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryur dharma indro rājetyāha tasya devā viśas ta ima āsata iti śrotriyā apratigrāhakā upasametā bhavanti tānupadiśati sāmāni vedaḥ so 'yamiti sāmnāṃ daśatam brūyād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhotīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 7.0 atha yad āpomayaṃ teja āsīt yo gandhaḥ sa sārdhaṃ samavadrutya cakṣuṣṭa udabhinat sa eṣa vanaspatir abhavat pītudārus tasmāt sa surabhir gandhāddhi samabhavat tasmād u jvalanas tejaso hi samabhavat tenaivainaṃ tad rūpeṇa samardhayati tad yat tāvabhito 'gniṣṭham bhavatas tasmād ime abhito nāsikāṃ cakṣuṣī sva evainau tadāyatane dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 8.0 atha yat kuntāpam āsīt yo majjā sa sārdhaṃ samavadrutya śrotrata udabhinat sa eṣa vanaspatir abhavad bilvas tasmāt tasyāntarataḥ sarvam eva phalam ādyam bhavati tasmād u hāridra iva bhavati hāridra iva hi majjā tenaivainaṃ tad rūpeṇa samardhayaty antare paitudāruvau bhavato bāhye bailvā antare hi cakṣuṣī bāhye śrotre sva evaināṃstadāyatane dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 11.0 atha yad ekaviṃśatir bhavanti ekaviṃśatyaratnaya ekaviṃśo vā eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā asāvāditya ekaviṃśaḥ so 'śvamedha eṣa prajāpatir evam etam prajāpatiṃ yajñaṃ kṛtsnaṃ saṃskṛtya tasminn ekaviṃśatim agnīṣomīyān paśūn ālabhate teṣāṃ samānaṃ karmety etat pūrvedyuḥ karma //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 1.0 atha prātar gotamasya caturuttara stomo bhavati tasya catasṛṣu bahiṣpavamānam aṣṭāsvaṣṭāsvājyāni dvādaśasu mādhyandinaḥ pavamānaḥ ṣoḍaśasu pṛṣṭhāni viṃśatyām ārbhavaḥ pavamānaś caturviṃśatyām agniṣṭomasāma //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 9.0 athāto mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ atichandāḥ pratipan marutvatīyasya trikadrukeṣu mahiṣo yavāśiram ity atiṣṭhā vā eṣā chandasāṃ yad atichandā atiṣṭhā aśvamedho yajñānām aśvamedhasyaivāptyai saiṣaiva triḥ śastā tricaḥ sampadyate teno taṃ kāmam āpnoti yas trica idaṃ vaso sutam andha ityanucara eṣa eva nitya ekāhātāna itthā hi soma in made 'vitāsi sunvato vṛktabarhiṣa iti paṅktīśca ṣaṭpadāśca śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhātīti marutvatīyam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 10.0 athāto niṣkevalyam mahānāmnyaḥ pṛṣṭham bhavanti sānurūpāḥ sapragāthāḥ śaṃsati sarve vai kāmā mahānāmnīṣu sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarveṣāṃ kāmānām āptyā indro madāya vāvṛdhe predam brahma vṛtratūryeṣv āvitheti paṅktīśca ṣaṭpadāśca śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti kᄆptam mādhyandinaṃ savanam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 11.0 athātas tṛtīyasavanam atichandā eva pratipad vaiśvadevasyābhi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyoriti tasyā etadeva brāhmaṇaṃ yat pūrvasyā abhi tvā deva savitar ity anucaro 'bhivān abhibhūtyai rūpam ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā damūnā iti sāvitraṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti mahī dyāvāpṛthivī iha jyeṣṭhe iti caturṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ṛbhur vibhvā vāja indro no acchety ārbhavaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti ko nu vām mitrāvaruṇāvṛtāyann iti vaiśvadevaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhātīti vaiśvadevam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 12.0 athāta āgnimārutam mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim pṛthivyā iti vaiśvānarīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ā rudrāsa indravantaḥ sajoṣasa iti mārutaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudhamiti navarcaṃ jātavedasīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti tad yad aikāhikāni nividdhānāni bhavanti pratiṣṭhā vai jyotiṣṭomaḥ pratiṣṭhāyā apracyutyai //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 13.0 tasyaite paśavo bhavanti aśvas tūparo gomṛga iti pañcadaśa paryaṅgyās teṣām uktam brāhmaṇam
athaita āraṇyā vasantāya kapiñjalān ālabhate grīṣmāya kalaviṅkān varṣābhyas tittirīn iti teṣām v evoktam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 14.0 athaitān ekaviṃśataye cāturmāsyadevatābhya ekaviṃśatim ekaviṃśatim paśūn ālabhata etāvanto vai sarve devā yāvatyaś cāturmāsyadevatāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti na tathā kuryāt //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 16.0 atha purā bahiṣpavamānāt aśvaṃ niktvodānayanti tena pāvamānāya sarpanti tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ stute bahiṣpavamāne 'śvam āstāvam ākramayanti sa yady ava vā jighred vi vā vartet samṛddho me yajña iti ha vidyāt tam upākṛtyādhvaryur āha hotar abhiṣṭuhīti tam ekādaśabhir hotābhiṣṭauti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 18.0 ete uddhṛtya mā no mitro varuṇo aryamāyur ity etat sūktamadhrigāvāvapati catustriṃśadvājino devabandhor ity u haika etām vaṅkrīṇām purastād dadhati ned anāyatane praṇavaṃ dadhāmety
atho ned ekavacanena bahuvacanam vyavāyāmeti na tathā kuryāt sārdhameṣa sūktam āvaped upa prāgācchasanam vājyarvopa prāgāt paramaṃ yat sadhastham iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 2.0 niṣṭhiteṣu pānnejaneṣu mahiṣīm aśvāyopanipādayanty
athaināvadhivāsena saṃprorṇuvanti svarge loke prorṇuvathām ity eṣa vai svargo loko yatra paśuṃ saṃjñapayanti nirāyatyāśvasya śiśnam mahiṣyupasthe nidhatte vṛṣā vājī retodhā reto dadhātviti mithunasyaiva sarvatvāya //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 4.0 athādhvaryuḥ kumārīm abhimethati kumāri haye haye kumāri yakāsakau śakuntiketi taṃ kumārī pratyabhimethaty adhvaryo haye haye 'dhvaryo yako 'sakau śakuntaka iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 5.0 atha brahmā mahiṣīm abhimethati mahiṣi haye haye mahiṣi mātā ca te pitā ca te 'gram vṛkṣasya rohata iti tasyai śataṃ rājaputryo 'nucaryo bhavanti tā brahmāṇam pratyabhimethanti brahman haye haye brahman mātā ca te pitā ca te 'gre vṛkṣasya krīḍata iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 6.0 athodgātā vāvātām abhimethati vāvāte haye haye vāvāta ūrdhvām enām ucchrāpayeti tasyai śataṃ rājanyā anucaryo bhavanti tā udgātāram pratyabhimethanty udgātar haye haya udgātar ūrdhvam enam ucchrayatāditi //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 7.0 atha hotā parivṛktām abhimethati parivṛkte haye haye parivṛkte yad asyā aṃhubhedyā iti tasyai śataṃ sūtagrāmaṇyāṃ duhitaro 'nucaryo bhavanti tā hotāram pratyabhimethanti hotar haye haye hotar yad devāso lalāmagumiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 8.0 atha kṣattā pālāgalīm abhimethati pālāgali haye haye pālāgali yaddhariṇo yavam atti na puṣṭam paśu manyata iti tasyai śataṃ kṣāttrasaṃgrahītṝṇāṃ duhitaro 'nucaryo bhavanti tāḥ kṣattāram pratyabhimethanti kṣattar haye haye kṣattar yaddhariṇo yavam atti na puṣṭam bahu manyata iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 9.0 sarvāptir vā eṣā vācaḥ yad abhimethikāḥ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvayā vācā sarvān kāmān āpnavāmety utthāpayanti mahiṣīṃ tatastā yathetam pratiparāyanty
athetare surabhimatīm ṛcam antato 'nvāhur dadhikrāvṇo akāriṣamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 13.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati kiṃ svit sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti tam pratyāha brahma sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 14.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā citaye devasakheti tam pratyāhāpi teṣu triṣu padeṣvasmīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 15.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati keṣv antaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti tam pratyāha pañcasvantaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 18.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati ka īm are piśaṅgileti tam pratyāhājāre piśaṅgileti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 19.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati katy asya viṣṭhāḥ katy akṣarāṇīti tam pratyāha ṣaḍasya viṣṭhāḥ śatam akṣarāṇīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 20.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati ko asya veda bhuvanasya nābhimiti tam pratyāha vedāhamasya bhuvanasya nābhimiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 21.0 athādhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā paramantam pṛthivyā iti tam pratyāheyam vediḥ paro antaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 23.0 udite brahmodye prapadyādhvaryur hiraṇmayena pātreṇa prājāpatyam mahimānaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti tasya purorugghiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartatāgra ity
athāsya puronuvākyā subhūḥ svayaṃbhūḥ prathama iti hotā yakṣat prajāpatimiti praiṣaḥ prajāpate na tvad etānyanya iti hotā yajati vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti yas te 'hant saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūveti nānuvaṣaṭkaroti sarvahutaṃ hi juhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 1.0 athāto vapānāṃ homaḥ nānaiva careyur ā vaiśvadevasya vapāyai vaiśvadevasya vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ tad anv itarā juhuyur iti ha smāha satyakāmo jābālo viśve vai sarve devās tad enān yathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 6.0 atha hovāca yājñavalkyaḥ sakṛdeva prājāpatyābhiḥ pracareyuḥ sakṛd devadevatyābhis tad evainān yathādevatam prīṇātyañjasā yajñasya saṃsthāmupaiti na hvalatīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 8.0 atha dvitīyayā sahasram āsannayutā śatā ca pañcaviṃśatiḥ diktodiktaḥ pañcālānāṃ brāhmaṇā yā vibhejira iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 12.0 atha dvitīyayā trayastriṃśaṃ śataṃ rājāśvānbaddhvāya medhyān saudyumnir atyaṣṭhād anyān amāyān māyavattara iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 13.0 atha tṛtīyayā śakuntalā nāḍapityapsarā bharatam dadhe paraḥsahasrān indrāyāśvān medhyān ya āharadvijitya pṛthivīṃ sarvāmiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 14.0 atha caturthyā mahad adya bharatasya na pūrve nāpare janāḥ divam martya iva bāhubhyāṃ nodāpuḥ pañca mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 17.0 atha dvitīyayā ṣaṭ ṣaṭ ṣaḍvā sahasrāṇi yajñe kokapitus tava udīrate trayastriṃśāḥ ṣaṭ sahasrāṇi varmiṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 18.0 atha tṛtīyayā sātrāsāhe yajamāne pāñcāle rājñi susraji amādyadindraḥ somenātṛpyanbrāhmaṇā dhanair iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 22.0 atha dvitīyayā śvetaṃ samantāsu vaśaṃ carantaṃ śatānīko dhṛtarāṣṭrasya medhyam ādāya sahvā daśamāsyamaśvaṃ śatānīko govinatena heja iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 23.0 atha caturthyā mahadadya bharatānāṃ na pūrve nāpare janāḥ divam martya iva pakṣābhyāṃ nodāpuḥ sapta mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 24.0 athāto dakṣiṇānāṃ madhyam prati rāṣṭrasya yadanyadbhūmeśca puruṣebhyaśca brāhmaṇasya ca vittāt prācī digghotur dakṣiṇā brahmaṇaḥ pratīcy adhvaryor udīcy udgātus tadeva hotṛkā anvābhaktāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 26.0 atha yadekaviṃśatirbhavanti ekaviṃśo vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavastraya ime lokā asāvāditya ekaviṃśa etām abhisampadam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 28.0 athottaraṃ saṃvatsaram ṛtupaśubhir yajate ṣaḍbhir āgneyair vasante ṣaḍbhir aindrair grīṣme ṣaḍbhiḥ pārjanyair vā mārutair vā varṣāsu ṣaḍbhir maitrāvaruṇaiḥ śaradi ṣaḍbhir aindrāvaiṣṇavair hemante ṣaḍbhir aindrābārhaspatyaiḥ śiśire ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ ṛtuṣveva saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhati ṣaṭtriṃśad ete paśavo bhavanti ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā bṛhatī bṛhatyām adhi svargo lokaḥ pratiṣṭhitas tad v antato bṛhatyaiva chandasā svarge loke pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati
athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo
'thātirātro 'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro
'thokthyo 'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 8.0 tasyāgniṣṭomaḥ prathamam ahar bhavati athokthyo 'thātirātro 'thokthyo
'thāgniṣṭomaḥ sa vā eṣa ubhayatojyotir ubhayataukthyaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 9.0 yavamadhyaḥ pañcarātro bhavati ime vai lokāḥ puruṣamedha ubhayatojyotiṣo vā ime lokā agnineta ādityenāmutas tasmād ubhayatojyotir annam ukthya ātmātirātras tad yad etā ukthyāvatirātram abhito bhavatas tasmād ayam ātmānnena parivṛḍho
'tha yad eṣa varṣiṣṭho 'tirātro 'hnāṃ sa madhye tasmād yavamadhyo yute ha vai dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam ayam evāsti nāsya dviṣan bhrātṛvya ity āhur ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 1.0 atha yasmāt puruṣamedho nāma ime vai lokāḥ pūr ayam eva puruṣo yo 'yam pavate so 'syām puri śete tasmāt puruṣas tasya yad eṣu lokeṣv annaṃ tad asyānnam medhas tad yad asyaitad annam medhas tasmāt puruṣamedho 'tho yad asmin medhyān puruṣān ālabhate tasmād v eva puruṣamedhaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 1.0 atha yasmāt puruṣamedho nāma ime vai lokāḥ pūr ayam eva puruṣo yo 'yam pavate so 'syām puri śete tasmāt puruṣas tasya yad eṣu lokeṣv annaṃ tad asyānnam medhas tad yad asyaitad annam medhas tasmāt puruṣamedho
'tho yad asmin medhyān puruṣān ālabhate tasmād v eva puruṣamedhaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 2.0 tān vai madhyame 'hann ālabhate antarikṣam vai madhyamam ahar antarikṣam u vai sarveṣām bhūtānām āyatanam
atho annam vā ete paśava udaraṃ madhyamam ahar udare tad annaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 12.0 niyuktān puruṣān brahmā dakṣiṇataḥ puruṣeṇa nārāyaṇenābhiṣṭauti sahasraśīrṣā puruṣaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapād ity etena ṣoḍaśarcena ṣoḍaśakalam vā idaṃ sarvaṃ sarvam puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā ittham asīttham asīty upastauty evainam etan mahayaty
evātho yathaiṣa tathainam etad āha tat paryagnikṛtāḥ paśavo babhūvur asaṃjñaptāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 13.0 atha hainam vāg abhyuvāda puruṣa mā saṃtiṣṭhipo yadi saṃsthāpayiṣyasi puruṣa eva puruṣam atsyatīti tān paryagnikṛtān evodasṛjat taddevatyā āhutīr ajuhot tābhis tā devatā aprīṇāt tā enam prītā aprīṇant sarvaiḥ kāmaiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 17.0 atha yad ekādaśa bhavanti ekādaśākṣarā triṣṭub vajras triṣṭub vīryaṃ triṣṭub vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamāno madhyataḥ pāpmānam apahate traidhātavy udavasānīyāsāv eva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 18.0 athāto dakṣiṇānām madhyam prati rāṣṭrasya yad anyad bhūmeś ca brāhmaṇasya ca vittāt satpuruṣam prācī digghotur dakṣiṇā brahmaṇaḥ pratīcy adhvaryor udīcy udgātus tad eva hotṛkā anvābhaktāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 19.0 atha yadi brāhmaṇo yajet sarvavedasaṃ dadyāt sarvam vai brāhmaṇaḥ sarvaṃ sarvavedasaṃ sarvam puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed
atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād
atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno
'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 5.5 tasmād yā daivyaḥ prajāś catuḥsraktīni tāḥ śmaśānāni kurvate
'tha yā āsuryaḥ prācyās tvad ye tvat parimaṇḍalāni /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 1.4 tasmād yā daivyaḥ prajā anantarhitāni tāḥ śmaśānāni kurvate
'tha yā āsuryaḥ prācyās tvad ye tvad antarhitāni te camvāṃ tvad yasmiṃs tvat //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 9.1 athainad vimuñcati kṛtvā tat karma yasmai karmaṇa enad yuṅkte vimucyantām usriyā iti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 4.1 atha kaṃcid āha etām diśam anavānant sṛtvā kumbham prakṣīyānapekṣamāṇa ehīti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 5.1 athainaṃ yathāṅgaṃ kalpayati śaṃ vātaḥ śam hi te ghṛṇiḥ śaṃ te bhavantv iṣṭakāḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 8.1 atha gṛheṣv agniṃ samādhāya vāraṇān paridhīn paridhāya vāraṇena sruveṇāgnaya āyuṣmata āhutiṃ juhoti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 9.1 atha juhoty āyuṣmān agne haviṣā vṛdhāno ghṛtapratīko ghṛtayonir edhi ghṛtam pītvā madhu cāru gavyam piteva putram abhirakṣatād imānt svāheti /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 15, 8.0 athosrau yuñjanti yuktas te astu dakṣiṇa iti dvābhyāṃ śukrāv anaḍvāhāv ity etenārdharcena yuktāv abhimantrya //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 5, 12.0 athāsmai sāvitrīm anvāha tat savitur vareṇyam ity etāṃ paccho 'rdharcaśo 'navānam //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 7, 7.0 tānt savyenācāryo 'gre saṃgṛhya dakṣiṇenādbhiḥ pariṣiñcann
athetaraṃ vācayati //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 12, 2.0 hutvācāryo
'thainaṃ yāsv eva devatāsu parītto bhavati tāsv evainaṃ pṛcchaty agnāv indra āditye viśveṣu ca deveṣu caritaṃ te brahmacaryam //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 13, 3.0 atha ced daṇḍamekhalopavītānām anyatamad viśīryeta chidyeta vā tasya tat prāyaścittaṃ yad udvāhe rathasya //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 14, 5.0 atha vāstumadhye baliṃ hared etābhyaś caiva devatābhyo namo brahmaṇe brāhmaṇebhyaś ca vāstoṣpate pratijānīhy asmān iti vāstumadhye vāstoṣpataye ca //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 14, 8.0 athādityamaṇḍale namo 'ditaya ādityebhyaś ca namo nakṣatrebhya ṛtubhyo māsebhyo 'rdhamāsebhyo 'horātrebhyaḥ saṃvatsarebhyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 14, 16.0 athāntarikṣe naktaṃcarebhya iti sāyam ahaścarebhya iti prātar ye devāsa iti ca //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 1, 1.0 athāto brahmāṇaṃ brahmaṛṣiṃ brahmayonim indraṃ prajāpatiṃ vasiṣṭhaṃ vāmadevaṃ kaholaṃ kauṣītakiṃ mahākauṣītakiṃ suyajñaṃ śāṅkhāyanam āśvalāyanam aitareyaṃ mahaitareyaṃ kātyāyanaṃ śāṭyāyanaṃ śākalyaṃ babhruṃ bābhravyaṃ maṇḍuṃ māṇḍavyaṃ sarvān eva pūrvācāryān namasya svādhyāyāraṇyakasya niyamān udāhariṣyāmaḥ //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 3, 7.0 athādhāya śāntipātre dūrvākāṇḍavatīṣv apsv apinvamānaiḥ pāṇibhiḥ prādhīyīran //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 4, 8.0 atha manthasya tat savitur vṛṇīmahe tat savitur vareṇyam iti pūrve ca //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 1, 6.0 atho yam evaitam ṛṅmayaṃ yajurmayaṃ sāmamayaṃ puruṣaṃ saṃskurvanti tasyaiṣa ātmā yan mahāvratam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 1, 14.0 atho caturviṃśo vai purastāt kṛto bhavati tasyaiṣa gatir yat pañcaviṃśaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 3.0 athainad urasā saṃspṛśya dakṣiṇaṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati arko 'si vasavastvā gāyatreṇa chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 6.0 athottaraṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati rudrāstvā traiṣṭubhena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 9.0 atha dakṣiṇaṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati ādityāstvā jāgatena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 12.0 athottaraṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati viśve tvā devā ānuṣṭubhena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 19.0 athopari preṅkhaphalake dakṣiṇottariṇam upasthaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇena prādeśena paścāt prāṅ preṅkhaphalakam upaspṛśati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 2, 1, 3.0 atho ūrg vai raso hiṃkāra ūrjam eva tad rasam etasmin ukthe dadhāti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 8.0 atha dhūmagandhaṃ prajighrāyājyalepanenāṅgānyanuvimṛjya vācaṃyamo 'bhipravrajyārthaṃ brūyād dūtaṃ vā prahiṇuyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 4, 9.0 atha dhūmagandhaṃ prajighrāyājyalepanenāṅgānyanuvimṛjya vācaṃyamo 'bhipravrajya saṃsparśaṃ jigamiṣet //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 8, 1.0 atha māsi māsy amāvāsyāyāṃ vṛttāyāṃ paścāccandramasaṃ dṛśyamānam upatiṣṭhetaitayaivāvṛtā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 9, 1.0 atha paurṇamāsyāṃ purastāccandramasaṃ dṛśyamānam upatiṣṭhetaitayaivāvṛtā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 3, 19.0 yatraitat puruṣaḥ suptaḥ svapnaṃ na kaṃcana paśyati
athāsmin prāṇa evaikadhā bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 4, 12.0 atha yathāsmai prajñāyai sarvāṇi bhūtānyekaṃ bhavanti tad vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 2, 3.0 athādhyātmam ādarśe pratirūpaḥ chāyāyāṃ dvitīyaḥ pratiśrutkāyām asuriti śabde mṛtyuḥ svapne yamaḥ śarīre prajāpatiḥ dakṣiṇe 'kṣiṇi vācaḥ savye 'kṣiṇi satyasya //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 20, 14.0 sa yadā vijajñe
'tha hatvāsurān vijitya sarveṣāṃ ca devānāṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ svārājyam ādhipatyaṃ paryait //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 9.0 atha ha smāsya putra āha dīrghaḥ manasā vā agre kīrtayati tad vācā vadati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 9, 6.0 atha ced aśaknuvan manyeta prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ samadhitsīḥ taṃ nāśakaḥ saṃdhātuṃ prāṇas tvā vaṃśo hāsyatītyevainaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 10, 3.0 atha ced aśaknuvantaṃ manyeta prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ samadhitsīs tan nāśakaḥ saṃdhātum //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 5.0 atha yadi pratṛṇṇam bruvan param upavaded divaṃ devatām āro dyaus tvā devatāriṣyatītyenaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 6.0 atha yadyubhayam antareṇa bruvan param upavaded antarikṣaṃ devatām āra antarikṣaṃ tvā devatāriṣyatītiyenaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 12.0 atha yadi pratṛṇṇam bruvan param upavaded acyoṣṭhā uttarābhyāṃ sthānābhyām ityevainaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 13, 1.0 atha vai vayaṃ brūmo nirbhujavaktrāḥ sma iti ha smāha hvastro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 14, 1.0 atha ha smāsya putra āha madhyamaḥ prātiyodhīputro magadhavāsī pūrvam evākṣaraṃ pūrvarūpam uttaram uttararūpam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 19, 5.0 atha yat svapiti vā tūṣṇīṃ vā bhavati prāṇe tadā vāg bhavati prāṇastadā vācaṃ reḍhi tāv anyonyaṃ rīḍhaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 21, 7.0 athādhyātmam bhūtaṃ pūrvarūpaṃ bhaviṣyad uttararūpaṃ bhavat saṃhiteti kālasaṃdhiḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 22, 4.0 atha yānyanyāni kṣudrāṇi mahābhūtaiḥ saṃdhīyante saiṣā sarvavibhūtasaṃhitā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 2, 9.0 athādhyātmam yānyakṣarāṇyadhidaivatam avocāmāsthīni tānyadhyātmam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 6.0 athāpyādarśe vodake vā jihmaśirasaṃ vāśirasaṃ vātmānaṃ paśyen na vā paśyet //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 8.0 athāpi chidrā chāyā bhavati na vā bhavati tad apy evam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 9.0 athāpi chidra ivādityo rathanābhir ivākhyāyet tad apy evam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 10.0 athāpi nīla ivāgnir dṛśyeta yathā mayūragrīvā mahāmeghe vā marīcīr iva paśyet //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 13.0 athāpy apidhāyākṣiṇī upekṣeta tatraitad varāṭakānīva na paśyet tad apy evam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 16.0 athāpi viparyaste kanyake dṛśyete dvijihme vā na vā dṛśyete etad apy evam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 9, 1.0 atha khalviyaṃ daivī vīṇā bhavati tadanukṛtir asau mānuṣī bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 11, 8.0 atha vāg itihāsapurāṇaṃ yaccānyat kiṃcid brāhmīkṛtyevādhīyīta tad apyevam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 11, 10.0 atha yad vayam anusaṃhitam ṛco 'dhīmahe yacca svādhyāyam adhīmahe tena no ṇakāraṣakārā upāptāv iti ha smāha sthaviraḥ śākalyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 2, 7.0 atha hemā devatāḥ prajāpatiṃ pitaram etyābruvan ko vai naḥ śreṣṭha iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 8, 1.0 atha yadi mahajjigamiṣet trirātraṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ sarvauṣadhasya manthaṃ dadhimadhubhyām upamanthyāgnim upasamādhāya parisamuhya paristīrya paryukṣya dakṣiṇaṃ jānv ācyottarato 'gneḥ kaṃse manthaṃ kṛtvā hutvā homān manthe saṃpātaṃ ānayet //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 8, 6.0 atha ya idam avidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti yathāṅgārān apohya bhasmani hutaṃ tādṛk tatyās tādṛk tat syāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 4.0 atha hemā devatā īkṣāṃcakrire kim ayam asmābhiḥ puruṣaḥ kariṣyati kiṃ vā vayam anena //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 7.0 atha hedaṃ śarīraṃ riktam iva parisuṣiraṃ sa hekṣāṃcakre prajāpatī randhrāya na kṣamam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 3, 1.0 athāyaṃ puruṣaḥ praiṣyan purā saṃvatsarāt saṃvatsarasya dṛṣṭīḥ paśyati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 5, 14.0 athaitad ājyāvaśeṣaṃ sthālīpāke samavaninīya sthālīpākasyopaghātaṃ juhoti //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 47, 3.2 athādya dasrā vasu bibhratā rathe dāśvāṃsam upa gacchatam //
ṚV, 1, 54, 9.2 vy aśnuhi tarpayā kāmam eṣām
athā mano vasudeyāya kṛṣva //
ṚV, 1, 59, 2.1 mūrdhā divo nābhir agniḥ pṛthivyā
athābhavad aratī rodasyoḥ /
ṚV, 1, 76, 3.2 athā vaha somapatiṃ haribhyām ātithyam asmai cakṛmā sudāvne //
ṚV, 1, 81, 8.2 vidmā hi tvā purūvasum upa kāmān sasṛjmahe
'thā no 'vitā bhava //
ṚV, 1, 87, 4.2 asi satya ṛṇayāvānedyo 'syā dhiyaḥ
prāvitāthā vṛṣā gaṇaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 93, 7.2 suśarmāṇā svavasā hi bhūtam
athā dhattaṃ yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ //
ṚV, 1, 94, 9.2 athā yajñāya gṛṇate sugaṃ kṛdhy agne sakhye mā riṣāmā vayaṃ tava //
ṚV, 1, 102, 6.2 akalpa indraḥ pratimānam
ojasāthā janā vi hvayante siṣāsavaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 108, 1.2 tenā yātaṃ sarathaṃ
tasthivāṃsāthā somasya pibataṃ sutasya //
ṚV, 1, 108, 6.2 tāṃ satyāṃ śraddhām abhy ā hi yātam
athā somasya pibataṃ sutasya //
ṚV, 1, 108, 7.2 ataḥ pari vṛṣaṇāv ā hi yātam
athā somasya pibataṃ sutasya //
ṚV, 1, 108, 8.2 ataḥ pari vṛṣaṇāv ā hi yātam
athā somasya pibataṃ sutasya //
ṚV, 1, 108, 9.2 ataḥ pari vṛṣaṇāv ā hi yātam
athā somasya pibataṃ sutasya //
ṚV, 1, 109, 2.2 athā somasya prayatī yuvabhyām indrāgnī stomaṃ janayāmi navyam //
ṚV, 1, 114, 9.2 bhadrā hi te sumatir
mṛᄆayattamāthā vayam ava it te vṛṇīmahe //
ṚV, 1, 117, 19.2 athā yuvām id ahvayat purandhir āgacchataṃ sīṃ vṛṣaṇāv avobhiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 119, 9.2 yuvaṃ dadhīco mana ā vivāsatho
'thā śiraḥ prati vām aśvyaṃ vadat //
ṚV, 1, 136, 1.3 athainoḥ kṣatraṃ na kutaś canādhṛṣe devatvaṃ nū cid ādhṛṣe //
ṚV, 2, 3, 9.2 prajāṃ tvaṣṭā vi ṣyatu nābhim asme
athā devānām apy etu pāthaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 36, 3.2 athā mandasva jujuṣāṇo andhasas tvaṣṭar devebhir janibhiḥ sumadgaṇaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 37, 5.2 pṛṅktaṃ havīṃṣi madhunā hi kaṃ gatam
athā somam pibataṃ vājinīvasū //
ṚV, 2, 38, 1.2 nūnaṃ devebhyo vi hi dhāti ratnam
athābhajad vītihotraṃ svastau //
ṚV, 3, 3, 1.2 agnir hi devāṁ amṛto duvasyaty
athā dharmāṇi sanatā na dūduṣat //
ṚV, 3, 6, 6.2 athā vaha devān deva viśvān svadhvarā kṛṇuhi jātavedaḥ //
ṚV, 3, 17, 3.2 tābhir devānām avo yakṣi vidvān
athā bhava yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ //
ṚV, 3, 17, 5.2 tasyānu dharma pra yajā cikitvo
'tha no dhā adhvaraṃ devavītau //
ṚV, 3, 28, 5.2 athā deveṣv adhvaraṃ vipanyayā dhā ratnavantam amṛteṣu jāgṛvim //
ṚV, 3, 31, 7.2 sasāna maryo yuvabhir makhasyann
athābhavad aṅgirāḥ sadyo arcan //
ṚV, 3, 32, 10.2 yaddha dyāvāpṛthivī āviveśīr
athābhavaḥ pūrvyaḥ kārudhāyāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 34, 10.2 bibheda valaṃ nunude vivāco
'thābhavad damitābhikratūnām //
ṚV, 3, 47, 2.2 jahi śatrūṃr apa mṛdho
nudasvāthābhayaṃ kṛṇuhi viśvato naḥ //
ṚV, 3, 53, 3.2 edam barhir yajamānasya
sīdāthā ca bhūd uktham indrāya śastam //
ṚV, 3, 53, 11.2 rājā vṛtraṃ jaṅghanat prāg apāg udag
athā yajāte vara ā pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 60, 4.1 indreṇa yātha sarathaṃ sute sacāṃ
atho vaśānām bhavathā saha śriyā /
ṚV, 4, 18, 5.2 athod asthāt svayam atkaṃ vasāna ā rodasī apṛṇāj jāyamānaḥ //
ṚV, 4, 18, 11.2 athābravīd vṛtram indro haniṣyan sakhe viṣṇo vitaraṃ vi kramasva //
ṚV, 4, 20, 9.2 puru dāśuṣe vicayiṣṭho aṃho
'thā dadhāti draviṇaṃ jaritre //
ṚV, 4, 35, 3.2 athaita vājā amṛtasya panthāṃ gaṇaṃ devānām ṛbhavaḥ suhastāḥ //
ṚV, 4, 35, 4.2 athā sunudhvaṃ savanam madāya pāta ṛbhavo madhunaḥ somyasya //
ṚV, 4, 36, 4.2 athā deveṣv amṛtatvam ānaśa śruṣṭī vājā ṛbhavas tad va ukthyam //
ṚV, 4, 42, 9.2 athā rājānaṃ trasadasyum asyā vṛtrahaṇaṃ dadathur ardhadevam //
ṚV, 5, 30, 9.2 antar hy akhyad ubhe asya dhene
athopa praid yudhaye dasyum indraḥ //
ṚV, 6, 20, 11.2 parā navavāstvam anudeyam mahe pitre
dadātha svaṃ napātam //
ṚV, 6, 40, 1.2 uta pra gāya gaṇa ā
niṣadyāthā yajñāya gṛṇate vayo dhāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 40, 4.2 upa brahmāṇi śṛṇava imā no
'thā te yajñas tanve vayo dhāt //
ṚV, 7, 11, 4.2 kratuṃ hy asya vasavo
juṣantāthā devā dadhire havyavāham //
ṚV, 7, 98, 5.2 yaded adevīr asahiṣṭa māyā
athābhavat kevalaḥ somo asya //
ṚV, 8, 10, 5.2 yad druhyavy anavi turvaśe yadau huve vām
atha mā gatam //
ṚV, 8, 40, 2.1 nahi vāṃ vavrayāmahe
'thendram id yajāmahe śaviṣṭhaṃ nṛṇāṃ naram /
ṚV, 8, 48, 6.2 athā hi te mada ā soma manye revāṁ iva pra carā puṣṭim accha //
ṚV, 8, 96, 7.2 marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astv
athemā viśvāḥ pṛtanā jayāsi //
ṚV, 9, 81, 2.2 athā devānām ubhayasya janmano vidvāṁ aśnoty amuta itaś ca yat //
ṚV, 9, 86, 28.2 athedaṃ viśvam pavamāna te vaśe tvam indo prathamo dhāmadhā asi //
ṚV, 9, 87, 6.2 athā bhara śyenabhṛta prayāṃsi rayiṃ tuñjāno abhi vājam arṣa //
ṚV, 10, 15, 11.2 attā havīṃṣi prayatāni barhiṣy
athā rayiṃ sarvavīraṃ dadhātana //
ṚV, 10, 16, 1.2 yadā śṛtaṃ kṛṇavo jātavedo
'them enam pra hiṇutāt pitṛbhyaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 16, 2.1 śṛtaṃ yadā karasi jātavedo
'them enam pari dattāt pitṛbhyaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 16, 2.2 yadā gacchāty asunītim etām
athā devānāṃ vaśanīr bhavāti //
ṚV, 10, 23, 3.1 yadā vajraṃ hiraṇyam id
athā rathaṃ harī yam asya vahato vi sūribhiḥ /
ṚV, 10, 27, 22.2 athedaṃ viśvam bhuvanam bhayāta indrāya sunvad ṛṣaye ca śikṣat //
ṚV, 10, 39, 5.1 purāṇā vāṃ vīryā pra bravā jane
'tho hāsathur bhiṣajā mayobhuvā /
ṚV, 10, 51, 7.2 athā vahāsi sumanasyamāno bhāgaṃ devebhyo haviṣaḥ sujāta //
ṚV, 10, 52, 5.2 ā bāhvor vajram indrasya dheyām
athemā viśvāḥ pṛtanā jayāti //
ṚV, 10, 60, 8.2 evā dādhāra te mano jīvātave na mṛtyave
'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
ṚV, 10, 60, 9.2 evā dādhāra te mano jīvātave na mṛtyave
'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
ṚV, 10, 108, 8.2 ta etam ūrvaṃ vi bhajanta gonām
athaitad vacaḥ paṇayo vamann it //
ṚV, 10, 182, 1.2 kṣipad aśastim apa durmatiṃ hann
athā karad yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ //
ṚV, 10, 182, 2.2 kṣipad aśastim apa durmatiṃ hann
athā karad yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ //
ṚV, 10, 182, 3.2 kṣipad aśastim apa durmatiṃ hann
athā karad yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ //
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 1, 5, 9.2 vṛkṣe sambaddham uśanā yuvānam
atha taṃ kṛṇutam mā virapśinam //
ṚVKh, 1, 7, 2.2 tāv aśvinā jaṭharam āpṛṇethām
athā mano vasudheyāya dhattam //
ṚVKh, 2, 6, 6.1 ādityavarṇe tapaso 'dhi jāto vanaspatis tava vṛkṣo
'tha bilvaḥ /
Ṛgvidhāna
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 1, 29.1 devā haiva devā
atha haite manuṣyadevā ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānās te manuṣyadevāḥ //
ṢB, 1, 2, 1.1 atha yatra subrahmaṇyaḥ subrahmaṇyām āhvayaty etasmin ha kāle 'surarakṣāṃsi devānāṃ yajñam ajighāṃsan //
ṢB, 1, 2, 13.1 atho khalv āhur yac cāvagataṃ yac cānavagataṃ sarvasyaiṣaiva prāyaścittir iti tasmād evaṃvidaṃ subrahmaṇyaṃ kurvīta nānevaṃvidam //
ṢB, 1, 3, 16.1 yajño vā
atha jajña ity āhur eṣa vāva jāta eṣo 'valuptajarāyur eṣa ārtvijīno ya etaṃ vedam anubrūte yadā vā etaṃ vedam anubrūte atha hainaṃ śṛṇvanty asāv anvavocateti tad vai sa jāyate //
ṢB, 1, 3, 16.1 yajño vā atha jajña ity āhur eṣa vāva jāta eṣo 'valuptajarāyur eṣa ārtvijīno ya etaṃ vedam anubrūte yadā vā etaṃ vedam anubrūte
atha hainaṃ śṛṇvanty asāv anvavocateti tad vai sa jāyate //
ṢB, 1, 4, 5.1 kṣatraṃ vai stotraṃ viṭ śastraṃ kṣatreṇaivāsmai viśam anuvīryam anuvartmānaṃ karoty
atho stutaśastrayor eva samārambhāyāvyavasraṃsāya saṃtatyai //
ṢB, 1, 4, 16.1 asitamṛgā ha sma vai purā kaśyapā udgāyanty
atha ha yuvānam anūcānaṃ kusurubindam auddālakiṃ brāhmaṇā udgīthāya vavre /
ṢB, 1, 5, 9.1 atha yadi yajuṣṭa ulbaṇaṃ kriyetānvāhāryapacanaṃ paretya bhuvaḥ svāheti juhuyāt /
ṢB, 1, 5, 10.1 atha yadi sāmata ulbaṇaṃ kriyetāhavanīyaṃ paretya svaḥ svāheti juhuyāt /
ṢB, 1, 5, 12.1 atha skannād vā bhinnād vā tredhā yajña utkrāmati devān divaṃ tṛtīyam antarikṣaṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ pṛthivīṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyam //
ṢB, 1, 6, 1.2 atha ya enām arvāg dabhnuvanti virājam eva ta īpsanto 'muṣmin loke śrāmyanti /
ṢB, 1, 6, 21.1 atha yad vai kiṃca yajñe mṛnmayaṃ bhidyeta tad abhimṛśed bhūmir bhūmim agān mātā mātaram apyagāt /
ṢB, 1, 7, 3.1 yo 'lam annādyāya sann
athānnaṃ nādyād dakṣiṇārdhaṃ sadaso gatvaitaṃ saumyātiśeṣaṃ prāśnīyāt /
ṢB, 1, 7, 3.3 yo 'lam annādyāya sann
athānnaṃ nātti jano 'smāt pitaro janyenaivānnenānnam atti /
ṢB, 2, 3, 2.2 manaḥ prathamam
atha prāṇam atha cakṣur atha śrotram atha vācam //
ṢB, 2, 3, 2.2 manaḥ prathamam atha prāṇam
atha cakṣur atha śrotram atha vācam //
ṢB, 2, 3, 2.2 manaḥ prathamam atha prāṇam atha cakṣur
atha śrotram atha vācam //
ṢB, 2, 3, 2.2 manaḥ prathamam atha prāṇam atha cakṣur atha śrotram
atha vācam //
ṢB, 2, 3, 8.1 yo vā evaṃ dhuro vidvān
athāsāṃ vrataṃ caraty āgamiṣyato 'sya pūrvedyuḥ puṇyā kīrtir āgacchati //
Amṛtabindūpaniṣat
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 2.1 atha dakṣiṇāgiriṣu janapade saṃpūrṇo nāma brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ prativasati āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī /
AvŚat, 1, 3.3 atha pūrṇo brāhmaṇamahāśālo bhagavato guṇasaṃkīrtanaṃ pratiśrutya mahāntaṃ prasādaṃ pratilabdhavān /
AvŚat, 1, 3.5 atha tāni puṣpāṇi buddhānāṃ buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvenopari bhagavataḥ puṣpamaṇḍapaṃ kṣiptvā tasthuḥ dhūpo 'bhrakūṭavad udakaṃ vaiḍūryaśalākavat //
AvŚat, 1, 4.1 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha kuta idaṃ bhadanta nimantraṇam āyātam iti /
AvŚat, 1, 4.4 atha bhagavāṃs taṃ bhikṣusahasram antardhāpya ekaḥ pātracarakavyagrahastaḥ pūrṇasamīpe sthitaḥ /
AvŚat, 1, 4.5 atha pūrṇo brāhmaṇamahāśālo bhagavantaṃ dadarśa dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam /
AvŚat, 1, 4.8 atha pūrṇo brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ pañcamāṇavakaśataparivṛto bhagavato vividhabhakṣyabhojyakhādyalehyapeyacoṣyādibhir āhārair ārabdhaḥ pātraṃ paripūrayitum /
AvŚat, 1, 5.1 atha bhagavān pūrṇasya brāhmaṇamahāśālasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 1, 7.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 1, 8.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 1, 8.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 2, 1.2 atha pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat /
AvŚat, 2, 2.1 atha siṃhasya senāpateḥ snuṣā yaśomatī nāma abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā /
AvŚat, 2, 2.4 atha siṃhasya senāpater etad abhavat udārādhimuktā bateyaṃ dārikā /
AvŚat, 2, 4.1 atha yaśomatī dārikā suvarṇamayāni puṣpāṇi kārayitvā rūpyamayāṇi ratnamayāni prabhūtagandhamālyavilepanasaṃgrahaṃ kṛtvā śatarasam āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti /
AvŚat, 2, 4.2 atha bhagavān bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena siṃhasya senāpater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 2, 4.4 atha yaśomatī dārikā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śatarasenāhāreṇa svahastaṃ saṃtarpya puṣpāṇi bhagavati kṣeptum ārabdhā /
AvŚat, 2, 4.5 atha tāni puṣpāṇi upari bhagavato ratnakūṭāgāro ratnacchatraṃ ratnamaṇḍapa ivāvasthitam yanna śakyaṃ suśikṣitena karmakāreṇa karmāntevāsinā vā kartum yathāpi tad buddhānāṃ buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devānubhāvena //
AvŚat, 2, 5.1 atha yaśomatī dārikā tad atyadbhutaṃ devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ sarvaśarīreṇa bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitā amuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 2, 6.1 atha bhagavān yaśomatyā dārikāyā hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 2, 8.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 2, 9.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 2, 9.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 3, 5.1 atha śreṣṭhina etad abhavat so 'pi me kadācit karhicid devatārādhanayā putro jātaḥ so 'pi kusīdaḥ paramakusīdaḥ /
AvŚat, 3, 6.3 atha kusīdo dārakas tāñśāstṝn dṛṣṭvā cakṣuḥsaṃprekṣaṇām api na kṛtavān kaḥ punar vāda utthāsyati vā abhivādayiṣyati vā āsanena vā upanimantrayiṣyati /
AvŚat, 3, 6.4 atha sa gṛhapatis tām evāvasthāṃ dṛṣṭvā suṣṭhutaram utkaṇṭhitaḥ kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ /
AvŚat, 3, 7.10 athāsya mātāpitarāv antarjanaś cādṛṣṭapūrvaprabhāvaṃ dṛṣṭvā paramaṃ vismayam āpannāḥ //
AvŚat, 3, 8.5 athāsau yaṣṭir ākoṭyamānā manojñaśabdaśravaṇaṃ karoti vividhāni ca ratnanidhānāni paśyati /
AvŚat, 3, 9.1 atha bhagavān kusīdasya dārakasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 3, 11.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 3, 12.1 atha ca tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 3, 12.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 4, 4.1 atha bhagavāṃstad rūpam ṛddhyabhisaṃskāram abhisaṃskṛtavān yena sa dhūpa upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya sarvāṃ ca śrāvastīṃ sphuritvā mahadabhrakūṭavad avasthitaḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 5.1 atha tena sārthavāhena bhagavān saśrāvakasaṃgho 'ntarniveśane bhaktenopanimantritaḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 6.1 atha sārthavāho dviguṇajātaprasādas tatpratihāryadarśanān mūlanikṛtta iva drumo bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitā amuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 4, 7.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasya sārthavāhasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāviṣkārṣīt /
AvŚat, 4, 9.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 4, 10.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 10.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 6, 5.5 atha vaḍikaḥ śreṣṭhiputro labdhaprasādo 'dhigatasamāśvāsa āha praviśatu bhagavān svāgataṃ bhagavate ākāṅkṣāmi bhagavato darśanam iti /
AvŚat, 6, 5.6 atha bhagavān praviśya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ /
AvŚat, 6, 7.1 atha bhagavān vaḍikasya dhātuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 6, 9.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 6, 10.1 atha ca tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 6, 10.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 7, 3.1 athānyatama ārāmiko navaṃ padmam ādāya rājñaḥ prasenajito 'rthaṃ śrāvastīṃ praviśati /
AvŚat, 7, 4.3 athārāmikasyaitad abhavat ayam anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir acañcalaḥ sthirasattvaḥ /
AvŚat, 7, 7.1 atha sa ārāmikas tat pratihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūlanikṛtta iva drumo bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya kṛtakarapuṭaś cetanāṃ puṣṇāti praṇidhiṃ ca kartum ārabdhaḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitāmuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 7, 8.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasyārāmikasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 7, 10.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 7, 11.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 7, 11.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 8, 2.2 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalyo yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 8, 2.9 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalyo bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
AvŚat, 8, 3.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātrer atyayāt pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya yena vārāṇasī kāśīnāṃ nagaraṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 8, 5.1 atha bhagavān dakṣiṇapañcālarājasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 8, 7.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 8, 8.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 8, 8.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 9, 5.3 atha sa mahājanakāyas tat prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā kilakilāprakṣveḍoccaiḥśabdaṃ kurvaṃs teṣāṃ samprasthitānāṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ //
AvŚat, 9, 7.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasya tīrthikopāsakasya hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 9, 9.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 9, 10.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 9, 10.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 10, 1.3 atha rājā ajātaśatruś caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ saṃnahya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalam abhiniryāto yuddhāya //
AvŚat, 10, 2.3 atha rājñā ajātaśatruṇā rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasya sarvo hastikāyaḥ paryastaḥ aśvakāyo rathakāyaḥ pattikāyaḥ paryastaḥ /
AvŚat, 10, 3.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalaḥ śokāgāraṃ praviśya kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ /
AvŚat, 10, 4.1 atha rājñā prasenajitkauśalyena svaviṣaye carapuruṣāḥ samantata utsṛṣṭāḥ śṛṇuta janapravādān iti /
AvŚat, 10, 5.1 atha rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasyaitad abhavat yan mayā rājyaṃ pratilabdham tad asya śreṣṭhinaḥ prasādāt /
AvŚat, 10, 5.3 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalas taṃ śreṣṭhinaṃ vareṇa pravārayati /
AvŚat, 10, 6.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasya śreṣṭhino hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 10, 8.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 10, 9.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 10, 9.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 11, 1.6 atha te nāvikā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam ūcuḥ adhivāsayatu bhagavān asmākaṃ nadyā ajiravatyās tīre śvo bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena /
AvŚat, 11, 2.1 atha nāvikā nadyā ajiravatyās tīram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpayāmāsur ucchritacchatradhvajapatākaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ gandhaghaṭikāvadhūpitam /
AvŚat, 11, 2.5 atha bhagavān bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena nāvikagrāmakas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 11, 2.7 atha te nāvikāḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati /
AvŚat, 11, 2.9 atha bhagavāṃs teṣāṃ nāvikānām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśīṃ caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān yāṃ śrutvā anekair nāvikaiḥ srotaāpattiphalāni prāptāni kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalāni kaiścid anāgāmiphalāni kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam kaiścicchrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni kaiścit pratyekabodhau kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
AvŚat, 11, 4.5 atha dadarśa sārthavāho bhāgīrathaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ dvāṣaṣṭyarhatsahasraparivṛtam /
AvŚat, 12, 3.1 atha kauravyo janakāyas tāṃ divyāṃ vibhūṣikāṃ dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpanna imāṃ cintām āpede nūnaṃ buddho bhagavāṃl loke 'gryaḥ /
AvŚat, 12, 5.2 atha brahmā samyaksaṃbuddho dvāṣaṣṭyarhatsahasraparivṛto janapadacārikāṃ carann anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 12, 5.7 atha sa labdhaprasāda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān asyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ traimāsyavāsāya /
AvŚat, 12, 5.10 atha sa rājā mūrdhābhiṣikto bhagavato 'rthe gośīrṣacandanamayaṃ prāsādaṃ kārayāmāsa /
AvŚat, 13, 7.2 atha candanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddho janapadacārikāṃ carann anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 13, 7.3 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto yena candanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 13, 7.6 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikta utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena candanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya candanaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān asyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ traimāsyavāsāya sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti /
AvŚat, 14, 1.8 atha nāḍakantheyā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavantam āyācituṃ pravṛttāḥ āgacchatu bhagavān asmād vyasanasaṃkaṭān mocanāyeti //
AvŚat, 14, 3.1 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto nāḍakanthām anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 14, 5.2 atha candraḥ samyaksaṃbuddho janapadacārikāṃ carann anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 14, 5.7 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto labdhaprasāda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena candraḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya candraṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān iha vāsaṃ traimāsyaṃ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena /
AvŚat, 15, 1.6 atha te brāhmaṇāḥ kṛtāvayaḥ samagrāḥ saṃmodamānā vīthīmadhye vedoktena vidhinā śakram āyācituṃ pravṛttāḥ ehyehi ahalyājāra //
AvŚat, 15, 3.2 atha bhagavāñchakraveṣam abhinirmāya taṃ yajñavāṭaṃ divyenāvabhāsenāvabhāsya avataritum ārabdhaḥ /
AvŚat, 15, 5.8 atha sa rājā labdhaprasāda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yenendradamanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya indradamanaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃstraimāsyavāsāya /
AvŚat, 16, 2.6 atha śakro devendro bhagavantam idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān asminn eva rājagṛhe nagare /
AvŚat, 16, 3.1 atha śakro devendro bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā tad veṇuvanaṃ vaijayantaṃ prāsādaṃ pradarśitavān divyāni cāsanāni divyāḥ puṣkariṇīr divyaṃ ca bhojanam /
AvŚat, 17, 2.1 atha supriyasya gāndharvikarājasyaitad abhavat evam anuśrūyate rājā prasenajid gāndharve 'tīva kuśalaḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 2.9 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalaḥ pañcamātrair gāndharvikaśataiḥ parivṛtaḥ supriyeṇa gāndharvikarājenānekaiś ca prāṇiśatasahasrair jetavanaṃ gataḥ //
AvŚat, 17, 8.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 17, 9.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 9.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 17, 16.4 atha sa bhagavāṃs tad udyānaṃ praviśya rājānugrahārtham anyatamaṃ vṛkṣam upaniśritya niṣaṇṇaḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 16.6 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ strīmayena tūryeṇa vādyamānenodyānaṃ praviṣṭaḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 16.7 atha sa rājā tad udyānam anuvicaran dadarśa bhagavantaṃ prabodhanaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ prāsādikaṃ prasādanīyaṃ śāntamānasaṃ parameṇa cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgataṃ suvarṇayūpam iva śriyā jvalantam /
AvŚat, 18, 1.2 atha śrāvastyām anyatamaḥ pāradāriko maline karmaṇi vartate /
AvŚat, 18, 3.1 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat /
AvŚat, 18, 3.6 athāyuṣmān ānando yena rājā prasenajit kauśalas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 18, 5.4 athendradhvajaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya tāṃ rājadhānīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat /
AvŚat, 18, 5.7 atha bhagavān indradhvajaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tasyānugrahārtham agrāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ /
AvŚat, 19, 2.1 atha bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāro mukto muktaparivāra āśvasta āśvastaparivāro vinīto vinītaparivāro 'rhann arhatparivāro vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāro vṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛto gaja iva kalabhagaṇaparivṛtaḥ siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛto haṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ svaśva iva turagagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto deśika ivādhvagagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ śreṣṭhīva paurajanaparivṛtaḥ koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaś cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaś candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛto dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛto virūḍha iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛto virūpākṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛto dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivṛto vemacitrīvāsuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛto brahmā iva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ stimita iva jalanidhiḥ sajala iva jaladharo vimada iva gajapatiḥ sudāntair indriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāro 'nekair āveṇikair buddhadharmaiḥ parivṛto bhagavāṃs tat puraṃ praviśati //
AvŚat, 19, 4.1 atha bhagavān evaṃvidhayā vibhūtyā rājakulaṃ praveṣṭum ārabdhaḥ /
AvŚat, 19, 6.8 atha sa rājā labdhaprasādaḥ kṣemaṃkaraṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ rājakule nimantrya śatarasenāhāreṇa pratipādayāmāsa /
AvŚat, 20, 1.6 adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasya gṛhapates tūṣṇībhāvena
athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas taṃ gṛhapatim ādāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ /
AvŚat, 20, 1.10 atha sa gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā śatarasam āhāraṃ samudānayati puṣpagandhamālyavilepanāni ca /
AvŚat, 20, 2.1 atha bhagavāṃs tasya gṛhapater hetuparaṃparāṃ karmaparaṃparāṃ ca jñātvā smitaṃ prāvirakārṣīt /
AvŚat, 20, 4.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 20, 5.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata uṣṇīṣe 'ntarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 20, 5.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 20, 12.2 atha pūrṇaḥ samyaksaṃbuddho janapadacārikāṃ carann anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 20, 12.7 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ pūrṇaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaṃ traimāsyaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārair upanimantritavān /
AvŚat, 20, 12.9 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ pūrṇasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā traimāsyaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārair upasthāpya bhagavato ratnamayapratimāṃ kārayitvā buddhaharṣaṃ kāritavān yatrānekaiḥ prāṇiśatasahasrair mahāprasādo labdhaḥ /
AvŚat, 21, 4.1 atha tasya śuddhasattvasya kalyāṇāśayasya pūrvabuddhāvaropitakuśalamūlasya taddarśanād yoniśo manasikāra utpannaḥ yathemāni padmāni utpannamātrāṇi śobhante arkaraśmiparitāpitāni mlāyanti śuṣyanti evam etad api śarīram iti /
AvŚat, 22, 1.3 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat /
AvŚat, 22, 4.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 22, 5.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 22, 5.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
AvŚat, 23, 3.3 athāsau dārikā dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam /
AvŚat, 23, 6.1 atha tā arciṣas trisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti /
AvŚat, 23, 7.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ /
AvŚat, 23, 7.2 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 1, 3.1 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhavat kimayamāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthavira ātmīyena svakena prajñāpratibhānabalādhānena svakena prajñāpratibhānabalādhiṣṭhānena bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñāpāramitāmupadekṣyati utāho buddhānubhāveneti /
ASāh, 1, 3.2 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya imamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat yatkiṃcidāyuṣman śāriputra bhagavataḥ śrāvakā bhāṣante deśayanti upadiśanti udīrayanti prakāśayanti saṃprakāśayanti sa sarvastathāgatasya puruṣakāro veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 4.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena bhagavantametadavocat yadbhagavānevamāha pratibhātu te subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñāpāramitāmārabhya yathā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ niryāyuriti /
ASāh, 1, 6.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittam evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra yā acittatā tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā śāriputra āha na hyetadāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 7.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāramadāt sādhu sādhvāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 8.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat yo 'haṃ bhagavan etadeva bodhisattvanāmadheyaṃ na vedmi nopalabhe na samanupaśyāmi prajñāpāramitām api na vedmi nopalabhe na samanupaśyāmi /
ASāh, 1, 10.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kiṃ kāraṇamāyuṣman subhūte avirahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitayā veditavyaḥ yadā rūpameva virahitaṃ rūpasvabhāvena evaṃ yadā vedanaiva saṃjñaiva saṃskārā eva yadā vijñānameva virahitaṃ vijñānasvabhāvena yadā prajñāpāramitaiva virahitā prajñāpāramitāsvabhāvena yadā sarvajñataiva virahitā sarvajñatāsvabhāvena //
ASāh, 1, 14.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kathaṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvaścarati prajñāpāramitāyām evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat sacedāyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na rūpe carati na rūpanimitte carati na rūpaṃ nimittamiti carati na rūpasyotpāde carati na rūpasya nirodhe carati na rūpasya vināśe carati na rūpaṃ śūnyamiti carati nāhaṃ carāmīti carati nāhaṃ bodhisattva iti carati /
ASāh, 1, 16.5 atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāramadāt sādhu sādhu subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 17.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat evaṃ śikṣamāṇo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣate evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat evaṃ śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣate //
ASāh, 1, 20.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan evaṃ paripṛcchet kimayaṃ māyāpuruṣāḥ sarvajñatāyāṃ śikṣiṣyate sarvajñatāyā āsannībhaviṣyati sarvajñatāyāṃ niryāsyatīti tasya bhagavan evaṃ paripṛcchataḥ kathaṃ nirdeṣṭavyaṃ syāt evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat tena hi subhūte tvāmevātra pratiprakṣyāmi /
ASāh, 1, 21.11 atha cetsubhūte navayānasamprasthitā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ kalyāṇamitrahastagatā bhaviṣyanti nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsamāpatsyante //
ASāh, 1, 23.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat mamāpi bhagavan pratibhāti yenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate /
ASāh, 1, 23.4 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat mamāpi bhagavan pratibhāti yenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate /
ASāh, 1, 24.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kena kāraṇena āyuṣman subhūte tatrāpi citte asakto 'paryāpannaḥ subhūtirāha acittatvādāyuṣman śāriputra tatrāpi citte asakto 'paryāpannaḥ //
ASāh, 1, 26.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputro bhagavantametadavocat mahāsattvo mahāsattva iti yadidaṃ bhagavannucyate mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ sa sattvaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 27.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho mahāyānasaṃnaddha iti yadidaṃ bhagavannucyate kiyatā bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho bhavati bhagavānāha iha subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaivaṃ bhavati aprameyā mayā sattvāḥ parinirvāpayitavyā iti /
ASāh, 1, 28.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat yathāhaṃ bhagavan bhagavato bhāṣitasyārthamājānāmi tathā asaṃnāhasaṃnaddho batāyaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 30.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat rūpamāyuṣman subhūte abaddhamamuktamiti vadasi /
ASāh, 1, 30.7 atha katamattadāyuṣman subhūte rūpaṃ yadrūpamabaddhamamuktamiti vadasi evaṃ katamā sā vedanā katamā sā saṃjñā katame te saṃskārāḥ katamattadāyuṣman subhūte vijñānaṃ yadvijñānamabaddhamamuktamiti vadasi katamā sā āyuṣman subhūte rūpatathatā yā rūpatathatāpyabaddhā amukteti vadasi evaṃ katamā sā vedanātathatā saṃjñātathatā saṃskāratathatā katamā sā āyuṣman subhūte vijñānatathatā yā vijñānatathatāpyabaddhā amukteti vadasi evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmantaṃ pūrṇaṃ maitrāyaṇīputrametadavocat yadāyuṣman pūrṇa māyāpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tadabaddhamamuktam /
ASāh, 1, 31.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat evaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ san mahāyānasamprasthito mahāyānasamārūḍho bhavati /
ASāh, 1, 32.9 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāramadāt sādhu sādhu subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 33.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputro bhagavantametadavocat ayaṃ bhagavan subhūtiḥ sthaviraḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ kṛtaśo 'dhīṣṭo mahāyānamupadeṣṭavyaṃ manyate /
ASāh, 1, 33.2 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat nāhaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāṃ vyatikramya mahāyānamavocam /
ASāh, 1, 34.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat tena hi yathāhamāyuṣmataḥ subhūterbhāṣitasyārthamājānāmi tathā bodhisattvo 'pyanutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 37.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmataṃ subhūtimetadavocat kathamāyuṣman subhūte avirahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'virahito manasikāreṇa bhavati yaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa viharati yadi hyāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'virahito manasikāreṇa bhavati evaṃ sa virahitaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa bhavati /
ASāh, 2, 2.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthavirametadavocat imānyārya subhūte saṃbahulāni devaputrasahasrāṇi asyāṃ parṣadi saṃnipatitāni saṃniṣaṇṇāni āryasya subhūterantikātprajñāpāramitāṃ śrotukāmāni bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām upadeśam avavādānuśāsanīṃ ca /
ASāh, 2, 3.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimāmantrayate sma sādhu sādhu subhūte sādhu khalu punastvaṃ subhūte yastvaṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāmutsāhaṃ dadāsi /
ASāh, 2, 4.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma tena hi kauśika śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru bhāṣiṣye 'haṃ te yathā bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam /
ASāh, 2, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhavat yadi buddho 'tikramya pṛthagjanabhūmimatikramya śrāvakabhūmimatikramya pratyekabuddhabhūmimaprameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ sattvānāmarthaṃ kṛtvā aprameyāṇyasaṃkhyeyāni sattvakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇi parinirvāpya aprameyānasaṃkhyeyān sattvān śrāvakapratyekabuddhasamyaksaṃbuddhatvaniyatān kṛtvā buddhabhūmau sthitvā buddhakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau buddhaparinirvāṇena parinirvāsyati ityevamapyanena na sthātavyam tatkathaṃ punaranena sthātavyaṃ kathaṃ śikṣitavyamiti atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase āyuṣman śāriputra kva tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ āyuṣmān śāriputra āha na kvacidāyuṣman subhūte tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhavat yadi buddho 'tikramya pṛthagjanabhūmimatikramya śrāvakabhūmimatikramya pratyekabuddhabhūmimaprameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ sattvānāmarthaṃ kṛtvā aprameyāṇyasaṃkhyeyāni sattvakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇi parinirvāpya aprameyānasaṃkhyeyān sattvān śrāvakapratyekabuddhasamyaksaṃbuddhatvaniyatān kṛtvā buddhabhūmau sthitvā buddhakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau buddhaparinirvāṇena parinirvāsyati ityevamapyanena na sthātavyam tatkathaṃ punaranena sthātavyaṃ kathaṃ śikṣitavyamiti
atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase āyuṣman śāriputra kva tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ āyuṣmān śāriputra āha na kvacidāyuṣman subhūte tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 6.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat evameva āyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sthātavyam evaṃ śikṣitavyam yathā tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho na kvacitsthito nāsthito na viṣṭhito nāviṣṭhitaḥ tathā sthāsyāmītyevamanena śikṣitavyam /
ASāh, 2, 7.1 atha khalu tatra parṣadi keṣāṃciddevaputrāṇāmetadabhūt yāni tāni yakṣāṇāṃ yakṣabhāṣitāni yakṣarutāni yakṣapadāni yakṣamantritāni yakṣapravyāhṛtāni tāni vijñāyante jalpyamānāni /
ASāh, 2, 7.3 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāmimamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tān devaputrānāmantrayate sma na vijñāyate na vijñāyate idaṃ devaputrāḥ /
ASāh, 2, 8.1 atha khalu teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ punarevaitadabhūt uttānīkariṣyati bata ayamāryasubhūtiḥ /
ASāh, 2, 8.5 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena punar api teṣāmeva devaputrāṇāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tān devaputrānāmantrayate sma tena hi devaputrāḥ yaḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāptukāmaḥ srotaāpattiphale sthātukāmaḥ sa nemāṃ kṣāntim anāgamya peyālam /
ASāh, 2, 9.1 atha khalu punar api teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāmetadabhavat kiṃrūpā asya āryasubhūter dhārmaśravaṇikā eṣṭavyāḥ atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tān devaputrānāmantrayate sma māyānirmitasadṛśā hi devaputrā mama dhārmaśravaṇikā eṣṭavyāḥ /
ASāh, 2, 9.1 atha khalu punar api teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāmetadabhavat kiṃrūpā asya āryasubhūter dhārmaśravaṇikā eṣṭavyāḥ
atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tān devaputrānāmantrayate sma māyānirmitasadṛśā hi devaputrā mama dhārmaśravaṇikā eṣṭavyāḥ /
ASāh, 2, 10.1 atha khalu te devaputrā āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocan kiṃ punarārya subhūte māyopamāste sattvā na te māyā evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtistān devaputrānetadavocat māyopamāste devaputrāḥ sattvāḥ /
ASāh, 2, 10.12 atha khalu devaputrā āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocan samyaksaṃbuddho 'pyārya subhūte māyopamaḥ svapnopama iti vadasi samyaksaṃbuddhatvam api māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadasi subhūtirāha nirvāṇam api devaputrā māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadāmi kiṃ punaranyaṃ dharmam /
ASāh, 2, 11.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputraḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākoṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākātyāyanaḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākāśyapaḥ anye ca mahāśrāvakā anekairbodhisattvasahasraiḥ sārdhamāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthaviramāmantrayante sma ke 'syā āyuṣman subhūte prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyāḥ pratyeṣakā bhaviṣyanti atha khalvāyuṣmānānandastān sthavirānetadavocat te khalvāyuṣmanto veditavyā avinivartanīyā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ dṛṣṭisampannā vā pudgalāḥ arhanto vā kṣīṇāsravāḥ ye 'syāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyāḥ pratyeṣakā bhaviṣyanti //
ASāh, 2, 11.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputraḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākoṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākātyāyanaḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahākāśyapaḥ anye ca mahāśrāvakā anekairbodhisattvasahasraiḥ sārdhamāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthaviramāmantrayante sma ke 'syā āyuṣman subhūte prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyāḥ pratyeṣakā bhaviṣyanti
atha khalvāyuṣmānānandastān sthavirānetadavocat te khalvāyuṣmanto veditavyā avinivartanīyā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ dṛṣṭisampannā vā pudgalāḥ arhanto vā kṣīṇāsravāḥ ye 'syāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyāḥ pratyeṣakā bhaviṣyanti //
ASāh, 2, 12.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthavirastān sthavirānetadavocat nāsyā āyuṣmantaḥ prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyāḥ kecitpratyeṣakā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 2, 13.1 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt asya dharmaparyāyasya āryeṇa subhūtinā bhāṣyamāṇasya pūjārthaṃ yannvahaṃ puṣpāṇyabhinirmāya āryaṃ subhūtimabhyavakireyamiti /
ASāh, 2, 13.2 atha khalu śakro devānāmindrastasyāṃ velāyāṃ puṣpāṇyabhinirmāya āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimabhyavākirat /
ASāh, 2, 13.3 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ subhūteḥ sthavirasya śakraṃ devānāmindramanuvyāharaṇāyaitadabhūt na khalu punarimāni puṣpāṇi mayā trāyastriṃśeṣu deveṣu pracaranti dṛṣṭapūrvāṇi yānīmāni śakreṇa devānāmindreṇa abhyavakīrṇāni /
ASāh, 2, 13.6 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmataḥ subhūteścetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat anirjātānyetānyārya subhūte puṣpāṇi /
ASāh, 2, 13.8 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat yattvaṃ kauśika evaṃ vadasi anirjātānyetāni puṣpāṇi naitāni manonirjātāni nāpi vṛkṣagulmalatānirjātānīti /
ASāh, 2, 13.10 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt gambhīraprajño batāyamāryaḥ subhūtiḥ /
ASāh, 2, 13.12 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmataṃ subhūtimetadavocat evametadārya subhūte evam etat /
ASāh, 2, 14.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat ya āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kasyaciddharmasya parigrahāya śikṣate notpādāya nāntardhānāya śikṣate sa na sarvajñatāyā api parigrahāya śikṣate notpādāya nāntardhānāya śikṣate /
ASāh, 2, 16.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat prajñāpāramitā ārya śāriputra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena kuto gaveṣitavyāḥ śāriputra āha prajñāpāramitā kauśika bodhisattvena mahāsattvena āyuṣmataḥ subhūteḥ parivartād gaveṣitavyā /
ASāh, 2, 16.4 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat yatkauśika evaṃ vadasi kasyaiṣo 'nubhāvo veditavyaḥ kasyaitadanuṣṭhānaṃ veditavyaṃ yadāryasubhūtiḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣate iti tathāgatasyaiṣa kauśika anubhāvo veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 19.4 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kathamāyuṣman subhūte sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha na hi kauśika gaṇanāyogena vā gaṇanābahutvena vā sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā //
ASāh, 2, 21.1 atha khalu sendrakā devāḥ sabrahmakāḥ saprajāpatikāḥ sarṣinaranārīgaṇās trirudānam udānayanti sma aho dharmaḥ aho dharmaḥ aho dharmasya dharmatā /
ASāh, 2, 22.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstān sendrakān sabrahmakān saprajāpatikān sarṣinaranārīgaṇānāmantrayate sma evametaddevaputrāḥ evam etat /
ASāh, 2, 22.3 atha khalu te devaputrā bhagavantametadavocan āścaryaṃ bhagavan paramāścaryaṃ sugata /
ASāh, 3, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavān ye tatra devaputrāḥ parṣadi saṃnipatitāḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāścābhūvan yāś ca bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikāḥ saṃnipatitāḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāścābhūvan tān devaputrān saṃnipatitān saṃniṣaṇṇāṃś ca viditvā tāś ca sarvāścatasraḥ parṣadaḥ saṃnipatitāḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāś ca viditvā kāmāvacarān rūpāvacarāṃś ca devaputrān brahmakāyikāṃś ca devaputrān ābhāsvarāṃś ca parīttaśubhāṃś ca akaniṣṭhāṃś ca devaputrān sākṣiṇaḥ sthāpayitvā śakradevendrapramukhān kāmāvacarān devaputrān mahābrahmapramukhāṃś ca brahmakāyikān devaputrānābhāsvarāṃś ca devaputrānāmantrayate sma yo hi kaściddevaputrāḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati na tasya māro vā mārakāyikā vā devatā avatāraprekṣiṇyo 'vatāragaveṣiṇyo 'vatāraṃ lapsyante /
ASāh, 3, 3.1 atha khalu catvāro mahārājāno bhagavantametadavocan āścaryaṃ bhagavan yadimāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgṛhṇan dhārayan vācayan paryavāpnuvan pravartayan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā yānatraye sattvān vinayati na ca sattvasaṃjñāmutpādayati /
ASāh, 3, 4.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat aham api bhagavaṃstasya kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā rakṣāvaraṇaguptiṃ saṃvidhāsyāmi ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati //
ASāh, 3, 6.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat āścaryaṃ bhagavan yadimāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgṛhṇan dhārayan vācayan paryavāpnuvan pravartayan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imān yato dṛṣṭadhārmikān guṇān pratilabhate parigṛhṇāti kiṃ punarbhagavan prajñāpāramitāyām udgṛhītāyāṃ sarvāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā udgṛhītā bhavanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat evametatkauśika evam etat /
ASāh, 3, 6.14 atha sa prāṇakajāto yena sā maghī nāmauṣadhī tenopasaṃkramet tenopasaṃkramya tiṣṭhet /
ASāh, 3, 6.15 atha sa āśīviṣastasyā oṣadhyā gandhenaiva pratyudāvarteta /
ASāh, 3, 14.1 atha khalu bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat evametatkauśika evam etat /
ASāh, 3, 15.1 atha khalu yāni tāni catvāriṃśaddevaputrasahasrāṇi śakreṇa devānāmindreṇa sārdhaṃ saṃnipatitāni tasyāmeva parṣadi saṃnipatitānyabhūvan tāni śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocan udgṛhṇīṣva mārṣa prajñāpāramitām /
ASāh, 3, 15.11 atha khalu bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma udgṛhāṇa tvaṃ kauśika prajñāpāramitām /
ASāh, 3, 18.1 atha khalvanyatīrthyānāṃ parivrājakānām upālambhābhiprāyāṇāṃ śataṃ tasyāṃ velāyāṃ yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmati sma /
ASāh, 3, 18.2 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro dūrata eva āgacchatastānanyatīrthyān parivrājakān dṛṣṭvā teṣāṃ cittāni vyavalokya evaṃ cintayāmāsa ime khalu anyatīrthyāḥ parivrājakā upālambhābhiprāyā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmanti sma /
ASāh, 3, 18.5 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro yāvanmātro bhagavato 'ntikādasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pradeśaḥ udgṛhītaḥ tāvanmātraṃ smṛtyā samanvāharati sma svādhyāyati sma pravartayati sma /
ASāh, 3, 18.6 atha te 'nyatīrthāḥ parivrājakā dūrāddūrataraṃ bhagavantaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tenaiva dvāreṇa tenaiva mārgeṇa punareva niṣkrāntāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 18.7 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhūt kimatra kāraṇaṃ yena ime 'nyatīrthyāḥ parivrājakā dūrāddūrataraṃ bhagavantaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tenaiva dvāreṇa tenaiva mārgeṇa punareva niṣkrāntāḥ atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya imamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat śakreṇa śāriputra devānāmindreṇa teṣāmanyatīrthyānāṃ parivrājakānām upālambhābhiprāyāṇāṃ cittāni vyavalokya iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā smṛtyā samanvāhṛtā svādhyāyitā pravartitā teṣāmanyatīrthyānāṃ parivrājakānāṃ vigrahītukāmānāṃ vivaditukāmānāṃ virodhayitukāmānāṃ nivartanārtham yathā asyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā ete 'nyatīrthyāḥ parivrājakā nopasaṃkrāmeyuriti māntarāyaṃ kārṣuḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā iti /
ASāh, 3, 18.7 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhūt kimatra kāraṇaṃ yena ime 'nyatīrthyāḥ parivrājakā dūrāddūrataraṃ bhagavantaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tenaiva dvāreṇa tenaiva mārgeṇa punareva niṣkrāntāḥ
atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya imamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat śakreṇa śāriputra devānāmindreṇa teṣāmanyatīrthyānāṃ parivrājakānām upālambhābhiprāyāṇāṃ cittāni vyavalokya iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā smṛtyā samanvāhṛtā svādhyāyitā pravartitā teṣāmanyatīrthyānāṃ parivrājakānāṃ vigrahītukāmānāṃ vivaditukāmānāṃ virodhayitukāmānāṃ nivartanārtham yathā asyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā ete 'nyatīrthyāḥ parivrājakā nopasaṃkrāmeyuriti māntarāyaṃ kārṣuḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā iti /
ASāh, 3, 19.1 atha khalu mārasya pāpīyasya etadabhūt imāstathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya catasraḥ parṣadaḥ saṃnipatitāḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāstathāgatasya saṃmukhībhūtāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 19.5 atha khalu māraḥ pāpīyāṃścaturaṅgabalakāyamabhinirmāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmati sma /
ASāh, 3, 19.6 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt māro batāyaṃ pāpīyāṃścaturaṅgabalakāyamabhinirmāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmati sma /
ASāh, 3, 19.10 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra imāmeva prajñāpāramitāṃ smṛtyā samanvāharati sma svādhyāyati sma pravartayati sma /
ASāh, 3, 20.1 atha khalu trāyastriṃśatkāyikā devaputrā divyāni māndārapuṣpāṇyabhinirmāya vihāyasā antarīkṣagatā yena bhagavāṃstenābhyavakiranti sma yena bhagavāṃstena tāni divyāni māndāravapuṣpāṇy abhiprakiranti sma evaṃ codānamudānayanti sma cirasya bateyaṃ prajñāpāramitā jāmbūdvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāmupāvṛtteti /
ASāh, 3, 21.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānando bhagavantametadavocat na bhagavan dānapāramitāyā varṇaṃ bhāṣate na nāmadheyaṃ parikīrtayati /
ASāh, 3, 22.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat na tāvadime bhagavaṃstathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena prajñāpāramitāyāḥ sarve guṇāḥ parikīrtitāḥ yān guṇān sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā parigṛhṇīte prajñāpāramitāmudgṛhya dhārayitvā vācayitvā paryavāpya pravartya deśayitvā upadiśya uddiśya svādhyāyya /
ASāh, 3, 22.2 atha hi mayā yo bhagavato 'ntikādasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pradeśa udgṛhītaḥ sa pravartitaḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.14 yasmin samaye na niṣaṇṇo bhavāmi
atha tasmin samaye yanmamāsanaṃ tatra devaputrā mama gauraveṇa tadāsanaṃ namaskṛtya pradakṣiṇīkṛtya punareva prakrāmanti /
ASāh, 4, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat kiṃ punaḥ kauśika devaloka eva tāni maṇiratnāni santi uta jāmbūdvīpakānām api manuṣyāṇāṃ tāni maṇiratnāni santi śakra āha deveṣvāryānanda tāni maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 4, 6.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kiṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyāmeva bodhisattvo mahāsattvaścarati nānyāsu pāramitāsu bhagavānāha sarvāsu kauśika ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu bodhisattvo mahāsattvaścarati /
ASāh, 5, 1.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmabhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayed upadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayetsaddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 5, 11.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat iyam api bhagavan prajñāpāramitā upadeṣṭavyāḥ evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat iyam api kauśika prajñāpāramitā upadeṣṭavyā abudhyamānasya kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā /
ASāh, 5, 12.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ bhagavan anāgate 'dhvani prajñāpāramitāprativarṇikā veditavyā iyaṃ sā prajñāpāramitāprativarṇikopadiśyata iti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat bhaviṣyanti kauśika anāgate 'dhvani eke bhikṣavaḥ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitaśīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitaprajñā eḍamūkajātīyāḥ prajñāparihīṇāḥ /
ASāh, 6, 1.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthaviramāmantrayate sma yacca khalu punaḥ ārya subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya anumodanāpariṇāmanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yacca sarvasattvānāṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu idameva tato bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya anumodanāpariṇāmanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu agramākhyāyate śreṣṭhamākhyāyate jyeṣṭhamākhyāyate varamākhyāyate pravaramākhyāyate praṇītamākhyāyate uttamamākhyāyate anuttamamākhyāyate niruttamamākhyāyate asamamākhyāyate asamasamamākhyāyate //
ASāh, 6, 2.5 athāpi yathā vastu yathā ārambaṇaṃ yathā ākārastathā bodhistathā cittam evaṃ sarvadharmāḥ sarvadhātavaḥ /
ASāh, 6, 2.6 yadi ca yathā vastu yathā ārambaṇaṃ yathā ākārastathā bodhistathā cittam tatkatamairvastubhiḥkatamairārambaṇaiḥ katamairākāraiḥ katamaṃ cittamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayati katamadvā anumodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu kva anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayati
atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthavirametadavocat nedamārya subhūte navayānasamprasthitasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya purato bhāṣitavyaṃ nopadeṣṭavyam /
ASāh, 6, 3.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat yena maitreya cittenānumodya yatpariṇāmayati taccittaṃ kṣīṇaṃ niruddhaṃ vigataṃ vipariṇatam /
ASāh, 6, 4.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthavirametadavocat mā khalvārya subhūte navayānasamprasthitā bodhisattvā mahāsattvā imaṃ nirdeśaṃ śrutvā uttrasiṣuḥ saṃtrasiṣuḥ saṃtrāsamāpatsyante kathaṃ cārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena tadanumodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayitavyam kathaṃ ca anumodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu parigṛhṇatā anumodanāsahagataṃ cittaṃ pariṇāmayatā tadanumodanāsahagataṃ cittaṃ suparigṛhītaṃ supariṇāmitaṃ bhavati //
ASāh, 6, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamārabhya maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamadhiṣṭhānaṃ kṛtvā maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma iha maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvas teṣāmatītānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānām apahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramitāprāptānāṃ daśasu dikṣu aprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃś ca trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāsaṃkhyeyānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ kuśalamūlāni pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ kuśalamūlābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaś ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirdharmo deśitaḥ ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣitā adhimuktāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyairvā sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāpayatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumodeta //
ASāh, 6, 7.4 atha yena cittena yatpariṇāmayati taccittaṃ saṃjānīte idaṃ taccittamiti cittasaṃjñī bhavati /
ASāh, 6, 8.5 atha yena cittena yatpariṇāmayati taccittaṃ saṃjānīte idaṃ taccittamiti cittasaṃjñī bhavati /
ASāh, 6, 9.5 atha yena cittena yatpariṇāmayati taccittaṃ saṃjānīte idaṃ taccittamiti cittasaṃjñī bhavati /
ASāh, 6, 10.18 atha smṛtivaikalyena na nimittīkaroti na samanvāharati na manasi karoti smṛtivaikalyādanavabodhādvā evam api na pariṇāmayatyanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
ASāh, 6, 10.19 atha tannimittaṃ samanvāharati na ca nimittīkaroti evaṃ pariṇāmitaṃ bhavati tatkuśalamūlaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
ASāh, 6, 11.6 atha taṃ pariṇāmayati niviśate nimittīkaroti mithyā pariṇāmayati /
ASāh, 6, 12.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāramadāt sādhu sādhu subhūte /
ASāh, 6, 14.1 atha khalu cāturmahārājakāyikānāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ viṃśatisahasrāṇi prāñjalīni namasyanti bhagavantametadavocan mahāpariṇāmo 'yaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyaparigṛhītānāṃ kuśalamūlapariṇāmaḥ sarvajñatāyai yatra hi nāma teṣām aupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ tāvantaṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāramabhibhavati /
ASāh, 6, 14.2 atha khalu trāyastriṃśakāyikānāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ śatasahasrāṇi divyapuṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇavarṣair divyai ratnavarṣairdivyaiś ca vastravarṣairbhagavantam abhyavākirannabhiprākiran /
ASāh, 6, 15.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstān śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānādīn kṛtvā sarvāṃstān devaputrānāmantrayate sma tiṣṭhatu khalu punardevaputrā gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sarvasattvānāmanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃprasthitānāmanuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ pratilambhāya dānaṃ dadatāṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ anena paryāyeṇa ye 'pi te devaputrā anyeṣvanyeṣu gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sattvāḥ te 'pi sarve anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau praṇidhānaṃ kṛtvā bodhāya cittamutpādya anyeṣvanyeṣu gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sarvasattvānāṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sarvasukhopadhānaiḥ sarvaiḥ sukhasparśavihārairekaiko bodhisattvo gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpāṃstiṣṭhan dānaṃ dadyāt evaṃ sarve 'pi yāvatte copalambhasaṃjñino dānaṃ dadyuḥ /
ASāh, 6, 16.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat yadbhagavānevamāha atītānāgatapratyutpannānāṃ sarveṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ bodhisattvapratyekabuddhaśrāvakasaṃghānāṃ sarvasattvānāṃ ca atītānāgatapratyutpannaṃ yannāma kuśalamūlaṃ tatsarvamekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumodate agrayā anumodanayā /
ASāh, 7, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat sarvajñajñānapariniṣpattirbhagavan prajñāpāramitā sarvajñatvaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 7, 2.1 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt kuto nu bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kuta iyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyaparigṛhītaḥ kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'numodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu sarvajñatāyāṃ pariṇāmayaṃsteṣāṃ paurvakāṇāmaupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yaś ca dānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca śīlamayo yaś ca kṣāntimayo yaś ca vīryamayo yaś ca dhyānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ taṃ sarvamabhibhavatīti /
ASāh, 7, 2.1 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt kuto nu bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā
atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kuta iyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyaparigṛhītaḥ kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'numodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu sarvajñatāyāṃ pariṇāmayaṃsteṣāṃ paurvakāṇāmaupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yaś ca dānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca śīlamayo yaś ca kṣāntimayo yaś ca vīryamayo yaś ca dhyānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ taṃ sarvamabhibhavatīti /
ASāh, 7, 3.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitā abhinirhartavyā evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat rūpasya śāriputra abhinirhāro draṣṭavyaḥ /
ASāh, 7, 5.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kimiyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā sarvajñatām api nārpayati bhagavānāha yatkauśika evaṃ vadasi kimiyaṃ prajñāpāramitā sarvajñatām api nārpayatīti na yathopalambhastathā arpayati na yathā nāma tathārpayati na yathābhisaṃskārastathārpayati /
ASāh, 7, 6.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat sacedevam api bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ saṃjñāsyate dūrīkariṣyati imāṃ prajñāpāramitām riktīkariṣyati imāṃ prajñāpāramitām tucchīkariṣyati imāṃ prajñāpāramitām na kariṣyati imāṃ prajñāpāramitām /
ASāh, 7, 8.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'dhimokṣayiṣyati na kāṅkṣiṣyati na vicikitsiṣyati na dhandhāyiṣyati kutaḥ sa bhagavaṃścyuta ihopapanno veditavyaḥ kiyacciracaritāvī ca sa bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmarthataś ca dharmataś ca arthanayataś ca dharmanayataś ca anugamiṣyati anubhotsyate 'nubodhayiṣyati ca evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat sa śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'nyebhyo lokadhātubhyaścyuto buddhān bhagavataḥ paryupāsya paripṛcchya ihopapanno veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 7, 9.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat śakyā punarbhagavan prajñāpāramitā śrotuṃ vā upalakṣayituṃ vā samanvāhartuṃ vā upapādayituṃ vā upadhārayituṃ vā iyaṃ sā prajñāpāramitā iha vā sā prajñāpāramitā amutra vā sā prajñāpāramitā anena vā ākāreṇa liṅgena nimitteneti śakyā nirdeṣṭuṃ vā śrotuṃ vā bhagavānāha no hīdaṃ subhūte /
ASāh, 7, 11.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat pañca bhagavan ānantaryāṇi karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni asya manoduścaritasya vāgduścaritasya ca na prativarṇikāny api na anurūpāṇy api na pratirūpāṇy api bhavanti /
ASāh, 7, 13.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat susaṃvṛtakāyakarmavākkarmamanaskarmaṇā bhagavan kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā bhavitavyam /
ASāh, 8, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat duradhimocā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā anabhiyuktena kuśalamūlavirahitena pāpamitrahastagatena /
ASāh, 8, 4.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 8, 4.26 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan rūpaviśuddhiḥ bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 5.6 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat katame te āyuṣman subhūte saṅgāḥ subhūtirāha rūpamāyuṣman śāriputra śūnyamiti saṅgaḥ /
ASāh, 8, 6.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat katamena ārya subhūte paryāyeṇa saṅgaḥ subhūtirāha sacetkauśika tadbodhicittaṃ saṃjānīte idaṃ tatprathamaṃ bodhicittamiti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayāmīti pariṇāmayati /
ASāh, 8, 7.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāramadāt sādhu sādhu subhūte yastvaṃ bodhisattvān mahāsattvānimāḥ saṅgakoṭīrbodhayasi /
ASāh, 8, 16.1 atha khalvanyatamo bhikṣuryena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat namaskaromi bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyai /
ASāh, 8, 17.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat ya ārya subhūte atra prajñāpāramitāyāmeva yogamāpatsyate kva sa yogamāpatsyate subhūtirāha ākāśe sa kauśika yogamāpatsyate yaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyate /
ASāh, 8, 18.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ājñāpayatu bhagavān /
ASāh, 8, 18.3 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat samanupaśyasi tvaṃ kauśika taṃ dharmaṃ yasya dharmasya rakṣāvaraṇaguptiṃ kariṣyasi śakra āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 8, 18.5 atha virahito bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitayā lapsyante 'sya avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇo manuṣyāś ca amanuṣyāś ca avatāram /
ASāh, 8, 19.1 atha khalu buddhānubhāvena ye trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau catvāro mahārājānaḥ sarve ca śakrā devendrāḥ sarve ca mahābrahmāṇaḥ sahāpatiś ca mahābrahmā te sarve yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ /
ASāh, 9, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat prajñāpāramiteti bhagavan nāmadheyamātram etat /
ASāh, 9, 4.1 atha khalu saṃbahulāni devaputrasahasrāṇi antarīkṣe kilakilāprakṣveḍitena cailavikṣepānakārṣuḥ dvitīyaṃ batedaṃ dharmacakrapravartanaṃ jambūdvīpe paśyāma iti cāvocan /
ASāh, 9, 4.2 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthavirametadavocat nedaṃ subhūte dvitīyaṃ dharmacakrapravartanaṃ nāpi kasyaciddharmasya pravartanaṃ vā nivartanaṃ vā /
ASāh, 10, 1.1 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt pūrvajinakṛtādhikārāste kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraśca bhaviṣyanti bahubuddhāvaropitakuśalamūlāḥ kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītāśca bhaviṣyanti yeṣāmiyaṃ prajñāpāramitā śrotrāvabhāsamapyāgamiṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ śakrasya devānāmindrasya imamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya bhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan ihaivaṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ deśyamānāyām upadiśyamānāyāṃ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā abhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya enāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati deśayiṣyaty upadekṣyaty uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati tathatvāya śikṣiṣyate tathatvāya pratipatsyate tathatvāya yogamāpatsyate yathāvinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastathā sa dhārayitavyaḥ /
ASāh, 10, 3.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat gambhīrā ārya śāriputra prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 10, 3.2 kimatrāścaryaṃ syādyadasyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ pūrvam acaritāvī bodhisattvo mahāsattvo nādhimucyeta
atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat namaskaromi bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyai /
ASāh, 10, 4.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthito bhavati kathaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpadyate evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat sādhu sādhu kauśika /
ASāh, 10, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 10, 7.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat sacetpunarārya śāriputra avyākṛtasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya purata iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā bhāṣyeta ko doṣo bhavet evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat dūrataḥ sa kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattva āgato veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 10, 8.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat dūrataḥ sa bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva āgato bhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 9.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat evametacchāriputra evametat /
ASāh, 10, 10.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat pratibhāti me bhagavan pratibhāti me sugata aupamyodāharaṇam /
ASāh, 10, 11.6 kiṃcāpi sa na mahāsamudraṃ sākṣātpaśyati cakṣuṣā
atha ca punaḥ sa niṣṭhāṃ gacchati abhyāsanno'smi mahāsamudrasya neto bhūyo dūre mahāsamudra iti /
ASāh, 10, 11.7 evameva bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvenemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śṛṇvatā veditavyam kiṃcāpyahaṃ taistathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairna saṃmukhaṃ vyākṛtaḥ
atha ca punarabhyāsanno'smyanuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodhervyākaraṇasya /
ASāh, 10, 12.3 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvatsuparigṛhītāśca suparīttāśca suparīnditāśca ime bodhisattvā mahāsattvāstathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena /
ASāh, 10, 15.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat ko'tra bhagavan adhimokṣayiṣyati evaṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām bhagavānāha yaḥ śāriputra caritāvī bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitāyām so'tra prajñāpāramitāyāmadhimokṣayiṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 16.1 atha khalu āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 10, 17.2 bhagavānāha kiṃcāpi subhūte māraḥ pāpīyānudyogamāpatsyate antarāyakarmaṇaḥ asyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām udgṛhyamāṇāyāṃ dhāryamāṇāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ paryavāpyamānāyāṃ pravartyamānāyāṃ deśyamānāyām upadiśyamānāyām uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyyamānāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ ca
atha ca punarna prasahiṣyate'cchidrasamādānasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāntarāyaṃ kartum //
ASāh, 10, 18.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat yadā bhagavan imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgṛhṇatāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatāṃ paryavāpnuvatāṃ pravartayatāṃ deśayatāmupadiśatāmuddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ likhatāṃ ca kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ ca māraḥ pāpīyānautsukyamāpatsyate antarāyakaraṇāya tadā kathametarhi bhagavan kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraśca imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti deśayiṣyantyupadekṣyantyuddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti likhiṣyanti ca kasya cānubhāvena bhagavaṃste kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraśca imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti deśayiṣyantyupadekṣyantyuddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti likhiṣyanti ca evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat buddhānāṃ śāriputra bhagavatāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmanubhāvena te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraśca imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti deśayiṣyantyupadekṣyantyuddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti likhiṣyanti ca tathatvāya śikṣiṣyante tathatvāya pratipatsyante tathatvāya yogamāpatsyante /
ASāh, 11, 1.1 atha khalu āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat guṇā ime bhagavaṃsteṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ ca bhagavatā parikīrtitāḥ /
ASāh, 11, 19.2 atha ca subhūte ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahītavyāṃ maṃsyante dhārayitavyāṃ vācayitavyāṃ paryavāptavyāṃ pravartayitavyāmupadeṣṭavyāmuddeṣṭavyāṃ svādhyātavyāṃ lekhayitavyāmantaśo likhitavyām api maṃsyante veditavyametatsubhūte buddhānubhāvena buddhādhiṣṭhānena te maṃsyante /
ASāh, 12, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavān punarapyāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimāmantrayate sma tadyathāpi nāma subhūte striyā bahavaḥ putrā bhaveyuḥ pañca vā daśa vā viṃśatirvā triṃśadvā catvāriṃśadvā pañcāśadvā śataṃ vā sahasraṃ vā /
ASāh, 12, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat yadbhagavānevamāha prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmasya lokasya saṃdarśayitrīti kathaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmasya lokasya saṃdarśayitrī katamaś ca bhagavan lokastathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairākhyātaḥ evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat pañca subhūte skandhāḥ tathāgatena loka ityākhyātāḥ /
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 80.1 atha munirasito nivedya tattvaṃ sutaniyataṃ sutaviklavāya rājñe /
BCar, 1, 87.1 puramatha purataḥ praveśya patnīṃ sthavirajanānugatāmapatyanāthām /
BCar, 1, 88.1 bhavanamatha vigāhya śākyarājo bhava iva ṣaṇmukhajanmanā pratītaḥ /
BCar, 2, 47.1 atheṣṭaputraḥ paramapratītaḥ kulasya vṛddhiṃ prati bhūmipālaḥ /
BCar, 2, 50.1 ajājvaliṣṭātha sa puṇyakarmā nṛpaśriyā caiva tapaḥśriyā ca /
BCar, 3, 38.1 athājñayā bhartṛsutasya tasya nivartayāmāsa rathaṃ niyantā /
BCar, 3, 40.1 athāparaṃ vyādhiparītadehaṃ ta eva devāḥ sasṛjurmanuṣyam /
BCar, 3, 55.1 athābravīd rājasutaḥ sa sūtaṃ naraiścaturbhir hriyate ka eṣaḥ /
BCar, 4, 103.2 atha śrānto mantre bahuvividhamārge sasacivo na so 'nyatkāmebhyo niyamanamapaśyatsutamateḥ //
BCar, 5, 2.1 atha mantrisutaiḥ kṣamaiḥ kadācitsakhibhiścitrakathaiḥ kṛtānuyātraḥ /
BCar, 5, 17.1 naradevasutastamabhyapṛcchadvada ko 'sīti śaśaṃsa so
'tha tasmai /
BCar, 5, 25.1 atha ghoṣamimaṃ mahābhraghoṣaḥ pariśuśrāva śamaṃ paraṃ ca lebhe /
BCar, 5, 26.1 atha kāñcanaśailaśṛṅgavarṣmā gajamegharṣabhabāhunisvanākṣaḥ /
BCar, 5, 37.1 atha merugururguruṃ babhāṣe yadi nāsti krama eṣa nāsmi vāryaḥ /
BCar, 5, 47.1 atha tatra suraistapovariṣṭhairakaniṣṭhairvyavasāyamasya buddhvā /
BCar, 5, 67.1 atha so 'vatatāra harmyapṛṣṭhādyuvatīstāḥ śayitā vigarhamāṇaḥ /
BCar, 5, 72.1 atha hemakhalīnapūrṇavaktraṃ laghuśayyāstaraṇopagūḍhapṛṣṭham /
BCar, 5, 80.1 atha sa pariharanniśīthacaṇḍaṃ parijanabodhakaraṃ dhvaniṃ sadaśvaḥ /
BCar, 5, 84.1 atha sa vimalapaṅkajāyatākṣaḥ puramavalokya nanāda siṃhanādam /
BCar, 7, 29.1 duḥkhe
'bhisaṃdhistvatha puṇyahetuḥ sukhe 'pi kāryo nanu so 'bhisaṃdhiḥ /
BCar, 7, 29.2 atha pramāṇaṃ na sukhe 'bhisaṃdhirduḥkhe pramāṇaṃ nanu nābhisaṃdhiḥ //
BCar, 7, 37.1 athopasṛtyāśramavāsinastaṃ manuṣyavaryaṃ parivārya tasthuḥ /
BCar, 7, 42.1 tapovane
'sminnatha niṣkriyo vā saṃkīrṇadharmāpatito 'śucirvā /
BCar, 8, 9.1 atha bruvantaḥ samupetamanyavo janāḥ pathi chandakamāgatāśravaḥ /
BCar, 8, 12.1 athocuradyaiva viśāma tadvanaṃ gataḥ sa yatra dviparājavikramaḥ /
BCar, 8, 20.1 atipraharṣādatha śokamūrchitāḥ kumārasaṃdarśanalolalocanāḥ /
BCar, 8, 86.1 narapatiratha tau śaśāsa tasmād drutamita eva yuvāmabhiprayātam /
BCar, 9, 20.1 dhruvānujau yau balivajrabāhū
vaibhrājamāṣāḍhamathāntidevam /
BCar, 9, 56.2 atha pravṛttiḥ parato na kācitsiddhau 'prayatnājjagato 'sya mokṣaḥ //
BCar, 9, 81.1 tatsnehādatha nṛpateśca bhaktitastau sāpekṣaṃ pratiyayatuśca tasthatuśca /
BCar, 10, 8.2 yadeva yastasya dadarśa tatra tadeva
tasyātha babandha cakṣuḥ //
BCar, 10, 10.1 śreṇyo
'tha bhartā magadhājirasya bāhyādvimānādvipulaṃ janaugham /
BCar, 10, 12.2 vijñāyatāṃ kva pratigacchatīti
tathetyathainaṃ puruṣo 'nvagacchat //
BCar, 10, 27.1 atha tvidānīṃ kulagarvitatvādasmāsu viśrambhaguṇo na te 'sti /
BCar, 11, 1.1 athaivamukto magadhādhipena suhṛnmukhena pratikūlamartham /
BCar, 11, 46.2 athāpi viśrambhamupaiti neha kiṃ nāma saukhyaṃ cakitasya rājñaḥ //
BCar, 13, 8.1 atha praśāntaṃ munimāsanasthaṃ pāraṃ titīrṣuṃ bhavasāgarasya /
BCar, 13, 11.1 athādya nottiṣṭhasi niścitātman bhava sthiro mā vimucaḥ pratijñām /
BCar, 13, 34.2 svaiḥ svaiḥ
prabhāvairatha sāsya senā taddhairyabhedāya matiṃ cakāra //
BCar, 13, 44.1 athāpare nirjigilur mukhebhyaḥ sarpān vijīrṇebhya iva drumebhyaḥ /
BCar, 13, 46.1 cāpe
'tha bāṇo nihito 'pareṇa jajvāla tatraiva na niṣpapāta /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 11, 5.1 atha dvitīyāṃ dhanaiṣaṇāmāpadyeta prāṇebhyo hyanantaraṃ dhanameva paryeṣṭavyaṃ bhavati na hyataḥ pāpāt pāpīyo'sti yad anupakaraṇasya dīrghamāyuḥ tasmādupakaraṇāni paryeṣṭuṃ yateta /
Ca, Sū., 11, 34.0 atha khalu traya upastambhāḥ trividhaṃ balaṃ trīṇyāyatanāni trayo rogāḥ trayo rogamārgāḥ trividhā bhiṣajaḥ trividhamauṣadhamiti //
Ca, Sū., 14, 46.1 atha jentākaṃ cikīrṣurbhūmiṃ parīkṣeta tatra pūrvasyāṃ diśyuttarasyāṃ vā guṇavati praśaste bhūmibhāge kṛṣṇamadhuramṛttike suvarṇamṛttike vā parīvāpapuṣkariṇyādīnāṃ jalāśayānāmanyatamasya kūle dakṣiṇe paścime vā sūpatīrthe samasuvibhaktabhūmibhāge saptāṣṭau vāratnīr upakramyodakāt prāṅmukham udaṅmukhaṃ vābhimukhatīrthaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ kārayet utsedhavistārataḥ paramaratnīḥ ṣoḍaśa samantāt suvṛttaṃ mṛtkarmasampannam anekavātāyanam asya kūṭāgārasyāntaḥ samantato bhittimaratnivistārotsedhāṃ piṇḍikāṃ kārayed ā kapāṭāt madhye cāsya kūṭāgārasya catuṣkiṣkumātraṃ puruṣapramāṇaṃ mṛnmayaṃ kandusaṃsthānaṃ bahusūkṣmacchidramaṅgārakoṣṭhakastambhaṃ sapidhānaṃ kārayet taṃ ca khādirāṇām āśvakarṇādīnāṃ vā kāṣṭhānāṃ pūrayitvā pradīpayet sa yadā jānīyāt sādhu dagdhāni kāṣṭhāni gatadhūmānyavataptaṃ ca kevalamagninā tadagnigṛhaṃ svedayogyena coṣmaṇā yuktamiti tatrainaṃ puruṣaṃ vātaharābhyaktagātraṃ vastrāvacchannaṃ praveśayaṃścainamanuśiṣyāt saumya praviśa kalyāṇāyārogyāya ceti praviśya caināṃ piṇḍikāmadhiruhya pārśvāparapārśvābhyāṃ yathāsukhaṃ śayīthāḥ na ca tvayā svedamūrcchāparītenāpi satā piṇḍikaiṣā vimoktavyā ā prāṇocchvāsāt bhraśyamāno hyataḥ piṇḍivakāvakāśād dvāram anadhigacchan svedamūrcchāparītatayā sadyaḥ prāṇāñjahyāḥ tasmāt piṇḍikāmenāṃ na kathaṃcana muñcethāḥ tvaṃ yadā jānīyāḥ vigatābhiṣyandamātmānaṃ samyakprasrutasvedapicchaṃ sarvasrotovimuktaṃ laghūbhūtam apagatavibandhastambhasuptivedanāgauravam iti tatastāṃ piṇḍikāmanusaran dvāraṃ prapadyethāḥ niṣkramya ca na sahasā cakṣuṣoḥ paripālanārthaṃ śītodakam upaspṛśethāḥ apagatasantāpaklamastu muhūrtāt sukhoṣṇena vāriṇā yathānyāyaṃ pariṣikto 'śnīyāḥ iti jentākasvedaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 15, 4.1 evaṃvādinaṃ bhagavantamātreyamagniveśa uvāca nanu bhagavan ādāveva jñānavatā tathā pratividhātavyaṃ yathā prativihite sidhyedevauṣadhamekāntena samyakprayoganimittā hi sarvakarmaṇāṃ siddhiriṣṭā vyāpaccāsamyakprayoganimittā
atha samyagasamyak ca samārabdhaṃ karma sidhyati vyāpadyate vāniyamena tulyaṃ bhavati jñānam ajñāneneti //
Ca, Sū., 15, 11.1 pītavantaṃ tu khalvenaṃ muhūrtam anukāṅkṣeta tasya yadā jānīyāt svedaprādurbhāveṇa doṣaṃ pravilayanamāpadyamānaṃ lomaharṣeṇa ca sthānebhyaḥ pracalitaṃ kukṣisamādhmāpanena ca kukṣimanugataṃ hṛllāsāsyasravaṇābhyāmapi cordhvamukhībhūtām
athāsmai jānusamam asaṃbādhaṃ suprayuktāstaraṇottarapracchadopadhānaṃ sopāśrayamāsanamupaveṣṭuṃ prayacchet pratigrahāṃścopacārayet lālāṭapratigrahe pārśvopagrahaṇe nābhiprapīḍane pṛṣṭhonmardane cānapatrapaṇīyāḥ suhṛdo 'numatāḥ prayateran //
Ca, Sū., 15, 12.1 athainamanuśiṣyāt vivṛtoṣṭhatālukaṇṭho nātimahatā vyāyāmena vegānudīrṇānudīrayan kiṃcid avanamya grīvāmūrdhvaśarīram upavegam apravṛttān pravartayan suparilikhitanakhābhyām aṅgulibhyām utpalakumudasaugandhikanālair vā kaṇṭham abhispṛśan sukhaṃ pravartayasveti sa tathāvidhaṃ kuryāt tato 'sya vegān pratigrahagatānavekṣetāvahitaḥ vegaviśeṣadarśanāddhi kuśalo yogāyogātiyogaviśeṣān upalabheta vegaviśeṣānupalabheta vegaviśeṣadarśī punaḥ kṛtyaṃ yathārhamavabudhyeta lakṣaṇena tasmādvegānavekṣetāvahitaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 15, 16.1 athainaṃ sāyāhne pare vāhni sukhodakapariṣiktaṃ purāṇānāṃ lohitaśālitaṇḍulānāṃ svavaklinnāṃ maṇḍapūrvāṃ sukhoṣṇāṃ yavāgūṃ pāyayedagnibalamabhisamīkṣya evaṃ dvitīye tṛtīye cānnakāle caturthe tvannakāle tathāvidhānāmeva śālitaṇḍulānām utsvinnāṃ vilepīm uṣṇodakadvitīyām asnehalavaṇām alpasnehalavaṇāṃ vā bhojayet evaṃ pañcame ṣaṣṭhe cānnakāle saptame tvannakāle tathāvidhānāmeva śālīnāṃ dviprasṛtaṃ susvinnam odanam uṣṇodakānupānaṃ tanunā tanusnehalavaṇopapannena mudgayūṣeṇa bhojayet evamaṣṭame navame cānnakāle daśame tvannakāle lāvakapiñjalādīnāmanyatamasya māṃsarasenaudakalāvaṇikena nātisāravatā bhojayed uṣṇodakānupānam evamekādaśe dvādaśe cānnakāle ata ūrdhvamannaguṇān krameṇopabhuñjānaḥ saptarātreṇa prakṛtibhojanamāgacchet //
Ca, Sū., 15, 17.1 athainaṃ punareva snehasvedābhyām upapādyānupahatamanasam abhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ kṛtahomabalimaṅgalajapaprāyaścittamiṣṭe tithinakṣatrakaraṇamuhūrte brāhmaṇān svasti vācayitvā trivṛtkalkamakṣamātraṃ yathārhāloḍanaprativinītaṃ pāyayet prasamīkṣya doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyak viriktaṃ cainaṃ vamanoktena dhūmavarjena vidhinopapādayed ā balavarṇaprakṛtilābhāt balavarṇopapannaṃ cainamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇam anupahatavastrasaṃvītam anurūpālaṅkārālaṃkṛtaṃ suhṛdāṃ darśayitvā jñātīnāṃ darśayet athainaṃ kāmeṣvavasṛjet //
Ca, Sū., 15, 17.1 athainaṃ punareva snehasvedābhyām upapādyānupahatamanasam abhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ kṛtahomabalimaṅgalajapaprāyaścittamiṣṭe tithinakṣatrakaraṇamuhūrte brāhmaṇān svasti vācayitvā trivṛtkalkamakṣamātraṃ yathārhāloḍanaprativinītaṃ pāyayet prasamīkṣya doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyak viriktaṃ cainaṃ vamanoktena dhūmavarjena vidhinopapādayed ā balavarṇaprakṛtilābhāt balavarṇopapannaṃ cainamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇam anupahatavastrasaṃvītam anurūpālaṅkārālaṃkṛtaṃ suhṛdāṃ darśayitvā jñātīnāṃ darśayet
athainaṃ kāmeṣvavasṛjet //
Ca, Sū., 17, 101.1 athāsāṃ vidradhīnāṃ sādhyāsādhyatvaviśeṣajñānārthaṃ sthānakṛtaṃ liṅgaviśeṣamupadekṣyāmaḥ tatra pradhānamarmajāyāṃ vidradhyāṃ hṛdghaṭṭanatamakapramohakāsaśvāsāḥ klomajāyāṃ pipāsāmukhaśoṣagalagrahāḥ yakṛjjāyāṃ śvāsaḥ plīhajāyāmucchvāsoparodhaḥ kukṣijāyāṃ kukṣipārśvāntarāṃsaśūlaṃ vṛkkajāyāṃ pṛṣṭhakaṭigrahaḥ nābhijāyāṃ hikkā vaṅkṣaṇajāyāṃ sakthisādaḥ bastijāyāṃ kṛcchrapūtimūtravarcastvaṃ ceti //
Ca, Sū., 25, 30.1 athātreyasya bhagavato vacanamanuniśamya punareva vāmakaḥ kāśipatiruvāca bhagavantamātreyaṃ bhagavan saṃpannimittajasya puruṣasya vipannimittajānāṃ ca rogāṇāṃ kimabhivṛddhikāraṇamiti //
Ca, Sū., 30, 15.1 atha khalvekaṃ prāṇavardhanānām utkṛṣṭatamam ekaṃ balavardhanānām ekaṃ bṛṃhaṇānām ekaṃ nandanānām ekaṃ harṣaṇānām ekam ayanānām iti /
Ca, Sū., 30, 30.0 atha bhiṣagādita eva bhiṣajā praṣṭavyo'ṣṭavidhaṃ bhavati tantraṃ tantrārthān sthānaṃ sthānārthān adhyāyam adhyāyārthān praśnaṃ praśnārthāṃśceti pṛṣṭena caitadvaktavyamaśeṣeṇa vākyaśo vākyārthaśo 'rthāvayavaśaśceti //
Ca, Nid., 1, 17.0 atha khalvaṣṭābhyaḥ kāraṇebhyo jvaraḥ saṃjāyate manuṣyāṇāṃ tadyathā vātāt pittāt kaphāt vātapittābhyāṃ vātakaphābhyāṃ pittakaphābhyāṃ vātapittakaphebhyaḥ āgantoraṣṭamāt kāraṇāt //
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.3 athāsya śukrakṣayācchoṇitapravartanācca sandhayaḥ śithilībhavanti raukṣyamupajāyate bhūyaḥ śarīraṃ daurbalyamāviśati vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate sa prakupito vaśikaṃ śarīramanusarpannudīrya śleṣmapitte pariśoṣayati māṃsaśoṇite pracyāvayati śleṣmapitte saṃrujati pārśve avamṛdnātyaṃsau kaṇṭhamuddhvaṃsati śiraḥ śleṣmāṇam upakleśya pratipūrayati śleṣmaṇā sandhīṃśca prapīḍayan karotyaṅgamardamarocakāvipākau ca pittaśleṣmotkleśāt pratilomagatvācca vāyurjvaraṃ kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ svarabhedaṃ pratiśyāyaṃ copajanayati sa kāsaprasaṅgādurasi kṣate śoṇitaṃ ṣṭhīvati śoṇitagamanāccāsya daurbalyamupajāyate tataḥ sa upaśoṣaṇairetairupadravairupadrutaḥ śanaiḥ śanairupaśuṣyati /
Ca, Vim., 1, 15.0 atha khalu trīṇi dravyāṇi nātyupayuñjītādhikam anyebhyo dravyebhyaḥ tadyathāpippalī kṣāraḥ lavaṇamiti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 19.0 iti śrutvā janapadoddhvaṃsane kāraṇāni punarapi bhagavantamātreyam agniveśa
uvācātha khalu bhagavan kutomūlam eṣāṃ vāyvādīnāṃ vaiguṇyam utpadyate yenopapannā janapadamuddhvaṃsayantīti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 39.0 athāgniveśaḥ papraccha kiṃnu khalu bhagavan jvaritebhyaḥ pānīyamuṣṇaṃ prayacchanti bhiṣajo bhūyiṣṭhaṃ na tathā śītam asti ca śītasādhyo'pi dhāturjvarakara iti //
Ca, Vim., 4, 5.1 trividhena khalvanena jñānasamudāyena pūrvaṃ parīkṣya rogaṃ sarvathā
sarvamathottarakālam adhyavasānamadoṣaṃ bhavati na hi jñānāvayavena kṛtsne jñeye jñānamutpadyate /
Ca, Vim., 7, 9.1 athāsmai provāca bhagavānātreyaḥiha khalvagniveśa viṃśatividhāḥ krimayaḥ pūrvamuddiṣṭā nānāvidhena pravibhāgenānyatra sahajebhyaḥ te punaḥ prakṛtibhirvibhajyamānāścaturvidhā bhavanti tadyathāpurīṣajāḥ śleṣmajāḥ śoṇitajā malajāśceti //
Ca, Vim., 7, 16.1 athainaṃ krimikoṣṭhamāturamagre ṣaḍrātraṃ saptarātraṃ vā snehasvedābhyāmupapādya śvobhūte enaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ pāyayitāsmīti kṣīraguḍadadhitilamatsyānūpamāṃsapiṣṭānnaparamānnakusumbhasnehasamprayuktair bhojyaiḥ sāyaṃ prātaścopapādayet samudīraṇārthaṃ krimīṇāṃ koṣṭhābhisaraṇārthaṃ ca bhiṣak /
Ca, Vim., 7, 16.2 atha vyuṣṭāyāṃ rātryāṃ sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ ca vijñāyāsthāpanavamanavirecanais tadahar evopapādayed upapādanīyaścet syāt sarvān parīkṣyaviśeṣān parīkṣya samyak //
Ca, Vim., 7, 17.1 athāhareti brūyāt mūlakasarṣapalaśunakarañjaśigrumadhuśigrukharapuṣpābhūstṛṇasumukhasurasakuṭherakagaṇḍīrakālamālakaparṇāsakṣavakaphaṇijjhakāni sarvāṇyathavā yathālābhaṃ tānyāhṛtānyabhisamīkṣya khaṇḍaśaśchedayitvā prakṣālya pānīyena suprakṣālitāyāṃ sthālyāṃ samāvāpya gomūtreṇārdhodakenābhiṣicya sādhayet satatamavaghaṭṭayan darvyā tamupayuktabhūyiṣṭhe 'mbhasi gataraseṣvauṣadheṣu sthālīmavatārya suparipūtaṃ kaṣāyaṃ sukhoṣṇaṃ madanaphalapippalīviḍaṅgakalkatailopahitaṃ svarjikālavaṇitamabhyāsicya bastau vidhivadāsthāpayedenaṃ tathārkālarkakuṭajāḍhakīkuṣṭhakaiḍaryakaṣāyeṇa vā tathā śigrupīlukustumburukaṭukāsarṣapakaṣāyeṇa tathā āmalakaśṛṅgaveradāruharidrāpicumardakaṣāyeṇa madanaphalādisaṃyogasampāditena trivāraṃ saptarātraṃ vāsthāpayet //
Ca, Vim., 7, 19.1 athainaṃ samyagviriktaṃ vijñāyāparāhṇe śaikharikakaṣāyeṇa sukhoṣṇena pariṣecayet /
Ca, Vim., 7, 21.1 yastvabhyavahāryavidhiḥ prakṛtivighātāyoktaḥ
krimīṇāmatha tamanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ mūlakaparṇīṃ samūlāgrapratānāmāhṛtya khaṇḍaśaśchedayitvolūkhale kṣodayitvā pāṇibhyāṃ pīḍayitvā rasaṃ gṛhṇīyāt tena rasena lohitaśālitaṇḍulapiṣṭaṃ samāloḍya pūpalikāṃ kṛtvā vidhūmeṣvaṅgāreṣūpakuḍya viḍaṅgatailalavaṇopahitāṃ krimikoṣṭhāya bhakṣayituṃ prayacchet anantaraṃ cāmlakāñjikamudaśvidvā pippalyādipañcavargasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ salavaṇam anupāyayet /
Ca, Vim., 7, 22.1 athāśvaśakṛdāhṛtya mahati kiliñjake prastīryātape śoṣayitvodūkhale kṣodayitvā dṛṣadi punaḥ sūkṣmacūrṇāni kārayitvā viḍaṅgakaṣāyeṇa triphalākaṣāyeṇa vāṣṭakṛtvo daśakṛtvo vāātape suparibhāvitāni bhāvayitvā dṛṣadi punaḥ sūkṣmāṇi cūrṇāni kārayitvā nave kalaśe samāvāpyānuguptaṃ nidhāpayet /
Ca, Vim., 7, 23.2 atha tasmāddvitīyāt kumbhāt snehamādāya viḍaṅgataṇḍulacūrṇaiḥ snehārdhamātraiḥ pratisaṃsṛjyātape sarvamahaḥ sthāpayitvā tato 'smai mātrāṃ prayacchet pānāya tena sādhu viricyate viriktasya cānupūrvī yathoktā /
Ca, Vim., 7, 25.1 athāhareti brūyāt śāradān navāṃstilān saṃpadupetān tānāhṛtya suniṣpūtān niṣpūya suśuddhān śodhayitvā viḍaṅgakaṣāye sukhoṣṇe prakṣipya nirvāpayed ā doṣagamanāt gatadoṣānabhisamīkṣya supralūnān praluñcya punareva suniṣpūtān niṣpūya suśuddhān śodhayitvā viḍaṅgakaṣāyeṇa triḥsaptakṛtvaḥ suparibhāvitān bhāvayitvā ātape śoṣayitvā ulūkhale saṃkṣudya dṛṣadi punaḥ ślakṣṇapiṣṭān kārayitvā droṇyām abhyavadhāya viḍaṅgakaṣāyeṇa muhurmuhuravasiñcan pāṇimardameva mardayet tasmiṃstu khalu prapīḍyamāne yattailamudiyāttat pāṇibhyāṃ paryādāya śucau dṛḍhe kalaśe nyasyānuguptaṃ nidhāpayet //
Ca, Vim., 7, 26.1 athāhareti brūyāttilvakoddālakayordvau bilvamātrau piṇḍau ślakṣṇapiṣṭau viḍaṅgakaṣāyeṇa tadardhamātrau śyāmātrivṛtayoḥ ato 'rdhamātrau dantīdravantyoḥ ato 'rdhamātrau ca cavyacitrakayoriti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 8.1 athādhyāpanavidhiḥ adhyāpane kṛtabuddhirācāryaḥ śiṣyamevāditaḥ parīkṣeta tad yathā praśāntam āryaprakṛtikam akṣudrakarmāṇam ṛjucakṣurmukhanāsāvaṃśaṃ tanuraktaviśadajihvam avikṛtadantauṣṭham aminminaṃ dhṛtimantam anahaṅkṛtaṃ medhāvinaṃ vitarkasmṛtisampannam udārasattvaṃ tadvidyakulajamathavā tadvidyavṛttaṃ tattvābhiniveśinam avyaṅgam avyāpannendriyaṃ nibhṛtam anuddhatam arthatattvabhāvakam akopanam avyasaninaṃ śīlaśaucācārānurāgadākṣyaprādakṣiṇyopapannam adhyayanābhikāmam arthavijñāne karmadarśane cānanyakāryam alubdham analasaṃ sarvabhūtahitaiṣiṇam ācāryasarvānuśiṣṭipratikaram anuraktaṃ ca evaṃguṇasamuditam adhyāpyam āhuḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 13.1 athainamagnisakāśe brāhmaṇasakāśe bhiṣaksakāśe cānuśiṣyād brahmacāriṇā śmaśrudhāriṇā satyavādināmāṃsādena medhyasevinā nirmatsareṇāśastradhāriṇā ca bhavitavyaṃ na ca te madvacanāt kiṃcid akāryaṃ syādanyatra rājadviṣṭāt prāṇaharād vipulād adharmyād anarthasamprayuktād vāpyarthāt madarpaṇena matpradhānena madadhīnena matpriyahitānuvartinā ca śaśvadbhavitavyaṃ putravad dāsavad arthivaccopacaratānuvastavyo 'ham anutsekenāvahitenānanyamanasā vinītenāvekṣyāvekṣyakāriṇānasūyakena cābhyanujñātena pravicaritavyam anujñātena pravicaratā pūrvaṃ gurvarthopāharaṇe yathāśakti prayatitavyaṃ karmasiddhimarthasiddhiṃ yaśolābhaṃ pretya ca svargamicchatā bhiṣajā tvayā gobrāhmaṇamādau kṛtvā sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ śarmāśāsitavyamaharaharuttiṣṭhatā copaviśatā ca sarvātmanā cāturāṇāmārohyāya prayatitavyaṃ jīvitahetorapi cāturebhyo nābhidrogdhavyaṃ manasāpi ca parastriyo nābhigamanīyāstathā sarvameva parasvaṃ nibhṛtaveśaparicchadena bhavitavyam aśauṇḍenāpāpenāpāpasahāyena ca ślakṣṇaśukladharmyaśarmyadhanyasatyahitamitavacasā deśakālavicāriṇā smṛtimatā jñānotthānopakaraṇasampatsu nityaṃ yatnavatā ca na ca kadācidrājadviṣṭānāṃ rājadveṣiṇāṃ vā mahājanadviṣṭānāṃ mahājanadveṣiṇāṃ vāpyauṣadham anuvidhātavyaṃ tathā sarveṣām atyarthanikṛtaduṣṭaduḥkhaśīlācāropacārāṇām anapavādapratikārāṇāṃ mumūrṣūṇāṃ ca tathaivāsannihiteśvarāṇāṃ strīṇāmanadhyakṣāṇāṃ vā na ca kadācit strīdattamāmiṣamādātavyamananujñātaṃ bhartrāthavādhyakṣeṇa āturakulaṃ cānupraviśatā viditenānumatapraveśinā sārdhaṃ puruṣeṇa susaṃvītenāvākśirasā smṛtimatā stimitenāvekṣyāvekṣya manasā sarvamācaratā samyaganupraveṣṭavyam anupraviśya ca vāṅmanobuddhīndriyāṇi na kvacit praṇidhātavyānyanyatrāturād āturopakārārthād āturagateṣvanyeṣu vā bhāveṣu na cāturakulapravṛttayo bahirniścārayitavyāḥ hrasitaṃ cāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāturasya jānatāpi tvayā na varṇayitavyaṃ tatra yatrocyamānam āturasyānyasya vāpyupaghātāya sampadyate jñānavatāpi ca nātyarthamātmano jñāne vikatthitavyam āptādapi hi vikatthamānād atyartham udvijantyaneke //
Ca, Vim., 8, 30.1 atha pratijñā pratijñā nāma sādhyavacanaṃ yathā nityaḥ puruṣa iti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 31.1 atha sthāpanā sthāpanā nāma tasyā eva pratijñāyā hetudṛṣṭāntopanayanigamanaiḥ sthāpanā /
Ca, Vim., 8, 32.1 atha pratiṣṭhāpanā pratiṣṭhāpanā nāma yā tasyā eva parapratijñāyā viparītārthasthāpanā /
Ca, Vim., 8, 33.1 atha hetuḥ hetur nāmopalabdhikāraṇaṃ tat pratyakṣam anumānam aitihyam aupamyamiti ebhirhetubhiryadupalabhyate tat tattvam //
Ca, Vim., 8, 34.1 atha dṛṣṭāntaḥ dṛṣṭānto nāma yatra mūrkhaviduṣāṃ buddhisāmyaṃ yo varṇyaṃ varṇayati /
Ca, Vim., 8, 36.1 athottaramuttaraṃ nāma sādharmyopadiṣṭe hetau vaidharmyavacanaṃ vaidharmyopadiṣṭe vā hetau sādharmyavacanam /
Ca, Vim., 8, 37.1 atha siddhāntaḥ siddhānto nāma sa yaḥ parīkṣakairbahuvidhaṃ parīkṣya hetubhiśca sādhayitvā sthāpyate nirṇayaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 38.1 atha śabdaḥ śabdo nāma varṇasamāmnāyaḥ sa caturvidhaḥdṛṣṭārthaśca adṛṣṭārthaśca satyaśca anṛtaśceti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 39.1 atha pratyakṣaṃ pratyakṣaṃ nāma tad yad ātmanā cendriyaiśca svayamupalabhyate tatrātmapratyakṣāḥ sukhaduḥkhecchādveṣādayaḥ śabdādayastvindriyapratyakṣāḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 40.1 athānumānamanumānaṃ nāma tarko yuktyapekṣaḥ yathāgniṃ jaraṇaśaktyā balaṃ vyāyāmaśaktyā śrotrādīni śabdādigrahaṇenety evamādi //
Ca, Vim., 8, 42.1 athaupamyamaupamyaṃ nāma yadanyenānyasya sādṛśyamadhikṛtya prakāśanaṃ yathā daṇḍena daṇḍakasya dhanuṣā dhanuḥstambhasya iṣvāsenārogyadasyeti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 43.1 atha saṃśayaḥ saṃśayo nāma sandehalakṣaṇānusaṃdigdheṣvartheṣvaniścayaḥ yathā dṛṣṭā hyāyuṣmallakṣaṇairupetāścānupetāśca tathā sakriyāścākriyāśca puruṣāḥ śīghrabhaṅgāścirajīvinaśca etadubhayadṛṣṭatvāt saṃśayaḥ kimasti khalvakālamṛtyuruta nāstīti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 44.1 atha prayojanaṃ prayojanaṃ nāma yadarthamārabhyanta ārambhāḥ yathā yadyakālamṛtyur asti tato 'ham ātmānam āyuṣyair upacariṣyāmyanāyuṣyāṇi ca parihariṣyāmi kathaṃ māmakālamṛtyuḥ prasaheteti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 45.1 atha savyabhicāraṃ savyabhicāraṃ nāma yadvyabhicaraṇaṃ yathā bhaved idamauṣadham asmin vyādhau yaugikamathavā neti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 46.1 atha jijñāsā jijñāsā nāma parīkṣā yathā bheṣajaparīkṣottarakālamupadekṣyate //
Ca, Vim., 8, 47.1 atha vyavasāyaḥ vyavasāyo nāma niścayaḥ yathā vātika evāyaṃ vyādhiḥ idamevāsya bheṣajaṃ ceti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 48.1 athārthaprāptir arthaprāptirnāma yatraikenārthenoktenāparasyārthasyānuktasyāpi siddhiḥ yathā nāyaṃ saṃtarpaṇasādhyo vyādhirityukte bhavatyarthaprāptiḥ apatarpaṇasādhyo 'yamiti nānena divā bhoktavyamityukte bhavatyarthaprāptiḥniśi bhoktavyamiti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 49.1 atha saṃbhavaḥ yo yataḥ sambhavati sa tasya saṃbhavaḥ yathā ṣaḍdhātavo garbhasya vyādherahitaṃ hitamārogyasyeti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 52.1 athānuyogaḥ anuyogo nāma sa yat tadvidyānāṃ tadvidyaireva sārdhaṃ tantre tantraikadeśe vā praśnaḥ praśnaikadeśo vā jñānavijñānavacanaprativacanaparīkṣārtham ādiśyate /
Ca, Vim., 8, 53.1 atha pratyanuyogaḥ pratyanuyogo nāmānuyogasyānuyogaḥ yathāsyānuyogasya punaḥ ko heturiti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 54.1 atha vākyadoṣaḥ vākyadoṣo nāma yathā khalvasminnarthe nyūnam anarthakam apārthakaṃ viruddhaṃ ceti etāni hyantareṇa na prakṛto 'rthaḥ praṇaśyet /
Ca, Vim., 8, 54.3 athādhikamadhikaṃ nāma yannyūnaviparītaṃ yadvāyurvede bhāṣyamāṇe bārhaspatyamauśanasamanyadvā yatkiṃcid apratisaṃbaddhārthamucyate yadvā sambaddhārthamapi dvirabhidhīyate tat punaruktadoṣatvādadhikaṃ tacca punaruktaṃ dvividham arthapunaruktaṃ śabdapunaruktaṃ ca tatrārthapunaruktaṃ yathā bheṣajamauṣadhaṃ sādhanamiti śabdapunaruktaṃ punarbheṣajaṃ bheṣajamiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 54.4 athānarthakam anarthakaṃ nāma yadvacanamakṣaragrāmamātrameva syāt pañcavargavanna cārthato gṛhyate /
Ca, Vim., 8, 54.5 athāpārthakam apārthakaṃ nāma yadarthavacca paraspareṇāsaṃyujyamānārthakaṃ yathā cakranakravaṃśavajraniśākarā iti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 54.6 atha viruddhaṃ viruddhaṃ nāma yaddṛṣṭāntasiddhāntasamayairviruddhaṃ tatra pūrvaṃ dṛṣṭāntasiddhāntāvuktau samayaḥ punastridhā bhavati yathāyurvaidikasamayaḥ yājñikasamayaḥ mokṣaśāstrikasamayaśceti tatrāyurvaidikasamayaścatuṣpādaṃ bheṣajamiti yājñikasamayaḥ ālabhyā yajamānaiḥ paśava iti mokṣaśāstrikasamayaḥ sarvabhūteṣvahiṃseti tatra svasamayaviparītamucyamānaṃ viruddhaṃ bhavati /
Ca, Vim., 8, 55.1 atha vākyapraśaṃsā vākyapraśaṃsā nāma yathā khalvasminnarthe tvanyūnam anadhikam arthavat anapārthakam aviruddham adhigatapadārthaṃ ceti yattadvākyamananuyojyamiti praśasyate //
Ca, Vim., 8, 56.1 atha chalaṃ chalaṃ nāma pariśaṭhamarthābhāsamanarthakaṃ vāgvastumātrameva /
Ca, Vim., 8, 56.3 tatra vākchalaṃ nāma yathā kaścid brūyānnavatantro 'yaṃ bhiṣagiti
atha bhiṣag brūyānnāhaṃ navatantra ekatantro 'hamiti paro brūyānnāhaṃ bravīmi nava tantrāṇi taveti api tu navābhyastaṃ te tantramiti bhiṣak brūyānna mayā navābhyastaṃ tantram anekadhābhyastaṃ mayā tantramiti etadvākchalam /
Ca, Vim., 8, 58.1 athātītakālam atītakālaṃ nāma yat pūrvaṃ vācyaṃ tat paścāducyate tat kālātītatvādagrāhyaṃ bhavatīti pūrvaṃ vā nigrahaprāptam anigṛhya parigṛhya pakṣāntaritaṃ paścānnigṛhīte tat tasyātītakālatvānnigrahavacanam asamarthaṃ bhavatīti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 59.1 athopālambhaḥ upālambho nāma hetordoṣavacanaṃ yathā pūrvam ahetavo hetvābhāsā vyākhyātāḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 60.1 atha parihāraḥ parihāro nāma tasyaiva doṣavacanasya pariharaṇaṃ yathā nityamātmani śarīrasthe jīvaliṅgānyupalabhyante tasya cāpagamānnopalabhyante tasmādanyaḥ śarīrādātmā nityaśceti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 61.1 atha pratijñāhāniḥ pratijñāhānirnāma sā pūrvaparigṛhītāṃ pratijñāṃ paryanuyukto yat parityajati yathā prāk pratijñāṃ kṛtvā nityaḥ puruṣa iti paryanuyuktastvāha anitya iti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 63.1 atha hetvantaraṃ hetvantaraṃ nāma prakṛtahetau vācye yadvikṛtahetumāha //
Ca, Vim., 8, 65.1 atha nigrahasthānaṃ nigrahasthānaṃ nāma parājayaprāptiḥ tacca trirabhihitasya vākyasyāparijñānaṃ pariṣadi vijñānavatyāṃ yadvā ananuyojyasyānuyogo 'nuyojyasya cānanuyogaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.3 athātrāpi buddhirevaṃ syātsvenaivāyamātmā cakṣuṣā rūpāṇi vetti śrotreṇa śabdān ghrāṇena gandhān rasanena rasān sparśanena sparśān buddhyā boddhavyamityanena hetunā na jaḍādibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśā bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 5, 9.1 athāgniveśa uvāca kiṃmūlā bhagavan pravṛttiḥ nivṛttau ca ka upāya iti //
Ca, Śār., 8, 4.1 athāpyetau strīpuṃsau snehasvedābhyām upapādya vamanavirecanābhyāṃ saṃśodhya krameṇa prakṛtimāpādayet /
Ca, Śār., 8, 38.1 sā ced āvībhiḥ saṃkliśyamānā na
prajāyetāthaināṃ brūyāt uttiṣṭha musalamanyataraṃ gṛhṇīṣva anenaitad ulūkhalaṃ dhānyapūrṇaṃ muhurmuhur abhijahi muhurmuhur avajṛmbhasva caṅkramasva cāntarāntareti evamupadiśantyeke /
Ca, Śār., 8, 38.4 athāsyai dadyāt kuṣṭhailālāṅgalikīvacācitrakacirabilvacavyacūrṇam upaghrātuṃ sā tanmuhurmuhurupajighret tathā bhūrjapatradhūmaṃ śiṃśapāsāradhūmaṃ vā /
Ca, Śār., 8, 41.2 tasyāścedaparā prapannā
syādathaināmanyatamā strī dakṣiṇena pāṇinā nābherupariṣṭādbalavannipīḍya savyena pāṇinā pṛṣṭhata upasaṃgṛhya tāṃ sunirdhūtaṃ nirdhunuyāt /
Ca, Śār., 8, 43.1 athāsya tālvoṣṭhakaṇṭhajihvāpramārjanam ārabhetāṅgulyā suparilikhitanakhayā suprakṣālitopadhānakārpāsasapicumatyā /
Ca, Śār., 8, 47.1 athāsya rakṣāṃ vidadhyāt ādānīkhadirakarkandhupīluparūṣakaśākhābhirasyā gṛhaṃ samantataḥ parivārayet /
Ca, Śār., 8, 52.2 atha brūyāt dhātrīmānaya samānavarṇāṃ yauvanasthāṃ nibhṛtāmanāturām avyaṅgām avyasanām avirūpām ajugupsitāṃ deśajātīyām akṣudrām akṣudrakarmiṇīṃ kule jātāṃ vatsalāmarogāṃ jīvadvatsāṃ puṃvatsāṃ dogdhrīm apramattām anuccāraśāyinīm anantyāvasāyinīṃ kuśalopacārāṃ śucim aśucidveṣiṇīṃ stanastanyasaṃpadupetāmiti //
Ca, Indr., 3, 6.7 athāsya keśalomānyāyacchettasya cet keśalomānyāyamyamānāni pralucyeran na cedvedayeyustaṃ parāsuriti vidyāt /
Ca, Indr., 3, 6.10 athāsyāṅgulīrāyacchet tasya cedaṅgulaya āyamyamānā na sphuṭeyuḥ parāsuriti vidyāt //
Ca, Cik., 1, 75.1 athāmalakaharītakīnām āmalakavibhītakānāṃ harītakīvibhītakānām āmalakaharītakīvibhītakānāṃ vā palāśatvagavanaddhānāṃ mṛdāvaliptānāṃ kukūlasvinnānām akulakānāṃ palasahasramulūkhale saṃpothya dadhighṛtamadhupalalatailaśarkarāsaṃyuktaṃ bhakṣayed anannabhug yathoktena vidhinā tasyānte yavāgvādibhiḥ pratyavasthāpanam abhyaṅgotsādanaṃ sarpiṣā yavacūrṇaiśca ayaṃca rasāyanaprayogaprakarṣo dvistāvadagnibalam abhisamīkṣya pratibhojanaṃ yūṣeṇa payasā vā ṣaṣṭikaḥ sasarpiṣkaḥ ataḥ paraṃ yathāsukhavihāraḥ kāmabhakṣyaḥ syāt /
Ca, Cik., 3, 258.1 atha candanādyaṃ tailamupadekṣyāmaḥ candanabhadraśrīkālānusāryakālīyakapadmāpadmakośīrasārivāmadhukaprapauṇḍarīka nāgapuṣpodīcyavanyapadmotpalanalinakumudasaugandhikapuṇḍarīkaśatapatrabisamṛṇāla śālūkaśaivālakaśerukānantākuśakāśekṣudarbhaśaranalaśālimūlajambuvetasavānīragundrākakubhāsanāśvakarṇasyandana vātapothaśālatāladhavatiniśakhadirakadarakadambakāśmaryaphalasarjaplakṣavaṭakapītanodumbarāśvattha nyagrodhadhātakīdūrvetkaṭaśṛṅgāṭakamañjiṣṭhājyotiṣmatīpuṣkarabījakrauñcādanabadarīkovidārakadalīsaṃvartakāriṣṭaśataparvāśītakumbhikā śatāvarīśrīparṇīśrāvaṇīmahāśrāvaṇīrohiṇīśītapākyodanapākīkālābalāpayasyāvidārījīvakarṣabhakamedāmahāmedā madhurasarṣyaproktātṛṇaśūnyamocarasāṭarūṣakabakulakuṭajapaṭolanimbaśālmalīnārikelakharjūramṛdvīkāpriyālapriyaṅgudhanvanātmaguptāmadhūkānām anyeṣāṃ ca śītavīryāṇāṃ yathālābhamauṣadhānāṃ kaṣāyaṃ kārayet /
Ca, Cik., 4, 96.2 yat
pañcamūlairatha pañcabhirvā siddhaṃ ghṛtaṃ tacca tadarthakāri //
Ca, Cik., 1, 3, 3.0 karapracitānāṃ yathoktaguṇānām āmalakānāmuddhṛtāsthnāṃ śuṣkacūrṇitānāṃ punarmāghe phālgune vā māse triḥsaptakṛtvaḥ svarasaparipītānāṃ punaḥ śuṣkacūrṇīkṛtānām āḍhakam ekaṃ grāhayet
atha jīvanīyānāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyānāṃ stanyajananānāṃ śukrajananānāṃ vayaḥsthāpanānāṃ ṣaḍvirecanaśatāśritīyoktānām auṣadhagaṇānāṃ candanāgurudhavatiniśakhadiraśiṃśapāsanasārāṇāṃ cāṇuśaḥ kṛttānām abhayāvibhītakapippalīvacācavyacitrakaviḍaṅgānāṃ ca samastānāmāḍhakamekaṃ daśaguṇenāmbhasā sādhayet tasminnāḍhakāvaśeṣe rase supūte tāny āmalakacūrṇāni dattvā gomayāgnibhir vaṃśavidalaśaratejanāgnibhir vā sādhayed yāvad apanayādrasasya tam anupadagdham upahṛtyāyasīṣu pātrīṣvāstīrya śoṣayet suśuṣkaṃ tat kṛṣṇājinasyopari dṛṣadi ślakṣṇapiṣṭam ayaḥsthālyāṃ nidhāpayet samyak taccūrṇam ayaś cūrṇāṣṭabhāgasamprayuktaṃ madhusarpirbhyām agnibalam abhisamīkṣya prayojayediti //
Ca, Cik., 1, 4, 4.2 asti nanu vo glānir aprabhāvatvaṃ vaisvaryaṃ vaivarṇyaṃ ca grāmyavāsakṛtam asukham asukhānubandhaṃ ca grāmyo hi vāso mūlam aśastānāṃ tat kṛtaḥ puṇyakṛdbhir anugrahaḥ prajānāṃ svaśarīramavekṣituṃ kālaḥ kālaścāyamāyurvedopadeśasya brahmarṣīṇām ātmanaḥ prajānāṃ cānugrahārtham āyurvedamaśvinau mahyaṃ prāyacchatāṃ prajāpatiraśvibhyāṃ prajāpataye brahmā prajānām alpam āyur jarāvyādhibahulam asukham asukhānubandham alpatvād alpatapodamaniyamadānādhyayanasaṃcayaṃ matvā puṇyatamam āyuḥprakarṣakaraṃ jarāvyādhipraśamanam ūrjaskaram amṛtaṃ śivaṃ śaraṇyamudāraṃ bhavanto mattaḥ
śrotumarhatāthopadhārayituṃ prakāśayituṃ ca prajānugrahārthamārṣaṃ brahma ca prati maitrīṃ kāruṇyam ātmanaś cānuttamaṃ puṇyamudāraṃ brāhmamakṣayaṃ karmeti //
Ca, Cik., 1, 4, 6.0 athendras tadāyurvedāmṛtam ṛṣibhyaḥ saṃkramyovāca etatsarvamanuṣṭheyam ayaṃ ca śivaḥ kālo rasāyanānāṃ divyāścauṣadhayo himavatprabhavāḥ prāptavīryāḥ tadyathā aindrī brāhmī payasyā kṣīrapuṣpī śrāvaṇī mahāśrāvaṇī śatāvarī vidārī jīvantī punarnavā nāgabalā sthirā vacā chattrā aticchatrā medā mahāmedā jīvanīyāścānyāḥ payasā prayuktāḥ ṣaṇmāsāt paramāyurvayaśca taruṇamanāmayatvaṃ svaravarṇasampadam upacayaṃ medhāṃ smṛtimuttamabalam iṣṭāṃścāparān bhāvān āvahanti siddhāḥ //
Garbhopaniṣat
GarbhOp, 1, 4.6 atha navame māsi sarvalakṣaṇajñānasampūrṇo bhavati pūrvajātiṃ smarati śubhāśubhaṃ ca karma vindati //
GarbhOp, 1, 11.0 atha yonidvāraṃ samprāpto yantreṇāpīḍyamāno mahatā duḥkhena jātamātras tu vaiṣṇavena vāyunā saṃspṛṣṭas tadā na smarati janma maraṇāni na ca karma śubhāśubhaṃ vindati //
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 1, 54.1 samanantarasamāpannasya ca bhagavata imaṃ buddhālaṃkāravyūhaṃ nāma
samādhimatha tatkṣaṇameva bhagavata upariṣṭānmūrdhnaḥ saṃdhāvuṣṇīṣavivarāntarāt pūrvabuddhānusmṛtyasaṅgājñānālokālaṃkāraṃ nāma raśmiścacāra //
LalVis, 1, 65.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ rātrau praśāntāyāmīśvaraśca nāma śuddhāvāsakāyiko devaputro maheśvaro nāma nandaśca sunandaśca candanaśca mahitaśca praśāntaśca praśāntavinīteśvaraścaite cānye ca saṃbahulāḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikā devaputrā atikrāntātikrāntairvarṇaiḥ sarvāvantaṃ jetavanaṃ divyenāvabhāsenāvabhāsya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāman upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivandya ekānte tasthuḥ //
LalVis, 1, 70.1 atha khalu devaputrā bhagavatastūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivandya bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya divyaiścandanacūrṇairagurucūrṇair māndārapuṣpaiścābhyavakīrya tatraivāntardadhuḥ //
LalVis, 1, 71.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāmeva rātryāmatyayena ca karīro maṇḍalamātravyūhastenopasaṃkrāmat //
LalVis, 1, 74.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvāste ca mahāśrāvakā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocan tatsādhu bhagavan taṃ lalitavistaraṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ deśayatu //
LalVis, 1, 79.1 athāgaman devasutā maharddhayaḥ pratītavarṇa vimalaśriyojjvalāḥ /
LalVis, 1, 80.2 śāntāhvayaścāpyuta devaputrastāstāśca bahvyo
'tha ca devakoṭyaḥ //
LalVis, 3, 1.2 atha ye devaputrā bodhisattvasya sabhāgāḥ samayānasamprasthitāste 'pi tameva prāsādamabhirohanti sma /
LalVis, 3, 3.1 atha śuddhāvāsakāyikā devaputrā jambudvīpamāgatya divyaṃ varṇamantardhāpya brāhmaṇaveṣeṇa brāhmaṇān vedānadhyāpayanti sma /
LalVis, 3, 4.5 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikta ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇajānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya dakṣiṇena pāṇinā taddivyaṃ cakraratnaṃ prārthayedevaṃ cāvedayet pravartayasva bhaṭṭa divyaṃ cakraratnaṃ dharmeṇa mādharmeṇa /
LalVis, 3, 4.6 atha taddivyaṃ cakraratnaṃ rājñā kṣatriyeṇa mūrdhābhiṣiktena pravartitaṃ samyageva ṛddhau vihāyasā pūrveṇa vrajati /
LalVis, 3, 4.9 atha ye te bhavanti pūrvasyāṃ diśi rājāno maṇḍalinaḥ te rūpyapātrīṃ vā suvarṇacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya svarṇapātrīṃ vā rūpyacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya rājānaṃ cakravartinaṃ pratyuttiṣṭhanti ehi deva svāgataṃ devāya idaṃ devasya rājyamṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ramaṇīyaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 5.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktastaddhastiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati
atha sūryasyābhyudgamanavelāyāṃ taddhastiratnamabhiruhya imāmeva mahāpṛthivīṃ samudraparikhāṃ samudraparyantāṃ samantato 'nvāhiṇḍya rājadhānīmāgatya praśāsanaratiḥ pratyanubhavati /
LalVis, 3, 6.1 kathaṃrūpeṇa rājā cakravartī aśvaratnena samanvāgato bhavati
atha rājñaḥ kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya pūrvavadaśvaratnamutpadyate /
LalVis, 3, 6.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto 'śvaratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati
atha sūryasyābhyudgamanavelāyām aśvaratnamabhiruhya imāmeva mahāpṛthvīṃ samudraparikhāṃ samudraparyantāṃ samantato 'nvāhiṇḍya rājadhānīmāgatya praśāsanaratiḥ pratyanubhavati /
LalVis, 3, 7.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktastaṃ maṇiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati
atha rātryāmardharātrasamaye 'ndhakāratamisrāyāṃ taṃ maṇiratnaṃ dhvajāgre ucchrāpayitvā udyānabhūmiṃ niryāti subhūmidarśanāya /
LalVis, 3, 15.1 kiṃ kāraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ kālavilokitaṃ vilokayati sma na bodhisattva ādipravṛtte loke sattvasaṃvartanīkālasamaye mātuḥ kukṣimavakrāmati
atha tarhi yadā vyakto lokaḥ susthito bhavati jāti prajñāyate jarā prajñāyate vyādhi prajñāyate maraṇaṃ prajñāyate tadā bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣimavakrāmati //
LalVis, 3, 17.2 atha tarhi bodhisattvā madhyameṣveva janapadeṣūpapadyante //
LalVis, 3, 18.2 atha tarhi kuladvaye evopapadyante brāhmaṇakule kṣatriyakule ca /
LalVis, 3, 31.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvāste ca devaputrā bodhisattvasyāntikādimāmevaṃrūpāṃ kulapariśuddhiṃ mātṛpariśuddhiṃ ca śrutvā cintāmanaskārā abhūvan /
LalVis, 3, 39.2 na so 'sti devo na ca mānuṣo vā yo māya
dṛṣṭvātha labheta tṛptim //
LalVis, 3, 43.1 na vidyate kanya manuṣyaloke gandharvaloke
'tha ca devaloke /
LalVis, 4, 4.1 atha bodhisattvaḥ punarapi tāṃ mahatīṃ devaparṣadamāmantryaivamāha tena hi mārṣāḥ śṛṇuta cyutyākāraṃ devatāsaṃharṣaṇaṃ dharmālokamukhaṃ yadete bodhisattvā ebhyo devaputrebhyo bhāṣante /
LalVis, 5, 2.1 atha te tuṣitakāyikā devaputrā rudanto bodhisattvasya caraṇau parigṛhyaivamāhur idaṃ khalu satpuruṣa tuṣitabhavanaṃ tvayā vihīnaṃ na bhrājiṣyate /
LalVis, 5, 2.2 atha bodhisattvastāṃ mahatīṃ devaparṣadamevamāha ayaṃ maitreyo bodhisattvo yuṣmākaṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati /
LalVis, 5, 2.3 atha bodhisattvaḥ svakācchirasaḥ paṭṭamaulaṃ cāvatārya maitreyasya bodhisattvasya śirasi pratiṣṭhāpayāmāsa /
LalVis, 5, 3.1 atha bodhisattvo maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ tuṣitabhavane 'bhiniṣadya punarapi tāṃ mahatīṃ devaparṣadamāmantrayate sma kīdṛśenāhaṃ mārṣā rūpeṇa mātuḥ kukṣāvavakrāmeyaṃ tatra kecidāhur mārṣā mānavakarūpeṇa /
LalVis, 5, 27.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaścatvāro mahārājānaḥ śakraśca devānāmindraḥ suyāmaśca devaputraḥ saṃtuṣitaśca sunirmitaśca paranirmitavaśavartī ca sārthavāhaśca māraputrabrahmā ca sahāṃpatirbrahmottaraśca purohitaḥ subrahmā ca purohitaḥ prabhāvyūhābhāsvaraśca maheśvaraśca śuddhāvāsakāyikā niṣṭhāgataścākaniṣṭhaśca etāni cānyāni cānekāni devaśatasahasrāṇi saṃnipatya anyonyamevāhur ayuktametanmārṣā asmākaṃ syādakṛtajñatā ca yadvayamekākinamadvitīyaṃ bodhisattvamutsṛjema /
LalVis, 5, 75.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvasya cyavanakālasamaye pūrvasyā diśo bahūni bodhisattvaśatasahasrāṇi sarva ekajātipratibaddhāstuṣitavarabhavanavāsino yena bodhisattvastenopasaṃkrāman bodhisattvasya pūjākarmaṇe /
LalVis, 5, 76.1 atha khalu bodhisattvaḥ śrīgarbhasiṃhāsane sarvapuṇyasamudgate sarvadevanāgasaṃdarśane mahākūṭāgāre niṣadya sārdhaṃ bodhisattvairdevanāgayakṣakoṭiniyutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛtastuṣitavarabhavanāt pracalati sma /
LalVis, 6, 4.1 atha khalu māyādevī ābharaṇavigalitavasanā prahlāditakāyacittā prītiprāmodyaprasādapratilabdhā śayanavaratalādutthāya nārīgaṇaparivṛtā puraskṛtā prāsādavaraśikharādavatīrya yenāśokavanikā tenopajagāma /
LalVis, 6, 5.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodanastadvacanaṃ śrutvā praharṣitamanā ākampitaśarīro bhadrāsanādutthāya amātyanaigamapārṣadyabandhujanaparivṛto yenāśokavanikā tenopasaṃkrāmad upasaṃkrāntaśca na śaknoti sma aśokavanikāṃ praveṣṭum /
LalVis, 6, 21.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitadabhavat katamasmin gṛhe māyādevī sukham anupakliṣṭā viharediti /
LalVis, 6, 21.2 atha tatkṣaṇameva catvāro mahārājāno rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāhuḥ //
LalVis, 6, 38.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ devaparṣadi keṣāṃciddevaputrāṇāmetadabhavad ye 'pi tāvaccāturmahārājakāyikā devāste 'pi tāvanmanuṣyāśrayagatatvena nirvidyāpakramanti /
LalVis, 6, 39.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānando buddhānubhāvena bhagavantametadavocat āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvajjugupsanīyaśca mātṛgrāmastathāgatenokto yāvadrāgacaritaśca /
LalVis, 6, 40.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstathārūpanimittamakarot yad brahmā sahāpatiḥ sārdhamaṣṭaṣaṣṭibrahmaśatasahasrair brahmaloke 'ntarhito bhagavataḥ purataḥ pratyasthāt /
LalVis, 6, 41.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatistān brāhmaṇānetadavocat tiṣṭhatu tāvadbhavanto yāvadvayaṃ ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogamānayiṣyāmaḥ //
LalVis, 6, 42.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatirbhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivanditvā bhagavataḥ purato 'ntarhitastatkṣaṇameva brahmaloke pratyasthāt //
LalVis, 6, 43.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiḥ subrahmāṇaṃ devaputrametadavocat gaccha tvaṃ mārṣā ito brahmalokamupādāya yāvattrāyatriṃśadbhavanaṃ śabdamudīraya ghoṣamanuśrāvaya /
LalVis, 6, 44.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiścaturaśītyā devakoṭyā nayutaśatasahasraḥ sārdhaṃ taṃ ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ parigṛhya mahati brāhme vimāne triyojanaśatike pratiṣṭhāpyānekair daivakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraiḥ samantato 'nuparivārya jambūdvīpamavatārayati sma //
LalVis, 6, 46.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstaṃ divyaṃ vādyanirghoṣamantardhāpayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 47.1 atha khalu catvāro mahārājānaḥ śakraṃ devānāmindramupasaṃkramyaivamāhuḥ kathaṃ devānāmindra kariṣyāmo na labhāmahe ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ draṣṭum /
LalVis, 6, 48.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiḥ sārdhaṃ taiścaturaśītyā devakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraistaṃ ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ gṛhītvā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 52.10 atha tarhi sarvāṅgapratyaṅgalakṣaṇasampannaḥ saṃniṣaṇṇa eva prādurbhavati /
LalVis, 6, 56.3 atha tarhi bodhisattva eva tāvat pūrvataraṃ pratisaṃmodate sma paścādbodhisattvamātā //
LalVis, 6, 57.1 nirgate khalu punaḥ pūrvāhṇakālasamaye madhyāhnakālasamaye pratyupasthite
atha khalu śakro devānāmindro niṣkrāntaḥ /
LalVis, 6, 59.1 nirgate ca khalu punarbhikṣavo madhyāhnakālasamaye sāyāhnakālasamaye pratyupasthite
atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiranekairbrahmakāyikair devaputraśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛtastaṃ divyamojobindumādāya yena bodhisattvastenopasaṃkrāmati sma bodhisattvaṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ paryupāsituṃ dharmaṃ ca śrotum /
LalVis, 7, 2.1 atha khalu māyādevī bodhisattvasya janmakālasamayaṃ jñātvā bodhisattvasyaiva tejo'nubhāvena rātryāṃ prathame yāme rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramya gāthābhirabhyabhāṣata //
LalVis, 7, 25.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo māyādevī caturaśītyā hayarathasahasraiḥ sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitaiḥ parivṛtā caturaśītyā gajarathasahasraiḥ sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitaiḥ caturaśītyā ca pattisahasraiḥ śūrairvīrairvarāṅgarūpibhiḥ susaṃnaddhadṛḍhavarmakavacitairanuparigṛhītā ṣaṣṭyā ca śākyakanyāsahasraiḥ puraskṛtā catvāriṃśatā ca sahasrai rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya jñātikulaprasūtaiḥ śākyaiḥ vṛddhadaharamadhyamaiḥ saṃrakṣitā ṣaṣṭyā ca sahasrai rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāntaḥpureṇa gītavādyasamyaktūryatāḍāvacarasaṃgītisaṃpravāditena parivṛtā caturaśītyā ca devakanyāsahasraiḥ parivṛtā caturaśītyā ca nāgakanyāsahasraiḥ caturaśītyā ca gandharvakanyāsahasraiḥ caturaśītyā ca kinnarakanyāsahasraiḥ caturaśītyā cāsurakanyāsahasraiḥ nānāvyūhālaṃkārālaṃkṛtābhiḥ nānāgītavādyavarṇabhāṣiṇībhir anugamyamānā niryāti sma /
LalVis, 7, 26.1 atha khalu māyādevī lumbinīvanamanupraviśya tasmādrathavarādavatīrya naramarukanyāparivṛtā vṛkṣeṇa vṛkṣaṃ paryaṭantī vanādvanaṃ caṅkramyamāṇā drumād drumaṃ nirīkṣamāṇā anupūrveṇa yenāsau plakṣo mahādrumaratnavarapravaraḥ suvibhaktaśākhaḥ samapatramañjarīdharo divyamānuṣyanānāpuṣpasaṃpuṣpito varapravarasurabhigandhinānāgandhinānāraṅgavastrābhipralambito vividhamaṇivicitraprabhojjvalitaḥ sarvaratnamūladaṇḍaśākhāpatrasamalaṃkṛtaḥ suvibhaktavistīrṇaśākhaḥ karatalanibhe bhūmibhāge suvibhaktavistīrṇanīlatṛṇamayūragrīvāsaṃnibhe kācilindikasukhasaṃsparśe dharaṇītale saṃsthitaḥ pūrvajinajanetryābhinivāsitaḥ devasaṃgītyanugītaḥ śubhavimalaviśuddhaḥ śuddhāvāsadevaśatasahasraiḥ praśāntacittair abhinatajaṭāmakuṭāvalambitāvanatamūrdhabhir abhinandyamānastaṃ plakṣavṛkṣamupajagāma //
LalVis, 7, 27.1 atha sa plakṣavṛkṣo bodhisattvasya tejo'nubhāvenāvanamya praṇamati sma /
LalVis, 7, 27.2 atha māyādevī gaganatalagateva vidyut dṛṣṭiṃ dakṣiṇaṃ bāhuṃ prasārya plakṣaśākhāṃ gṛhītvā salīlaṃ gaganatalaṃ prekṣamāṇā vijṛmbhamānā sthitābhūt /
LalVis, 7, 27.3 atha tasmin samaye ṣaṣṭyapsaraḥśatasahasrāṇi kāmāvacaradevebhya upasaṃkramya māyādevyā upasthāne paricaryāṃ kurvanti sma //
LalVis, 7, 30.2 aparigṛhītaḥ khalu punarbodhisattvaḥ kenacinmanuṣyabhūtena
atha tarhi bodhisattvaṃ devatāḥ prathamataraṃ pratigṛhṇanti sma //
LalVis, 7, 32.4 yadā ca bodhisattvaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasralokadhātau na kaṃcitsattvamātmatulyaṃ paśyati sma
atha tasminsamaye bodhisattvaḥ siṃha iva vigatabhayabhairavo 'saṃtrastaḥ astambhī sucintitaṃ smṛtvā cintayitvā sarvasattvānāṃ cittacaritāni jñātvā aparigṛhīto bodhisattvaḥ pūrvāṃ diśamabhimukhaḥ sapta padāni prakrāntaḥ pūrvaṃgamo bhaviṣyāmi sarveṣāṃ kuśalamūlānāṃ dharmāṇām /
LalVis, 7, 32.16 atha tasmin samaye ayaṃ trisāhasramahāsāhasralokadhātuḥ svareṇābhivijñāpto 'bhūt /
LalVis, 7, 35.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇajānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat sarvasattvānāṃ bhagavaṃstathāgata āścaryabhūto 'bhūd bodhisattvabhūta evādbhutadharmasamanvāgataśca /
LalVis, 7, 40.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ saṃharṣitaromakūpajāto namo buddhāya ityuktvā bhagavantametadavocan mūrcchā me bhagavan kāyasyābhūdimaṃ teṣāmasatpuruṣāṇāṃ samudācāraṃ śrutvā //
LalVis, 7, 85.8 atha ca punariyaṃ mahāprajāpatī gautamī kumārasya mātṛsvasā /
LalVis, 7, 87.1 atha khalvasito maharṣiḥ sārdhaṃ naradattena bhāgineyena rājahaṃsa iva gaganatalādabhyudgamya samutplutya yena kapilavastu mahānagaraṃ tenopasaṃkrāmat /
LalVis, 7, 88.2 atha khalvasito maharṣirdauvārikamupasaṃkramyaivamāha gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya nivedaya dvāre ṛṣirvyavasthita iti /
LalVis, 7, 88.6 atha rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣerāsanaṃ prajñāpya taṃ puruṣamevamāha praviśatu ṛṣiriti /
LalVis, 7, 88.7 atha sa puruṣo rājakulānniṣkramyāsitaṃ maharṣimevamāha praviśeti //
LalVis, 7, 89.1 atha khalvasito maharṣiryena rājā śuddhodanastenopasaṃkrāmat /
LalVis, 7, 90.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣerarghapādyamarcanaṃ ca kṛtvā sādhu suṣṭhu ca parigṛhya āsanenopanimantrayate sma /
LalVis, 7, 93.2 atha khalu rājā śuddhodanaḥ sarvārthasiddhaṃ kumāramubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ sādhu ca suṣṭhu cānuparigṛhya asitasya maharṣerantikamupanāmayati sma //
LalVis, 7, 99.1 atha khalu rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣeḥ sakāśātkumārasyedaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā saṃtuṣṭa udagra āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāta utthāyāsanādbodhisattvasya caraṇayoḥ praṇipatyemāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata //
LalVis, 7, 101.3 atha khalvasito maharṣistata evarddhyā vihāyasā prākramat yena svāśramastenopāsaṃkrāmat //
LalVis, 7, 102.1 atha khalu dvayaṃ saṃkramya tatra khalvasito maharṣirnaradattaṃ māṇavakametadavocad yadā tvaṃ naradatta śṛṇuyā buddho loke utpanna iti tadā tvaṃ gatvā tasya śāsane pravrajeḥ /
LalVis, 7, 125.1 atha khalu maheśvaro devaputro dvādaśabhirdevaputraśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛtaḥ sarvakapilavastumahānagaramavabhāsena sphurayitvā yena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāmat /
LalVis, 8, 8.6 samanantarapratiṣṭhāpitaśca bodhisattvena dakṣiṇaścaraṇayoḥ kramatalastasmin devakule
atha tā acetanyo devapratimāḥ tadyathā śivaskandanārāyaṇakuberacandrasūryavaiśravaṇaśakrabrahmalokapālaprabhṛtayaḥ pratimāḥ sarvāḥ svebhyaḥ svebhyaḥ sthānebhyo vyutthāya bodhisattvasya kramatalayornipatanti sma /
LalVis, 9, 1.1 atha khalu bhikṣava udayano nāma brāhmaṇo rājñaḥ purohita udāyinaḥ pitā sa pañcamātrairbrāhmaṇaśataiḥ parivṛto hastottare citrānakṣatre rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāha yatkhalu devo jānīyādābharaṇāni kumārāya kriyantāmiti /
LalVis, 10, 2.2 atha viśvāmitro nāma dārakācāryo bodhisattvasya śriyaṃ tejaścāsahamāno dharaṇitale niviṣṭo 'dhomukhaḥ prapatati sma /
LalVis, 10, 9.1 atha bodhisattva uragasāracandanamayaṃ lipiphalakamādāya divyārṣasuvarṇatirakaṃ samantānmaṇiratnapratyuptaṃ viśvāmitramācāryamevamāha katamāṃ me bho upādhyāya lipiṃ śikṣāpayasi /
LalVis, 10, 9.4 atha viśvāmitro dārakācāryo vismitaḥ prahasitavadano nihatamānamadadarpa imāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata //
LalVis, 11, 1.2 athāpareṇa samayena kumārastadanyaiḥ kumārairamātyaputraiḥ sārdhaṃ kṛṣigrāmam avalokayituṃ gacchati sma /
LalVis, 11, 4.1 atha yā tatra vanakhaṇḍadevatā sā tānṛṣīn gāthayādhyabhāṣat //
LalVis, 11, 7.1 rūpaṃ vaiśravaṇātirekavapuṣaṃ vyaktaṃ kubero hyayaṃ āho vajradharasya caiva pratimā candro
'tha sūryo hyayam /
LalVis, 11, 7.2 kāmāgrādhipatiśca vā pratikṛtī rudrasya kṛṣṇasya vā śrīmān lakṣaṇacitritāṅgamanagho buddho
'tha vā syādayam //
LalVis, 11, 10.1 atha khalu te ṛṣayastasyā devatāyā vacanamupaśritya dharaṇītale pratiṣṭhante /
LalVis, 11, 20.1 atha khalu te ṛṣayo bodhisattvamābhirgāthābhir abhistutvā tripradakṣiṇīkṛtya vihāyasā prakrāntāḥ /
LalVis, 12, 17.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo rājā śuddhodana imā gāthā vācayitvā purohitamāmantrayate sma gaccha tvaṃ mahābrāhmaṇa kapilavastumahānagare /
LalVis, 12, 21.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa purohitastaṃ gāthālekhaṃ gṛhītvā kapilavastuni mahānagare gṛhādgṛhaṃ vyavalokayan gatvā hiṇḍan kanyāṃ paryeṣate sma /
LalVis, 12, 21.5 atha sā dārikā purohitasya caraṇau gṛhītvā evamāha kena te mahābrāhmaṇa kāryam /
LalVis, 12, 24.1 atha sā dārikā taṃ gāthālekhaṃ vācayitvā smitamupadarśya taṃ purohitaṃ gāthayādhyabhāṣat //
LalVis, 12, 27.1 atha sa khalu purohito rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaiva tamarthamārocayati sma dṛṣṭā mayā deva kanyā yā kumārasyānurūpā syāt /
LalVis, 12, 28.1 atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitadabhavad durāsadaḥ kumāraḥ śubhādhimuktaśca /
LalVis, 12, 29.1 atha khalu rājā śuddhodano 'śokabhāṇḍāni kārayati sma suvarṇamayāni rūpyamayāni nānāratnamayāni /
LalVis, 12, 33.1 atha daṇḍapāṇeḥ śākyasya duhitā gopā nāma śākyakanyā sā dāsīgaṇaparivṛtā puraskṛtā yena saṃsthāgāro yena ca bodhisattvastenopasaṃkrāmat /
LalVis, 12, 50.3 atha viśvāmitra ācāryaḥ pratyakṣo bodhisattvasya lipijñāne smitamupadarśayannime gāthe 'bhāṣata //
LalVis, 12, 54.4 evamaparyantāḥ sarvaśākyakumārāḥ
atha paryantaśca bodhisattvaḥ //
LalVis, 12, 59.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodano bodhisattvamevamāha śakyasi putra arjunena gaṇakamahāmātreṇa sārdhaṃ saṃkhyājñānakauśalyagaṇanāgatim anupraveṣṭuṃ tena hi gaṇyatām /
LalVis, 12, 59.2 athārjuno gaṇakamahāmātro bodhisattvamevamāha jānīṣe tvaṃ kumāra koṭiśatottarāṃ nāma gaṇanāgatiṃ bodhisattva āha śakyāmi deva /
LalVis, 12, 74.6 atha bodhisattvo 'saṃbhrānta evātvaran dakṣiṇena pāṇinā salīlaṃ devadattaṃ kumāraṃ gṛhītvā trirgaganatale parivartya mānanigrahārthamavihiṃsābuddhyā maitreṇa cittena dharaṇītale nikṣipati sma /
LalVis, 12, 81.1 atha daṇḍapāṇiḥ śākyakumārānetadavocaj jijñāsitamidaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ ca /
LalVis, 12, 82.4 atha daṇḍapāṇiḥ śākyaḥ sarvaṃ kāyabalasthāma saṃjanayya taddhanurāropayitumārabdho 'bhūt /
LalVis, 12, 88.1 atha khalu punastena samayena daṇḍapāṇiḥ śākyaḥ svāṃ duhitaraṃ gopāṃ śākyakanyāṃ bodhisattvāya prādāt /
LalVis, 13, 5.1 atha ca punarbhikṣavo dharmatāpratilambha eṣa ca caramabhāvikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yadavaśyaṃ daśadiglokadhātusthitairbuddhair bhagavadbhirantaḥpuramadhyagatāḥ saṃgītitūryanirnāditairebhirevaṃrūpairdharmamukhaiḥ saṃcoditavyā bhavanti //
LalVis, 14, 5.1 atha bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ sārathiṃ prāha śīghraṃ sārathe rathaṃ yojaya /
LalVis, 14, 6.1 atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitadabhavan na kadācinmayā kumāra udyānabhūmimabhiniṣkramitaḥ subhūmidarśanāya /
LalVis, 14, 8.4 atha śuddhāvāsakāyikā devā nidhyāpayanti sma bodhisattvamāharitum tatra bodhisattvasya pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇodyānabhūmimabhiniṣkrāmato mahatā vyūhena atha bodhisattvasyānubhāvena śuddhavāsakāyikair devaputraistasmin mārge puruṣo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallako dhamanīsaṃtatagātraḥ khaṇḍadanto valīnicitakāyaḥ palitakeśaḥ kubjo gopānasīvakro vibhagno daṇḍaparāyaṇa āturo gatayauvanaḥ kharakharāvasaktakaṇṭhaḥ prāgbhāreṇa kāyena daṇḍamavaṣṭabhya pravepayamānaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgaiḥ purato mārgasyopadarśito 'bhūt //
LalVis, 14, 8.4 atha śuddhāvāsakāyikā devā nidhyāpayanti sma bodhisattvamāharitum tatra bodhisattvasya pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇodyānabhūmimabhiniṣkrāmato mahatā vyūhena
atha bodhisattvasyānubhāvena śuddhavāsakāyikair devaputraistasmin mārge puruṣo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallako dhamanīsaṃtatagātraḥ khaṇḍadanto valīnicitakāyaḥ palitakeśaḥ kubjo gopānasīvakro vibhagno daṇḍaparāyaṇa āturo gatayauvanaḥ kharakharāvasaktakaṇṭhaḥ prāgbhāreṇa kāyena daṇḍamavaṣṭabhya pravepayamānaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgaiḥ purato mārgasyopadarśito 'bhūt //
LalVis, 14, 19.1 atha bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya rathavaraṃ punarapi puraṃ prāviśat //
LalVis, 14, 26.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya rathavaraṃ punarapi puravaraṃ prāvikṣat //
LalVis, 14, 34.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya taṃ rathavaraṃ punarapi puraṃ prāvikṣat //
LalVis, 14, 41.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya taṃ rathavaraṃ punarapi puravaraṃ prāvikṣat //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 1, 114.5 yadāśrauṣaṃ tān
athājñātavāse tvapaśyamānān vividhair upāyaiḥ /
MBh, 1, 2, 242.1 dvaipāyanauṣṭhapuṭaniḥsṛtam aprameyaṃ puṇyaṃ pavitram
atha pāpaharaṃ śivaṃ ca /
MBh, 1, 3, 31.1 athāparaḥ śiṣyas tasyaivāyodasya dhaumyasyopamanyur nāma //
MBh, 1, 3, 85.1 atha kasyacit kālasya vedaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ janamejayaḥ pauṣyaśca kṣatriyāvupetyopādhyāyaṃ varayāṃcakratuḥ //
MBh, 1, 3, 88.1 athottaṅko guruśuśrūṣur guruniyogam anutiṣṭhamānas tatra gurukule vasati sma //
MBh, 1, 3, 115.1 athottaṅkas tathety uktvā prāṅmukha upaviśya suprakṣālitapāṇipādavadano 'śabdābhir hṛdayaṃgamābhir adbhir upaspṛśya triḥ pītvā dviḥ parimṛjya khāny adbhir upaspṛśyāntaḥpuraṃ praviśya tāṃ kṣatriyām apaśyat //
MBh, 1, 3, 126.1 athottaṅkaḥ śītam annaṃ sakeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā aśucy etad iti matvā pauṣyam uvāca /
MBh, 1, 3, 129.1 atha tadannaṃ muktakeśyā striyopahṛtaṃ sakeśam aśuci matvottaṅkaṃ prasādayāmāsa /
MBh, 1, 17, 24.1 athāsurā giribhir adīnacetaso muhur muhuḥ suragaṇam ardayaṃstadā /
MBh, 1, 17, 25.1 athāmbarād bhayajananāḥ prapedire sapādapā bahuvidhamegharūpiṇaḥ /
MBh, 1, 17, 30.2 dadau ca taṃ nidhim amṛtasya rakṣituṃ kirīṭine balabhid
athāmaraiḥ saha //
MBh, 1, 30, 23.5 yaḥ saṃsmaren nityam atandrito naro garutmato mūrtim
athārcayed gṛhe /
MBh, 1, 75, 7.4 pātālam
atha vā cāgniṃ yadyeva devān gacchestvaṃ māṃ ca tyaktvā gṛhādhipa /
MBh, 1, 84, 10.1 saṃsvedajā aṇḍajā udbhidāśca sarīsṛpāḥ kṛmayo
'thāpsu matsyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 86, 7.1 daśaiva pūrvān daśa cāparāṃstu jñātīn sahātmānam
athaikaviṃśam /
MBh, 1, 88, 19.1 dānaṃ tapaḥ satyam
athāpi dharmo hrīḥ śrīḥ kṣamā saumya tathā titikṣā /
MBh, 1, 88, 20.2 athāṣṭakaḥ punar evānvapṛcchan mātāmahaṃ kautukād indrakalpam /
MBh, 1, 182, 1.3 tāṃ yājñasenīṃ paramapratītau
bhikṣetyathāvedayatāṃ narāgryau /
MBh, 1, 183, 1.3 tam evārthaṃ dhyāyamānā manobhir āsāṃcakrur
atha tatrāmitaujāḥ //
MBh, 1, 184, 3.1 sāye
'tha bhīmastu ripupramāthī jiṣṇur yamau cāpi mahānubhāvau /
MBh, 1, 186, 5.2 gāścaiva rājann
atha caiva rajjūr dravyāṇi cānyāni kṛṣīnimittam //
MBh, 1, 189, 10.2 so 'paśyad yoṣām
atha pāvakaprabhāṃ yatra gaṅgā satataṃ samprasūtā //
MBh, 1, 189, 11.2 tasyāśrubinduḥ patito jale vai tat padmam āsīd
atha tatra kāñcanam //
MBh, 1, 189, 16.2 saṃstambhito 'bhūd
atha devarājas tenekṣitaḥ sthāṇur ivāvatasthe //
MBh, 2, 8, 9.2 pratardanaḥ śibir matsyaḥ pṛthvakṣo
'tha bṛhadrathaḥ //
MBh, 2, 51, 19.1 kālenālpenātha niṣṭhāṃ gatāṃ tāṃ sabhāṃ ramyāṃ bahuratnāṃ vicitrām /
MBh, 2, 60, 22.2 dīrgheṣu
nīleṣvatha cormimatsu jagrāha keśeṣu narendrapatnīm //
MBh, 2, 62, 22.3 nocur vacaḥ
sādhvatha vāpyasādhu mahīkṣito dhārtarāṣṭrasya bhītāḥ //
MBh, 2, 62, 26.2 īśo vā te yadyanīśo
'tha vaiṣa vākyād asya kṣipram ekaṃ bhajasva //
MBh, 3, 5, 1.2 vanaṃ
praviṣṭeṣvatha pāṇḍaveṣu prajñācakṣus tapyamāno 'mbikeyaḥ /
MBh, 3, 5, 9.1 athaitad evaṃ na karoṣi rājan dhruvaṃ kurūṇāṃ bhavitā vināśaḥ /
MBh, 3, 5, 12.3 athāparo bhavati hi taṃ nigṛhya pāṇḍoḥ putraṃ prakuruṣvādhipatye //
MBh, 3, 5, 20.3 nedam astīty
atha viduro bhāṣamāṇaḥ samprādravad yatra pārthā babhūvuḥ //
MBh, 3, 6, 7.2 athābravīd bhrātaraṃ bhīmasenaṃ kiṃ nu kṣattā vakṣyati naḥ sametya //
MBh, 3, 12, 68.2 bhīmaṃ
praśasyātha guṇair anekair hṛṣṭās tato dvaitavanāya jagmuḥ //
MBh, 3, 35, 8.2 athāparaṃ cāviditaṃ carethāḥ sarvaiḥ saha bhrātṛbhiś chadmagūḍhaḥ //
MBh, 3, 47, 11.1 prācīṃ rājā dakṣiṇāṃ bhīmaseno yamau pratīcīm
atha vāpyudīcīm /
MBh, 3, 98, 21.2 tataḥ surās te jagṛhuḥ parāsor asthīni
tasyātha yathopadeśam //
MBh, 3, 102, 7.1 athābhijagmur munim āśramasthaṃ tapasvinaṃ dharmabhṛtāṃ variṣṭham /
MBh, 3, 118, 4.2 agastyatīrthaṃ ca pavitrapuṇyaṃ
nārītīrthānyatha vīro dadarśa //
MBh, 3, 119, 11.2 jātaḥ pṛthivyām iti pārthiveṣu pravrājya kaunteyam
athāpi rājyāt //
MBh, 3, 120, 15.1 droṇaṃ ca bhīṣmaṃ ca mahārathau tau sutair vṛtaṃ
cāpyatha somadattam /
MBh, 3, 132, 8.1 tasyā garbhaḥ samabhavad agnikalpaḥ so 'dhīyānaṃ pitaram
athābhyuvāca /
MBh, 3, 132, 13.1 uktas tvevaṃ bhāryayā vai kahoḍo vittasyārthe janakam
athābhyagacchat /
MBh, 3, 134, 11.2 pañcāgnayaḥ pañcapadā ca paṅktir yajñāḥ
pañcaivāpyatha pañcendriyāṇi /
MBh, 3, 161, 16.2 māso
'tha kṛcchreṇa tadā vyatītas tasmin nage bhārata bhāratānām //
MBh, 3, 173, 12.2 tat prāpya rājyaṃ kurupuṃgavānāṃ śakyaṃ mahat prāptam
atha kriyāś ca //
MBh, 3, 190, 5.1 athādhvani jātaśramaḥ kṣuttṛṣṇābhibhūtaśca kasmiṃścid uddeśe nīlaṃ vanaṣaṇḍam apaśyat /
MBh, 3, 190, 7.1 athāśvastaḥ sa bisamṛṇālam aśvasyāgre nikṣipya puṣkariṇītīre samāviśat //
MBh, 3, 190, 10.1 athāpaśyat kanyāṃ paramarūpadarśanīyāṃ puṣpāṇyavacinvatīṃ gāyantīṃ ca //
MBh, 3, 190, 23.1 athāmātyo 'nudakaṃ vanaṃ kārayitvodāravṛkṣaṃ bahumūlapuṣpaphalaṃ rahasyupagamya rājānam abravīt /
MBh, 3, 190, 31.1 atha maṇḍūkavadhe ghore kriyamāṇe dikṣu sarvāsu maṇḍūkān bhayam āviśat /
MBh, 3, 190, 43.1 atha kasyacit kālasya tasyāṃ kumārāstrayastasya rājñaḥ saṃbabhūvuḥ śalo dalo balaśceti /
MBh, 3, 191, 19.1 athaitat kacchapenodāhṛtaṃ śrutvā samanantaraṃ devalokād devarathaḥ prādurāsīt //
MBh, 3, 223, 7.1 saṃpreṣitāyām
atha caiva dāsyām utthāya sarvaṃ svayam eva kuryāḥ /
MBh, 3, 225, 2.3 vanāni
ramyāṇyatha parvatāṃśca nadīpradeśāṃś ca tadā viceruḥ //
MBh, 3, 225, 4.2 sa taiḥ
sametyātha yadṛcchayaiva vaicitravīryaṃ nṛpam abhyagacchat //
MBh, 3, 250, 2.2 na tveha vaktāsti taveha vākyam anyo naro
vāpyatha vāpi nārī //
MBh, 3, 253, 14.3 nihatya sarvān dviṣataḥ samagrān pārthāḥ
sameṣyantyatha yājñasenyā //
MBh, 3, 254, 9.1 athāpyenaṃ paśyasi yaṃ rathasthaṃ mahābhujaṃ śālam iva pravṛddham /
MBh, 4, 5, 14.5 pradakṣiṇīkṛtya śamīlatāṃ te praṇamya cānarcur
atha pravīrāḥ /
MBh, 4, 6, 3.1 bālena rūpeṇa nararṣabho mahān
athārcirūpeṇa yathāmarastathā /
MBh, 4, 7, 1.2 athāparo bhīmabalaḥ śriyā jvalann upāyayau siṃhavilāsavikramaḥ /
MBh, 4, 10, 1.2 athāparo 'dṛśyata rūpasaṃpadā strīṇām alaṃkāradharo bṛhatpumān /
MBh, 4, 10, 8.2 gāyāmi
nṛtyāmyatha vādayāmi bhadro 'smi nṛtte kuśalo 'smi gīte /
MBh, 4, 11, 1.2 athāparo 'dṛśyata pāṇḍavaḥ prabhur virāṭarājñasturagān samīkṣataḥ /
MBh, 4, 32, 6.1 tathaiva teṣāṃ tu balāni tāni
kruddhānyathānyonyam abhidravanti /
MBh, 4, 49, 1.2 sa śatrusenāṃ tarasā praṇudya gāstā
vijityātha dhanurdharāgryaḥ /
MBh, 4, 49, 21.2 ākarṇapūrṇaṃ ca dhanur vikṛṣya vivyādha bāṇair
atha sūtaputram //
MBh, 4, 60, 4.1 athāsya bāṇena vidāritasya prādurbabhūvāsṛg ajasram uṣṇam /
MBh, 4, 60, 7.2 rathaiścaturbhir gajapādarakṣaiḥ kuntīsutaṃ jiṣṇum
athābhyadhāvat //
MBh, 4, 60, 19.1 na te purastād
atha pṛṣṭhato vā paśyāmi duryodhana rakṣitāram /
MBh, 4, 61, 2.2 paryāvavartātha rathena vīro bhogī yathā pādatalābhimṛṣṭaḥ //
MBh, 4, 61, 19.1 labdhvā tu saṃjñāṃ ca kurupravīraḥ pārthaṃ
samīkṣyātha mahendrakalpam /
MBh, 4, 63, 9.1 rājā virāṭo
'tha bhṛśaṃ prataptaḥ śrutvā sutaṃ hyekarathena yātam /
MBh, 4, 63, 9.2 bṛhannaḍāsārathim ājivardhanaṃ provāca sarvān
atha mantrimukhyān //
MBh, 5, 1, 3.1 athāsanānyāviśatāṃ purastād ubhau virāṭadrupadau narendrau /
MBh, 5, 1, 25.2 samādade vākyam
athāgrajo 'sya sampūjya vākyaṃ tad atīva rājan //
MBh, 5, 16, 23.3 tadā devāḥ pitaro
'tharṣayaśca gandharvasaṃghāśca sametya sarve //
MBh, 5, 27, 10.1 na karmaṇāṃ vipraṇāśo 'styamutra puṇyānāṃ
vāpyatha vā pāpakānām /
MBh, 5, 28, 5.2 āpadyathākarmasu vartamānān vikarmasthān saṃjaya garhayeta //
MBh, 5, 29, 9.1 māsārdhamāsān
atha nakṣatrayogān atandritaścandramā abhyupaiti /
MBh, 5, 29, 14.1 nakṣatrāṇi karmaṇāmutra bhānti rudrādityā vasavo
'thāpi viśve /
MBh, 5, 29, 22.1 tathā rājanyo rakṣaṇaṃ vai prajānāṃ kṛtvā dharmeṇāpramatto
'tha dattvā /
MBh, 5, 29, 35.1 anuktvā tvaṃ dharmam evaṃ sabhāyām
athecchase pāṇḍavasyopadeṣṭum /
MBh, 5, 30, 42.1 ye cānāthā durbalāḥ sarvakālam ātmanyeva prayatante
'tha mūḍhāḥ /
MBh, 5, 44, 18.2 ābhāti śuklam iva lohitam iva atho kṛṣṇam
athāñjanaṃ kādravaṃ vā /
MBh, 5, 45, 3.1 āpo
'tha adbhyaḥ salilasya madhye ubhau devau śiśriyāte 'ntarikṣe /
MBh, 5, 47, 7.2 śaineyena dhruvam āttāyudhena
dhṛṣṭadyumnenātha śikhaṇḍinā ca /
MBh, 5, 61, 18.1 athoktavākye nṛpatau tu bhīṣme nikṣipya śastrāṇi gate ca karṇe /
MBh, 5, 69, 7.1 trailokyanirmāṇakaraṃ janitraṃ devāsurāṇām
atha nāgarakṣasām /
MBh, 5, 71, 35.3 manuṣyalokakṣapaṇo
'tha ghoro no ced anuprāpta ihāntakaḥ syāt //
MBh, 5, 158, 20.1 prācyaiḥ pratīcyair
atha dākṣiṇātyair udīcyakāmbojaśakaiḥ khaśaiśca /
MBh, 5, 182, 7.1 tasyāṃ chinnāyāṃ krodhadīpto
'tha rāmaḥ śaktīr ghorāḥ prāhiṇod dvādaśānyāḥ /
MBh, 5, 182, 14.2 yugaṃ ratheṣā ca tathaiva cakre tathaivākṣaḥ śarakṛtto
'tha bhagnaḥ //
MBh, 6, 55, 72.1 teṣāṃ bahutvāddhi bhṛśaṃ śarāṇāṃ diśo
'tha sarvāḥ pihitā babhūvuḥ /
MBh, 6, 55, 73.1 droṇo vikarṇo
'tha jayadrathaśca bhūriśravāḥ kṛtavarmā kṛpaśca /
MBh, 6, 73, 37.1 athopagacchac charavikṣatāṅgaṃ padātinaṃ krodhaviṣaṃ vamantam /
MBh, 6, 73, 39.1 bhrātṝn
athopetya tavāpi putras tasmin vimarde mahati pravṛtte /
MBh, 6, 81, 2.2 vivyādha bāṇair yugapanmahātmā niḥśeṣatāṃ
teṣvatha manyamānaḥ //
MBh, 6, 81, 5.1 teṣāṃ rathānām
atha pṛṣṭhagopā dvātriṃśad anye 'bhyapatanta pārtham /
MBh, 6, 81, 6.2 ṣaṣṭyā śaraiḥ saṃyati tailadhautair jaghāna tān
apyatha pṛṣṭhagopān //
MBh, 6, 81, 7.2 athātvarad bhīṣmavadhāya jiṣṇur balāni rājñāṃ samare nihatya //
MBh, 6, 81, 8.1 trigartarājo nihatān samīkṣya mahārathāṃstān
atha bandhuvargān /
MBh, 6, 81, 14.1 athaitya rājā yudhi satyasaṃdho jayadratho 'tyugrabalo manasvī /
MBh, 6, 81, 21.2 vihāya bandhūn
atha sodarāṃśca kva yāsyase nānurūpaṃ tavedam //
MBh, 6, 81, 27.2 athādade vāruṇam anyad astraṃ śikhaṇḍyathograṃ pratighātāya tasya /
MBh, 6, 81, 27.2 athādade vāruṇam anyad astraṃ
śikhaṇḍyathograṃ pratighātāya tasya /
MBh, 6, 81, 33.1 bhīmo
'pyathainaṃ sahasā vinadya pratyudyayau gadayā tarjamānaḥ /
MBh, 7, 2, 2.2 athopāyāt tūrṇam amitrakarśano dhanurdharāṇāṃ pravarastadā vṛṣaḥ //
MBh, 7, 2, 4.3 astrāṇi
divyānyatha saṃnatir hrīḥ priyā ca vāg anapāyīni bhīṣme //
MBh, 7, 2, 10.2 athābravīddharṣakaraṃ vacastadā ratharṣabhān sarvamahāratharṣabhaḥ //
MBh, 7, 2, 15.2 yaśaḥ paraṃ jagati vibhāvya vartitā parair hato yudhi
śayitātha vā punaḥ //
MBh, 7, 2, 16.2 tathārjunastridaśavarātmajo yato na tad balaṃ sujayam
athāmarair api //
MBh, 7, 38, 30.1 atha paṇavamṛdaṅgadundubhīnāṃ kṛkaramahānakabherijharjharāṇām /
MBh, 7, 48, 47.2 vayāṃsy asṛkpāny
atha rakṣasāṃ gaṇāḥ piśācasaṃghāśca sudāruṇā raṇe //
MBh, 7, 84, 30.2 niśamya taṃ pratyanadaṃstu kauravās tato dhvanir bhuvanam
athāspṛśad bhṛśam //
MBh, 7, 120, 83.1 athārjunaḥ sarvatodhāram astraṃ prāduścakre trāsayan dhārtarāṣṭrān /
MBh, 7, 154, 12.1 avindamānās tv
atha śarma saṃkhye yaudhiṣṭhiraṃ te balam anvapadyan /
MBh, 8, 4, 104.2 athāparau karṇasutau varārhau vyavasthitau laghuhastau narendra /
MBh, 8, 12, 55.2 chatrāṇi ketūṃs turagān
athaiṣāṃ vastrāṇi mālyāny atha bhūṣaṇāni //
MBh, 8, 12, 55.2 chatrāṇi ketūṃs turagān athaiṣāṃ vastrāṇi mālyāny
atha bhūṣaṇāni //
MBh, 8, 12, 67.1 athārjunaṃ prāha daśārhanāthaḥ pramādyase kiṃ jahi yodham etam /
MBh, 8, 13, 9.1 athārjuno jyātalaneminisvane mṛdaṅgabherībahuśaṅkhanādite /
MBh, 8, 13, 13.1 athāsya bāhū dvipahastasaṃnibhau śiraś ca pūrṇendunibhānanaṃ tribhiḥ /
MBh, 8, 13, 19.1 athārdhacandreṇa hṛtaṃ kirīṭinā papāta daṇḍasya śiraḥ kṣitiṃ dvipāt /
MBh, 8, 13, 20.1 atha dvipaṃ śvetanagāgrasaṃnibhaṃ divākarāṃśupratimaiḥ śarottamaiḥ /
MBh, 8, 13, 23.1 athārjunaṃ sve parivārya sainikāḥ puraṃdaraṃ devagaṇā ivābruvan /
MBh, 8, 15, 40.1 dvipasya pādāgrakarān sa pañcabhir nṛpasya bāhū ca śiro
'tha ca tribhiḥ /
MBh, 8, 21, 7.1 atha tava naradeva sainikās tava ca sutāḥ surasūnusaṃnibhāḥ /
MBh, 8, 21, 13.1 atha puruṣavarau kṛtāhnikau bhavam abhipūjya yathāvidhi prabhum /
MBh, 8, 26, 74.1 tataḥ prāyāt prītimān vai rathena vaiyāghreṇa
śvetayujātha karṇaḥ /
MBh, 8, 30, 75.1 ā pāñcālebhyaḥ kuravo naimiṣāś ca matsyāś caivāpy
atha jānanti dharmam /
MBh, 8, 49, 72.2 ity evam uktas tu janārdanena pārthaḥ
praśasyātha suhṛdvadhaṃ tam /
MBh, 8, 53, 11.1 suṣeṇaśīrṣaṃ patitaṃ pṛthivyāṃ vilokya karṇo
'tha tadārtarūpaḥ /
MBh, 8, 54, 1.2 atha tv idānīṃ tumule vimarde dviṣadbhir eko bahubhiḥ samāvṛtaḥ /
MBh, 8, 57, 51.3 guroḥ sutaṃ cāvarajaṃ tathātmanaḥ padātino
'tha dvipasādino 'nyān //
MBh, 8, 57, 58.1 athāgryabāṇair daśabhir dhanaṃjayaṃ parābhinad droṇasuto 'cyutaṃ tribhiḥ /
MBh, 8, 57, 66.1 athābhisṛtya prativārya tān arīn dhanaṃjayasyābhi rathaṃ mahārathāḥ /
MBh, 8, 60, 3.1 dhṛṣṭadyumnaṃ
nirbibhedātha ṣaḍbhir jaghāna cāśvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ tasya saṃkhye /
MBh, 8, 60, 9.2 athābhinat sutasomaṃ śareṇa sa saṃśitenādhirathir mahātmā //
MBh, 8, 60, 10.1 athākrande tumule vartamāne dhārṣṭadyumne nihate tatra kṛṣṇaḥ /
MBh, 8, 60, 12.1 visphārya gāṇḍīvam
athograghoṣaṃ jyayā samāhatya tale bhṛśaṃ ca /
MBh, 8, 60, 20.1 śikhaṇḍinaṃ dvādaśabhiḥ parābhinacchitaiḥ śaraiḥ ṣaḍbhir
athottamaujasam /
MBh, 8, 60, 22.1 nimajjatas tān
atha karṇasāgare vipannanāvo vaṇijo yathārṇave /
MBh, 8, 60, 24.1 kṛpo
'tha bhojaś ca tavātmajas tathā svayaṃ ca karṇo niśitair atāḍayat /
MBh, 8, 60, 32.1 tavātmajasyātha vṛkodaras tvaran dhanuḥ kṣurābhyāṃ dhvajam eva cāchinat /
MBh, 8, 61, 6.2 utkṛtya vakṣaḥ patitasya bhūmāv
athāpibacchoṇitam asya koṣṇam /
MBh, 8, 62, 20.1 athānyad ādāya dhanuḥ suśīghraṃ karṇātmajaḥ pāṇḍavam abhyavidhyat /
MBh, 8, 62, 30.2 punaś ca pītair niśitaiḥ pṛṣatkaiḥ stanāntare gāḍham
athābhyavidhyat //
MBh, 8, 62, 32.1 nakulam
atha viditvā chinnabāṇāsanāsiṃ viratham ariśarārtaṃ karṇaputrāstrabhagnam /
MBh, 8, 62, 34.1 atha tava rathamukhyās tān pratīyus tvaranto hṛdikasutakṛpau ca drauṇiduryodhanau ca /
MBh, 8, 62, 39.1 tataḥ kuṇindeṣu hateṣu teṣv
atha prahṛṣṭarūpās tava te mahārathāḥ /
MBh, 8, 62, 40.1 athābhavad yuddham atīva dāruṇaṃ punaḥ kurūṇāṃ saha pāṇḍusṛñjayaiḥ /
MBh, 8, 62, 42.2 jaghāna bhojaś ca hayān
athāpatan viśastrakṛttāḥ kṛtavarmaṇā dvipāḥ //
MBh, 8, 62, 43.1 athāpare drauṇiśarāhatā dvipās trayaḥ sasarvāyudhayodhaketavaḥ /
MBh, 8, 64, 16.1 athābhyadhāvaṃs tvaritāḥ śataṃ rathāḥ śataṃ ca nāgārjunam ātatāyinaḥ /
MBh, 8, 64, 20.1 athābravīd droṇasutas tavātmajaṃ karaṃ kareṇa pratipīḍya sāntvayan /
MBh, 8, 65, 14.2 athābravīt pāṇinā pāṇim āghnan saṃdaṣṭauṣṭho nṛtyati vādayann iva /
MBh, 8, 65, 16.1 athābravīd vāsudevo 'pi pārthaṃ dṛṣṭvā ratheṣūn pratihanyamānān /
MBh, 8, 65, 31.1 dṛṣṭvājimukhyāv
atha yudhyamānau didṛkṣavaḥ śūravarāv arighnau /
MBh, 8, 65, 39.1 tān pañcabhallais tvaritaiḥ sumuktais tridhā tridhaikaikam
athoccakarta /
MBh, 8, 65, 42.1 sa cakrarakṣān
atha pādarakṣān puraḥsarān pṛṣṭhagopāṃś ca sarvān /
MBh, 8, 66, 8.1 athābravīt krodhasaṃraktanetraḥ karṇaḥ śalyaṃ saṃdhiteṣuḥ prasahya /
MBh, 8, 66, 12.1 athārjunasyottamagātrabhūṣaṇaṃ dharāviyaddyosalileṣu viśrutam /
MBh, 8, 66, 34.1 sa taṃ vivarmāṇam
athottameṣubhiḥ śaraiś caturbhiḥ kupitaḥ parābhinat /
MBh, 8, 67, 1.2 athābravīd vāsudevo rathastho rādheya diṣṭyā smarasīha dharmam /
MBh, 8, 67, 16.1 atha tvaran karṇavadhāya pāṇḍavo mahendravajrānaladaṇḍasaṃnibham /
MBh, 8, 68, 51.2 athāntarikṣe divi ceha cāsakṛd babhūva hāheti janasya nisvanaḥ //
MBh, 9, 16, 7.2 samāgataṃ bhīmabalena rājñā paryāpur anyonyam
athāhvayantaḥ //
MBh, 9, 16, 9.1 saṃrakṣito bhīmasenena rājā mādrīsutābhyām
atha mādhavena /
MBh, 9, 16, 17.1 tato 'tividdho
'tha yudhiṣṭhiro 'pi susamprayuktena śareṇa rājan /
MBh, 9, 16, 29.2 chittvā ratheṣāṃ nakulasya so
'tha yudhiṣṭhiraṃ bhīmabalo 'bhyadhāvat //
MBh, 9, 16, 30.1 taṃ cāpi rājānam
athotpatantaṃ kruddhaṃ yathaivāntakam āpatantam /
MBh, 9, 16, 31.1 athāsya carmāpratimaṃ nyakṛntad bhīmo mahātmā daśabhiḥ pṛṣatkaiḥ /
MBh, 9, 19, 10.1 śrutvā ninādaṃ
tvatha kauravāṇāṃ harṣād vimuktaṃ saha śaṅkhaśabdaiḥ /
MBh, 9, 19, 23.1 tato
'tha nāgaṃ dharaṇīdharābhaṃ madaṃ sravantaṃ jaladaprakāśam /
MBh, 12, 47, 72.2 kṛtāñjaliṃ praṇatam
athāparaṃ janaṃ sa keśihā muditamanābhyanandata //
MBh, 12, 65, 8.1 traividyānāṃ yā gatir brāhmaṇānāṃ yaścaivokto
'thāśramo brāhmaṇānām /
MBh, 12, 169, 6.3 agnīn ādhāya vidhivacceṣṭayajño vanaṃ
praviśyātha munir bubhūṣet //
MBh, 12, 194, 3.2 bṛhaspatiḥ praśnam imaṃ purāṇaṃ papraccha śiṣyo
'tha guruṃ praṇamya //
MBh, 12, 195, 8.1 yathā ca kaścit sukṛtair manuṣyaḥ śubhāśubhaṃ prāpnute
'thāvirodhāt /
MBh, 12, 195, 16.2 na cāpi taiḥ sādhayate
'tha kāryaṃ te taṃ na paśyanti sa paśyate tān //
MBh, 12, 329, 18.1 atha hiraṇyakaśipuṃ puraskṛtya viśvarūpamātaraṃ svasāram asurā varam ayācanta /
MBh, 12, 329, 23.5 athendrastaṃ vivardhamānaṃ somapānāpyāyitasarvagātraṃ dṛṣṭvā cintām āpede //
MBh, 12, 329, 26.6 atha dadhīcastathaivāvimanāḥ sukhaduḥkhasamo mahāyogī ātmānaṃ samādhāya śarīraparityāgaṃ cakāra //
MBh, 12, 329, 29.1 atha brahmavadhyābhayapranaṣṭe trailokyanāthe śacīpatau jagad anīśvaraṃ babhūva /
MBh, 12, 329, 33.1 atha śacī duḥkhaśokārtā bhartṛdarśanalālasā nahuṣabhayagṛhītā bṛhaspatim upāgacchat /
MBh, 12, 329, 38.1 atha maitrāvaruṇiḥ kumbhayonir agastyo maharṣīn vikriyamāṇāṃstānnahuṣeṇāpaśyat /
MBh, 12, 329, 44.5 atha bhikṣāpratyākhyānaruṣitena budhena brahmabhūtena vivasvato dvitīye janmanyaṇḍasaṃjñitasyāṇḍaṃ māritam adityāḥ /
MBh, 13, 14, 95.1 paśupativacanād bhavāmi sadyaḥ kṛmir
atha vā tarur apyanekaśākhaḥ /
MBh, 13, 72, 43.1 tathānaḍvāhaṃ
brāhmaṇāyātha dhuryaṃ dattvā yuvānaṃ balinaṃ vinītam /
MBh, 13, 96, 5.1 ṛṣistathā gālavo
'thāṣṭakaśca bharadvājo 'rundhatī vālakhilyāḥ /
MBh, 13, 96, 5.2 śibir dilīpo nahuṣo 'mbarīṣo rājā yayātir dhundhumāro
'tha pūruḥ //
MBh, 13, 96, 7.1 sarveṣu
tīrtheṣvatha dhūtapāpā jagmustato brahmasaraḥ supuṇyam /
MBh, 13, 96, 8.2 athāpaśyan puṣkaraṃ te hriyantaṃ hradād agastyena samuddhṛtaṃ vai //
MBh, 15, 21, 9.1 kuntī gāndhārīṃ baddhanetrāṃ vrajantīṃ skandhāsaktaṃ hastam
athodvahantī /
MBh, 16, 5, 1.3 athāpaśyan rāmam anantavīryaṃ vṛkṣe sthitaṃ cintayānaṃ vivikte //
MBh, 16, 5, 4.1 tato gate dāruke keśavo
'tha dṛṣṭvāntike babhrum uvāca vākyam /
MBh, 16, 5, 10.2 athābravīt keśavaḥ saṃnivartya śabdaṃ śrutvā yoṣitāṃ krośatīnām //
MBh, 16, 5, 12.1 athāpaśyad yogayuktasya tasya nāgaṃ mukhānniḥsarantaṃ mahāntam /
MBh, 16, 5, 20.3 athāpaśyat puruṣaṃ yogayuktaṃ pītāmbaraṃ lubdhako 'nekabāhum //
MBh, 16, 5, 22.1 divaṃ prāptaṃ vāsavo
'thāśvinau ca rudrādityā vasavaścātha viśve /
MBh, 16, 5, 22.1 divaṃ prāptaṃ vāsavo 'thāśvinau ca rudrādityā
vasavaścātha viśve /
MBh, 17, 3, 14.2 na vidyate saṃdhir
athāpi vigraho mṛtair martyair iti lokeṣu niṣṭhā /
MBh, 18, 5, 54.1 dvaipāyanoṣṭhapuṭaniḥsṛtam aprameyaṃ puṇyaṃ pavitram
atha pāpaharaṃ śivaṃ ca /
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
NyāSū, 1, 1, 5.0 atha tatpūrvakaṃ trividham anumānaṃ pūrvavat śeṣavat sāmānyatodṛṣṭaṃ ca //
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Pāśupatasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Ay, 9, 46.1 athaitad uktvā vacanaṃ sudāruṇaṃ nidhāya sarvābharaṇāni bhāminī /
Rām, Ay, 18, 40.2 athānujaṃ bhṛśam anuśāsya darśanaṃ cakāra tāṃ hṛdi jananīṃ pradakṣiṇam //
Rām, Ay, 104, 24.1 athānupūrvyāt pratipūjya taṃ janaṃ gurūṃś ca mantriprakṛtīs tathānujau /
Rām, Ār, 58, 35.1 tathā sa gatvā vipulaṃ mahad vanaṃ parītya sarvaṃ tv
atha maithilīṃ prati /
Rām, Ki, 27, 45.1 athaivam uktaḥ praṇidhāya lakṣmaṇaḥ kṛtāñjalis tat pratipūjya bhāṣitam /
Rām, Su, 4, 2.2 bhūtāni sarvāṇi virājayantaṃ dadarśa śītāṃśum
athābhiyāntam //
Rām, Su, 26, 15.2 moghaṃ
caritvātha tapovrataṃ ca tyakṣyāmi dhig jīvitam alpabhāgyā //
Rām, Su, 45, 2.2 samutpapātātha sadasyudīrito dvijātimukhyair haviṣeva pāvakaḥ //
Rām, Su, 45, 14.2 samādhisaṃyogavimokṣatattvavic charān
atha trīn kapimūrdhnyapātayat //
Rām, Su, 46, 37.1 tato
'tha buddhvā sa tadāstrabandhaṃ prabhoḥ prabhāvād vigatālpavegaḥ /
Rām, Su, 46, 51.1 athendrajit taṃ prasamīkṣya muktam astreṇa baddhaṃ drumacīrasūtraiḥ /
Rām, Yu, 56, 19.2 nyapatad
atha daśānano bhṛśārtas tam anujam indraripuṃ hataṃ viditvā //
Rām, Yu, 57, 90.1 athāṅgado rāmamanaḥpraharṣaṇaṃ suduṣkaraṃ taṃ kṛtavān hi vikramam /
Rām, Yu, 61, 3.2 svayambhuvo vākyam
athodvahantau yat sāditāvindrajidastrajālaiḥ //
Rām, Yu, 66, 38.2 dadṛśur
atha ca devatāḥ prahṛṣṭā girim iva vajrahataṃ yathā viśīrṇam //
Rām, Yu, 78, 54.1 tad asukaram
athābhivīkṣya hṛṣṭāḥ priyasuhṛdo yudhi lakṣmaṇasya karma /
Rām, Yu, 80, 57.2 gṛhaṃ
jagāmātha tataśca vīryavān punaḥ sabhāṃ ca prayayau suhṛdvṛtaḥ //
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 1, 61.1 yo
jyāyānatha vayasā guṇaiśca teṣāṃ bhrātṝṇāṃ vṛṣabha ivaujasā vṛṣāṇām /
SaundĀ, 3, 5.1 atha naiṣa mārga iti vīkṣya tadapi vipulaṃ jahau tapaḥ /
SaundĀ, 4, 13.1 dattvātha sā darpaṇamasya haste mamāgrato dhāraya tāvadenam /
SaundĀ, 4, 36.1 athāpyanāśyānaviśeṣakāyāṃ mayyeṣyasi tvaṃ tvaritaṃ tatastvām /
SaundĀ, 4, 46.1 atha sa pathi dadarśa muktamānaṃ pitṛnagare 'pi tathā gatābhimānam /
SaundĀ, 5, 1.1 athāvatīryāśvarathadvipebhyaḥ śākyā yathāsvarddhigṛhītaveṣāḥ /
SaundĀ, 5, 34.1 atha pramādācca tamujjihīrṣan matvāgamasyaiva ca pātrabhūtam /
SaundĀ, 5, 36.1 śrutvātha nandasya manīṣitaṃ tad buddhāya vaidehamuniḥ śaśaṃsa /
SaundĀ, 6, 6.1 athātra kācit pramadā sabāṣpāṃ tāṃ duḥkhitāṃ draṣṭum anīpsamānā /
SaundĀ, 6, 42.1 athāpi kiṃcid vyasanaṃ prapanno mā caiva tad bhūt sadṛśo 'tra bāṣpaḥ /
SaundĀ, 6, 43.1 atha tvidānīṃ laḍitaḥ sukhena svasthaḥ phalastho vyasanānyadṛṣṭvā /
SaundĀ, 8, 5.1 atha duḥkhamidaṃ manomayaṃ vada vakṣyāmi yadatra bheṣajam /
SaundĀ, 8, 8.1 atha tatra śucau latāgṛhe kusumodgāriṇi tau niṣedatuḥ /
SaundĀ, 8, 14.1 atha tasya niśamya tadvacaḥ priyabhāryābhimukhasya śocataḥ /
SaundĀ, 9, 1.1 athaivamukto 'pi sa tena bhikṣuṇā jagāma naivopaśamaṃ priyāṃ prati /
SaundĀ, 9, 42.1 śarīramīdṛg bahuduḥkhādhruvaṃ
phalānurodhādatha nāvagacchasi /
SaundĀ, 16, 73.1 tathāpyathādhyātmanavagrahatvān naivopaśāmyed aśubho vitarkaḥ /
SaundĀ, 17, 1.1 athaivamādeśitatattvamārgo nandastadā prāptavimokṣamārgaḥ /
SaundĀ, 17, 7.1 ātaptabuddheḥ prahitātmano 'pi
svabhyastabhāvādatha kāmasaṃjñā /
SaundĀ, 17, 15.2 athātmavānniḥsaraṇātmataśca dharmeṣu cakre vidhivat parīkṣām //
SaundĀ, 17, 27.1 athātmadṛṣṭiṃ sakalāṃ vidhūya caturṣu satyeṣvakathaṃkathaḥ san /
SaundĀ, 17, 32.2 tasyopadeṣṭāramathāryavaryaṃ sa prekṣate buddhamavāptacakṣuḥ //
SaundĀ, 17, 50.1 prītervirāgāt sukhamāryajuṣṭaṃ kāyena
vindannatha samprajānan /
SaundĀ, 17, 52.1 dhyāne 'pi
tatrātha dadarśa doṣaṃ mene paraṃ śāntam aniñjam eva /
SaundĀ, 18, 1.1 atha dvijo bāla ivāptavedaḥ kṣipraṃ vaṇik prāpta ivāptalābhaḥ /
SaundĀ, 18, 6.1 athātmanaḥ śiṣyaguṇasya caiva mahāmuneḥ śāstṛguṇasya caiva /
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 2.1 atha sambahulānāṃ kāpilavāstavānāṃ śākyānāṃ saṃsthāgāre saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃrūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudāhāraḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 9.1 atha sambahulāḥ kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 21.1 atha ko nu mama śrāvakaḥ pratibalaḥ syād yaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kuryāt tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanastasyām eva pariṣadi saṃniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt saṃnipatitaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 29.1 athānyatamo lolupajātīyaḥ sattvaḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayati yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuṅkte //
SBhedaV, 1, 83.1 athānyatareṇālasajātīyena sattvena sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir ānītaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 84.1 athānyataraḥ sattvas taṃ sattvam idam avocat ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 85.1 atha sa sattvas tam idam avocat pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva svaṃ śālim ānīto mayā sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 86.1 atha tasya sattvasyaitad abhavat etad bata sādhvetad bata suṣṭhu yannvahaṃ dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 88.1 athānyataraḥ sattvas taṃ sattvam idam avocat ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 89.1 atha sa sattvas taṃ sattvam idam avocat pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva svaṃ śālim ānīto mayā sa dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhikaṃ śālir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 90.1 atha tasya sattvasyaitad abhavat etad bata sādhvetad bata suṣṭhu yannvardhamāsikaṃ māsikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 94.1 atha te sattvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti kāmyanti paridevante vayaṃ sma bhavantaḥ pūrvaṃ rūpiṇo bhavāmo manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṅgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 116.1 athānyatamaḥ sattvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte //
SBhedaV, 1, 121.1 atha te sattvās taṃ sattvam idam avocan kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva tiṣṭhati sve śālau yāvat trir api parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 122.1 atha sa sattvas tān sattvān idam avocat anenāsmi bhavantaḥ sattvena śālikāraṇād ākṛṣṭaḥ parākṛṣṭo yāvat parṣanmadhye api avadhyāyitaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 123.1 atha te sattvāḥ sattvam idam avocan kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva sattvaṃ śālikāraṇād ākarṣasi parākarṣasi yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatarayasi gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣīr iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 124.0 atha teṣāṃ sattvānām etad abhavat dṛśyante khalu bhavantaḥ śālikāraṇād ākarṣaṇam api parākarṣaṇam api yāvatparṣanmadhye 'py avatāraṇam //
SBhedaV, 1, 198.0 kapilariṣiḥ śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayati sa kathayati bhavantaḥ avalokitā bhavata aham anyatra gamiṣyāmi maharṣe kimarthaṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayāmi śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni maharṣe tvam ihaiva tiṣṭha vayam anyatra gacchāmaḥ kiṃtu bhūbhāgam asmākam anuprayaccha bhavantaḥ śobhanaṃ ṛṣayas te mahātmānaḥ īpsitamanorathasādhakāḥ tena sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāram ādāya nagarākāreṇa udakadhārāpātair nagaraṃ māpitaṃ kapilena riṣiṇā teṣāṃ vāsāya vastu parityaktam iti kapilavastu kapilavastv iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā te tatra vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ mahājanakāyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ saṃbādhād vṛddhiṃ na labhante teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya devatābhir anyapradeśa upadarśitaḥ tais tatra gatvā dvitīyaṃ nagaraṃ māpitaṃ devadriśaṃ devadriśam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā tatas te saṃgamya samāgamya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanto yad vayaṃ nirvāsitāḥ tat sadṛśabhāryopādānāt tad asmākaṃ na kenacid dvitīyā sadṛśī bhāryā upādātavyā ekayaiva santoṣaḥ karaṇīya iti te ekām eva sadṛśīṃ bhāryāṃ pariṇamayanti na dvitīyām
athāpareṇa samayena virūḍhako rājā priyān putrān samanusmaran amātyān āmantrayate hambhoḥ grāmaṇyas te kumārāḥ kva sāṃprataṃ tair vistareṇārocitaṃ deva kenacid adhikaraṇena nirvāsitāḥ te svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāya itaḥ prakrāntāḥ anuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre vāsaṃ kalpayanti svakasvakā bhaginīḥ pratyākhyāya vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ śakyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ kumārair evaṃ kartuṃ deva śakyam atha virūḍhakaḥ ikṣvākurājaḥ pūrvaṃ kāyam abhyunnamayya dakṣiṇabāhum abhiprasāryodānam udānayati śakyā bata kumārāḥ paramaśakyā bata kumārā iti maheśākhyena sattvena vāṅ niścāritā śākyā bata kumārāḥ paramaśākyā bata kumārā iti śākyā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā //
SBhedaV, 1, 198.0 kapilariṣiḥ śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayati sa kathayati bhavantaḥ avalokitā bhavata aham anyatra gamiṣyāmi maharṣe kimarthaṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayāmi śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni maharṣe tvam ihaiva tiṣṭha vayam anyatra gacchāmaḥ kiṃtu bhūbhāgam asmākam anuprayaccha bhavantaḥ śobhanaṃ ṛṣayas te mahātmānaḥ īpsitamanorathasādhakāḥ tena sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāram ādāya nagarākāreṇa udakadhārāpātair nagaraṃ māpitaṃ kapilena riṣiṇā teṣāṃ vāsāya vastu parityaktam iti kapilavastu kapilavastv iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā te tatra vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ mahājanakāyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ saṃbādhād vṛddhiṃ na labhante teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya devatābhir anyapradeśa upadarśitaḥ tais tatra gatvā dvitīyaṃ nagaraṃ māpitaṃ devadriśaṃ devadriśam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā tatas te saṃgamya samāgamya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanto yad vayaṃ nirvāsitāḥ tat sadṛśabhāryopādānāt tad asmākaṃ na kenacid dvitīyā sadṛśī bhāryā upādātavyā ekayaiva santoṣaḥ karaṇīya iti te ekām eva sadṛśīṃ bhāryāṃ pariṇamayanti na dvitīyām athāpareṇa samayena virūḍhako rājā priyān putrān samanusmaran amātyān āmantrayate hambhoḥ grāmaṇyas te kumārāḥ kva sāṃprataṃ tair vistareṇārocitaṃ deva kenacid adhikaraṇena nirvāsitāḥ te svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāya itaḥ prakrāntāḥ anuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre vāsaṃ kalpayanti svakasvakā bhaginīḥ pratyākhyāya vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ śakyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ kumārair evaṃ kartuṃ deva śakyam
atha virūḍhakaḥ ikṣvākurājaḥ pūrvaṃ kāyam abhyunnamayya dakṣiṇabāhum abhiprasāryodānam udānayati śakyā bata kumārāḥ paramaśakyā bata kumārā iti maheśākhyena sattvena vāṅ niścāritā śākyā bata kumārāḥ paramaśākyā bata kumārā iti śākyā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā //
SBhedaV, 1, 200.0 atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya kathāparyavasānaṃ viditvā utthāya niṣaṇṇaḥ niṣadyāyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana sādhu sādhu khalu tvaṃ maudgalyāyana yas tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ purastācchākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayasi punar api tvaṃ maudgalyāyana abhīkṣṇam api tvaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathaya tad eṣāṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma udgṛhṇīta yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayituṃ tat kasya hetoḥ arthopasaṃhitā bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyā kathā arthopasaṃhitā brahmacaryopasaṃhitā yuktam eva bhikṣavaḥ śraddhayā pravrajitena kulaputreṇa śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayitum atha kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 200.0 atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya kathāparyavasānaṃ viditvā utthāya niṣaṇṇaḥ niṣadyāyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana sādhu sādhu khalu tvaṃ maudgalyāyana yas tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ purastācchākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayasi punar api tvaṃ maudgalyāyana abhīkṣṇam api tvaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathaya tad eṣāṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma udgṛhṇīta yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayituṃ tat kasya hetoḥ arthopasaṃhitā bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyā kathā arthopasaṃhitā brahmacaryopasaṃhitā yuktam eva bhikṣavaḥ śraddhayā pravrajitena kulaputreṇa śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayitum
atha kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti
atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Vṛddhayamasmṛti
Yogasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.1 atha kasmād ucyate oṃkāraḥ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva prāṇān ūrdhvam utkrāmayati tasmād ucyate oṃkāraḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.2 atha kasmād ucyate praṇavaḥ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvāṅgirasaṃ brahma brāhmaṇebhyaḥ praṇāmayati nāmayati ca tasmād ucyate praṇavaḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.3 atha kasmād ucyate sarvavyāpī yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva yathā snehena palalapiṇḍam iva śāntarūpam otaprotam anuprāpto vyatiṣaktaś ca tasmād ucyate sarvavyāpī /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.4 atha kasmād ucyate 'nantaḥ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva tiryag ūrdhvam adhastāc cāsyānto nopalabhyate tasmād ucyate 'nantaḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.5 atha kasmād ucyate tāraṃ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva garbhajanmavyādhijarāmaraṇasaṃsāramahābhayāt tārayati trāyate ca tasmād ucyate tāram /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.6 atha kasmād ucyate śuklaṃ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva klandate klāmayati ca tasmād ucyate śuklam /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.7 atha kasmād ucyate sūkṣmaṃ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva sūkṣmo bhūtvā śarīrāṇy adhitiṣṭhati sarvāṇi cāṅgāny abhimṛśati tasmād ucyate sūkṣmam /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.8 atha kasmād ucyate vaidyutaṃ yasmād uccāryamāṇa eva vyakte mahati tamasi dyotayati tasmād ucyate vaidyutam /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.9 atha kasmād ucyate paraṃ brahma yasmāt param aparaṃ parāyaṇaṃ ca bṛhad bṛhatyā bṛṃhayati tasmād ucyate paraṃ brahma /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.10 atha kasmād ucyate ekaḥ yaḥ sarvān prāṇān saṃbhakṣya saṃbhakṣaṇenājaḥ saṃsṛjati visṛjati tīrtham eke vrajanti tīrtham eke dakṣiṇāḥ pratyañca udañcaḥ prāñco 'bhivrajanty eke teṣāṃ sarveṣām iha saṃgatiḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.12 atha kasmād ucyate rudraḥ yasmād ṛṣibhir nānyair bhaktair drutam asya rūpam upalabhyate tasmād ucyate rudraḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.13 atha kasmād ucyate īśānaḥ yaḥ sarvān devān īśate īśānībhir jananībhiś ca śaktibhiḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 35.16 atha kasmād ucyate bhagavān maheśvaraḥ yasmād bhaktājñānena bhajaty anugṛhṇāti ca vācaṃ saṃsṛjati visṛjati ca sarvān bhāvān parityajyātmajñānena yogaiśvaryeṇa mahati mahīyate tasmād ucyate bhagavān maheśvaraḥ tad etad rudracaritam //
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 3, 10.2 ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti
athetare duḥkham evāpiyanti //
ŚvetU, 6, 21.1 tapaḥprabhāvād devaprasādāt brahma ha śvetāśvataro
'tha vidvān /
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
AKośa, 1, 5.2 niṣiddhaliṅgaṃ śeṣārthaṃ
tvantāthādi na pūrvabhāk //
Amaruśataka
AmaruŚ, 1, 100.1 idaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ priyatama tanu
śvetamatha kiṃ gamiṣyāmo yāmo bhavatu gamanenātha bhavatu /
AmaruŚ, 1, 100.1 idaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ priyatama tanu śvetamatha kiṃ gamiṣyāmo yāmo bhavatu
gamanenātha bhavatu /
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Utt., 40, 84.2 atha carakavihīnaḥ prakriyāyām aklinnaḥ kim iva khalu karotu vyādhitānāṃ varākaḥ //
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 12, 1.0 athāto dvividhauṣadhavijñānīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāma iti ha smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ //
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 1.0 athāto rogabhedīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāma iti ha smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ //
Bhallaṭaśataka
BhallŚ, 1, 5.2 prāg arṇavasya hṛdaye vṛṣalakṣmaṇo
'tha kaṇṭhe 'dhunā vasasi vāci punaḥ khalānām //
BhallŚ, 1, 9.1 patatu vāriṇi yātu digantaraṃ viśatu vahnim
atha vrajatu kṣitim /
BhallŚ, 1, 40.2 labdhātmaprasareṇa rakṣitum
athāśakyena muktvāśāniṃ sphītas tādṛg aho ghanena ripuṇā dagdho girigrāmakaḥ //
BhallŚ, 1, 46.1 sarvāsāṃ trijagaty apām iyam asāv ādhāratā tāvakī prollāso 'yam
athāmbudhe 'mbunilaye seyaṃ mahāsattvatā /
BhallŚ, 1, 50.1 saṃvittir asty
atha guṇāḥ pratibhānti loke taddhi praśastam iha kasya kim ucyatāṃ vā /
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 1, 3.2 atha matsamadhātureva paśyed aparo'pyenamato'pi sārthako'yam //
BoCA, 1, 35.1 atha yasya manaḥ prasādameti prasavet tasya tato'dhikaṃ phalam /
BoCA, 9, 74.2 athotpannamahaṃ cittaṃ naṣṭe'sminnāstyahaṃ punaḥ //
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 1, 91.1 atha rājani kānanāvṛte puram āspanditalokalocanām /
BKŚS, 2, 1.1 atha bibhrad durucchedaṃ śokaṃ bhrātṛviyogajam /
BKŚS, 2, 11.2 dharmam ācakṣatāṃ pūjyāḥ śuddham ity
atha te 'bruvan //
BKŚS, 3, 126.1 athojjayanyāḥ kathamapy upāgatair jarāndhajātyandhajaḍārbhakair api /
BKŚS, 7, 82.1 athāham abhraṃlihaśaṅgacakraṃ dhvajaprabhāpīḍitaśakracāpam /
BKŚS, 8, 55.1 siṃhaśatrur
atha tāmiṣuṃ mudā gomukhādibhir apūjayat saha /
BKŚS, 18, 92.1 atha gacchati sma ravir astabhūdharaṃ vasitadrumān adhi śakuntapaṅktayaḥ /
BKŚS, 18, 613.1 ambām
athārghajalapātrabhṛtaṃ nirīkṣya dūrād apāsarad asau janatā vihastā /
BKŚS, 23, 7.2 katham eṣa tvayā prāptaḥ suhṛd ity
atha so 'bravīt //
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 1, 1, 15.1 tayoratha rathaturagakhurakṣuṇṇakṣoṇīsamudbhūte karighaṭākaṭasravanmadadhārādhautamūle navyavallabhavaraṇāgatadivyakanyājanajavanikāpaṭamaṇḍapa iva viyattalavyākule dhūlīpaṭale diviṣaddhvani dhikkṛtānyadhvanipaṭahadhvānabadhiritāśeṣadigantarālaṃ śastrāśastri hastāhasti parasparābhihatasainyaṃ janyam ajani //
DKCar, 1, 1, 18.1 atha kadācittadagramahiṣī devī devena kalpavallīphalamāpnuhi iti prabhātasamaye susvapnam avalokitavatī //
DKCar, 1, 1, 38.1 athārdharātre nidrānilīnanetre parijane vijane śokapārāvāram apāram uttartum aśaknuvatī senāniveśadeśaṃ niḥśabdaleśaṃ śanairatikramya yasmin rathasya saṃsaktatayā tadānayanapalāyanaśrāntā gantumakṣamāḥ kṣamāpatirathyāḥ pathyākulāḥ pūrvamatiṣṭhaṃstasya nikaṭavaṭataroḥ śākhāyāṃ mṛtirekhāyāmiva kvaciduttarīyārddhena bandhanaṃ mṛtisādhanaṃ viracya martukāmābhirāmā vāṅmādhurīvirasīkṛtakalakaṇṭhakaṇṭhā sāśrukaṇṭhā vyalapal lāvaṇyopamitapuṣpasāyaka bhūnāyaka bhavāneva bhāvinyapi janmani vallabho bhavatu iti //
DKCar, 1, 1, 53.1 atha kadācidekena tāpasena rasena rājalakṣaṇavirājitaṃ kaccinnayanānandakaraṃ sukumāraṃ kumāraṃ rājñe samarpyāvoci bhūvallabha kuśasamidānayanāya vanaṃ gatena mayā kācidaśaraṇyā vyaktakārpaṇyāśru muñcantī vanitā vilokitā //
DKCar, 1, 2, 1.1 athaikadā vāmadevaḥ sakalakalākuśalena kusumasāyakasaṃśayitasaundaryeṇa kalpitasodaryeṇa sāhasāpahasitakumāreṇa sukumāreṇa jayadhvajātapavāraṇakuliśāṅkitakareṇa kumāranikareṇa pariveṣṭitaṃ rājānamānataśirasaṃ samabhigamya tena tāṃ kṛtāṃ paricaryāmaṅgīkṛtya nijacaraṇakamalayugalamilanmadhukarāyamāṇakākapakṣaṃ vidaliṣyamāṇavipakṣaṃ kumāracayaṃ gāḍhamāliṅgya mitasatyavākyena vihitāśīr abhyabhāṣata //
DKCar, 1, 5, 1.1 atha mīnaketanasenānāyakena malayagirimahīruhanirantarāvāsibhujaṃgamabhuktāvaśiṣṭeneva sūkṣmatareṇa dhṛtaharicandanaparimalabhareṇeva mandagatinā dakṣiṇānilena viyogihṛdayasthaṃ manmathānalam ujjvalayan sahakārakisalayamakarandāsvādanaraktakaṇṭhānāṃ madhukarakalakaṇṭhānāṃ kākalīkalakalena dikcakraṃ vācālayan māninīmānasotkalikāmupanayan mākandasinduvāraraktāśokakiṃśukatilakeṣu kalikām upapādayan madanamahotsavāya rasikamanāṃsi samullāsayan vasantasamayaḥ samājagāma //
DKCar, 1, 5, 24.1 atha rājavāhano vidyeśvarasya kriyāpāṭavena phalitamiva manorathaṃ manyamānaḥ puṣpodbhavena saha svamandiramupetya sādaraṃ bālacandrikāmukhena nijavallabhāyai mahīsurakriyamāṇaṃ saṃgamopāyaṃ vedayitvā kautukākṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ kathamimāṃ kṣapāṃ kṣapayāmi ityatiṣṭhat /
DKCar, 2, 1, 12.1 atha tasya rājakumārasya kamalamūḍhaśaśikiraṇarajjudāmanigṛhītamiva rajataśṛṅkhalopagūḍhaṃ caraṇayugalamāsīt //
DKCar, 2, 1, 23.1 atha viditavārtāvārtau mahādevīmālavendrau jāmātaram ākārapakṣapātināv ātmaparityāgopanyāsenāriṇā jighāṃsyamānaṃ rarakṣatuḥ //
DKCar, 2, 1, 49.1 athāsau pitṛprayuktavaire pravartamāne vidyādharacakravartini vatsarājavaṃśavardhane naravāhanadatte virasāśayastadapakārakṣamo 'yamiti tapasyatā darpasāreṇa saha samasṛjyata //
DKCar, 2, 2, 5.1 athāsāvuṣṇamāyataṃ ca niḥśvasyāśaṃsata āsīttādṛśo munirasminnāśrame //
DKCar, 2, 2, 20.1 atha sā vārayuvatistena tāpasena bhadre nanu duḥkhākaro 'yaṃ vanavāsaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 2, 58.1 atha sā sasmitam avādīt bhagavan yayādya rājakule mattaḥ parājayo 'bhyupetas tasyāś ca mama ca kasmiṃścitsaṃgharṣe marīcim āvarjitavatīva ślāghase iti tayāsmyahamadhikṣiptā //
DKCar, 2, 2, 86.1 atha punaḥ prakīrṇamalapaṅkaḥ prabalakeśaluñcanavyathaḥ prakṛṣṭatamakṣutpipāsādiduḥkhaḥ sthānāsanaśayanabhojaneṣvapi dvipa iva navagraho balavatībhir yantraṇābhirudvejitaḥ pratyavāmṛśam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 109.1 athāsau nagaradevateva nagaramoṣaroṣitā niḥsaṃbādhavelāyāṃ niḥsṛtā saṃnikṛṣṭā kācidunmiṣadbhūṣaṇā yuvatirāvirāsīt //
DKCar, 2, 2, 113.1 sa punar asminnatyudāratayā pitrorante vittairnijaiḥ krītvevārthivargād dāridryaṃ daridrati
satyathodāraka iti ca prītalokādhiropitāparaślāghyanāmani varayatyeva tasminmāṃ taruṇībhūtāmadhana ity adattvārthapatināmne kasmaiciditarasmai yathārthanāmne sārthavāhāya ditsati me pitā //
DKCar, 2, 2, 160.1 athārthairarthapatiḥ kuberadattamāśvāsya kulapālikāvivāhaṃ māsāvadhikamakalpayat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 179.1 atheyaṃ devateva śucau deśe niveśyārcyamānā prātaḥ prātaḥ suvarṇapūrṇaiva dṛśyate //
DKCar, 2, 2, 201.1 athāsau nagaradevateva nagaramoṣaroṣitā līlākaṭākṣamālāśṛṅkhalābhir nīlotpalapalāśaśyāmalābhir mām abadhnāt //
DKCar, 2, 2, 240.1 atha matprayukto dhanamitraḥ pārthivaṃ mitho vyajñāpayat deva yeyaṃ gaṇikā kāmamañjarī lobhotkarṣāllobhamañjarīti lokāvakrośapātramāsīt sādya musalolūkhalānyapi nirapekṣaṃ tyajati //
DKCar, 2, 2, 295.1 athottaredyurāgatya dṛptataraḥ subhagamānī sundaraṃmanyaḥ pitur atyayād acirādhiṣṭhitādhikāras tāruṇyamadād anatipakvaḥ kāntako nāma nāgarikaḥ kiṃcid iva bhartsayitvā māṃ samabhyadhatta na ceddhanamitrasyājinaratnaṃ pratiprayacchasi na cedvā nāgarikebhyaścoritakāni pratyarpayasi drakṣyasi pāramaṣṭādaśānāṃ kāraṇānām ante ca mṛtyumukham iti mayā tu smayamānenābhihitam saumya yadyapi dadyām ā janmano muṣitaṃ dhanaṃ na tvarthapatidārāpahāriṇaḥ śatrorme mitramukhasya dhanamitrasya carmaratnapratyāśāṃ pūrayeyam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 299.1 atha kadācid acyutāmbarapītātapatviṣi kṣayiṇi vāsare hṛṣṭavarṇā śṛgālikojjvalena veṣeṇopasṛtya dūrasthānucarā mām upaśliṣyābravīt ārya diṣṭyā vardhase //
DKCar, 2, 2, 303.1 atha tu bhartā rāgamañjaryāḥ kaścidakṣadhūrtaḥ kalāsu kavitveṣu lokavārtāsu cātivaicakṣaṇyānmayā samasṛjyata tatsambandhācca vastrābharaṇapreṣaṇādinā tadbhāryāṃ pratidinamanvavarte //
DKCar, 2, 2, 311.1 athāhaṃ tvadabhijñānapratyāyitāyā rāgamañjaryāḥ sakāśād yathepsitāni vasūni labhamānā rājaduhiturambālikāyā dhātrīṃ māṅgalikāṃ tvadādiṣṭena mārgeṇānvarañjayam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 334.1 athānītenāmunā manmocanāya śapathaḥ kṛtaḥ ahaṃ ca rahasyānirbhedāya vinigaḍīkṛtaśca snānabhojanavilepanānyanubhūya nityāndhakārādbhittikoṇādārabhyoragāsyena suraṅgām akaravam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 357.1 atha niśīthe bhūya eva vāyunighnaḥ nihatya kāntakaṃ nṛpatiduhitrā rameya iti raṃhasā pareṇa rājapathamabhyapatat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 367.1 atha bhagavantaṃ marīciṃ veśakṛcchrād utthāya punaḥ pratitaptatapaḥprabhāvapratyāpannadivyacakṣuṣam upasaṃgamya tenāsmyevaṃbhūtatvaddarśanam avagamitaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 3, 7.1 atha prathamagarbhābhinanditāṃ tāṃ ca priyasakhīṃ didṛkṣuḥ priyaṃvadā vasumatīṃ saha bhartrā puṣpapuramagamat //
DKCar, 2, 3, 60.1 atha tu yadyevaṃrūpo rūpānurūpaśilpaśīlavidyājñānakauśalo yuvā mahākulīnaśca kaścitsaṃnihitaḥ syāt sa kiṃ lapsyate iti //
DKCar, 2, 3, 109.1 athopakhātaṃ mātṛgṛhadvāre puṣkarikayā prathamasaṃnidhāpitāṃ veṇuyaṣṭim ādāya tayā śāyitayā ca parikhām sthāpitayā ca prākārabhittimalaṅghayam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 123.1 athāham āvirbhūya vivṛtadīpabhājanaḥ bhāmini nanu bahvaparāddhaṃ bhavatyā cittajanmano yadamuṣya jīvitabhūtā ratirākṛtyā kadarthitā dhanuryaṣṭirbhrūlatābhyām bhramaramālāmayī jyā nīlālakadyutibhiḥ astrāṇyapāṅgavīkṣitavṛṣṭibhiḥ mahārajanarañjitadhvajapaṭāṃśukaṃ dantacchadamayūkhajālaiḥ prathamasuhṛnmalayamārutaḥ parimalapaṭīyasā niḥśvāsapavanena parabhṛto 'timañjulaiḥ pralāpaiḥ puṣpamayī patākā bhujayaṣṭibhyām digvijayārambhapūrṇakumbhamithunam urojakumbhayugalena krījāsaro nābimamḍalena saṃnāhyarathaḥ śroṇimaṇḍalena bhavanaratnatoraṇastambhayugalam ūruyugalena līlākarṇakisalayaṃ caraṇatalaprabhābhiḥ //
DKCar, 2, 3, 177.1 athainām ihaiva kuraṇṭakagulmagarbhe tiṣṭha yāvadahaṃ nirgatya sādhayeyaṃ sādhyaṃ samyak iti visṛjya tāmupasṛtya homānalapradeśamaśokaśākhāvalambinīṃ ghaṇṭāmacālayam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 198.1 atha strīsvabhāvādīṣadvihvalāṃ hṛdayavallabhāṃ samāśvāsya hastakisalaye 'valambya gatvā tadgṛhamanujñayāsyāḥ sarvāṇyantaḥpurāṇyāhūya sadya eva sevāṃ dattavān //
DKCar, 2, 4, 10.0 athāsyāṃ kāśīpuryāmaryavaryasya kasyacidgṛhe corayitvā rūpābhigrāhito baddhaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 4, 15.0 atha mayopetya sarabhasamākruṣṭo ruṣṭaśca yantā hanta mṛto 'si kuñjarāpasada iti niśitena vāraṇena vāraṇaṃ muhurmuhurabhighnanniryāṇabhāge kathamapi madabhimukhamakarot //
DKCar, 2, 4, 41.0 athāham āhūyājñaptā harasakhena bāle bāle 'sminkīdṛśaste bhāvaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 4, 60.0 athāparedyuḥ prakṛtimaṇḍalaṃ saṃnipātya vidhivadātmajāyāḥ pāṇimagrāhayat //
DKCar, 2, 4, 78.0 athāsau nirbhayo 'dya priyatamāvirahapāṇḍubhir avayavair dhairyastambhitāśruparyākulena cakṣuṣoṣmaśvāsaśoṣitābhir ivānatipeśalābhir vāgbhir viyogaṃ darśayantam kathamapi rājakule kāryāṇi kārayantam pūrvasaṃketitaiḥ puruṣair abhigrāhyābandhayat //
DKCar, 2, 4, 110.0 atha madambā pūrṇabhadrabodhitārthā tādṛśe 'pi vyasane nātivihvalā kulaparijanānuyātā padbhyāmeva dhīramāgatya matpituruttamāṅgamutsaṅgena dhārayantyāsitvā rājñe samādiśat eṣa me patistavāpakartā na veti daivameva jānāti //
DKCar, 2, 4, 116.0 atha madambā maraṇamaṇḍanamanuṣṭhāya sakaruṇaṃ sakhīrāmantrya muhur abhipraṇamya bhavanadevatā yatnanivāritaparijanākranditā piturme śayanasthānamekākinī prāvikṣat //
DKCar, 2, 4, 155.0 atha devaścaṇḍasiṃho māmāhūyopahvare samājñāpayat ṛddhimati kanyakeyaṃ kalyāṇalakṣaṇā //
DKCar, 2, 4, 172.0 atha pitarau prahṛṣṭatarau taṃ nikṛṣṭāśayaṃ niśamya bandhane niyamya tasyā dārikāyā yathārheṇa karmaṇā māṃ pāṇimagrāhayetām //
DKCar, 2, 5, 24.1 athāvirbhūya kāpi ravikarābhitaptakuvalayadāmatāntāṅgayaṣṭiḥ kliṣṭanivasanottarīyā niralaktakarūkṣapāṭalena niḥśvāsoṣmajarjaritatviṣā dantacchadena vamantīva kapiladhūmadhūmraṃ virahānalam anavaratasaliladhārāvisarjanādrudhirāvaśeṣamiva lohitataraṃ dvitayam akṣṇor udvahantī kulacāritrabandhanapāśavibhrameṇaikaveṇībhūtena keśapāśena nīlāṃśukacīracūḍikāparivṛtā pativratāpatākeva saṃcarantī kṣāmakṣāmāpi devatānubhāvād anatikṣīṇavarṇāvakāśā sīmantinī praṇipatantaṃ māṃ praharṣotkampitena bhujalatādvayenotthāpya putravatpariṣvajya śirasyupaghrāya vātsalyamiva stanayugalena stanyacchalāt prakṣarantī śiśireṇāśruṇā niruddhakaṇṭhī snehagadgadaṃ vyāhārṣīt vatsa yadi vaḥ kathitavatī magadharājamahiṣī vasumatī mama haste bālam arthapālaṃ nidhāya kathāṃ ca kāṃcid ātmabhartṛputrasakhījanānubaddhāṃ rājarājapravartitāṃ kṛtvāntardhānamagādātmajā maṇibhadrasyeti sāhamasmi vo jananī //
DKCar, 2, 5, 30.1 atha rājñaḥ śrāvastīśvarasya yathārthanāmno dharmavardhanasya kanyāṃ navamālikāṃ gharmakālasubhage kanyāpuravimānaharmyatale viśālakomalatalaṃ śayyātalamadhiśayānāṃ yadṛcchayopalabhya diṣṭyeyaṃ suptā parijanaśca gāḍhanidraḥ //
DKCar, 2, 6, 31.1 athāsau jātasaṃbhramā prāptaiveyaṃ bhartṛdārikā kandukāvatī kandukakrīḍitena devīṃ vindhyavāsinīmārādhayitum //
DKCar, 2, 6, 105.1 athāvayorekayāryayāsītsaṃlāpa kiṃ krūraṃ strīhṛdayaṃ kiṃ gṛhiṇaḥ priyahitāya dāraguṇāḥ //
DKCar, 2, 6, 112.1 atha kaniṣṭho dhanyakaḥ priyāṃ svāmattumakṣamastayā saha tasyāmeva niśyapāsarat //
DKCar, 2, 6, 123.1 atha pānīyārthisārthajanasamāpattidṛṣṭoddhṛtam avantiṣu bhramantamāhārārthinaṃ bhartāramupalabhya sā dhūminī yena me patirvikalīkṛtaḥ sa durātmāyam iti tasya sādhościtravadhamajñena rājñā samādeśayāṃcakāra //
DKCar, 2, 6, 132.1 atha varapratyayāhṛteṣu dāreṣu yādṛcchikīṃ saṃpattim anabhisamīkṣya kārtāntiko nāma bhūtvā vastrāntapinaddhaśāliprastho bhuvaṃ babhrāma //
DKCar, 2, 6, 163.1 atha navabhṛṅgārasaṃbhṛtam agurudhūpadhūpitam abhinavapāṭalākusumavāsitam utphullotpalagrathitasaurabhaṃ vāri nālīdhārātmanā pātayāṃbabhūva //
DKCar, 2, 6, 196.1 athāsau kathañcitkṣaṇamadhomukhī dhyātvā dīrghoṣṇaśvāsapūrvamavocat bhagavati patirekadaivataṃ vanitānāṃ viśeṣataḥ kulajānām //
DKCar, 2, 6, 203.1 atha tamādāya tasya haste dattvā vakṣyasi putra taveyaṃ bhāryāsakhī nidhipatidattasya sarvaśreṣṭhimukhyasya kanyā kanakavatī nāma //
DKCar, 2, 6, 209.1 athaitāṃ kanakavatīti vṛddhatāpasīvipralabdho balabhadraḥ saratnasābharaṇām ādāya niśi nīrandhre tamasi prāvasat //
DKCar, 2, 6, 304.1 athāhamasmai rājñe yathāvṛttamākhyāya tadapatyadvayaṃ pratyarpitavān //
DKCar, 2, 7, 19.0 atha tadākarṇya karṇaśekharanilīnanīlanīrajāyitāṃ dhīratalatārakāṃ dṛśaṃ tiryak kiṃcid añcitāṃ saṃcārayantī salilacaraketanaśarāsanānatāṃ cillikālatāṃ lalāṭaraṅgasthalīnartakīṃ līlālasaṃ lālayantī kaṇṭakitaraktagaṇḍalekhā rāgalajjāntarālacāriṇī caraṇāgreṇa tiraścīnanakhārciścandrikeṇa dharaṇitalaṃ sācīkṛtānanasarasijaṃ likhantī dantacchadakisalayalaṅghinā harṣāsrasaliladhārāśīkarakaṇajālakleditasya stanataṭacandanasyārdratāṃ nirasyatāsyāntarālaniḥsṛtena tanīyasānilena hṛdayalakṣyadalanadakṣiṇaratisahacaraśarasyādāyitena taraṅgitadaśanacandrikāṇi kānicidetānyakṣarāṇi kalakaṇṭhīkalānyasṛjat ārya kena kāraṇenainaṃ dāsajanaṃ kālahastādācchidyānantaraṃ rāgānilacālitaraṇaraṇikātaraṅgiṇy anaṅgasāgare kirasi //
DKCar, 2, 7, 29.0 athāgatya tāścaraṇanihitaśirasaḥ kṣaradasrakarālitekṣaṇā nijaśekharakesarāgrasaṃlagnaṣaṭcaraṇagaṇaraṇitasaṃśayitakalagiraḥ śanairakathayan ārya yadatyādityatejasasta eṣā nayanalakṣyatāṃ gatā tataḥ kṛtāntena gṛhītā //
DKCar, 2, 7, 34.0 atha kadācidāyāsitajāyārahitacetasi lālasālilaṅghanaglānaghanakesare rājadaraṇyasthalīlalāṭālīlāyitatilake lalitānaṅgarājāṅgīkṛtanirnidrakarṇikārakāñcanachatre dakṣiṇadahanasārathirayāhṛtasahakāracañcarīkakalike kālāṇḍajakaṇṭharāgaraktaraktādharāratiraṇāgrasaṃnāhaśīlini śālīnakanyakāntaḥkaraṇasaṃkrāntarāgalaṅghitalajje darduragiritaṭacandanāśleṣaśītalānilācāryadattanānālatānṛtyalīle kāle kaliṅgarājaḥ sahāṅganājanena saha ca tanayayā sakalena ca nagarajanena daśa trīṇi ca dinādi dinakarakiraṇajālalaṅghanīye raṇadalisaṅghalaṅghitanatalatāgrakisalayālīḍhasaikatataṭe taralataraṅgaśīkarāsārasaṅgaśītale sāgaratīrakānane krīḍārasajātāsaktirāsīt //
DKCar, 2, 7, 35.0 atha saṃtatagītasaṃgītasaṃgatāṅganāsahasraśṛṅgārahelānirargalānaṅgasaṃgharṣaharṣitaśca rāgatṛṣṇaikatantrastatra randhra āndhranāthena jayasiṃhena salilataraṇasādhanānītenānenānekasaṃkhyenānīkena drāgāgatyāgṛhyata sakalatraḥ sā cānīyata trāsataralākṣī dayitā naḥ saha sakhījanena kanakalekhā //
DKCar, 2, 7, 100.0 atha sā harṣakāṣṭhāṃ gatena hṛdayeneṣadālakṣya daśanadīdhitilatāṃ līlālasaṃ lāsayantī lalitāñcitakaraśākhāntaritadantacchadakisalayā harṣajalakledajarjaranirañjanekṣaṇā racitāñjaliḥ nitarāṃ jāne yadi na syādaindrajālikasya jālaṃ kiṃcid etādṛśam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 1.0 atha so 'pyācacakṣe deva mayāpi paribhramatā vindhyāṭavyāṃ ko'pi kumāraḥ kṣudhā tṛṣā ca kliśyann akleśārhaḥ kvacitkūpābhyāśe 'ṣṭavarṣadeśīyo dṛṣṭaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 8, 5.0 iti
athāhamabhyetya vratatyā kayāpi vṛddhamuttārya taṃ ca bālaṃ vaṃśanālīmukhoddhṛtābhir adbhiḥ phalaiśca pañcaṣaiḥ śarakṣepocchritasya lakucavṛkṣasya śikharātpāṣāṇapātitaiḥ pratyānītaprāṇavṛttim āpādya tarutalaniṣaṇṇastaṃ jarantamabravam tāta ka eṣa bālaḥ ko vā bhavān kathaṃ ceyamāpadāpannā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 96.0 athaiṣu dineṣu bhūyobhūyaḥ prastute 'rthe preryamāṇo mantrivṛddhena vacasābhyupetya manasaivācittajña ityavajñātavān //
DKCar, 2, 8, 142.0 atha vasantabhānur bhānuvarmāṇaṃ nāma vānavāsyaṃ protsāhyānantavarmaṇā vyagrāhayat //
DKCar, 2, 8, 185.0 atha karṇe jīrṇamabravam dhūrto mitravarmā duhitari samyakpratipattyā mātaraṃ viśvāsya tanmukhena pratyākṛṣya bālakaṃ jighāṃsati //
DKCar, 2, 8, 211.0 atha mahāvrativeṣeṇa māṃ ca putraṃ ca bhikṣāyai praviṣṭau dṛṣṭvā prasnutastanī pratyutthāya harṣākulamabravīt bhagavan ayamañjaliḥ anātho 'yaṃ jano 'nugṛhyatām //
DKCar, 2, 8, 222.0 atha galati madhyarātre varṣavaropanītamahārharatnabhūṣaṇapaṭṭanivasanau tadbilamāvāṃ praviśya tūṣṇīmatiṣṭhāva //
DKCar, 2, 8, 226.0 atha yathāpūrvamarcayitvā durgām udghāṭitakapāṭaḥ pratyakṣībhūya pratyayahṛṣṭadṛṣṭispaṣṭaromāñcam udyatāñjalirūḍhavismayaṃ ca praṇipatantīḥ prakṛtīrabhyadhām itthaṃ devī vindhyavāsinī manmukhena yuṣmān ājñāpayati sa eṣa rājasūnur āpanno mayā sakṛpayā śārdūlarūpeṇa tiraskṛtyādya vo dattamenamadyaprabhṛti matputratayā mandamātṛpakṣa iti parigṛhṇantu bhavantaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 8, 241.0 atha nālījaṅghaṃ rahasyaśikṣayam tāta āryam āryaketum ekānte brūhi ko māyāpuruṣo ya imāṃ rājyalakṣmīmanubhavati sa cāyamasmadbālo bhujaṅgenāmunā parigṛhītaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 9, 15.0 atha vaśīkṛtarājyarakṣāparyāptāni sainyāni samarthatarānpuruṣānāptānsthāne sthāne niyujya kiyatā sainyena mārgarakṣāṃ vidhāya pūrvavairiṇaṃ mālaveśaṃ mānasāraṃ parājitya tadapi rājyaṃ vaśīkṛtya puṣpapure rājño rājahaṃsasya devyā vasumatyāśca pādānnamasyāmaḥ //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 77.0 athāpareṇa samayena śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇaḥ kṛtakautukamaṅgalasvastyayano mātuḥ sakāśamupasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayati amba gacchāmi avalokitā bhava mahāsamudramavatarāmi //
Divyāv, 1, 90.0 atha śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇaḥ kṛtakautūhalamaṅgalasvastyayanaḥ śakaṭairbhārairmoṭaiḥ piṭakairuṣṭrairgobhirgardabhaiḥ prabhūtaṃ samudragamanīyaṃ paṇyamāropya mahāsamudraṃ samprasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 130.0 atha cyutaḥ kālagataḥ tasyaiva gatyupapattisthānāt sthānāntaraviśeṣatāyai //
Divyāv, 1, 333.0 atha śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇo yenāyuṣmān mahākātyāyanastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 424.0 atha ye āyuṣmato mahākātyāyanasya sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikā bhikṣavas tāṃstānuddeśayogamanasikāraviśeṣān gṛhya paryavāpya tāsu tāsu grāmanagaranigamarāṣṭrarājadhānīṣu varṣāmupagatāḥ te trayāṇāṃ vārṣikāṇāṃ māsānāmatyayāt kṛtacīvarā niṣṭhitacīvarāḥ samādāya pātracīvaram yenāyuṣmān mahākātyāyanastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 432.0 athāyuṣmato mahākātyāyanasya sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikā āyuṣmantaṃ mahākātyāyanam yāvattāvat paryupāsyāyuṣmantaṃ mahākātyāyanamidamavocan dṛṣṭo 'smābhirupādhyāyaḥ paryupāsitaśca //
Divyāv, 1, 437.0 athāyuṣmāñ śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇa utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yenāyuṣmān mahākātyāyanastenāñjaliṃ kṛtvā praṇamyāyuṣmantaṃ mahākātyāyanamidamavocat dṛṣṭo mayopādhyāyānubhāvena sa bhagavān dharmakāyena no tu rūpakāyena //
Divyāv, 1, 451.0 athāyuṣmāñchroṇaḥ koṭikarṇas tasyā eva rātreratyayāt pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya vāsavagrāmakaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 1, 453.0 athāyuṣmāñchroṇaḥ koṭikarṇaḥ pātracīvaraṃ pratisamayya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 459.0 athāyuṣmānapi śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇo bahirvihārasya pādau prakṣālya vihāraṃ praviśya niṣaṇṇaḥ paryaṅkamābhujya yāvat pratimukhaṃ smṛtimupasthāpya //
Divyāv, 1, 461.0 atha bhagavān rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭikarṇamāmantrayate sma pratibhātu te śroṇa dharmo yo mayā svayamabhijñāyābhisaṃbudhyākhyātaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 462.0 athāyuṣmāñ śroṇo bhagavatā kṛtāvakāśaḥ asmāt parāntikayā guptikayā udānāt pārāyaṇāt satyadṛṣṭaḥ śailagāthā munigāthā arthavargīyāṇi ca sūtrāṇi vistareṇa svareṇa svādhyāyaṃ karoti //
Divyāv, 1, 463.0 atha bhagavāñchroṇasya koṭikarṇasya kathāparyavasānaṃ viditvā āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭikarṇamidamavocat sādhu sādhu śroṇa madhuraste dharmo bhāṣitaḥ praṇītaśca yo mayā svayamabhijñāyābhisaṃbudhyākhyātaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 464.0 athāyuṣmataḥ śroṇasya koṭikarṇasyaitadabhavat ayaṃ me kālo bhagavata upādhyāyasya vacasārocayitumiti viditvotthāyāsanād yāvad bhagavantaṃ praṇamyedamavocat asmāt parāntakeṣu janapadeṣu vāsavagrāmake bhadantamahākātyāyanaḥ prativasati yo me upādhyāyaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 467.0 atha bhagavāñchroṇaṃ koṭikarṇamidamavocat akālaṃ te śroṇa praśnavyākaraṇāya //
Divyāv, 1, 469.0 atha bhagavān kālyamevotthāya purastādbhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 470.0 athāyuṣmāñchroṇaḥ koṭikarṇo yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt //
Divyāv, 2, 25.0 atha kastasyopasthānaṃ karoti sā kathayati ahamasyopasthānaṃ karomi //
Divyāv, 2, 154.0 athāvārīgataṃ deśāntaragataṃ ca grahīṣyati tathāpi vayaṃ śaknumo gṛhagatena kṣetragatena cātmānaṃ saṃdhārayitum pūrṇakasya ca maryādābandhaṃ kartumiti //
Divyāv, 2, 359.0 athāpareṇa samayenāyuṣmān pūrṇo yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 388.0 athāyuṣmān pūrṇo bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 389.0 athāyuṣmān pūrṇastasyā eva rātreratyayāt pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 2, 392.0 athāyuṣmān pūrṇaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya śroṇāparāntakaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 2, 432.0 atha maheśvaro yakṣo yakṣāṇāṃ samitimasamitiṃ kṛtvā saṃjātāmarṣo mahāntaṃ kālikāvātabhayaṃ saṃjanya yena gośīrṣacandanavanaṃ tena samprasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 448.0 atha yā devatā āyuṣmatī pūrṇe 'bhiprasannā sā yenāyuṣmān pūrṇastenopasaṃkrāntā //
Divyāv, 2, 453.0 atha maheśvaro yakṣaḥ saṃlakṣayati pūrvam yat kiṃcidvahanaṃ kālikāvātena spṛśyate tattūlapicuvat kṣipyate viśīryate ca //
Divyāv, 2, 536.0 atha yā jetavananivāsinī devatā sā bakulaśākhāṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataśchāyāṃ kurvantī pṛṣṭhataḥ samprasthitā //
Divyāv, 2, 605.0 atha dārukarṇī stavakarṇī trapukarṇī ca praṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ samudānīya āsanāni prajñāpya bhagavato dūtena kālamārocayanti samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālam manyata iti //
Divyāv, 2, 616.0 atha bhagavān maudgalyāyanasahāyo yena kṛṣṇagautamakau nāgarājau tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 660.0 atha sā bhadrakanyā bhagavantamāyuṣmantaṃ ca mahāmaudgalyāyanaṃ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataramāsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastānniṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya //
Divyāv, 3, 144.0 athāpareṇa samayena dhanasaṃmato rājā upariprāsādatalagato 'mātyagaṇaparivṛtastiṣṭhati //
Divyāv, 3, 156.0 atha ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhastayorvinayakālaṃ jñātvā nadyā gaṅgāyāstīre rātriṃ vāsamupagataḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 159.0 atha śakrabrahmādayo devā yena ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 184.0 atha vāsavo rājā ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 188.0 atha vāsavo rājā yena ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 191.0 atha vāsavo rājā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena ratnaśikhī tathāgataḥ samyaksambuddhastenāñjaliṃ praṇamya ratnaśikhinaṃ samyaksambuddhamidamavocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavāñ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena //
Divyāv, 3, 192.0 atha vāsavo rājā tāmeva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāya āsanāni prajñāpya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya dūtena kālamārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti //
Divyāv, 3, 193.0 atha ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣusaṃghaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena rājño vāsavasya bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 195.0 atha rājā vāsavo ratnaśikhinaṃ samyaksambuddhaṃ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati //
Divyāv, 3, 202.0 atha dhanasaṃmato rājā yena ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 205.0 atha dhanasaṃmato rājā utthāyāsanādekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhastenāñjalim praṇamya ratnaśikhinaṃ samyaksambuddhamidamavocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavāñ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena //
Divyāv, 3, 207.0 atha dhanasaṃmato rājā ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanaṃ viditvā ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasyāntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 208.0 atha dhanasaṃmato rājā tāmeva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāya āsanāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya ratnaśikhinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya dūtena kālamārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti //
Divyāv, 3, 209.0 atha ratnaśikhī samyaksambuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena dhanasaṃmatasya rājño bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 211.0 atha dhanasaṃmato rājā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ ratnaśikhinaṃ samyaksambuddhaṃ tatpramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena svahastena saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati //
Divyāv, 4, 2.0 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya nyagrodhikāṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 4, 22.0 atha tā arciṣastrisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātumanvāhiṇḍya bhagavantameva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā gacchanti //
Divyāv, 4, 34.0 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtyorṇāyāmantarhitāḥ //
Divyāv, 4, 79.0 atha sa brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 5, 7.0 athāyuṣmānānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha //
Divyāv, 6, 28.0 abhiprasanno
'thendro brāhmaṇa utthāyāsanāt ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat yadi bhagavānanujānīyāt ahaṃ gośīrṣacandanamayyā yaṣṭyā mahaṃ prajñapayeyamiti //
Divyāv, 6, 37.0 athāsau dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtamaśītyā cānuvyañjanairvirājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamamiva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam //
Divyāv, 6, 47.0 athāyuṣmānānando laghulaghveva caturguṇamuttarāsaṅgaṃ prajñapya bhagavantamidamavocat niṣīdatu bhagavān prajñapta evāsane //
Divyāv, 6, 67.0 atha bhagavāṃstasya mahājanakāyasyāvipratisārasaṃjananārthaṃ tasya copāsakasya cetasā cittamājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 71.0 mṛttikāpiṇḍasya kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti
atha bhagavāṃstasyāpi cetasā cittamājñāya bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 74.0 aparaistatra muktapuṣpāṇyavakṣiptāni evaṃ ca cittamabhisaṃskṛtam padāvihārasya mṛttikāpiṇḍasya ceyat puṇyamuktaṃ bhagavatā asmākaṃ tu muktapuṣpāṇāṃ kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti
atha bhagavāṃsteṣāmapi cetasā cittamājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 78.0 asmākaṃ mālāvihārasya kiyatpuṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti
atha bhagavāṃsteṣāmapi cetasā cittamājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 81.0 asmākaṃ pradīpadānasya kiyatpuṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti
atha bhagavāṃsteṣāmapi cetasā cittamājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 85.0 asmākaṃ gandhābhiṣekasya kiyatpuṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti
atha bhagavāṃsteṣāmapi cetasā cittamājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 6, 95.0 atha anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatirbhagavantamidamavocat yadi bhagavānanujānīyāt atra mahaṃ prajñāpayeyam //
Divyāv, 7, 1.0 atha bhagavān kośaleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ carañ śrāvastīmanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 16.0 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapaterbhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 18.0 atha anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati //
Divyāv, 7, 20.0 athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapo 'nyatamasmādāraṇyakācchayanāsanāt dīrghakeśaśmaśrurlūhacīvaro jetavanaṃ gataḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 29.0 athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ saṃlakṣayati tasya me lābhāḥ sulabdhāḥ yanmāṃ śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ śramaṇaśākyaputrīya iti na jānante //
Divyāv, 7, 44.0 athāyuṣmatā mahākāśyapena tasyāścetasā cittamājñāya tasyā eva pratyakṣamanyatamaṃ kuḍyamūlaṃ niśritya paribhuktam //
Divyāv, 7, 46.0 athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapastasyāścittamājñāya tāṃ nagarāvalambikāmidamavocat bhagini prāmodyamutpādayasi ahaṃ tvadīyenāhāreṇa rātriṃdivasamatināmayiṣyāmi iti //
Divyāv, 7, 59.0 atha śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhavat ime ca tāvanmanuṣyāḥ puṇyāpuṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti //
Divyāv, 7, 65.0 athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ kṛpaṇānāthavanīpakajanānukampako 'nupūrveṇa tadgṛhamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 79.0 atha śakro devendra ākāśasthaścāyuṣmato mahākāśyapasya piṇḍapātaṃ carato divyayā sudhayā pātraṃ pūrayati //
Divyāv, 7, 90.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavānāryamahākāśyapamuddiśya bhaktaṃ saptāhena iti //
Divyāv, 7, 92.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 93.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastāmeva rātriṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāya āsanāni prajñāpya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālamārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti //
Divyāv, 7, 94.0 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasya bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 96.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati //
Divyāv, 7, 98.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo 'nekaparyāyeṇa buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastamapanītapātraṃ nīcataramāsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastāt niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya //
Divyāv, 7, 119.0 athāyuṣmānānando bhagavantamidamavocat bahuśo bahuśo bhadanta bhagavatā rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasya niveśane bhuktvā nāmnā dakṣiṇāmādiṣṭā //
Divyāv, 7, 175.0 atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā bhagavantamidamavocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃstraimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgheneti //
Divyāv, 7, 194.0 athāyuṣmānānandaḥ saṃlakṣayati asthānamanavakāśo yadbuddhā bhagavanta āloke śayyāṃ kalpayanti //
Divyāv, 8, 3.0 atha tadaiva pravāraṇāyāṃ pratyupasthitāyāṃ saṃbahulāḥ śrāvastīnivāsino vaṇijo yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 7.0 atha saṃbahulāḥ śrāvastīnivāsino vaṇijo bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ yenāyuṣmānānandastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 11.0 atha te vaṇija utthāyāsanebhya ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yenāyuṣmānānandastenāñjaliṃ praṇamya āyuṣmantamānandamidamavocan kiṃcitte āryānanda śrutaṃ varṣoṣito bhagavān katameṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ cariṣyatīti yadvayaṃ tadyātrikaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ samudānīmahe dharmatā caiṣā ṣaṇmahānagaranivāsino vaṇijo yasyāṃ diśi buddhā bhagavanto gantukāmā bhavanti tadyātrikabhāṇḍaṃ samudānayanti //
Divyāv, 8, 23.0 atha saṃbahulāḥ śrāvastīnivāsino vaṇijaḥ āyuṣmataḥ ānandasya bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya āyuṣmata ānandasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 29.0 atha bhagavān bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ saṃbahulaiśca śrāvastīnivāsibhirvaṇigbrāhmaṇagṛhapatibhiḥ sārdhaṃ magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 30.0 atha saṃbahulāśca śrāvastīnivāsino vaṇijo yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 33.0 atha saṃbahulāḥ śrāvastīnivāsino vaṇijo bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 34.0 atha samprasthite buddhe bhagavati antarā ca śrāvastīmantarā ca rājagṛham atrāntarānmahāṭavyāṃ caurasahasraṃ prativasati //
Divyāv, 8, 66.0 atha bhagavāṃstaccaurasahasram yāvadāptaṃ dhanena saṃtarpayitvā tato 'nupūrveṇa rājagṛhamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 78.0 atha caurasahasraṃ bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato'ntikāt prakrāntam //
Divyāv, 8, 79.0 atha taccaurasahasraṃ tāmeva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāya āsanāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālamārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyase //
Divyāv, 8, 80.0 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena tasya caurasahasrasya bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 81.0 atha taccaurasahasraṃ buddhapramukhasya bhikṣusaṃghasya candanodakena pādau prakṣālayāmāsa //
Divyāv, 8, 82.0 atha bhagavān prakṣālitapāṇipādaḥ purastādbhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 84.0 atha bhagavatā teṣāmāśayānuśayaṃ viditvā dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā tena caurasahasreṇa tasminnevāsane niṣaṇṇena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhittvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam //
Divyāv, 8, 100.0 atha anyatama udārapuṇyamaheśākhyaḥ sattvo 'nyatamasmāt praṇītāddevanikāyāccyutvā tasyāḥ prajāpatyāḥ kukṣimavakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 134.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ saṃlakṣayati alpaṃ ca deyaṃ bahavaśca yācakāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 164.0 atha tasya mahātmana udārapuṇyamaheśākhyasyodāracetasopapannasya sarvasattvamanorathaparipūrakasya lokahitārthamabhyudgatasya anyatarā maheśākhyā devatā upasaṃkramya samāśvāsayati mā tvaṃ sārthavāha khedamāpadyasva //
Divyāv, 8, 172.0 atha supriyasya sārthavāhasya suptapratibuddhasya etadabhavat aho bata me sā devatā punarapi darśayet diśaṃ copāyaṃ ca vyapadiśed badaradvīpamahāpattanasya gamanāyeti cintāparo middhamavakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 173.0 atha sā devatā tasya mahātmana udārapuṇyamaheśākhyasya dṛḍhodārapratijñasyodāravīryaparākramatām anikṣiptotsāhatāṃ viditvā upasaṃkramya evamāha mā tvaṃ sārthavāha khedamāpadyasva //
Divyāv, 8, 301.0 atha supriyaḥ sārthavāhaḥ suptapratibuddho devatāvacanaṃ śrutvā paramavismayamāpannaścintayati nūnamanayā devatayā anekairevaṃvidhaiḥ paramaduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitapūrvā bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 8, 303.0 atha sādhyamānā dṛṣṭāḥ paramaduṣkarakārakāste manuṣyāḥ yairanekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitā //
Divyāv, 8, 315.0 atha supriyasya mahāsārthavāhasyaitadabhavat mā haiva magho mahāsārthavāho 'dṛṣṭa eva kālaṃ kuryāt //
Divyāv, 8, 325.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ pratilabdhasaṃjñaḥ supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhamidamavocat kuto bhavāñ jñānavijñānasampanno 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ paṇḍito vyakto medhāvī paṭupracāraḥ sarvaśāstrajñaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ sarvakalābhijñaḥ sarvabhūtarutajña iṅgitajñaḥ kiṃ jātyā bhavān kiṃgotraḥ kena vā kāraṇena amanuṣyāvacaritaṃ deśamabhyāgataḥ evamuktaḥ supriyaḥ sārthavāhaḥ kathayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha //
Divyāv, 8, 327.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāho maghāya sārthavāhāya jātikulagotrāgamanaprayojanaṃ vistareṇārocayati sma paraṃ cainaṃ vijñāpayati sārthavāhānubhāvādahaṃ badaradvīpamahāpattanaṃ paśyeyam //
Divyāv, 8, 329.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ supriyasya mahāsārthavāhasyāśrutapūrvāṃ parahitārthamabhyudyatāṃ dṛḍhapratijñāṃ śrutvā paramavismayajāto 'nimiṣadṛṣṭiḥ suciraṃ nirīkṣya supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhamidamavocat taruṇaśca bhavān dharmakāmaśca //
Divyāv, 8, 338.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāho badaradvīpamahāpattanagamanakṛtabuddhiḥ svajanabandhuvargaputradāramitrāmātyajñātisālohitaiḥ sabhṛtyavargeṇa ca rohitakarājñā ca nivāryamāṇo 'pi guṇavati phalake baddhvā āśu supriyasārthavāhasahāyo maṅgalapotamabhiruhya mahāsamudramavatīrṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 339.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ supriyasya mahāsārthavāhasya kathayati ahaṃ bāḍhaglāno na śakyāmi sthito gantum //
Divyāv, 8, 372.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāho maghaṃ sārthavāhaṃ kālagataṃ viditvā sthale utthāpya śarīre śarīrapūjaṃ kṛtvā cintayati maṅgalapotamāruhya yāsyāmīti //
Divyāv, 8, 385.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ suptaprabuddho vetraśiṭām baddhvā tāni parvataśṛṅgāṇyatikrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 399.0 atha candraprabho yakṣaḥ supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ samanuśāsya tatraivāntarhitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 400.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhaścandraprabheṇa mahāyakṣeṇa samāśvāsya ādeśitamārgo yathoktena vidhinā sphaṭikaparvatamatikrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 407.0 atha sā pūrvadevatā supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ durmanasaṃ viditvā rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaya upasaṃkramya samāśvāsya utkarṣayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha nistīrṇāni te mahāsamudraparvatanadīkāntārāṇi manuṣyāmanuṣyāgamyāni //
Divyāv, 8, 430.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ pramuditamanāḥ sukhapratibuddhaḥ kālyamevotthāya sauvarṇaṃ kinnaranagaramanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 439.0 atha supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ sūpasthitasmṛtiṃ tāḥ kinnarakanyāḥ sarvāṅgairanuparigṛhya sauvarṇaṃ kinnaranagaraṃ praveśya prāsādamabhiropya prajñapta evāsane niṣādayanti //
Divyāv, 8, 449.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhastāḥ kinnarakanyā dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya mātṛbhaginīduhitṛvat pratisaṃmodya sauvarṇāt kinnaranagarāt pratiniṣkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 502.0 atha sa supriyo mahāsārthavāhastāḥ kinnarakanyā dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya mātṛduhitṛvat pratisaṃmodya yathoddiṣṭena mārgeṇa yathoktena vidhinā anupūrveṇa taṃ bhūmipradeśamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 508.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāho bālāhasyāśvarājasya pṛṣṭhamadhiruhya yathānuśiṣṭo 'lpaiśca kṣaṇalavamuhūrtairvārāṇasīmanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 520.0 athāciraprakrānte bālāhe 'śvarājani supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ svagṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 529.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhastadeva poṣadhe pañcadaśyāṃ śiraḥsnāta upoṣadhoṣito yattatprathamalabdhaṃ maṇiratnaṃ dhvajāgre āropya vācaṃ ca niścārayati yojanasahasrasāmantakena yathepsitāni sattvānāmupakaraṇānyutpadyante sahābhidhānācca yo yenārthī tasya tadvarṣaṃ bhavati //
Divyāv, 9, 29.0 atha bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāro mukto muktaparivāra āśvasta āśvastaparivāro vinīto vinītaparivāro 'rhannarhatparivāro vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāraḥ vṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛtaḥ siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivāraḥ haṃsarāja iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suparṇa iva pakṣigaṇaparivṛtaḥ vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛtaḥ deśika ivādhvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ śreṣṭhīva paurajanaparivṛtaḥ koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaḥ candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛtaḥ dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛto virūpākṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛtaḥ dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivṛtaḥ vemacitrir ivāsuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ stimita iva jalanidhiḥ sajala iva jalanidhiḥ vimada iva gajapatiḥ sudāntairindriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇair aśītyānuvyañjanairvirājitagātro daśabhirbalaiścaturbhirvaiśāradyaistribhiḥ smṛtyupasthānairmahākaruṇayā ca //
Divyāv, 9, 82.0 atha bhagavāṃstāṃ dārikāmidamavocat ehi tvaṃ dārike yena meṇḍhako gṛhapatistenopasaṃkrama upasaṃkramyaivaṃ madvacanādārogyāpaya evaṃ ca vada gṛhapate tvāmuddiśyāhamihāgataḥ tvaṃ ca dvāraṃ baddhvā sthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 9, 112.0 atha bhagavāṃstāṃ parṣadamabhyavagāhya purastādbhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣadyānekasattvasaṃtānakuśalamūlasamāropikāṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān yām śrutvā kaiścicchrotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam kaiściccharaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni //
Divyāv, 11, 10.1 athāsau dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyānuvyañjanairvirājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamamiva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam //
Divyāv, 11, 15.1 atha sa vṛṣo bhagavatyavekṣāvān pratibaddhacitta eṣo me śaraṇamiti sahasaiva tāni dṛḍhāni varatrakāṇi bandhanāni chittvā pradhāvan yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 25.1 atha bhagavāṃllaukikacittamutpādayati aho bata śakro devendrastrīṇi kārṣāpaṇasahasrāṇyādāyāgacchediti //
Divyāv, 11, 27.1 atha bhagavāñśakraṃ devendramidamavocat anuprayaccha kauśika asya goghātakasya triguṇaṃ mūlyam //
Divyāv, 11, 29.1 atha goghātakaḥ kārṣāpaṇasahasratrayaṃ vṛṣamūlyaṃ gṛhītvā hṛṣṭastuṣṭaḥ pramudito bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā taṃ govṛṣaṃ bandhanānmuktvā prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 31.1 atha govṛṣo gatapratyāgataprāṇo bhūyasyā mātrayā bhagavatyabhiprasanno bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddho bhagavato mukhaṃ vyavalokayamāno 'sthāt //
Divyāv, 11, 46.1 atha tā arciṣastrisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātumanvāhiṇḍya bhagavantameva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti //
Divyāv, 11, 59.1 atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyāmantarhitāḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 88.1 athāyuṣmānānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha kiṃ bhadanta anena govṛṣeṇa karma kṛtam yena tiryagyonāvupapannaḥ kiṃ karma kṛtam yena divyamānuṣasukhamanubhūya pratyekāṃ bodhimadhigamiṣyati bhagavānāha anenaiva ānanda govṛṣeṇa karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyambhāvīni //
Divyāv, 11, 109.1 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavato bhāṣitamabhyānandyānumodya bhikṣūṇāṃ purastādgāthā bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 12, 4.1 atha ṣaṇṇāṃ pūrṇādīnāṃ tīrthyānāṃ kutūhalaśālāyāṃ saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃrūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudāhāraḥ yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran yadā śramaṇo gautamo loke 'nutpannas tadā vayaṃ satkṛtāścābhūvan gurukṛtāśca mānitāśca pūjitāśca rājñāṃ rājamātrāṇāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ gṛhapatīnāṃ naigamānāṃ jānapadānāṃ śreṣṭhināṃ sārthavāhānām lābhinaścābhūvaṃścīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārāṇām //
Divyāv, 12, 17.1 atha mārasya pāpīyasa etadabhavat asakṛdasakṛnmayā śramaṇasya gautamasya parākrāntam na ca kadācidavatāro labdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 28.1 atha mārasya pāpīyasa etadabhavat asakṛdasakṛnmayā śramaṇasya gautamasya parākrāntam na ca kadācidavatāro labdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 52.1 evamukte rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisārastīrthyānidamavocat yūyamapi śavā bhūtvā bhagavatā sārdham ṛddhiṃ prārabhadhve
atha pūraṇādyāḥ ṣaṭ śāstāro 'sarvajñāḥ sarvajñajñānino 'rdhamārge rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāraṃ vijñāpayanti vayaṃ smo deva ṛddhimanto jñānavādinaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 57.1 atha tīrthyānāmetadabhavat ayaṃ rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śramaṇasya gautamasya śrāvakaḥ bimbisārastiṣṭhatu //
Divyāv, 12, 61.1 atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro 'nyatamaṃ puruṣamāmantrayate gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa kṣipram //
Divyāv, 12, 65.1 atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhadraṃ yānamabhiruhya rājagṛhānniryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya //
Divyāv, 12, 72.1 atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavantamabhyānandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 73.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat kutra pūrvakaiḥ samyaksambuddhairmahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ hitāya prāṇinām devatā bhagavata ārocayanti śrutapūrvaṃ bhadanta pūrvakaiḥ samyaksambuddhairmahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ hitāya prāṇināmiti //
Divyāv, 12, 81.1 atha bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāro mukto muktaparivāra āśvasta āśvastaparivāro vinīto vinītaparivāro 'rhannarhatparivāro vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāro vṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛto gaja iva kalabhagaṇaparivṛtaḥ siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛto rājahaṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto deśika ivādhvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ śreṣṭhīva pauragaṇaparivṛtaḥ koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaścakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaścandra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛto virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛto virūpākṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛto dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivṛto dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛto vemacitra ivāsuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛto brahmeva brahmakāyikagaṇaparivṛtaḥ stimita iva jalanidhiḥ sajala iva jaladharo vimada iva gajapatiḥ sudāntairindriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāro 'nekairāveṇikairbuddhadharmairmahatā bhikṣusaṃghena ca puraskṛto yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 96.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo 'nyatamaṃ puruṣamāmantrayate gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa //
Divyāv, 12, 101.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhadraṃ yānamabhiruhya śrāvastyā niryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya //
Divyāv, 12, 117.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat avaśyakaraṇīyametattathāgateneti viditvā rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate gaccha tvaṃ mahārāja //
Divyāv, 12, 119.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantamidamavocat yadi bhagavānanujānīyāt ahaṃ bhagavataḥ prātihāryamaṇḍapaṃ kārayeyam //
Divyāv, 12, 120.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat katarasmin pradeśe pūrvakaiḥ samyaksambuddhairmahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ hitāya prāṇināmiti devatā bhagavata ārocayanti antarā bhadanta śrāvastīmantarā ca jetavanamatrāntarāt pūrvakaiḥ samyaksambuddhairmahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 123.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavantamidamavocat katamasmin bhadanta pradeśe prātihāryamaṇḍapaṃ kārayāmi antarā ca mahārāja śrāvastīmantarā ca jetavanam //
Divyāv, 12, 124.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 125.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran itaḥ saptame divase bhagavānuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 126.1 atha tīrthyānāmetadabhavat kiṃ punaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ saptabhirdivasairanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati atha vā niṣpalāyiṣyati atha vā pakṣaparyeṣaṇaṃ kartukāmas teṣāmetadabhavat na hyeva śramaṇo gautamo niṣpalāyiṣyati nāpyanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 126.1 atha tīrthyānāmetadabhavat kiṃ punaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ saptabhirdivasairanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati
atha vā niṣpalāyiṣyati atha vā pakṣaparyeṣaṇaṃ kartukāmas teṣāmetadabhavat na hyeva śramaṇo gautamo niṣpalāyiṣyati nāpyanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 126.1 atha tīrthyānāmetadabhavat kiṃ punaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ saptabhirdivasairanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati atha vā niṣpalāyiṣyati
atha vā pakṣaparyeṣaṇaṃ kartukāmas teṣāmetadabhavat na hyeva śramaṇo gautamo niṣpalāyiṣyati nāpyanadhigatamadhigamiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 135.1 atha raktākṣaḥ parivrājako yena nānātīrthikaśramaṇabrāhmaṇacarakaparivrājakās tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 152.1 atha raktākṣaḥ parivrājako yena subhadraḥ parivrājakastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 173.1 atha rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasya kālo nāmnā bhrātā abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 189.1 atha kālasya rājakumārasyaitadabhavat kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasambādhaprāptaṃ māṃ bhagavān na samanvāharatīti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 12, 216.1 atha bhagavān saptame divase pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 12, 218.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo 'nekaśataparivāro 'nekasahasraparivāro 'nekaśatasahasraparivāro yena bhagavataḥ prātihāryamaṇḍapastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 225.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśala uttaraṃ māṇavamāmantrayate ehi tvamuttara yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāma //
Divyāv, 12, 239.1 kiṃ tvaṃ jñāsyasi kenaitad vidarśitamasmābhirvā śramaṇena gautamena
atha bhagavāṃstadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte 'rgaḍacchidreṇārciṣo nirgatya bhagavataḥ prātihāryamaṇḍape nipatitāḥ sarvaśca prātihāryamaṇḍapaḥ prajvalitaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 242.1 atha so 'gnir aspṛṣṭa eva vāriṇā sarvaprātihāryamaṇḍapam adagdhvā svayameva nirvṛto yathāpi tadbuddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena //
Divyāv, 12, 243.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 254.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 271.1 atha teṣām ṛṣīṇāmetadabhavat kimarthaṃ mahāpṛthivīcālaḥ saṃvṛtta iti //
Divyāv, 12, 288.1 atha bhagavān divyamānuṣyeṇa pūjāsatkāreṇa satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhannarhatparivāraḥ saptabhiśca nikāyaiḥ saṃpuraskṛto mahatā ca janaughena yena prātihāryamaṇḍapastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 291.1 atha lūhasudatto gṛhapatirutthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat alpotsuko bhagavān bhavatu //
Divyāv, 12, 303.1 athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat alpotsuko bhagavān bhavatu //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām
atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 321.1 atha bhagavāṃstadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte svasminnāsane 'ntarhitaḥ pūrvasyāṃ diśi uparivihāyasamabhyudgamya caturvidhamīryāpathaṃ kalpayati tadyathā caṅkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām
atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 334.1 atha lokottaracittamutpādayanti tatrāgatirbhavati pratyekabuddhānāmapi kaḥ punarvādaḥ śrāvakāṇām atha śakrabrahmādīnāṃ devānāmetadabhavat kimarthaṃ bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittamutpāditam teṣāmetadabhavat śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitukāmo hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 334.1 atha lokottaracittamutpādayanti tatrāgatirbhavati pratyekabuddhānāmapi kaḥ punarvādaḥ śrāvakāṇām
atha śakrabrahmādīnāṃ devānāmetadabhavat kimarthaṃ bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittamutpāditam teṣāmetadabhavat śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitukāmo hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 335.1 atha śakrabrahmādayo devā anekāni ca devatāśatasahasrāṇi bhagavataścetasā cittamājñāya tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃkuñcitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet prasāritaṃ vā saṃkuñcayet evameva śakrabrahmādayo devā anekāni ca devatāśatasahasrāṇi ca devaloke 'ntarhitāni bhagavataḥ puratastasthuḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 336.1 atha brahmādayo devā bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā dakṣiṇaṃ pārśvaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇāḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 351.1 atha bhagavāṃstam ṛddhyabhisaṃskāraṃ pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 354.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatā uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 362.1 atha pāñcikasya yakṣasenāpateretadabhavat ciramapi te ime mohapuruṣā bhagavantaṃ viheṭhayiṣyanti bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ceti viditvā tumulaṃ vātavarṣaṃ saṃjanayya mahāntamutsṛṣṭavān //
Divyāv, 12, 377.1 atha pūraṇasyaitadabhavat śramaṇo gautamo madīyāñ śrāvakānanvāvartayiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 390.1 atha pūraṇo nirgrantho vālukāghaṭaṃ kaṇṭhe baddhvā śītikāyāṃ puṣkiriṇyāṃ patitaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 392.1 atha te nirgranthāḥ pūraṇaṃ mṛgayamāṇāḥ pratimārge gaṇikāṃ dṛṣṭvā pṛcchanti bhadre kaṃcit tvamadrākṣīrgacchantamiha pūraṇaṃ dharmaśāṭapraticchannaṃ kaṭacchavratabhojanam //
Divyāv, 12, 414.1 atha bhagavāṃstāṃ parṣadaṃ buddhanimnāṃ dharmapravaṇāṃ saṃghaprāgbhārāṃ vyavasthāpyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 32.1 atha bodho gṛhapatirviyogasaṃjanitadaurmanasyo 'pi lokāpavādabhayādabhyupekṣyāvasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 46.1 atha tasya jñātayo lokadharmānuvṛttyā avajñāpūrvakena nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayitumārabdhāḥ kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti //
Divyāv, 13, 230.1 atha bhagavān yenānāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapaterbhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 320.1 atha bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāro mukto muktaparivāra āśvasta āśvastaparivāro vinīto vinītaparivāro 'rhannarhatparivāro vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāro vṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛto gaja iva kalabhaparivṛtaḥ siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛto haṃsarāja iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto deśika ivādhvagagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ śreṣṭhīva pauragaṇaparivṛtaḥ koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaścakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaścandra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛto dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛto virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛto virūpākṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛto dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivṛto vemacitrīvāsuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛto brahmeva brahmakāyikagaṇaparivṛtaḥ stimita iva jalanidhiḥ sajala iva jaladharo vimada iva gajapatiḥ sudāntendriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛto 'śītyānuvyañjanairvirājitagātro vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtamūrtiḥ sūryasahasrātirekaprabho jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ samantato bhadrako daśabhirbalaiścaturbhir vaiśāradyaistribhirāveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānairmahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgata ājñātakauṇḍinyabāṣpamahānāmāniruddhaśāriputramaudgalyāyanakāśyapānandaraivataprabhṛtibhir mahāśrāvakaiḥ parivṛto 'nyena ca mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena yena śuśumāragiristenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 328.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocan adhivāsayatvasmākaṃ bhagavāñ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena //
Divyāv, 13, 330.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 331.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayastāmeva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāyāsanakāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālamārocayanti samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti //
Divyāv, 13, 332.1 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena śuśumāragirīyakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 336.1 atha bhagavāñ śuśumāragirīyakān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati //
Divyāv, 13, 338.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavantamidamavocat bhagavatā bhadanta nānādeśeṣu nānādhiṣṭhāneṣu te te duṣṭanāgā duṣṭayakṣāśca vinītāḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 344.1 atha bhagavāñ śuśumāragirīyakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 345.1 atha bhagavān vihāraṃ gatvā purastādbhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 362.1 athāyuṣmān svāgatastasyā eva rātreratyayātpūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya śuśumāragiriṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 13, 366.1 athāyuṣmān svāgatastasya hradaṃ gatvā pātracīvaramekāntamupasaṃkṣipya pādau prakṣālya hastau nirmādya pānīyaṃ parisrāvya jīrṇaparṇakāni samudānīya niṣadya bhaktakṛtyaṃ kartumārabdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 400.1 athāyuṣmān svāgato 'śvatīrthanāgamādāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 409.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ prabhūtamabhisāraṃ gṛhītvā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 417.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocan adhivāsayatvasmākaṃ bhagavān bhadantasvāgatamāgamya bhaktaṃ saptāhena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti //
Divyāv, 13, 419.1 atha śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavatastūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 433.1 atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ śuśumāragirau vihṛtya yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 443.1 athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 448.1 atha sa brāhmaṇa āyuṣmataḥ svāgatasya tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 449.1 athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatistāmeva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyamevotthāya āsanāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālamārocayati samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti //
Divyāv, 13, 450.1 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yenānāthapiṇḍadasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 470.1 atha bhagavānanāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatiṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 472.1 atha bhagavāṃstān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma ayaṃ sa bhikṣavaḥ svāgato bhikṣuryenāśvatīrthiko nāgastāvaccaṇḍo vinītaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 476.1 atha bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ svāgataṃ madyavaśāt suptamutthāpyedamavocat svāgata kimidam asamanvāhāro bhagavan asamanvāhāraḥ sugata //
Divyāv, 14, 2.1 athānyatamaścyavanadharmā devaputraḥ pṛthivyāmāvartate saṃparivartyaivaṃ cāha hā mandākini hā puṣkariṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevate sma //
Divyāv, 14, 7.1 atha śakro devānāmindraḥ kāruṇyatayā taṃ devaputramidamavocat ehi tvaṃ mārṣa buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha dvipadānāmagryam dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha virāgāṇāmagryam saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha gaṇānāmagryamiti //
Divyāv, 14, 8.1 atha sa devaputrastiryagyonyupapattibhayabhīto maraṇabhayabhītaśca śakraṃ devānāmindramidamavocat eṣo 'haṃ kauśika buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dvipadānāmagryam dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi virāgāṇāmagryam saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi gaṇānāmagryam //
Divyāv, 14, 9.1 atha sa devaputrastriśaraṇaparigṛhīto bhūtvā cyutaḥ kālagatastuṣite devanikāye upapannaḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 11.1 atha śakro devānāmindrastaṃ devaputramavalokayati kimasau devaputraḥ sūkarikāyāḥ kukṣau upapanno na veti //
Divyāv, 14, 19.1 atha śakro devānāmindraḥ kutūhalajāto yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 29.1 atha śakro devānāmindra āttamanāstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
Divyāv, 14, 32.1 atha bhagavāñ śakrasya devānāmindrasya bhāṣitamanusaṃvarṇayannevamāha evametat kauśika evametat //
Divyāv, 14, 36.1 atha śakro devānāmindro bhagavato bhāṣitamabhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya prāñjalikṛtasampuṭo bhagavantaṃ namasyamānastatraivāntarhitaḥ //
Divyāv, 15, 4.0 tena khalu samayena buddho bhagavān pratisaṃlīno 'bhūt
athānyatamo bhikṣuḥ sāyāhnasamaye keśanakhastūpe sarvāṅgaiḥ praṇipatya tathāgatamākārataḥ samanusmaraṃścittamabhiprasādayati ityapi sa bhagavāṃstathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavāniti //
Divyāv, 15, 5.0 atha bhagavān sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanādvyutthāya purastādbhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 15, 9.0 atha teṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāmetadabhavat puruṣamātrāyām yāvadgartāyāṃ na śakyate vālukā gaṇayitum kutaḥ punaraśītiyojanasahasrāṇi yāvat kāñcanacakramiti //
Divyāv, 15, 11.0 atha te bhikṣavo na bhūyaḥ keśanakhastūpe kārāṃ kartumārabdhāḥ //
Divyāv, 15, 12.0 atha bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ cetasā cittamājñāya bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma anavarāgro bhikṣavaḥ saṃsāro 'vidyānivaraṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tṛṣṇāsaṃyojanānāṃ tṛṣṇārgalabaddhānāṃ dīrghamadhvānaṃ saṃdhāvatāṃ saṃsaratām //
Divyāv, 16, 14.0 atha bhagavāṃstayoranugrahārthaṃ praviśya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 16, 16.0 atha bhagavāñśukaśāvakau antarjanaṃ ca dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 16, 27.0 atha saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣan //
Divyāv, 17, 3.1 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat //
Divyāv, 17, 18.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat sphuṭo 'bhavadānando bhikṣurmāreṇa pāpīyasā yatredānīm yāvat trirapi audārike avabhāsanimitte prāviṣkriyamāṇe na śaknoti tannimittamājñātum yathāpi tataḥ sphuṭo māreṇa pāpīyasā //
Divyāv, 17, 34.1 atha mārasya pāpīyasa etadabhavat parinirvāsyate bata śramaṇo gautamaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 36.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat kastathāgatasya saṃmukhaṃ vaineyaḥ supriyo gandharvarājā subhadraśca parivrājakaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 39.1 atha bhagavata etadabhavat yannvahaṃ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyeyaṃ yathā samāhite citte jīvitasaṃskārānadhiṣṭhāya āyuḥsaṃskārānutsṛjeyam //
Divyāv, 17, 40.1 atha bhagavāṃstadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte jīvitasaṃskārānadhiṣṭhāya āyuḥsaṃskārānutsraṣṭumārabdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 44.1 atha bhagavāṃstasmāt samādhervyutthāya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 17, 53.1 athāyuṣmānānandaḥ sāyāhṇe 'bhisaṃlayanādvyutthāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 66.1 yasmin samaye bodhisattvastuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā mātuḥ kukṣimavakrāmati
atha tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo bhavati sarvaścāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo bhavati //
Divyāv, 17, 70.1 punaraparamānanda yasmin samaye bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣer niṣkrāmati
atha tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo bhavati sarvaścāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo bhavati //
Divyāv, 17, 74.1 punaraparamānanda yasmin samaye bodhisattvo 'nuttaraṃ jñānamadhigacchati
atha tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo bhavati sarvaścāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo bhavati //
Divyāv, 17, 87.1 atha tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo bhavati ulkāpātā diśodāhāḥ antarikṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinandanti sarvaścāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo bhavati yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhāstamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryacandramasau evaṃ maharddhikau evaṃ mahānubhāvau ābhayābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 17, 90.1 athāyuṣmānānando bhagavantamidamavocat yathā khalvahaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā bhāṣitasyārthamājānāmi ihaiva bhagavatā jīvitasaṃskārānadhiṣṭhāya āyuḥsaṃskārā utsṛṣṭā bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 116.1 athāyuṣmānānando bhagavantamidamavocat nāhetvapratyayaṃ bhadanta tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhā dakṣiṇena nāgāvalokitamavalokayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 249.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 262.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 276.1 atha rājño māndhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 297.1 atha rājā māndhātā divaukasam yakṣamāmantrayate asti kiṃcidanyadvīpam anājñāpitam iti nāsti deva //
Divyāv, 17, 300.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 334.1 atha rājā tasmiñ śāsane 'bhyāgataḥ kathayati kenaitadviṣkambhitaṃ bhaṭabalāgram tenoktam ṛṣibhirdeva taṃ bhaṭabalāgraṃ viṣkambhitam //
Divyāv, 17, 426.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat aho bata me śakro devānāmindro 'rdhāsanenopanimantrayate //
Divyāv, 17, 457.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyāmātyagaṇamahāmātyā rājyakartāro mantrasahajīvino yena rājā mūrdhātastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 499.1 atha sa vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddho janapadeṣu caryāṃ caramāṇo 'nupūrveṇa bandhumatīṃ rājadhānīmanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 500.1 atha vipaśyī samyaksambuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bandhumatīṃ piṇḍāya prāviśat //
Divyāv, 18, 77.1 atha te vaṇijastīramāsādya tadbhāṇḍaṃ śakaṭoṣṭragogardabhādibhiḥ pūrayitvā anupūrveṇa grāmanigamapallīpattanādiṣu cañcūryamāṇāḥ śrāvastīmanuprāptāḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 115.1 kimetadbhavantaḥ syād asyāḥ sattvamudare utpannam yasyotpādānnaiva tṛptimupayāti yataḥ sa brāhmaṇo naimittakānāṃ darśayitvā saṃśayanirṇayanārthaṃ vaidyādīn bhūtatantravidaśca paśyantu bhavanta iyaṃ brāhmaṇī kiṃ mahatā rogeṇābhibhūtā
syādatha bhūtagrahāviṣṭā syādanyadvā syādrūpaṃ maraṇaliṅgamanenopakrameṇa pratyupasthitā syāt //
Divyāv, 18, 143.1 yato 'sau saṃlakṣayati kiṃ mayā karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena na kadācit vitṛpyamāna āhāramārāgayāmi sa viṣaṇṇacetāścintayituṃ pravṛttaḥ kiṃ tāvadagnipraveśaṃ karomi uta jalapraveśam
atha taṭaprapātaṃ karomi sa evaṃ cintayā sthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 163.1 punaśca pṛcchati vatsa kimidānīṃ tṛpto 'si
atha sa tamupādhyāyaṃ vadati na tṛpto 'smi //
Divyāv, 18, 169.1 atha pānakaṃ bhavati tadapi tathaiva yadadhikaṃ bhavati tattasyānupradīyate //
Divyāv, 18, 248.1 atha dharmarucinā cintayatā manasikāramanutiṣṭhatā uṣmagatānyutpāditāni mūrdhānaḥ kṣāntayo laukikā agradharmā darśanamārgo bhāvanāmārgaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 312.1 atha sa śreṣṭhī rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati mahārāja taccaityaṃ na labhe brāhmaṇānāṃ sakāśādyathābhipretaṃ kārayitum //
Divyāv, 18, 359.1 atha dīpaṃkaraḥ samyaksambuddho janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran dīpāvatīṃ rājadhānīmanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 398.1 atha vāsavo rājā tasya dīpasya rājñaḥ pratiśrutya aśītyamātyasahasraparivṛto dīpāvatīṃ rājadhānīmanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 74.1 atha tā arciṣastrisāhasramahāsāhasraṃ lokadhātumanvāhiṇḍya bhagavantameva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti //
Divyāv, 19, 88.1 atha bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāro mukto muktaparivāra āśvasta āśvastaparivāro vinīto vinītaparivāro 'rhannarhatparivāro vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāro vṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛto gajarāja iva kalabhagaṇaparivṛtaḥ siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛto haṃsarāja iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto deśika ivādhvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ śreṣṭhīva paurajanaparivṛtaḥ koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaścakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaścandra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛto dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛto virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛto dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivṛto vemacitrīvāsuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛto brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ stimita iva jalanidhiḥ sajala iva jaladharo vimada iva gajapatiḥ sudāntairindriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛto 'śītyā cānuvyañjanairvirājitagātro vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtamūrtiḥ sūryasahasrātirekaprabho jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ samantato bhadrako daśabhirbalaiścaturbhirvaiśāradyaistribhirāveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānairmahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgata ājñātakauṇḍinyāśvajidbāṣpamahānāmabhadrikaśāriputramaudgalyāyanakāśyapayaśaḥpūrṇaprabhṛtimahāśrāvakaiḥ parivṛto 'nyena ca mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena anekaiśca prāṇiśatasahasraiḥ śītavanaṃ mahāśmaśānaṃ samprasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 437.1 atha jyotiṣko gṛhapatiḥ suhṛtsambandhibāndhavānavalokya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 465.1 athānaṅgaṇo gṛhapatirutthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena vipaśyī samyaksambuddhastenāñjaliṃ praṇamya vipaśyinaṃ samyaksambuddhamidamavocad adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃs traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti //
Divyāv, 19, 467.1 athānaṅgaṇo gṛhapatirbhagavatas tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 476.1 atha bandhumān rājā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena vipaśyī samyaksambuddhastenāñjaliṃ praṇamya vipaśyinaṃ samyaksambuddhamidamavocad adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃstraimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena //
Divyāv, 19, 480.1 atha bandhumān rājā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksambuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrānto yena svaṃ niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 491.1 atha vipaśyī samyaksambuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto yenānaṅgaṇasya gṛhapaterbhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 493.1 athānaṅgaṇo gṛhapatiḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati //
Divyāv, 19, 495.1 atha vipaśyī samyaksambuddho 'naṅgaṇaṃ gṛhapatiṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati //
Divyāv, 19, 527.1 atha vipaśyī samyaksambuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaramādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena bandhumato rājño bhaktābhisārastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 557.1 atha śakro devendraḥ kauśikabrāhmaṇarūpamantardhāpya svarūpeṇa sthitvā kathayati gṛhapate viśvakarmā te devaputraḥ sāhāyyaṃ kalpayiṣyatītyuktvā prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 558.1 atha śakro devendro devāṃstrāyastriṃśān gatvā viśvakarmāṇaṃ devaputramāmantrayate gaccha viśvakarman anaṅgaṇasya gṛhapateḥ sāhāyyaṃ kalpaya //
Divyāv, 19, 577.1 athānaṅgaṇo gṛhapatirvipaśyinaṃ samyaksambuddhamanayā vibhūtyā traimāsyaṃ praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartumārabdho yanmayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārā kṛtā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyeyaṃ divyamānuṣīṃ śriyaṃ pratyanubhaveyam evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syām evaṃvidhameva śāstāramārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyamiti //
Divyāv, 20, 27.1 athāpareṇa samayena rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya ekākino rahogatasya pratisaṃlīnasya evaṃ cetasi cetaḥparivitarkamudapādi yannvahaṃ sarvavaṇijo 'śulkānagulmān muñceyam //
Divyāv, 20, 29.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇo gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān āmantrayate adyāgreṇa vo grāmaṇyaḥ sarvavaṇijo 'śulkān muñcāmi sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān akārānaśulkān muñcāmi //
Divyāv, 20, 31.1 atha brāhmaṇā lakṣaṇajñā naimittikā bhūmyantarikṣamantrakuśalā nakṣatraśukragrahacariteṣu tat saṃlakṣayitvā yena rājā kanakavarṇaḥ tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 34.1 atha rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya muhūrtaṃ śocitvā etadabhavat ya ime āḍhyā mahādhanā mahābhogās te śakṣyanti yāpayitum //
Divyāv, 20, 36.1 atha gaṇayitvā māpayeyaṃ māpayitvā sarvagrāmanagaranigamakarvaṭarājadhānīṣvekaṃ koṣṭhāgāraṃ kārayeyam //
Divyāv, 20, 38.1 atha kanakavarṇo rājā gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān āmantrayate gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajambudvīpādannādyaṃ saṃhṛtya gaṇayata gaṇayitvā māpayata māpayitvā sarvagrāmanagaranigamakarvaṭarājadhānīṣvekaṃ koṣṭhāgāraṃ sthāpayata //
Divyāv, 20, 42.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyānāmantrayitvā etadavocad gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayata gaṇayitvā grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prayacchata //
Divyāv, 20, 56.1 atha bhagavān pratyekabuddho yathāprāptānavalokya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 20, 58.1 atha tasya bhagavataḥ pratyekabuddhasyaitadabhavad bahūnāṃ me sattvānāmarthāya duṣkarāṇi cīrṇāni na ca kasyacit sattvasya hitaṃ kṛtam //
Divyāv, 20, 59.1 kamadyāham anukampeyaṃ kasyāhamadya piṇḍapātamāhṛtya paribhuñjīya
atha bhagavān pratyekabuddho divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa sarvāvantamimaṃ jambudvīpaṃ samantādanuvilokayannadrākṣīt sa bhagavān pratyekabuddhaḥ sarvajambudvīpādannādyaṃ parikṣīṇam anyatra rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasyaikā mānikā bhaktasyāvaśiṣṭā //
Divyāv, 20, 62.1 atha bhagavān pratyekabuddhastat eva ṛddhyā vihāyasamabhyudgamya dṛśyatā kāyena śakuniriva ṛddhyā yena kanakāvatī rājadhānī tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 69.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ mukhaṃ saṃparimārjya mahāmātrānāmantrayate naiṣa grāmaṇyo lohitapakṣaḥ śakuntaḥ na ca rākṣasa ojohāraḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 71.1 atha sa bhagavān pratyekabuddho rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya prāsāde pratyaṣṭhāt //
Divyāv, 20, 72.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ pratyekabuddhamutthāyāsanāt pratyudgamya pādau śirasā vanditvā prajñapta evāsane niṣīdayati //
Divyāv, 20, 73.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ pratyekabuddhamidamavocat kimartham ṛṣe ihābhyāgamanaṃ bhojanārthaṃ mahārāja //
Divyāv, 20, 76.1 atha yā kanakāvatyāṃ rājadhānyāmadhyuṣitā devatā sā rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya purastādgāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 20, 79.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ koṣṭhāgārikaṃ puruṣamāmantrayate asti bhoḥ puruṣa mama niveśane kiṃcidbhaktaṃ yadahamasya ṛṣeḥ pradāsyāmi sa evamāha yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ sarvajambudvīpādannādyaṃ parikṣīṇam anyatra devasyaikā mānikā bhaktasyāvaśiṣṭā //
Divyāv, 20, 80.1 atha rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasyaitadabhavat sacet paribhuñje jīviṣye //
Divyāv, 20, 84.1 kathaṃ nāmehedṛśa ṛṣiḥ śīlavān kalyāṇadharmā mama niveśane 'dya yathādhautena pātreṇa nirgamiṣyati
atha rājā kanakavarṇo gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān saṃnipātyaivamavocad anumodata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ ayaṃ rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasyāpaścima odanātisargaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 86.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇastasya maharṣestat pātraṃ gṛhītvā ekāṃ mānikāṃ bhaktasya pātre prakṣipya ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pātraṃ gṛhītvā jānubhyāṃ nipatya tasya bhagavataḥ pratyekabuddhasya dakṣiṇe pāṇau pātraṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
Divyāv, 20, 88.1 atha bhagavān pratyekabuddho rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasyāntikāt piṇḍapātramādāya tat eva ṛddhyā uparivihāyasā prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 89.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ prāñjalirbhūtvā tāvadanimiṣaṃ prekṣamāṇo 'sthāt yāvaccakṣuṣpathādatikrānta iti //
Divyāv, 20, 90.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇo gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān āmantrayate gacchata grāmaṇyaḥ svakasvakāni niveśanāni //
Divyāv, 20, 100.1 tadyathā tena bhagavatā pratyekabuddhena sa piṇḍapātraḥ paribhuktaḥ
atha tasminneva kṣaṇe samantāccatasṛṣu dikṣu catvāryabhrapaṭalāni vyutthitāni śītalāśca vāyavo vātumārabdhāḥ ye jambudvīpādaśuciṃ vyapanayanti meghāśca pravarṣayantaḥ pāṃśūñ śamayanti //
Gaṇakārikā
Harivaṃśa
HV, 1, 2.2 daityānām
atha siddhānāṃ guhyakānāṃ tathaiva ca //
HV, 1, 26.2 tad aṇḍam akarod dvaidhaṃ divaṃ bhuvam
athāpi ca //
HV, 1, 28.1 tatra kālaṃ mano vācaṃ kāmaṃ krodham
atho ratim /
HV, 2, 20.1 prajārtham ṛṣayo
'thāsya mamanthur dakṣiṇaṃ karam /
HV, 2, 34.2 arakṣyamāṇām āvavrur
babhūvātha prajākṣayaḥ //
HV, 2, 37.1 unmūlān
atha vṛkṣāṃs tān kṛtvā vāyur aśoṣayat /
HV, 2, 38.1 drumakṣayam
atho buddhvā kiṃcic chiṣṭeṣu śākhiṣu /
HV, 2, 46.2 acarāṃś ca carāṃś caiva dvipado
'tha catuṣpadaḥ //
HV, 3, 3.2 ṛṣīn devān sagandharvān asurān
atha rākṣasān //
HV, 3, 6.1 atha putrasahasrāṇi vairaṇyāṃ pañca vīryavān /
HV, 3, 9.2 asiknyām
atha vairaṇyāṃ bhūyo devarṣisattamaḥ /
HV, 3, 18.1 haryaśveṣv
atha naṣṭeṣu dakṣaḥ prācetasaḥ punaḥ /
HV, 3, 28.2 lambāyāś caiva ghoṣo
'tha nāgavīthī ca jāmijā //
HV, 3, 34.3 manoharāyāḥ śiśiraḥ prāṇo
'tha ramaṇas tathā //
HV, 3, 37.1 pratyūṣasya viduḥ putram ṛṣiṃ
nāmnātha devalam /
HV, 3, 53.1 saptaviṃśat tu yāḥ proktāḥ somapatnyo
'tha suvratāḥ /
HV, 3, 75.2 siṃhikāyām
athotpannā vipracitteḥ sutās tathā //
HV, 3, 79.2 teṣāṃ putrāś ca pautrāś ca śataśo
'tha sahasraśaḥ //
HV, 3, 94.1 teṣāṃ putrāś ca pautrāś ca śataśo
'tha sahasraśaḥ /
HV, 3, 107.1 sa pāṭyamāno garbho
'tha vajreṇa praruroda ha /
HV, 3, 107.2 mā rodīr iti taṃ śakraḥ punaḥ punar
athābravīt //
HV, 4, 3.2 ādityānāṃ tathā viṣṇuṃ vasūnām
atha pāvakam //
HV, 4, 4.1 prajāpatīnāṃ dakṣaṃ tu marutām
atha vāsavam /
HV, 4, 6.2 śailānāṃ himavantaṃ ca nadīnām
atha sāgaram //
HV, 4, 7.2 nāgānāṃ vāsukiṃ cakre sarpāṇām
atha takṣakam //
HV, 4, 8.1 vāraṇānāṃ ca rājānam airāvatam
athādiśat /
HV, 4, 9.1 mṛgāṇām
atha śārdūlaṃ govṛṣaṃ tu gavām api /
HV, 4, 10.2 diśāṃ pālān
atha tataḥ sthāpayāmāsa bhārata //
HV, 5, 23.1 tasmiñ jāte
'tha bhūtāni samprahṛṣṭāni sarvaśaḥ /
HV, 5, 33.1 tasminn eva mahāyajñe jajñe prājño
'tha māgadhaḥ /
HV, 7, 24.1 atha putrān imāṃs tasya nibodha gadato mama /
HV, 7, 30.2 gautamo
'tha bharadvājo viśvāmitras tathaiva ca //
HV, 8, 15.2 kurūn
athottarān gatvā tṛṇāny eva cacāra sā //
HV, 8, 29.3 vivasvān
atha tac chrutvā kruddhas tvaṣṭāram abhyagāt //
HV, 9, 26.1 ājagāma
yuvaivātha svāṃ purīṃ yādavair vṛtām /
HV, 9, 41.1 catvāriṃśad
athāṣṭau ca dakṣiṇasyāṃ tathā diśi /
HV, 9, 49.3 babhūvātha pitā rājye kuvalāśvaṃ nyayojayat //
HV, 9, 50.2 tam uttaṅko
'tha viprarṣiḥ prayāntaṃ pratyavārayat //
HV, 9, 86.2 narmadāyām
athotpannaḥ sambhūtas tasya cātmajaḥ //
HV, 9, 92.2 pitā tv enam
athovāca śvapākaiḥ saha vartaya /
HV, 10, 19.3 chandyamāno
vareṇātha guruṃ vavre nṛpātmajaḥ //
HV, 10, 40.1 vasiṣṭhas tv
atha tān dṛṣṭvā samayena mahādyutiḥ /
HV, 11, 13.1 tāni śrāddhāni dattāni kathaṃ gacchanty
atho pitṝn /
HV, 11, 32.2 te
vātha pitaro 'nye vā kān yajāmo vayaṃ punaḥ //
HV, 13, 54.1 ye tv
athāṅgirasaḥ putrāḥ sādhyaiḥ saṃvardhitāḥ purā /
HV, 13, 68.3 svargam ārogyam
evātha yad anyad api cepsitam //
HV, 15, 18.2 pṛthuṣeṇasya pāras tu pārān nīpo
'tha jajñivān //
HV, 15, 30.2 ugrāyudhaḥ kasya sutaḥ kasmin vaṃśe
'tha jajñivān /
HV, 15, 63.2 ahicchatraṃ sakāmpilyaṃ
droṇāyāthāpavarjitam //
HV, 16, 2.2 pīḍayāpy
atha dharmasya kṛte śrāddhe purānagha //
HV, 17, 5.1 śaptvā tān
abhibhāṣyātha catvāraś cakrur aṇḍajāḥ /
HV, 17, 7.1 teṣāṃ prasādaṃ cakrus te
athaitān sumanābravīt /
HV, 19, 14.1 sa rājānam
athānvicchat sahamantriṇam acyutam /
HV, 20, 7.1 sa tābhyaḥ
sahasaivātha digbhyo garbhaḥ prabhānvitaḥ /
HV, 20, 40.1 satyaṃ brūhi sutaḥ kasya
somasyātha bṛhaspateḥ /
HV, 23, 47.2 duḥṣantam
atha suḥṣantaṃ pravīram anaghaṃ tathā //
HV, 23, 52.2 tato
'tha vitatho nāma bharadvājāt suto 'bhavat //
HV, 23, 72.1 ete tv aṅgirasaḥ putrā jātā vaṃśe
'tha bhārgave /
HV, 24, 9.2 arikṣepas tathopekṣaḥ śatrughno
'thārimardanaḥ //
HV, 24, 32.2 vīraś cāśvahanuś caiva vīrau tāv
atha gṛñjimau //
HV, 25, 8.2 jijñāsāṃ pauruṣe cakre na caskande
'tha pauruṣam //
HV, 26, 26.2 mātā jajñe
'tha vaidarbhyāṃ bhadravatyāṃ kurūdvaha //
HV, 27, 5.1 ayutājit sahasrājic chatājic
cātha dāsakaḥ /
HV, 27, 28.3 rāṣṭrapālo
'tha sutanur anādhṛṣṭiś ca puṣṭimān //
HV, 28, 1.2 bhajamānasya putro
'tha rathamukhyo vidūrathaḥ /
HV, 28, 11.2 prasenaś
cātha satrājic chatrusenājitāv ubhau //
HV, 28, 22.1 pādais tair
anviyāyātha guhām ṛkṣasya mādhavaḥ /
HV, 28, 36.1 madhoḥ putrasya jajñe
'tha pṛśniḥ putro yudhājitaḥ /
HV, 29, 17.2 kham utpetur
atha prāṇāḥ kṛṣṇo rāmam athābravīt //
HV, 29, 17.2 kham utpetur atha prāṇāḥ kṛṣṇo rāmam
athābravīt //
HV, 29, 28.1 atha duryodhano rājā gatvā sa mithilāṃ prabhuḥ /
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 29.1 athātiroṣaṇaḥ prakṛtyā mahātapā munir atres tanayas tārāpater bhrātā nāmnā durvāsā dvitīyena mandapālanāmnā muninā saha kalahāyamānaḥ sāma gāyan krodhāndho visvaram akarot //
Harṣacarita, 1, 35.1 atha tāṃ tathā śaptāṃ sarasvatīṃ dṛṣṭvā pitāmaho bhagavānkamalotpattilagnamṛṇālasūtrāmiva dhavalayajñopavītinīṃ tanum udvahan udgacchadacchāṅgulīyamarakatamayūkhalatākalāpena tribhuvanopaplavapraśamakuśāpīḍadhāriṇeva dakṣiṇena kareṇa nivārya śāpakalakalam ativimaladīrghairbhāvikṛtayugārambhasūtrapātamiva dikṣu pātayan daśanakiraṇaiḥ sarasvatīprasthānamaṅgalapaṭaheneva pūrayannāśāḥ svareṇa sudhīramuvāca brahman na khalu sādhusevito 'yaṃ panthā yenāsi pravṛttaḥ //
Harṣacarita, 1, 107.1 atha sa yuvā puroyāyināṃ yathādarśanaṃ pratinivṛtyātivismitamanasāṃ kathayatāṃ padātīnāṃ sakāśādupalabhya divyākṛti tat kanyāyugalam upajātakutūhalaḥ pratūrṇaturago didṛkṣustaṃ latāmaṇḍapoddeśamājagāma //
Harṣacarita, 1, 159.1 atha muhūrtamātramiva sthitvā smṛtvā ca tāṃ tasya rūpasaṃpadaṃ punaḥ punar vyasmayatāsyā hṛdayam //
Harṣacarita, 1, 184.1 atha gaṇarātrāpagame nivartamānas tenaiva vartmanā taṃ deśaṃ samāgatya tathaiva nivāritaparijanaśchatradhāradvitīyo vikukṣir ḍuḍhauke //
Harṣacarita, 1, 225.1 atha sarasvatī prītivisphāritena cakṣuṣā pratyavādīd ayi na śaknomi bahu bhāṣitum //
Harṣacarita, 1, 247.1 atha sārasvato māturmahimnā yauvanārambha evāvirbhūtāśeṣavidyāsaṃbhāras tasmin savayasi bhrātari preyasi prāṇasame suhṛdi vatse vāṅmayaṃ samastameva saṃcārayāmāsa //
Harṣacarita, 1, 250.1 atha vatsāt pravardhamānādipuruṣajanitātmacaraṇonnatinirgatapraghoṣaḥ parameśvaraśirodhṛtaḥ sakalakalāgamagambhīraḥ mahāmunimānyaḥ vipakṣakṣobhakṣamaḥ kṣititalalabdhāyatiḥ askhalitapravṛtto bhāgīrathīpravāha iva pāvanaḥ prāvartata vimalo vaṃśaḥ //
Harṣacarita, 1, 268.1 atha śanaiḥ śanair atyudāravyavahṛtimanohṛnti bṛhanti rājakulāni vīkṣamāṇaḥ niravadyavidyāvidyotitāni gurukulāni ca sevamānaḥ mahārhālāpagambhīraguṇavadgoṣṭhīścopatiṣṭhamānaḥ svabhāvagambhīradhīrdhanāni vidagdhamaṇḍalāni ca gāhamānaḥ punarapi tām eva vaipaścitīm ātmavaṃśocitāṃ prakṛtimabhajat //
Harṣacarita, 2, 3.1 atha tatrānavaratādhyayanadhvanimukharāṇi bhasmapuṇḍrakapāṇḍuralalāṭaiḥ kapilaśikhājālajaṭilaiḥ kṛśānubhiriva kratulobhāgatairbaṭubhiradhyāsyamānāni sekasukumārasomakedārikāharitāyamānapraghanāni kṛṣṇājinavikīrṇaśuṣyatpuroḍāśīyaśyāmākataṇḍulāni bālikāvikīryamāṇanīvārabalīni śuciśiṣyaśatānīyamānaharitakuśapūlīpalāśasamindhi indhanagomayapiṇḍakūṭasaṃkaṭāni āmikṣīyakṣīrakṣāriṇīnām agnihotradhenūnāṃ khuravalayair vilikhitājiravitardikāni kāmaṇḍalavyamṛtpiṇḍamardanavyagrayatijanāni vaitānavedīśaṅkavyānāmaudumbarīṇāṃ śākhānāṃ rāśibhiḥ pavitritaparyantāni vaiśvadevapiṇḍapāṇḍuritapradeśāni havirdhūmadhūsaritāṅgaṇaviṭapikisalayāni vatsīyabālakalālitalalattaralatarṇakāni krīḍatkṛṣṇasāracchāgaśāvakaprakaṭitapaśubandhaprabandhāni śukasārikārabdhādhyayanadīyamānopādhyāyaviśrāntisukhāni sākṣāttrayītapovanānīva ciradṛṣṭānāṃ bāndhavānāṃ prīyamāṇo bhramanbhavanāni bāṇaḥ sukhamatiṣṭhat //
Harṣacarita, 2, 8.1 atha lalāṭantape tapati tapane candanalikhitalalāṭikāpuṇḍrakair alakacīracīvarasaṃvītaiḥ svedodabindumuktākṣavalayavāhibhir dinakarārādhananiyamā ivāgṛhyanta lalanālalāṭendudyutibhiḥ //
Harṣacarita, 2, 17.1 atha tenānīyamānam atidūragamanagurujaḍajaṅghākāṇḍam kārdamikacelacīrikāniyamitoccaṇḍacaṇḍātakam pṛṣṭhapreṅkhatpaṭaccarakarpaṭaghaṭitagalagranthim atinibiḍasūtrabandhanimnitāntarālakṛtalekhavyavacchedayā lekhamālikayā parikalitamūrdhānam praviśantaṃ lekhahārakamadrākṣīt //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 1, 26.1 itīrayitvā giram āttasatkriye gate
'tha patyau vanasaṃnivāsinām /
Kir, 1, 44.1 atha kṣamām eva nirastasādhanaś cirāya paryeṣi sukhasya sādhanam /
Kir, 2, 1.1 vihitāṃ priyayā manaḥpriyām
atha niścitya giraṃ garīyasīm /
Kir, 2, 16.1 atha ced avadhiḥ pratīkṣyate katham āviṣkṛtajihmavṛttinā /
Kir, 2, 57.1 athoccakair āsanataḥ parārdhyād udyan sa dhūtāruṇavalkalāgraḥ /
Kir, 3, 25.1 niryāya
vidyātha dinādiramyād bimbād ivārkasya mukhān maharṣeḥ /
Kir, 3, 32.1 athoṣṇabhāseva sumerukuñjān vihīyamānān udayāya tena /
Kir, 3, 56.1 athābhipaśyann iva vidviṣaḥ puraḥ purodhasāropitahetisaṃhatiḥ /
Kir, 3, 60.1 anujagur
atha divyaṃ dundubhidhvānam āśāḥ surakusumanipātair vyomni lakṣmīr vitene /
Kir, 4, 37.1 iti kathayati tatra nātidūrād
atha dadṛśe pihitoṣṇaraśmibimbaḥ /
Kir, 5, 1.1 atha jayāya nu merumahībhṛto rabhasayā nu digantadidṛkṣayā /
Kir, 6, 19.1 praṇidhāya tatra
vidhinātha dhiyaṃ dadhataḥ purātanamuner munitām /
Kir, 6, 39.1 praṇidhāya cittam
atha bhaktatayā vidite 'py apūrva iva tatra hariḥ /
Kir, 6, 47.1 praṇatim
atha vidhāya prasthitāḥ sadmanas tāḥ stanabharanamitāṅgīr aṅganāḥ prītibhājaḥ /
Kir, 7, 1.1 śrīmadbhiḥ sarathagajaiḥ surāṅganānāṃ guptānām
atha sacivais trilokabhartuḥ /
Kir, 7, 26.1 sambhogakṣamagahanām
athopagaṅgaṃ bibhrāṇāṃ jvalitamaṇīni saikatāni /
Kir, 8, 1.1 atha svamāyākṛtamandirojjvalaṃ jvalanmaṇi vyomasadāṃ sanātanam /
Kir, 8, 27.1 atha sphuranmīnavidhūtapaṅkajā vipaṅkatīraskhalitormisaṃhatiḥ /
Kir, 9, 1.2 tatpriyārtham iva yātum
athāstaṃ bhānumān upapayodhi lalambe //
Kir, 9, 23.1 dīpayann
atha nabhaḥ kiraṇaughaiḥ kuṅkumāruṇapayodharagauraḥ /
Kir, 9, 55.1 svāditaḥ svayam
athaidhitamānaṃ lambhitaḥ priyatamaiḥ saha pītaḥ /
Kir, 9, 74.1 anyonyaraktamanasām
atha bibhratīnāṃ cetobhuvo harisakhāpsarasāṃ nideśam /
Kir, 10, 1.1 atha parimalajām avāpya lakṣmīm avayavadīpitamaṇḍanaśriyas tāḥ /
Kir, 10, 7.2 kṣitiṣu dadṛśire padāni jiṣṇor upahitaketur
athāṅgalāñchanāni //
Kir, 10, 17.1 atha kṛtakavilobhanaṃ vidhitsau yuvatijane harisūnudarśanena /
Kir, 12, 1.1 atha vāsavasya vacanena ruciravadanas trilocanam /
Kir, 12, 19.1 atha bhūtabhavyabhavadīśam abhimukhayituṃ kṛtastavāḥ /
Kir, 12, 30.1 vijigīṣate yadi jaganti yugapad
atha saṃjihīrṣati /
Kir, 12, 53.2 pitranikaṣaṇavibhinnabhuvaṃ danujaṃ dadhānam
atha saukaraṃ vapuḥ //
Kir, 13, 1.1 vapuṣāṃ parameṇa bhūdharāṇām
atha saṃbhāvyaparākramaṃ vibhede /
Kir, 13, 17.1 dadṛśe
'tha savismayaṃ śivena sthirapūrṇāyatacāpamaṇḍalasthaḥ /
Kir, 13, 20.1 atha dīpitavārivāhavartmā ravavitrāsitavāraṇād avāryaḥ /
Kir, 13, 30.1 atha dīrghatamaṃ tamaḥ pravekṣyan sahasā rugṇarayaḥ sa sambhrameṇa /
Kir, 13, 32.1 sphuṭapauruṣam āpapāta pārthas tam
atha prājyaśaraḥ śaraṃ jighṛkṣuḥ /
Kir, 13, 49.1 durvacaṃ tad
atha mā sma bhūn mṛgas tvāv asau yad akariṣyad ojasā /
Kir, 13, 59.1 mārgaṇair
atha tava prayojanaṃ nāthase kimu patiṃ na bhūbhṛtaḥ /
Kir, 14, 20.2 athāsti śaktiḥ kṛtam eva yācñayā na dūṣitaḥ śaktimatāṃ svayaṃgrahaḥ //
Kir, 14, 24.1 yadā vigṛhṇāti hataṃ tadā yaśaḥ karoti maitrīm
atha dūṣitā guṇāḥ /
Kir, 14, 25.2 śarārtham eṣyaty
atha lapsyate gatiṃ śiromaṇiṃ dṛṣṭiviṣāj jighṛkṣataḥ //
Kir, 14, 53.2 sakṛd vikṛṣṭād
atha kārmukān muneḥ śarāḥ śarīrād iti te 'bhimenire //
Kir, 15, 1.1 atha bhūtāni vārtraghnaśarebhyas tatra tatrasuḥ /
Kir, 16, 31.1 tirohitendor
atha śambhumūrdhnaḥ praṇamyamānaṃ tapasāṃ nivāsaiḥ /
Kir, 16, 62.1 atha vihitavidheyair āśu muktāvitānair asitanaganitambaśyāmabhāsāṃ ghanānām /
Kir, 17, 1.1 athāpadām uddharaṇakṣameṣu mitreṣv ivāstreṣu tirohiteṣu /
Kir, 17, 22.1 kṣobheṇa
tenātha gaṇādhipānāṃ bhedaṃ yayāv ākṛtir īśvarasya /
Kir, 18, 8.1 pravavṛte
'tha mahāhavamallayor acalasaṃcalanāharaṇo raṇaḥ /
Kir, 18, 15.1 atha himaśucibhasmabhūṣitaṃ śirasi virājitam indulekhayā /
Kir, 18, 46.1 atha śaśadharamauler abhyanujñām avāpya tridaśapatipurogāḥ pūrṇakāmāya tasmai /
Kir, 18, 48.2 nijagṛham
atha gatvā sādaraṃ pāṇḍuputro dhṛtagurujayalakṣmīr dharmasūnuṃ nanāma //
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 1, 19.1 kālakrameṇātha tayoḥ pravṛtte svarūpayogye surataprasaṅge /
KumSaṃ, 1, 21.1 athāvamānena pituḥ prayuktā dakṣasya kanyā bhavapūrvapatnī /
KumSaṃ, 1, 31.2 kāmasya puṣpavyatiriktam astraṃ bālyāt paraṃ
sātha vayaḥ prapede //
KumSaṃ, 2, 64.1 atha sa lalitayoṣidbhrūlatācāruśṛṅgaṃ rativalayapadāṅke cāpam āsajya kaṇṭhe /
KumSaṃ, 3, 41.1 latāgṛhadvāragato
'tha nandī vāmaprakoṣṭhārpitahemavetraḥ /
KumSaṃ, 3, 52.1 nirvāṇabhūyiṣṭham
athāsya vīryaṃ saṃdhukṣayantīva vapurguṇena /
KumSaṃ, 3, 69.1 athendriyakṣobham ayugmanetraḥ punar vaśitvād balavan nigṛhya /
KumSaṃ, 4, 25.1 atha taiḥ paridevitākṣarair hṛdaye digdhaśarair ivārditaḥ /
KumSaṃ, 4, 41.2 atha tena nigṛhya vikriyām abhiśaptaḥ phalam etad anvabhūt //
KumSaṃ, 4, 46.1 atha madanavadhūr upaplavāntaṃ vyasanakṛśā paripālayāṃbabhūva /
KumSaṃ, 5, 7.1 athānurūpābhiniveśatoṣiṇā kṛtābhyanujñā guruṇā garīyasā /
KumSaṃ, 5, 30.1 athājināṣāḍhadharaḥ pragalbhavāg jvalann iva brahmamayena tejasā /
KumSaṃ, 5, 45.2 athopayantāram alaṃ samādhinā na ratnam anviṣyati mṛgyate hi tat //
KumSaṃ, 5, 63.1 athāgrahaste mukulīkṛtāṅgulau samarpayantī sphaṭikākṣamālikām /
KumSaṃ, 5, 65.1 athāha varṇī vidito maheśvaras tadarthinī tvaṃ punar eva vartase /
KumSaṃ, 5, 78.2 kapāli vā syād
atha venduśekharaṃ na viśvamūrter avadhāryate vapuḥ //
KumSaṃ, 7, 1.1 athauṣadhīnām adhipasya vṛddhau tithau ca jāmitraguṇānvitāyām /
KumSaṃ, 7, 23.1 athāṅgulibhyāṃ haritālam ārdraṃ māṅgalyam ādāya manaḥśilāṃ ca /
KumSaṃ, 7, 94.1 atha vibudhagaṇāṃs tān indumaulir visṛjya kṣitidharapatikanyām ādadānaḥ kareṇa /
KumSaṃ, 8, 4.2 taddukūlam
atha cābhavat svayaṃ dūram ucchvasitanīvibandhanam //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 2, 2, 11.1 tamasi janasambādhe vijane
vātha śanakair gacchator nātihrasvakālam uddharṣaṇaṃ parasparasya gātrāṇām uddhṛṣṭakam //
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
KāvyAl, 2, 63.1 vane'tha tasminvanitānuyāyinaḥ pravṛttadānārdrakaṭā mataṃgajāḥ /
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 1, 24, 62.1 tvaṃ brahmā
hariratha viśvayoniragniḥ saṃhartā dinakaramaṇḍalādhivāsaḥ /
KūPur, 1, 24, 63.1 sāṃkhyāstvāṃ
viguṇamathāhurekarūpaṃ yogāstvāṃ satatamupāsate hṛdistham /
KūPur, 1, 24, 64.1 tvatpāde
kusumamathāpi patramekaṃ dattvāsau bhavati vimuktaviśvabandhaḥ /
KūPur, 2, 9, 14.2 tadevātmānaṃ manyamāno
'tha vidvānātmanandī bhavati brahmabhūtaḥ //
KūPur, 2, 10, 14.2 atrāntaraṃ brahmavido
'tha nityaṃ paśyanti tattvamacalaṃ yat sa īśaḥ //
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 1.8 atha rāvaṇo rākṣasādhipatiḥ saparivāraḥ pauṣpakaṃ vimānamadhiruhya yena bhagavāṃstenopajagāma /
LAS, 1, 4.1 atha rāvaṇo laṅkādhipatiḥ toṭakavṛttenānugāyya punarapi gāthābhigītenānugāyati sma saptarātreṇa bhagavān sāgarānmakarālayāt /
LAS, 1, 39.2 svapno'yamatha vā māyā nagaraṃ gandharvaśabditam //
LAS, 1, 44.22 atha tasminnantare rāvaṇasyaitadabhavat yannvahaṃ punarapi bhagavantaṃ sarvayogavaśavartinaṃ tīrthyayogavyāvartakaṃ pratyātmagatigocarodbhāvakaṃ nairmitanairmāṇikavyapetam adhigamabuddhir yadyogināṃ yogābhisamayakāle samādhimukhe samāptānāmadhigamo bhavati /
LAS, 1, 44.25 atha bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāṃ laṅkādhipater anutpattikadharmakṣāntyadhigataṃ viditvā tayaiva śobhayā daśagrīvasyānukampayā punarapyātmānaṃ śikhare subahuratnakhacite ratnajālavitate darśayati sma /
LAS, 1, 44.29 atha bhagavān punarapi tasyāṃ velāyāṃ parṣadamavalokya buddhyā na māṃsacakṣuṣā siṃharājavadvijṛmbhya mahāhāsamahasat /
LAS, 1, 44.31 atha tasyā bodhisattvaparṣadaḥ teṣāṃ ca śakrabrahmādīnāmetad abhavat ko nu khalvatra hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayo yadbhagavān sarvadharmavaśavartī mahāhāsaṃ smitapūrvakaṃ hasati raśmīṃśca svavigrahebhyo niścārayati niścārya tūṣṇīmabhavat svapratyātmāryajñānagocarasamādhimukhe patitāśayo'vismitaḥ siṃhāvalokanatayā diśo'valokya rāvaṇasyaiva yogagatipracāram anuvicintayamānaḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.32 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pūrvamevādhyeṣito rāvaṇasyānukampāmupādāya tasyā bodhisattvaparṣadaścittāśayavicāramājñāya anāgatāṃ janatāṃ cāvalokya deśanāpāṭhābhiratānāṃ sattvānāṃ cittavibhramo bhaviṣyatīti yathārutārthābhiniviṣṭānāṃ sarvaśrāvakapratyekabuddhatīrthyayogabalābhiniviṣṭānāṃ tathāgatā api bhagavanto vinivṛttavijñānaviṣayā mahāhāsaṃ hasanti /
LAS, 1, 44.47 atha khalu laṅkādhipatirbhagavatā kṛtāvakāśa utthāya tasmād raśmivimalaprabhād ratnapadmasadṛśād ratnaśikharāt sāpsarogaṇaparivṛto vividhairanekavidhairnānāprakāraiḥ puṣpamālyagandhadhūpavilepanachattradhvajapatākāhārārdhahārakirīṭamukuṭair anyaiśca adṛṣṭaśrutapūrvairābharaṇaviśeṣair viśiṣṭais tūryatālāvacarair devanāgayakṣarākṣasagandharvakiṃnaramahoragamanuṣyātikrāntaiḥ sarvakāmadhātuparyāpannān vādyabhāṇḍānabhinirmāya ye cānyeṣu buddhakṣetreṣu tūryaviśeṣā dṛṣṭāḥ tānabhinirmāya bhagavantaṃ bodhisattvāṃśca ratnajālenāvaṣṭabhya nānāvastrocchritapatākaṃ kṛtvā sapta tālān gagane'bhyudgamya mahāpūjāmeghānabhipravṛṣya tūryatālāvacarāṇi nirnādya tasmādgaganādavatīrya sūryavidyutprabhe dvitīye mahāratnapadmālaṃkṛtau ratnaśikhare niṣasāda /
LAS, 1, 44.109 atha svavikalpagrahaṇaṃ pratigṛhya dharmādharmaṃ prativikalpayanti /
LAS, 2, 1.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāmatibodhisattvasahitaḥ sarvabuddhakṣetrānucārī buddhānubhāvena utthāyāsanādekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantaṃ gāthābhirabhyaṣṭāvīt /
LAS, 2, 9.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantamābhiḥ sārūpyābhir gāthābhir abhiṣṭutya svanāmagotraṃ bhagavate saṃśrāvayati sma /
LAS, 2, 12.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavatā kṛtāvakāśo bhagavataścaraṇayornipatya bhagavantaṃ praśnaṃ paripṛcchati sma /
LAS, 2, 99.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocatkatamadbhagavan aṣṭottarapadaśatam bhagavānāha utpādapadam anutpādapadam nityapadamanityapadam lakṣaṇapadam alakṣaṇapadam sthityanyathātvapadam asthityanyathātvapadaṃ kṣaṇikapadam akṣaṇikapadaṃ svabhāvapadam asvabhāvapadam śūnyatāpadam aśūnyatāpadam ucchedapadam anucchedapadaṃ cittapadam acittapadam madhyamapadam amadhyamapadaṃ śāśvatapadam aśāśvatapadam pratyayapadam apratyayapadam hetupadamahetupadam kleśapadam akleśapadam tṛṣṇāpadam atṛṣṇāpadam upāyapadam anupāyapadam kauśalyapadam akauśalyapadam śuddhipadam aśuddhipadam yuktipadam ayuktipadam dṛṣṭāntapadam adṛṣṭāntapadam śiṣyapadam aśiṣyapadam gurupadam agurupadam gotrapadam agotrapadam yānatrayapadam ayānatrayapadam nirābhāsapadam anirābhāsapadam praṇidhānapadam apraṇidhānapadam trimaṇḍalapadam atrimaṇḍalapadam nimittapadam animittapadam sadasatpakṣapadam asadasatpakṣapadam ubhayapadam anubhayapadam svapratyātmāryajñānapadam asvapratyātmāryajñānapadam dṛṣṭadharmasukhapadam adṛṣṭadharmasukhapadam kṣetrapadam akṣetrapadam aṇupadam anaṇupadam jalapadam ajalapadam dhanvapadam adhanvapadam bhūtapadam abhūtapadam saṃkhyāgaṇitapadam asaṃkhyāgaṇitapadam abhijñāpadam anabhijñāpadam khedapadam akhedapadam ghanapadam aghanapadam śilpakalāvidyāpadam aśilpakalāvidyāpadam vāyupadam avāyupadam bhūmipadam abhūmipadam cintyapadam acintyapadam prajñaptipadam aprajñaptipadam svabhāvapadam asvabhāvapadam skandhapadam askandhapadam sattvapadam asattvapadam buddhipadam abuddhipadam nirvāṇapadam anirvāṇapadam jñeyapadamajñeyapadam tīrthyapadam atīrthyapadam ḍamarapadam aḍamarapadam māyāpadam amāyāpadam svapnapadamasvapnapadam marīcipadam amarīcipadam bimbapadam abimbapadam cakrapadam acakrapadam gandharvapadam agandharvapadam devapadamadevapadam annapānapadamanannapānapadam maithunapadam amaithunapadam dṛṣṭapadam adṛṣṭapadam pāramitāpadam apāramitāpadam śīlapadam aśīlapadam somabhāskaranakṣatrapadam asomabhāskaranakṣatrapadam satyapadamasatyapadam phalapadam aphalapadam nirodhapadam anirodhapadam nirodhavyutthānapadam anirodhavyutthānapadam cikitsāpadam acikitsāpadam lakṣaṇapadam alakṣaṇapadam aṅgapadam anaṅgapadam kalāvidyāpadam akalāvidyāpadam dhyānapadamadhyānapadam bhrāntipadam abhrāntipadam dṛśyapadam adṛśyapadam rakṣyapadam arakṣyapadam vaṃśapadam avaṃśapadam ṛṣipadam anarṣipadam rājyapadam arājyapadam grahaṇapadam agrahaṇapadam ratnapadam aratnapadam vyākaraṇapadam avyākaraṇapadam icchantikapadam anicchantikapadam strīpuṃnapuṃsakapadam astrīpuṃnapuṃsakapadam rasapadamarasapadam kriyāpadam akriyāpadam dehapadamadehapadam tarkapadam atarkapadam calapadam acalapadam indriyapadam anindriyapadam saṃskṛtapadam asaṃskṛtapadam hetuphalapadamahetuphalapadam kaniṣṭhapadamakaniṣṭhapadam ṛtupadam anṛtupadam drumagulmalatāvitānapadam adrumagulmalatāvitānapadam vaicitryapadam avaicitryapadaṃ deśanāvatārapadam adeśanāvatārapadam vinayapadam avinayapadaṃ bhikṣupadam abhikṣupadam adhiṣṭhānapadam anādhadhiṣṭhānapadam akṣarapadam anakṣarapadam /
LAS, 2, 100.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametadavocat katividho bhagavan vijñānānāmutpādasthitinirodho bhavati bhagavānāha dvividho mahāmate vijñānānām utpattisthitinirodho bhavati na ca tārkikā avabudhyante yaduta prabandhanirodho lakṣaṇanirodhaśca /
LAS, 2, 101.9 athānanyaḥ syāt mṛtpiṇḍaparamāṇvoḥ pratibhāgo na syāt /
LAS, 2, 101.11 athānanyāni pravṛttivijñānanirodhe ālayavijñānavirodhaḥ syāt sa ca na bhavati svajātilakṣaṇanirodhaḥ /
LAS, 2, 101.40 atha khalu bhagavān punareva mahāmatiṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat caturbhirmahāmate kāraṇaiścakṣurvijñānaṃ pravartate /
LAS, 2, 101.46 atha ca anyonyābhinnalakṣaṇasahitāḥ pravartante vijñaptiviṣayaparicchede /
LAS, 2, 126.9 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punareva tasyā bodhisattvaparṣadaścittāśayavicāramājñāya āryajñānavastupravicayaṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ sarvabuddhādhiṣṭhānādhiṣṭhito bhagavantaṃ paripṛcchati sma deśayatu me bhagavānāryajñānavastupravicayaṃ nāma dharmaparyāyam aṣṭottarapadaśataprabhedāśrayam yamāśritya tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ svasāmānyalakṣaṇapatitānāṃ parikalpitasvabhāvagatiprabhedaṃ deśayanti yena parikalpitasvabhāvagatiprabhedena suprativibhāgaviddhena pudgaladharmanairātmyapracāraṃ prativiśodhya bhūmiṣu kṛtavidyāḥ sarvaśrāvakapratyekabuddhatīrthakaradhyānasamādhisamāpattisukhamatikramya tathāgatācintyaviṣayapracāragatipracāraṃ pañcadharmasvabhāvagativinivṛttaṃ tathāgataṃ dharmakāyaṃ prajñājñānasunibaddhadharmaṃ māyāviṣayābhinivṛttaṃ sarvabuddhakṣetratuṣitabhavanākaniṣṭhālayopagaṃ tathāgatakāyaṃ pratilabheran /
LAS, 2, 126.18 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat nanu bhagavan vikalpasyāpravṛttilakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā anumimīmahe vikalpāpravṛttyapekṣaṃ tasya nāstitvam /
LAS, 2, 127.2 athānanyaḥ syāt taddhetukatvād āparamāṇupravicayānupalabdher viṣāṇādananyatvāt tadabhāvaḥ syāt /
LAS, 2, 127.3 tadubhayabhāvābhāvātkasya kimapekṣya nāstitvaṃ bhavati
atha na bhavati mahāmate apekṣya nāstitvaṃ śaśaviṣāṇasya astitvamapekṣya nāstitvaṃ śaśaviṣāṇaṃ na kalpayitavyaṃ viṣamahetutvānmahāmate nāstyastitvam siddhirna bhavati nāstyastitvavādinām /
LAS, 2, 127.12 tasya kimapekṣya nāstitvaṃ bhavati
athānyadapekṣya vastu tadapyevaṃdharmi /
LAS, 2, 127.13 atha khalu bhagavān punarapi mahāmatiṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat śaśagośṛṅgākāśarūpadṛṣṭivikalpavigatena mahāmate bhavitavyam tadanyaiśca bodhisattvaiḥ /
LAS, 2, 132.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi svacittadṛśyadhārāviśuddhyarthaṃ bhagavantam adhyeṣate sma kathaṃ bhagavansvacittadṛśyadhārā viśudhyati yugapatkramavṛttyā vā bhagavānāha kramavṛttyā mahāmate svacittadṛśyadhārā viśudhyati na yugapat /
LAS, 2, 132.33 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat nityamacintyaṃ ca bhagavatā pratyātmāryagatigocaraṃ paramārthagocaraṃ ca prabhāṣitam /
LAS, 2, 136.21 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata /
LAS, 2, 137.15 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametadavocat samāropāpavādalakṣaṇaṃ me bhagavān deśayatu yathāhaṃ ca anye ca bodhisattvāḥ samāropāpavādakudṛṣṭivarjitamatayaḥ kṣipram anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyeran /
LAS, 2, 137.17 atha khalu bhagavān punarapi mahāmaterbodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyādhyeṣaṇāṃ viditvā imāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata /
LAS, 2, 138.1 atha khalu bhagavānetameva gāthārthamuddyotayan punarapyetad avocat caturvidho mahāmate asatsamāropaḥ /
LAS, 2, 138.25 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata /
LAS, 2, 139.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantam adhyeṣate sma deśayatu bhagavān śūnyatānutpādādvayaniḥsvabhāvalakṣaṇaṃ sarvadharmāṇām yena śūnyatānutpādādvayaniḥsvabhāvalakṣaṇāvabodhena ahaṃ ca anye ca bodhisattvā mahāsattvā nāstyastivikalpavarjitāḥ kṣipramanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyeran /
LAS, 2, 139.2 atha khalu bhagavān mahāmatiṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocattena hi mahāmate śṛṇu tatsādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru /
LAS, 2, 141.1 atha khalu bhagavān punarapi mahāmatiṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam etadavocad etaddhi mahāmate śūnyatānutpādādvayaniḥsvabhāvalakṣaṇaṃ sarvabuddhānāṃ sarvasūtrāntagatam /
LAS, 2, 141.6 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocattathāgatagarbhaḥ punarbhagavatā sūtrāntapāṭhe'nuvarṇitaḥ /
LAS, 2, 142.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata /
LAS, 2, 143.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo'nāgatāṃ janatāṃ samālokya punarapi bhagavantamadhyeṣate sma deśayatu me bhagavān yogābhisamayaṃ yathā bodhisattvā mahāsattvā mahāyogayogino bhavanti /
LAS, 2, 143.17 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantamadhyeṣate sma deśayatu me bhagavān hetupratyayalakṣaṇaṃ sarvadharmāṇām yena hetupratyayalakṣaṇāvabodhena ahaṃ ca anye ca bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ sadasaddṛṣṭivikalparahitāḥ sarvabhāvanākramaṃ yugapadutpattiṃ na kalpayeyuḥ /
LAS, 2, 143.35 atha kramavṛttyā pravarteran alabdhasya lakṣaṇātmakatvātkramavṛttyā na pravartate /
LAS, 2, 148.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametadavocad deśayatu me bhagavān vāgvikalpalakṣaṇahṛdayaṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ yena vāgvikalpalakṣaṇahṛdayena bhagavan suprativibhāgavinibaddhena ahaṃ ca anye ca bodhisattvā mahāsattvā abhilāpābhilāpyārthadvayagatiṃgatāḥ kṣipramanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya abhilāpābhilāpyārthadvayagatiṃ sarvasattvānāṃ viśodhayeyuḥ /
LAS, 2, 148.12 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametamevārthamadhyeṣate sma deśayatu me bhagavān punarapi vāgvikalpābhivyaktigocaram /
LAS, 2, 152.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametadavocat deśayatu me bhagavān nāstyastitvaikatvānyatvobhayanobhayanaivāstinanāstinityānityavarjitaṃ sarvatīrthyāgatipracāram āryapratyātmajñānagatigamyaṃ parikalpitasvasāmānyalakṣaṇavinivṛttaṃ paramārthatattvāvatāraṃ bhūmyanusaṃdhikramottarottaraviśuddhilakṣaṇaṃ tathāgatabhūmyanupraveśalakṣaṇam anābhogapūrvapraṇidhānaviśvarūpamaṇisadṛśaviṣayānantalakṣaṇapracārasvacittadṛśyagocaragativibhāgalakṣaṇaṃ sarvadharmāṇām /
LAS, 2, 154.9 atha ca te mahāmate svacittadṛśyavikalpāḥ khyāyante bālānāṃ bimbākṛtayaḥ /
LAS, 2, 170.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantam etadavocat nirvāṇaṃ nirvāṇamiti bhagavannucyate /
LAS, 2, 170.22 samanantarasamāpannānāṃ ca teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ mahāyānaprabhāsaṃ bodhisattvasamādhim
atha daśadiglokadhātuvyavasthitāstathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā mukhānyupadarśya sarvakāyamukhavācāsaṃdarśanenādhiṣṭhānaṃ kurvanti /
LAS, 2, 173.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvaḥ punar api bhagavantam etadavocat pratītyasamutpādaṃ punarbhagavatā deśayatā kāraṇavyapadeśa eva kṛto na svanayaprakṛtyavasthānakathā /
Liṅgapurāṇa
LiPur, 1, 42, 16.2 śilādātmajatvaṃ gate mayyupendraḥ
sasarjātha vṛṣṭiṃ supuṣpaughamiśrām //
LiPur, 1, 72, 155.2 anekayatnaiś ca
mayātha tubhyaṃ na dṛṣṭaṃ phalaṃ na dṛṣṭaṃ surasiddhasaṃghaiḥ //
LiPur, 1, 92, 29.2 cāmīkaradyutisamairatha karṇikāraiḥ puṣpotkarairupacitaṃ suviśālaśākhaiḥ //
LiPur, 2, 24, 2.1 athobhau candanacarcitau hastau vauṣaḍantenādyañjaliṃ kṛtvā mūrtividyāśivādīni japtvā aṅguṣṭhādikaniṣṭhikānta īśānādyaṃ kaniṣṭhikādimadhyamāntaṃ hṛdayāditṛtīyāntaṃ turīyamaṅguṣṭhenānāmikayā pañcamaṃ taladvayena ṣaṣṭhaṃ tarjanyaṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ nārācāstraprayogeṇa punarapi mūlaṃ japtvā turīyenāvaguṇṭhya śivahastam ityucyate //
LiPur, 2, 26, 6.2 aghorebhyo
'tha ghorebhyo ghoraghoratarebhyaḥ śarvebhyaḥ sarvaśarvebhyo namaste astu rudrarūpebhyaḥ //
LiPur, 2, 26, 24.1 rudrebhyo mātṛgaṇebhyo yakṣebhyo 'surebhyo grahebhyo rākṣasebhyo nāgebhyo nakṣatrebhyo viśvagaṇebhyaḥ kṣetrapālebhyaḥ
atha vāyuvaruṇadigbhāge kṣetrapālabaliṃ kṣipet /
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 6, 4.1 indro dhātā bhagas tvaṣṭā
mitro'tha varuṇo yamaḥ /
MPur, 7, 36.1 dityāṃ garbham
athādhatta kaśyapaḥ prāha tāṃ punaḥ /
MPur, 8, 5.1 daityādhipānāmatha dānavānāṃ prahlādamīśaṃ ca yamaṃ pitṝṇām /
MPur, 8, 5.2 piśācarakṣaḥpaśubhūtayakṣavetālarājaṃ tv
atha śūlapāṇim //
MPur, 8, 8.1 suparṇamīśaṃ
patatāmathāśvarājānamuccaiḥśravasaṃ cakāra /
MPur, 8, 9.1 pitāmahaḥ
pūrvamathābhyaṣiñcaccaitānpunaḥ sarvadiśādhināthān /
MPur, 8, 9.2 pūrveṇa dikpālam
athābhyaṣiñcannāmnā sudharmāṇam arātiketum //
MPur, 9, 12.2 madhuś ca mādhavaścaiva
nabhasyo'tha nabhāstathā //
MPur, 10, 5.2 dharmācārasya siddhyarthaṃ
jagato'tha maharṣibhiḥ //
MPur, 23, 31.2 ciraṃ
vihṛtyātha jagāma tārāṃ vidhurgṛhītvā svagṛhaṃ tato'pi //
MPur, 23, 35.1 maheśvareṇātha caturmukheṇa sādhyair marudbhiḥ saha lokapālaiḥ /
MPur, 23, 41.2 athābhavad bhīṣaṇabhīmasenasainyadvayasyāpi mahāhavo'sau //
MPur, 23, 42.2 śastrairathānyonyamaśeṣasainyaṃ dvayorjagāma kṣayamugratīkṣṇaiḥ //
MPur, 23, 44.1 tayornipātena
samudrabhūmyorathāntarikṣasya ca bhītirāsīt /
MPur, 23, 45.1 antaḥ
praviśyātha kathaṃ kathaṃcinnivārayāmāsa suraiḥ sahaiva /
MPur, 25, 45.3 ṛṣeḥ suputraṃ
tamathāpi pautraṃ kathaṃ na śoce yamahaṃ na rudyām //
MPur, 25, 47.2 sa tv evamukto devayānyā maharṣiḥ saṃrambheṇa
vyājahārātha kāvyaḥ /
MPur, 38, 12.2 evaṃ bruvāṇaṃ nṛpatiṃ
yayātimathāṣṭakaḥ punarevānvapṛcchat /
MPur, 39, 15.1 sa
jāyamāno'tha gṛhītamātraḥ saṃjñāmadhiṣṭhāya tato manuṣyaḥ /
MPur, 40, 7.1 daśaiva pūrvāndaśa cāparāṃstu
jñātīṃstathātmānamathaikaviṃśam /
MPur, 42, 20.2 rājantyetānyatha sarvāṇi rājñi śibau sthitānyapratime subuddhyā /
MPur, 42, 21.2 athāṣṭakaḥ punarevānvapṛcchanmātāmahaṃ kautukādindrakalpam /
MPur, 54, 31.1 iti paṭhati śṛṇoti vātibhaktyā puruṣavaro
vratamaṅganātha kuryāt /
MPur, 55, 14.2 sārpe'tha mauliṃ vibudhapriyāya maghāsu karṇāviti gogaṇeśe //
MPur, 55, 15.2 athottarāphalgunibhe bhruvau ca viśveśvarāyeti ca pūjanīye //
MPur, 55, 31.2 nābhyeti rogaṃ na ca śokaduḥkhaṃ yā
vātha nārī kurute'tibhaktyā //
MPur, 57, 14.2 suptvātha bhūmau punarutthitena snātvā ca viprāya haviṣyayuktaḥ //
MPur, 57, 15.2 saṃprāśya gomūtram amāṃsam annam akṣāram
aṣṭāvatha viṃśatiṃ ca /
MPur, 57, 16.2 amlānakubjānyatha sinduvāraṃ puṣpaṃ punarnārada mallikāyāḥ /
MPur, 60, 49.2 kṛtamatha varuṇena nandinā vā kim u jananātha tato yadudbhavaḥ syāt //
MPur, 61, 49.2 yāvatsamāḥ sapta daśāthavā
syurathordhvamapyatra vadanti kecit //
MPur, 64, 28.1 ānandadāṃ sakaladuḥkhaharāṃ tṛtīyāṃ yā strī karotyavidhavā
vidhavātha vāpi /
MPur, 72, 33.1 suvarṇaśṛṅgīṃ
kapilāmathārcya raupyaiḥ suraiḥ kāṃsyadohāṃ savatsām /
MPur, 78, 11.1 yaḥ paśyatīdaṃ śṛṇuyācca martyaḥ paṭhecca
bhaktyātha matiṃ dadāti /
MPur, 83, 15.1 brahmātha viṣṇurbhagavānpurārir divākaro'pyatra hiraṇmayaḥ syāt /
MPur, 83, 17.2 vāsāṃsi
paścādatha karburāṇi raktāni caivottarato ghanālī //
MPur, 83, 21.2 kṣīrāruṇodasarasātha vanena caivaṃ raupyeṇa śaktighaṭitena virājamānam //
MPur, 83, 24.1 saṃsthāpya taṃ
vipulaśailamathottareṇa śailaṃ supārśvamapi māṣamayaṃ suvastram /
MPur, 83, 25.1 mākṣīkabhadrasarasātha vanena tadvadraupyeṇa bhāsvaravatā ca yutaṃ vidhāya /
MPur, 83, 25.2 homaścaturbhiratha vedapurāṇavidbhirdāntair anindyacaritākṛtibhirdvijendraiḥ //
MPur, 92, 34.2 śṛṇoti
bhaktyātha matiṃ dadāti vikalmaṣaḥ so'pi divaṃ prayāti //
MPur, 95, 38.1 yā
vātha nārī kurute'tibhaktyā bhartāramāpṛcchya sutāngurūnvā /
MPur, 97, 15.1 sampūjya raktāmbaramālyadhūpairdvijaṃ ca
raktairatha hemaśṛṅgaiḥ /
MPur, 97, 20.1 yaḥ paṭhedapi śṛṇoti mānavaḥ
paṭhyamānamatha vānumodate /
MPur, 98, 11.3 daurgatyayuktaḥ
kapilāmathaikāṃ nivedayedbrāhmaṇapuṃgavāya //
MPur, 98, 12.1 haimīṃ ca dadyātpṛthivīṃ saśeṣāmākārya
rūpyāmatha vā ca tāmrīm /
MPur, 98, 15.1 iti paṭhati śṛṇoti
vātha bhaktyā vidhimakhilaṃ ravisaṃkramasya puṇyam /
MPur, 100, 10.2 bhagavanmayātha tanayair athavānayāpi bhadraṃ yadetadakhilaṃ kathaya pracetaḥ //
MPur, 100, 11.1 munirabhyadhādatha bhavāntaritaṃ samīkṣya pṛthvīpateḥ prasabhamadbhutahetuvṛttam /
MPur, 100, 13.3 kṣutpīḍitenātha tadā na kiṃcidāsāditaṃ dhānyaphalāmiṣādyam //
MPur, 100, 14.1 athābhidṛṣṭaṃ mahadambujāḍhyaṃ sarovaraṃ paṅkaparītarodhaḥ /
MPur, 100, 14.2 padmānyathādāya tato bahūni gataḥ puraṃ vaidiśanāmadheyam //
MPur, 100, 37.1 iti kaluṣatridāraṇaṃ janānāmapi paṭhatīha śṛṇoti
cātha bhaktyā /
MPur, 117, 21.2 babhrāma tatraiva mudā sametaḥ sthānaṃ tadā
kiṃcidathāsasāda //
MPur, 118, 74.2 kṛtaṃ svayaṃ
ruciramathātriṇā śubhaṃ śubhāvahaṃ ca hi dadṛśe sa madrarāṭ //
MPur, 126, 38.2 vṛṣṭyābhivṛṣṭābhir
athauṣadhībhirmartyā athānnena kṣudhaṃ jayanti //
MPur, 126, 38.2 vṛṣṭyābhivṛṣṭābhir athauṣadhībhirmartyā
athānnena kṣudhaṃ jayanti //
MPur, 126, 41.1 harir haridbhir hriyate turaṃgamaiḥ
pibatyathāpo haribhiḥ sahasradhā /
MPur, 126, 41.2 punaḥ
pramuñcatyatha tāśca yo hariḥ sa muhyamāno haribhisturaṃgamaiḥ //
MPur, 133, 67.2 marīciratrirbhagavānathāṅgirāḥ parāśarāgastyamukhā maharṣayaḥ //
MPur, 134, 32.1 atha rajataviśuddhabhāvabhāvo bhavamabhipūjya digambaraṃ sugīrbhiḥ /
MPur, 136, 63.1 rathacaraṇakaro'tha mahāmṛdhe vṛṣabhavapurvṛṣabhendrapūjitaḥ /
MPur, 137, 31.1 atha bhuvanapatirgatiḥ surāṇām arimṛgayām adadātsulabdhabuddhiḥ /
MPur, 138, 24.2 skandaḥ
puradvāramathāruroha vṛddho'staśṛṅgaṃ prapatannivārkaḥ //
MPur, 138, 56.1 atha yamavaruṇamṛdaṅgaghoṣaiḥ paṇavaḍiṇḍimajyāsvanapraghoṣaiḥ /
MPur, 139, 32.2 āpānabhūmīṣu sukhaprameyaṃ geyaṃ pravṛttaṃ
tvatha sādhayanti //
MPur, 139, 33.1 geyaṃ pravṛttaṃ
tvatha śodhayanti kecitpriyāṃ tatra ca sādhayanti /
MPur, 139, 46.1 candro'tha kundakusumākarahāravarṇo jyotsnāvitānarahito 'bhrasamānavarṇaḥ /
MPur, 140, 40.1 atha vajradharo yamo'rthadaḥ sa ca nandī sa ca ṣaṇmukho guhaḥ /
MPur, 140, 73.1 sagopuro mandarapādakalpaḥ prākāravaryastripure ca
so'tha /
MPur, 150, 159.2 kāṃścit
pipeṣātha rathasya vegātkāṃścitkrudhā coddhatamuṣṭipātaiḥ //
MPur, 152, 33.2 gadāmathodyamya nimiḥ pracaṇḍāṃ jaghāna gāḍhāṃ garuḍaṃ śirastaḥ //
MPur, 153, 151.1 athāsuraḥ prekṣya mahāstramāhitaṃ vihāya māyāmavanau vyatiṣṭhata /
MPur, 153, 188.1 athānamya cāpaṃ haristīkṣṇabāṇair hanatsārathiṃ daityarājasya hṛdyam /
MPur, 154, 400.1 athādya ekastvamavādi nānyathā jagattathā nirghṛṇatāṃ tava spṛśet /
MPur, 170, 30.1 varaṃ
pradāyātha mahāsurābhyāṃ sanātano viśvavaraḥ surottamaḥ /
Meghadūta
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 52.1 brahmāvartaṃ janapadam
atha chāyayā gāhamānaḥ kṣetraṃ kṣatrapradhanapiśunaṃ kauravaṃ tad bhajethāḥ /
Narasiṃhapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 72, 22.1 athāgamavirodhaḥ bahu khalvidam ārṣam ṛṣīṇām upadeśajātam anuṣṭhānaparivarjanāśrayam upadeśaphalaṃ ca śarīriṇāṃ varṇāśramavibhāgeṇānuṣṭhānalakṣaṇā pravṛttiḥ parivarjanalakṣaṇā nivṛttiḥ //
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
NāṭŚ, 1, 8.2 tretāyuge
'tha samprāpte manorvaivasvatasya tu //
NāṭŚ, 1, 86.2 ādityāścaiva rudrāśca sthitāḥ
stambhāntareṣvatha //
NāṭŚ, 4, 20.2 ākṣiptako
'tha vijñeyastathā codghaṭṭitaḥ smṛtaḥ //
NāṭŚ, 4, 25.1 pārśvacchedo
'tha samprokto vidyudbhrāntastathaiva ca /
NāṭŚ, 4, 75.2 hastābhyāmatha pādābhyāṃ bhavataḥ svastikau yadā //
NāṭŚ, 6, 22.1 stambhaḥ svedo
'tha romāñcaḥ svarabhedo 'tha vepathuḥ /
NāṭŚ, 6, 22.1 stambhaḥ svedo 'tha romāñcaḥ svarabhedo
'tha vepathuḥ /
NāṭŚ, 6, 64.1 atha raudro nāma krodhasthāyibhāvātmako rakṣodānavoddhatamanuṣyaprakṛtiḥ saṃgrāmahetukaḥ /
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 1, 40.6 athoktaparigrahādhikāralipsāsu parāpadeśenopadeśe sacchiṣyasādhakapāṭhaprasiddhyarthaṃ kāraṇapadārthādhigamārthaṃ cātmani parāpadeśaṃ kṛtvā bhagavān evoktavān atheti /
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 1, 40.6 athoktaparigrahādhikāralipsāsu parāpadeśenopadeśe sacchiṣyasādhakapāṭhaprasiddhyarthaṃ kāraṇapadārthādhigamārthaṃ cātmani parāpadeśaṃ kṛtvā bhagavān evoktavān
atheti /
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 182.0 athaite lābhāḥ kiṃ deśaniyamena prāptavyā yathā brahmacārigṛhasthavānaprasthabhikṣubhir vidyāprajātayogākhyā lābhāḥ kiṃ vā deśāniyamenāpi pañcaviṃśatitattvajñena kaivalyavad iti //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 7.2, 51.0 athāyatanasaṃdhinaṃ deśaṃ divā parigṛhītasthāvarādidoṣavarjitatvena suparīkṣitaṃ saṃdhyāvasāne vastrāntādimṛdupavitreṇa vivecya bhasmanaiva śuciṃ kuryāt //
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 1, 3.1 atha khalu bhagavantam amaravaram ṛṣigaṇaparivṛtam āśramasthaṃ kāśirājaṃ divodāsaṃ dhanvantarim aupadhenavavaitaraṇaurabhrapauṣkalāvatakaravīryagopurarakṣitasuśrutaprabhṛtaya ūcuḥ //
Su, Sū., 6, 9.0 atha khalvayane dve yugapat saṃvatsaro bhavati te tu pañca yugamiti saṃjñāṃ labhante sa eṣa nimeṣādiryugaparyantaḥ kālaścakravat parivartamānaḥ kālacakram ucyata ity eke //
Su, Sū., 8, 5.1 teṣāmatha yathāyogaṃ grahaṇasamāsopāyaḥ karmasu vakṣyate tatra vṛddhipattraṃ vṛntaphalasādhāraṇe bhāge gṛhṇīyādbhedanānyevaṃ sarvāṇi vṛddhipattraṃ maṇḍalāgraṃ ca kiṃciduttānena pāṇinā lekhane bahuśo 'vacāryaṃ vṛntāgre visrāvaṇāni viśeṣeṇa tu bālavṛddhasukumārabhīrunārīṇāṃ rājñāṃ rājaputrāṇāṃ ca trikūrcakena visrāvayet talapracchāditavṛntam aṅguṣṭhapradeśinībhyāṃ vrīhimukhaṃ kuṭhārikāṃ vāmahastanyastām itarahastamadhyamāṅgulyāṅguṣṭhaviṣṭabdhayābhihanyāt ārākarapattraiṣaṇyo mūle śeṣāṇi tu yathāyogaṃ gṛhṇīyāt //
Su, Sū., 11, 11.4 athānenaiva vidhānena kuṭajapalāśāśvakarṇapāribhadrakavibhītakāragvadhatilvakārkasnuhyapāmārgapāṭalānaktamālavṛṣakadalīcitrakapūtīkendravṛkṣāsphotāśvamārakasaptacchadāgnimanthaguñjāścatasraś ca kośātakīḥ samūlaphalapattraśākhā dahet /
Su, Sū., 11, 11.10 athainam āgatapākam avatāryānuguptam āyase kumbhe saṃvṛtamukhe nidadhyādeṣa madhyamaḥ //
Su, Sū., 11, 28.1 atha naite kṣārakṛtyāḥ tadyathā durbalabālasthavirabhīrusarvāṅgaśūnodariraktapittigarbhiṇyṛtumatīpravṛddhajvaripramehirūkṣakṣatakṣīṇatṛṣṇāmūrcchopadrutaklībāpavṛttodvṛttaphalayonayaḥ //
Su, Sū., 12, 4.1 athemāni dahanopakaraṇāni tadyathā pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākājāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhāḥ kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ca /
Su, Sū., 12, 14.1 athemānagninā pariharet pittaprakṛtim antaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭham anuddhṛtaśalyaṃ durbalaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ bhīrum anekavraṇapīḍitam asvedyāṃś ceti //
Su, Sū., 13, 12.1 atha nirviṣāḥ kapilā piṅgalā śaṅkumukhī mūṣikā puṇḍarīkamukhī sāvarikā ceti /
Su, Sū., 13, 17.1 athaināṃ nave mahati ghaṭe sarastaḍāgodakapaṅkamāvāpya nidadhyāt bhakṣyārthe cāsām upaharecchaivalaṃ vallūramaudakāṃś ca kandāṃścūrṇīkṛtya śayyārthaṃ tṛṇamaudakāni ca pattrāṇi tryahāt tryahāccābhyo 'nyajjalaṃ bhakṣyaṃ ca dadyāt saptarātrāt saptarātrācca ghaṭamanyaṃ saṃkrāmayet //
Su, Sū., 13, 19.1 atha jalauko'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya cāsya tamavakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yadyarujaḥ syāt /
Su, Sū., 13, 21.1 daṃśe todakaṇḍuprādurbhāvair jānīyācchuddhamiyamādatta iti śuddhamādadānāmapanayet
atha śoṇitagandhena na muñcenmukhamasyāḥ saindhavacūrṇenāvakiret //
Su, Sū., 13, 22.1 atha patitāṃ taṇḍulakaṇḍanapradigdhagātrīṃ tailalavaṇābhyaktamukhīṃ vāmahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulībhyāṃ gṛhītapucchāṃ dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ śanaiḥ śanair anulomam anumārjayed ā mukhāt vāmayet tāvadyāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti /
Su, Sū., 14, 18.1 yathāhi puṣpamukulastho gandho na śakyamihāstīti vaktumatho naiva nāstīti
atha cāsti satāṃ bhāvānāmabhivyaktiriti jñātvā kevalaṃ saukṣmyānnābhivyajyate sa eva puṣpe vivṛtapattrakesare kālāntareṇābhivyaktiṃ gacchati evaṃ bālānām api vayaḥpariṇāmācchukraprādurbhāvo bhavati romarājyādayaś ca viśeṣā nārīṇām //
Su, Sū., 14, 24.1 athāvisrāvyāḥ sarvāṅgaśophaḥ kṣīṇasya cāmlabhojananimittaḥ pāṇḍurogyarśasodariśoṣigarbhiṇīnāṃ ca śvayathavaḥ //
Su, Sū., 14, 35.1 atha khalvapravartamāne rakte elāśītaśivakuṣṭhatagarapāṭhābhadradāruviḍaṅgacitrakatrikaṭukāgāradhūmaharidrārkāṅkuranaktamālaphalair yathālābhaṃ tribhiścaturbhiḥ samastair vā cūrṇīkṛtair lavaṇatailapragāḍhair vraṇamukham avagharṣayed evaṃ samyak pravartate //
Su, Sū., 14, 36.1 athātipravṛtte rodhramadhukapriyaṅgupattaṅgagairikasarjarasarasāñjanaśālmalīpuṣpaśaṅkhaśuktimāṣayavagodhūmacūrṇaiḥ śanaiḥ śanair vraṇamukham avacūrṇyāṅgulyagreṇāvapīḍayet sālasarjārjunārimedameṣaśṛṅgadhavadhanvanatvagbhir vā cūrṇitābhiḥ kṣaumeṇa vā dhmāpitena samudraphenalākṣācūrṇair vā yathoktair vraṇabandhanadravyair gāḍhaṃ badhnīyāt śītācchādanabhojanāgāraiḥ śītaiḥ pariṣekapradehaiścopācaret kṣārenāgninā vā dahedyathoktaṃ vyadhanād anantaraṃ vā tāmevātipravṛttāṃ sirāṃ vidhyet kākolyādikvāthaṃ vā śarkarāmadhumadhuraṃ pāyayet eṇahariṇorabhraśaśamahiṣavarāhāṇāṃ vā rudhiraṃ kṣīrayūṣarasaiḥ susnigdhaiścāśnīyāt upadravāṃś ca yathāsvam upacaret //
Su, Sū., 15, 1.1 athāto doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
Su, Sū., 16, 8.1 atha vyapagatadoṣopadrave karṇe vardhanārthaṃ laghu vardhanakaṃ kuryāt //
Su, Sū., 24, 11.1 bhūyo 'tra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ paricchedo vā iti yadi nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ syāttarhi nityāturāḥ sarva eva prāṇinaḥ syuḥ
athāpyanyathā vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ cānyatra vartamānānāmanyatra liṅgaṃ na bhavatīti kṛtvā yaducyate vātādayo jvarādīnāṃ mūlānīti tanna /
Su, Sū., 24, 11.2 atrocyate doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti
atha ca na nityaḥ sambandhaḥ yathāhi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti satyapyākāśe kadācin na bhavanti atha ca nimittatastata evotpattiriti taraṃgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpyevam saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti //
Su, Sū., 24, 11.2 atrocyate doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti atha ca na nityaḥ sambandhaḥ yathāhi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti satyapyākāśe kadācin na bhavanti
atha ca nimittatastata evotpattiriti taraṃgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpyevam saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti //
Su, Sū., 24, 11.2 atrocyate doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti atha ca na nityaḥ sambandhaḥ yathāhi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti satyapyākāśe kadācin na bhavanti atha ca nimittatastata evotpattiriti taraṃgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpyevam saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ
atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti //
Su, Sū., 25, 33.1 tadeva yuktaṃ tvati marmasandhīn hiṃsyāt sirāḥ
snāyumathāsthi caiva /
Su, Sū., 27, 14.1 asthivivarapraviṣṭamasthividaṣṭaṃ vāvagṛhya pādābhyāṃ yantreṇāpaharet aśakyamevaṃ vā balavadbhiḥ suparigṛhītasya yantreṇa grāhayitvā śalyavāraṅgaṃ pravibhujya dhanurguṇair baddhvaikataś cāsya pañcāṅgyām upasaṃyatasyāśvasya vaktrakavike badhnīyāt
athainaṃ kaśayā tāḍayedyathonnamayan śiro vegena śalyamuddharati dṛḍhāṃ vā vṛkṣaśākhāmavanamya tasyāṃ pūrvavadbaddhvoddharet //
Su, Sū., 28, 1.1 athāto viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
Su, Sū., 29, 1.1 athāto viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
Su, Sū., 35, 12.1 atha punarāyuṣo vijñānārtham aṅgapratyaṅgapramāṇasārān upadekṣyāmaḥ /
Su, Sū., 35, 16.1 atha sārān vakṣyāmaḥ smṛtibhaktiprajñāśauryaśaucopetaṃ kalyāṇābhiniveśaṃ sattvasāraṃ vidyāt snigdhasaṃhataśvetāsthidantanakhaṃ bahulakāmaprajaṃ śukreṇa akṛśamuttamabalaṃ snigdhagambhīrasvaraṃ saubhāgyopapannaṃ mahānetraṃ ca majjñā mahāśiraḥskandhaṃ dṛḍhadantahanvasthinakhamasthibhiḥ snigdhamūtrasvedasvaraṃ bṛhaccharīram āyāsāsahiṣṇuṃ medasā acchidragātraṃ gūḍhāsthisandhiṃ māṃsopacitaṃ ca māṃsena snigdhatāmranakhanayanatālujihvauṣṭhapāṇipādatalaṃ raktena suprasannamṛdutvagromāṇaṃ tvaksāraṃ vidyād iti /
Su, Sū., 40, 1.1 athāto dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākavijñānīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
Su, Sū., 43, 3.2 atha madanapuṣpāṇāmātapapariśuṣkāṇāṃ cūrṇaprakuñcaṃ pratyakpuṣpāsadāpuṣpīnimbakaṣāyāṇām anyatamenāloḍya madhusaindhavayuktāṃ puṣpacūrṇamātrāṃ pāyayitvā vāmayet /
Su, Sū., 44, 1.1 athāto virecanadravyavikalpavijñānīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ //
Su, Sū., 45, 217.1 atha mūtrāṇi gomahiṣājāvigajahayakharoṣṭrāṇāṃ tīkṣṇānyuṣṇāni kaṭūni tiktāni lavaṇānurasāni laghūni śodhanāni kaphavātakṛmimedoviṣagulmārśaudarakuṣṭhaśophārocakapāṇḍurogaharāṇi hṛdyāni dīpanāni ca sāmānyataḥ //
Su, Sū., 46, 3.1 dhanvantarimabhivādya suśruta uvāca prāgabhihitaḥ prāṇināṃ punarmūlamāhāro balavarṇaujasāṃ ca sa ṣaṭsu raseṣvāyattaḥ rasāḥ punardravyāśrayiṇaḥ dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākanimitte ca kṣayavṛddhī doṣāṇāṃ sāmyaṃ ca brahmāderapi ca lokasyāhāraḥ sthityutpattivināśahetuḥ āhārādevābhivṛddhirbalamārogyaṃ varṇendriyaprasādaśca tathā hyāhāravaiṣamyādasvāsthyaṃ tasyāśitapītalīḍhakhāditasya nānādravyātmakasyānekavidhavikalpasyānekavidhaprabhāvasya pṛthakpṛthagdravyarasaguṇavīryavipākaprabhāvakarmāṇīcchāmi jñātuṃ na hyanavabuddhasvabhāvā bhiṣajaḥ svasthānuvṛttiṃ roganigrahaṇaṃ ca kartuṃ samarthāḥ āhārāyattāśca sarvaprāṇino yasmāttasmād annapānavidhim upadiśatu me bhagavān ityuktaḥ provāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ
atha khalu vatsa suśruta yathāpraśnamucyamānam upadhārayasva //
Su, Sū., 46, 40.1 dantyo 'gnimedhājanano 'lpamūtrastvacyo
'tha keśyo 'nilahā guruśca /
Su, Nid., 3, 7.1 atha jātāsu nābhibastisevanīmehaneṣvanyatamasmin mehato vedanā mūtradhārāsaṅgaḥ sarudhiramūtratā mūtravikiraṇaṃ gomedakaprakāśam atyāvilaṃ sasikataṃ visṛjati dhāvanalaṅghanaplavanapṛṣṭhayānoṣṇādhvagamanaiścāsya vedanā bhavanti //
Su, Nid., 11, 10.2 granthiṃ sthiraṃ
vṛttamathāyataṃ vā snigdhaṃ kaphaścālparujaṃ karoti //
Su, Śār., 4, 80.2 sthiravipulaśarīraḥ pārthivaś ca kṣamāvān
śuciratha cirajīvī nābhasaḥ khair mahadbhiḥ //
Su, Śār., 8, 8.3 athopariṣṭāddhastau gūḍhāṅguṣṭhakṛtamuṣṭī samyagāsane sthāpayitvā sukhopaviṣṭasya pūrvavadyantraṃ baddhvā hastasirāṃ vidhyet /
Su, Śār., 10, 8.1 prajanayiṣyamāṇāṃ kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanāṃ kumāraparivṛtāṃ punnāmaphalahastāṃ svabhyaktām uṣṇodakapariṣiktām
athaināṃ saṃbhṛtāṃ yavāgūm ā kaṇṭhāt pāyayet tataḥ kṛtopadhāne mṛduni vistīrṇe śayane sthitām ābhugnasakthīm uttānām aśaṅkanīyāścatasraḥ striyaḥ pariṇatavayasaḥ prajananakuśalāḥ kartitanakhāḥ paricareyuriti //
Su, Śār., 10, 9.1 athāsyā viśikhāntaram anulomam anusukham abhyajyānubrūyāccaitām ekā subhage pravāhasveti na cāprāptāvī pravāhasva tato vimukte garbhanāḍīprabandhe saśūleṣu śroṇivaṅkṣaṇabastiśiraḥsu ca pravāhethāḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ pūrvaṃ tato garbhanirgame pragāḍhaṃ tato garbhe yonimukhaṃ prapanne gāḍhataram ā viśalyabhāvāt akālapravāhaṇādbadhiraṃ mūkaṃ kubjaṃ vyastahanum ūrdhvābhighātinaṃ kāsaśvāsaśoṣopadrutaṃ vikaṭaṃ vā janayati //
Su, Śār., 10, 12.1 atha jātasyolbamapanīya mukhaṃ ca saindhavasarpiṣā viśodhya ghṛtāktaṃ mūrdhni picuṃ dadyāt tato nābhināḍīmaṣṭāṅgulamāyamya sūtreṇa baddhvā chedayet tatsūtraikadeśaṃ ca kumārasya grīvāyāṃ samyag badhnīyāt //
Su, Śār., 10, 13.1 atha kumāraṃ śītābhiradbhirāśvāsya jātakarmaṇi kṛte madhusarpiranantacūrṇamaṅgulyānāmikayā lehayet tato balātailenābhyajya kṣīravṛkṣakaṣāyeṇa sarvagandhodakena vā rūpyahemaprataptena vā vāriṇā snāpayedenaṃ kapitthapatrakaṣāyeṇa vā koṣṇena yathākālaṃ yathādoṣaṃ yathāvibhavaṃ ca //
Su, Śār., 10, 21.1 athāparāpatantyānāhādhmānau kurute tasmāt kaṇṭhamasyāḥ keśaveṣṭitayāṅgulyā pramṛjet kaṭukālābukṛtavedhanasarṣapasarpanirmokair vā kaṭutailavimiśrair yonimukhaṃ dhūpayet lāṅgalīmūlakalkena vāsyāḥ pāṇipādatalamālimpet mūrdhni vāsyā mahāvṛkṣakṣīram anusecayet kuṣṭhalāṅgalīmūlakalkaṃ vā madyamūtrayoranyatareṇa pāyayet śālamūlakalkaṃ vā pippalyādiṃ vā madyena siddhārthakakuṣṭhalāṅgalīmahāvṛkṣakṣīramiśreṇa surāmaṇḍena vāsthāpayet etaireva siddhena siddhārthakatailenottarabastiṃ dadyāt snigdhena vā kṛttanakhena hastenāpaharet //
Su, Śār., 10, 23.1 atha bālaṃ kṣaumaparivṛtaṃ kṣaumavastrāstṛtāyāṃ śayyāyāṃ śāyayet pīlubadarīnimbaparūṣakaśākhābhiścainaṃ parivījayet mūrdhni cāsyāharahastailapicumavacārayet dhūpayeccainaṃ rakṣoghnair dhūpaiḥ rakṣoghnāni cāsya pāṇipādaśirogrīvāsvavasṛjet tilātasīsarṣapakaṇāṃścātra prakiret adhiṣṭhāne cāgniṃ prajvālayet vraṇitopāsanīyaṃ cāvekṣeta //
Su, Śār., 10, 30.2 athāsyāḥ kṣīrajananārthaṃ saumanasyamutpādya yavagodhūmaśāliṣaṣṭikamāṃsarasasurāsauvīrakapiṇyākalaśunamatsyakaśerukaśṛṅgāṭakabisavidārikandamadhukaśatāvarīnalikālābūkālaśākaprabhṛtīni vidadhyāt //
Su, Śār., 10, 31.1 athāsyāḥ stanyam apsu parīkṣeta taccecchītalam amalaṃ tanu śaṅkhāvabhāsam apsu nyastam ekībhāvaṃ gacchatyaphenilam atantumannotplavate 'vasīdati vā tacchuddhamiti vidyāt tena kumārasyārogyaṃ śarīropacayo balavṛddhiśca bhavati /
Su, Śār., 10, 51.1 atha kumāra udvijate trasyati roditi naṣṭasaṃjño bhavati nakhadaśanair dhātrīm ātmānaṃ ca pariṇudati dantān khādati kūjati jṛmbhate bhruvau vikṣipatyūrdhvaṃ nirīkṣate phenamudvamati saṃdaṣṭauṣṭhaḥ krūro bhinnāmavarcā dīnārtasvaro niśi jāgarti durbalo mlānāṅgo matsyacchucchundarimatkuṇagandho yathā purā dhātryāḥ stanyamabhilaṣati tathā nābhilaṣatīti sāmānyena grahopasṛṣṭalakṣaṇamuktaṃ vistareṇottare vakṣyāmaḥ //
Su, Śār., 10, 53.1 athāsmai pañcaviṃśativarṣāya dvādaśavarṣāṃ patnīmāvahet pitryadharmārthakāmaprajāḥ prāpsyatīti //
Su, Śār., 10, 57.2 athādṛṣṭaśoṇitavedanāyāṃ madhukadevadārumañjiṣṭhāpayasyāsiddhaṃ payaḥ pāyayet tadevāśmantakaśatāvarīpayasyāsiddhaṃ vidārigandhādisiddhaṃ vā bṛhatīdvayotpalaśatāvarīsārivāpayasyāmadhukasiddhaṃ vā evaṃ kṣipram upakrāntāyā upāvartante rujo garbhaścāpyāyate vyavasthite ca garbhe gavyenoḍumbaraśalāṭusiddhena payasā bhojayet atīte lavaṇasnehavarjyābhir yavāgūbhiruddālakādīnāṃ pācanīyopasaṃskṛtābhirupakrameta yāvanto māsā garbhasya tāvantyahāni bastyudaraśūleṣu purāṇaguḍaṃ dīpanīyasaṃyuktaṃ pāyayedariṣṭaṃ vā vātopadravagṛhītatvāt srotasāṃ līyate garbhaḥ so 'tikālamavatiṣṭhamāno vyāpadyate tāṃ mṛdunā snehādikrameṇopacaret utkrośarasasaṃsiddhām analpasnehāṃ yavāgūṃ pāyayet māṣatilabilvaśalāṭusiddhān vā kulmāṣān bhakṣayenmadhumādhvīkaṃ cānupibet saptarātraṃ kālātītasthāyini garbhe viśeṣataḥ sadhānyamudūkhalaṃ musalenābhihanyādviṣame vā yānāsane seveta /
Su, Śār., 10, 67.1 atha garbhiṇīṃ vyādhyutpattāvatyaye chardayenmadhurāmlenānnopahitenānulomayecca saṃśamanīyaṃ ca mṛdu vidadhyād annapānayoḥ aśnīyācca madhuraprāyaṃ garbhāviruddhaṃ ca garbhāviruddhāśca yathāyogaṃ vidadhīta mṛduprāyāḥ //
Su, Cik., 4, 29.1 atha mahāpañcamūlakāṣṭhair bahubhir avadahyāvanipradeśam asitam uṣitam ekarātram upaśānte 'gnāvapohya bhasma nivṛttāṃ bhūmiṃ vidārigandhādisiddhena tailaghaṭaśatena tulyapayasābhiṣicyaikarātramavasthāpya tato yāvatī mṛttikā snigdhā syāttām ādāyoṣṇodakena mahati kaṭāhe 'bhyāsiñcet tatra yattailamuttiṣṭhettat pāṇibhyāṃ paryādāya svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tatastailaṃ vātaharauṣadhakvāthamāṃsarasakṣīrāmlabhāgasahasreṇa sahasrapākaṃ vipacedyāvatā kālena śaknuyāt paktuṃ prativāpaś cātra haimavatā dakṣiṇāpathagāś ca gandhā vātaghnāni ca tasmin sidhyati śaṅkhān ādhmāpayeddundubhīn āghātayecchattraṃ dhārayed vālavyajanaiś ca vījayedbrāhmaṇasahasraṃ bhojayet tat sādhu siddhamavatārya sauvarṇe rājate mṛnmaye vā pātre svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tadetat sahasrapākam aprativāravīryaṃ rājārhaṃ tailam evaṃ bhāgaśatavipakvaṃ śatapākam //
Su, Cik., 6, 4.1 tatra balavantamāturamarśobhir upadrutam upasnigdhaṃ parisvinnam anilavedanābhivṛddhipraśamārthaṃ snigdhamuṣṇamalpamannaṃ dravaprāyaṃ bhuktavantam upaveśya saṃvṛte śucau deśe sādhāraṇe vyabhre kāle same phalake śayyāyāṃ vā pratyādityagudamanyasyotsaṅge niṣaṇṇapūrvakāyamuttānaṃ kiṃcid unnatakaṭikaṃ vastrakambalakopaviṣṭaṃ yantraṇaśāṭakena parikṣiptagrīvāsakthiṃ parikarmibhiḥ suparigṛhītam aspandanaśarīraṃ kṛtvā tato 'smai ghṛtābhyaktagudāya ghṛtābhyaktaṃ yantram ṛjvanumukhaṃ pāyau śanaiḥ śanaiḥ pravāhamāṇasya praṇidhāya praviṣṭe cārśo vīkṣya śalākayotpīḍya picuvastrayor anyatareṇa pramṛjya kṣāraṃ pātayet pātayitvā ca pāṇinā yantradvāraṃ pidhāya vākchatamātram upekṣeta tataḥ pramṛjya kṣārabalaṃ vyādhibalaṃ cāvekṣya punarālepayet
athārśaḥ pakvajāmbavapratīkāśam avasannam īṣannatam abhisamīkṣyopāvartayet kṣāraṃ prakṣālayeddhānyāmlena dadhimastuśuktaphalāmlair vā tato yaṣṭīmadhukamiśreṇa sarpiṣā nirvāpya yantram apanīyotthāpyāturam uṣṇodakopaviṣṭaṃ śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣiñcet aśītābhir ityeke tato nirvātamāgāraṃ praveśyācārikamādiśet sāvaśeṣaṃ punardahet evaṃ saptarātrāt saptarātrādekaikam upakrameta tatra bahuṣu pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ sādhayet dakṣiṇādvāmaṃ vāmāt pṛṣṭhajaṃ tato 'grajam iti //
Su, Cik., 7, 30.1 atha rogānvitam upasnigdham apakṛṣṭadoṣam īṣatkarśitam abhyaktasvinnaśarīraṃ bhuktavantaṃ kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanamagropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopakalpitasambhāramāśvāsya tato balavantam aviklavam ā jānusame phalake prāgupaviṣṭānyapuruṣasyotsaṅge niṣaṇṇapūrvakāyam uttānam unnatakaṭīkaṃ vastrādhārakopaviṣṭaṃ saṃkucitajānukūrparam itareṇa sahāvabaddhaṃ sūtreṇa śāṭakairvā tataḥ svabhyaktanābhipradeśasya vāmapārśvaṃ vimṛdya muṣṭināvapīḍayedadhonābheryāvadaśmaryadhaḥ prapanneti tataḥ snehābhyakte kᄆptanakhe vāmahastapradeśinīmadhyame aṅgulyau pāyau praṇidhāyānusevanīmāsādya prayatnabalābhyāṃ pāyumeḍhrāntaram ānīya nirvyalīkamanāyatam aviṣamaṃ ca bastiṃ saṃniveśya bhṛśam utpīḍayedaṅgulibhyāṃ yathā granthir ivonnataṃ śalyaṃ bhavati //
Su, Cik., 10, 8.1 atha surā vakṣyāmaḥ śiṃśapākhadirayoḥ sāram ādāyotpāṭya cottamāraṇībrāhmīkośavatīs tat sarvam ekataḥ kaṣāyakalpena vipācyodakamādadīta maṇḍodakārthaṃ kiṇvapiṣṭamabhiṣuṇuyācca yathoktam /
Su, Cik., 10, 13.1 ataḥ khadiravidhānam upadekṣyāmaḥ praśastadeśajātam anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ khadiraṃ paritaḥ khānayitvā tasya madhyamaṃ mūlaṃ chittvāyomayaṃ kumbhaṃ tasminnantare nidadhyādyathā rasagrahaṇasamartho bhavati tatastaṃ gomayamṛdāvaliptamavakīryendhanair gomayamiśrair ādīpayedyathāsya dahyamānasya rasaḥ sravatyadhastāt tadyadā jānīyāt pūrṇaṃ bhājanamiti
athainamuddhṛtya parisrāvya rasamanyasmin pātre nidhāyānuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tato yathāyogaṃ mātrāmāmalakarasamadhusarpirbhiḥ saṃsṛjyopayuñjīta jīrṇe bhallātakavidhānavadāhāraḥ parihāraśca prasthe copayukte śataṃ varṣāṇāmāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhirbhavati /
Su, Cik., 17, 39.2 cūrṇīkṛtair
atha vimiśritamebhir eva tailaṃ prayuktamacireṇa gatiṃ nihanti //
Su, Cik., 18, 3.1 granthiṣvathāmeṣu bhiṣagvidadhyācchophakriyāṃ vistaraśo vidhijñaḥ /
Su, Cik., 30, 4.1 atha khalu sapta puruṣā rasāyanaṃ nopayuñjīran tadyathā anātmavānalaso daridraḥ pramādī vyasanī pāpakṛd bheṣajāpamānī ceti /
Su, Cik., 30, 5.1 athauṣadhīr vyākhyāsyāmaḥ tatrājagarī śvetakāpotī kṛṣṇakāpotī gonasī vārāhī kanyā chattrāticchatrā kareṇur ajā cakrakā ādityaparṇī brahmasuvarcalā śrāvaṇī mahāśrāvaṇī golomī ajalomī mahāvegavatī cetyaṣṭādaśa somasamavīryā mahauṣadhayo vyākhyātāḥ /
Su, Cik., 31, 14.1 ata ūrdhvaṃ snehapānakramam upadekṣyāmaḥ
atha khalu laghukoṣṭhāyāturāya kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanāyodayagiriśikharasaṃsthite prataptakanakanikarapītalohite savitari yathābalaṃ tailasya ghṛtasya vā mātrāṃ pātuṃ prayacchet /
Su, Cik., 33, 5.1 athāturaṃ snigdhaṃ svinnamabhiṣyandibhir āhārair anavabaddhadoṣamavalokya śvo vamanaṃ pāyayitāsmīti saṃbhojayettīkṣṇāgniṃ balavantaṃ bahudoṣaṃ mahāvyādhiparītaṃ vamanasātmyaṃ ca //
Su, Cik., 33, 7.1 athāparedyuḥ pūrvāhṇe sādhāraṇe kāle vamanadravyakaṣāyakalkacūrṇasnehānāmanyatamasya mātrāṃ pāyayitvā vāmayedyathāyogaṃ koṣṭhaviśeṣamavekṣya asātmyabībhatsadurgandhadurdarśanāni ca vamanāni vidadhyāt ato viparītāni virecanāni tatra sukumāraṃ kṛśaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ bhīruṃ vā vamanasādhyeṣu vikāreṣu kṣīradadhitakrayavāgūnāmanyatamamākaṇṭhaṃ pāyayet pītauṣadhaṃ ca pāṇibhir agnitaptaiḥ pratāpyamānaṃ muhūrtamupekṣeta tasya ca svedaprādurbhāveṇa śithilatāmāpannaṃ svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ pracalitaṃ kukṣimanusṛtaṃ jānīyāt tataḥ pravṛttahṛllāsaṃ jñātvā jānumātrāsanopaviṣṭamāptair lalāṭe pṛṣṭhe pārśvayoḥ kaṇṭhe ca pāṇibhiḥ suparigṛhītam aṅgulīgandharvahastotpalanālānām anyatamena kaṇṭhamabhispṛśantaṃ vāmayettāvadyāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti //
Su, Cik., 33, 20.1 athāturaṃ śvo virecanaṃ pāyayitāsmīti pūrvāhṇe laghu bhojayet phalāmlam uṣṇodakaṃ cainamanupāyayet /
Su, Cik., 33, 20.2 athāpare 'hani vigataśleṣmadhātum āturopakramaṇīyād avekṣyāturam athāsmai auṣadhamātrāṃ pātuṃ prayacchet //
Su, Cik., 33, 20.2 athāpare 'hani vigataśleṣmadhātum āturopakramaṇīyād avekṣyāturam
athāsmai auṣadhamātrāṃ pātuṃ prayacchet //
Su, Cik., 38, 3.1 athānuvāsitamāsthāpayet svabhyaktasvinnaśarīram utsṛṣṭabahirvegamavāte śucau veśmani madhyāhne pratatāyāṃ śayyāyām adhaḥsuparigrahāyāṃ śroṇipradeśaprativyūḍhāyām anupadhānāyāṃ vāmapārśvaśāyinam ākuñcitadakṣiṇasakthim itaraprasāritasakthiṃ sumanasaṃ jīrṇānnaṃ vāgyataṃ suniṣaṇṇadehaṃ viditvā tato vāmapādasyopari netraṃ kṛtvetarapādāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ karṇikām upari niṣpīḍya savyapāṇikaniṣṭhikānāmikābhyāṃ bastermukhārdhaṃ saṃkocya madhyamāpradeśinyaṅguṣṭhair ardhaṃ tu vivṛtāsyaṃ kṛtvā bastāvauṣadhaṃ prakṣipya dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhena pradeśinīmadhyamābhyāṃ cānusiktam anāyatam abudbudam asaṃkucitam avātam auṣadhāsannam upasaṃgṛhya punarupari taditareṇa gṛhītvā dakṣiṇenāvasiñcet tataḥ sūtreṇaivauṣadhānte dvistrirvāveṣṭya badhnīyāt atha dakṣiṇenottānena pāṇinā bastiṃ gṛhītvā vāmahastamadhyamāṅgulipradeśinībhyāṃ netram upasaṃgṛhyāṅguṣṭhena netradvāraṃ pidhāya ghṛtābhyaktāgranetraṃ ghṛtāktamupādāya prayacchedanupṛṣṭhavaṃśaṃ samam unmukham ākarṇikaṃ netraṃ praṇidhatsveti brūyāt //
Su, Cik., 38, 3.1 athānuvāsitamāsthāpayet svabhyaktasvinnaśarīram utsṛṣṭabahirvegamavāte śucau veśmani madhyāhne pratatāyāṃ śayyāyām adhaḥsuparigrahāyāṃ śroṇipradeśaprativyūḍhāyām anupadhānāyāṃ vāmapārśvaśāyinam ākuñcitadakṣiṇasakthim itaraprasāritasakthiṃ sumanasaṃ jīrṇānnaṃ vāgyataṃ suniṣaṇṇadehaṃ viditvā tato vāmapādasyopari netraṃ kṛtvetarapādāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ karṇikām upari niṣpīḍya savyapāṇikaniṣṭhikānāmikābhyāṃ bastermukhārdhaṃ saṃkocya madhyamāpradeśinyaṅguṣṭhair ardhaṃ tu vivṛtāsyaṃ kṛtvā bastāvauṣadhaṃ prakṣipya dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhena pradeśinīmadhyamābhyāṃ cānusiktam anāyatam abudbudam asaṃkucitam avātam auṣadhāsannam upasaṃgṛhya punarupari taditareṇa gṛhītvā dakṣiṇenāvasiñcet tataḥ sūtreṇaivauṣadhānte dvistrirvāveṣṭya badhnīyāt
atha dakṣiṇenottānena pāṇinā bastiṃ gṛhītvā vāmahastamadhyamāṅgulipradeśinībhyāṃ netram upasaṃgṛhyāṅguṣṭhena netradvāraṃ pidhāya ghṛtābhyaktāgranetraṃ ghṛtāktamupādāya prayacchedanupṛṣṭhavaṃśaṃ samam unmukham ākarṇikaṃ netraṃ praṇidhatsveti brūyāt //
Su, Cik., 40, 6.1 atha sukhopaviṣṭaḥ sumanā ṛjvadhodṛṣṭiratandritaḥ snehāktadīptāgrāṃ vartiṃ netrasrotasi praṇidhāya dhūmaṃ pibet //
Su, Cik., 40, 25.1 atha puruṣāya śirovirecanīyāya tyaktamūtrapurīṣāya bhuktavate vyabhre kāle dantakāṣṭhadhūmapānābhyāṃ viśuddhavaktrasrotase pāṇitāpaparisvinnamṛditagalakapolalalāṭapradeśāya vātātaparajohīne veśmanyuttānaśāyine prasāritakaracaraṇāya kiṃcit pravilambitaśirase vastrācchāditanetrāya vāmahastapradeśinyagronnāmitanāsāgrāya viśuddhasrotasi dakṣiṇahastena snehamuṣṇāmbunā prataptaṃ rajatasuvarṇatāmramaṇimṛtpātraśuktīnāmanyatamasthaṃ śuktyā picunā vā sukhoṣṇaṃ sneham adrutam āsiñced avyavacchinnadhāraṃ yathā netre na prāpnoti //
Su, Ka., 3, 11.2 tacchūnatāṃ
yātyatha dahyate ca viśīryate romanakhaṃ tathaiva //
Su, Utt., 2, 5.2 tān vai srāvān
netranāḍīmathaike tasyā liṅgaṃ kīrtayiṣye caturdhā //
Su, Utt., 4, 8.1 utsannaḥ salilanibho
'tha piṣṭaśuklo binduryo bhavati sa piṣṭakaḥ suvṛttaḥ /
Su, Utt., 5, 3.1 yat savraṇaṃ
śuklamathāvraṇaṃ vā pākātyayaścāpyajakā tathaiva /
Su, Utt., 16, 6.2 sthairyaṃ gate
cāpyatha śastramārge vālān vimuñcet kuśalo 'bhivīkṣya //
Su, Utt., 19, 5.2 abhyāhataṃ
nayanamīṣadathāsyabāṣpasaṃsveditaṃ bhavati tannirujaṃ kṣaṇena //
Su, Utt., 19, 9.2 mṛdnāti
netramatikaṇḍumathākṣikūṭaṃ nāsālalāṭam api tena śiśuḥ sa nityam //
Su, Utt., 47, 29.2 kuryācca
sarvamatha sarvabhave vidhānaṃ dvandvodbhave dvayamavekṣya yathāpradhānam //
Su, Utt., 47, 34.1 kārpāsinīm
atha ca nāgabalāṃ ca tulyāṃ pītvā sukhī bhavati sādhu suvarcalāṃ ca /
Su, Utt., 57, 5.2 sarvātmake pavanapittakaphā bahūni
rūpāṇyathāsya hṛdaye samudīrayanti //
Su, Utt., 57, 10.1 mustāṃ vacāṃ trikaṭukaṃ rajanīdvayaṃ ca bhārgīṃ ca
kuṣṭhamatha nirdahanīṃ ca piṣṭvā /
Su, Utt., 62, 13.2 raktekṣaṇo hatabalendriyabhāḥ sudīnaḥ śyāvānano viṣakṛto
'tha bhavet parāsuḥ //
Su, Utt., 64, 69.2 prāgbhaktasevitam
athauṣadham etadeva dadyācca vṛddhaśiśubhīrukṛśāṅganābhyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 64, 75.2 hṛdyaṃ manobalakaraṃ
tvatha dīpanaṃ ca pathyaṃ sadā bhavati cāntarabhaktakaṃ yat //
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 17.2, 26.0 atha sa kim ekaḥ sarvaśarīre 'dhiṣṭhātā maṇirasanātmakasūtravad āhosvid bahava ātmānaḥ pratiśarīram adhiṣṭhātāra ityatrocyate //
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 27.2, 1.13 athaitānīndriyāṇi bhinnāni bhinnārthagrāhakāṇi kim īśvareṇa svabhāvena kṛtāni yataḥ pradhānabuddhyahaṃkārā acetanāḥ puruṣo 'pyakartā /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 27.2, 1.22 athaitannānātvaṃ neśvareṇa nāhaṃkāreṇa na buddhyā na pradhānena na puruṣeṇa svabhāvāt kṛtaguṇapariṇāmeneti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 51.2, 1.33 atha yad uktaṃ bhāvair adhivasitaṃ liṅgaṃ tatra bhāvā dharmādayo 'ṣṭāvuktā buddhipariṇāmā viparyayāśaktituṣṭisiddhipariṇatāḥ /
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 2.2, 1.14 atha pramādataḥ prāyaścittam api nācaritaṃ pradhānakarmavipākasamaye ca pacyate tathāpi yāvad asāv anarthaṃ sūte tāvat sapratyavamarṣaḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 9.2, 2.58 athotpattiḥ paṭānnārthāntaram api tu paṭa evāsau tathāpi yāvad uktaṃ bhavati paṭa iti tāvad uktaṃ bhavatyutpadyata iti /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 13.2, 1.14 dṛṣṭam eva tad yathā vartitaile analavirodhinī
atha ca milite sahānalena rūpaprakāśalakṣaṇaṃ kāryaṃ kurutaḥ yathā ca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ parasparaṃ virodhinaḥ śarīradharaṇalakṣaṇakāryakāriṇaḥ /
Sūryasiddhānta
Sūryaśataka
SūryaŚ, 1, 7.1 bibhrāṇā vāmanatvaṃ
prathamamatha tathaivāṃśavaḥ prāṃśavo vaḥ krāntākāśāntarālāstadanu daśadiśaḥ pūrayantastato'pi /
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 5.1 atha tatraikasya śilpino 'rdhasphoṭitakāṣṭhastambho 'rjunamayaḥ khadirakīlakena madhye yantranikhātenāvastabdho 'vatiṣṭhate //
TAkhy, 1, 16.1 atha sā yadā vāyupreritair vṛkṣāgraiḥ spṛśyate tadā śabdaṃ karoti anyadā na iti tūṣṇīm āste //
TAkhy, 1, 31.1 atha kadācid āṣāḍhabhūtir nāma paravittāpahṛt katham iyam arthamātrāsya mayā parihartavyeti vitarkyāvalaganarūpeṇa upagamya tatkālena ca viśvāsam anayat //
TAkhy, 1, 32.1 atha kadācid asau parivrājakas tīrthayātrāprasaṅge tena āṣāḍhabhūtinā saha gantum ārabdhaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 44.1 athāsau kapālaśakalagranthikāvaśeṣaḥ kaṃcid grāmam astaṃ gacchati ravau praviṣṭaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 49.1 atha tasya bhāryā puṃścalī dūtikāsaṃcoditā śarīrasaṃskāraṃ kṛtvā paricitasakāśaṃ gantum ārabdhā //
TAkhy, 1, 83.1 athāsau mūrkhaḥ kṛtakavacanavyāmohitacittaḥ prajvālyolkām avyaṅgamukhīṃ jāyāṃ dṛṣṭvā protphullanayanaḥ paricumbya hṛṣṭamanā bandhavād avamucya pīḍitaṃ ca pariṣvajya śayyām āropitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 87.1 atha tasyā bhartā nāpito rājakulāt pratyūṣasy āgatya tāṃ bhāryām āha //
TAkhy, 1, 92.1 athāsāv ārtaravam uccaiḥ kṛtvā pāṇinā nāsāpuṭaṃ pramṛjya asṛkpātasametāṃ nāsikāṃ kṣitau prakṣipyābravīt //
TAkhy, 1, 104.1 atha tenāpakāranirvedanād anyavṛkṣamūlavāsinaṃ priyasuhṛdaṃ gomāyum apṛcchyata yathā //
TAkhy, 1, 172.1 athārakṣipuruṣaiḥ prāsamudgaratomarapāṇibhir mahatā javena gatvā vṛkṣo 'valokitaḥ yāvat tena tat svanīḍe sthāpitam //
TAkhy, 1, 178.1 atha te mṛgāḥ sarva evābhimukhāḥ praṇatacittā haritatṛṇāṅkuravaktradhāriṇo 'vanitalāsaktajānavas taṃ mṛgarājaṃ vijñāpayāmāsuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 214.1 atha tasmiṃṣ ṭiṇṭibho nāma matkuṇo vāyunā preritaḥ saṃnipatitaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 241.1 atha matkuṇaś cakitatvād rājavacanaṃ śrutvā śayanād avatīrya anyad vivaram āśritaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 248.1 athāsya taccharīraṃ nīlīrasarañjitaṃ dṛṣṭvā samīpavartinaḥ kroṣṭukagaṇāḥ ko 'yam iti bhayataraladṛśaḥ sarvā diśaḥ pradudruvuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 254.1 atha tadvacanam ākarṇya siṃhavyāghracitrakavānaraśaśahariṇavṛṣadaṃśajambukādayaḥ śvāpadagaṇās taṃ praṇemuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 260.1 atha tair bhramadbhir dṛṣṭaḥ sārthavāhaparibhraṣṭa uṣṭraḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 423.1 atha kadācit prasūtāyāṃ ṭīṭibhyāṃ tadbhartṛjijñāsayā samudreṇa apahṛtās te 'ṇḍakāḥ paśyāmi tāvat ayaṃ kim ārambhata iti //
TAkhy, 1, 424.1 atha ṭīṭibhī śūnyam apatyasthānaṃ dṛṣṭvā paramāvignahṛdayā bhartāram āha //
TAkhy, 1, 448.1 atha tadājñāsamakālam eva te 'raṇye paryaṭanto yadā na kiṃcid āseduḥ tadāsau jambukas taṃ śaṅkukarṇanāmānaṃ karabhaṃ vivikte 'bhihitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 467.1 atha pratipanne śaṅkukarṇaḥ papāta bhūmau khaṇḍaśaś ca kṛtaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 486.1 atha siṃhaḥ kuliśakharanakaro bhrūkuṭilamukhaḥ prakaṭitaroṣastaṃ hantum aicchat //
TAkhy, 1, 487.1 athāsāv api vṛko mukhavaivarṇyavepathuvyāptatanur atanupadavikṣepaḥ kṣiprapalāyanapaṭur aṭavīm uddiśya jagāma //
TAkhy, 1, 489.1 etasmiṃś cāntare kathamapi ca tatsamīpam
atha kaścit sārthavāho 'nena pathāyātaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 511.1 atha tatra dharmabuddhir nāmaikaḥ sārthavāhasuto yas tena kasyacit sādhoḥ pūrvasthāpitaṃ kalaśikāgataṃ svabhāgyapracoditaṃ raupyadīnārasahasraṃ prāptam //
TAkhy, 1, 517.1 atha duṣṭabuddhir antaḥkaṭhinahṛdayaḥ svārthasiddhaye tam āha //
TAkhy, 1, 522.1 atha tadvarṣābhyantare duṣṭabuddhir asadvyayavyasanitvād bhāgyacchidratayā ca kṣīṇapratyaṃśaḥ punar api ca nidhito dharmabuddhinā sahāparaśataṃ vibhaktavān //
TAkhy, 1, 542.1 atha te vismayam upagatāḥ kathaṃ vanaspatir mantrayiṣyatīti //
TAkhy, 1, 575.1 atha prabhātasamaye 'dhikaraṇaprakṛtipratyakṣaṃ dharmaśāstravacanābhiśrāvitena vanaspatinā yathāprastutam abhihitam //
TAkhy, 1, 621.1 atha bhojanasamaye sārthavāho dārakam adṛṣṭvā samākulamanāḥ śaṅkitahṛdayaś ca tam apṛcchat //
TAkhy, 2, 8.1 athaivaṃ gacchati kāle kadācit tasya parivrāḍ bṛhatsphiṅnāma prāhuṇaka āgataḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 13.1 atha kadācid ahaṃ mahākārttikyāṃ mahātīrthavare puṣkare snānaṃ kṛtvā mahato janasamūhadoṣād bhavatā viyuktaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 38.1 atha yugapad asāvapi brāhmaṇas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ pratibuddho jālakāntaritāṃ bhāryām apṛcchat //
TAkhy, 2, 59.1 atha tasmin mahati viṣame vṛtte mṛgalubdhakasūkaraprastare kṣutkṣāmakukṣir dardurako nāma gomāyur āhārārthī tam uddeśam āgato 'paśyan mṛgasūkaralubdhakān //
TAkhy, 2, 139.1 evam uktvā pañcāśanmātrā gatāḥ punar api pañcaviṃśatiḥ daśa pañca ceti
athānye dvādaśāṣṭau //
TAkhy, 2, 204.1 atha tāv anyamanaskau matvā saṃjighṛkṣur aham upaśliṣṭaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 295.1 athāsau kaulikaḥ kuśān āstīrya bhūmau nipatya supto 'paśyat tāv eva dvau puruṣau //
TAkhy, 2, 335.1 atha lubdhakasakāśād āgata iti bhayacakitadṛśaṃ mātaraṃ prāptaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 352.1 athāntaḥpurikājanasya rājakumārāṇāṃ ca hastāddhastaṃ ca kautukaparatayā grīvānayanakaracaraṇakarṇāvakarṣaṇaiḥ parasparerṣyābhī rājāṅganābhiḥ sammānaparamparatayā kleśito 'ham //
TAkhy, 2, 370.1 atha mamāyuḥśeṣatayā tenāryeṇa sarvalakṣaṇavidā vijñāpito rājaputraḥ //
Trikāṇḍaśeṣa
TriKŚ, 2, 32.2 kuṭṭāro'tha himālayo nagapatirmenādhavomāgurū kailāse gaṇaparvataśca rajataprasthaḥ kuberācalaḥ //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 9.1 atha bhikṣukā mokṣārthinaḥ kuṭīcakā bahūdakā haṃsāḥ paramahaṃsāś ceti caturvidhā bhavanti /
VaikhDhS, 2, 1.0 atha vanasthasya śrāmaṇakavidhānaṃ gṛhasthaḥ somayājī putraṃ pautraṃ ca dṛṣṭvā tatputrādīn gṛhe saṃsthāpya mauṇḍyaṃ kṛtvā prājāpatyaṃ kṛcchraṃ cared vasante śuklapakṣe puṇyakṣetre patnyā sārdhaṃ vanāśramaṃ yāti pūrvasmin divase kṛtasnānaḥ saṃkalpya kuśodakaṃ pītvopavāsaṃ kuryād aupāsanahomaṃ hutvāgnimayaṃ te yonir ityaraṇyām āropayed darśapūrṇamāsavidhānena darbhādīn saṃgṛhya pūrvavat paristaraṇakūrcān paridhīn samidho veṇudaṇḍopavītakamaṇḍaluvalkalādīn saṃbharati pūrvoktavidhināgnikuṇḍaṃ kuryād aparasmin divase vaiśvānarasūktenāgniṃ mathitvā prajvālyāgna āyāhy upāvarohety agniṃ nidhāya pūrvavac chrāmaṇakāgnyāghāraṃ juhoti praṇamyāgniṃ pariṣicyāgne prāyaścitte tvam iti pañcaprāyaścittaṃ hutvāpo hiraṇyāvamānair ātmānaṃ prokṣya brahmadaivatyaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ pañcavāruṇaṃ ca pradhānān vyāhṛtyantaṃ yajet //
VaikhDhS, 2, 5.0 rātrau nāśnīyād adhastād darbhāṃs tṛṇāni parṇāni vāstīrya suvrataḥ suvratāṃ patnīṃ vinaikaḥ śayīta sāsya śuśrūṣāṃ karoty enāṃ nopagacchet mātṛvan niṣkāmaḥ prekṣetordhvaretā jitendriyo darśapūrṇamāsau cāturmāsyaṃ nakṣatreṣṭim āgrayaṇeṣṭiṃ ca vanyauṣadhībhiḥ pūrvavad yajed anukramān mūlaiḥ phalaiḥ pattraiḥ puṣpair vā tattatkālena pakvaiḥ svayam eva saṃśīrṇaiḥ prāṇaṃ pravartayann uttarottare 'py adhikaṃ tapaḥsaṃyogaṃ phalādiviśiṣṭam ācared
atha vāhitāgniḥ sarvān agnīn araṇyām āropya sarvaiḥ saṃvāpamantraiḥ pārthivān vānaspatyāṃś ca sarvān samūhya nirmanthyaitena vidhināgnim agnyādheyavidhānena ca mantraiḥ sarvaiḥ sabhyāgnyāyatane śrāmaṇakāgnim ādhāyāharet sabhyasya bhedaḥ śrāmaṇakāgnir ity āhuḥ apatnīkaś ca bhikṣuvad agnau homaṃ hutvāraṇyādipātrāṇi ca prakṣipya putre bhāryāṃ nidhāya tathāgnīn ātmany āropya valkalopavītādīn bhikṣāpātraṃ ca saṃgṛhyānagnir adāro gatvā vane nivaset tapasāṃ śramaṇam etan mūlaṃ tasmād etadvidhānam enam agniṃ ca śrāmaṇakam ity āha vikhanāḥ //
VaikhDhS, 3, 12.0 atha padbhyām utpannāc chūdrāc chūdrāyāṃ nyāyena śūdraḥ śuddho jārān mālavako ninditaḥ śūdro 'śvapālo 'śvatṛṇahārī ca ity ete cāturvarṇikās teṣām eva saṃskāreṇotpannāḥ sarve 'nulomādyāḥ brāhmaṇāt kṣatriyakanyāyāṃ jātaḥ savarṇo 'nulomeṣu mukhyo 'sya vṛttir ātharvaṇaṃ karmāśvahastirathasaṃvāhanam ārohaṇaṃ rājñaḥ saināpatyaṃ cāyurvedakṛtyaṃ gūḍhotpanno 'bhiniṣaktākhyo 'bhiṣiktaś cen nṛpo bhūyād aṣṭāṅgam āyurvedaṃ bhūtatantraṃ vā saṃpaṭhet taduktācāro dayāyuktaḥ satyavādī tadvidhānena sarvaprāṇihitaṃ kuryāt jyotir gaṇanādikādhikavṛttir vā viprād vaiśyāyām ambaṣṭhaḥ kakṣyājīvy āgneyanartako dhvajaviśrāvī śalyacikitsī jārāt kumbhakāraḥ kulālavṛttir nāpito nābher ūrdhvavaptā ca kṣatriyād vaiśyāyāṃ madguḥ śreṣṭhitvaṃ prāpto mahānarmākhyaś ca vaiśyavṛttiḥ kṣātram karma nācarati gūḍhād āśviko 'śvakrayavikrayī syāt //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 6, 1, 6, 1.0 yathā bhūtāni anitaretarāṅgaṃ na paraspareṇa kāryakāraṇabhūtāni na hyaraṇī agneḥ kāraṇam api tu svāvayavā eva
atha cāraṇyoragneśca kramaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 10, 1.0 śarīrādau kvacidekasminnarthe yadā pāṇyādayo'vayavāḥ samavāyina upalabdhāḥ
athāsya teṣu ekadeśabuddhirutpannā idānīṃ tān vibhajya vibhaktānupalabhya etasminnekadeśini abhūta kāryam iti jñānotpattiḥ //
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 2, 8, 81.2 nabho nabhasyo
'tha iṣaśca sorjaḥ sahaḥsahasyāviti dakṣiṇaṃ syāt //
ViPur, 4, 2, 42.1 athāntarjalāvasthitaḥ sa saubharirekāgratāsamādhānam apahāyānudinaṃ tat tasya matsyasyātmajapautradauhitrādibhiḥ sahātiramaṇīyaṃ lalitam avekṣyācintayat /
ViPur, 4, 3, 31.1 athaitām atītānāgatavartamānakālatrayavedī bhagavān aurvaḥ svāśramān nirgatyābravīt //
ViPur, 4, 4, 27.1 athāṃśumān api svaryātānāṃ brahmadaṇḍahatānām asmatpitṝṇām asvargayogyānāṃ svargaprāptikaraṃ varam asmākaṃ prayaccheti pratyāha //
ViPur, 4, 4, 79.1 anantaraṃ ca tairuktaṃ muhūrtam ekaṃ pramāṇaṃ tavāyurityukto
'thāskhalitagatinā vimānena laghimādiguṇo martyalokam āgamyedam āha //
ViPur, 4, 6, 25.1 satyaṃ kathayāsmākam iti subhage
somasyātha vā bṛhaspater ayaṃ putra iti //
ViPur, 4, 6, 31.1 athāha bhagavān pitāmahaḥ taṃ kumāraṃ saṃnivārya svayam apṛcchat tāṃ tārām //
ViPur, 4, 9, 6.1 atha daityair upetya rajir ātmasāhāyyadānāyābhyarthitaḥ prāha //
ViPur, 4, 9, 10.1 atha jitāripakṣaś ca devendro rajicaraṇayugalam ātmanaḥ śirasā nipīḍyāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 110.1 athākrūrapakṣīyair bhojaiḥ śatrughne sātvatasya prapautre vyāpādite bhojaiḥ sahākrūro dvārakām apahāyāpakrāntaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 13, 147.1 athāhākrūraḥ sa eṣa maṇiḥ śatadhanvanāsmākaṃ samarpitaḥ yasyāyaṃ sa enaṃ gṛhṇātu iti //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 6, 1.1 athottamarṇo 'dhamarṇād yathādattam arthaṃ gṛhṇīyāt //
ViSmṛ, 18, 6.1 atha cet śūdravarjaṃ brāhmaṇasya putratrayaṃ bhavet tadā taddhanaṃ navadhā vibhajeyuḥ //
ViSmṛ, 18, 12.1 atha brāhmaṇasya brāhmaṇakṣatriyau putrau syātāṃ tadā saptadhā kṛtād dhanād brāhmaṇaścaturo 'ṃśān ādadyāt //
ViSmṛ, 18, 14.1 atha brāhmaṇasya brāhmaṇavaiśyau tadā ṣaḍdhā vibhaktasya caturo 'ṃśān brāhmaṇas tvādadyāt //
ViSmṛ, 18, 16.1 atha brāhmaṇasya brāhmaṇaśūdrau putrau syātāṃ tadā taddhanam pañcadhā vibhajeyātām //
ViSmṛ, 18, 19.1 atha brāhmaṇasya kṣatriyasya vā kṣatriyavaiśyau putrau syātāṃ tadā taddhanaṃ pañcadhā vibhajeyātām //
ViSmṛ, 18, 22.1 atha brāhmaṇasya kṣatriyasya vā kṣatriyaśūdrau putrau syātāṃ tadā taddhanaṃ caturdhā vibhajeyātām //
ViSmṛ, 18, 25.1 atha brāhmaṇasya kṣatriyasya vaiśyasya vā vaiśyaśūdrau putrau syātāṃ tadā taddhanaṃ tridhā vibhajeyātām //
ViSmṛ, 18, 28.1 athaikaputrā brāhmaṇasya brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyāḥ sarvaharāḥ //
ViSmṛ, 18, 39.1 atha śūdrāputrāvubhau syātām eko brāhmaṇīputraḥ tadā ṣaḍdhā vibhaktasyārthasya caturo 'ṃśān brāhmaṇas tvādadyāt dvāvaṃśau śūdrāputrau //
ViSmṛ, 21, 1.1 athāśaucavyapagame susnātaḥ suprakṣālitapāṇipādaḥ svācāntas tvevaṃvidhān eva brāhmaṇān yathāśakti udaṅmukhān gandhamālyavastrālaṃkārādibhiḥ pūjitān bhojayet //
ViSmṛ, 24, 1.1 atha brāhmaṇasya varṇānukrameṇa catasro bhāryā bhavanti //
ViSmṛ, 33, 1.1 atha puruṣasya kāmakrodhalobhākhyaṃ riputrayaṃ sughoraṃ bhavati //
ViSmṛ, 44, 1.1 atha pāpātmanāṃ narakeṣvanubhūtaduḥkhānāṃ tiryagyonayo bhavanti //
ViSmṛ, 48, 1.1 atha karmabhir ātmakṛtair gurum ātmānaṃ manyetātmārthe prasṛtiyāvakaṃ śrapayet //
ViSmṛ, 53, 1.1 athāgamyāgamane mahāvratavidhānenābdaṃ cīravāsā vane prājāpatyaṃ kuryāt //
ViSmṛ, 62, 1.1 atha dvijātīnāṃ kanīnikāmūle prājāpatyaṃ nāma tīrtham //
ViSmṛ, 65, 1.1 athātaḥ susnātaḥ suprakṣālitapāṇipādaḥ svācānto devatārcāyāṃ sthale vā bhagavantam anādinidhanaṃ vāsudevam abhyarcayet //
ViSmṛ, 67, 1.1 athāgniṃ parisamuhya paryukṣya paristīrya pariṣicya sarvataḥ pākād agram uddhṛtya juhuyāt //
ViSmṛ, 67, 3.1 athāgnaye somāya mitrāya varuṇāya indrāya indrāgnibhyāṃ viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ prajāpataye anumatyai dhanvantaraye vāstoṣpataye agnaye sviṣṭakṛte ca //
ViSmṛ, 87, 1.1 atha vaiśākhyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ kṛṣṇājinaṃ sakhuraṃ saśṛṅgaṃ suvarṇaśṛṅgaṃ raupyakhuraṃ mauktikalāṅgūlabhūṣitaṃ kṛtvāvike ca vastre prasārayet //
ViSmṛ, 91, 1.1 atha kūpakartus tatpravṛtte pānīye duṣkṛtasyārdhaṃ vinaśyati //
ViSmṛ, 96, 1.1 atha triṣv āśrameṣu pakvakaṣāyaḥ prājāpatyām iṣṭiṃ kṛtvā sarvavedasaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ dattvā pravrajyāśramī syāt //
ViSmṛ, 97, 7.1 atha nirākāre lakṣabandhaṃ kartuṃ na śaknoti tadā pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśamanobuddhyātmāvyaktapuruṣāṇāṃ pūrvaṃ pūrvaṃ dhyātvā tatra labdhalakṣaḥ tatparityajyāparam aparaṃ dhyāyet //
ViSmṛ, 99, 4.2 kāntiḥ prabhā kīrtir atho vibhūtiḥ sarasvatī vāg
atha pāvanī ca //
ViSmṛ, 99, 8.2 saṃsmāraṇe
cāpyatha yatra cāhaṃ sthitā sadā tacchṛṇu lokadhātri //
ViSmṛ, 99, 9.1 vasāmyathārke ca niśākare ca tārāgaṇāḍhye gagane vimeghe /
ViSmṛ, 99, 11.1 sadyaḥ kṛte
cāpyatha gomaye ca matte gajendre turage prahṛṣṭe /
ViSmṛ, 99, 15.2 vedadhvanau
cāpyatha śaṅkhaśabde svāhāsvadhāyām atha vādyaśabde //
ViSmṛ, 99, 15.2 vedadhvanau cāpyatha śaṅkhaśabde svāhāsvadhāyām
atha vādyaśabde //
ViSmṛ, 99, 16.1 rājyābhiṣeke ca tathā vivāhe yajñe vare
snātaśirasyathāpi /
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 1, 31.1, 1.9 athaite vikṣepāḥ samādhipratipakṣās tābhyām evābhyāsavairāgyābhyāṃ niroddhavyāḥ tatrābhyāsasya viṣayam upasaṃharann idam āha //
YSBhā zu YS, 1, 32.1, 1.8 yadi ca cittenaikenānanvitāḥ svabhāvabhinnāḥ pratyayā jāyerann
atha katham anyapratyayadṛṣṭasyānyaḥ smartā bhavet anyapratyayopacitasya ca karmāśayasyānyaḥ pratyaya upabhoktā bhavet /
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 13.1, 6.1 dvitīyā vicāraṇā kim anekaṃ karmānekaṃ janma nirvartayaty
athānekaṃ karmaikaṃ janma nirvartayatīti //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 44.1, 23.1 athaiṣa pañcamaṃ rūpam arthavattvaṃ bhogāpavargārthatā guṇeṣvanvayinī guṇās tanmātrabhūtabhautikeṣv iti sarvam arthavat //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 63.1 vipadi dhairyam
athābhyudaye kṣamā sadasi vākyapaṭutā yudhi vikramaḥ /
ŚTr, 2, 24.1 prāṅ mām eti manāg anāgatarasaṃ jātābhilāṣāṃ tataḥ savrīḍaṃ tad anu ślathodyamam
atha pradhvastadhairyaṃ punaḥ /
ŚTr, 3, 44.1 yatrānekaḥ kvacid api gṛhe tatra tiṣṭhaty
athaiko yatrāpyekastadanu bahavastatra naiko 'pi cānte /
ŚTr, 3, 102.1 caṇḍālaḥ kim ayaṃ dvijātir athavā śūdro
'tha kiṃ tāpasaḥ kiṃ vā tattvavivekapeśalamatir yogīśvaraḥ ko 'pi kim /
Ṭikanikayātrā
Ṭikanikayātrā, 9, 10.2 kakṣāsannāhakāle janayati sumahacchīkaraṃ vṛhaṃte vā tatkālaṃ vā madāptau jayakṛd
atha radaṃ veṣṭayan dakṣiṇaṃ ca //
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Acintyastava
Amaraughaśāsana
AmarŚās, 1, 32.1 atha daśamadvāraṃ dvividhaṃ śukramārgam amṛtaṃ kālamārgaś ceti brahmadaṇḍamūle raviśaśimadhye bhagākāram asti tasmād āgatabrahmadaṇḍāśritaṃ paścimaliṅgam asti paścimaśabdena sthānam asti tasya madhye liṅgākāram asti //
AmarŚās, 1, 54.1 atha mokṣapadaṃ kathyate yatra sahajasamādhikrameṇa manasā manaḥ samālokyate sa eva mokṣaḥ //
AmarŚās, 1, 60.1 athādhāraṇakarmoditaśaṅkhinībhedavyavasthāvyākhyā gudameḍhrāntare trikoṇatridhāvartabhagamaṇḍalam ucyate tatra ādhāragranthaya ekadvitrayaś ceti ekadvitrayāṇāṃ madhye granthīnām upāntare catuṣpattraṃ padmam adhomukhaṃ tiṣṭhati tatra karṇikāmadhye mṛṇālasūtraparimāṇā śaṅkhāvartā tatra pravālāṅkurasannibhā dvitrināḍībhūtā kuṇḍalinī śaktiḥ caitanyabījamukhaṃ gatvā suptā //
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhadrabāhucarita
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 1, 5, 17.1 tyaktvā svadharmaṃ caraṇāmbujaṃ harer bhajann apakvo
'tha patet tato yadi /
BhāgPur, 1, 15, 12.1 yattejasātha bhagavān yudhi śūlapāṇir vismāpitaḥ sagirijo 'stram adān nijaṃ me /
BhāgPur, 2, 3, 12.2 kaivalyasaṃmatapathastvatha bhaktiyogaḥ ko nirvṛto harikathāsu ratiṃ na kuryāt //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 17.1 jyāyān guṇairavarajo 'pyaditeḥ sutānāṃ lokān vicakrama imān
yadathādhiyajñaḥ /
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 39.1 sarge tapo 'ham ṛṣayo nava ye prajeśāḥ sthāne
'tha dharmamakhamanvamarāvanīśāḥ /
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 43.1 vedāham aṅga paramasya hi yogamāyāṃ yūyaṃ bhavaśca bhagavān
atha daityavaryaḥ /
BhāgPur, 4, 22, 37.1 tattvaṃ narendra
jagatāmatha tasthūṣāṃ ca dehendriyāsudhiṣaṇātmabhir āvṛtānām /
BhāgPur, 11, 4, 20.2 bhūtvātha vāmana imām aharad baleḥ kṣmāṃ yācñāc chalena samadād aditeḥ sutebhyaḥ //
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 1, 572.1 tāmindusundaramukhīmatha rājacandraḥ kāntāṃ dadarśa kusumāyudhavaijayantīm /
BhāMañj, 1, 573.1 śroṇītaṭe dhṛtapado madanālavāle helāvalannayanapatrayuto
'tha tasyāḥ /
BhāMañj, 1, 575.1 saṃbhāṣitātha dayitena śanaiḥ smitārdrajyotsnāvadātakiraṇāṅkuritānanābjā /
BhāMañj, 5, 317.1 atha kurukulavṛddhāṃstūrṇamāmantrya kṛṣṇo viduraśibiramāpadbhaktimātraikatoṣaḥ /
BhāMañj, 6, 183.1 so
'pyacchakīrtiratha bhīṣmamukhānupetya prahvaḥ śarīrapaṇasaṃśritadhārtarāṣṭrān /
BhāMañj, 6, 497.1 atha kuruvṛṣabhāṇām aṅgarājotsukānāṃ paraparibhavadīkṣābhagnamānādarāṇām /
BhāMañj, 9, 69.1 akṣauhiṇīparivṛto
'tha visṛjya gehaṃ rātrau yuyutsumakhilaiḥ saha rājadāraiḥ /
BhāMañj, 10, 84.2 duryodhano
'tha nipapāta divaṃ vilokya vajrāvapātahatapakṣa ivādrirājaḥ //
BhāMañj, 12, 91.2 bhāgīrathīmatha yayuḥ kalahaṃsamañjukāñcīvirāvipulinorunitambabimbāḥ //
Bījanighaṇṭu
BījaN, 1, 1.1 kilbiṣaṃ ca kṣayaṃ nītvā ruciraṃ caiva cintayet atha vakṣye mantrakośaṃ yad uktaṃ bhūtaḍāmare /
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 113, 11.1 varaṃ vindhyāṭavyāṃ nivasanamabhuktasya maraṇaṃ varaṃ sarpākīrṇe
śayanamatha kūpe nipatanam /
Gītagovinda
GītGov, 6, 1.1 atha tām gantum aśaktām ciram anuraktām latāgṛhe dṛṣṭvā /
GītGov, 7, 20.1 atha āgatām mādhavam antareṇa sakhīm iyam vīkṣya viṣādamūkām /
GītGov, 8, 1.1 atha kathamapi yāminīm vinīya smaraśarajarjaritā api sā prabhāte /
GītGov, 8, 12.2 katham
atha vañcayase janam anugatam asamaśarajvaradūnam //
GītGov, 9, 1.1 tām
atha manmathakhinnām ratirasabhinnām viṣādasampannām /
GītGov, 11, 21.2 dvāre nikuñjanilayasya harim nirīkṣya vrīḍāvatīm
atha sakhī nijagāda rādhām //
Gṛhastharatnākara
GṛRĀ, Vivāhabhedāḥ, 8.2 athāṣṭau vivāhāḥ sambhavanti brāhmo daivo gāndharvva āsuro rākṣasaḥ paiśāco mānuṣaḥ kṣātraśceti /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 1, 1.1 atha prāsādapṛṣṭhe sukhopaviṣṭānāṃ rājaputrāṇāṃ purastāt prastāvakrameṇa paṇḍito 'bravīt /
Hitop, 1, 3.5 atha kadācid avasannāyāṃ rātrau astācalacūḍāvalambini bhagavati kumudinīnāyake candramasi /
Hitop, 1, 5.1 atha tena vyādhena taṇḍulakaṇān vikīrya jālaṃ vistīrṇam /
Hitop, 1, 32.4 vipadi dhairyam
athābhyudaye kṣamā sadasi vākyapaṭutā yudhi vikramaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 38.2 atha lubdhakaṃ nivṛttaṃ dṛṣṭvā kapotā ūcuḥ svāmin kim idānīṃ kartum ucitam /
Hitop, 1, 40.1 atha pāśabaddhāṃś caitān dṛṣṭvā savismayaḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā uvāca sakhe kim etat /
Hitop, 1, 54.1 atha laghupatanakanāmā kākaḥ sarvavṛttāntadarśī sāścaryam idam āhāho hiraṇyaka ślāghyo 'si ato 'ham api tvayā saha maitrīṃ kartum icchāmi /
Hitop, 1, 57.4 atha kṛpayā tajjīvanāya tadvṛkṣavāsinaḥ pakṣiṇaḥ svāhārāt kiṃcit kiṃcid uddhṛtya tasmai dadati tenāsau jīvati teṣāṃ śāvakarakṣāṃ ca karoti /
Hitop, 1, 57.5 atha kadācit dīrghakarṇanāmā mārjāraḥ pakṣiśāvakān bhakṣayituṃ tatrāgataḥ /
Hitop, 1, 70.3 atha yeṣām apatyāni khāditāni taiḥ śokārtair vilapadbhir itas tato jijñāsā samārabdhā /
Hitop, 1, 84.1 atha prabhāte sa kṣetrapatir laguḍahastas taṃ pradeśam āgacchan kākenāvalokitaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 84.7 athāsau āḥ svayaṃ mṛto 'si ity uktvā mṛgaṃ bandhanāt mocayitvā pāśān saṃvarītuṃ satvaro babhūva /
Hitop, 1, 112.3 atha vāyasas tena mitreṇa saha vicitrālāpasukhena tasya sarasaḥ samīpaṃ yayau /
Hitop, 1, 184.2 atha kadācit citrāṅganāmā mṛgaḥ kenāpi trāsitas tatrāgatya militaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 186.3 atha mantharo brūte sakhe mṛga kena trāsito 'si asmin nirjane vane kadācit kiṃ vyādhāḥ saṃcaranti /
Hitop, 1, 193.7 atha te mṛgavāyasamūṣikāḥ paraṃ viṣādam upagatāḥ tam anugacchanti sma /
Hitop, 1, 201.3 atha rājaputraiḥ sānandam uktaṃ sarve śrutavantaḥ sukhino vayam /
Hitop, 2, 1.1 atha rājaputrā ūcur ārya mitralābhaḥ śrutas tāvad asmābhiḥ /
Hitop, 2, 14.1 atha gacchatas tasya sudurganāmni mahāraṇye saṃjīvako bhagnajānur nipatitaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 32.8 atha gardabhaḥ śvānam āha sakhe bhavatas tāvad ayaṃ vyāpāraḥ /
Hitop, 2, 66.7 atha dūrād eva sādaraṃ rājñā praveśitaḥ sāṣṭāṅgapraṇipātaṃ praṇipatyopaviṣṭaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 85.5 athaikadā sa mūṣikaḥ kṣudhāpīḍito bahiḥ saṃcaran biḍālena prāpto vyāpāditaśca /
Hitop, 2, 87.1 atha saṃjīvakaḥ sāśaṅkam āha senāpate kiṃ mayā kartavyam /
Hitop, 2, 90.19 atha kadācit tasya siṃhasya bhrātā stabdhakarṇanāmā siṃhaḥ samāgataḥ /
Hitop, 2, 111.19 atha tatra vṛtte gandharvavivāhe tathā saha ramamāṇas tatrāhaṃ tiṣṭhāmi /
Hitop, 2, 111.24 atha duḥkhito 'haṃ parivrajitaḥ pṛthivīṃ paribhrāmyann imāṃ nagarīm anuprāptaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 112.14 atha kṛtārtarāyeyaṃ me nāsikānena chinnety uktvā dharmādhikārisamīpam etam ānītavatī /
Hitop, 2, 119.1 atha kadācit sā daṇḍanāyakaputreṇa saha ramamāṇā tiṣṭhati /
Hitop, 2, 124.16 atha kadācit snātuṃ jalaṃ praviṣṭe rājaputre vāyasyā tadanuṣṭhitam /
Hitop, 2, 124.17 atha kanakasūtrānusaraṇapravṛttai rājapuruṣais tatra tarukoṭare kṛṣṇasarpo dṛṣṭo vyāpāditaś ca /
Hitop, 2, 160.6 citraṃ citraṃ kim
atha caritaṃ naikabhāvāśrayāṇāṃ sevādharmaḥ paramagahano yoginām apy agamyaḥ //
Hitop, 3, 1.1 atha punaḥ kathārambhakāle rājaputrā ūcuḥ ārya rājaputrā vayam /
Hitop, 3, 6.5 athaikadā varṣāsu nīlapaṭair iva jaladharapaṭalair āvṛte nabhastale /
Hitop, 3, 10.7 athaikadā kenāpi sasyarakṣakeṇa dhūsarakambalakṛtatanutrāṇena dhanuṣkāṇḍaṃ sajjīkṛtyānatakāyenaikānte sthitam /
Hitop, 3, 17.21 athāhaṃ gṛdhreṇa mantriṇā pṛṣṭaḥ kas tatra mukhyo mantrī iti /
Hitop, 3, 24.9 atha parasukham asahiṣṇuḥ svabhāvadaurjanyena sa kākas tasya mukhe purīṣotsargaṃ kṛtvā palāyitaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 24.17 atha gacchato gopālasya mastakāvasthitadadhibhāṇḍād vāraṃ vāraṃ tena kākena dadhi khādyate /
Hitop, 3, 26.8 atha rathakāro grāmāntaraṃ gata ity upajātaviśvāsaḥ sa jāraḥ sandhyākāla evāgataḥ /
Hitop, 3, 60.5 atha nīlībhāṇḍasvāminā mṛti iti jñātvā tasmāt samutthāpya dūre nītvāsau parityaktaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 100.2 atha prahitapraṇidhiś caro hiraṇyagarbham āgatya praṇamyovāca deva samāgataprāyo rājā citravarṇaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 102.14 atha mantribhir uktaṃ deva dinacatuṣṭayasya vartanaṃ dattvā jñāyatām asya svarūpam /
Hitop, 3, 102.23 athaikadā kṛṣṇacaturdaśyāṃ rātrau sa rājā sakaruṇakrandanadhvaniṃ śuśrāva /
Hitop, 3, 104.3 atha bhagavatyā sarvamaṅgalayā pratyakṣabhūtayā rājā haste dhṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 104.14 atha prabhāte vīravaro dvārasthaḥ punar bhūpālena pṛṣṭaḥ sann āha deva sā rudatī mām avalokyādṛśyābhavat /
Hitop, 3, 122.2 atha rājā baddhāñjalir āha tāta asty ayaṃ mamāparādhaḥ idānīṃ yathāham avaśiṣṭabalasahitaḥ pratyāvṛttya vindhyācalaṃ gacchāmi tathopadiśa /
Hitop, 3, 125.6 atha prahitapraṇidhinā bakenāgatya hiraṇyagarbhasya kathitaṃ deva svalpabala evāyaṃ rājā citravarṇo gṛdhrasya vacanopaṣṭambhād āgatya durgadvārāvarodhaṃ kariṣyati /
Hitop, 3, 137.1 athāgatya praṇamya meghavarṇo brūte deva dṛṣṭiprasādaṃ kuru /
Hitop, 3, 143.3 atha maraṇam avaśyam eva jantoḥ kim iti mudhā malinaṃ yaśaḥ kriyate //
Hitop, 3, 148.2 atha kukkuṭenāgatya rājahaṃsasya śarīre kharataranakhāghātaḥ kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 148.4 atha kukkuṭanakhaprahārajarjarīkṛtenāpi sārasena kukkuṭasenā bahuśo hatā /
Hitop, 3, 148.6 atha citravarṇo durgaṃ praviśya durgāvasthitaṃ dravyaṃ grāhayitvā vandibhir jayaśabdair ānanditaḥ svaskandhāvāraṃ jagāma /
Hitop, 3, 148.7 atha rājaputrair uktaṃ tasmin rājahaṃsapakṣe puṇyavān sa sārasa eva yena svadehatyāgena svāmī rakṣitaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 6.6 athaikadā dhīvarair āgatya tathoktaṃ yatatrāsmābhir adyoṣitvā prātar matsyakūrmādayo vyāpādayitavyāḥ /
Hitop, 4, 9.1 athaikadā sā ratnaprabhā tasya sevakasya mukhe cumbanaṃ dadatī samudradattena avalokitā /
Hitop, 4, 12.7 atha śokārtānāṃ vilāpaṃ śrutvā kenacid vṛddhabakenābhihitaṃ bho evaṃ kuruta yūyaṃ matsyān upādāya nakulavivarād ārabhya sarpavivaraṃ yāvatpaṅktikrameṇa ekaikaśo vikirata /
Hitop, 4, 12.26 atha praṇidhir bakas tatrāgatyovāca deva prāg eva mayā nigaditaṃ durgaśodha hi pratikṣaṇaṃ kartavyam iti /
Hitop, 4, 13.1 atha praṇidhir uvāca ito durgadāhaṃ vidhāya yadā yato meghavarṇas tadā citravarṇena prasāditenoktam ayaṃ meghavarṇo 'tra karpūradvīparājye'bhiṣicyatām /
Hitop, 4, 16.13 atha taṃ muniṃ vyāghraṃ ca dṛṣṭvā sarve vadantyanena muninā mūṣiko vyāghratāṃ nītaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 27.6 atha bhagavatā kruddhena varadānasyāvaśyakatayā vicāramūḍhayoḥ pārvatī pradattā /
Hitop, 4, 36.5 atha rājā hiraṇyagarbhaś cakravākaṃ pṛṣṭavān mantrin asaṃdheyāḥ kati tān śrotum icchāmi /
Hitop, 4, 58.2 atha praṇidhiḥ punar āgatyovāca deva śrūyatāṃ tāvat tatratyaprastāvaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 61.5 atha tair bhramadbhiḥ sārthabhraṣṭaḥ kaścid uṣṭro dṛṣṭaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 61.10 atha kadācit siṃhasya śarīravaikalyād bhūrivṛṣṭikāraṇāc cāhāram alabhamānās te vyagrā babhūvuḥ /
Hitop, 4, 66.6 atha citrakarṇo 'pi jātaviśvāsas tathaivātmadehadānam āha tatas tadvacanāt tena vyāghreṇāsau kukṣiṃ vidārya vyāpāditaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 99.10 atha nirmaṇḍūkaṃ saro vilokya maṇḍūkanātho 'pi tena khāditaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 102.5 atha brāhmaṇāya rājñaḥ pārvaṇaśrāddhaṃ dātum āhvānam āgatam /
Hitop, 4, 141.8 atha sarve svasthānaṃ prāpya manābhilaṣitaṃ phalaṃ prāpnuvann iti /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 2, 81.1 dhvanim
atha tamapūrvaṃ divyam ākarṇya sadyaḥ sapadi vilasadantarvismayo vipravargaḥ /
KSS, 1, 5, 140.1 atha sa nibiḍabhaktyā tatra devīṃ śaraṇyāṃ śaraṇamupagato 'sau martyabhāvaṃ mumukṣuḥ /
KSS, 1, 5, 141.1 dagdhvā
śarīramatha dhāraṇayā tayā taddivyāṃ gatiṃ vararuciḥ sa nijāṃ prapede /
KSS, 1, 6, 165.1 atha tam akhilavidyālābham ākarṇya rājñaḥ pramuditavati rāṣṭre tatra ko 'pyutsavo 'bhūt /
KSS, 1, 6, 166.1 rājārharatnanicayairatha śarvavarmā tenārcito gururiti praṇatena rājñā /
KSS, 1, 7, 112.1 atha martyavapurvimucya puṇyāṃ sahasā tadgaṇatāmahaṃ prapannaḥ /
KSS, 2, 1, 90.1 athotkaṇṭhādīrghe kathamapi dine 'sminn avasite tamevāgre kṛtvā śabaramaparedyuḥ sa nṛpatiḥ /
KSS, 2, 2, 216.1 atha tasya jarāṃ praśāntidūtīm upayātāṃ kṣitipasya karṇamūlam /
KSS, 2, 5, 194.2 pratyāyayau
nijapurīmatha tāmraliptīṃ nāsyā babhūva ca punaḥ priyaviprayogaḥ //
KSS, 3, 2, 123.1 dadhad
atha nṛpatiḥ sa mūrtimatyau nikaṭagate ratinirvṛtī ivobhe /
KSS, 3, 3, 171.2 vidhāsyannudyogaṃ
tvaritamatha saṃmantrya sacivaiḥ sa cakre kauśāmbīṃ prati gamanabuddhiṃ narapatiḥ //
KSS, 3, 6, 227.1 vividham
atha vitīrya vītalobho vasu vasudhāvijayārjitaṃ dvijebhyaḥ /
KSS, 3, 6, 229.2 tasthau yatheccham
atha vāsavadattayātra padmāvatīsahitayā saha vatsarājaḥ //
KSS, 4, 3, 87.1 so 'pi vrajatsu
divaseṣvatha rājaputro vṛddhiṃ śiśuḥ pratipadindur ivājagāma /
KSS, 4, 3, 93.1 bālye 'pi tair abhimatair
atha mantriputraiḥ ṣaḍbhistadekanirataiśca sa rājaputraḥ /
KSS, 5, 3, 270.2 atha kanakapurīṃ sa śaktidevo gaganapathena tatheti tāṃ jagāma //
KSS, 5, 3, 280.2 yugapad
atha dadau tāḥ śaktidevāya tasmai muditamatiraśeṣāstatra vidyādharendraḥ //
KSS, 6, 1, 208.2 evaṃ ca
sāhasadhaneṣvatha buddhimatsu saṃtuṣya dānaniratāḥ kṣitipā bhavanti //
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 55.3 phalaṃ prāpnoty avikalaṃ bhūri svalpam
athāpi vā //
Madanapālanighaṇṭu
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mātṛkābhedatantra
MBhT, 7, 1.2 athātaḥ sampravakṣyāmi tripurāmantram uttamam /
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 1.2, 25.0 atha tathāvidhadurācāradarśanajanitakopākulitamunigaṇasahitaḥ śatakratur akṣamamāṇo labdhavaratvāt prasabham astrair avadhyatām asya buddhvā phenenāntarnihitavastreṇa asurasya śirodvayaṃ cicheda //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.1, 4.0 atha vyavahitaviprakṛṣṭārthaviṣayaṃ yogipratyakṣaṃ tat sattāniścāyakam iti cet tan na yasmād asmadādyatīndriyārthadarśino yoginaḥ sūkṣmādiviṣayas tatpratyakṣaṃ tena ceśaḥ sākṣātkriyate ity etat sarvam anupapannaṃ pramāṇābhāvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.2, 15.0 atha sakalalokasiddhā prasiddhir anapahnavanīyā vidyate yat sarvo hy ayam āvidvadaṅganābālo janaḥ parameśvarasyecchāvidhipreritaḥ pravartate daivam evātra kāraṇam iti bruvāṇo dṛśyate ca upākhyānāni ca dakṣamakhamathanakāladamanakāmadāhāndhakavadhatrailokyākramaṇādyuparacitāni bahuśaḥ paṭhantaḥ kathayantaḥ śṛṇvantaś copalabhyante taduddeśena cārthaviniyoganiyamajapatapaḥprabhṛtikleśakāriṇīm api karmapaddhatim anutiṣṭhanto 'smān avagamayanti yad uta santi devatāviśeṣā ity āha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 21.2, 1.0 athānantaraṃ teṣāṃ madhyād aiśvaryādiguṇayogāt bhagavān vividhaśāstrābhyāsādhivāsapraśasyavāgyuktatvāc ca vāgmī praṣṭavyāvasareṣu akauśalāpratipattyādyayogāt pragalbhaś ca bharadvājo munir nyāyata iti nyāyena śiṣyocitayā nītyā yuktyupapannapūrvapakṣakaraṇena vā indram apṛcchad iti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 6.2, 7.0 atha muktāv eva tathāvidhacaitanyaśruteḥ pūrvaṃ ca tadanupalambhād anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ saṃsārāvasthāyāṃ sarvatomukhatvaṃ caitanyasya kuta ity āśaṅkānirāsāyāha sad apy abhāsamānatvād ityādi //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 1.2, 24.0 nanu cātrānumāne ya eva ghaṭādir dṛṣṭānte dharmī sa dṛṣṭakartṛkatvān na tāvat siṣādhīyaṣiteśvaranirvartyaḥ tasya tu kumbhakārakāryatveneśasyāsarvakartṛtvam
atheśvarakartṛtvaṃ dṛṣṭāntadharmiṇo ghaṭāderiṣṭaṃ tatsādhyabhraṣṭo dṛṣṭāntaḥ pratītibādhaśca //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 6.1, 13.0 idamidānīṃ vivicyate yadi tāvat parameśvaraḥ kāruṇyāt saṃsārijanojjihīrṣayā jagatāṃ sthitijanmādau pravartate tatkimarthaṃ pratyuta sāṃsārikeṣu duḥkheṣu varākānimān prāṇino niyojayati
atha tasyaivaṃvidha eva svabhāvaḥ tanmuktamapi jantuṃ kiṃ na saṃsārayatītyāha muktasya śiva eva saḥ satyaṃ kāruṇyādeva bhagavān prāṇino'nugrahītuṃ pravartate //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 4.1, 6.0 atha parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṃghātatvāt śayanādyaṅgavadityādinā karaṇādīnāṃ kartṛprayojyatvādinā vā anumānenātmā prasādhyate na tadyuktaṃ tasyātmāpalāpinaścārvākān pratyasiddheḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 7, 1.2, 1.1 atheti paśupadārthād anantaramavidyā ajñānamañjanamāṇavaḥ pāśa ādau yeṣāṃ te karmamāyārodhaśaktyākhyāḥ pāśāḥ adhunā idānīṃ leśataḥ saṃkṣepataḥ kathyante yeṣām apagame paśutvān muktvā aṇava ātmāno jagataḥ patayo bhavanti /
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 1.2, 1.0 athetyāṇavarodhaśaktyākhyapāśadvayavicārānantaram indriyairantaḥkaraṇabahiṣkaraṇaiḥ śarīreṇa ca sthūlasūkṣmarūpeṇa arthaiś cendriyārthair viṣayair yo 'yaṃ cidātmano yogaḥ tasyāgāmibhāvād utpattimattvāt kāraṇaṃ nimittam anumīyate na hy utpattimaccāhetukaṃ kiṃcid bhavati //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 11.2, 1.0 atha proktavadbuddher apyānarthakyaprasaṅgatayā vyañjakāntarasadbhāve vyañjakasyānarthakyaṃ prasajyata ityevaṃ na paryanuyujyate kiṃtu karaṇatvavivakṣayaivaṃ kecidbruvate codyaṃ kurvanti yaduta buddhyākhye karaṇe satyapi kiṃ vidyābhidhānena karaṇena //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 12, 1.2, 1.0 athānantaraṃ śeṣabhūtasyārthasya tanmātrendriyādeḥ siddhyarthamasyāhaṅkārasya ata eveti ahaṅkārādeva sa bhagavān anantaraprakaraṇānte patiśabdenokto yaḥ sa māyāgarbhādhikāriṇām anantādīnāmīśānāṃ śaktigastadabhivyaktaśaktiḥ sattvarajastamobahulān trīn skandhānniścakarṣa niṣkṛṣṭavān avibhinnamahaṅkāramāvirbhāvya tridhā vyabhajadityarthaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 12, 18.1, 3.0 athātrādṛṣṭaṃ puruṣārthapradaṃ karmākhyamasti yena śrotranabhobhāga eva śabdavargāvabhāsako na nāsārandhrādiriti niyamaḥ tarhi tadapīti tathāpi anyatretyasmatpakṣe'pi tathātvābhyupagamasya kā kṣatiḥ //
Narmamālā
KṣNarm, 2, 33.2 sattrabhojanapūrṇāṅgaḥ kadācidatha sattrabhojanapūrṇāṅgaḥ punarāyātayauvanaḥ //
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 18.1, 1.0 te idānīmabhighātādibhirhetubhirojasaḥ atiyogaṃ duṣṭaraktasyāsrutidoṣam raktasyāyogaṃ atra teṣāṃ pratipādya caturthaṃ vistaraṃ mānasān rasāyanatantram idānīmāgantuprabhṛtīneva annapānamūlā anekakarmakāriṇīṃ vyavāyī idānīṃ athāto atha idānīm dṛṣṭāntatrayeṇa raktārtavayor raktavikṛtīrabhidhāya rasasya śoṇitaprasaṅgenānyeṣām nanu śoṇitasya athāta idānīṃ raktārtavayoḥ śastravisrāvaṇasya visrāvyaniṣedhaviṣayaṃ tamevārthaṃ śoṇitasvabhāve rasasyaiva nanu yadi rasadhāturdhātvantarāṇāṃ prastutaṃ tadeva rasādidhātūnāṃ ata kathaṃ rasādidhātūnāmayanamāpyāyanam pañcamaṃ vātādīnāṃ cikitsāviśeṣavijñānārthaṃ strīpuṃsayoḥ garbhasya śoṇitotpatte tatretyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 18.1, 1.0 te idānīmabhighātādibhirhetubhirojasaḥ atiyogaṃ duṣṭaraktasyāsrutidoṣam raktasyāyogaṃ atra teṣāṃ pratipādya caturthaṃ vistaraṃ mānasān rasāyanatantram idānīmāgantuprabhṛtīneva annapānamūlā anekakarmakāriṇīṃ vyavāyī idānīṃ athāto atha idānīm dṛṣṭāntatrayeṇa raktārtavayor raktavikṛtīrabhidhāya rasasya śoṇitaprasaṅgenānyeṣām nanu śoṇitasya athāta idānīṃ raktārtavayoḥ śastravisrāvaṇasya visrāvyaniṣedhaviṣayaṃ tamevārthaṃ śoṇitasvabhāve rasasyaiva nanu yadi rasadhāturdhātvantarāṇāṃ prastutaṃ tadeva rasādidhātūnāṃ ata kathaṃ rasādidhātūnāmayanamāpyāyanam pañcamaṃ vātādīnāṃ cikitsāviśeṣavijñānārthaṃ strīpuṃsayoḥ garbhasya śoṇitotpatte tatretyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 18.1, 1.0 te idānīmabhighātādibhirhetubhirojasaḥ atiyogaṃ duṣṭaraktasyāsrutidoṣam raktasyāyogaṃ atra teṣāṃ pratipādya caturthaṃ vistaraṃ mānasān rasāyanatantram idānīmāgantuprabhṛtīneva annapānamūlā anekakarmakāriṇīṃ vyavāyī idānīṃ athāto atha idānīm dṛṣṭāntatrayeṇa raktārtavayor raktavikṛtīrabhidhāya rasasya śoṇitaprasaṅgenānyeṣām nanu śoṇitasya athāta idānīṃ raktārtavayoḥ śastravisrāvaṇasya visrāvyaniṣedhaviṣayaṃ tamevārthaṃ śoṇitasvabhāve rasasyaiva nanu yadi rasadhāturdhātvantarāṇāṃ prastutaṃ tadeva rasādidhātūnāṃ ata kathaṃ rasādidhātūnāmayanamāpyāyanam pañcamaṃ vātādīnāṃ cikitsāviśeṣavijñānārthaṃ strīpuṃsayoḥ garbhasya śoṇitotpatte tatretyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ
prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena vyākhyāsyāma api rasagatiṃ śoṇitaṃ atideśena māsena janayannekaikasmin teṣām āha rasam vardhitavyam athāvisrāvyā darśayannāha kurvannāha prādhānyaṃ āha āha spaṣṭīkurvannāha rasaḥ dhātūnāṃ vaktumāha sukhabodhārthaṃ sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha prasaratāṃ ca svarūpam garbhāśayāprāptiṃ svarūpamāha nirdiśannāha lakṣaṇam yasmin śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ vartane devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 15, 23.3, 2.0 atyuṣṇe durdina ṛju tatra vikāraparimāṇaṃ bhūyaḥśabdaḥ saṃghātabalapravṛttā krodhaḥ taccānnavaiṣamyaṃ vayaḥsthāpanaṃ abhighātanimittā yogairiti akhilam tasya nikhilena nanu atheti vājīkaraṇyastvoṣadhaya tatra sa khaluśabdo anyatreti saḥ yathāhītyavyayaṃ kṣīṇasya teṣāmiti avatiṣṭhate rajaḥsaṃjñam tuśabdo sa jīvaraktam yadyapi visratā indragopakaḥ śarīrasthena anyatamam mūlamiti dvividhaṃ kālaḥ annāśraddhā khavaiguṇyāt mahābhāgaṃ lakṣyante yonir dṛṣṭamārtavaṃ kalalaṃ prasannamukhavarṇā nanu māturgarbhiṇyā śramaḥ atra itthaṃbhūtasyāhārasya saumyaṃ kāle daivayogād anyatheti praklinnā bhoktum pratibuddhataraṃ tatreti pūrvamutpannatvādāgantoḥ ebhyo'bhighātādihetubhyaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 2.1, 8.0 āśu śiro'bhitāpādīn mado athāpyanyatheti janmabalapravṛttā iti anyanibandhakārairbahūktaṃ ṣaṭsu kāśirājānām ato tasya kecidanyathā tanu sa idānīṃ snehasvedapūrvakair vikārajātamiti devagogurusiddhānāṃ piṇḍo āśrame tathā parasparānupraveśaś tasya śiro'bhitāpādīn athāpyanyatheti janmabalapravṛttā anyanibandhakārairbahūktaṃ kāśirājānām kecidanyathā snehasvedapūrvakair vikārajātamiti devagogurusiddhānāṃ parasparānupraveśaś śiro'bhitāpādīn athāpyanyatheti janmabalapravṛttā anyanibandhakārairbahūktaṃ snehasvedapūrvakair vikārajātamiti devagogurusiddhānāṃ athāpyanyatheti anyanibandhakārairbahūktaṃ devagogurusiddhānāṃ anyanibandhakārairbahūktaṃ avilambitaṃ śirasyatihṛtaṃ viṣamadyajo ko'rthaḥ iti śrīḍalhaṇaviracitāyāṃ tacca anekatvād kāyacikitsāsu yuṣmacchalyatantropadeśakāmitādanantaram //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 11.0 romarājyādayaś 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha sa aparā paṭhanti ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha atha
ca vyutpattir kṛtsnaṃ cakāro ca pūrṇo vistarabhayānna narīṇāṃ śarīram vistarabhayānna na na likhitā //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 11.2, 18.0 taraṃgaḥ athāta māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ rasasvabhāvaṃ śeṣaṃ eṣāmiti parvasthūlamūlārurjanmeti svabhāvabalapravṛttā nanu varāhamāṃsāditi kuṇiṃ athāta māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ rasasvabhāvaṃ svabhāvabalapravṛttā parvasthūlamūlārurjanmeti eṣāmiti varāhamāṃsāditi māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ svabhāvabalapravṛttā parvasthūlamūlārurjanmeti varāhamāṃsāditi parvasthūlamūlārurjanmeti jalalaharī //
Nighaṇṭuśeṣa
NighŚeṣa, 1, 69.2 aralau dundako dīrgha [... au3
Zeichenjh] vṛntaś cātha kuṭannaṭaḥ //
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 64.0 atha naṭagatā cittavṛttireva pratipannā satī ratyanukāraḥ śṛṅgāra ityucyate tatrāpi kimātmakatvena sā pratīyata iti cintyam //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 95.0 atha sāmājikasya tathā pratītiyogyāḥ kriyanta ityetadevānusaṃdhānam ucyate tarhi sthāyini sutarām anusaṃdhānaṃ syāt //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 147.0 nāyakayugalakāvabhāse hi pratyuta lajjā jugupsāspṛhādisvocitacittavṛttyantarodayavyagratayākāśarasatvam
athāpi syāt //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
RHT, 1, 2.1 pītāmbaro'tha balijinnāgakṣayabahalarāgagaruḍacaraḥ /
RHT, 2, 1.2 dīpanagaganagrāsapramāṇamatha cāraṇavidhānaṃ ca //
RHT, 3, 23.1 sāpi ca dīptairupalairnipātyate 'dho
'tha dīpikāyantre /
RHT, 4, 10.2 atha paṃcagavyayuktaḥ satvaṃ pātayati lohanibham //
RHT, 5, 16.1 vyūḍho'tha gandhakāśmā śataguṇasaṃkhyaṃ tathottame hemni /
RHT, 5, 18.2 śataguṇamatha mūṣāyāṃ jarati rasendro dravati garbhe ca //
RHT, 5, 29.1 rakte śatanirvyūḍhaṃ netrahitaṃ bhasma vaikrāntakaṃ
cātha /
RHT, 5, 56.2 ākṛṣya
cātha sūtaṃ piṇḍe śeṣaṃ tathā punaḥ pācyam //
RHT, 6, 15.1 kapilo'tha nirudgārī vipluṣabhāvaṃ ca muñcate sūtaḥ /
RHT, 8, 3.1 atha nijakarme varṇaṃ na jahāti yadā sa rajyate rāgaiḥ /
RHT, 8, 4.2 bandhaśca sāralohe
sārakamatha nāgavaṃgābhyām //
RHT, 8, 16.1 atha kṛṣṇābhrakacūrṇaṃ puṭitaṃ raktaṃ bhavettathā sakalam /
RHT, 15, 8.1 atha nijarasaparibhāvitasuradālīcūrṇavāpamātreṇa /
RHT, 15, 9.1 suradālībhasma galitaṃ
triḥsaptakṛtvātha gojalaṃ śuṣkam /
RHT, 16, 26.2 capalatvātilaghutvādbījaṃ
yato'tha vipluṣaḥ kāryaḥ //
RHT, 18, 37.2 ṣaḍguṇaṣaḍguṇasahitaṃ piṣṭīṃ
yantre'tha kacchape dattvā //
RHT, 18, 69.2 lambitamatha nirdhmātaṃ tāmraṃ tārachaviṃ vahati //
RHT, 18, 75.1 iti miśrīkṛtaviddhaṃ kramitaṃ
tvatha mātṛkātulyam /
RHT, 19, 21.1 atha kṛṣṇaṃ vā pītaṃ vā saṃyojyaṃ ghanaṃ śikhiprabhaṃ bahuśaḥ /
RHT, 19, 31.2 kāntaṃ
vinātha gaganaṃ gaganaṃ vinā tathā ca kāntam //
RHT, 19, 53.1 karkoṭīmūlarasaṃ kaṣāyam
atha sindhunā pibettridinam /
RHT, 19, 54.1 piṣṭvātha mātuluṅgīṃ pibati rasaṃ śuṇṭhisaindhavaṃ prātaḥ /
Rasamañjarī
RMañj, 1, 15.2 śasto'tha dhūmraḥ paripāṇḍuraśca citro na yojyo rasakarmasiddhaye //
RMañj, 2, 42.3 antaḥsthaṃ lavaṇasya tasya ca tale prajvālya vahṇiṃ haṭhāt bhasma
grāhyamathendukundadhavalaṃ bhasmoparisthaṃ śanaiḥ //
RMañj, 3, 3.2 tatrādau gandhakotpattiṃ śodhanaṃ
tvatha kathyate //
RMañj, 6, 199.1 piṣṭvātha tāṃ parpaṭikāṃ nidadhyāllohasya pātre varapūtam asmin /
RMañj, 6, 199.2 jambīrajaṃ pakvarasaṃ palānāṃ śataṃ
niyojyāgnimathāmlamātram //
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 3, 1.1 atha mayā rasabhasma nigadyate sakalapāradaśāstraniyogataḥ /
RPSudh, 3, 26.1 sa ca
śarīrakaro'pyatha lohakṛt sakalasiddhikaraḥ paramo bhavet /
RPSudh, 3, 30.2 dvidaśayāmam
athāgnimaho kuru bhavati tena mahārasapoṭalī /
RPSudh, 3, 41.1 vighaṭayedatha lohasudarviṇā tadanu mocadalopari ḍhālyate /
RPSudh, 3, 61.2 tasyāṃ
nidhāyātha rasasya golakaṃ taṃ sveditaṃ cāmlarasena samyak //
RPSudh, 4, 52.2 cullyāṃ ca
kuryādatha vahnimeva yāmatrayeṇaiva supācitaṃ bhavet //
RPSudh, 6, 56.1 vadanti
kaṃkuṣṭhamathāpare hi sadyaḥ prasūtasya ca dantinaḥ śakṛt /
RPSudh, 6, 57.2 yaddhastijaṃ
śvetamathātipītaṃ virecanaṃ tatprakaroti śīghram //
RPSudh, 7, 30.1 kṣiptvā nirundhyāpi ca mūṣikāyāṃ
puṭānyathāṣṭau ca vanopalairdadet /
RPSudh, 7, 37.1 bhāgāstrayaścaiva hi sūtakasya bhāgaṃ
vimardyātha mṛtaṃ hi vajram /
RPSudh, 7, 41.1 iṃdranīlamatha vārinīlakaṃ śvaityagarbhitamathāpi nīlakam /
RPSudh, 7, 41.1 iṃdranīlamatha vārinīlakaṃ
śvaityagarbhitamathāpi nīlakam /
RPSudh, 7, 61.1 vastreṇa saṃveṣṭya tataḥ prayatnād
dolākhyayaṃtre'tha niveśya golakam /
RPSudh, 8, 2.2 ruddhvātha bhāṇḍe vipacecca cullyāṃ yāmadvayaṃ śītagataṃ samuddharet //
RPSudh, 8, 13.1 śītapūrvamatha dāhapūrvakaṃ dvyāhikaṃ ca sakalān jvarānapi /
RPSudh, 8, 29.1 vallaṃ yojyaṃ
jīrakeṇātha bhṛṃgyā kṣaudrairyuktaṃ bhakṣitaṃ saṃgrahaṇyām /
Rasaratnasamuccaya
RRS, 1, 8.2 rasānāmatha siddhānāṃ cikitsārthopayoginām //
RRS, 1, 41.1 kāṣṭhauṣadhyo nāge nāgo vaṅge
'tha vaṅgamapi śulbe /
RRS, 2, 18.1 cakrīṃ kṛtvā
viśoṣyātha puṭed ardhebhake puṭe /
RRS, 2, 34.1 atha sattvakaṇāṃstāṃstu kvāthayitvāmlakāñjikaiḥ /
RRS, 2, 46.1 sampratāpya ghanasthūlakaṇān
kṣiptvātha kāñjike /
RRS, 3, 32.1 aṅgulyātha sapattrāṃ tāṃ drutiṃ sūtaṃ ca bhakṣayet /
RRS, 3, 78.2 trivāraṃ tālakaṃ bhāvyaṃ piṣṭvā mūtre
'tha māhiṣe //
RRS, 3, 79.1 upalairdaśabhirdeyaṃ puṭaṃ
ruddhvātha peṣayet /
RRS, 4, 6.2 gomedakaṃ
cātha vidūrakaṃ ca krameṇa ratnāni navagrahāṇām //
RRS, 4, 45.1 tadvajraṃ
cūrṇayitvātha kiṃciṭ ṭaṅkaṇasaṃyutam /
RRS, 5, 3.2 gāṅgeyaṃ
cātha rūpyaṃ gadaharamajarākāri mehāpahāri kṣīṇānāṃ puṣṭikāri sphuṭamatikaraṇaṃ vīryavṛddhiprakāri //
RRS, 5, 46.1 tāmraṃ tiktakaṣāyakaṃ ca madhuraṃ
pāke'tha vīryoṣṇakaṃ sāmlaṃ pittakaphāpahaṃ jaṭhararukkuṣṭhāmajantvantakṛt /
RRS, 5, 52.2 śudhyate nātra saṃdeho māraṇaṃ
cāpyathocyate //
RRS, 5, 57.1 amlaparṇīṃ
prapiṣyātha hyabhito dehi tāmrakam /
RRS, 5, 81.1 rūkṣaṃ syāt kharalohakaṃ samadhuraṃ
pāke'tha vīrye himaṃ tiktoṣṇaṃ kaphapittakuṣṭhajaṭharaplīhāmapāṃḍvartinut /
RRS, 5, 143.1 suradālibhasma galitaṃ
triḥsaptakṛtvo'tha gojale śuṣkam /
RRS, 6, 38.1 athājñayā gurormantraṃ lakṣaṃ lakṣaṃ pṛthagjapet /
RRS, 6, 40.1 kṛtvātha praviśecchālāṃ śuddhāṃ liptāṃ savedikām /
RRS, 8, 7.1 arkāṃśatulyād rasato
'tha gandhān niṣkārdhatulyāt truṭiśo 'bhi khalle /
RRS, 9, 1.1 atha yantrāṇi vakṣyante rasatantrāṇyaśeṣataḥ /
RRS, 9, 9.1 athordhvabhājane liptasthāpitasya jale sudhīḥ /
RRS, 10, 39.2 vartulaṃ
cātha tanmadhye gartamanyaṃ prakalpayet //
RRS, 11, 109.2 munikanakanāgasarpair
dantyātha siñcyācca tanmadhyam //
RRS, 12, 19.1 daradajaladayuktaṃ śuddhasūtaṃ ca gandhaṃ
praharamatha supiṣṭaṃ vallayugmaṃ ca dadyāt /
RRS, 13, 62.1 mṛtsnayā ca pariveṣṭya golakaṃ yāmayugmam
atha bhūdhare pacet /
RRS, 13, 77.2 kaphaṃ
hantyatha vā kṣaudraiḥ pañcavaktrarasaḥ khalu //
RRS, 14, 33.2 bhāṇḍe
cūrṇapralipte'tha kṣiptvā rundhīta mṛtsnayā //
RRS, 15, 8.3 takreṇa dāḍimāmbhobhiḥ pakvakandena
vātha tat //
RRS, 15, 40.2 tripalaṃ gandhakaṃ dattvā krauñcyām
atha ca golakam //
RRS, 15, 61.2 lohasya trīṇi
tāmrātkuḍavamatha rajaḥkṣārayoścāpi pañca kṣiptvā sthālyāṃ pacettu jvalati dahanataścūrṇam arśaḥkuṭhāraḥ //
RRS, 16, 21.2 gotakreṇātha dadhnā vā pathyaṃ deyaṃ hitaṃ mitam //
RRS, 16, 27.2 nirudhya
cūrṇalipte'tha bhāṇḍe dadyātpuṭaṃ tataḥ //
RRS, 16, 49.2 gaṃdhaṭaṃkaṇamṛtābhrakatulyaṃ kokilākṣam
atha cāyasakhalle //
RRS, 16, 107.1 vimardya gandhopalaṭaṃkaṇena saṃbhāvya
vārānatha saptajātyāḥ /
RRS, 16, 107.2 toyaiḥ
phalānāmatha siddhasūto vidhvaṃsanāmā śamano viṣūcyāḥ //
RRS, 22, 9.1 svāṃgaśītaṃ
vicūrṇyātha bhāvayellakṣmaṇādravaiḥ /
RRS, 22, 15.2 vaidūryaṃ
cātha gomedaṃ mauktikaṃ vidrumaṃ tathā //
Rasaratnākara
RRĀ, Ras.kh., 4, 117.3 sarvāṅgaṃ
vātha siddhyai sakalamabhinavaṃ sevayed brahmacārī kṣīrānnaṃ codakānnaṃ hitamaśanamidaṃ sarvamanyad vivarjyam //
RRĀ, V.kh., 9, 1.2 yogaiḥ susundarataraiḥ kanakādrikūṭaṃ
kṛtvātha śakrapadahetumakhāṃśca kuryāt //
RRĀ, V.kh., 9, 131.1 ityevaṃ viṣṭikhoṭaṃ parirasam aparaṃ saṃkaraiḥ khoṭabaddhaṃ jātaṃ taddrāvitaṃ vai
mṛtamatha vimalaṃ svarṇarāśiṃ karoti /
RRĀ, V.kh., 10, 1.1 lohair mahārasavarair viḍapakvabījaṃ
kṛtvātha pāradavare vidhivacca jāryam /
RRĀ, V.kh., 15, 128.2 jīrṇe raṃjanasāraṇāmukhamatho
baddhvātha baddhvā rasaṃ kuryātkāṃcanamabhramerusadṛśaṃ dānāya bhogāya vai //
RRĀ, V.kh., 17, 73.2 tenaivādbhutabhakṣaṇaṃ sukanakaṃ
kṛtvātha vidvadvare deyaṃ dīnajane ca duḥkhavimukhaṃ kuryātsamastaṃ jagat //
RRĀ, V.kh., 18, 1.1 drutiriha paripācyā jārayet pāradendre munigaṇitam
athāsau sāritaḥ koṭivedhī /
RRĀ, V.kh., 18, 1.2 atha pavikṛtabījaṃ ratnagarbhaṃ drutaṃ vā carati yadi rasendraḥ syāttadā śabdavedhī //
Rasendracintāmaṇi
RCint, 3, 177.1 karṣāṣṭaṅkaṇakañjalīharirasair gandhasya ca dvau rajaḥ siddhākhyaṃ sakalaiḥ kṛtaṃ
palamatha dvitraiśca lohaiḥ śritam /
RCint, 3, 179.2 nyastaṃ yāvajjīryate
khaṇḍaśo'tha prājyairgādhaiḥ pācayetkācakūpyām //
RCint, 4, 6.1 cūrṇīkṛtaṃ
gaganapatramathāranāle dhṛtvā dinaikam avaśoṣya ca sūraṇasya /
RCint, 7, 70.2 muktāvidrumaśuktikātha capalāḥ śaṅkhā varāṭāḥ śubhā jāyante'mṛtasannibhāḥ payasi ca kṣiptaḥ śubhaḥ syādbaliḥ //
RCint, 7, 93.2 bhṛṣṭaiścakrīṃ
vidhāyātha pātyaṃ sattvaṃ prayatnataḥ //
RCint, 8, 20.2 śoṇaiḥ sukārpāsabhavaprasūnaiḥ sarvaṃ
vimardyātha kumārikādbhiḥ //
RCint, 8, 238.1 karṣārddhā
guḍikātha karṣamathavā sevyā satāṃ sarvadā peyā kṣīrasitānuvīryakaraṇe stambhe'pyayaṃ kāminām /
RCint, 8, 243.2 pathyā dhātrī vibhītaṃ
trikaṭuratha pṛthak tvarddhaśāṇaṃ dviśāṇam //
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
RCūM, 4, 8.1 arkāṃśatulyādrasato'tha gandhānniṣkārdhatulyāttruṭiśo 'bhikhalve /
RCūM, 7, 11.1 vindhyādrau himaparvate ca malaye gomantake śrīgirau
sahyādrāvatha pāriyātrakagirau kiṣkindhanāmālaye /
RCūM, 7, 11.2 māhendre'pyatha mālyavatkṣitidhare tadrūpanāmādhikaṃ gopābhīrakasiddhavaidyamukhato vaidyaiḥ samāvedyatām //
RCūM, 12, 1.2 gomedakaṃ
cātha vidūrakaṃ ca krameṇa ratnāni navagrahāṇām //
RCūM, 14, 130.1 aśodhitāyaḥ sapunarbhavaṃ tadguṇaṃ
pradarśyālpamatha prakuryāt /
RCūM, 15, 67.1 trikṣāraiḥ paṭupañcakāmlasahitaiḥ saṃkhalvasūtastryahaṃ bāhlīkāsuriviśvapiṇḍajaṭhare
ruddhvātha saṃveśayet /
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
RSS, 1, 9.2 śasto'tha dhūmraḥ paripāṇḍuraśca citro na yojyo rasakarmasiddhau //
RSS, 1, 20.1 aghorebhyo'tha ghorebhyo ghoraghoratarebhyaśca /
RSS, 1, 74.2 antaḥsthaṃ lavaṇasya tasya ca tale prajvālya vahniṃ dṛḍhaṃ ghasraṃ
grāhyamathendukundadhavalaṃ bhasmoparisthaṃ śanaiḥ //
RSS, 1, 176.2 cūrṇaṃ dattvā
nirudhyātha kūṣmāṇḍaiśca prapūrayet //
RSS, 1, 276.2 nirguṇḍyambu himaṃ rasendrakalitaṃ dugdhājyagandhena
tattulyenātha mṛtaṃ bhavetsupuṭitaṃ pañcāmṛtena tridhā //
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
RArṇ, 12, 370.3 śailatāṃ
gatamathāhitaṃ mukhe vajrakāyakaram alpavāsaraiḥ //
RArṇ, 18, 178.1 vajravyomajasattvakaṃ sakanakaṃ candraṃ raviṃ kāntakaṃ nāgaṃ
vaṅgamathāyasaṃ dṛḍhataraṃ sūtaṃ kṛtaṃ tatsamam /
Ratnadīpikā
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, 0, 3.1 śrīmanmaheśanalināsananirjarendrās tatrāśvināv
atha tato tritanūdbhavaś ca /
RājNigh, Gr., 8.1 nānābhidheyam
atha yatra śivāsamaṅgāśyāmādināma nigameṣu niveśitaṃ yat /
RājNigh, Gr., 16.1 atrānūpādir asmād avanir
atha guḍūcīśatāhvādiko dvau tatprānte parpaṭādis tadupari paṭhitau pippalīmūlakādiḥ /
RājNigh, 2, 28.2 vanaspatiś cāpi sa eva vānaspatyaḥ kṣupo vīrud
athauṣadhīś ca //
RājNigh, Śālm., 33.2 havirgandhā medhyā duritaśamanī śaṅkuphalikā subhadrā maṅgalyā surabhir
atha pāpaśamanī //
RājNigh, Kar., 204.2 ekāhaṃ navamālikā madakaraṃ cāhṇāṃ trayaṃ campakaṃ tīvrāmodam
athāṣṭavāsaramitāmodānvitā ketakī //
RājNigh, Āmr, 38.1 bālaṃ phalaṃ madhuram alpatayā kaṣāyaṃ pittāpahaṃ śiśirarucyam
athāpi nālam /
RājNigh, Āmr, 54.1 mādhvīkaṃ nārikelaṃ phalam atimadhuraṃ durjaraṃ jantukāri snigdhaṃ vātātisāraśramaśamanam
atha dhvaṃsanaṃ vahnidīpteḥ /
RājNigh, Āmr, 149.1 bālaṃ pittamarutkaphāsrakaraṇaṃ madhyaṃ ca tādṛgvidhaṃ pakvaṃ varṇakaraṃ ca hṛdyam
atha tat puṣṇāti puṣṭiṃ balam /
RājNigh, Āmr, 174.2 cakṣuṣyam etad
atha kāsakaphārttikaṇṭhavicchardihāri paripakvam atīva rucyam //
RājNigh, Āmr, 222.1 vindhyādrau vijayā himācalabhavā syāc cetakī pūtanā sindhau syād
atha rohiṇī tu vijayā jātā pratiṣṭhānake /
RājNigh, 12, 53.1 yā gandhaṃ ketakīnām apaharati madaṃ sindhurāṇāṃ ca varṇe svāde tiktā kaṭur vā laghur
atha tulitā marditā cikkaṇā syāt /
RājNigh, 13, 12.1 dāhe ca raktam
atha yac ca sitaṃ chidāyāṃ kāśmīrakānti ca vibhāti nikāṣapaṭṭe /
RājNigh, 13, 150.1 tadraktaṃ yadi
padmarāgamatha tatpītātiraktaṃ dvidhā jānīyāt kuruvindakaṃ yadaruṇaṃ syādeṣu saugandhikam /
RājNigh, 13, 178.2 dravyākarṣaṇasiddhidastu sutarāṃ
vaiśyo'tha śūdro bhavet sarvavyādhiharastadeṣa kathito vajrasya varṇyo guṇaḥ //
RājNigh, 13, 195.2 devejye puṣparāgaṃ kuliśamapi kaver nīlam arkātmajasya svarbhānoścāpi gomedakam
atha vidurodbhāvitaṃ kiṃtu ketoḥ //
RājNigh, 13, 218.1 yān saṃskṛtān śubhaguṇān
atha cānyathā ced doṣāṃś ca yān api diśanti rasādayo 'mī /
RājNigh, Pānīyādivarga, 159.1 nisyandaṃ dugdhasindhāv
amṛtamatha samastauṣadhīnāṃ na dohaṃ tāpāhaṃ no cikitsāmabhilaṣati rasaṃ nāpi doṣākarasya /
RājNigh, Śālyādivarga, 10.2 traividhyādiha taṇḍulāś ca haritāḥ śvetāstathā lohitāḥ sāmānyena bhavanti te
'pyatha guṇaiḥ syuḥ pūrvapūrvottarāḥ //
RājNigh, Māṃsādivarga, 5.2 puṣṭiṃ dīptiṃ ca datte
rucikṛdatha laghu svādu sādhāraṇīyaṃ vṛṣyaṃ balyaṃ ca rucyaṃ ruruhariṇamṛgakroḍasāraṅgakāṇām //
RājNigh, Siṃhādivarga, 19.2 dīrghaḥ śṛṅkhalako mahān
atha mahāgrīvo mahāṅgo mahānādaḥ so 'pi mahādhvagaḥ sa ca mahāpṛṣṭho baliṣṭhaś ca saḥ //
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 13, 7.1 athaivamāghoṣitamātra eva svayaṃvare vyāsa mahīdhraputryāḥ /
SkPur, 13, 26.1 tataḥ pranṛttābhir
athāpsarobhir gandharvasaṃghaiśca sugītaśabdaiḥ /
SkPur, 25, 53.1 tapo 'kṣayaṃ
sthānamathātulāṃ gatiṃ yaśastathāgryaṃ bahu dharmanityatām /
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 19.0 atha ye ekamevedaṃ saṃvidrūpaṃ harṣaviṣādādyanekākāravivartaṃ paśyāma ityuktyā jñānasaṃtāna eva tattvamiti saugatā manyante ye cāhaṃpratītipratyeyaḥ sadaiva sukhādyupadhitiraskṛta ātmeti mīmāṃsakāḥ pratipannās tānekenaiva ślokenāpavadati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 21.0 atha ca yasminn asmin sopadeśasāvadhānamahānubhāvapariśīlye sphurattāsāre spandatattve sphurati duḥkhasukhagrāhyagrāhakatadabhāvādikam idaṃ sad api na kiṃcid eva sarvasyaitac camatkāraikasāratvāt tad evaitad astīty upadiṣṭam /
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 7.2, 14.0 atha ca jaḍaḥ karaṇavargo yad balād amūḍhavat pravṛttyādi labhate iti sarvasyānubhavasākṣikam abhidadhadindriyādicaitanyavādicārvākamatam apyanena vyudastavān //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 10.2, 4.0 atha yataḥ karaṇeti nijāśuddhīti sūtrapratipāditonmeṣakramasamādhānasākṣātkṛtasya spandatattvasya dṛḍhāvaṣṭambhād vyutthānamapi samādhyekarasaṃ kurvato bhavocchedo bhavatītyāha //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 11.2, 9.0 atha ye śrutyantavidakṣapādamādhyamikādayaḥ kṣobhapralaye viśvocchedarūpam abhāvātmakameva tattvam avaśiṣyata ity upādikṣan tān pratibodhayituṃ tadupagatatattvaprātipakṣyeṇa lokottaratāṃ prakaraṇaśarīrasya spandatattvasya nirūpayati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 10.0 atha ca ghaṭābhāvo yathā ghaṭaviviktabhūtalādyupalambhanān niścīyate tathaivātmābhāvo 'pyātmaviviktasya kasyacid upalambhān niścīyeta tadupalambhakasattāvaśyambhāvinīti tadupalambhakasvātmanāstitā na sidhyati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 13.0 atha cānyasya kāryonmukhaprayatnasyānupalambhād anupalambhaprakāśanān na kadācit prakāśātmano 'ntarmukhasya tasyopalabdhur lopaḥ yato 'sāv antarmukhobhāvaḥ sarvajñatvaguṇasyāspadaṃ tām apyabhāvadaśāṃ vettyeva anyathā saiva na sidhyediti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 5.2, 3.0 kathamākramyārādhakasya kalpitadehādipramātṛbhūmiṃ svātmanyeva nimagnāṃ
kṛtvātha ca spandātmakaṃ balamākramya sthitasya kalpitadehabuddhipramātṛbhūmim asakṛd uttejayataḥ sādhakasya yogino yajjijñāsitaṃ nidhānādi yatra deśādau yena hemādinā paramārthena yathā saṃniveśena sthitaṃ tathā tadacirād eva prakāśate //
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 4, 20.0 ayaṃ paramārthaḥ svarūpaṃ prakāśamānam akhyātirūpatvaṃ svayaṃ svātantryāt gṛhītaṃ krameṇa projjhya vikāsonmukham
atha vikasat atha vikasitam ity anena krameṇa prakāśate tathā prakāśanam api parameśvarasya svarūpam eva tasmāt na atra yogāṅgāni sākṣāt upāyaḥ //
TantraS, 4, 20.0 ayaṃ paramārthaḥ svarūpaṃ prakāśamānam akhyātirūpatvaṃ svayaṃ svātantryāt gṛhītaṃ krameṇa projjhya vikāsonmukham atha vikasat
atha vikasitam ity anena krameṇa prakāśate tathā prakāśanam api parameśvarasya svarūpam eva tasmāt na atra yogāṅgāni sākṣāt upāyaḥ //
TantraS, 4, 39.0 yad āhuḥ śrībhūtirājaguravaḥ kṣepāj jñānāc ca kālī
kalanavaśatayātha iti //
TantraS, 5, 28.1 vyāptyātha viśrāmyati tā imāḥ syuḥ śūnyena sākaṃ ṣaḍupāyabhūmyaḥ /
TantraS, 9, 35.0 atha ekasmin pramātari prāṇapratiṣṭhitatayā bhedanirūpaṇam iha nīlaṃ gṛhṇataḥ prāṇaḥ tuṭiṣoḍaśakātmā vedyāveśaparyantam udeti tatra ādyā tuṭir avibhāgaikarūpā dvitīyā grāhakollāsarūpā antyā tu grāhyābhinnā tanmayī upāntyā tu sphuṭībhūtagrāhakarūpā madhye tu yat tuṭidvādaśakaṃ tanmadhyāt ādyaṃ ṣaṭkaṃ nirvikalpasvabhāvaṃ vikalpācchādakaṃ ṣaṭtvaṃ ca asya svarūpeṇa ekā tuṭiḥ ācchādanīye ca vikalpe pañcarūpatvam unmimiṣā unmiṣattā sā ca iyaṃ sphuṭakriyārūpatvāt tuṭidvayātmikā spandanasya ekakṣaṇarūpatvābhāvāt unmiṣitatā svakāryakartṛtvaṃ ca ity evam ācchādanīyavikalpapāñcavidhyāt svarūpāc ca ṣaṭ kṣaṇā nirvikalpakāḥ tato 'pi nirvikalpasya dhvaṃsamānatā dhvaṃso vikalpasya unmimiṣā unmiṣattā tuṭidvayātmikā unmiṣitatā ca iti ṣaṭ tuṭayaḥ //
TantraS, 9, 42.0 athātraiva jāgradādyavasthā nirūpyante tatra vedyasya tadviṣayāyāś ca saṃvido yat vaicitryam anyonyāpekṣaṃ sat sā avasthā na vedyasya kevalasya na cāpi kevalāyāḥ saṃvido na cāpi pṛthak pṛthak dve //
TantraS, 11, 4.0 atha malaparipāke śaktipātaḥ so 'pi kiṃsvarūpaḥ kiṃ ca tasya nimittam iti etena vairāgyaṃ dharmaviśeṣo vivekaḥ satsevā satprāptiḥ devapūjā ityādihetuḥ pratyukta iti bhedavādināṃ sarvam asamañjasam //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 1.0 atha prasannahṛdayo yāgasthānaṃ yāyāt tac ca yatraiva hṛdayaṃ prasādayuktaṃ parameśvarasamāveśayogyaṃ bhavati tad eva na tu asya anyal lakṣaṇam uktāv api dhyeyatādātmyam eva kāraṇam tad api bhāvaprasādād eva iti nānyat sthānam //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 41.0 atha yadā dīkṣāṃ cikīrṣet tadādhivāsanārthaṃ bhūmiparigrahaṃ gaṇeśārcanaṃ kumbhakalaśayoḥ pūjāṃ sthaṇḍilārcanaṃ havanaṃ ca kuryāt //
TantraS, 19, 1.0 atha adharaśāsanasthānāṃ gurvantānām api maraṇasamanantaraṃ mṛtoddhāroditaśaktipātayogād eva antyasaṃskārākhyāṃ dīkṣāṃ kuryāt ūrdhvaśāsanasthānām api luptasamayānām akṛtaprāyaścittānām iti parameśvarājñā //
TantraS, Viṃśam āhnikam, 21.0 atha liṅge tatra na rahasyamantraiḥ liṅgaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayet viśeṣāt vyaktam iti pūrvapratiṣṭhiteṣu āvāhanavisarjanakrameṇa pūjāṃ kuryāt ādhāratayā //
TantraS, Viṃśam āhnikam, 46.0 tato mahotsavaḥ kāryaḥ cāturmāsyaṃ saptadinaṃ tridinaṃ ca iti mukhyānvāpatkalpāḥ sati vibhave māsi māsi pavitrakam
atha vā caturṣu māseṣu atha vā sakṛt tadakaraṇe prāyaścittaṃ japet jñānī api sambhavadvitto 'pi akaraṇe pratyavaiti lobhopahitajñānākaraṇe jñānanindāpatteḥ //
TantraS, Viṃśam āhnikam, 46.0 tato mahotsavaḥ kāryaḥ cāturmāsyaṃ saptadinaṃ tridinaṃ ca iti mukhyānvāpatkalpāḥ sati vibhave māsi māsi pavitrakam atha vā caturṣu māseṣu
atha vā sakṛt tadakaraṇe prāyaścittaṃ japet jñānī api sambhavadvitto 'pi akaraṇe pratyavaiti lobhopahitajñānākaraṇe jñānanindāpatteḥ //
TantraS, Dvāviṃśam āhnikam, 1.0 atha samastā iyam upāsā samunmiṣattādṛśadṛḍhavāsanārūḍhān adhikāriṇaḥ prati śrīmatkaulikaprakriyayā nirūpyate tatra uktaṃ yogasaṃcārādau ānandaṃ brahma taddehe tridhauṣṭyāntyavyavasthitam //
TantraS, Dvāviṃśam āhnikam, 15.0 atha śaktau tatra anyonyaṃ śaktitālāsāvīrāṇām ubhayeṣām ubhayātmakatvena prollāsaprārambhasṛṣṭyantaśivaśaktiprabodhe parasparaṃ vyāpārāt parameśaniyatyā ca śuddharūpatayā tatra prādhānyam etena ca viśiṣṭacakrasyāpi śaktitvaṃ vyākhyātam tatra śikhābandhavyāptyaiva pūjanaṃ śaktitrayāntam āsanaṃ koṇatraye madhye visargaśaktiḥ iti tu vyāptau viśeṣaḥ //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 17.2 devadevena nirdiṣṭaṃ
svaśabdenātha liṅgataḥ //
TĀ, 1, 19.2 adṛṣṭaṃ prakaṭīkurmo
gurunāthājñayā vayam //
TĀ, 1, 199.1 sarvaśo
'pyatha vāṃśena taṃ vibhuṃ parameśvaram /
TĀ, 1, 202.2 atha patyuradhiṣṭhānamityādyuktaṃ viśeṣaṇaiḥ //
TĀ, 1, 214.1 śākto
'tha bhaṇyate cetodhīmano'haṃkṛti sphuṭam /
TĀ, 1, 271.1 prākpaśyantyatha madhyānyā vaikharī ceti tā imāḥ /
TĀ, 1, 279.2 cakrodayo
'tha deśādhvā tattvādhvā tattvabhedanam //
TĀ, 1, 281.2 tulādīkṣātha pārokṣī liṅgoddhāro 'bhiṣecanam //
TĀ, 1, 310.1 sūtrakᄆptistattvaśuddhiḥ pāśadāho
'tha yojanam /
TĀ, 1, 311.1 jananādivihīnatvaṃ mantrabhedo
'tha susphuṭaḥ /
TĀ, 2, 21.1 aprakāśe
'tha tasminvā vastutā kathamucyate /
TĀ, 3, 1.1 atha paraupayikaṃ praṇigadyate padamanuttarameva maheśituḥ /
TĀ, 3, 79.2 iṣyamāṇasamāpattiḥ
sthairyeṇātha dharātmanā //
TĀ, 3, 231.1 yajñādikeṣu tadvṛṣṭau
sauṣadhīṣvatha tāḥ punaḥ /
TĀ, 3, 291.2 athāsau tādṛśo na syādbhavabhaktyā ca bhāvitaḥ //
TĀ, 4, 1.1 atha śāktamupāyamaṇḍalaṃ kathayāmaḥ paramātmasaṃvide //
TĀ, 4, 48.2 bhittiḥ paropajīvitvaṃ parā
prajñātha tatkṛtiḥ //
TĀ, 4, 53.1 bhāvanāto
'tha vā dhyānājjapātsvapnādvratāddhuteḥ /
TĀ, 4, 98.1 atha vāsmaddṛśi prāṇadhīdehāderapi sphuṭam /
TĀ, 4, 240.1 mṛtadehe
'tha dehotthe yā cāśuddhiḥ prakīrtitā /
TĀ, 4, 273.2 upāyaṃ vetti sa grāhyastadā tyājyo
'tha vā kvacit //
TĀ, 5, 1.1 āṇavena vidhinā paradhāma
prepsatāmatha nirūpyata etat //
TĀ, 5, 38.1 catuṣṣaṣṭiśatāraṃ vā sahasrāram
athāpi vā /
TĀ, 5, 43.1 atha prāṇasya yā vṛttiḥ prāṇanādyā nirūpitā /
TĀ, 5, 54.1 ṣaṭprāṇoccārajaṃ
rūpamatha vyāptyā taducyate /
TĀ, 5, 64.1 sūryeṇābhāsayedbhāvaṃ
pūrayedatha carcayet /
TĀ, 5, 64.2 athenduḥ ṣoḍaśakalo visargagrāsamantharaḥ //
TĀ, 5, 158.2 vīryaṃ vinā yathā
ṣaṇṭhastasyāpyastyatha vā balam /
TĀ, 6, 1.1 sthānaprakalpākhyatayā sphuṭastu bāhyo 'bhyupāyaḥ pravivicyate
'tha //
TĀ, 6, 55.1 avadhānād adṛṣṭāṃśād balavattvād
atheraṇāt /
TĀ, 6, 81.2 vedye ca bahirantarvā dvaye
vātha dvayojjhite //
TĀ, 6, 117.1 garbhatā prodbubhūṣiṣyadbhāvaś
cāthodbubhūṣutā /
TĀ, 6, 168.2 kharvanikharve
śaṃkhābjajaladhimadhyāntamatha parārdhaṃ ca //
TĀ, 6, 185.1 pramātrabhede bhede
'tha citro vitatimāpyasau /
TĀ, 6, 240.2 atha sthūlodayo 'rṇānāṃ bhaṇyate guruṇoditaḥ //
TĀ, 6, 247.1 śatamaṣṭottaraṃ tatra raudraṃ
śāktamathottaram /
TĀ, 7, 1.1 atha paramarahasyo 'yaṃ cakrāṇāṃ bhaṇyate 'bhyudayaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 1.1 deśādhvano
'pyatha samāsavikāsayogātsaṃgīyate vidhirayaṃ śivaśāstradṛṣṭaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 2.2 mūrtivaicitryajastajjo
deśādhvātha nirūpyate //
TĀ, 8, 30.2 sahasranavakotsedhamekāntaramatha kramāt //
TĀ, 8, 59.1 mandaro gandhamādaśca vipulo
'tha supārśvakaḥ /
TĀ, 8, 73.1 kuruvarṣasyottare
'tha vāyavye 'bdhau kramāccharāḥ /
TĀ, 8, 73.2 daśa ceti sahasrāṇi dvīpau candro
'tha bhadrakaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 94.2 prāvrajannatha jambvākhye rājā yo 'gnīdhranāmakaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 107.1 saptamajaladherbāhye haimī bhūḥ
koṭidaśakamatha lakṣam /
TĀ, 8, 135.1 gāndharveṇa sadārcanti viṣāvarte
'tha te sthitāḥ /
TĀ, 8, 180.2 ananto
'tha kapālyagnir yamanairṛtakau balaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 207.1 dhyātvā
tyaktvātha vā prāṇān kṛtvā tatraiva dhāraṇām /
TĀ, 8, 271.1 paśupatirindropendraviriñcairatha tadupalambhato devaiḥ /
TĀ, 8, 373.2 mantramunikoṭiparivṛtamatha vibhuvāmādirudratacchaktiyutam //
TĀ, 8, 406.2 atha sakalabhuvanamānaṃ yanmahyaṃ nigaditaṃ nijairgurubhiḥ //
TĀ, 8, 413.1 abhimāne
'haṅkāracchagalādyaṣṭakamathāntarā nabho 'haṃkṛt /
TĀ, 8, 415.2 tatpatiratha mūrtyaṣṭakasuśivadvādaśakavīrabhadrāḥ syuḥ //
TĀ, 8, 416.1 tadatha mahādevāṣṭakamiti buddhau saptadaśa saṃkhyā /
TĀ, 8, 423.1 vāmeśarūpasūkṣmaṃ śuddhaṃ
vidyātha śaktitejasvimitiḥ /
TĀ, 8, 426.1 ṣaṣṭhaṃ ca
paramamanāśritamatha samanābhuvanaṣoḍaśī yadi vā /
TĀ, 8, 435.1 śodhanamatha taddhānau śeṣaṃ tvantargataṃ kāryam /
TĀ, 8, 437.2 kālāgniḥ kūṣmāṇḍo narakeśo hāṭako
'tha bhūtalapaḥ //
TĀ, 9, 1.1 atha tattvapravibhāgo vistarataḥ kathyate kramaprāptaḥ //
TĀ, 9, 4.2 svasminkārye
'tha dharmaughe yadvāpi svasadṛgguṇe //
TĀ, 9, 12.1 sa
pūrvamatha paścātsa iti cetpūrvapaścimau /
TĀ, 12, 1.1 athādhvano 'sya prakṛta upayogaḥ prakāśyate //
TĀ, 16, 1.1 atha putrakatvasiddhyai nirūpyate śivanirūpito 'tra vidhiḥ /
TĀ, 16, 2.2 sāmudāyikayāge
'tha tathānyatra yathoditam //
TĀ, 16, 38.1 nābhicakre
'tha viśrāmyetprāṇaraśmigaṇaiḥ saha /
TĀ, 16, 54.2 rājyaṃ lābho
'tha tatsthairyaṃ śive bhaktistadātmatā //
TĀ, 16, 139.2 varṇādhvano
'tha vinyāsaḥ kathyate 'tra vidhitraye //
TĀ, 16, 163.2 śodhyabhedo
'tha vaktavyaḥ saṃkṣepātso 'pi kathyate //
TĀ, 16, 216.2 sārdhaṃ caikaṃ caikaṃ sārdhaṃ dve dve śaśī
dṛgatha yugmam //
TĀ, 16, 228.1 tripadī dvayordvayoḥ
syātpratyekamathāṣṭasu śrutipadāni /
TĀ, 17, 1.1 atha bhairavatādātmyadāyinīṃ prakriyāṃ bruve /
TĀ, 17, 9.1 iṣṭvā puṣpādibhiḥ
sarpistilādyairatha tarpayet /
TĀ, 17, 11.2 tāro varṇo
'tha saṃbuddhipadaṃ tvāmityataḥ param //
TĀ, 17, 37.1 jananaṃ bhogabhoktṛtvaṃ
militvaikātha saṃskriyā /
TĀ, 17, 42.2 jātasya bhogabhoktṛtvaṃ
karomyatha parāparām //
TĀ, 17, 46.2 huṃ svāhā phaṭ samuccārya dadyāttisro
'pyathāhutīḥ //
TĀ, 17, 60.2 punaḥ pūrṇāṃ tato
māyāmabhyarcyātha visarjayet //
TĀ, 17, 69.2 aśubhaṃ vā bhavadbhūtaṃ bhāvi
vātha samastakam //
TĀ, 18, 1.1 atha saṃkṣiptadīkṣeyaṃ śivatāpattidocyate /
TĀ, 18, 3.2 parāmantrastato 'syeti tattvaṃ
saṃśodhayāmyatha //
TĀ, 19, 1.1 atha sadyaḥsamutkrāntipradā dīkṣā nirūpyate /
TĀ, 19, 4.2 tatra mande
'tha gurvādisevayāyuḥ kṣayaṃ vrajet //
TĀ, 19, 25.1 karṇe 'sya vā paṭhedbhūyo bhūyo
vāpyatha pāṭhayet /
TĀ, 19, 38.1 hanta kuḍyāgrato 'pyasya
niṣedhastvatha kathyate /
TĀ, 20, 1.1 atha dīkṣāṃ bruve mūḍhajanāśvāsapradāyinīm //
TĀ, 21, 1.1 parokṣasaṃsthitasyātha dīkṣākarma nigadyate //
TĀ, 21, 6.2 gatasyātha svayaṃ mṛtyukṣaṇoditatathāruceḥ //
TĀ, 21, 7.2 prāptasāmayikasyātha parāṃ dīkṣām avindataḥ //
TĀ, 21, 9.1 bhraṣṭasvasamayasyātha dīkṣāṃ prāptavato 'pyalam /
TĀ, 21, 22.2 kṛtvā maṇḍalamabhyarcya tatra devaṃ
kuśairatha //
TĀ, 21, 26.1 etenācchādanīyaṃ vrajati paravaśaṃ saṃmukhīnatvamādau paścād ānīyate
cetsakalamatha tato 'pyadhvamadhyādyatheṣṭam /
TĀ, 21, 26.2 ākṛṣṭāvuddhṛtau vā mṛtajanaviṣaye karṣaṇīye
'tha jīve yogaḥ śrīśaṃbhunāthāgamaparigamito jālanāmā mayoktaḥ //
TĀ, 26, 70.2 ṛte 'nyatsvayamaśnīyādagādhe
'mbhasyatha kṣipet //
TĀ, 26, 75.2 mārjayitvā tataḥ snānaṃ
puṣpeṇātha prapūjayet //
Toḍalatantra
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
ĀK, 1, 25, 5.2 arkāṃśatulyādrasato'tha gandhānniṣkārdhatulyāttruṭiśo'pi khalve /
ĀK, 2, 1, 11.2 gomedhakaṃ
cātha viḍūrakaṃ ca krameṇa ratnāni navagrahāṇām //
ĀK, 2, 4, 60.1 tāmraṃ tiktakaṣāyakaṃ ca madhuraṃ
pāke'tha vīryoṣṇakaṃ koṣṇaṃ pittakaphāpahaṃ jaṭhararukkuṣṭhāmajūrtyantakṛt /
ĀK, 2, 7, 79.2 ruddhvātha bhūdhare yantre kṣiptvā laghupuṭaṃ vidhet //
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āsapt, 2, 18.2 priyaśirasi vīkṣya yāvakam
atha niḥśvasitaṃ sapatnībhiḥ //
Āsapt, 2, 29.1 anyonyam anusrotasam anyad
athānyat taṭāt taṭaṃ bhajatoḥ /
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 1, 11.0 atha manyase āptaprayojanābhidhānametadato'tra yathārthatvaṃ nanu bho kathamayaṃ prayojanābhidhāyī āptaḥ tadabhihitaśāstrasya yathārthatvāditi cet hanta na yāvacchāstrasya prayojanavattāvadhāraṇaṃ na tāvacchāstrapravṛttiḥ na yāvacchāstrapravṛttir na tāvacchāstrasya yathārthatvāvadhāraṇaṃ na yāvacchāstrasya yathārthatvāvadhāraṇaṃ na tāvacchāstrasya karturāptatvamavadhāryate āptatvānavadhṛtau ca kutas tadabhihitaprayojanavattāvadhāraṇam iti cakrakamāpadyate atha manyase mā bhavatu prayojanavattāvadhāraṇam artharūpaprayojanavattāsaṃdeha eva pravartako bhaviṣyati kṛṣyādāv api hi pravṛttir arthasaṃdehādeva na hi tatra kṛṣīvalānāṃ phalalābhāvadhāraṇaṃ vidyate antarāvagrahāderapisaṃbhāvyamānatvāt nanvevamasatyapi prayojanābhidhāne saprayojananiṣprayojanaśāstradarśanācchāstratvam eva prayojanavattāsaṃdehopadarśakam astu tathāpyalaṃ prayojanābhidhānena //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 1, 11.0 atha manyase āptaprayojanābhidhānametadato'tra yathārthatvaṃ nanu bho kathamayaṃ prayojanābhidhāyī āptaḥ tadabhihitaśāstrasya yathārthatvāditi cet hanta na yāvacchāstrasya prayojanavattāvadhāraṇaṃ na tāvacchāstrapravṛttiḥ na yāvacchāstrapravṛttir na tāvacchāstrasya yathārthatvāvadhāraṇaṃ na yāvacchāstrasya yathārthatvāvadhāraṇaṃ na tāvacchāstrasya karturāptatvamavadhāryate āptatvānavadhṛtau ca kutas tadabhihitaprayojanavattāvadhāraṇam iti cakrakamāpadyate
atha manyase mā bhavatu prayojanavattāvadhāraṇam artharūpaprayojanavattāsaṃdeha eva pravartako bhaviṣyati kṛṣyādāv api hi pravṛttir arthasaṃdehādeva na hi tatra kṛṣīvalānāṃ phalalābhāvadhāraṇaṃ vidyate antarāvagrahāderapisaṃbhāvyamānatvāt nanvevamasatyapi prayojanābhidhāne saprayojananiṣprayojanaśāstradarśanācchāstratvam eva prayojanavattāsaṃdehopadarśakam astu tathāpyalaṃ prayojanābhidhānena //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 1, 15.0 athetyādi sūtre 'thaśabdo brahmādipraṇītatantreṣv alpāyurmedhasāmarthānavadhāraṇasya tathābhīṣṭadevatānamaskāraśāstrakaraṇārthagurvājñālābhayor ānantarye prayukto'pi śāstrādau svarūpeṇa maṅgalaṃ bhavatyudakāharaṇapravṛttodakumbhadarśanam iva prasthitānām //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 1, 15.0 athetyādi sūtre
'thaśabdo brahmādipraṇītatantreṣv alpāyurmedhasāmarthānavadhāraṇasya tathābhīṣṭadevatānamaskāraśāstrakaraṇārthagurvājñālābhayor ānantarye prayukto'pi śāstrādau svarūpeṇa maṅgalaṃ bhavatyudakāharaṇapravṛttodakumbhadarśanam iva prasthitānām //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 16.0 yatpunardvitīyasya pratisaṃskartṛsūtratayā bhūtānadyatanaparokṣe liḍvidhir upapādyate tatra vicāryaṃ kim idaṃ dvitīyaṃ sūtraṃ pūrvavākyaikatāpannaṃ na vā yadyekavākyatāpannaṃ tadā suśrute tathā vyākhyāsyāmo yathovāca dhanvantarir iti yojanīyaṃ tathāca tathā vyākhyāsyāma iti kriyaikavākyatāpannam uvācetipadaṃ na bhinnakartṛkaṃ bhavitum arhati tathā ca kuto liḍvidhiḥ
atha naikatāpannaṃ tadā gaur aśvaḥ puruṣo hastītivannārthasaṃgatiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 11.0 tṛtīyāmlapākanirāsastu doṣam āvahati yato vrīhikulatthādīnām amlapākatayā pittakartṛtvamupalabhyate
atha manyase vrīhyāder uṣṇavīryatvena tatra pittakartṛtvaṃ tanna madhurasya vrīhestanmate madhuravipākasyoṣṇavīryatāyām api satyāṃ na pittakartṛtvamupapadyate rasavipākābhyām ekasya vīryasya bādhanīyatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 10.2, 19.0 athocyate viṣamamelake rasasya doṣasya ca na ta eva guṇā utkṛṣṭā apakṛṣṭā vā bhavanti kiṃtu guṇāntarameva bhavati hanta tarhi vikṛta evāyaṃ samavāyo visadṛśakāryakāraṇatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 99.2, 3.0 atha kathamayaṃ buddhivibhraṃśaśabdenocyata ityāha samaṃ buddhir hi paśyati ucitā buddhiḥ samaṃ yathābhūtaṃ yasmāt paśyati tasmādasamadarśanaṃ buddhivibhraṃśa ucita evetyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 135.2, 8.0 atha na bhavatvarthasparśaḥ tataḥ kimityāha nāspṛṣṭo vetti vedanā iti arthasparśaśūnyaḥ san na sukhaduḥkhe anutpannatvādeva vettītyarthaḥ //
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 1, 11.13 śīrṣa chidyatām
atha bhavatu bandhanaṃ calatu savathā lakṣmīḥ /
Śusa, 2, 3.14 atha śukaḥ sā yaśodevī ekāṃ śunīṃ bhojanādyairāvarjayitvā ābharaṇāni paridhāyātmanā sārdhaṃ gṛhītvā śaśiprabhāpārśve gatvā tāṃ vijane sagadgadā jagādāhaṃ ca tvaṃ ca iyaṃ ca pūrvabhave bhaginyo 'bhūvan /
Śusa, 3, 2.10 atha satyavimalo 'pi dvāramāgataḥ kuṭilājñayā dvārapālena niṣiddhaḥ /
Śusa, 4, 5.6 uktaṃ ca prītiḥ syāddarśanādyaiḥ
prathamamatha manaḥsaṅgasaṅkalpabhāvo nidrāchedastanutvaṃ vapuṣi kaluṣatā cendriyāṇāṃ nivṛttiḥ /
Śusa, 8, 4.1 atha cet jñātena ślokārthena prayojanaṃ tadā kalye svayameva jñāpayiṣyāmi /
Śusa, 9, 1.1 athāparedyuḥ savismayā prabhāvatī śukaṃ pṛcchati sma śuka kiṃ vijñātaṃ vikramārkeṇa matsyahasanakāraṇam śukaḥ prāha devi na kimapi rājñā svayaṃ jñātam /
Śusa, 9, 4.13 atha dvijasutāpuṣpahāsāvapi bhītahṛṣṭau svaṃ svaṃ gṛhaṃ jagmatuḥ /
Śusa, 11, 10.1 chidyatāṃ
śīrṣamatha bhavatu bandhanaṃ calatu sarvathā lakṣmīḥ /
Śusa, 15, 6.17 atha prāpaḥ samastamahājanaṃ malayitvā puṣpākṣatādikam ādāya yakṣāyatane gatvā samīpasarasi snānaṃ kṛtvā yakṣapūjārthaṃ samāgacchantyāstasyāḥ pūrvasaṃketito jāro grahilībhūtastatkaṇṭhe nijabāhudvayaṃ yojayāmāsa /
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 35.2, 30.0 atha ca māritasyāsya śuddhyarthaṃ vidhimapyāha svāṃgaśītalamuddhṛtyetyādi tattāmraṃ svāṅgaśītalaṃ saṃgṛhya paścāt sūraṇadravaiḥ kṛtvā dinamekaṃ saṃmardya paścādgolakaṃ kṛtvā saghṛtenārdhagandhakakalkena golakaṃ lepayitvā tadanu mūṣāntardhṛtvā nirodhya ca gajapuṭe pacet //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 45.2, 8.0 atha jātibhedā yathā yadyapi nāgārjunamate aṣṭādaśa lohajātayaḥ santi tadyathā māṇḍūraṃ māṇḍūkaṃ sāraṃ lohaṃ madhyasāralohaṃ sthūlasāralohaṃ cakramardalohaṃ bandhalohaṃ vajrakalohaṃ surāyasaṃ kaliṅgaṃ bhadralohaṃ garalasthitalohaṃ vajraṃ pāṇḍiniravam arbudakam kāntaṃ kuliśamiti tathāpyanyeṣāṃ mate tvaṣṭaiva śreṣṭhatamāḥ //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 194.1, 14.0 atha paścātkāryamāha evaṃ niṣpanno'yaṃ rasaḥ saṃcūrṇya paścāt kāṣṭhodumbarikādīnāṃ kvāthena bhāvayet tena siddho bhavati dinaikamiti pratyekaṃ dravyamekaikaṃ dinaṃ bhāvayet //
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
ACint, 1, 7.2 kālāditattvakathanaṃ tv
atha nāḍikādes tattvaṃ tato 'nyakiraṇair upacāraṇāya //
ACint, 1, 22.1 syād ebhis tribhir eva toḍitatanu gaurāhvayaḥ sarṣapaḥ ṣaḍbhis taiś ca yavo bhaved
atha yavair etais tribhī raktikā /
ACint, 1, 23.2 karṣābhyām api śuktikā nigaditā karṣaiś caturbhiḥ palam bilvaṃ muṣṭir
athāpi śuktiyugalaṃ syāt kuñcikā ṣoḍaśī //
ACint, 1, 25.1 prasthaḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ palair
atha catuḥ prasthaṃ bhaved āḍhakaṃ kaṃsaḥ pātram athāḍhakāni ca punaś catvāri saṃjāyate /
ACint, 1, 25.1 prasthaḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ palair atha catuḥ prasthaṃ bhaved āḍhakaṃ kaṃsaḥ pātram
athāḍhakāni ca punaś catvāri saṃjāyate /
ACint, 1, 115.2 svāde tiktā kaṭvī laghur
atha tulitā marditā cikkaṇā syāt //
ACint, 2, 2.2 śasto
'tha dhūmraḥ paripāṇḍuraś ca sūto na yojyo rasakarmasiddhau //
Bhāvaprakāśa
BhPr, 6, 2, 9.1 vindhyādrau vijayā himācalabhavā syāccetakī pūtanā sindhau
syādatha rohiṇī nigaditā jātā pratiṣṭhānake /
Caurapañcaśikā
CauP, 1, 39.1 adyāpi tāṃ na khalu vedmi kim īśapatnī śāpaṃ gatā surapater
atha kṛṣṇalakṣmī /
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
GherS, 2, 7.2 meḍhropary
atha saṃnidhāya cibukaṃ kṛtvā hṛdi sthāpitam /
GherS, 3, 6.2 yāmyapādaṃ
prasāryātha karābhyāṃ dhṛtapadāṅguliḥ //
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
GorŚ, 1, 11.1 yonisthānakam aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyasen meḍhre pādam
athaikam eva niyataṃ kṛtvā samaṃ vigraham /
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 1, 79.3 abdatrayaṃ kamalanābhadhiyātidhīras tuṣṭe vivakṣatu gurāv
atha mantradīkṣām //
HBhVil, 3, 125.2 bhajanty
atha tvām ata eva sādhavo vyudastamāyāguṇavibhramodayam /
HBhVil, 4, 232.3 karoti nityaṃ tv
atha cordhvapuṇḍraṃ kriyāphalaṃ koṭiguṇaṃ sadā bhavet //
HBhVil, 5, 169.1 atha prakaṭasaurabhodgalitamādhvikotphullasatprasūnanavapallavaprakaranamraśākhair drumaiḥ /
HBhVil, 5, 202.3 savye sakāntān
atha yakṣasiddhagandharvavidyādharacāraṇāṃś ca /
Haṃsadūta
Haṃsadūta, 1, 41.1 atha krāmaṃ krāmaṃ kramaghaṭanayā saṃkaṭatarān nivāsān vṛṣṇīnām anusara purīmadhyaviśikhān /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 75.2 aharvṛndaṃ vṛndāvanakusumapālīparimalair durālokaṃ
śokāspadamatha kathaṃ neṣyati sakhī //
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
HYP, Prathama upadeśaḥ, 37.1 yonisthānakam aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyaset meṇḍhre pādam
athaikam eva hṛdaye kṛtvā hanuṃ susthiram /
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 142.0 atha kadācit parameśvarānugrahaśaktipātapavitritaḥ kenāpi dīkṣādinā upāyena saṃvidānandaviśrāntam advayaṃ nijaṃ rūpaṃ parāmṛśati tataḥ svarūpam ālambate yathoktaṃ śrīmālinīvijaye evam asyātmanaḥ kāle kasmiṃścid yogyatāvaśāt //
Kaiyadevanighaṇṭu
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 13.0 atho ny evāsmai hnuvate 'bhiprayānti divas tvā paraspām antarikṣasya tanvam pāhi pṛthivyās tvā dharmaṇā vayam anukrāmāma suvitāya navyasa iti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 137.0 atho tejasvī prajāvān paśumān brahmavarcasy anūrādho bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 197.0 [...
au1 letterausjhjh] athaiṣa vrataṃ cariṣyann araṇyam paretya śucau bhūmyavakāśe grāmād achadir darśe 'dhyāpayati //
Kokilasaṃdeśa
KokSam, 2, 35.1 sthitvā cūte prathamakathite mugdhakāntādharābhaṃ daṣṭvā svairaṃ
kisalayamatha prekṣaṇīyā tvayā sā /
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 30.2, 8.0 kecit śāntaṃ rasaṃ na bruvanti nirvikāratvāt eteṣām āsvādaḥ svādas tatra lampaṭo vyāsaktaḥ
atha vā viṣayānantaraṃ snehastatreti //
MuA zu RHT, 2, 4.2, 13.0 utsedhena navāṅgulaḥ khalu kalātulyāṅgulāyāmavān vistāreṇa daśāṅgulo
'tha munibhir nimnas tathaivāṅgulaiḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 13.2, 3.0 samukhaṃ mukhasahitaṃ cāraṇaṃ bhavatu
vātha nirmukhaṃ mukhavarjitaṃ cāraṇaṃ bhavatu ubhayatrāpi tulyaṃ samānaṃ sūtaṃ cārayet dhātvādīniti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 24.1, 10.0 sā pūrvoktā rasagandhābhrapiṣṭir
athetyanantaraṃ dīpikāyantre 'dhaḥpātane raso nirmuktamalas tyaktadoṣo bhavati //
MuA zu RHT, 4, 18.2, 2.0 atha lohakathanānantaraṃ vaṅgaṃ khurasaṃjñakaṃ abhrakaṃ ca etaddvayaṃ tālakaṣaḍbhāgasāritaṃ tālakasya ṣaḍaṃśena ekaśarīratāṃ nītaṃ tatsvarūpaṃ rasaścarati //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 18.2, 2.0 tālakasatvaṃ haritālasāraṃ śataguṇaṃ śataguṇitaṃ hemni kanake nirvyūḍhaṃ andhamūṣāyāṃ vā prakāśamūṣāyāṃ vahniyogena iti śeṣaḥ tālakasatvasya hemni nirvāhaḥ kārya iti vyaktiḥ tacca tat sattvaṃ kevalaṃ vā śilayā manaḥśilayā sārdhaṃ nirvyūḍhaṃ kāryaṃ taddhema garbhe rasodare dravati
atha rasendro rasarājaḥ drutaṃ jarati vidhāneneti //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 30.2, 2.0 ye kecidviḍayogā atra granthāntareṣvapi ca kathitāḥ tathā kṣārāmlalavaṇāni kathitāni kṣārā yavakṣārādayaḥ
atha ca vṛkṣauṣadhisamudbhavāḥ amlā jambīrādayaḥ amlavṛkṣaśākasamudbhavāśca yānyetāni kathitāni ca punarye dīptavargāḥ kathitā dīptikarā yogā abhihitāḥ te sarve biḍakṣārāmlalavaṇadīptavargāḥ śatanirvyūḍhā garbhadrutikārakāḥ garbhe rasodare drutaṃ dravarūpaṃ kurvanti dhātumaṇiratnādīnīti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 6, 7.2, 1.0 atheti tridinasvedānantaraṃ jīrṇasya rasasya lakṣaṇaṃ jñeyaṃ grāso jīrṇo na veti jñātavyaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 8, 3.2, 2.0 athānantaraṃ rasaḥ rasendro yadā vakṣyamāṇaiḥ śvetādibhiḥ rāgaiḥ rajyate tadā nijakarme varṇaṃ svakīyameva svābhāvikaṃ rūpaṃ na jahāti na tyajati punastaireva rāgaiḥ nirṇikto raktaḥ san rañjanaṃ kurute rāgadāyī bhavatīti //
MuA zu RHT, 8, 16.2, 2.0 atha rasakayogānantaraṃ kṛṣṇavarṇābhrakacūrṇaṃ śyāmavarṇābhrakarajaḥ tathā ravirasakavidhānena kharparakeṇa sahitaṃ puṭitaṃ sat sakalaṃ samastaṃ raktaṃ bhavet tadraktabhūtamabhraṃ triguṇaṃ yathā syāttathā cīrṇaḥ cāraṇamāpannas tato jīrṇo jāraṇamāpannaśca san sūto hemadrutisannibhaḥ svarṇadravasadṛśo bhaved ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 11, 7.2, 2.0 vā mākṣikaṃ tāpyaṃ vā rājāvartaṃ rājavarto lājavarada iti bhāṣāyāṃ
atha vimalaṃ tāramākṣikaṃ ityekatamaṃ sarvameva vā gairikakunaṭīkṣitigandhakakhagaiḥ gairikaṃ pratītaṃ kunaṭī manohvā kṣitiḥ sphaṭakī gandhakaḥ pratītaḥ khagaḥ kāsīsaṃ etairiti //
MuA zu RHT, 15, 8.2, 2.0 athendragopadevadālīyogakathanānantaraṃ kanakaṃ hema nijarasaparibhāvitaṃ yat suradālīcūrṇaṃ tasya vāpamātreṇa galite hemni kṣepamātreṇa drutamevāste galitam evāvatiṣṭhatītyarthaḥ punaḥ kanakaṃ kāṭhinyaṃ sthiratvaṃ na labhate iti cirakālaprayojanam //
MuA zu RHT, 15, 9.2, 3.0 atha mūṣāgataṃ vajrasaṃjñāyāṃ sthitaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ sāraṃ vāpena nikṣepaṇena jalasadṛśaṃ jalatulyaṃ kurute karmaviditi śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 15, 14.2, 2.0 atha drutiyogānantaraṃ rasaḥ sūtaḥ pūrvoktagrāsakramāt yojitakavalakramāt vidhivat śāstroktavidhānena biḍādinā jarate ca punaretāḥ pūrvoktadrutayo rasarājaphaladā bhavanti sūte prayuktāḥ phaladāḥ syurityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 16, 5.2, 3.0 atha teṣāṃ madhye ekaikasya pṛthaktvena vasāṃ saṃyojya sāraṇaṃ tailaṃ sāraṇameva tailaṃ tatpacediti vahninā iti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 69.2, 2.0 atha tāmraṃ tulyāṃśaṃ lambitaṃ vistīrṇaṃ yathā syāt tathā nirdhmātaṃ sat tārachaviṃ vahati rūpyadyutiṃ prāpnotītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 33.2, 10.0 dhānyānmāsena māsaikaparimāṇenoddhṛtya bahirnītvā punarapi balaṃ jñātvā prayuñjīta bhoktre dadyāt
atha viśeṣaṃ darśayati kāntaṃ vinā abhrakasatvameva kṛtvā prayuñjīta ca punargaganaṃ vinā kāntaṃ kevalaṃ pūrvavidhānena sādhayitvā prayuñjītetyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 53.2, 2.0 karkoṭīmūlarasaṃ karkoṭī yā vallī tasyāḥ mūlarasaṃ tridinaṃ pibet
vātha kaṣāyaṃ kathaṃ sindhunā saindhavena sahitaṃ pibet vā tatkvāthaṃ gojalasahitaṃ gomūtramilitaṃ rasājīrṇe pibet sauvarcalasahitamiti sauvarcalasya prativāpaṃ karkoṭīrase nikṣipya pibet tridinaṃ sarvatretyarthaḥ //
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra, 2, 5.1 atha yāgavidhiḥ gṛham āgatya sthaṇḍilam upalipya dvāradeśa ubhayapārśvayor bhadrakālyai bhairavāya dvārordhve lambodarāya namaḥ iti antaḥpraviśya āsanamantreṇa āsane sthitvā prāṇān āyamya ṣaḍaṅgāni vinyasya mūlena vyāpakaṃ kṛtvā svātmani devaṃ siddhalakṣmīsamāśliṣṭapārśvam ardhenduśekharam āraktavarṇaṃ mātuluṅgagadāpuṇḍrekṣukārmukaśūlasudarśanaśaṅkhapāśotpaladhānyamañjarīnijadantāñcalaratnakalaśapariṣkṛtapāṇyekādaśakaṃ prabhinnakaṭam ānandapūrṇam aśeṣavighnadhvaṃsanighnaṃ vighneśvaraṃ dhyātvā //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
RKDh, 1, 1, 59.3 atha dhātūpadhāturasoparasasattvatailādipātanārthaṃ yantrāṇyucyante siddhasāraṃ garbhasāraṃ paramānandamūrtijam /
RKDh, 1, 1, 257.1 audumbarākhyavaṭadugdhapalaṃ palaṃ ca lākṣāpalamṛṣipalaṃ
tvatha cumbakasya /
RKDh, 1, 5, 21.3 viloḍite svarṇajale viśuṣke
vastre'tha dattvā navanītagarbham /
RKDh, 1, 5, 34.4 atha tatraiva rañjitabījāni bījāni kalpitānyevaṃ rañjitāni paraṃ śṛṇu /
RKDh, 1, 5, 48.3 karṣāṣṭaṃkaṇakajjalīharihayairgandhasya ca dvau rajaḥ siddhākhyaṃ sakalaiḥ kṛtaṃ
palamatha dvitraiśca lohaiḥ śṛtam /
RKDh, 1, 5, 49.2 nyastaṃ yāvajjīryate
khaṇḍaśo'tha prājyairgandhaiḥ pācayetkācakūpyām //
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 9, 9.2, 1.1 atha uktarītyā yantranirmāṇānantaram ūrdhvabhājane uparisthādhomukhabhāṇḍodare ityarthaḥ ādau liptaṃ paścāt sthāpitaṃ tasya liptasthāpitasya rasasyeti śeṣaḥ jale adhobhāṇḍasthite iti śeṣaḥ dīptaiḥ vanotpalaiḥ vanyakarīṣāgnibhiḥ //
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 70.2, 7.0 atha jāraṇāyām ayathābalam ayathākramaṃ ca grāsadānenājīrṇadoṣāt pārade vikriyā syād iti grāsamānavicāro'vaśyaṃ kāryaḥ //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 89.2, 1.0 atha krāmaṇasya dravyasya sarvadā vedhasahopayogitvena samāsato viśeṣaṇamukhena krāmaṇalakṣaṇasahitaṃ vedhalakṣaṇam ekena ślokenāha vyavāyīti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 98.2, 1.0 athauṣadhayuktasya pāradasya mṛnmayabhāṇḍasaṃpuṭitasya mandavahniyuktacullīmadhye kṣiptvā yat puṭanaṃ sa saṃnyāsa ityucyate //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 9, 8.3, 2.0 atha nyubjasthāpyasya viśālapṛṣṭhasya mṛtpātrasyāṅgulād adho 'ṅgulamitapṛṣṭhabhāgād adhobhāge toyādhāraḥ kāryaḥ //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 11.2, 4.0 atha jāraṇāyāṃ sā pāradagarbhitā koṣṭhīyantre bhastrikayā dhmātā cettayā sādhito jāritatāmrasattvādiḥ khoṭādirūpaśca pārado guṇavattaro bhavati //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 46.3, 1.0 atha siddharasānāṃ khoṭabaddhādīnām abhrakādisattvānāṃ ca kācaṭaṅkaṇasauvīrādinā śodhayituṃ sādhanabhūtāṃ koṣṭhīmāha dvādaśāṅguleti //
Rasasaṃketakalikā
RSK, 1, 5.2 teṣu naisargikā doṣāḥ pañca
saptātha kañcukāḥ //
RSK, 3, 1.1 gandhaṃ viṣādinepālaṃ
godugdhe'tha śilājatu /
RSK, 4, 1.1 kiyanto'pyatha vakṣyante rasāḥ pratyayakārakāḥ /
RSK, 4, 25.2 tacchuṣkaṃ
cūrṇalipte'tha bhāṇḍe ruddhvā puṭe pacet //
RSK, 4, 53.2 navanītena cābhyaṅgaḥ kāryaḥ
stheyamathātape //
RSK, 4, 98.2 panasaṃ
cātha kharjūraṃ drākṣāṃ ca nālikerakam //
RSK, 5, 5.1 aṅkolāgnī ca gandhoṣaṇarasaviṣakaṃ pittabhājaṃ kramāt tatsāmudraṃ
cārkadugdhaistribhiratha puṭitaṃ nimbutoyairvimardya /
RSK, 5, 39.1 stokaṃ stokaṃ kṣipettailaṃ
dinaikamatha kuṭṭayet /
Rasataraṅgiṇī
RTar, 2, 3.1 saindhavaṃ
cātha sāmudraṃ viḍaṃ sauvarcalaṃ tathā /
RTar, 2, 21.1 gavyaṃ kṣīraṃ dadhi ghṛtaṃ mākṣikaṃ
cātha śarkarā /
RTar, 2, 27.1 nirdravairdhātubhiścātha gandhādibhiḥ peṣitaḥ pāradaḥ ślakṣṇatāṃ prāpitaḥ /
RTar, 2, 37.1 ājyaṃ
guñjātha saubhāgyaṃ kṣaudraṃ ca purasaṃjñakam /
RTar, 4, 2.2 sphītakena
nirudhyātha poṭṭalīṃ kārayed bhṛśam //
RTar, 4, 3.2 randhradvayaṃ
vidhāyātha tatra daṇḍaṃ vinikṣipet //
RTar, 4, 17.2 cullyāṃ
nidhāyāgnimatha pradadyādetanmataṃ vai khalu bhasmayantram //
Rasārṇavakalpa
RAK, 1, 413.1 athaitad bhakṣayet sūkṣmaṃ cūrṇaṃ kṛtvā vicakṣaṇaḥ /
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 1, 15.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhagavato bhrūvivarāntarād ūrṇākośād ekā raśmirniścaritā //
SDhPS, 1, 25.1 atha khalu maitreyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaitad abhūn mahānimittaṃ prātihāryaṃ batedaṃ tathāgatena kṛtam //
SDhPS, 1, 32.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastasminneva kṣaṇalavamuhūrte tāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya ātmanā ca dharmasaṃśayaprāptastasyāṃ velāyāṃ mañjuśriyaṃ kumārabhūtametadavocat /
SDhPS, 1, 33.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mañjuśriyaṃ kumārabhūtam ābhirgāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 1, 90.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūto maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvaṃ taṃ ca sarvāvantaṃ bodhisattvagaṇamāmantrayate sma mahādharmaśravaṇasāṃkathyamidaṃ kulaputrāstathāgatasya kartumabhiprāyaḥ /
SDhPS, 1, 120.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ tasya bhagavataścandrasūryapradīpasya tathāgatasya bhrūvivarāntarādūrṇākośādekā raśmirniścaritā //
SDhPS, 1, 131.1 atha sa bhagavāṃścandrasūryapradīpastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ ṣaṣṭyantarakalpānāmatyayāt taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ sūtrāntaṃ mahāvaipulyaṃ bodhisattvāvavādaṃ sarvabuddhaparigrahaṃ nirdiśya tasminneva kṣaṇalavamuhūrte parinirvāṇam ārocitavān sadevakasya lokasya samārakasya sabrahmakasya saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāsurāyāḥ purastāt /
SDhPS, 1, 132.1 atha khalvajita sa bhagavāṃścandrasūryapradīpastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ śrīgarbhaṃ nāma bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau vyākṛtya tāṃ sarvāvatīṃ parṣadamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 1, 134.1 atha khalvajita sa bhagavāṃścandrasūryapradīpastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhastasyāmeva rātryāṃ madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ //
SDhPS, 1, 152.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūta etamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā pradarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavān smṛtimān samprajānaṃstataḥ samādhervyutthitaḥ //
SDhPS, 2, 14.1 atha khalu bhagavānetamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 36.1 atha khalu ye tatra parṣatsaṃnipāte mahāśrāvakā ājñātakauṇḍinyapramukhā arhantaḥ kṣīṇāsravā dvādaśa vaśībhūtaśatāni ye cānye śrāvakayānikā bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā ye ca pratyekabuddhayānasamprasthitās teṣāṃ sarveṣāmetadabhavat /
SDhPS, 2, 38.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ vicikitsākathaṃkathāṃ viditvā cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya ātmanā ca dharmasaṃśayaprāptastasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 2, 43.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 59.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantamanayā gāthayādhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 61.1 atha khalu bhagavān dvaitīyakamapyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat /
SDhPS, 2, 64.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 69.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 2, 73.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstraitīyakamapyāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyādhyeṣaṇāṃ viditvā āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat /
SDhPS, 2, 76.2 atha khalu tataḥ parṣada ābhimānikānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnām upāsakānām upāsikānāṃ pañcamātrāṇi sahasrāṇyutthāya āsanebhyo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivanditvā tataḥ parṣado 'pakrāmanti sma /
SDhPS, 2, 79.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputramāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 2, 123.1 atha khalu bhagavānetamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 3, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastasyāṃ velāyāṃ tuṣṭa udagra āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāto yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavato 'bhimukho bhagavantameva vyavalokayamāno bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 3, 14.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhagavantamābhirgāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 3, 65.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 3, 76.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣado bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyedaṃ vyākaraṇamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhaṃ śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ svakasvakaiścīvarairbhagavantam abhicchādayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 108.1 atha khalu śāriputra sa puruṣastaṃ svakaṃ niveśanaṃ mahatāgniskandhena samantāt samprajvalitaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhītastrasta udvignacitto bhaved evaṃ cānuvicintayet /
SDhPS, 3, 121.1 atha khalu te kumārakā evaṃ tasya hitakāmasya puruṣasya tadbhāṣitaṃ nāvabudhyante nodvijanti nottrasanti na saṃtrasanti na saṃtrāsamāpadyante na vicintayanti na nirdhāvanti nāpi jānanti na vijānanti kimetadādīptaṃ nāmeti //
SDhPS, 3, 129.1 atha khalu sa puruṣasteṣāṃ kumārakāṇāmāśayaṃ jānaṃstān kumārakānetadavocat /
SDhPS, 3, 136.1 atha khalu te kumārakāsteṣāṃ krīḍanakānāṃ ramaṇīyakānāmarthāya yathepsitānāṃ yathāsaṃkalpitānāmiṣṭānāṃ kāntānāṃ priyāṇāṃ manaāpānāṃ nāmadheyāni śrutvā tasmādādīptādagārāt kṣipramevārabdhavīryā balavatā javena anyonyam apratīkṣamāṇāḥ kaḥ prathamaṃ kaḥ prathamataramityanyonyaṃ saṃghaṭṭitakāyās tasmād ādīptādagārāt kṣiprameva nirdhāvitāḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 137.1 atha sa puruṣaḥ kṣemasvastinā tān kumārakān nirgatān dṛṣṭvā abhayaprāptāniti viditvā ākāśe grāmacatvare upaviṣṭaḥ prītiprāmodyajāto nirupādāno vigatanīvaraṇo 'bhayaprāpto bhavet //
SDhPS, 3, 138.1 atha khalu te kumārakā yena sa pitā tenopasaṃkrāman upasaṃkramyaivaṃ vadeyuḥ /
SDhPS, 3, 140.1 atha khalu śāriputra sa puruṣasteṣāṃ svakānāṃ putrāṇāṃ vātajavasampannān gorathakān evānuprayacchet saptaratnamayān savedikān sakiṅkiṇījālābhipralambitānuccān pragṛhītānāścaryādbhutaratnālaṃkṛtān ratnadāmakṛtaśobhān puṣpamālyālaṃkṛtāṃstūlikāgoṇikāstaraṇān dūṣyapaṭapratyāstīrṇān ubhayato lohitopadhānān śvetaiḥ prapāṇḍuraiḥ śīghrajavairgoṇairyojitān bahupuruṣaparigṛhītān //
SDhPS, 4, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmāṃśca mahākātyāyanaḥ āyuṣmāṃśca mahākāśyapaḥ āyuṣmāṃśca mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ imamevaṃrūpam aśrutapūrvaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhamāyuṣmataśca śāriputrasya vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā audbilyaprāptāstasyāṃ velāyāmutthāyāsanebhyo yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāman //
SDhPS, 4, 27.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣa āhāracīvaraparyeṣṭihetor grāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīṣu paryaṭamāno 'nupūrveṇa yatrāsau puruṣo bahudhanahiraṇyasuvarṇakośakoṣṭhāgāras tasyaiva pitā vasati tannagaramanuprāpto bhavet //
SDhPS, 4, 28.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣasya pitā bahudhanahiraṇyakośakoṣṭhāgāras tasmin nagare vasamānastaṃ pañcāśadvarṣanaṣṭaṃ putraṃ satatasamitamanusmaret //
SDhPS, 4, 35.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣa āhāracīvaraṃ paryeṣamāṇo 'nupūrveṇa yena tasya prabhūtahiraṇyasuvarṇadhanadhānyakośakoṣṭhāgārasya samṛddhasya puruṣasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāmet //
SDhPS, 4, 36.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa tasya daridrapuruṣasya pitā svake niveśanadvāre mahatyā brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviṭśūdrapariṣadā parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto mahāsiṃhāsane sapādapīṭhe suvarṇarūpyapratimaṇḍite upaviṣṭo hiraṇyakoṭīśatasahasrairvyavahāraṃ kurvan vālavyajanena vījyamāno vitatavitāne pṛthivīpradeśe muktakusumābhikīrṇe ratnadāmābhipralambite mahatyarddhyopaviṣṭaḥ syāt //
SDhPS, 4, 43.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣo duḥkhaparaṃparāmanasikārabhayabhītastvaramāṇaḥ prakrāmet palāyet /
SDhPS, 4, 44.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa āḍhyaḥ puruṣaḥ svake niveśanadvāre siṃhāsane upaviṣṭastaṃ svakaṃ putraṃ sahadarśanenaiva pratyabhijānīyāt //
SDhPS, 4, 49.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa puruṣaḥ putratṛṣṇāsaṃpīḍitastasmin kṣaṇalavamuhūrte javanān puruṣān saṃpreṣayet /
SDhPS, 4, 50.1 atha khalu bhagavaṃste puruṣāḥ sarva eva javena pradhāvitāstaṃ daridrapuruṣam adhyālambeyuḥ //
SDhPS, 4, 51.1 atha khalu daridrapuruṣastasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhītastrastaḥ saṃvignaḥ saṃhṛṣṭaromakūpajātaḥ udvignamānaso dāruṇamārtasvaraṃ muñced āraved viravet //
SDhPS, 4, 53.1 atha khalu te puruṣā balātkāreṇa taṃ daridrapuruṣaṃ viravantamapyākarṣeyuḥ //
SDhPS, 4, 54.1 atha khalu sa daridrapuruṣo bhītastrastaḥ saṃvigna udvignamānasa evaṃ ca cintayet /
SDhPS, 4, 62.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa gṛhapatirupāyakauśalyena na kasyacidācakṣet /
SDhPS, 4, 63.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa gṛhapatiranyataraṃ puruṣamāmantrayet /
SDhPS, 4, 69.1 atha khalu sa daridrapuruṣa idaṃ vacanaṃ śrutvā āścaryādbhutaprāpto bhavet //
SDhPS, 4, 71.1 atha khalu sa gṛhapatistasya daridrapuruṣasyākarṣaṇahetorupāyakauśalyaṃ prayojayet //
SDhPS, 4, 74.1 atha tau puruṣau taṃ daridrapuruṣaṃ paryeṣayitvā tayā kriyayā saṃpādayetām //
SDhPS, 4, 75.1 atha khalu tau dvau puruṣau sa ca daridrapuruṣo vetanaṃ gṛhītvā tasya mahādhanasya puruṣasyāntikāttasminneva niveśane saṃkāradhānaṃ śodhayeyuḥ //
SDhPS, 4, 79.1 atha khalu sa gṛhapatiḥ svakānniveśanādavatīrya apanayitvā mālyābharaṇāny apanayitvā mṛdukāni vastrāṇi caukṣāṇyudārāṇi malināni vastrāṇi prāvṛtya dakṣiṇena pāṇinā piṭakaṃ parigṛhya pāṃsunā svagātraṃ dūṣayitvā dūrata eva sambhāṣamāṇo yena sa daridrapuruṣastenopasaṃkrāmet //
SDhPS, 4, 96.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa gṛhapatistasya daridrapuruṣasya putra iti nāma kuryāt //
SDhPS, 4, 99.1 atha viṃśatervarṣāṇāmatyayena sa daridrapuruṣastasya gṛhapaterniveśane viśrabdho bhavenniṣkramaṇapraveśe tatraiva ca kaṭapalikuñcikāyāṃ vāsaṃ kalpayet //
SDhPS, 4, 100.1 atha khalu bhagavaṃstasya gṛhapaterglānyaṃ pratyupasthitaṃ bhavet //
SDhPS, 4, 108.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣo 'nena paryāyeṇa tacca tasya gṛhapateḥ prabhūtaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇadhanadhānyakośakoṣṭhāgāraṃ saṃjānīyāt //
SDhPS, 4, 112.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa gṛhapatistaṃ putraṃ śaktaṃ paripālakaṃ paripakvaṃ viditvā avamarditacittamudārasaṃjñayā ca paurvikayā daridracintayā ārtīyantaṃ jehrīyamāṇaṃ jugupsamānaṃ viditvā maraṇakālasamaye pratyupasthite taṃ daridrapuruṣamānāyya mahato jñātisaṃghasyopanāmayitvā rājño vā rājamātrasya vā purato naigamajānapadānāṃ ca saṃmukhamevaṃ saṃśrāvayet /
SDhPS, 4, 121.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣastasmin samaye imamevaṃrūpaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā āścaryādbhutaprāpto bhavet //
SDhPS, 4, 146.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān mahākāśyapastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣat //
SDhPS, 5, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ mahākāśyapaṃ tāṃścānyān sthavirān mahāśrāvakān āmantrayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 5, 26.1 atha tathāgato 'pi teṣāṃ sattvānām indriyavīryaparāparavaimātratāṃ jñātvā tāṃstān dharmaparyāyānupasaṃharati tāṃ tāṃ dharmakathāṃ kathayati bahvīṃ vicitrāṃ harṣaṇīyāṃ paritoṣaṇīyāṃ prāmodyakaraṇīyāṃ hitasukhasaṃvartanakaraṇīyām //
SDhPS, 5, 42.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamāna imā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 5, 93.1 tatra kānicid guḍabhājanāni bhavanti kānicid ghṛtabhājanāni kānicid dadhikṣīrabhājanāni kānicid hīnānyaśucibhājanāni bhavanti na ca mṛttikāyā nānātvam
atha ca dravyaprakṣepamātreṇa bhājanānāṃ nānātvaṃ prajñāyate //
SDhPS, 5, 102.1 athānye puruṣāstasya jātyandhasya puruṣasya purata evaṃ vadeyuḥ /
SDhPS, 5, 108.1 atha sa vaidyastasya vyādhervyupaśamanārthaṃ punaḥ punarupāyaṃ cintayet /
SDhPS, 5, 112.1 atha sa vaidyastasmin jātyandhe kāruṇyamutpādya tādṛśamupāyaṃ cintayed yenopāyena himavantaṃ parvatarājaṃ śaknuyādgantum //
SDhPS, 5, 116.1 atha sa jātyandhapuruṣas tenopāyayogena cakṣuḥ pratilabheta //
SDhPS, 5, 174.1 atha khalu bhagavānimamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānaḥ tasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 6, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavānimā gāthā bhāṣitvā sarvāvantaṃ bhikṣusaṃghamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 6, 13.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 6, 23.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ sthavira āyuṣmāṃśca subhūtirāyuṣmāṃśca mahākātyāyanaḥ pravepamānaiḥ kāyairbhagavantamanimiṣairnetrairvyavalokayanti sma //
SDhPS, 6, 32.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ mahāśrāvakāṇāṃ sthavirāṇāmimamevaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya punarapi sarvāvantaṃ bhikṣusaṃghamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 6, 45.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 6, 54.1 atha khalu bhagavān punareva sarvāvantaṃ bhikṣusaṃghamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 6, 65.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 6, 71.1 atha khalu bhagavān punareva sarvāvantaṃ bhikṣusaṃghamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 6, 85.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 4.0 atha khalu sa puruṣastasmāllokadhātorekaṃ paramāṇurajo gṛhītvā pūrvasyāṃ diśi lokadhātusahasramatikramya tadekaṃ paramāṇuraja upanikṣipet //
SDhPS, 7, 5.0 atha sa puruṣo dvitīyaṃ ca paramāṇurajo gṛhītvā tataḥ pareṇa parataraṃ lokadhātusahasramatikramya dvitīyaṃ paramāṇuraja upanikṣipet //
SDhPS, 7, 15.0 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 33.1 samanantaraniṣaṇṇasya ca khalu punastasya bhagavato bodhimaṇḍe
'tha brahmakāyikā devaputrā divyaṃ puṣpavarṣamabhipravarṣayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 41.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo daśānām antarakalpānām atyayena sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhaḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 44.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa rājakumārāstāni vividhāni krīḍanakāni rāmaṇīyakāni visarjayitvā taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhamanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhaṃ viditvā mātṛbhirdhātrībhiśca rudantībhiḥ parivṛtāḥ puraskṛtāḥ tena ca mahārājñā cakravartinā āryakeṇa mahākośena rājāmātyaiśca bahubhiśca prāṇikoṭīnayutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtāḥ puraskṛtāḥ yena bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bodhimaṇḍavarāgragatas tenopasaṃkrāmanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 54.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa rājakumārāḥ kumārabhūtā eva bālakās taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhimukhaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhir gāthābhiḥ saṃmukhamabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantamadhyeṣante sma dharmacakrapravartanatāyai /
SDhPS, 7, 65.1 atha pūrvasyāṃ diśi teṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu yāni brāhmāṇi vimānāni tānyatīva bhrājanti tapanti virājanti śrīmantyojasvīni ca //
SDhPS, 7, 67.2 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te sarve 'nyonyabhavanāni gatvā ārocayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 68.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sarvasattvatrātā nāma mahābrahmā taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 72.1 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te sarve sahitāḥ samagrāstāni divyāni svāni svāni brāhmāṇi vimānānyabhiruhya divyāṃśca sumerumātrān puṣpapuṭān gṛhītvā catasṛṣu dikṣvanucaṃkramanto 'nuvicarantaḥ paścimaṃ digbhāgaṃ prakrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 78.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhir gāthābhiḥ sārūpyābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 82.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 88.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇyekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā taṃ bhagavantamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhiradhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 91.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ mahābrahmaṇāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsayati sma //
SDhPS, 7, 94.2 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te 'pi sarve 'nyonyabhavanāni gatvā ārocayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 95.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo 'dhimātrakāruṇiko nāma mahābrahmā taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 101.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastānyapi pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi tāni svāni svāni divyāni brāhmāṇi vimānānyabhiruhya divyāṃśca sumerumātrān puṣpapuṭān gṛhītvā catasṛṣu dikṣvanucaṃkramanto 'nuvicaranta uttarapaścimaṃ digbhāgaṃ prakrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 107.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 112.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 119.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi ekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 122.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavāṃsteṣāmapi mahābrahmaṇāṃ tūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsayati sma //
SDhPS, 7, 125.2 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te sarve 'nyonyabhavanāni gatvā ārocayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 126.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sudharmo nāma mahābrahmā taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 129.1 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇaḥ te sarve sahitāḥ samagrāstāni divyāni svāni svāni brāhmāṇi vimānānyabhiruhya divyāṃśca sumerumātrān puṣpapuṭān gṛhītvā catasṛṣu dikṣvanucaṃkramanto 'nuvicaranta uttaraṃ digbhāgaṃ prakrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 135.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste 'pi mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 139.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya te bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 145.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi ekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 148.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ mahābrahmaṇāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsayati sma //
SDhPS, 7, 151.1 atha khalu bhikṣava ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi teṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu yāni brāhmāṇi vimānāni tānyatīva bhrājanti tapanti virājanti śrīmanti ojasvīni ca //
SDhPS, 7, 153.2 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te sarve 'nyonyabhavanāni gatvā ārocayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 154.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ śikhī nāma mahābrahmā taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 158.1 atha khalu bhikṣavasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye mahābrahmāṇas te sarve sahitāḥ samagrāstāni divyāni svāni svāni brāhmāṇi vimānānyabhiruhya divyāṃśca sumerumātrān puṣpapuṭān gṛhītvā catasṛṣu dikṣvanucaṃkramanto 'nuvicaranto yena adhodigbhāgastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 164.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste 'pi mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 176.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 183.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇyekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 186.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhasteṣāṃ brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāmadhyeṣaṇāṃ viditvā teṣāṃ ca ṣoḍaśānāṃ putrāṇāṃ rājakumārāṇāṃ tasyāṃ velāyāṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartayāmāsa triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāram apravartitaṃ śramaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā anyena vā kenacit punarloke saha dharmeṇa //
SDhPS, 7, 192.2 atha tasminneva kṣaṇalavamuhūrte ṣaṣṭeḥ prāṇikoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇām anupādāya āsravebhyaścittāni vimuktāni //
SDhPS, 7, 195.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastasya bhagavato mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvas tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasyaikaikasyāṃ dharmadeśanāyāṃ gaṅgānadīvālukāsamānāṃ prāṇikoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇām anupādāya āsravebhyaścittāni vimuktāni //
SDhPS, 7, 199.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 205.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhasteṣāṃ śrāmaṇerāṇāmadhyāśayaṃ viditvā viṃśateḥ kalpasahasrāṇāmatyayena saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ sūtrāntaṃ mahāvaipulyaṃ bodhisattvāvavādaṃ sarvabuddhaparigrahaṃ vistareṇa saṃprakāśayāmāsa tāsāṃ sarvāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadām //
SDhPS, 7, 207.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhastān ṣoḍaśa śrāmaṇerān vyākārṣīdanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau //
SDhPS, 7, 210.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha imaṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyamaṣṭau kalpasahasrāṇyaviśrānto bhāṣitvā vihāraṃ praviṣṭaḥ pratisaṃlayanāya //
SDhPS, 7, 212.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ pratisaṃlīnaṃ viditvā pṛthak pṛthag dharmāsanāni siṃhāsanāni prajñāpya teṣu niṣaṇṇāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ namaskṛtya taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ vistareṇa catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ caturaśītikalpasahasrāṇi saṃprakāśitavantaḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 214.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhasteṣāṃ caturaśīteḥ kalpasahasrāṇāmatyayena smṛtimān saṃprajānaṃstasmāt samādher vyuttiṣṭhat //
SDhPS, 7, 217.1 samanantaraniṣaṇṇaśca khalu punarbhikṣavaḥ sa bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgatastasmin dharmāsane
'tha tāvadeva sarvāvantaṃ parṣanmaṇḍalamavalokya bhikṣusaṃgham āmantrayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 7, 249.1 yasmin bhikṣavaḥ samaye tathāgataḥ parinirvāṇakālasamayamātmanaḥ samanupaśyati pariśuddhaṃ ca parṣadaṃ paśyaty adhimuktisārāṃ śūnyadharmagatiṃ gatāṃ dhyānavatīṃ mahādhyānavatīm
atha khalu bhikṣavastathāgato 'yaṃ kāla iti viditvā sarvān bodhisattvān sarvaśrāvakāṃśca saṃnipātya paścādetamarthaṃ saṃśrāvayati //
SDhPS, 7, 255.1 atha khalu sa mahājanakāyaḥ śrāntaḥ klānto bhītastrastaḥ evaṃ vadet /
SDhPS, 7, 258.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa deśika upāyakuśalastān puruṣān pratinivartitukāmān viditvā evaṃ cintayet /
SDhPS, 7, 267.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste kāntāraprāptāḥ sattvā āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā bhaveyuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 269.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste puruṣāstadṛddhimayaṃ nagaraṃ praviśeyur āgatasaṃjñinaśca bhaveyur nistīrṇasaṃjñinaśca bhaveyuḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 276.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha evaṃ paśyati /
SDhPS, 7, 280.1 yasmiṃśca bhikṣavaḥ samaye te sattvāstatra sthitā bhavanty
atha khalu bhikṣavastathāgato 'pyevaṃ saṃśrāvayati /
SDhPS, 7, 284.1 atha khalu bhagavānimamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayopadarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 8, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputro bhagavato 'ntikādidamevaṃrūpamupāyakauśalyajñānadarśanaṃ saṃdhābhāṣitanirdeśaṃ śrutvā eṣāṃ ca mahāśrāvakāṇāṃ vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā imāṃ ca pūrvayogapratisaṃyuktāṃ kathāṃ śrutvā imāṃ ca bhagavato vṛṣabhatāṃ śrutvā āścaryaprāpto 'bhūdadbhutaprāpto 'bhūnnirāmiṣeṇa ca cittena prītiprāmodyena sphuṭo 'bhūt //
SDhPS, 8, 6.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaḥ pūrṇasya maitrāyaṇīputrasya cittāśayamavalokya sarvāvantaṃ bhikṣusaṃghamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 8, 66.1 atha khalu teṣāṃ dvādaśānāṃ vaśībhūtaśatānāmetadabhavat /
SDhPS, 8, 68.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ mahāśrāvakāṇāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ mahākāśyapamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 8, 75.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 8, 89.1 atha khalu tāni pañcārhacchatāni bhagavataḥ saṃmukhamātmano vyākaraṇāni śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 8, 95.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa puruṣa utthāyāsanāt prakrāmet //
SDhPS, 8, 101.1 atha khalu bhagavaṃstasya puruṣasya sa purāṇamitraḥ puruṣo yena tasya tadanargheyaṃ maṇiratnaṃ vastrānte baddhaṃ sa taṃ punareva paśyet //
SDhPS, 8, 117.1 atha khalu tāni pañca vaśībhūtaśatānyājñātakauṇḍinyapramukhāni tasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 9, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandastasyāṃ velāyāmevaṃ cintayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 9, 8.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantamānandamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 9, 19.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 9, 25.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ parṣadi navayānasamprasthitānāmaṣṭānāṃ bodhisattvasahasrāṇāmetadabhavat /
SDhPS, 9, 25.4 atha khalu bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tān bodhisattvānāmantrayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 9, 29.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānando bhagavato 'ntikādātmano vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhāv ātmanaśca buddhakṣetraguṇavyūhān śrutvā pūrvapraṇidhānacaryāṃ ca śrutvā tuṣṭa udagra āttamanaskaḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāto 'bhūt //
SDhPS, 9, 31.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 9, 34.1 atha khalu bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ rāhulabhadramāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 9, 39.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 9, 45.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyām āyuṣmantamānandamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 9, 53.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 9, 59.1 atha khalu te śaikṣāśaikṣāḥ śrāvakā bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhaṃ svāni svāni vyākaraṇāni śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanaskāḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā bhagavantaṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 10, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavan bhaiṣajyarājaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamārabhya tānyaśītiṃ bodhisattvasahasrāṇyāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 10, 66.1 atha pareṇa samayena sa puruṣa ārdrapāṃsum udakasaṃmiśraṃ kardamapaṅkabhūtam udakabindubhiḥ sravadbhirnirvāhyamānaṃ paśyet tāṃśca puruṣānudapānakhānakān kardamapaṅkadigdhāṅgān atha khalu punarbhaiṣajyarāja sa puruṣastatpūrvanimittaṃ dṛṣṭvā niṣkāṅkṣo bhavennirvicikitsaḥ /
SDhPS, 10, 66.1 atha pareṇa samayena sa puruṣa ārdrapāṃsum udakasaṃmiśraṃ kardamapaṅkabhūtam udakabindubhiḥ sravadbhirnirvāhyamānaṃ paśyet tāṃśca puruṣānudapānakhānakān kardamapaṅkadigdhāṅgān
atha khalu punarbhaiṣajyarāja sa puruṣastatpūrvanimittaṃ dṛṣṭvā niṣkāṅkṣo bhavennirvicikitsaḥ /
SDhPS, 11, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavataḥ purastāttataḥ pṛthivīpradeśāt parṣanmadhyāt saptaratnamayaḥ stūpo 'bhyudgataḥ pañcayojanaśatānyuccaistvena tadanurūpeṇa ca pariṇāhena //
SDhPS, 11, 9.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣadastaṃ mahāntaṃ ratnastūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā vaihāyasamantarīkṣe sthitaṃ saṃjātaharṣāḥ prītiprāmodyaprasādaprāptāḥ tasyāṃ velāyāmutthāya āsanebhyo 'ñjaliṃ pragṛhyāvasthitāḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 10.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ mahāpratibhāno nāma bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sadevamānuṣāsuraṃ lokaṃ kautūhalaprāptaṃ viditvā bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 24.1 atha khalu mahāpratibhāno bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 27.1 yadā punaste buddhā bhagavanto mamātmabhāvavigraham udghāṭya darśayitukāmā bhaveyuścatasṛṇāṃ parṣadām
atha taistathāgatairdaśasu dikṣvanyonyeṣu buddhakṣetreṣu ya ātmabhāvanirmitāstathāgatavigrahā anyānyanāmadheyās teṣu teṣu buddhakṣetreṣu sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti tān sarvān saṃnipātya tairātmabhāvanirmitaistathāgatavigrahaiḥ sārdhaṃ paścādayaṃ mamātmabhāvavigrahastūpaḥ samudghāṭya upadarśayitavyaścatasṛṇāṃ parṣadām //
SDhPS, 11, 30.1 atha khalu mahāpratibhāno bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 31.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmūrṇākośādraśmiṃ prāmuñcad yayā raśmyā samanantarapramuktayā pūrvasyāṃ diśi pañcāśatsu gaṅgānadīvālukāsameṣu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye buddhā bhagavanto viharanti sma te sarve saṃdṛśyante sma //
SDhPS, 11, 45.1 atha khalu te daśasu dikṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ svān svān bodhisattvagaṇānāmantrayanti sma /
SDhPS, 11, 46.1 atha khalu te buddhā bhagavantaḥ svaiḥ svairupasthāyakaiḥ sārdhamātmadvitīyā ātmatṛtīyā imāṃ sahāṃ lokadhātumāgacchanti sma //
SDhPS, 11, 49.1 atha khalu te buddhā bhagavanta upasthāyakadvitīyā upasthāyakatṛtīyā imāṃ sahāṃ lokadhātumāgacchanti sma //
SDhPS, 11, 57.1 atha khalu punarbhagavān śākyamunistathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhasteṣāṃ tathāgatavigrahāṇām āgatāgatānām avakāśaṃ nirmimīte sma //
SDhPS, 11, 74.1 atha khalu te tathāgatāḥ sveṣu sveṣu siṃhāsaneṣūpaviṣṭāḥ svān svānupasthāyakān saṃpreṣayanti sma bhagavataḥ śākyamunerantikam //
SDhPS, 11, 79.1 atha khalu bhagavān śākyamunistathāgatastasyāṃ velāyāṃ svānnirmitānaśeṣataḥ samāgatān viditvā pṛthakpṛthak siṃhāsaneṣu niṣaṇṇāṃśca viditvā tāṃścopasthāyakāṃsteṣāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmāgatān viditvā chandaṃ ca taistathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairārocitaṃ viditvā tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāddharmāsanādutthāya vaihāyasamantarīkṣe 'tiṣṭhat //
SDhPS, 11, 81.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstaṃ mahāntaṃ ratnastūpaṃ vaihāyasaṃ sthitaṃ dakṣiṇayā hastāṅgulyā madhye samudghāṭayati sma //
SDhPS, 11, 84.1 samanantaravivṛtasya khalu punastasya
mahāratnastūpasyātha khalu bhagavān prabhūtaratnastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaḥ paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā pariśuṣkagātraḥ saṃghaṭitakāyo yathā samādhisamāpannastathā saṃdṛśyate sma //
SDhPS, 11, 89.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣadastaṃ bhagavantaṃ prabhūtaratnaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bahukalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraparinirvṛtaṃ tathā bhāṣamāṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā abhūvan //
SDhPS, 11, 91.1 atha khalu bhagavān prabhūtaratnastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya tasminneva siṃhāsane 'rdhāsanamadāsīt tasyaiva mahāratnastūpābhyantara evaṃ ca vadati /
SDhPS, 11, 92.1 atha khalu bhagavān śākyamunistathāgatastasminnardhāsane niṣasāda tenaiva tathāgatena sārdham //
SDhPS, 11, 96.1 atha khalu bhagavān śākyamunistathāgatastāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya tasyāṃ velāyāmṛddhibalena tāścatasraḥ parṣado vaihāyasamuparyantarīkṣe pratiṣṭhāpayati sma //
SDhPS, 11, 97.1 atha khalu bhagavān śākyamunistathāgatastasyāṃ velāyāṃ tāścatasraḥ parṣada āmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 11, 142.1 atha khalu bhagavān kṛtsnaṃ bodhisattvagaṇaṃ sasurāsuraṃ ca lokamāmantryaitadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 160.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmetamevārthaṃ paridyotayannimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 11, 190.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāmadhastāddiśaḥ prabhūtaratnasya tathāgatasya buddhakṣetrādāgataḥ prajñākūṭo nāma bodhisattvaḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 192.1 atha khalu bhagavān śākyamunistathāgataḥ prajñākūṭaṃ bodhisattvametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 193.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūtaḥ sahasrapatre padme śakaṭacakrapramāṇamātre niṣaṇṇo 'nekabodhisattvaparivṛtaḥ puraskṛtaḥ samudramadhyāt sāgaranāgarājabhavanādabhyudgamya upari vaihāyasaṃ khagapathena gṛdhrakūṭe parvate bhagavato 'ntikamupasaṃkrāntaḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 194.1 atha mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūtaḥ padmādavatīrya bhagavataḥ śākyamuneḥ prabhūtaratnasya ca tathāgatasya pādau śirasābhivanditvā yena prajñākūṭo bodhisattvastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 196.1 atha khalu prajñākūṭo bodhisattvo mañjuśriyaṃ kumārabhūtametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 201.1 atha te bodhisattvāstenaiva khagapathena yena gṛdhrakūṭaḥ parvatastenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 207.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūtaḥ prajñākūṭaṃ bodhisattvametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 209.1 atha khalu prajñākūṭo bodhisattvo mañjuśriyaṃ kumārabhūtaṃ gāthābhigītena paripṛcchati //
SDhPS, 11, 223.2 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ sāgaranāgarājaduhitā agrataḥ sthitā saṃdṛśyate sma //
SDhPS, 11, 228.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāmāyuṣmān śāriputrastāṃ sāgaranāgarājaduhitaram etadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 234.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ velāyāṃ sāgaranāgarājaduhitureko maṇirasti yaḥ kṛtsnāṃ mahāsāhasrāṃ lokadhātuṃ mūlyaṃ kṣamate //
SDhPS, 11, 237.1 atha sāgaranāgarājaduhitā prajñākūṭaṃ bodhisattvaṃ sthaviraṃ ca śāriputrametadavocat /
SDhPS, 11, 240.1 atha tasyāṃ velāyāṃ sāgaranāgarājaduhitā sarvalokapratyakṣaṃ sthavirasya ca śāriputrasya pratyakṣaṃ tat strīndriyamantarhitaṃ puruṣendriyaṃ ca prādurbhūtaṃ bodhisattvabhūtaṃ cātmānaṃ saṃdarśayati //
SDhPS, 11, 249.1 atha prajñākūṭo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sthaviraśca śāriputrastūṣṇīmabhūtām //
SDhPS, 12, 1.1 atha khalu bhaiṣajyarājo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāpratibhānaśca bodhisattvo mahāsattvo viṃśatibodhisattvaśatasahasraparivāro bhagavataḥ saṃmukhamimāṃ vācamabhāṣetām /
SDhPS, 12, 6.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ parṣadi śaikṣāśaikṣāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ pañcamātrāṇi bhikṣuśatāni bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 12, 7.1 atha khalu yāvantaste bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ śaikṣāśaikṣā bhagavatā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhāvaṣṭau bhikṣusahasrāṇi sarvāṇi tāni yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 12, 10.1 atha khalu mahāprajāpatī gautamī bhagavato mātṛbhaginī ṣaḍbhir bhikṣuṇīsahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ śaikṣāśaikṣābhir bhikṣuṇībhiḥ utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantamullokayantī sthitābhūt //
SDhPS, 12, 11.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāṃ mahāprajāpatīṃ gautamīmāmantrayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 12, 18.1 atha khalu bhagavān yaśodharāyā bhikṣuṇyāścetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya yaśodharāṃ bhikṣuṇīmetadavocat /
SDhPS, 12, 22.1 atha khalu mahāprajāpatī gautamī bhikṣuṇī ṣaḍbhikṣuṇīsahasraparivārā yaśodharā ca bhikṣuṇī caturbhikṣuṇīsahasraparivārā bhagavato 'ntikāt svakaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptāśca tasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 12, 24.1 atha khalu tā bhikṣuṇyaḥ imāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣitvā bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 12, 25.1 atha khalu bhagavān yena tāny aśītibodhisattvakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi dhāraṇīpratilabdhānāṃ bodhisattvānām avaivartikadharmacakrapravartakānāṃ tenāvalokayāmāsa //
SDhPS, 12, 26.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ samanantarāvalokitā bhagavatā utthāyāsanebhyo yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇāmyaivaṃ cintayāmāsuḥ /
SDhPS, 12, 27.3 atha khalu te kulaputrā bhagavato gauraveṇa ātmanaśca pūrvacaryāpraṇidhānena bhagavato 'bhimukhaṃ siṃhanādaṃ nadante sma /
SDhPS, 12, 29.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ samasaṃgītyā bhagavantamābhirgāthābhiradhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 13, 1.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūto bhagavantametadavocata /
SDhPS, 13, 27.1 atha khalu bhagavānetamevārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 13, 111.1 atha sa rājā tān yodhān yudhyamānān dṛṣṭvā teṣāṃ yodhānāṃ prīto bhavatyāttamanaskaḥ //
SDhPS, 13, 119.1 atha khalu tathāgatasyāpi āryā yodhā māreṇa sārdhaṃ yudhyante //
SDhPS, 13, 120.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīstathāgato 'pyarhan samyaksaṃbuddho dharmasvāmī dharmarājā teṣāmāryāṇāṃ yodhānāṃ yudhyatāṃ dṛṣṭvā vividhāni sūtraśatasahasrāṇi bhāṣate sma catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ saṃharṣaṇārtham //
SDhPS, 13, 131.1 atha khalu bhagavānetam evārthaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 14, 1.1 atha khalu anyalokadhātvāgatānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāmaṣṭau gaṅgānadīvālukāsamā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāstasmin samaye tataḥ parṣanmaṇḍalādabhyutthitā abhūvan //
SDhPS, 14, 7.1 samanantarabhāṣitā ceyaṃ bhagavatā vāg
atheyaṃ sahā lokadhātuḥ samantāt sphuṭitā visphuṭitā abhūt //
SDhPS, 14, 19.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstathārūpam ṛddhyabhisaṃskāramakarod yathārūpeṇarddhyabhisaṃskāreṇābhisaṃskṛtena tāś catasraḥ parṣadastamevaikaṃ paścādbhaktaṃ saṃjānante sma //
SDhPS, 14, 22.2 atha khalu catvāro bodhisattvā mahāsattvāstasya mahato bodhisattvagaṇasya mahato bodhisattvarāśeragrataḥ sthitvā bhagavato 'bhimukhamañjaliṃ pragṛhya bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 14, 23.1 atha khalu te catvāro bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhagavantam ābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 14, 26.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasya mahato bodhisattvagaṇasya mahato bodhisattvarāśeḥ pramukhāṃścaturo bodhisattvān mahāsattvānetadavocat /
SDhPS, 14, 33.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvā mahāsattvāstasyāṃ velāyāmime gāthe abhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 14, 40.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva ātmanā vicikitsāṃ kathaṃkathāṃ viditvā teṣāṃ gaṅgānadīvālukopamānāṃ bodhisattvakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkam ājñāya tasyāṃ velāyāmañjaliṃ pragṛhya bhagavantaṃ gāthābhigītenaitamevārthaṃ paripṛcchanti sma //
SDhPS, 14, 73.1 atha khalu bhagavān maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 14, 75.1 atha khalu bhagavān sarvāvantaṃ bodhisattvagaṇamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 14, 83.1 atha khalu bhagavānimā gāthā bhāṣitvā tasyāṃ velāyāṃ maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 14, 99.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastāni ca saṃbahulāni bodhisattvakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇy āścaryaprāptānyabhūvan adbhutaprāptāni vismayaprāptāni /
SDhPS, 14, 100.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 14, 115.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhagavantam ābhir gāthābhir adhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 15, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavān sarvāvantaṃ bodhisattvagaṇamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 15, 4.1 atha khalu sa sarvāvān bodhisattvagaṇo maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamagrataḥ sthāpayitvā añjaliṃ pragṛhya bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 15, 10.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃsteṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yāvattṛtīyakamapyadhyeṣaṇāṃ viditvā tān bodhisattvānāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 15, 13.1 tadyathāpi nāma kulaputrāḥ pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye pṛthivīdhātuparamāṇavo
'tha khalu kaścideva puruṣa utpadyate //
SDhPS, 15, 66.1 atha khalu sa vaidyastān putrān duḥkhārtān dṛṣṭvā vedanābhibhūtān dahyataḥ pṛthivyāṃ pariveṣṭamānāṃs tato mahābhaiṣajyaṃ samudānayitvā varṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ ca śilāyāṃ piṣṭvā teṣāṃ putrāṇāṃ pānāya dadyād evaṃ cainān vadet /
SDhPS, 15, 76.1 atha khalu sa vaidyastān putrānupāyakauśalyena tadbhaiṣajyaṃ pāyayitukāma evaṃ vadet /
SDhPS, 15, 88.1 atha khalu sa vaidyastān putrānābādhavimuktān viditvā punar evātmānamupadarśayet //
SDhPS, 15, 92.1 atha khalu bhagavānimāmeva arthagatiṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃdarśayamānastasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 16, 2.1 atha khalu bhagavān maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 16, 14.1 atha samanantaranirdiṣṭe bhagavataiṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ dharmābhisamaye pratiṣṭhāne 'tha tāvad evoparivaihāyasād antarīkṣān māndāravamahāmāndāravāṇāṃ puṣpāṇāṃ puṣpavarṣamabhipravṛṣṭam //
SDhPS, 16, 14.1 atha samanantaranirdiṣṭe bhagavataiṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ dharmābhisamaye pratiṣṭhāne
'tha tāvad evoparivaihāyasād antarīkṣān māndāravamahāmāndāravāṇāṃ puṣpāṇāṃ puṣpavarṣamabhipravṛṣṭam //
SDhPS, 16, 26.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
SDhPS, 16, 43.1 atha khalu bhagavān maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma /
SDhPS, 17, 1.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 17, 2.1 atha khalu maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvastasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 17, 4.1 atha khalu bhagavān maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat /
SDhPS, 17, 7.1 atha khalvajita yo 'sau pañcāśattamaḥ puruṣo bhavet paraṃparāśravānumodakas tasyāpi tāvadahamajita kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā anumodanāsahagataṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāram abhinirdekṣyāmi //
SDhPS, 17, 11.1 atha kaścideva puruṣaḥ samutpadyeta puṇyakāmo hitakāmastasya sattvakāyasya sarvakāmakrīḍāratiparibhogāniṣṭān kāntān priyān manāpān dadyāt //
SDhPS, 17, 14.1 atha khalvajita sa puruṣo dānapatir mahādānapatir evaṃ cintayet /
SDhPS, 18, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavān satatasamitābhiyuktaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam āmantrayāmāsa /
SDhPS, 18, 5.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstasyāṃ velāyāmimā gāthā abhāṣata //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 8, 1.2 atha te sampravakṣyāmi rahasyaṃ hy etad uttamam /
SātT, 9, 19.1 athāpi te deva padāmbujadvayaṃ nikāmalābhāya sadāstu me hareḥ /
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 1, 34.2 atha japamantraḥ uoṃ bakāmukhā cāmuṇḍā amukasya kṣīramāṃsaśoṇitabhojinī amukaṃ khaḥ khaḥ jvareṇa gṛhṇa gṛhṇa gṛhṇāpaya gṛhṇāpaya huṃ phaṭ svāhā /
UḍḍT, 1, 35.2 athānyat sampravakṣyāmi prayogaṃ bhuvi durlabham //
UḍḍT, 1, 38.2 muṇḍanaṃ
cātha keśānāṃ tataḥ svastho bhaved dhruvam //
UḍḍT, 2, 1.1 athānyat sampravakṣyāmi jalastambhanam uttamam /
UḍḍT, 2, 8.2 vakṣye
'tha lūtākaraṇaṃ taṃ śṛṇuṣva samāsataḥ /
UḍḍT, 2, 55.1 vajraṃ
vāthābhayā lodhraṃ mañjiṣṭhā hiṅgupattrikā /
UḍḍT, 4, 2.4 atha sarvajanamukhastambhanam antaḥ uoṃ hrīṃ namo bhagavatī durvacatī kili vācābhañjanī sarvajanamukhastambhinī hrāṃ hrīṃ hraiṃ hrauṃ hraḥ svāhā /
UḍḍT, 6, 1.3 athānantaraṃ ye 'nye puruṣā darśanaṃ kurvanti te kampayanti mūrchayanti utpatanti palāyante /
UḍḍT, 6, 4.2 atha pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśāni tattvāni tatra guror bṛhatprasādena śāstrāṇi ca yena yogenātītena trailokyaṃ sacarācaraṃ jātam eva /
UḍḍT, 7, 4.4 athotpāṭanavidhiḥ kathyate śanivāre śucir bhūtvā sāyaṃ saṃdhyādikaṃ vidhāya gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpanaivedyādibhiḥ pañcopacāraiḥ pūjādikaṃ vidhāya akṣataṃ phalaṃ haste gṛhītvā oṣadhisamīpe sthitvābhimantraṇaṃ kuryāt /
UḍḍT, 8, 1.1 athānyat sampravakṣyāmi nārīṇāṃ garbhadhāraṇam /
UḍḍT, 8, 4.1 vidhir atrocyate
kapilāgomayenātha bhūmiṃ saṃlipya yatnataḥ /
UḍḍT, 8, 11.1 atha prathamopāya ucyate nāgakesara 10 māṣakaṃ gavyaghṛtena sahartusnānadivase pibet /
UḍḍT, 8, 11.4 atha dvitīyopāyaḥ śvetajīrakam 17 māṣamātrakaṃ rātrau mṛnmayapātre jalena saha nirāvaraṇasthāne samagrarātrau sthāpayet /
UḍḍT, 8, 11.6 atha tṛtīyopāyaḥ dakālvadmadīpi 10 māṣakaṃ gavyadugdhena saha yā ṛtusnānadivase pītvā rātrau bhartrā saha saṃyogaṃ kuryāt sā avaśyam eva garbhavatī bhavati /
UḍḍT, 8, 12.4 etān bhedān jñātvā mantraśodhanam ārabhet tadā sādhakānāṃ sukhāvaho bhavati
atha kalpavṛkṣaṣaṇḍamūlāni yāni prakṣālitāni gavyadadhimiśritāyāṃ rājikāyāṃ saṃskāryāṇi /
UḍḍT, 8, 12.8 atha mantraḥ uoṃ namaḥ ṣaṇmukhāya śaktihastāya mayūravāhanāya auṣadhīkena dehi me bhava svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 1.1 athānyat sampravakṣyāmi auṣadhaṃ paramadurlabham /
UḍḍT, 9, 3.13 atha guñjākalpo likhyate śvetaguñjāṃ śanivāre saṃdhyāsamaye 'bhimantritāṃ kṛtvā tato brāhme muhūrte utthāyānudite bhānau khadirakīlakena digambaro bhūtvā samūlām utpāṭayet /
UḍḍT, 9, 3.17 athānyatantroktaṃ vaśīkaraṇādikaṃ likhyate sāram uddhṛtya saṃkṣepād vaśīkaraṇamohane /
UḍḍT, 9, 31.1 atha ḍākinīdamanamantraḥ akṣaḥ kṣāṃ kṣaukājasinau devatā tattvadhūlinī ghonāśālinī bhamantri bandhuśanādaivataṃ laghukaṇṭakena purum abhiśāsano devatāṃ mahābhairava maṇḍalam acala uoṃ cchaḥ cchaḥ cchaḥ ḍākinīmatabandhu namaḥ /
UḍḍT, 9, 33.4 atha yakṣiṇīmantrasādhanaṃ surasundarīmanohāriṇīkanakāvatīratikarīkāmeśvarīnaṭyanurāgiṇīpadminī etā aṣṭau yakṣiṇyaḥ kāmanāyāṃ sādhanam /
UḍḍT, 9, 33.5 atha surasundarīsādhanam uoṃ hrīṃ āgaccha āgaccha surasundari svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 34.1 atha manohāriṇīsādhanam uoṃ hīṃ āgaccha āgaccha manohari svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 35.1 atha kanakāvatīsādhanam uoṃ hrīṃ kanakāvati maithunapriye āgaccha āgaccha svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 36.1 atha kāmeśvarīsādhanam uoṃ hīṃ āgaccha āgaccha kāmeśvari svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 37.0 atha ratipriyāsādhanam uoṃ hīṃ āgaccha āgaccha ratikari svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 38.1 atha padminīsādhanam uoṃ hīṃ āgaccha āgaccha padmini svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 39.1 atha naṭīsādhanam uoṃ hrīṃ āgaccha āgaccha naṭi svāhā /
UḍḍT, 9, 40.1 athānurāgiṇīsādhanam uoṃ hrīṃ anurāgiṇi āgaccha āgaccha svāhā /
UḍḍT, 15, 9.5 akālavakre sati kālam
atha phalacūrṇena militvā bhasmanā saha ghṛtena kākañjikā sahasā bhavati //
Yogaratnākara
YRā, Dh., 26.2 dvitrivāramatha bhasmatāṃ vrajet pātakaugha iva śaṅkarasmṛteḥ //
YRā, Dh., 197.2 śasto'tha dhūmraḥ paripāṇḍuraśca citro na yojyo rasakarmasiddhyai //
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 1, 17.0 atha savitre prasavitre savitra āsavitre savitre satyaprasavāyeti saṃvatsaraṃ havīṃṣi //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 1, 25.0 athādhvaryur vīṇāgaṇaginaḥ saṃpreṣyati purāṇair enaṃ puṇyakṛdbhī rājabhiḥ saṃgāyateti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 13, 2.0 atha hainamṛtvija upatiṣṭhante pareyivāṃsam iti dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ hotā brahmodgātādhvaryuḥ //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 18, 19.0 athainam udake 'bhipragāhya yadāsyodakaṃ mukham āsyandetāthāsmā adhvaryur mūrdhany aśvatedaniṃ juhoti bhrūṇahatyāyai svāheti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 18, 19.0 athainam udake 'bhipragāhya yadāsyodakaṃ mukham
āsyandetāthāsmā adhvaryur mūrdhany aśvatedaniṃ juhoti bhrūṇahatyāyai svāheti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 24, 11.0 atha yaccatuṣṭomo 'tirātra uttamam ahas tasmād ayam aṅguṣṭhaḥ sarvā aṅgulīḥ pratyeti //